Q420 Handbook of Metric Gears

Quality Transmission Components
125 Railroad Avenue Garden City Park New York 11040 USA
Phone: 516.437.6700 FAX: 516.328.3343
www.qtcgears.com E-mail: qtcsupport@qtcgears.com
Handbook of Metric Gears Q420

This catalog is published in cooperation with Kohara Gear
Industr y Co. Ltd. located at 13-15 Naka-cho, KawaguchiShi, Saitama-Ken 332-0022 Japan. Their web address is:
h t t p : / / w w w. k h k g e a r s . c o . j p / e n g l i s h / i n d e x . h t m l .
Note: We reser ve the right to make changes & corrections

without notice. Every effort has been made to provide accurate
technical and product information. The company disclaims any
responsibility for any errors or omissions regarding the technical
and product information published. Please consult our online
catalog for the most up-to-date listing of products and specifications.
2007 Quality Transmission Components.
All rights reser ved herein and no por tion of this catalog
may be reproduced without prior consent in writing
from the company.
Company History
Started in 1993, Quality Transmission Components is an
operating division of Designatronics, Inc. Since its inception
in 1960, Designatronics serves a worldwide customer base in
excess of 15,000 firms ranging from Fortune 100 companies
to individual inventors. The company occupies 139,000 sq.
ft. of warehouse and manufacturing space on Long Island,
New York.
In 1993, the combination of an ever-increasing demand
for metric gears and a strong growth in demand for power
transmission products spawned Quality Transmission
Components. Designatronics capitalized on its relationship
with Kohara Gear (KHK), and Quality Transmission
Components became the exclusive North American distributor
of their complete product line. In 2006, Quality Transmission
Components shipped over 30,000 metric gears to users,
making us the largest supplier of stock metric gears in the
United States.
In 2000, Quality Transmission Components saw the
opportunity to expand our product line. We added the
Zetasassi line of belt and chain tensioners. We then added
neoprene timing belts, aluminum, steel and nylon timing
pulleys, roller chain and planetary gearheads. We also
became a distributor of Davall Stock Gears representing
their inch gear line in the North American marketplace. All
of these products are marketed under the Econobelt brand
name.
Quality Transmission Components' selection of off-the-shelf
power transmission components now includes almost 13,000
items including:
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Metric
Spur Gears
Helical Gears
Ring Gears (Internal & External)
Racks (Straight, Helical & Flexible)
Miter Gears (Straight & Spiral)
Bevel Gears (Straight & Spiral)
Screw Gears
Worms & Worm Wheels (Standard & Duplex)
Ratchets & Pawls
Gear Couplings
Involute Splines (Internal & External)
Gearboxes
II
Company History
MXL Timing Belts (Neoprene)

XL Timing Belts (Neoprene)
L Timing Belts (Neoprene)
HTD3 Timing Belts (Neoprene)
AT5 Timing Belts (Neoprene)
AT10 Timing Belts (Neoprene)
T2.5 Timing Belts (Neoprene)
T5 Timing Belts (Neoprene)
T10 Timing Belts (Neoprene)
MXL Timing Pulleys (Steel & Aluminum)
XL Timing Pulleys (Steel, Nylon & Aluminum)
L Timing Pulleys (Steel, Nylon & Aluminum)
HTD3 Timing Pulleys (Steel, Nylon & Aluminum)
AT5 Timing Pulleys (Steel & Aluminum)
AT10 Timing Pulleys (Steel & Aluminum)
T2.5 Timing Pulleys (Steel & Aluminum)
T5 Timing Pulleys (Steel & Aluminum)
T10 Timing Pulleys (Steel & Aluminum)
Tensioner Arms
Belt Tensioners
Chain Tensioners
Idlers
Rollers
Sprockets (ISO Class)
Roller Chains (ANSI & ISO Class)
Diametral Pitch Spur Gears
Diametral Pitch Racks
Diametral Pitch Miter Gears (Straight & Spiral)
Diametral Pitch Bevel Gears (Straight & Spiral)
Diametral Pitch Worms & Worm Wheels
Planetary Gearheads
Belt Tension Meters
All of the products listed in bold are available from this

catalog. The other products are detailed on our Web site,
www.econobelt.com and the print catalog Q460.
QTC PART NUMBERS
For internal processing purposes, QTC part numbers, listed in
this catalog, will have a "K" prefix listed on all paperwork.
This "K" does not appear in the catalog, but will appear in
our online eStore and on all of our 3D CAD drawings.
III
Table of Contents
Page
1 Spur Gears........................................................................... 25
2 Helical Gears...................................................................... 129
3 Internal Gears..................................................................... 147
4 Racks.................................................................................. 153

5 CP Racks & Pinions........................................................... 179

6 Miter Gears......................................................................... 193

7 Bevel Gears . ..................................................................... 227

8 Screw Gears....................................................................... 277

9 Worm Gear Pairs................................................................ 291

10 Other Products................................................................... 349
Elements of Metric Gear Technology . ........................................T1

Appendix......................................................................................A1
IV
Terms and Conditions of Sale
CREDIT:
Bank and three trade references are required for
new accounts. Until the account is approved, the
Seller may require cash in advance, payment by
approved credit card or C.O.D.; C.O.D. orders
are subject to an additional handling charge.
As used herein, "Seller" means Quality

Transmission Components. "Buyer" means any
person ordering goods from Seller after March
31, 2006; and "person" means any individual,
corporation, company or other entity.
ORDERING: Goods may be ordered by:
(a) Telephone to: (516) 437-6700
(b) Fax to: (516) 328-3343
(c) Mail to: 125 Railroad Avenue, Garden City
Park, NY 11040-5016
(d) UPS/other courier to: same as above
(e) E-mail to: qtcsupport@qtcgears.com
TERMS:
For open accounts, terms are net 30 days,
F.O.B. our plant. Open accounts are invoiced
for goods/freight when shipped. Seller accepts
VISA, Master Card , American Express , and
Discover . Buyers paying by credit card are
charged for goods/freight when shipped, subject
to credit card approval. All past due amounts
shall bear interest at one and one-half percent
(1.5%) per month or the highest legal rate,
whichever is less; and Seller may recover all costs,
including attorneys' fees, incurred to collect any
past due amount.
Office hours are 9am 5pm, EST, Monday

Friday. You may fax (516) 328-3343 or E-mail
to: qtcsuppor t@gears.com at any time.
When ordering, specify part numbers, quantities,
desired delivery date and shipping method. For
larger production quantities, Seller will provide
written quote of price and delivery on request.
Seller will provide current price/stock status on
any catalog item by telephone or fax request.
Quotes for modified catalog parts or custommade parts are available on request. Please send
sketches or prints.
SHIPMENT; RISK OF LOSS:

Seller will ship goods as directed by the Buyer
or determined by the Seller, usually UPS, DHL or
FedEx; in any case at the Buyer's expense. Seller
will endeavor to meet promised delivery dates.
Buyer shall bear all risk of loss and damage after
goods are delivered to carrier, including any loss
or damage in transit.
MINIMUM ORDER:
Orders shipping to addresses within the USA,
$50 + freight. Orders shipping outside of the
USA, $75 + freight. There is an additional
charge of $10.00 for orders below the minimum.
There is no minimum order size for eStore online
orders.
RETURNS; EXCHANGES; SHORTAGES:

Buyer must get return authorization in writing.
Seller must approve returns and exchanges in
writing. Returns must be requested within 15 days
after receipt of goods. Returned goods will be
inspected and a restocking charge may be made.
No credit will be allowed on custom-made,
used or modified parts or parts purchased on a
quantity basis. Shortages must be reported within
10 days after receipt; and if so reported, Seller
will make up shortages at its cost.
PRICES:
Prices shall be as in effect at time of purchase
order or as agreed to in writing by Seller. Prices
listed in its catalog or elsewhere are subject to
change without notice. Please contact Seller
to confirm price. Prices do not include freight,
duties, special handling, certification, insurance
or taxes, which are all the Buyer's responsibility.
Terms and Conditions of Sale

it designates. BUYER SHALL HAVE NO
OTHER REMEDY AGAINST THE SELLER,
AND ALL OTHER REMEDIES ARE WAIVED,
INCLUDING ANY RIGHT TO RECOVER
C O N S E Q U E N T I A L O R I N C I D E N TA L
DAMAGES. The limited warranty set forth above
and these remedies shall extend only to Buyer
and not to any subsequent buyer or user of the
goods. In no event shall Seller's liability for
breach exceed the price paid for by the goods by
Buyer.
TECHNICAL & PRODUCT INFORMATION:

Seller disclaims responsibility for errors or
omissions in any technical or product information
contained in its catalogs or other sales materials.
Buyer is solely responsible for determining if
goods are suitable for purposes intended by
Buyer and its customers and future users.
LIMITED WARRANTY:
Seller warrants that all goods it sells will be
free from material defects in manufacturing and
workmanship by Seller: PROVIDED THIS
LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL EXPIRE ONE
(1) YEAR AFTER SHIPMENT F.O.B. OUR
PLANT (the "Warranty Period") AND
SHALL NOT APPLY:
GOVERNING LAW; EXCLUSIVE

JURISDICTION:
This contract shall be governed by the substantive
laws of New York, without regard to choice
of law principles. The State and Federal
Courts in Nassau County, New York,
shall have the exclusive jurisdiction and
venue to adjudicate rights and duties
under this contract.
(a) unless Seller receives written notice of

the breach of warranty within 30 days after
discovery of the defect or nonconformance and
in any event within the one (1) year Warranty
Period; and
(b) to any goods which have been (i) repaired,
altered or improperly installed, (ii) subject to
improper storage, (iii) damaged during or after
transit, (iv) used or incorporated with or into any
other product, machine or equipment after Buyer
or anyone using the goods has, or reasonably
should have, knowledge of the defect or nonconformance, or (v) manufactured, fabricated to
assembled by anyone other than Seller.
PERIOD OF LIMITATIONS:
An action for breach of this contract, including
breach of the limited warranty set forth above,
or any other action relating to goods shipped by
Seller or ordered by Buyer, must be commenced
within one (1) year after the cause of action
accrued.
MISCELLANEOUS:
All orders placed with Seller after March 31,
2006, constitutes acceptance of these Terms
and Conditions. All conflicting, inconsistent and
additional terms and conditions are rejected
unless contained in writing and signed by an
officer of Seller. Buyer may not assign any rights
or remedies under this contract without Seller's
prior written consent. If any part or provision of
these Terms and Conditions is held to be invalid
or unenforceable, such part or provision shall
be deemed omitted, and that shall not affect the
validity or enforceability of any other part or
provision hereof. These Terms and Conditions
may be found at:
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED

OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE
DISCLAIMED.
BUYER'S REMEDIES:
At Sellers option, if it breaches the warranty set
forth above, it may either (a) repair or replace
defective or nonconforming goods or parts or (b)
repay the price it received for goods, whichever
it elects. As a condition precedent to either
remedy, Buyer shall have paid the price of the
goods and made them available for inspection
at Buyer's place or business or returned them
at Seller's request and cost and by the carrier
www.qtcgears.com/eStore/termsofuse.aspx.
VI
Part Number Index
AG0
AG1AG2
AG3AG4AG5AG6AGDL2AGDL2.5AGDL3AGDL3.5AGDL4AGF2
AGF3AGF4AGF5AGF6AN
ARLBB
BG0.8BG1BG1.25BG1.5BG2BG2.5BG3BG4BG5BG6BSR
BSS0
CBXCG1CG1.5CG2CG2.5CG3CG4CG5CG6DB
DM
DR
DS0
DS1DSL0.5DSL0.8DSL1FRCP5GC
KBXKHG1KHG1.5KHG2KHG2.5KHG3KRCPF
KRF
KRG
KRGCP
310
312, 320
322
324
324
326
326
300
302
304
306
308
314
316
316
318
318
286
174
226, 266
328
328
330
330
332
334
336
338
340
342
172
126
364
328
330
332
334
336
338
340
342
266
226
174
122
124
104
106
106
192
352
360
134
136
138
140
142
188
165
162
184
KRGCPD
KRGCPF
KRGD
KRGF
KRHG
KRHGF
KSP
KTSCP
KWG0
KWG1
KWG2
KWG3KWG4KWG5KWG6KWGDL2KWGDL2.5KWGDL3KWGDL3.5KWGDL4KWGDLS2KWGDLS2.5KWGDLS3KWGDLS3.5KWGDLS4LM
LS0
MBSA
MBSB
MBSG
MHP1
MM
MMS
MMSA
MMSB
MMSG
MSGA1MSGA1.5MSGA2MSGA2.5MSGA3MSGA4MSGB1MSGB1.5MSGB2MSGB2.5MSGB3MSGB4NSU1NSU1.5NSU2NSU2.5NSU3PB
PBXPG1
PG2
PG3PM
PN
PR
PRF
PS1PS1.5PS2PS2.5PS3PSA2PSA2.5PSA3PU
SAM
SB
SBS
SBSG
SBY5SBY6SBY8SH
SI
SIR
SM
SMA
SMB
SMC
SMS
SMSG
SN1SN2SN2.5SN3SN4SR
SRCP
SRCPF
SRCPFD
SRF
SRFD
SRGF
SRH
SRO
SROCP
SROS
SRSSRT
SRTB
SS1SS1.5SS10SS2SS2.5SS3SS4SS5SS6SS8SSA1
SSA2
SSA3SSA4SSA5SSAY0.8-../K..
184
184
162
162
176
176
270-275
182
310
312
314
316
316
318
318
300
302
304
306
308
300
302
304
306
308
216
92
240-246
240-246
236
234
216
206
204
204
200
34
36
38
40
42
44
34
36
38
40
42
44
108
110
110
112
112
264
368
344
346
346
224
288
173
VII
173
116
118
118
120
120
118
120
120
114
220
252-260
248, 250
238
258
258
254, 256
144
150
151,169
218
212, 214
212, 214
212
208, 210
202
280
280
282
282
282
166
188
188
188
167
168
164
178
175
192
175
174
350
350
60
62
74
64
66
68
70
72
74
74
76
78
80
80
80
88
SSAY1
SSAY1-../K..
SSCP
SSCPG
SSCPGS
SSG1SSG1.5SSG2SSG2.5SSG3SSG4SSGS
SSR
SSR
SSY0.8SSY1SSY1.25STRCPF
SUB
SUM
SUN
SUR
SURCPF
SURCPFD
SURF
SURFD
SURO
SUS1
SUS2
SUS3SUS4SUSA2
SUSA3SUSA4SUSCP
SUSL0.5SUSL0.8SUSL1SUW1
SUW2
SUW3SV
SVI
SW0.8SW1SW1.25SW1.5SW2SW2.5SW3SW4SW5SW6SWG1
SWG2
SWG3SWG4SWG5SWG6-
86
90
186
184
184
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
127
168
82
82
84
182
262
222
284
170
190
190
170
170
175
94
96
98
98
96
98
98
190
100
102
102
344
346
346
354
355
328
328
330
330
332
334
336
338
340
342
320
322
324
324
326
326
Q420 INDEX 1.
Parallel Axes Gears
PICTORIAL INDEX OF SPUR, HELICAL AND INTERNAL GEARS
MSGA(B) Ground Spur

Gears
SPUR GEARS
SSA Steel Hubless
Spur Gears
m1~4
Page 34
SSY Steel Thin Face Spur

Gears
SSG Ground Spur Gears
Page 46
m1~4
SSAY Steel Hubless,

Thin Face Spur Gears
SSGS Ground Spur

Pinion Shafts
m1.5~3
Page 58
SSAY/K Spur Gears with

Built-In Clamps
SS Steel Spur Gears
m1~10
Page 60
LS Sintered Metal
Spur Gears
New Products
m1~5
Page 76
SUS . SUSA Stainless

Steel Spur Gears
m1~4
Page 94
PS and PSA Plastic Spur

Gears
m1~3
Page 116
m0.8~1.25
Page 82
SUSL Stainless Steel

Fairloc Hub Spur Gears
m0.5~1
Page 100
DS Injection Molded Spur

Gears
m0.5~1
Page 122
KHG Ground Helical

Gears
HELICAL GEARS
INTERNAL GEARS
m1~3
Page 134
m1~1.25
Page 86
DSL Acetal Fairloc Hub

Spur Gears
Page 104
m0.5~1
Page 88
NSU Plastic Spur Gears

with Steel Core
m1~3
Page 108
BB Sintered Metal
Bushings
BSS Brass Spur Gears
5~8
m0.5~0.8
Page 124
SH Helical Gears
Page 144
m2~3
SI Internal Gears
SIR Ring Gears (Internal)
m1~3
m2~3
Page 150
m0.8~1
Page 151
VIII
Page 126
m0.5~0.8
Page 92
PU Plastic Spur Gears

with Stainless Steel Core
m1~2
Page 114
SSR Steel Ring Gears

(External)
m2~3
Page 127
Contents
Parallel Axes Gears
PICTORIAL INDEX OF RACKS AND CP RACKS

Please request catalogs by e-mail or fax.
KRG(F) Ground Racks
KRGD Ground Racks
SRGF Ground Racks
KRF Racks with

Machined Ends
New Products
RACKS
SR(F) Racks
m1~10
m1~3
Page 162
SRFD Racks with

Bolt Holes
Page 166
m1.5~6
Page 168
SURFD Stainless Steel

Racks
New Products
BSR Brass Racks
m1.5~4
m0.5~1.25
Page 170
SRO Round Racks
m1~6
Page 175
Page 172
SROS Round Racks
m1~3
Page 175
KTSCP Tapered Pinions

STRCPF Tapered Racks
CP RACKS & PINIONS

SRCP(F)(D) CP Racks
CP2.5~20
Page 188
CP5,CP10
Page 182
KRCPF CP Thermal
Refined Racks
CP5,CP10
Page 188
Page 162
m1~3
SSR Corner Racks

(External)
Page 168
m2~3
PR(F) Plastic Racks
Page 173
m1~3
SURO Stainless Steel

Round Racks
Page 175
m1~3
SSCPG(S) CP Ground
Spur Gears
Page 184
CP5,CP10
SUSCP CP Stainless Spur Gears

SURCPF(D) CP Stainless Steels
Racks
New Products
Page 190
CP5,CP10
IX
m1.5~4
Page 164
SIR Corner Racks

(Internal)
m2~3
Page 169
DR Molded Flexible
Racks
m0.8~2
Page 174
KRHG(F) Ground Helical

Racks
m1~3
Page 176
KRGCP(F)(D) CP Ground
Racks
CP5,CP10
Page 184
SROCP CP Round Racks
CP2.5~10
Page 192
m1.5~5
Page 165
SUR(F) Stainless Steel

Racks
m1~4
Page 170
ARL Rack Guide Rails

SRS Rack Clamps
m0.8~2
Page 174
SRH Helical Racks
m2~3
Page 178
SSCP CP Spur Gears
CP2.5~CP20
Page 186
FRCP CP Metal Flexible

Racks
CP5
Page 192
Q420 INDEX 2.
Intersecting Axes Gears
PICTORIAL INDEX OF MITER AND BEVEL GEARS
Nissei KSP Ground Spiral

Miter Gears
MMSG Ground Spiral

Miter Gears
SMSG Ground Spiral

Miter Gears
MMSA(B) Finished Bore

Spiral Miter Gears
New Products
MITER GEARS
MMS Spiral Miter Gears
m2~5
Page 206
SM Miter Gears
m1~8
Page 218
m1.5~6
Page 270
SMS Spiral Miter Gears
m1~8
Page 208
SAM Angular Miter

Gears
m1.5~3
Page 220
MHP High Ratio Hypoid

Gears
Page 200
m2~4
SMA(B)(C) Finished Bore

Miter Gears
Page 212
m1~8
SUM Stainless Steel Miter

Gears
Page 222
m1~3
Nissei KSP Ground

Spiral Bevel Gears
m2~5
Page 202
MM Carburized &
Hardened Miter Gears
m2~5
Page 216
PM Plastic Miter Gears
m1~4
Page 224
m1~10
Page 204
LM Sintered Metal
Miter Gears
m0.8~1.5
Page 216
DM Injection Molded
Miter Gears
m0.5~1.5
Page 226
MBSG Ground Spiral

Bevel Gears
SBSG Ground Spiral

Bevel Gears
m2~4
Gear Ratio 2
m2~4
Gear Ratio 1.5~3
New Products
BEVEL GEARS
m1~1.5
Gear Ratio 15~200 Page 234
m2~5
Gear Ratio1.5~2
MBSA(B) Finished Bore

Spiral Bevel Gears
SBS Spiral Bevel Gears
SB Bevel Gears
m1~6
Gear Ratio 1.5~3
m1~5
Gear Ratio 1.5~4
Page 240
Page 272
Page 236
SB.CB Bevel Gears
Page 238
SBY Bevel Gears
New Products
Page 248
m1~6
Gear Ratio 1.5~4
Page 252
m1~8
Gear Ratio 1.5~4
Page 254
m5~8
Gear Ratio 2~4
Page 254
SB
Bevel Gears & Pinion
SUB
Shafts
SUB Stainless Steel

Bevel Gears
PB Plastic Bevel Gears
DB Injection Molded
Bevel Gears
BB Sintered Metal
Bushings
m1.5~3
m1/1.51/3
Gear
Ratio 5
1/1.51/3
m1.5~3
Gear Ratio 1.5~3
m1~3
Gear Ratio 1.5~3
m 0.5~1
Gear Ratio 2
5~8
Page 260
00
Page 262
Page 264
Page 266
Page 266
Contents
PICTORIAL INDEX OF SCREW GEARS, WORMS, WORM GEARS
Nonparallel & Nonintersecting

Axes Gears
AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS

Please request catalogs by e-mail or fax.
SN Steel Screw Gears
SCREW GEARS
m1~4
Page 280
SUN Stainless Steel

Screw Gears
Page 284
m1~3
AN Aluminum-Bronze
Screw Gears
m1~4
Page 286
PN Plastic Screw Gears
m1.5~3
Page 288
KWGDL, AGDL Duplex

Worms & Worm Wheels
KWGDLS, AGDL
Duplex Worm Shafts &
Worm Wheels
KWG, AG Ground Worm

Shafts & Worm Wheels
KWG, AGF Ground Worm

Shafts & Worm Wheels
WORM GEAR PAIR
m2~4
Reduction Ratio 1/20~1/60
m2~4
m0.5~1.5
m2~6
SWG, AG Ground Worms

& Worm Wheels
SW, BG Worms & Bronze

Worm Wheels
SW, CG Worms & Gray

Iron Worm Wheels
SUW, PG Worms &

Plastic Worm Wheels
m1~6
m0.8~6
m0.8~6
m1~3
Page 320
Page 300
Page 328
SRT(B) Pawls & Ratchets
Page 300
Page 328
GC Gear Couplings
Page 310
Page 314
Page 344
SV Involute Spline Shafts

SVI Spline Bushings
KBX Bevel Gearboxes
Model L
OTHER PRODUCTS
CBX Bevel Gearboxes
New Products
Model L
Model T
P2.09~12.56
Page 350
Page 352
m2~2.5
PBX Miniature Bevel

Gearboxes
New Products
Model T
Model L
Speed Ratio 1/1~1/2
Page 362
Speed Ratio 1/1
Model T
Page 366
XI
m1.667
Page 354
Speed Ratio 1/1~1/2
Page 358
How to Use This Catalog

Every page contains all the data necessary for you to select the proper gears.
Contents
This catalog contains the following

information:
Tabulated dimensions of KHK Standard Stock Gears
Data for selecting gears and warnings when applicable
Basic theories of gearing and associated data
How to order KHK Gears
Introduction to Kohara Gear Industry Co. Ltd.
<Selection Hints>
Caution in selecting the mating gears

Caution in selecting gears based on gear strength
Unique characteristics of products (such as
availability to perform secondary operations)
Other points to consider in the selection process.
<Application Hints>
Caution in performing secondary operations

Caution in assembling
Notes on starting operations
Other points to consider in applications
<Contents of Products Pages>
KHK Stock Gears are categorized into 10 groups

as shown below. At the beginning of each group,
we present an explanation of part numbers,
selection and application hints and other useful
technical data. As a rule, each product series
consists of two facing pages containing product
name, part numbers, dimensions, photograph,
mechanical drawings, cautionary notes if
applicable and helpful hints.
PRODUCT GROUP ICON
6. Miter Gears
2. Helical Gears
7. Bevel Gears
3. Internal Gears
8. Screw Gears
4. Racks
9. Worm gear pair
5. CP Racks & Pinions
PRODUCT NAME
MODULE
LEFT PAGE
Drawing & Configuration
PRODUCT PHOTOGRAPH
It is a representative photograph
of the series. Actual shape may
be different for a particular item.
Please confirm the drawing and
shape as specified in the table.
SUBCATEGORY OF THE SERIES
Module, Pitch, Number of teeth,

Gear ratio, etc.
DIMENSIONAL TABLE
<Catalog numbers>
Please order KHK gears by

specifying their catalog numbers
<Bore>
The bore tolerances are indicated

in the column headings.
INDEX
Tabs are color coded, and series

designations are shown.
Product Groups of KHK Stock Gears

1. Spur Gears
SERIES DESIGNATION
TECHNICAL REFERENCES
Some technical information is

introduced at various points in the
catalog.
10. Other Products
XII
NOTES
Contains additional information to

augment the products table. Please read
them before making the final selection
of the products.
Contents of the Q420 Catalog
DRAWINGS, SHAPES
When there is more than

one configuration for the
series, please confirm the
desired shape by checking
the shape column in the
table.
SPECIFICATIONS
Shape
B4
B3
B4
B3
Specifications for spur and helical gears

follow the new JIS standard.
PRODUCT NAME
RIGHT PAGE
The datum reference for secondary

operations.
Shows if secondary operations are possible.
(Red box indicates items on which
secondary operations are not possible.)
DIMENSIONAL TABLE
<Backlash>
Indicates the circular linear backlash when the gears are set to the
center distance.
There are some pages where certain dimensions are written below the table.
(e.g., miter, bevel and worm gears)
Calculation of Allowable
torque
The allowable torques shown in the table are

the calculated values according to JGMA.
The calculations assume certain operating
conditions. Therefore, the values should only be
used as a reference.
The assumed conditions are shown on the first
page of each product group (for example, page
27 for spur gears).
TECHNICAL REFERENCES
Significant technical information

is presented at various points in
the catalog.
KHK Co. reserves the right to make changes in specifications and dimensions without notice.
The company disclaims responsibility for any error or omission regarding technical and product information published.
All rights reserved herein and no portion of this catalog may be reproduced without the prior consent in writing of the company.
We post any changes and corrections to the catalog on our Web site(s):
URL http://www.khkgears.co.jp/
URL http://www.qtcgears.com
XIII
QTC Stock Gear Selection Methods

Please refer to this page when you are selecting gears.
Selecting Gears Based on Gear Strength
Step 1
Approximate the type of gear, strength and torque load.
Definition of Bending Strength
Definition of Surface Durability
The allowable bending strength of a gear

is defined as the allowable tangential force
at the pitch circle based on the mutually
allowable root stress of two meshing gears
under load.
The surface durability of a gear is defined as

the allowable tangential force at the pitch circle,
which permits the force to be transmitted safely
without incurring surface failure.
Step 2
Example of the defacement

due to insufficient surface
Make a tentative selection based on the torque load using the KHK catalog or the Web catalog. durability.
Example of the failure due to
insufficient bending strength.
The KHK catalog is used for the tentative selection.
Step 3
The Web catalog is used for the tentative selection.
After calculating the required strength using the actual conditions of usage, examine the selection made in Step 2.
The formal strength calculation can be performed using the various

formulas.
If the Web catalog is used, the strength can be

easily confirmed.
(2) Equation - Bending Strength

In order to confirm an acceptable safe bending strength, it is
necessary to analyze the applied tangential force at the working
pitch circle, Ft, vs. allowable force, Ftlim. This is stated as:
Ft Ftlim
(1.4)
It should be noted that the greatest bending stress is at the root of
the flank or base of the dedendum.
Then Equation (1.4) becomes Equation (1.5)
Ft sFlim
(1.5)
Equation (1.6) presents the calculation of Ftlim:

mnb KLKFX 1
Ftlim = sFlim ()
(kgf) (1.6)
YFYeYb KVKO SF

Equation (1.6) can be converted into stress by Equation (1.7):

YFYeYb KVKO
sF = Ft () SF
(kgf/mm2) (1.7)
mn b
KLKFX

XIV
QTC Stock Gear Selection

There are many ways to select gears depending on which parameters are more
important than others such as the strength, size, precision, and speed ratio. As
a guide, we have introduced "Selecting Gears Based on Strength" and "Selecting
Gears Based on Use".
Selecting Gears Based on Use
Example 5: Cost performance
Example 1: High Speed Rotation
For applications requiring noise and vibration reductions in high speed gear
drives, we recommend the ground gears (items with letter G in catalog
numbers). Using helical gears will increase the contact ratio, leading to smoother
transmission.
Example
The more production steps, the higher the cost. For example, the SS series which
goes thru steps of - raw material, turning, gear cutting, and black oxide - has
excellent cost-performance ratio. The Injection Molded Gears and Sintered Gears are
also products with high cost-performance figures due to mass production.
MSGA Ground Spur Gears

JIS N5 Class (OLD JIS1)
Overall carburizing
Example
SS Steel Spur Gears

DS Injection Molded Spur Gears
LS Sintered Metal Spur Gears

JIS N7 Class (OLD JIS3)
Tooth surface induction
hardened
Example 2: High Strength (compact design)
Example 6: Availability of Secondary Operations
Generally, the size of gears is proportional to load capacity. To make the design
compact requires the use of alloys (SCM415, SCM440) with heat treating. We
recommend catalog parts that start with letter M or K.
Please note that heat treated items have hard surfaces. While they gain the strength,
they lose the ability of secondary operations to be performed.
Example
Overall carburizing (Secondary operations
not possible)
Tooth surface Induction hardened
(Secondary operations possible except the
tooth)
SS Steel Spur Gears
No heat treatment (Secondary operations
possible)
Example

SCM415 overall carburizing
KHG Ground Helical Gears
Tooth surface induction
hardened
Example 7: High Reduction Ratios
Example 3: Backlash Considerations
In order to minimize the backlash, use high precision parts with ability to adjust center
distances. KHK carries, as standard products, items with ability to adjust backlash such
as Tapered Racks and Pinions and Duplex Worms and Worm Wheels.
We recommend the use of Worm Gear Pair or High Ratio Hypoid Gears.
It is also possible to obtain high reduction ratios by forming planetary gear
systems using spur and internal gears.
Example
Worm Gear Reduction Ratios
1/101/151/201/301/40
1/501/601/801/1001/120
Example
Tapered Racks & Pinions

KTSCP, STRCPF
High Ratio Hypoid Gear Reduction Ratios

1/151/201/301/451/60
1/901/1201/1801/200
Duplex Worms, Worm Wheels

KWGDL(S), AGDL
Example 4: Calculating and Positioning
Example 8: Rust Prevention
It is very convenient to use CP Racks and Pinions for positioning applications. We

recommend using ground gears for use in calculating to reduce pitch errors.
Stainless steel and plastic material are suitable where rust will cause problems such
as in food and chemical processing equipment. KHK uses these materials in the
manufacture of many kinds of spur, rack, miter, bevel, screw and worm gears.
Example
SSCPG CP Ground Spur Pinions

SSCPG10-20
JIS N7 Class (JIS B1702-1;1998)
KRGCP CP Ground Racks
KRGCP10-500
KHK R 001 Grade 1
XV
NOTES
XVI
Table of Contents
Special Characteristics, Points of Caution
in Selecting and Using Spur Gears......................... page 26
MSGA (B) Ground Spur Gears. .............................. page 34
SSG Ground Spur Gears........................................ page 46
SSGS Ground Spur Pinion Shafts. ......................... page 58
SS Steel Spur Gears............................................... page 60
SSA Steel Hubless Spur Gears. ............................. page 76

SSY Steel Thin Face Spur Gears............................ page 82
SSAY Steel Hubless Thin Face Spur Gears............ page 86
SSAY/K Spur Gears with Built-In Clamps. .............. page 88
LS Sintered Metal Spur Gears................................ page 92
SUS.SUSA Stainless Steel Spur Gears.................. page 94
SUSL Stainless Steel Fairloc Hub Spur Gears. ...... page 100
DSL Acetal Fairloc Hub Spur Gears. ...................... page 104
NSU Plastic Spur Gears with Steel Core................ page 108
PU Plastic Spur Gears with Stainless Steel Core... page 114
PS.PSA Plastic Spur Gears ................................... page 116
Spur Gears
DS Injection Molded Spur Gears............................. page 122

BB Sintered Metal Bushings. .................................. page 124
BSS Brass Spur Gears. .......................................... page 126
SSR Steel Ring Gears (Spur Gears)....................... page 127
Catalog Number of KHK Stock Gears

The Catalog Number for KHK stock gears is based on the
simple formula listed below.
Please order KHK gears by specifying the Catalog Numbers.
(Example)
Spur Gears
M SGA 1 - 18
No. of Teeth(18)
Module(1)
Type (Ground Spur Gear)
Material (SCM415)
Material
S
S45C
M
SCM415
SU SUS303
P
MC901
N
MC601-ST
D
DURACON
BS Free-Cutting Brass
L
SMF5040
C3604BD
Type
S
SA
SY
SAY
SGA(B)
SG
SL
SR
U
Spur Gears
Hubless Spur Gears
Thin Face Spur Gears
Hubless Thin Face Spur Gears
Ground Spur Gears

Ground Spur Gears
Fairloc Hub Gears
Ring Gears
Plastic Spur Gears with Steel Core
25
KHK Stock Spur Gears

With 0ur Large Selection, You Can Find Suitable Gears for Almost Any Application !
Characteristics
To meet your requirements, KHK stock gears are made in a variety of types, materials, configurations, modules and numbers of teeth. We also
offer products that allow secondary operations to be performed on the bores, shafts, outside diameters, keyways and set screws.
Main Features of Types of Spur Gears Offered

The following table lists the main features
Catalog No.
Module
Tooth Precision
JIS B1702-1
Surface
( ) denotes
Finish JIS B1702-2
Material
Heat
Treatment
Carburized Ground
MSGA(B)
1~4
SCM415
SSG
1~4
S45C
SSGS
1.5~3
S45C
SS
1~10
S45C
SSA
1~5
S45C
SSY
0.8~1.25
SSAY
LS
Gear teeth
induction Ground
hardened
Gear teeth
induction Ground
hardened
N5
Secondary
Operations
Main Characteristics
High strength, abrasion-resistant and compact.
N7
Allows users to perform secondary operations.
N7
Ground shaft pinions that allow modification of shafts to fit your bearings.
Cut
N8
Low cost with large selections of modules and numbers of teeth.
Cut
N8
Hubless gears for lighter and more compact applications.
S45C
Cut
N8
Narrower face gears for light-duty applications.
1~1.25
S45C
Cut
N8
Hubless and narrow faces for even lighter and more compact gears.
0.5~0.8
(Equiv. to S45C)
SMF5040
SUS.SUSA 1~4
SUS303
Cut
N8
SUSL
0.5~1
SUS303
Cut
(N8)
Smaller module gears which clamp to the shafts without any keys or set screws.
DSL
0.5~1
Acetal
(SUS303)
Cut
(N10)
These rust-resistant gears can be clamped to the shafts without any keys or set screws.
NSU
1~3
MC601ST
(S45C)
Cut
N9
Nylon teeth with steel hubs that can have keyways and set screws added.
PU
1~3
MC901
(SUS303)
Cut
N9
Nylon teeth with stainless steel hubs for rust-resistance.
PS.PSA
1~3
MC901
Cut
N9
Possible to operate without lubrication. Suitable for food processing machines.
DS
0.5~1
M90-44
BSS
0.5~0.8
C3604BD-F
Cut
N8
Small module brass spur gears suitable for mating with DS gears.
SSR
2~3
S45C
Cut
N9
Allows large gear ratios. Can also be used as segment gears and corner racks.
Sintered (N8)
Low cost due to elimination of machining and reduction in wasted material.

Stainless steel gears for more rust-resistant gears.
Injection (N12)
Molded
Low cost, mass-produced products suitable for light duty office machines.
Possible Partly possible X Not possible

By chamfering the corners of the top land, gear noise is reduced, and the chances of damage due to handling and transportation are decreased. All KHK gears larger
than m1.5 have their teeth chamfered.
Black oxide coating is a film of triferotetraoxide (Fe3O4), a kind of rust, which is applied to the gear surface to help resist rusting.
26
KHK Technical Information
Selection Hints
Please select the most suitable products by carefully considering the characteristics of items and contents of the product tables.
It is also important to read all applicable CAUTION notes before the final selection.
Use of catalog numbers when ordering will simplify and expedite the processing of your order.
1.Caution in selecting the mating Gears
2. Caution in Selecting Gears Based on Gear Strength

The gear strength values shown in the product pages were computed
by assuming a certain application environment. Therefore, they should
be used as reference only. We recommend that each user computes his
own values by applying the actual usage conditions.
NSU spur gears with steel core and PU plastic gears with stainless
steel core require additional considerations of holding strength
between plastic and metal. Also, SUSL Fairloc hub spur gears, DSL
Fairloc hub spur gears and SSAY/K spur gears with built-in clamps
need additional considerations of the starting torque. The table below
contains the assumptions established for various products in order to
compute gear strengths.
Basically, all spur gears, internal gears and racks can be paired as
long as the module matches. The product with different materials,
tooth widths, or methods of cutting the teeth can be mated.
When using a pinion with an internal gear with a small difference
in the numbers of teeth, there are possibilities for involute
interference, trochoid interference and trimming interference. See
the internal gear interference portion of the technical section to
avoid problems in assembling these items.
Calculation of Bending Strength of Gears

Catalog No.
MSGA(B)
Item
Formula NOTE 1
SS, SSA
SSY, SSAY
SSAY/K
SSR
SSG
(SSGS)
SUS
SUSA
SUSL
LS
The Lewis formula
Same number of teeth (30 for SSR)
600min
100min
-1
100min-1
-1
Allowable bending stress
Over 107 cycles
Durability
Impact from motor
Uniform load
Impact from load
Uniform load
Direction of load
Bidirectional
Allowable bending stresss at rootFlim
NOTE 2
NOTE 3
1.59kgf/mm 1.59kgf/mm
(40C with no (40C with no
lubricant)
lubricant)
2
31.33kgf/mm2 14(16.67)kgf/mm2 12.67kgf/mm2
7kgf/mm2
2.67kgf/mm2
m0.5 4.5
m0.8 4.0
m1.0 3.5
kgf/mm2
1.2
Safety factor SF
Calculation of Surface Durability (Except where it is common with Bending Strength)

Formula
DSL
DS
PU
PS
NSU
Formula of spur and helical gears on bending strength (JGMA401-01)
No. of teeth of mating gears
Rotation
BSS
Formula of spur and helical gears on surface durability (JGMA402-01)
NOTE 1
100cSt(50C)
Kinematic viscosity of lubricant
Symmetric support by bearings
Gear support
Allowable Hertz stress Hlim
166kgf/mm
90(99)kgf/mm2
49kgf/mm2
41.3kgf/mm2
1.15
Safety factor SH
Definition of bending strength

The allowable bending
strength of a gear is defined
as the allowable tangential
force at the p itch circle
based on the mutually
allowable root stress of two
meshing gears under load.
NOTE 1: JGMA (Japanese Manufacturers

Association), MC Nylon Technical
Data of Nippon Polypenco Limited
and Duracon Gear of Polyplastic Co.

The units for rotational speed
(rpm) and the load (kgf/mm2) were
matched to the units needed in the
equation.
NOTE 2: Since the load is bidirectional,
the allowable bending stress at
root Flim, calculated from JGMA
401-01, is set to 2/3 of the value.
NOTE 3: The values for DS m 0.5 gears were
assumed by KHK.
Definition of surface durability

The surface durability of
a gear is defined as the
allowable tangential force
at the pitch circle, which
per mits the force to be
transmitted safely without
incurring surface failure.
Example of the failure due to

insufficient bending strength.

durability.
27
Spur Gears
3.Caution with Regard to the Special Characteristics of Various Products
4. Other Points to Consider in Selection Process
MSGA (B) series of ground gears are carburized and therefore

no secondary operations can be performed. Also, even though
the keyways are made according to JIS B1301 standard,
Js 9 tolerance, the heat treating process may produce some
deformations.
SSGS ground pinion shafts with 10 and 11 teeth are profile
shifted gears (x=+0.5) and therefore cannot be assembled to the
center distance of gears that are not profile shifted gears (x=0).
The black oxide finish is somewhat effective in preventing rust
but is not rustproof.
SUS stainless steel gears have high degrees of antirust property,
but are not totally rustproof.
When selecting SUSL Fairloc hub spur gears, it is possible in
some cases for the gears to slip on the shaft before the gear teeth
fail due to loads.
When selecting NSU plastic spur gears with steel core, it is
possible in some cases for the holding strength between the
metal core and the molded plastic to be less than the gear
strength. As for details of the holding strength please refer to
pages 108~109.
Due to their material, the quality of PS plastic spur gears may be
affected by significant variations in temperature or humidity. As
for details please refer to pages 32~33.
Due to a large coefficient of heat expansion of nylon, if these
gears are to be used without lubrication, we recommend that the
mating gears be metal gears, which can transmit heat, preventing
temperature build-up.
SSR ring gears are easily deformable and may develop changes
in dimensions.
SSAY, SSY spur gears and DS injection molded spur gears have
narrow face widths. However, it is possible to mesh them with
other gears (SS, SSA...) with wide face widths.
There are various footnotes to the product pages under the

headings of CAUTION. Please consider them carefully when
selecting these products.
There may be slight differences in color or shape of products
shown in the photograph from the actual products.
KHK reserves the right to make changes in specifications and
dimensions without notice.
KHK is ready to produce and supply custom order products.
When you require specific gears different from KHK Stock
Gears please contact our distributor for quotation. Also, please
refer to page 16 KHK Custom Order Products.
28
Application Hints
Nylon is susceptible to change due to temperature and humidity.
Dimensions may change during remachining operations and
afterwards.
In order to avoid stress concentration, leave radii on the keyway
corners.
In order to use KHK stock gears safely, carefully read the

Application Hints before proceeding. If there are questions or if
you require clarifications, please contact our technical department
or your nearest distributor.
KHK CO., LTD. TECHNICAL DEPARTMENT

PHONE: 81-48-254-1744 FAX: 81-48-254-1765
E-mail export@khkgears.co.jp
Tapping & Keyway Slotting
1. Caution on Performing Secondary Operations

Most KHK gears can be modified by the user. Please
note the following points.
If you are reboring, it is important to pay special attention to
locating the center in order to avoid runout.
The reference datum for gear cutting is the bore. Therefore, use
the bore for locating the center. If it is too difficult to do for
small bores, the alternative is to use one spot on the bore and the
runout of the side surface.
If the rework requires using scroll chucks, we recommend the
use of new or rebored jaws for improved precision. If chucking
by the teeth, please apply the pressure carefully to avoid
crushing the teeth which will lead to noisy gears.
T o avoid problems of reduced gear precision and other

manufacturing difficulties, do not attempt to machine the gears
to reduce face widths.
T he bore tolerance of DS injection molded spur gears is
generally -0.10 to -0.05, but may be +values at the central
portion of the hole. Remachining the bore is not recommended
since reworking may expose voids in the plastic.
11 SUSL Fairloc gears cannot be rebored. They may be pinned
provided caution is exercised not to deform the slots in the hubs.
12 When heat-treating S45C products, it is possible to get thermal
stress cracks. It is best to subject them to penetrant inspection
afterwards. If tooth strength is not sufficient, it can be increased
approximately four times by heat-treating. On the other hand,
the precision of the gear will drop about one grade.
Lathe Operations
Heat Treatment
1) Induction heat treatment of S45C products should
conform with the reference data below;
Heat treatment temperature - 800~900C
Tempering temperature 200~250C
Hardness 48~53HRC
2) In general, gears made from S45C have not been heattreated. The user can heat-treat as required, but some
deformation will be introduced. Ordinarily, a grinding
process is needed after heat-treatment. Otherwise, the
precision grade will drop about one grade.
The maximum bore size is dictated by the requirement that the

strength of the hub is to be higher than that of the gear teeth.
MSGA (B) ground spur gears (material SCM415) are wholly
carburized so that no secondary operations can be performed.
SSG ground spur gear teeth are induction hardened past the tooth root
(approximately 1mm deep). Therefore, care must be exercised when
performing secondary operations on the bores or adding keyways.
3) SUS303 and 304 belong to austenite family and cannot

be hardened. To harden stainless, there are martensitic
series, such as SUS420J2.
4) The induction hardened depth is approximately 1mm.
However, the hardening process does not completely
reach the root of the gear tooth at the center portion of
the face width.
29
Spur Gears
2. Points of Caution in Assembling
KHK stock spur gears are designed to give the proper backlash
when assembled using the center distance given by the formula
below. The amount of backlash is given in the product table for
each gear. For SSGS ground gears with 10 or 11 teeth, however,
the profile is shifted (x = +0.5) so that the center distances are
given in tables below the product table.
Verify that the two shafts are parallel. Incorrect assembly will
lead to uneven teeth contact which will cause noise and wear.
(After assembly, the gear mesh can be checked by applying a
contact pattern compound and rotating the gears.)
a=m(Z1+Z2)/2
where
Poor tooth contact and pitting
a = center distance
m =module
This picture is an example of poor tooth contact of an SSG3-30

gear which had only 30% of the gear tooth in proper contact. In this
example the gear oil used is equivalent to JIS gear oil category 2,
No.3, and the design conditions were 417N.m load torque at 278
min-1 (12 kW) which was 1.5 times the allowable bending strength
and 3 times the allowable surface durability torque. The pitting
occurred on the poor tooth contact area after 60 hours of continuous
operation.
Z1 =no. of teeth of pinion

Z2 =no. of teeth of gear
Center Distance Tolerance

Old standard JGMA113-01, Center Distance Tolerance,
specified plus side tolerance of H7 - H8. In the new standard,
JGMA1101-01:2000, it was decided that it is more desirable to
specify +/- tolerance especially in gear train applications.
A gear may slip on the shaft or move axially while in motion if

it is not firmly fastened to the shaft. Step shafts, collars and set
screws are some of the ways to secure the gears.
Keyways are generally used as the method of engaging the
gears with the axis. There is also a method of the setting with
a MACHALOCK, Posi-Lock, and Shupanring, etc. which are
parts for engaging the hole and the axis.
Method for Adjusting Backlash

Backlash may be adjusted by changing the center distance of
mating gears. For more information, please consult the technical
section on gear backlash.
Assembly should be performed cautiously to avoid damage to

the gears or injuries to the worker.
Overall Length Tolerance for Spur and Helical Gears

Overall Length (mm)
Over
Under
030
030
100
100
Tolerance
3. Notes on Starting Operations
.
0 10
0.10
.10
0
0.15
.10
0
0.20
Before operating, check the following:

Are the gears firmly mounted on the shafts?
Have you eliminated uneven tooth contact?
Does the gear mesh have a proper amount of backlash?
(Please avoid the condition of no backlash.)
Is there sufficient lubrication?
Following products are excluded from this table:

DS Injection Molded Spur Gears, LS Sintered
Metal Spur Gears, DSL Fairloc Hub Spur Gears,
If the gears are exposed, install a safety cover for protection.

Never touch gears while they are in motion.
SUSL Fairloc Hub Spur Gears
30
4. Other Points to Consider in Applications

KHK products are individually packaged to avoid damage.
Depending on how they are handled, it is still possible to deform
or break them. It is important to exercise care in handling these
parts.

Check the products as they are being taken out of the boxes. If
any of them are rusted, scratched or dented, please return to the
dealer where they were bought, for exchange.
I f there is unusual noise or vibration at the start up or

insufficient lubrication after the start up, please recheck the
gears and correctness of the assembly. Some of the methods for
achieving noise reduction are:
(a) High Precision
(b) Fine Tooth Surface Finish
(c) Accurate Tooth Contact
The followings are the gear lubrication methods in general use:
(a) Grease Lubrication
(b) Splash Lubrication (Oil Bath Method)
(c) Forced Oil Circulation Lubrication
Check lubrication after start up. Sometimes, when the unit is
initially being operated, lubricating oil deteriorates rapidly.
KHK cannot guarantee the precision of gears once the customer

performs a secondary operation on them.
Examples of KHK Gear Applications
Automatic packing machine (Spur Gears)
Electric Component Assembly Line

(SS Spur Gears)
Food handling machine

(Plastic Spur gear)
31
Spur Gears
Characteristics of Plastic Gears
The quality of plastic gears (MC) may change due to variations of ambient temperature and humidity. The following useful data is provided to help the user with
correct selection.
Thermal Properties of Plastic Materials
Thermal Properties
Dimensions of MC nylon gears change with temperature. KHK MC nylon
gears are cut in the ambient temperature of 20to 30C(68~86F).Some
dimensional changes could be expected in summer and winter.
We present the thermal deflection property of several plastics under load.
Properties
Heat conductivity
Thermal deflection temperature under load of certain plastic
200215
160200
MC601ST
Above 215
Above 200
66Nylon
18.6kgf/cm
D-696 10-5/
Specific heat
cal/
.g
Temperature of thermal
deflection under certain load
(18.6kgf/cm2)
D-648
(4.6kgf/cm2)
D-648
110
120
Continuous working
temperature
Teflon
56
Deflection rate under

certain load
(140kgf/cm2,50 )
50
100
150
200
D-621
Water Saturation Value (in water)

Water Saturation Value (room temperature in air)
2.5~3.5%
Moisture Content vs. Dimensional Variation of MC901

2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
Moisture content (%)
0.25
110
56
215
Above
215
182
158
120
120
150
120
95
260
0.65
200
200
220
220
223
223
Methyl acetate
165
Nitrobenzene
Salicylic acid
Diluted sulfuric acid
Sodium acetate
Diduthylphthalate
Concentrated sulfuric acid
Synchrohexane
Diluted nitric acid
Methyl acetate
Synchrohexanol
Concentrated nitric acid
Tetrahydrofuran
Diluted phosphoric acid
Acetaldehyde
(Epsilon)-caprolactam
Sodium hydroxide(50%)
Ether family
Petroleum ether
Ammonia water(10%)
Acetamide
Gasoline
Ammonia gas
Ethylenediamine
Diesel oil
Saline solution(10%)
Acrylnitrile
Lubricant oil
Potassium chloride
Carbon tetrachloride
Mineral oil
Calcium chloride
Ethylene chloride
Castor oil
Ammonium chloride
Ethylene chlorohydrin
Linseed oil
Sodium hypochlorite
Silicon oil
Sodium sulfate
Benzene
Edible fat
Sodium thiosulfate
Toluene
Tallow
Sodium bisulfate
Phenol
Butter
Cupric sulfate
Aniline
Milk
Grape wine
Potassium permanganate
Benzonic acid
Fruit juice
Sodium carbonate
Chlorobenzene
Carbonate drink
Ethyl acetate
Aceton
Formaldehyde
Trichlorethylene(Tri-clene)
Potassium dichromate (5%) Benzaldehyde

4
10
66
Concentrated hydrochloric acid
0.5~1.0%
5.5~7.0%
Moisture Absorption Rate (24 hrs., in water at room temperature)
0.4
Diluted hydrochloric acid
Moisture Absorption Rate of MC901 (ASTM D-570, etc.)
15
( Hardly affected Possible to use under certain conditions Not suitable for use)
Dimensions of MC nylon gears change with moisture content. This may

cause the sizes to vary from the time of purchase to the time of usage. The
following table and the chart show the moisture content and its effect on
the dimensions of MC901 nylon.
160
10
MC nylon products are mainly used in food and chemical machinery.

However, there are limitations depending on the environment. Generally,
MC nylon is resistant against organic agents but weak against acids. We list
the chemical resistance properties of MC nylon against various substances.
Since the reaction may vary depending on the applications, it is important
to test it before processing. The MC Nylon that is approved for food contact
by the US FDA is MC907. Gears can be custom made from this material.
Chemical Resistance Properties of MC Nylon
Water Absorption Properties
0.4
2.16
Chemical Resistance Properties
If you were to use NSU, PU or PS Plastic gears without lubricants, the

meshing two nylon gears generates heat and they expand. We recommend
metal gears for mating gears.
6.5
Melting point
For plastic materials, it is difficult to determine the operating temperature

below which there is no harmful effect from long term, continuous operation.
In general, it is set by actual usage experience, though it is said to be 20 to
30 below the thermal deflection temperature.
There is not much data on low temperature limits. Users should rely on their
own experience taking the brittleness properties into consideration.
2.11
Above
200
158
Polyacetal
Dimensional variation (%)
10-1
kcal/
mhr.
C-177
182
66
4.6kgf/cm2
66 Polyacetal Teflon
Nylon
901,
601ST
900NC
MC901
MC
Coefficient of linear
thermal expansion
materials (ASTM-D648)
Test
method
ASTM Unit
32
Round bar-MC cast nylon with metal core

If you require other sized gears than those listed in our NSU or
PU series, we can design and quote custom gears made from the
following round bars. Since we stock them, we can deliver fast
and reduce your cost.
Dimensions of MC nylon round bars
Outside dia. Metal core dia. Total length
&
MC901
(Unit: mm)
MC thickness
Weight
(kgf/pcs.)
105
10.0
00.4
025
105
12.5
00.7
055
030
105
12.5
00.9
065
040
105
12.5
01.4
080
045
105
17.5
01.9
090
050
105
20.0
02.3
100
055
105
22.5
02.8
110
060
105
25.0
03.4
120
070
105
25.0
04.4
130
080
105
25.0
05.5
150
090
105
30.0
07.0
180
110
105
35.0
10.4
200
120
105
40.0
12.5
040
020
050
*Dimensions are based on technical date of NIPPON POLYPENCO

LIMITED.
SUS303 (MC9-SUSrod)
S25C
(MC9-SCrod)
FC250 (MC9-FCrod)
How is MC nylon fused to the metal core

2. Advantage of MC nylon with metal core
This method is superior to other conventional methods such as

bolting, shrink fitting and bonding.
(1) Wide temperature range

There are examples of wheel use in furnaces at 130 to 140C
(2) Good dimensional stability
Since nylon is fused to the whole outer surface of the metal hub, dimensional
change is very small even under temperature variations.
(3) Metal-hub rim may be thin
Even if there is not sufficient material to pass a bolt into the rim, the hub can
be fixed by means of a bonding method.
(4) Good appearance
Elimination of bolts and nuts provides a cleaner physical appearance .
(5) Cost savings
In general, it is more economical than attaching with bolts, especially in large
quantities.
1. Outline of the procedure

The surface of the core material is
rolled with a 2mm pitch diamond
knurl. Then one or more grooves
(1~2mm wide and 1mm deep) are
cut as shown on the right.
The metal surface is treated prior to
casting nylon in a mold.

2mm
2mm Pitch
Pitch
diamond
diamondknurl
knur
Data related to the properties of MC nylon are extracted from the MC

nylon technical data issued by NIPPON POLYPENCO LIMITED.
33
Module
Spur
Gears
MSGA(B) Ground Spur Gears
M
S
G
A
M
S
G
B
S1 Shape
Module 1
Catalog No.
MSGA1-18
MSGA1-20
MSGB1-20
MSGA1-24
MSGB1-24
MSGA1-25
MSGB1-25
MSGA1-30
MSGB1-30
MSGA1-35
MSGB1-35
MSGA1-36
MSGB1-36
MSGA1-40
MSGB1-40
MSGA1-45
MSGB1-45
MSGA1-48
MSGB1-48
MSGA1-50
MSGB1-50
MSGA1-55
MSGB1-55
MSGA1-60
MSGB1-60
MSGA1-70
MSGB1-70
MSGA1-80
MSGB1-80
MSGA1-100
MSGB1-100
Module
m1
No. of teeth
Shape
18
S1
20
S1
24
S1
25
S1
30
S1
35
S1
36
S1
40
S1
45
S1
48
S1
50
S1
55
S1
60
S1
70
S1
80
S1
100
S1
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
Pitch dia. Outside dia. Face width Hub width Total length Web thickness Web O.D.
8
8
10
10
12
10
12
10
12
10
15
12
15
12
15
12
15
12
15
12
15
15
20
15
20
20
25
20
25
20
25
15
18
20
10
15
17
20
22
10
15
20
24
26
10
15
20
25
27
10
15
25
30
32
10
15
25
35
37
10
15
25
36
38
10
15
30
40
42
10
15
30
45
47
10
15
30
48
50
10
15
35
50
52
10
15
40
55
57
10
10
20
40
60
62
10
10
20
45
70
72
10
10
20
45
80
82
10
10
20
45
100
102
10
10
20
CAUTION: No secondary operation can be performed due to the carburizing process.

NOTE 1: Although the dimensions of the keyway are made to the JIS(Js9) tolerance, there may be some deviations due to the effects of the heat treatment.
34
Spur
Gears
Ground Spur Gears
Specifications
Precision grade
Keyway
NOTE 1
Width Depth
3 x 1.4
3 x 1.4
4 x 1.8
4 x 1.8
4 x 1.8
4 x 1.8
4 x 1.8
4 x 1.8
4 x 1.8
4 x 1.8
5 x 2.3
4 x 1.8
5 x 2.3
4 x 1.8
5 x 2.3
4 x 1.8
5 x 2.3
4 x 1.8
5 x 2.3
4 x 1.8
5 x 2.3
5 x 2.3
6 x 2.8
5 x 2.3
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
Allowable torqueNm)
Allowable torquekgfm
Bending strength Surface durability Bending strength Surface durability
14.2
8.04
1.45
0.82
0.08~0.16
18.5
12.0
1.88
1.22
0.08~0.16
19.6
13.1
2.00
1.33
0.08~0.16
25.1
19.0
2.56
1.94
0.08~0.16
30.7
26.2
3.13
2.67
0.08~0.16
31.9
27.8
3.25
2.84
0.08~0.16
36.5
34.6
3.72
3.53
0.08~0.16
42.3
44.3
4.31
4.51
0.08~0.16
45.8
50.6
4.67
5.16
0.08~0.16
48.1
55.1
4.91
5.62
0.08~0.16
54.0
67.3
5.51
6.86
0.10~0.18
59.9
80.6
6.11
8.22
0.10~0.18
71.9
111
7.33
11.4
0.10~0.18
83.9
147
8.55
15.0
0.10~0.18
22.8
0.10~0.18
224
10.5
Pressure angle
20
Tooht surface finish
Ground
Material
SCM415
Heat treatment
Overall carburizing
Datum reference surface Bore

for gear grinding
Not possible (We can supply
Secondary Operations different configuration as custom made
0.020
0.027
0.023
0.038
0.034
0.041
0.037
0.065
0.061
0.085
0.073
0.085
0.077
0.11
0.10
0.14
0.13
0.16
0.15
0.18
0.17
0.26
0.23
0.29
0.27
0.37
0.35
0.47
0.44
0.69
0.66
0.08~0.16
103
Weight
0.65
55~60HRC
Surface treatment
kg
1.24
Tooth hardness
Standard full depth
Backlash
6.37
OLD JIS 1 grade (JIS B1702: 1976)
Gear teeth
mmNOTE 3
12.1
JIS N5 grade (JIS B1702-1: 1998)
Catalog No.
MSGA1-18
MSGA1-20
MSGB1-20
MSGA1-24
MSGB1-24
MSGA1-25
MSGB1-25
MSGA1-30
MSGB1-30
MSGA1-35
MSGB1-35
MSGA1-36
MSGB1-36
MSGA1-40
MSGB1-40
MSGA1-45
MSGB1-45
MSGA1-48
MSGB1-48
MSGA1-50
MSGB1-50
MSGA1-55
MSGB1-55
MSGA1-60
MSGB1-60
MSGA1-70
MSGB1-70
MSGA1-80
MSGB1-80
MSGA1-100
MSGB1-100
NOTE 2: The allowable torques shown in the table are calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions.
Please see page 27 for more details.
NOTE 3: The backlash values shown in the table are the theoretical values of a pair of identical gears in mesh.
35
gears)
M
S
G
A
M
S
G
B
Module
1.5
Spur
Gears
M
S
G
A
M
S
G
B
S1 Shape
Module 1.5
Catalog No.
MSGA1.5-15
MSGA1.5-18
MSGB1.5-18
MSGA1.5-20
MSGB1.5-20
MSGA1.5-24
MSGB1.5-24
MSGA1.5-25
MSGB1.5-25
MSGA1.5-30
MSGB1.5-30
MSGA1.5-35
MSGB1.5-35
MSGA1.5-36
MSGB1.5-36
MSGA1.5-40
MSGB1.5-40
MSGA1.5-45
MSGB1.5-45
MSGA1.5-48
MSGB1.5-48
MSGA1.5-50
MSGB1.5-50
MSGA1.5-55
MSGB1.5-55
MSGA1.5-60
MSGB1.5-60
MSGA1.5-70
MSGB1.5-70
MSGA1.5-80
MSGB1.5-80
MSGA1.5-100
MSGB1.5-100
Module
m1.5
No. of teeth
Shape
15
S1
18
S1
20
S1
24
S1
25
S1
30
S1
35
S1
36
S1
40
S1
45
S1
48
S1
50
S1
55
S1
60
S1
70
S1
80
S1
100
S1
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
10
10
12
12
15
12
15
14
16
15
18
15
18
15
18
16
20
16
20
16
20
18
22
20
25
20
25
20
25
20
25
25
30
18
22.5
22.5
15
10
25
22
27
30
15
10
25
25
30
33
15
10
25
28
36
39
15
10
25
30
37.5
40.5
15
10
25
30
45
48
15
10
25
32
52.5
55.5
15
10
25
32
54
57
15
10
25
35
60
63
15
10
25
40
67.5
70.5
15
10
25
40
72
75
15
10
25
40
75
78
15
10
25
45
82.5
85.5
15
10
25
45
90
93
15
10
25
45
105
108
15
10
25
45
120
123
15
10
25
50
150
153
15
10
25

NOTE 1: Although the dimensions of the keyway are made to the JIS (Js9) tolerance, there may be some deviations due to the effects of the heat treatment.
36
Spur
Gears
Ground Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
Keyway
NOTE 1
Width Depth
4 x 1.8
4 x 1.8
4 x 1.8
4 x 1.8
5 x 2.3
4 x 1.8
5 x 2.3
5 x 2.3
5 x 2.3
5 x 2.3
6 x 2.8
5 x 2.3
6 x 2.8
5 x 2.3
6 x 2.8
5 x 2.3
6 x 2.8
5 x 2.3
6 x 2.8
5 x 2.3
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
Allowable torqueNm)
NOTE 2
Pressure angle
20
Tooth surface finish
Ground
Material
SCM415
Heat treatment
Overall carburizing
Weight
0.050
0.080
0.074
0.098
0.085
0.14
0.13
0.15
0.14
0.21
0.19
0.28
0.26
0.30
0.28
0.37
0.34
0.48
0.46
0.54
0.51
0.57
0.54
0.69
0.65
0.81
0.77
1.08
1.04
1.39
1.36
2.13
2.09
1.51
0.08~0.16
41.0
22.1
4.18
2.26
0.08~0.16
48.0
27.9
4.89
2.84
0.08~0.16
62.4
41.5
6.36
4.24
0.08~0.16
66.0
45.4
6.73
4.63
0.08~0.16
84.7
66.4
8.63
6.77
0.08~0.16
104
91.5
10.6
9.34
0.10~0.18
108
97.1
11.0
9.90
0.10~0.18
123
121
12.6
12.3
0.10~0.18
143
155
14.5
15.8
0.10~0.18
155
177
15.8
18.1
0.10~0.18
162
193
16.6
19.7
0.10~0.18
182
236
18.6
24.0
0.10~0.18
202
283
20.6
28.8
0.10~0.18
231
372
23.6
38.0
0.12~0.20
270
494
27.5
50.3
0.12~0.20
347
787
35.4
80.2
0.12~0.20
55~60HRC
Surface treatment
kg
3.15
Tooth hardness
Standard full depth
Backlash
14.8
Gear teeth
mmNOTE 3
30.8
Catalog No.
MSGA1.5-15
MSGA1.5-18
MSGB1.5-18
MSGA1.5-20
MSGB1.5-20
MSGA1.5-24
MSGB1.5-24
MSGA1.5-25
MSGB1.5-25
MSGA1.5-30
MSGB1.5-30
MSGA1.5-35
MSGB1.5-35
MSGA1.5-36
MSGB1.5-36
MSGA1.5-40
MSGB1.5-40
MSGA1.5-45
MSGB1.5-45
MSGA1.5-48
MSGB1.5-48
MSGA1.5-50
MSGB1.5-50
MSGA1.5-55
MSGB1.5-55
MSGA1.5-60
MSGB1.5-60
MSGA1.5-70
MSGB1.5-70
MSGA1.5-80
MSGB1.5-80
MSGA1.5-100
MSGB1.5-100
37

for gear grinding
gears)
M
S
G
A
M
S
G
B
Module
Spur
Gears
M
S
G
A
M
S
G
B
S1 Shape
Module 2
Catalog No.
MSGA2-15
MSGB2-15
MSGA2-18
MSGB2-18
MSGA2-20
MSGB2-20
MSGA2-24
MSGB2-24
MSGA2-25
MSGB2-25
MSGA2-30
MSGB2-30
MSGA2-35
MSGB2-35
MSGA2-36
MSGB2-36
MSGA2-40
MSGB2-40
MSGA2-45
MSGB2-45
MSGA2-48
MSGB2-48
MSGA2-50
MSGB2-50
MSGA2-55
MSGB2-55
MSGA2-60
MSGB2-60
MSGA2-70
MSGB2-70
MSGA2-80
MSGB2-80
MSGA2-100
MSGB2-100
Module
m2
No. of teeth
Shape
15
S1
18
S1
20
S1
24
S1
25
S1
30
S1
35
S1
36
S1
40
S1
45
S1
48
S1
50
S1
55
S1
60
S1
70
S1
80
S2
100
S2
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
24
30
34
20
10
30
30
36
40
20
10
30
32
40
44
20
10
30
35
48
52
20
10
30
35
50
54
20
10
30
40
60
64
20
10
30
40
70
74
20
10
30
40
72
76
20
10
30
45
80
84
20
10
30
45
90
94
20
10
30
50
96
100
20
10
30
50
100
104
20
10
30
55
110
114
20
10
30
55
120
124
20
10
30
55
140
144
20
10
30
60
160
164
20
10
30
80
200
204
20
10
30
12
15
12
15
15
18
15
18
16
20
18
22
18
22
18
22
20
25
20
25
22
28
22
28
25
30
25
30
25
30
30
35
35
40

38
Spur
Gears
Ground Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade

NOTE 1
Width Depth
4 x 1.8
5 x 2.3
4 x 1.8
5 x 2.3
5 x 2.3
6 x 2.8
5 x 2.3
6 x 2.8
5 x 2.3
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
Allowable torqueNm)
NOTE 2
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Ground
Material
SCM415
Heat treatment
Overall carburizing

for gear grinding
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
73.1
35.7
7.46
3.64
0.10~0.20
97.2
53.5
9.91
5.46
0.10~0.20
6.89
0.10~0.20
114
67.6
11.6
148
101
15.1
10.3
0.10~0.20
157
110
16.0
11.2
0.10~0.20
201
161
20.5
16.5
0.12~0.22
246
223
25.1
22.7
0.12~0.22
255
236
26.0
24.1
0.12~0.22
292
294
29.7
30.0
0.12~0.22
338
377
34.5
38.4
0.12~0.22
349
411
35.6
41.9
0.12~0.22
367
448
37.4
45.7
0.12~0.22
412
548
42.0
55.8
0.14~0.24
457
658
46.6
67.1
0.14~0.24
547
909
55.8
92.7
0.14~0.24
610
1150
62.2
117
0.14~0.24
785
1820
80.1
186
0.14~0.24
55~60HRC
Gear teeth
S4 Shape
Keyway
Tooth hardness
0.12
0.10
0.19
0.17
0.22
0.20
0.32
0.30
0.33
0.31
0.48
0.45
0.64
0.61
0.67
0.64
0.84
0.79
1.05
1.00
1.20
1.14
1.29
1.24
1.56
1.51
1.84
1.79
2.48
2.43
2.55
2.49
4.16
4.09
Catalog No.
MSGA2-15
MSGB2-15
MSGA2-18
MSGB2-18
MSGA2-20
MSGB2-20
MSGA2-24
MSGB2-24
MSGA2-25
MSGB2-25
MSGA2-30
MSGB2-30
MSGA2-35
MSGB2-35
MSGA2-36
MSGB2-36
MSGA2-40
MSGB2-40
MSGA2-45
MSGB2-45
MSGA2-48
MSGB2-48
MSGA2-50
MSGB2-50
MSGA2-55
MSGB2-55
MSGA2-60
MSGB2-60
MSGA2-70
MSGB2-70
MSGA2-80
MSGB2-80
MSGA2-100
MSGB2-100
39
gears)
M
S
G
A
M
S
G
B
Module
2.5
Spur
Gears
MSGA (B) Ground Spur Gears
M
S
G
A
M
S
G
B
S1 Shape
Module 2.5
Catalog No.
MSGA2.5-15
MSGB2.5-15**
MSGA2.5-18
MSGB2.5-18
MSGA2.5-20
MSGB2.5-20
MSGA2.5-24
MSGB2.5-24
MSGA2.5-25
MSGB2.5-25
MSGA2.5-30
MSGB2.5-30
MSGA2.5-35
MSGB2.5-35
MSGA2.5-36
MSGB2.5-36
MSGA2.5-40
MSGB2.5-40
MSGA2.5-45
MSGB2.5-45
MSGA2.5-48
MSGB2.5-48
MSGA2.5-50
MSGB2.5-50
MSGA2.5-55
MSGB2.5-55
MSGA2.5-60
MSGB2.5-60
MSGA2.5-70
MSGB2.5-70
Module
m2.5
No. of teeth
Shape
15
S1
18
S1
20
S1
24
S1
25
S1
30
S1
35
S1
36
S1
40
S1
45
S1
48
S1
50
S1
55
S1
60
S1
70
S2
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
30
37.5
42.5
25
12
37
38
45
50
25
12
37
40
50
55
25
12
37
40
60
65
25
12
37
45
62.5
67.5
25
12
37
50
75
80
25
12
37
55
87.5
92.5
25
12
37
55
90
95
25
12
37
55
100
105
25
12
37
60
112.5
117.5
25
12
37
60
120
125
25
12
37
60
125
130
25
12
37
70
137.5
142.5
25
12
37
70
150
155
25
12
37
85
175
180
25
12
37
17
150
15
18
18
20
18
22
18
22
20
25
22
28
25
30
25
30
25
32
30
35
30
35
30
35
30
40
30
40
40
50

40
Spur
Gears
Ground Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade

NOTE 1
Width Depth
5 x 2.3
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
14 x 3.8
Allowable torqueNm)
NOTE 2
143
71.0
14.6
7.24
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Ground
Material
SCM415
Heat treatment
Overall carburizing

for gear grinding
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
107
19.4
10.9
0.10~0.20
222
134
22.7
13.7
0.10~0.20
289
201
29.4
20.5
0.12~0.22
306
220
31.2
22.4
0.12~0.22
392
322
40.0
32.8
0.12~0.22
480
444
49.0
45.3
0.12~0.22
498
471
50.8
48.0
0.12~0.22
543
560
55.3
57.1
0.12~0.22
629
718
64.1
73.2
0.14~0.24
681
823
69.5
83.9
0.14~0.24
716
897
73.0
91.5
0.14~0.24
804
1090
82.0
112
0.14~0.24
892
1310
90.9
134
0.14~0.24
1020
1730
176
0.14~0.24
104
0.23
0.20
0.34
0.32
0.42
0.39
0.59
0.56
0.66
0.60
0.94
0.87
1.25
1.19
1.32
1.26
1.61
1.52
2.00
1.93
2.27
2.20
2.46
2.39
3.06
2.90
3.62
3.45
4.24
4.03
0.10~0.20
190
55~60HRC
Gear teeth
S4 Shape
Keyway
Tooth hardness
Catalog No.
MSGA2.5-15
MSGB2.5-15**
MSGA2.5-18
MSGB2.5-18
MSGA2.5-20
MSGB2.5-20
MSGA2.5-24
MSGB2.5-24
MSGA2.5-25
MSGB2.5-25
MSGA2.5-30
MSGB2.5-30
MSGA2.5-35
MSGB2.5-35
MSGA2.5-36
MSGB2.5-36
MSGA2.5-40
MSGB2.5-40
MSGA2.5-45
MSGB2.5-45
MSGA2.5-48
MSGB2.5-48
MSGA2.5-50
MSGB2.5-50
MSGA2.5-55
MSGB2.5-55
MSGA2.5-60
MSGB2.5-60
MSGA2.5-70
MSGB2.5-70
41
gears)
M
S
G
A
M
S
G
B
Module
Spur
Gears
M
S
G
A
M
S
G
B
S1 Shape
Module 3
Catalog No.
MSGA3-15
MSGB3-15
MSGA3-18
MSGB3-18
MSGA3-20
MSGB3-20
MSGA3-24
MSGB3-24
MSGA3-25
MSGB3-25
MSGA3-30
MSGB3-30
MSGA3-35
MSGB3-35
MSGA3-36
MSGB3-36
MSGA3-40
MSGB3-40
MSGA3-45
MSGB3-45
MSGA3-48
MSGB3-48
MSGA3-50
MSGB3-50
MSGA3-55
MSGB3-55
MSGA3-60
MSGB3-60
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
15
S1
18
S1
20
S1
24
S1
25
S1
30
S1
35
S1
36
S1
40
S1
45
S1
48
S1
50
S2
55
S2
60
S2
m3
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
36
45
51
30
15
45
45
54
60
30
15
45
45
60
66
30
15
45
45
72
78
30
15
45
55
75
81
30
15
45
60
90
96
30
15
45
60
105
111
30
15
45
60
108
114
30
15
45
70
120
126
30
15
45
70
135
141
30
15
45
70
144
150
30
15
45
70
150
156
30
15
45
20
126
70
165
171
30
15
45
20
140
80
180
186
30
15
45
20
156
18
22
20
25
20
25
20
25
25
30
28
35
30
35
30
35
30
40
30
40
35
40
32
40
35
40
35
45

42
Spur
Gears
Ground Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade

NOTE 1
Width Depth
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
14 x 3.8
Allowable torqueNm)
NOTE 2
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Ground
Material
SCM415
Heat treatment
Overall carburizing

for gear grinding
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
247
124
25.2
12.7
0.10~0.20
328
187
33.4
19.1
0.12~0.22
384
236
39.1
24.1
0.12~0.22
499
353
50.9
36.0
0.12~0.22
528
386
53.9
39.3
0.12~0.22
677
565
69.1
57.7
0.12~0.22
790
745
80.6
75.9
0.14~0.24
820
790
83.6
80.6
0.14~0.24
938
988
95.6
1090
1260
1180
101
0.14~0.24
111
129
0.14~0.24
1450
120
147
0.14~0.24
1240
1570
126
161
0.14~0.24
1330
1830
135
187
0.14~0.24
1470
2200
150
224
0.14~0.24
55~60HRC
Gear teeth
S4 Shape
Keyway
Tooth hardness
0.40
0.35
0.61
0.54
0.74
0.67
1.03
0.96
1.14
1.06
1.60
1.48
2.11
2.02
2.23
2.14
2.86
2.66
3.57
3.37
3.94
3.83
3.79
3.62
4.39
4.29
5.31
5.08
Catalog No.
MSGA3-15
MSGB3-15
MSGA3-18
MSGB3-18
MSGA3-20
MSGB3-20
MSGA3-24
MSGB3-24
MSGA3-25
MSGB3-25
MSGA3-30
MSGB3-30
MSGA3-35
MSGB3-35
MSGA3-36
MSGB3-36
MSGA3-40
MSGB3-40
MSGA3-45
MSGB3-45
MSGA3-48
MSGB3-48
MSGA3-50
MSGB3-50
MSGA3-55
MSGB3-55
MSGA3-60
MSGB3-60
An example of KHKs inspection report

on tooth profile and lead errors.
The precision of a spur gear (JIS B 1702-1) is
determined by factors such as single pitch error,
pitch variation error, accumulated pitch error, tooth
profile error, run out error, lead error etc.
43
gears)
M
S
G
A
M
S
G
B
Module
Spur
Gears
M
S
G
A
M
S
G
B
S1 Shape
Module 4
Catalog No.
MSGA4-15
MSGB4-15
MSGA4-18
MSGB4-18
MSGA4-20
MSGB4-20
MSGA4-24
MSGB4-24
MSGA4-25
MSGB4-25
MSGA4-30
MSGB4-30
MSGA4-35
MSGB4-35
MSGA4-36
MSGB4-36
MSGA4-40
MSGB4-40
MSGA4-45
MSGB4-45
MSGA4-48
MSGB4-48
MSGA4-50
MSGB4-50
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
15
S1
18
S1
20
S1
24
S1
25
S1
30
S1
35
S1
36
S1
40
S1
45
S1
48
S2
50
S2
m4
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
48
60
68
40
20
60
50
72
80
40
20
60
60
80
88
40
20
60
60
96
104
40
20
60
60
100
108
40
20
60
70
120
128
40
20
60
70
140
148
40
20
60
70
144
152
40
20
60
80
160
168
40
20
60
80
180
188
40
20
60
80
192
200
40
20
60
26
160
85
200
208
40
20
60
26
168
25
30
25
30
28
32
28
32
30
35
35
40
35
40
35
40
40
45
40
45
40
45
40
50

44
Spur
Gears
Ground Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade

NOTE 1
Width Depth
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
14 x 3.8
12 x 3.3
14 x 3.8
12 x 3.3
14 x 3.8
12 x 3.3
14 x 3.8
Allowable torqueNm)
NOTE 2
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Ground
Material
SCM415
Heat treatment
Overall carburizing

for gear grinding
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
585
302
59.7
30.8
0.14~0.24
777
455
79.3
46.4
0.14~0.24
910
574
92.8
58.6
0.14~0.24
1130
819
115
83.5
0.14~0.24
1190
896
122
91.4
0.14~0.24
1530
1320
156
134
0.16~0.26
1870
1820
191
185
0.16~0.26
1940
1930
198
197
0.16~0.26
2120
2290
216
234
0.16~0.26
2460
2930
251
299
0.16~0.26
2660
3350
272
342
0.16~0.26
2800
3650
285
372
0.16~0.26
55~60HRC
Gear teeth
S4 Shape
Keyway
Tooth hardness
0.93
0.83
1.34
1.24
1.72
1.63
2.41
2.32
2.56
2.44
3.69
3.54
4.97
4.83
5.25
5.11
6.49
6.33
8.17
8.01
7.97
7.81
8.71
8.37
Catalog No.
MSGA4-15
MSGB4-15
MSGA4-18
MSGB4-18
MSGA4-20
MSGB4-20
MSGA4-24
MSGB4-24
MSGA4-25
MSGB4-25
MSGA4-30
MSGB4-30
MSGA4-35
MSGB4-35
MSGA4-36
MSGB4-36
MSGA4-40
MSGB4-40
MSGA4-45
MSGB4-45
MSGA4-48
MSGB4-48
MSGA4-50
MSGB4-50
An example of KHKs inspection

report on various pitch errors.
The precision of spur gear (JIS B 1702-1) is
determined by factors such as single pitch error,
pitch variation error, accumulated pitch error,
tooth profile error, run out error, lead error etc.
45
gears)
M
S
G
A
M
S
G
B
Module
Spur
Gears
S
S
G
S1 Shape
Module 1
Catalog No.
SSG1-15
SSG1-16
SSG1-17
SSG1-18
SSG1-19
SSG1-20
SSG1-21
SSG1-22
SSG1-23
SSG1-24
SSG1-25
SSG1-26
SSG1-27
SSG1-28
SSG1-29
SSG1-30
SSG1-32
SSG1-34
SSG1-35
SSG1-36
SSG1-38
SSG1-40
SSG1-42
SSG1-44
SSG1-45
SSG1-48
SSG1-50
SSG1-55
SSG1-56
SSG1-60
SSG1-64
SSG1-70
SSG1-75
SSG1-80
SSG1-90
SSG1-100
SSG1-120
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m1.
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
32
34
35
36
38
40
42
44
45
48
50
55
56
60
64
70
75
80
90
100
120
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
Pitch dia. Outside dia. Face width NOTE 1 Hub width Total length
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
35
35
35
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
32
34
35
36
38
40
42
44
45
48
50
55
56
60
64
70
75
80
90
100
120
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
34
36
37
38
40
42
44
46
47
50
52
57
58
62
66
72
77
82
92
102
122
NOTE 1: Secondary operations may be performed on these gears except for modification of the gear face width.
46
Keyway
Width Depth
10
18
10
18
10
18
10
18
10
18
10
18
10
18
10
18
Spur
Gears
Ground Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
Threaded hole Allowable torqueNm)

Thread size
NOTE 2
Bending strength
Surface durability
Bending strength
Surface durability
2.96
3.28
3.60
3.93
4.26
4.60
4.94
5.28
5.63
5.98
6.33
6.68
7.04
7.39
7.75
8.11
7.37
7.98
8.28
8.59
9.21
9.83
10.5
11.1
11.4
12.3
13.0
14.6
14.9
16.2
17.4
19.4
21.0
22.6
25.8
26.9
32.9
1.03
1.19
1.36
1.54
1.73
1.94
2.14
2.36
2.59
2.83
3.07
3.33
3.60
3.89
4.18
4.48
4.27
4.84
5.14
5.45
6.10
6.79
7.51
8.28
8.67
9.92
10.8
13.2
13.7
15.8
18.1
21.8
25.2
28.8
36.9
42.5
62.5
0.30
0.33
0.37
0.40
0.43
0.47
0.50
0.54
0.57
0.61
0.65
0.68
0.72
0.75
0.79
0.83
0.75
0.81
0.84
0.88
0.94
1.00
1.07
1.13
1.16
1.26
1.32
1.48
1.52
1.65
1.78
1.97
2.14
2.30
2.64
2.74
3.36
0.11
0.12
0.14
0.16
0.18
0.20
0.22
0.24
0.26
0.29
0.31
0.34
0.37
0.40
0.43
0.46
0.43
0.49
0.52
0.56
0.62
0.69
0.77
0.84
0.88
1.01
1.10
1.34
1.40
1.61
1.84
2.22
2.57
2.94
3.77
4.34
6.37

Tooth hardness
48~53HRC
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide except ground surfaces
Pressure angle
20
Ground
Material
S45C

for gear grinding
Heat treatment
Tooth surface Induction hardened Secondary Operations Possible except tooth area
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.12~0.20
0.016
0.019
0.022
0.026
0.030
0.034
0.035
0.037
0.044
0.046
0.048
0.051
0.054
0.056
0.073
0.072
0.078
0.084
0.088
0.091
0.12
0.12
0.13
0.14
0.14
0.16
0.18
0.21
0.21
0.26
0.28
0.32
0.36
0.44
0.53
0.62
0.84
Catalog No.
SSG1-15
SSG1-16
SSG1-17
SSG1-18
SSG1-19
SSG1-20
SSG1-21
SSG1-22
SSG1-23
SSG1-24
SSG1-25
SSG1-26
SSG1-27
SSG1-28
SSG1-29
SSG1-30
SSG1-32
SSG1-34
SSG1-35
SSG1-36
SSG1-38
SSG1-40
SSG1-42
SSG1-44
SSG1-45
SSG1-48
SSG1-50
SSG1-55
SSG1-56
SSG1-60
SSG1-64
SSG1-70
SSG1-75
SSG1-80
SSG1-90
SSG1-100
SSG1-120
47
S
S
G
Module
1.5
Spur
Gears
S
S
G
S1 Shape
Module 1.5
Catalog No.
SSG1.5-14
SSG1.5-15
SSG1.5-16
SSG1.5-17
SSG1.5-18
SSG1.5-19
SSG1.5-20
SSG1.5-21
SSG1.5-22
SSG1.5-23
SSG1.5-24
SSG1.5-25
SSG1.5-26
SSG1.5-27
SSG1.5-28
SSG1.5-29
SSG1.5-30
SSG1.5-32
SSG1.5-34
SSG1.5-35
SSG1.5-36
SSG1.5-38
SSG1.5-40
SSG1.5-42
SSG1.5-44
SSG1.5-45
SSG1.5-48
SSG1.5-50
SSG1.5-55
SSG1.5-56
SSG1.5-60
SSG1.5-64
SSG1.5-70
SSG1.5-75
SSG1.5-80
SSG1.5-90
SSG1.5-100
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m1.5
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
32
34
35
36
36
38
40
42
44
45
48
50
55
56
60
64
70
75
80
100
120
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
18
18
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
17
18
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
32
34
36
37
38
40
42
42
45
45
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
70
70
70
21
22.5
24
25.5
27
28.5
30
31.5
33
34.5
36
37.5
39
40.5
42
43.5
45
48
51
52.5
54
57
60
63
66
67.5
72
75
82.5
84
90
96
105
112.5
120
135
150
24
25.5
27
28.5
30
31.5
33
34.5
36
37.5
39
40.5
42
43.5
45
46.5
48
51
54
55.5
57
60
63
66
69
70.5
75
78
85.5
87
93
99
108
115.5
123
138
153
48
Keyway
Width Depth
15
14
29
15
14
29
15
14
29
15
14
29
15
14
29
15
14
29
15
14
29
15
14
29
Spur
Gears
Ground Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade

Thread size
Bending strength
11.1
12.5
13.8
15.2
16.6
18.0
19.4
20.8
18.6
19.8
21.0
22.2
23.5
24.7
26.0
27.3
28.5
31.1
33.6
34.9
36.2
38.8
41.5
44.1
46.7
48.1
52.0
54.7
61.4
62.8
68.1
67.9
75.4
81.7
88.0
101
113
NOTE 2
Surface durability
Bending strength
Surface durability
3.73
4.35
5.02
5.74
6.51
7.33
8.20
9.12
8.41
9.27
10.2
11.1
12.1
13.1
14.1
15.2
16.3
18.6
21.1
22.4
23.8
26.6
29.6
32.8
36.2
37.9
43.4
47.2
57.7
59.9
69.2
73.2
88.4
102
117
150
187
1.14
1.27
1.41
1.55
1.69
1.83
1.98
2.12
1.89
2.02
2.14
2.27
2.39
2.52
2.65
2.78
2.91
3.17
3.43
3.56
3.70
3.96
4.23
4.50
4.77
4.90
5.31
5.58
6.26
6.40
6.95
6.92
7.69
8.33
8.97
10.3
11.6
0.38
0.44
0.51
0.58
0.66
0.75
0.84
0.93
0.86
0.95
1.04
1.13
1.23
1.33
1.44
1.55
1.66
1.90
2.15
2.29
2.43
2.71
3.02
3.35
3.69
3.86
4.42
4.82
5.88
6.11
7.06
7.46
9.01
10.4
12.0
15.3
19.1

Tooth hardness
48~53HRC
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Ground
Material
S45C

for gear grinding
Heat treatment
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.10~0.18
0.12~0.20
0.12~0.20
0.12~0.20
0.12~0.20
0.12~0.20
0.048
0.057
0.070
0.080
0.091
0.10
0.12
0.13
0.13
0.15
0.16
0.18
0.20
0.21
0.23
0.25
0.27
0.31
0.35
0.37
0.40
0.44
0.51
0.54
0.58
0.58
0.64
0.77
0.88
0.91
0.99
1.09
1.26
1.41
1.68
2.04
2.43
Catalog No.
SSG1.5-14
SSG1.5-15
SSG1.5-16
SSG1.5-17
SSG1.5-18
SSG1.5-19
SSG1.5-20
SSG1.5-21
SSG1.5-22
SSG1.5-23
SSG1.5-24
SSG1.5-25
SSG1.5-26
SSG1.5-27
SSG1.5-28
SSG1.5-29
SSG1.5-30
SSG1.5-32
SSG1.5-34
SSG1.5-35
SSG1.5-36
SSG1.5-38
SSG1.5-40
SSG1.5-42
SSG1.5-44
SSG1.5-45
SSG1.5-48
SSG1.5-50
SSG1.5-55
SSG1.5-56
SSG1.5-60
SSG1.5-64
SSG1.5-70
SSG1.5-75
SSG1.5-80
SSG1.5-90
SSG1.5-100
49
S
S
G
Module
Spur
Gears
S
S
G
S1 Shape
Module 2
Catalog No.
SSG2-14
SSG2-15
SSG2-16
SSG2-17
SSG2-18
SSG2-19
SSG2-20
SSG2-21
SSG2-22
SSG2-23
SSG2-24
SSG2-25
SSG2-26
SSG2-27
SSG2-28
SSG2-29
SSG2-30
SSG2-32
SSG2-34
SSG2-35
SSG2-36
SSG2-38
SSG2-40
SSG2-42
SSG2-44
SSG2-45
SSG2-48
SSG2-50
SSG2-55
SSG2-56
SSG2-60
SSG2-64
SSG2-70
SSG2-75
SSG2-80
SSG2-90
SSG2-100
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m2
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
32
34
35
36
36
38
40
42
44
45
48
50
55
56
60
64
70
75
80
100
120
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
18
18
18
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
22
24
26
28
30
31
32
34
36
37
38
40
42
44
45
48
50
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
65
65
70
70
80
80
80
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
64
68
70
72
76
80
84
88
90
96
100
110
112
120
128
140
150
160
180
200
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
68
72
74
76
80
84
88
92
94
100
104
114
116
124
132
144
154
164
184
204
50
Keyway
Width Depth
20
16
36
20
16
36
20
16
36
20
16
36
20
16
36
20
16
36
20
16
36
20
16
36
Spur
Gears
Ground Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade

Thread size
NOTE 2
Bending strength
Surface durability
26.4
29.6
27.3
30.0
32.7
35.5
38.3
41.1
44.0
46.9
49.8
52.7
55.7
58.6
61.6
64.6
67.6
73.7
79.8
82.8
85.9
92.1
98.3
105
111
114
114
120
134
137
149
161
179
194
194
222
250
9.01
10.5
10.1
11.6
13.1
14.8
16.6
18.4
20.4
22.5
24.7
27.0
29.3
31.7
34.2
36.8
39.5
45.2
51.3
54.5
57.8
64.8
72.1
79.9
88.1
92.3
97.6
106
130
135
156
179
216
249
265
338
421
Bending strength
2.69
3.01
2.78
3.06
3.34
3.62
3.91
4.20
4.49
4.78
5.08
5.38
5.68
5.98
6.28
6.59
6.89
7.51
8.13
8.45
8.76
9.39
10.0
10.7
11.3
11.6
11.6
12.2
13.7
14.0
15.2
16.4
18.2
19.7
19.8
22.6
25.4
Surface durability
0.92
1.07
1.03
1.18
1.34
1.51
1.69
1.88
2.08
2.30
2.52
2.75
2.99
3.23
3.49
3.75
4.03
4.61
5.23
5.56
5.90
6.60
7.35
8.15
8.98
9.41
9.95
10.8
13.3
13.8
15.9
18.3
22.0
25.4
27.0
34.5
43.0

Tooth hardness
48~53HRC
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Ground
Material
S45C

for gear grinding
Heat treatment
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.11
0.14
0.16
0.19
0.22
0.24
0.25
0.28
0.32
0.35
0.38
0.42
0.46
0.50
0.54
0.59
0.62
0.68
0.74
0.78
0.81
0.89
1.06
1.14
1.22
1.27
1.40
1.45
1.71
1.76
2.05
2.30
2.76
3.12
3.65
4.49
5.42
Catalog No.
SSG2-14
SSG2-15
SSG2-16
SSG2-17
SSG2-18
SSG2-19
SSG2-20
SSG2-21
SSG2-22
SSG2-23
SSG2-24
SSG2-25
SSG2-26
SSG2-27
SSG2-28
SSG2-29
SSG2-30
SSG2-32
SSG2-34
SSG2-35
SSG2-36
SSG2-38
SSG2-40
SSG2-42
SSG2-44
SSG2-45
SSG2-48
SSG2-50
SSG2-55
SSG2-56
SSG2-60
SSG2-64
SSG2-70
SSG2-75
SSG2-80
SSG2-90
SSG2-100
51
S
S
G
Module
2.5
Spur
Gears
S
S
G
S1 Shape
Module 2.5
Catalog No.
SSG2.5-14
SSG2.5-15
SSG2.5-16
SSG2.5-17
SSG2.5-18
SSG2.5-19
SSG2.5-20
SSG2.5-21
SSG2.5-22
SSG2.5-23
SSG2.5-24
SSG2.5-25
SSG2.5-26
SSG5.5-27
SSG2.5-28
SSG2.5-29
SSG2.5-30
SSG2.5-32
SSG2.5-34
SSG2.5-35
SSG2.5-36
SSG2.5-38
SSG2.5-40
SSG2.5-42
SSG2.5-44
SSG2.5-45
SSG2.5-48
SSG2.5-50
SSG2.5-55
SSG2.5-56
SSG2.5-60
SSG2.5-70
SSG2.5-75
SSG2.5-80
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m2.5
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
32
34
35
36
36
38
40
42
44
45
48
50
55
56
60
70
75
80
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
15
15
15
15
15
15
18
18
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
28
30
32
35
38
39
40
42
44
46
48
50
54
56
60
60
65
70
70
70
70
70
70
75
75
75
75
80
80
80
80
80
90
90
35
37.5
40
42.5
45
47.5
50
52.5
55
57.5
60
62.5
65
67.5
70
72.5
75
80
85
87.5
90
95
100
105
110
112.5
120
125
137.5
140
150
175
187.5
200
40
42.5
45
47.5
50
52.5
55
57.5
60
62.5
65
67.5
70
72.5
75
77.5
80
85
90
92.5
95
100
105
110
115
117.5
125
130
142.5
145
155
180
192.5
205
52
Keyway
Width Depth
25
18
43
25
18
43
25
18
43
25
18
43
25
18
43
25
18
43
25
18
43
Spur
Gears
Ground Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade

Thread size
NOTE 2
Bending strength
Surface durability
Bending strength
Surface durability
43.0
48.1
53.3
58.6
63.9
69.4
74.8
80.4
86.0
91.6
97.3
103
109
115
120
126
132
144
156
162
168
180
177
188
200
205
222
234
262
268
291
324
351
378
14.9
17.4
20.1
23.0
26.1
29.4
32.9
36.7
40.6
44.8
49.2
53.8
58.4
63.2
68.2
73.3
78.7
90.1
102
109
115
129
133
147
163
170
195
213
260
270
311
399
461
527
4.39
4.91
5.44
5.97
6.52
7.07
7.63
8.20
8.77
9.34
9.92
10.5
11.1
11.7
12.3
12.9
13.5
14.7
15.9
16.5
17.1
18.3
18.1
19.2
20.4
20.9
22.7
23.8
26.8
27.3
29.7
33.1
35.8
38.6
1.52
1.77
2.05
2.34
2.66
3.00
3.36
3.74
4.14
4.57
5.02
5.48
5.95
6.44
6.95
7.48
8.03
9.19
10.4
11.1
11.8
13.2
13.6
15.0
16.6
17.4
19.9
21.7
26.5
27.5
31.8
40.7
47.0
53.7

Tooth hardness
48~53HRC
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Ground
Material
S45C

for gear grinding
Heat treatment
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.22
0.26
0.30
0.35
0.41
0.46
0.48
0.53
0.60
0.66
0.72
0.77
0.87
0.94
1.05
1.10
1.23
1.42
1.55
1.62
1.69
1.83
1.92
2.16
2.32
2.41
2.68
2.95
3.46
3.57
4.01
5.26
6.15
6.90
Catalog No.
SSG2.5-14
SSG2.5-15
SSG2.5-16
SSG2.5-17
SSG2.5-18
SSG2.5-19
SSG2.5-20
SSG2.5-21
SSG2.5-22
SSG2.5-23
SSG2.5-24
SSG2.5-25
SSG2.5-26
SSG5.5-27
SSG2.5-28
SSG2.5-29
SSG2.5-30
SSG2.5-32
SSG2.5-34
SSG2.5-35
SSG2.5-36
SSG2.5-38
SSG2.5-40
SSG2.5-42
SSG2.5-44
SSG2.5-45
SSG2.5-48
SSG2.5-50
SSG2.5-55
SSG2.5-56
SSG2.5-60
SSG2.5-70
SSG2.5-75
SSG2.5-80
53
S
S
G
Module
Spur
Gears
S
S
G
S1 Shape
Module 3
Catalog No.
SSG3-14
SSG3-15
SSG3-16
SSG3-17
SSG3-18
SSG3-19
SSG3-20
SSG3-21
SSG3-22
SSG3-23
SSG3-24
SSG3-25
SSG3-26
SSG3-27
SSG3-28
SSG3-29
SSG3-30
SSG3-32
SSG3-34
SSG3-35
SSG3-36
SSG3-38
SSG3-40
SSG3-42
SSG3-44
SSG3-45
SSG3-48
SSG3-50
SSG3-55
SSG3-56
SSG3-60
SSG3-70
SSG3-75
SSG3-80
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m3
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
32
34
35
36
36
38
40
42
44
45
48
50
55
56
60
70
75
80
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
16
16
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
34
36
38
37
40
45
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
65
70
70
75
75
75
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
85
85
90
90
100
100
100
100
42
45
48
51
54
57
60
63
66
69
72
75
78
81
84
87
90
96
102
105
108
114
120
126
132
135
144
150
165
168
180
210
225
240
48
51
54
57
60
63
66
69
72
75
78
81
84
87
90
93
96
102
108
111
114
120
126
132
138
141
150
156
171
174
186
216
231
246
54
Keyway
Width Depth
30
20
50
30
20
50
30
20
50
30
20
50
30
20
50
30
20
50
30
20
50
Spur
Gears
Ground Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade

Thread size
NOTE 2
Bending strength
Surface durability
Bending strength
Surface durability
74.3
83.1
92.1
101
110
120
129
139
149
158
168
178
188
198
208
218
228
229
248
258
268
287
306
326
345
355
384
404
421
430
467
560
607
654
26.1
30.5
35.2
40.3
45.8
51.6
57.8
64.4
71.3
78.7
86.4
94.5
103
111
120
129
138
146
166
177
188
210
234
260
286
300
343
374
423
439
508
699
806
921
7.58
8.48
9.39
10.3
11.3
12.2
13.2
14.2
15.1
16.1
17.1
18.1
19.2
20.2
21.2
22.2
23.3
23.4
25.3
26.3
27.3
29.2
31.2
33.2
35.2
36.2
39.2
41.2
42.9
43.9
47.6
57.1
61.9
66.7
2.66
3.11
3.59
4.11
4.67
5.26
5.90
6.57
7.28
8.02
8.81
9.64
10.5
11.3
12.2
13.2
14.1
14.9
17.0
18.0
19.1
21.4
23.9
26.5
29.2
30.6
35.0
38.1
43.2
44.8
51.8
71.3
82.2
93.9

Tooth hardness
48~53HRC
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Ground
Material
S45C

for gear grinding
Heat treatment
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.12~0.22
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.39
0.46
0.53
0.57
0.66
0.77
0.85
0.94
1.04
1.14
1.25
1.36
1.48
1.61
1.79
1.88
2.00
2.21
2.43
2.64
2.75
3.00
3.26
3.53
3.82
3.97
4.53
4.78
5.76
5.94
6.95
9.11
10.3
11.6
Catalog No.
SSG3-14
SSG3-15
SSG3-16
SSG3-17
SSG3-18
SSG3-19
SSG3-20
SSG3-21
SSG3-22
SSG3-23
SSG3-24
SSG3-25
SSG3-26
SSG3-27
SSG3-28
SSG3-29
SSG3-30
SSG3-32
SSG3-34
SSG3-35
SSG3-36
SSG3-38
SSG3-40
SSG3-42
SSG3-44
SSG3-45
SSG3-48
SSG3-50
SSG3-55
SSG3-56
SSG3-60
SSG3-70
SSG3-75
SSG3-80
55
S
S
G
Module
Spur
Gears
S
S
G
S1 Shape
Module 4
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width NOTE 1
Hub width
Total length
AH7
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
20
20
20
20
20
40
45
50
60
65
56
60
64
72
80
64
68
72
80
88
40
40
40
40
40
25
25
25
25
25
65
65
65
65
65
22
24
25
28
30
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
20
20
20
20
20
70
75
80
85
90
88
96
100
112
120
96
104
108
120
128
40
40
40
40
40
25
25
25
25
25
65
65
65
65
65
32
35
36
40
42
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
25
25
25
25
25
90
90
90
90
90
128
140
144
160
168
136
148
152
168
176
40
40
40
40
40
25
25
25
25
25
65
65
65
65
65
SSG4-44
SSG4-45
SSG4-48
SSG4-50
SSG4-55
44
45
48
50
55
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
30
30
30
30
30
90
90
100
100
100
176
180
192
200
220
184
188
200
208
228
40
40
40
40
40
25
25
25
25
25
65
65
65
65
65
SSG4-56
SSG4-60
56
60
S1
S1
30
30
110
110
224
240
232
248
40
40
25
25
65
65
Catalog No.
No. of teeth
Shape
SSG4-14
SSG4-15
SSG4-16
SSG4-18
SSG4-20
14
15
16
18
20
SSG4-22
SSG4-24
SSG4-25
SSG4-28
SSG4-30
New items indicated in blue letters.
SSG4-32
SSG4-35
SSG4-36
SSG4-40
SSG4-42
Module
m4
56
Spur
Gears
Ground Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
Allowable torqueNm)
Pressure angle
20
Ground
Material
S45C

for gear grinding
Heat treatment
Catalog No.
Weight
6.47
7.55
8.73
11.4
14.3
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.86
1.04
1.24
1.67
2.07
SSG4-14
SSG4-15
SSG4-16
SSG4-18
SSG4-20
35.9
37.5
39.7
46.4
50.9
17.7
19.8
21.7
27.5
31.9
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.14~0.24
0.16~0.26
0.16~0.26
2.50
2.98
3.29
4.05
4.64
SSG4-22
SSG4-24
SSG4-25
SSG4-28
SSG4-30
358
432
458
529
586
55.5
62.4
64.7
68.7
73.1
36.5
44.0
46.7
54.0
59.7
0.16~0.26
0.16~0.26
0.16~0.26
0.16~0.26
0.16~0.26
5.04
5.83
6.11
7.31
7.96
SSG4-32
SSG4-35
SSG4-36
SSG4-40
SSG4-42
760
781
846
889
998
646
677
774
842
1030
77.5
79.6
86.3
90.7
102
65.8
69.0
79.0
85.9
105
0.16~0.26
0.16~0.26
0.16~0.26
0.16~0.26
0.16~0.26
8.53
8.88
10.3
11.0
13.1
SSG4-44
SSG4-45
SSG4-48
SSG4-50
SSG4-55
1020
1110
1060
1230
104
113
109
125
0.16~0.26
0.16~0.26
13.9
15.7
SSG4-56
SSG4-60
Surface durability
176
197
218
262
307
63.4
74.1
85.6
111
141
18.0
20.1
22.3
26.7
31.3
352
368
389
455
499
174
194
213
270
313
544
612
634
674
717
48~53HRC
Surface treatment
kg
Bending strength
Tooth hardness
Standard full depth
Backlash
NOTE 2
Surface durability
Gear teeth
mmNOTE 3
Bending strength
This picture is an example of poor tooth

contact of an SSG3-30 gear which had only
30% of the gear tooth in proper contact. In
this example the gear oil used is equivalent
to JIS gear oil category 2, No.3, and the
design conditions were 417 N.m load torque
at 278 min-1 (12 kW) which was 1.5 times the
allowable bending strength and 3 times the
allowable surface durability torque.
The pitting occurred due to poor tooth contact
area after 60 hours of continuous operation.
57
S
S
G
SSGS Ground Spur Pinion Shafts
1.5~3
Spur
Gears
Modules
S
S
G
S
Above
20
Above
20
S7 Shape
Module 1.5~3
Catalog No.
SSGS1.5-10
SSGS1.5-11
SSGS1.5-12
SSGS1.5-13
SSGS2-10
SSGS2-11
SSGS2-12
SSGS2-13
SSGS2.5-10
SSGS2.5-11
SSGS2.5-12
SSGS2.5-13
SSGS3-10
SSGS3-11
SSGS3-12
SSGS3-13
Module
No. of teeth Profile shift

coeffiicient
NOTE 1
Shape
Shaft dia. (L) Shaft length (L) Pitch dia. Outside dia. Face width NOTE 2 Shaft dia. (R) Shaft length (R) Total length
A'
F'
m1.5
10
11
12
13
+0.5
+0.5
0
0
S7
S7
S7
S7
12.2
13.7
13.7
15.2
25
25
25
25
15
16.5
18
19.5
19.35
20.85
21
22.5
15
15
15
15
12.2
13.7
13.7
15.2
100
100
100
100
140
140
140
140
m2
10
11
12
13
+0.5
+0.5
0
0
S7
S7
S7
S7
16.2
18.2
18.2
20.2
30
30
30
30
20
22
24
26
25.8
27.8
28
30
20
20
20
20
16.2
18.2
18.2
20.2
120
120
120
120
170
170
170
170
m2.5
10
11
12
13
+0.5
+0.5
0
0
S7
S7
S7
S7
20.2
22.7
22.7
25.2
35
35
35
35
25
27.5
30
32.5
32.25
34.75
35
37.5
25
25
25
25
20.2
22.7
22.7
25.2
135
135
135
135
195
195
195
195
m3
10
11
12
13
+0.5
+0.5
0
0
S7
S7
S7
S7
24.2
27.2
27.2
30.2
40
40
40
40
30
33
36
39
38.7
41.7
42
45
30
30
30
30
24.2
27.2
27.2
30.2
150
150
150
150
220
220
220
220
NOTE 1: Since 10- and 11-tooth gears are profile shifted gears (x=+0.5), please note that the center distance must be obtained by using the formulas for profile shifted gears.
Center distance when gear has 12 to 30 teeth (unit:mm)

Number(x=+0.5)
The following tables present the center distances

when a profile shifted module 1 spur gears (x=+0.5)
with 10 or 11 teeth meshes with standard stock spur
gear (x=0). Multiply the values with the module of
gears for other than module 1 gears.
Number(x=0)
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
58
10
11
11.4410
11.9428
12.4446
12.9462
13.4477
13.9492
14.4505
14.9518
15.4530
15.9542
16.4553
16.9564
17.4574
17.9583
18.4592
18.9601
19.4610
19.9618
20.4625
11.9428
12.4446
12.9462
13.4477
13.9492
14.4505
14.9518
15.4530
15.9542
16.4553
16.9564
17.4574
17.9583
18.4592
18.9601
19.4610
19.9618
20.4625
20.9633
Center distance when gear has 32 to 62 teeth (unit:mm)

Number(x=+0.5)
Number(x=0)
32
34
35
36
38
40
42
44
45
46
48
50
52
54
55
56
58
60
62
10
11
21.4640
22.4653
22.9660
23.4666
24.4677
25.4688
26.4698
27.4707
27.9712
28.4716
29.4725
30.4733
31.4740
32.4747
32.9750
33.4754
34.4760
35.4766
36.4772
21.9647
22.9660
23.4666
23.9671
24.9683
25.9693
26.9703
27.9712
28.4716
28.9721
29.9729
30.9736
31.9744
32.9750
33.4754
33.9757
34.9763
35.9769
36.9774
Spur
Gears
Ground Spur Pinion Shafts

Specifications
Precision grade
Allowable torqueNm)
NOTE 3
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 4
kg

Tooth hardness
48~53HRC
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Ground
Material
S45C
Datum reference surface Shaft (ground portion)

for gear grinding
Heat treatment
Thermal refining, tooth surfaces Secondary Operations Possible except tooth area
induction hardened
Catalog No.
12.7
14.5
12.0
13.6
3.76
4.61
4.70
5.51
1.30
1.48
1.22
1.39
0.38
0.47
0.48
0.56
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.08~0.16
0.14
0.17
0.17
0.21
SSGS1.5-10
SSGS1.5-11
SSGS1.5-12
SSGS1.5-13
30.2
34.3
28.4
32.3
9.07
11.0
11.3
13.3
3.08
3.50
2.90
3.30
0.93
1.12
1.15
1.35
0.11~0.21
0.11~0.21
0.11~0.21
0.11~0.21
0.30
0.38
0.38
0.46
SSGS2-10
SSGS2-11
SSGS2-12
SSGS2-13
58.9
67.1
55.5
52.6
17.9
22.0
22.4
21.9
6.01
6.84
5.66
5.36
1.83
2.24
2.28
2.23
0.11~0.21
0.11~0.21
0.11~0.21
0.11~0.21
0.54
0.68
0.68
0.83
SSGS2.5-10
SSGS2.5-11
SSGS2.5-12
SSGS2.5-13
102
96.6
79.9
90.9
31.3
31.9
32.6
38.3
10.4
9.85
8.15
9.27
3.19
3.26
3.32
3.91
0.11~0.21
0.11~0.21
0.11~0.21
0.11~0.21
0.89
1.10
1.10
1.40
SSGS3-10
SSGS3-11
SSGS3-12
SSGS3-13
Center distance when gear has 64 to 200 teeth (unit: mm)

Number(x=+0.5)
Number(x=0)
064
065
066
068
070
072
075
076
080
084
085
088
090
095
100
120
150
200
10
11
037.4777
037.9780
038.4782
039.4787
040.4792
041.4796
042.9803
043.4805
045.4813
047.4820
047.9822
049.4826
050.4830
052.9837
055.4844
065.4866
080.4890
105.4915
037.9780
038.4782
038.9785
039.9790
040.9794
041.9799
043.4805
043.9807
045.9814
047.9822
048.4823
049.9828
050.9831
053.4838
055.9845
065.9867
080.9890
105.9915
Assembly distance of profile shifted gear and meshing rack
ax
zm
H xm
2
where
ax: Assembly distance
H : Height of pitch line of rack
m : Module
z : No. of teeth
x : Coefficient of profile shift
59
S
S
G
S
Module
Spur
Gears
SS Steel Spur Gears
S
S
S3 Shape
S1 Shape
Module 1
Catalog No.
SS1-15
SS1-16
SS1-17
SS1-18
SS1-19
SS1-20
SS1-21
SS1-22
SS1-23
SS1-24
SS1-25
SS1-26
SS1-27
SS1-28
SS1-29
SS1-30
SS1-32
SS1-34
SS1-35
SS1-36
SS1-38
SS1-40
SS1-42
SS1-44
SS1-45
SS1-46
SS1-48
SS1-50
SS1-52
SS1-54
SS1-55
SS1-56
SS1-58
SS1-60
SS1-62
SS1-64
SS1-65
SS1-66
SS1-68
SS1-70
SS1-72
SS1-75
SS1-76
SS1-80
SS1-84
SS1-85
SS1-88
SS1-90
SS1-95
SS1-96
SS1-100
SS1-110
SS1-120
SS1-150
SS1-200
Module
No. of teeth
m1
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
32
34
35
36
38
40
42
44
45
46
48
50
52
54
55
56
58
60
62
64
65
66
68
70
72
75
76
80
84
85
88
90
95
96
100
110
120
150
200
Shape
S3
S3
S3
S3
S3
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
Bore
AH7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
20
20
Hub dia.
B
17
18
19
20
21
16
17
18
18
20
20
22
22
22
24
25
26
26
26
28
32
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
120
160
60
Pitch dia. Outside dia. Face width Hub width Total length
C
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
32
34
35
36
38
40
42
44
45
46
48
50
52
54
55
56
58
60
62
64
65
66
68
70
72
75
76
80
84
85
88
90
95
96
100
110
120
150
200
D
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
34
36
37
38
40
42
44
46
47
48
50
52
54
56
57
58
60
62
64
66
67
68
70
72
74
77
78
82
86
87
90
92
97
98
102
112
122
152
202
E
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
F
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
G
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
Keyway
Width Depth
Spur
Gears
Steel Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
Threaded hole
Thread size
Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 1
3.69
4.09
4.5
4.91
5.33
5.75
6.17
6.6
7.03
7.47
7.91
8.35
8.79
9.24
9.69
10.1
11.1
12.0
12.4
12.9
13.8
14.7
15.7
16.6
17.1
17.6
18.5
19.5
20.4
21.4
21.8
22.3
23.3
24.2
25.2
26.2
26.6
27.1
28.1
29.1
30.0
31.5
32.0
33.9
35.8
36.3
37.8
38.8
41.2
41.7
43.7
48.6
53.5
68.2
71.5
0.17
0.2
0.23
0.26
0.29
0.33
0.36
0.4
0.45
0.49
0.54
0.58
0.63
0.68
0.73
0.79
0.90
12.0
12.4
12.9
1.30
1.45
1.61
1.77
1.86
1.95
2.13
2.32
2.52
2.73
2.83
2.94
3.17
3.40
3.64
3.89
4.02
4.15
4.42
4.70
4.98
5.43
5.59
6.23
6.90
7.08
7.62
7.98
8.95
9.15
9.97
12.2
14.7
23.6
33.6
0.38
0.42
0.46
0.5
0.54
0.59
0.63
0.67
0.72
0.76
0.81
0.85
0.9
0.94
0.99
1.03
1.13
1.22
1.27
1.31
1.41
1.50
1.60
1.69
1.74
1.79
1.89
1.98
2.08
2.18
2.23
2.28
2.37
2.47
2.57
2.67
2.72
2.77
2.86
2.96
3.06
3.21
3.26
3.46
3.66
3.71
3.85
3.95
4.20
4.25
4.45
4.95
5.45
6.96
7.29
0.018
0.021
0.023
0.027
0.030
0.033
0.037
0.041
0.045
0.050
0.055
0.059
0.064
0.070
0.075
0.081
0.092
0.10
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.15
0.16
0.18
0.19
0.20
0.22
0.24
0.26
0.28
0.29
0.30
0.32
0.35
0.37
0.40
0.41
0.42
0.45
0.48
0.51
0.55
0.57
0.63
0.7
0.72
0.78
0.81
0.91
0.93
1.02
1.24
1.50
2.41
3.42

Tooth hardness
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Secondary Operations Possible
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 2
kg
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.038
0.044
0.050
0.057
0.065
0.033
0.037
0.042
0.045
0.052
0.055
0.064
0.067
0.070
0.079
0.082
0.092
0.10
0.10
0.12
0.14
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.19
0.19
0.21
0.22
0.23
0.24
0.25
0.26
0.27
0.29
0.32
0.34
0.35
0.35
0.37
0.39
0.41
0.43
0.44
0.48
0.52
0.53
0.56
0.59
0.64
0.65
0.70
0.87
1.01
2.23
4.00
Catalog No.
SS1-15
SS1-16
SS1-17
SS1-18
SS1-19
SS1-20
SS1-21
SS1-22
SS1-23
SS1-24
SS1-25
SS1-26
SS1-27
SS1-28
SS1-29
SS1-30
SS1-32
SS1-34
SS1-35
SS1-36
SS1-38
SS1-40
SS1-42
SS1-44
SS1-45
SS1-46
SS1-48
SS1-50
SS1-52
SS1-54
SS1-55
SS1-56
SS1-58
SS1-60
SS1-62
SS1-64
SS1-65
SS1-66
SS1-68
SS1-70
SS1-72
SS1-75
SS1-76
SS1-80
SS1-84
SS1-85
SS1-88
SS1-90
SS1-95
SS1-96
SS1-100
SS1-110
SS1-120
SS1-150
SS1-200
61
S
S
Module
1.5
Spur
Gears
SS Steel Spur Gears
S
S
S2 Shape
S1 Shape
Module 1.5
Catalog No.
SS1.5-12
SS1.5-13
SS1.5-14
SS1.5-15
SS1.5-16
SS1.5-17
SS1.5-18
SS1.5-19
SS1.5-20
SS1.5-21
SS1.5-22
SS1.5-23
SS1.5-24
SS1.5-25
SS1.5-26
SS1.5-27
SS1.5-28
SS1.5-29
SS1.5-30
SS1.5-32
SS1.5-34
SS1.5-35
SS1.5-36
SS1.5-38
SS1.5-40
SS1.5-42
SS1.5-44
SS1.5-45
SS1.5-46
SS1.5-48
SS1.5-50
SS1.5-52
SS1.5-54
SS1.5-55
SS1.5-56
SS1.5-58
SS1.5-60
SS1.5-62
SS1.5-64
SS1.5-65
SS1.5-66
SS1.5-68
SS1.5-70
SS1.5-72
SS1.5-75
SS1.5-76
SS1.5-80
SS1.5-84
SS1.5-85
SS1.5-88
SS1.5-90
SS1.5-95
SS1.5-100
SS1.5-120
SS1.5-150
SS1.5-200
Module
No. of teeth
m1.5
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
32
34
35
36
38
40
42
44
45
46
48
50
52
54
55
56
58
60
62
64
65
66
68
70
72
75
76
80
84
85
88
90
95
100
120
150
200
Shape
S3
S3
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S2
S2
S1
S1
Bore
Hub dia. Pitch dia. Outside dia. Face width Hub width Total length Web thickness Web O.D.
AH7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
25
B
21
22.5
16
18
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
32
34
36
37
38
40
40
42
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
50
50
50
50
50
50
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
70
180
240
C
18
19.5
21
22.5
24
25.5
27
28.5
30
31.5
33
34.5
36
37.5
39
40.5
42
43.5
45
48
51
52.5
54
57
60
63
66
67.5
69
72
75
78
81
82.5
84
87
90
93
96
97.5
99
102
105
108
112.5
114
120
126
127.5
132
135
142.5
150
180
225
300
62
D
21
22.5
24
25.5
27
28.5
30
31.5
33
34.5
36
37.5
39
40.5
42
43.5
45
46.5
48
51
54
55.5
57
60
63
66
69
70.5
72
75
78
81
84
85.5
87
90
93
96
99
100.5
102
105
108
111
115.5
117
123
129
130.5
135
138
145.5
153
183
228
303
E
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
F
15
15
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
G
30
30
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
15
10
25
9
10
125
153
Keyway
Width Depth
Spur
Gears
Steel Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade

Tooth hardness
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
S3 Shape
Threaded hole
Thread size
8.59
9.86
11.2
12.5
13.8
15.2
16.6
18.0
19.4
20.8
22.3
23.7
25.2
26.7
28.2
29.7
31.2
32.7
34.2
37.3
40.4
41.9
43.5
46.6
49.8
52.9
56.1
57.7
59.3
62.4
65.7
68.9
72.1
73.7
75.3
78.5
81.8
85.0
88.3
89.9
91.5
94.8
98.0
101
106
108
114
121
123
128
131
139
147
180
192
261
0.36
0.44
0.52
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.91
1.03
1.15
1.29
1.43
1.58
1.73
1.90
2.06
2.23
2.41
2.60
2.79
3.19
3.63
3.85
4.09
4.58
5.10
5.65
6.23
6.53
6.83
7.47
8.15
8.85
9.59
9.96
10.4
11.2
12.0
12.8
13.7
14.2
14.6
15.6
16.6
17.6
19.2
19.7
22.0
24.4
25.1
27.0
28.3
31.8
35.5
52.3
70.3
131
0.88
1.01
1.14
1.27
1.41
1.55
1.69
1.83
1.98
2.12
2.27
2.42
2.57
2.72
2.87
3.03
3.18
3.34
3.49
3.80
4.12
4.28
4.43
4.75
5.07
5.40
5.72
5.88
6.04
6.37
6.69
7.02
7.35
7.51
7.68
8.01
8.34
8.67
9.00
9.17
9.33
9.66
10.0
10.3
10.8
11.0
11.7
12.3
12.5
13.0
13.3
14.2
15.0
18.4
19.6
26.7
0.037
0.045
0.053
0.062
0.071
0.082
0.093
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.15
0.16
0.18
0.19
0.21
0.23
0.25
0.26
0.28
0.33
0.37
0.39
0.42
0.47
0.52
0.58
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.76
0.83
0.90
0.98
1.02
1.06
1.14
1.22
1.31
1.40
1.45
1.49
1.59
1.69
1.79
1.95
2.01
2.24
2.49
2.56
2.75
2.89
3.24
3.62
5.33
7.17
13.3
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 2
kg
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.22~0.46
0.059
0.070
0.047
0.057
0.068
0.077
0.087
0.098
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.15
0.16
0.18
0.19
0.21
0.23
0.24
0.26
0.30
0.32
0.35
0.38
0.40
0.44
0.47
0.51
0.52
0.54
0.58
0.62
0.68
0.73
0.75
0.77
0.82
0.87
0.95
1.00
1.03
1.06
1.11
1.17
1.23
1.36
1.39
1.52
1.66
1.69
1.80
1.87
2.07
1.88
2.74
6.62
11.8
Catalog No.
SS1.5-12
SS1.5-13
SS1.5-14
SS1.5-15
SS1.5-16
SS1.5-17
SS1.5-18
SS1.5-19
SS1.5-20
SS1.5-21
SS1.5-22
SS1.5-23
SS1.5-24
SS1.5-25
SS1.5-26
SS1.5-27
SS1.5-28
SS1.5-29
SS1.5-30
SS1.5-32
SS1.5-34
SS1.5-35
SS1.5-36
SS1.5-38
SS1.5-40
SS1.5-42
SS1.5-44
SS1.5-45
SS1.5-46
SS1.5-48
SS1.5-50
SS1.5-52
SS1.5-54
SS1.5-55
SS1.5-56
SS1.5-58
SS1.5-60
SS1.5-62
SS1.5-64
SS1.5-65
SS1.5-66
SS1.5-68
SS1.5-70
SS1.5-72
SS1.5-75
SS1.5-76
SS1.5-80
SS1.5-84
SS1.5-85
SS1.5-88
SS1.5-90
SS1.5-95
SS1.5-100
SS1.5-120
SS1.5-150
SS1.5-200
NOTE 1: The allowable torques shown in the table are calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions. Please see page 27 for more details.
63
S
S
Module
Spur
Gears
SS Steel Spur Gears
S
S
S2 Shape
S1 Shape
Module 2
Catalog No.
SS2-12
SS2-13
SS2-14
SS2-15
SS2-16
SS2-17
SS2-18
SS2-19
SS2-20
SS2-21
SS2-22
SS2-23
SS2-24
SS2-25
SS2-26
SS2-27
SS2-28
SS2-29
SS2-30
SS2-32
SS2-34
SS2-35
SS2-36
SS2-38
SS2-40
SS2-42
SS2-44
SS2-45
SS2-46
SS2-48
SS2-50
SS2-52
SS2-54
SS2-55
SS2-56
SS2-58
SS2-60
SS2-62
SS2-64
SS2-65
SS2-66
SS2-68
SS2-70
SS2-72
SS2-75
SS2-76
SS2-80
SS2-84
SS2-85
SS2-88
SS2-90
SS2-95
SS2-100
SS2-120
SS2-150
Module
No. of teeth
m2
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
32
34
35
36
38
40
42
44
45
46
48
50
52
54
55
56
58
60
62
64
65
66
68
70
72
75
76
80
84
85
88
90
95
100
120
150
Shape
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S1
Bore
AH7
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
B
18
20
20
24
26
28
30
31
32
34
36
37
38
40
42
45
45
47
50
50
50
52
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
70
70
70
70
70
70
90
240
C
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
64
68
70
72
76
80
84
88
90
92
96
100
104
108
110
112
116
120
124
128
130
132
136
140
144
150
152
160
168
170
176
180
190
200
240
300
64
D
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
68
72
74
76
80
84
88
92
94
96
100
104
108
112
114
116
120
124
128
132
134
136
140
144
148
154
156
164
172
174
180
184
194
204
244
304
E
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
F
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
G
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
136
140
146
150
156
166
176
210
Keyway
Width Depth
Spur
Gears
Steel Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
Threaded hole
Thread size
20.4
23.4
26.4
29.6
32.7
36.0
39.3
42.6
46.0
49.4
52.8
56.3
59.8
63.3
66.8
70.4
73.9
77.5
81.1
88.4
95.7
99.3
103
111
118
125
133
137
140
148
156
163
171
175
179
186
194
202
209
213
217
225
232
240
252
256
271
287
291
302
310
330
291
357
455
0.88
1.07
1.26
1.48
1.71
1.96
2.23
2.52
2.83
3.15
3.50
3.86
4.24
4.64
5.04
5.45
5.89
6.33
6.80
7.78
8.84
9.39
9.96
11.2
12.5
13.8
15.2
16.0
16.7
18.3
19.9
21.7
23.4
24.4
25.3
27.3
29.3
31.5
33.7
34.8
36.0
38.4
40.8
43.3
47.3
48.6
54.3
60.2
61.7
66.5
69.7
78.2
72.7
108
174
2.08
2.38
2.69
3.01
3.34
3.67
4.01
4.35
4.69
5.04
5.39
5.74
6.09
6.45
6.81
7.17
7.54
7.91
8.27
9.01
9.76
10.1
10.5
11.3
12.0
12.8
13.6
13.9
14.3
15.1
15.9
16.6
17.4
17.8
18.2
19.0
19.8
20.6
21.3
21.7
22.1
22.9
23.7
24.5
25.7
26.1
27.7
29.2
29.6
30.8
31.6
33.6
29.7
36.4
46.4
0.090
0.11
0.13
0.15
0.17
0.20
0.23
0.26
0.29
0.32
0.36
0.39
0.43
0.47
0.51
0.56
0.60
0.65
0.69
0.79
0.90
0.96
1.02
1.14
1.27
1.41
1.55
1.63
1.71
1.87
2.03
2.21
2.39
2.48
2.58
2.78
2.99
3.21
3.44
3.55
3.67
3.91
4.16
4.42
4.82
4.96
5.53
6.14
6.30
6.78
7.11
7.97
7.42
11.0
17.7

Tooth hardness
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 2
kg
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.073
0.090
0.10
0.12
0.14
0.16
0.19
0.21
0.23
0.26
0.29
0.32
0.35
0.38
0.42
0.46
0.48
0.52
0.57
0.63
0.70
0.74
0.80
0.87
0.93
1.01
1.10
1.14
1.19
1.28
1.38
1.48
1.58
1.64
1.69
1.84
1.96
2.08
2.20
2.26
2.33
2.46
2.60
2.74
2.92
3.00
2.67
3.09
3.09
3.29
3.38
3.69
4.01
5.91
14.5
Catalog No.
SS2-12
SS2-13
SS2-14
SS2-15
SS2-16
SS2-17
SS2-18
SS2-19
SS2-20
SS2-21
SS2-22
SS2-23
SS2-24
SS2-25
SS2-26
SS2-27
SS2-28
SS2-29
SS2-30
SS2-32
SS2-34
SS2-35
SS2-36
SS2-38
SS2-40
SS2-42
SS2-44
SS2-45
SS2-46
SS2-48
SS2-50
SS2-52
SS2-54
SS2-55
SS2-56
SS2-58
SS2-60
SS2-62
SS2-64
SS2-65
SS2-66
SS2-68
SS2-70
SS2-72
SS2-75
SS2-76
SS2-80
SS2-84
SS2-85
SS2-88
SS2-90
SS2-95
SS2-100
SS2-120
SS2-150
65
S
S
Module
2.5
Spur
Gears
SS Steel Spur Gears
S
S
S2 Shape
S1 Shape
Module 2.5
Catalog No.
SS2.5-12
SS2.5-13
SS2.5-14
SS2.5-15
SS2.5-16
SS2.5-17
SS2.5-18
SS2.5-19
SS2.5-20
SS2.5-21
SS2.5-22
SS2.5-23
SS2.5-24
SS2.5-25
SS2.5-26
SS2.5-27
SS2.5-28
SS2.5-29
SS2.5-30
SS2.5-32
SS2.5-34
SS2.5-35
SS2.5-36
SS2.5-38
SS2.5-40
SS2.5-42
SS2.5-44
SS2.5-45
SS2.5-46
SS2.5-48
SS2.5-50
SS2.5-52
SS2.5-54
SS2.5-55
SS2.5-56
SS2.5-58
SS2.5-60
SS2.5-62
SS2.5-64
SS2.5-65
SS2.5-66
SS2.5-68
SS2.5-70
SS2.5-72
SS2.5-75
SS2.5-76
SS2.5-80
SS2.5-90
SS2.5-100
SS2.5-120
Module
No. of teeth
m2.5
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
32
34
35
36
38
40
42
44
45
46
48
50
52
54
55
56
58
60
62
64
65
66
68
70
72
75
76
80
90
100
120
Shape
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S4
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S4
S4
S4
S4
Bore
AH7
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
B
23
25
25
30
32
35
38
39
40
42
44
46
48
50
55
60
60
62
65
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
90
90
100
C
30
32.5
35
37.5
40
42.5
45
47.5
50
52.5
55
57.5
60
62.5
65
67.5
70
72.5
75
80
85
87.5
90
95
100
105
110
112.5
115
120
125
130
135
137.5
140
145
150
155
160
162.5
165
170
175
180
187.5
190
200
225
250
300
66
D
35
37.5
40
42.5
45
47.5
50
52.5
55
57.5
60
62.5
65
67.5
70
72.5
75
77.5
80
85
90
92.5
95
100
105
110
115
117.5
120
125
130
135
140
142.5
145
150
155
160
165
167.5
170
175
180
185
192.5
195
205
230
255
305
E
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
F
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
G
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
(10)
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
(10)
(10)
(10)
(10)
(127)
130
131
134
140
140
146
151
159
160
(177)
(202)
(227)
(277)
Keyway
Width Depth
Spur
Gears
Steel Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade

Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
* FD has the die-forged finish.

Threaded hole
39.8
45.6
51.6
57.7
64
70.3
76.7
83.2
89.8
96.4
103
110
117
124
130
137
144
151
159
173
187
194
201
216
230
245
260
267
274
289
304
319
334
341
349
364
379
394
409
416
424
439
454
469
492
499
441
505
569
696
1.77
2.14
2.53
2.96
3.43
3.93
4.47
5.05
5.66
6.30
6.99
7.71
8.47
9.26
10.1
10.9
11.7
12.6
13.6
15.6
17.7
18.8
20.0
22.4
24.9
27.6
30.5
31.9
33.5
36.7
40.0
43.5
47.2
49.1
51.0
55.0
59.1
63.4
67.8
70.1
72.4
77.2
82.1
87.1
95.0
97.7
90.9
117
147
218
4.06
4.65
5.26
5.89
6.52
7.17
7.82
8.49
9.16
9.83
10.5
11.2
11.9
12.6
13.3
14.0
14.7
15.4
16.2
17.6
19.1
19.8
20.5
22.0
23.5
25.0
26.5
27.2
28.0
29.5
31.0
32.5
34.0
34.8
35.6
37.1
38.6
40.1
41.7
42.4
43.2
44.7
46.3
47.8
50.1
50.9
45.0
51.5
58.0
71.0
0.18
0.22
0.26
0.30
0.35
0.40
0.46
0.51
0.58
0.64
0.71
0.79
0.86
0.94
1.03
1.11
1.20
1.29
1.39
1.59
1.80
1.92
2.04
2.28
2.54
2.82
3.11
3.26
3.41
3.74
4.08
4.44
4.81
5.01
5.20
5.61
6.03
6.46
6.92
7.15
7.39
7.87
8.37
8.89
9.69
9.97
9.27
12.0
15.0
22.2
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
S4 Shape
Thread size
Tooth hardness
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 2
kg
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.22~0.48
0.22~0.48
0.22~0.48
0.15
0.18
0.20
0.23
0.27
0.32
0.37
0.41
0.45
0.50
0.56
0.61
0.67
0.74
0.82
0.92
0.97
1.04
1.13
1.30
1.42
1.49
1.56
1.66
1.81
1.97
2.14
2.22
2.31
2.49
2.68
2.88
3.08
3.19
3.29
3.51
2.80
3.54
3.76
3.84
3.87
4.13
4.30
4.49
4.77
4.90
4.42
5.64
6.78
9.38
Catalog No.
SS2.5-12
SS2.5-13
SS2.5-14
SS2.5-15
SS2.5-16
SS2.5-17
SS2.5-18
SS2.5-19
SS2.5-20
SS2.5-21
SS2.5-22
SS2.5-23
SS2.5-24
SS2.5-25
SS2.5-26
SS2.5-27
SS2.5-28
SS2.5-29
SS2.5-30
SS2.5-32
SS2.5-34
SS2.5-35
SS2.5-36
SS2.5-38
SS2.5-40
SS2.5-42
SS2.5-44
SS2.5-45
SS2.5-46
SS2.5-48
SS2.5-50
SS2.5-52
SS2.5-54
SS2.5-55
SS2.5-56
SS2.5-58
SS2.5-60
SS2.5-62
SS2.5-64
SS2.5-65
SS2.5-66
SS2.5-68
SS2.5-70
SS2.5-72
SS2.5-75
SS2.5-76
SS2.5-80
SS2.5-90
SS2.5-100
SS2.5-120
67
S
S
Module
Spur
Gears
SS Steel Spur Gears
S
S
S2 Shape
S1 Shape
Module 3
Catalog No.
SS3-12
SS3-13
SS3-14
SS3-15
SS3-16
SS3-17
SS3-18
SS3-19
SS3-20
SS3-21
SS3-22
SS3-23
SS3-24
SS3-25
SS3-26
SS3-27
SS3-28
SS3-29
SS3-30
SS3-32
SS3-34
SS3-35
SS3-36
SS3-38
SS3-40
SS3-42
SS3-44
SS3-45
SS3-46
SS3-48
SS3-50
SS3-52
SS3-54
SS3-55
SS3-56
SS3-58
SS3-60
SS3-62
SS3-64
SS3-65
SS3-66
SS3-68
SS3-70
SS3-72
SS3-75
SS3-76
SS3-80
SS3-90
SS3-100
SS3-120
Module
No. of teeth
m2.5
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
32
34
35
36
38
40
42
44
45
46
48
50
52
54
55
56
58
60
62
64
65
66
68
70
72
75
76
80
90
100
120
Shape
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S4
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S4
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S4
S2
S4
S4
Bore
AH7
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
B
28
30
32
36
38
39
40
45
50
52
54
56
58
60
65
65
70
70
75
75
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
100
100
130
C
36
39
42
45
48
51
54
57
60
63
66
69
72
75
78
81
84
87
90
96
102
105
108
114
120
126
132
135
138
144
150
156
162
165
168
174
180
186
192
195
198
204
210
216
225
228
240
270
300
360
68
D
42
45
48
51
54
57
60
63
66
69
72
75
78
81
84
87
90
93
96
102
108
111
114
120
126
132
138
141
144
150
156
162
168
171
174
180
186
192
198
201
204
210
216
222
231
234
246
276
306
366
E
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
F
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
G
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
(10)
16
16
16
16
16
(10)
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
(10)
16
(10)
(10)
(123)
126
132
131
134
144
(153)
150
158
161
160
170
176
182
190
190
(213)
240
(273)
(333)
Keyway
Width Depth
Spur
Gears
Steel Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade

Tooth hardness
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
S4 Shape
Threaded hole Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 1 Allowable torquekgfm
Thread size
Bending strength
Surface durability
Bending strength
Surface durability
68.7
78.8
89.2
99.7
111
122
133
144
155
167
178
190
202
214
226
237
250
262
274
298
323
335
348
373
398
423
449
461
474
500
525
551
577
590
602
628
654
680
588
599
610
632
654
675
708
719
763
872
983
1200
3.12
3.77
4.47
5.23
6.05
6.93
7.87
8.88
9.95
11.1
12.3
13.6
14.9
16.3
17.7
19.2
20.7
22.3
24.0
27.4
31.2
33.1
35.2
39.4
44.0
48.9
54.0
56.6
59.4
65.0
70.9
77.1
83.6
86.9
90.3
97.3
105
112
99.9
103
107
114
121
129
141
145
162
208
261
386
7.01
8.04
9.09
10.2
11.3
12.4
13.5
14.7
15.8
17.0
18.2
19.4
20.6
21.8
23.0
24.2
25.4
26.7
27.9
30.4
32.9
34.2
35.5
38.0
40.6
43.2
45.7
47.0
48.3
50.9
53.6
56.2
58.8
60.1
61.4
64.1
66.7
69.4
60.0
61.1
62.2
64.4
66.6
68.9
72.2
73.3
77.8
89.0
100
123
0.32
0.38
0.46
0.53
0.62
0.71
0.80
0.91
1.02
1.13
1.25
1.38
1.52
1.66
1.81
1.96
2.11
2.27
2.44
2.80
3.18
3.38
3.59
4.02
4.49
4.98
5.50
5.78
6.05
6.63
7.23
7.86
8.52
8.86
9.21
9.92
10.7
11.4
10.2
10.5
10.9
11.6
12.4
13.1
14.3
14.8
16.5
21.2
26.6
39.4
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 2
kg
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.26~0.52
0.26~0.52
0.26~0.52
0.25
0.30
0.36
0.43
0.50
0.56
0.62
0.73
0.83
0.92
1.01
1.11
1.21
1.26
1.41
1.49
1.65
1.74
1.91
2.11
2.41
2.52
2.64
2.82
3.08
3.35
3.64
3.79
3.94
4.25
3.72
4.38
4.61
4.81
4.94
5.10
4.60
5.76
5.99
6.13
6.67
6.86
7.15
7.46
7.95
8.20
6.92
10.6
9.36
15.7
Catalog No.
SS3- 12
SS3- 13
SS3- 14
SS3- 15
SS3- 16
SS3- 17
SS3- 18
SS3- 19
SS3- 20
SS3- 21
SS3- 22
SS3- 23
SS3- 24
SS3- 25
SS3- 26
SS3- 27
SS3- 28
SS3- 29
SS3- 30
SS3- 32
SS3- 34
SS3- 35
SS3- 36
SS3- 38
SS3- 40
SS3- 42
SS3- 44
SS3- 45
SS3- 46
SS3- 48
SS3- 50
SS3- 52
SS3- 54
SS3- 55
SS3- 56
SS3- 58
SS3- 60
SS3- 62
SS3- 64
SS3- 65
SS3- 66
SS3- 68
SS3- 70
SS3- 72
SS3- 75
SS3- 76
SS3- 80
SS3- 90
SS3-100
SS3-120
69
S
S
Module
Spur
Gears
SS Steel Spur Gears
S
S
S2 Shape
S1 Shape
Module 4
Catalog No.
SS4-12
SS4-13
SS4-14
SS4-15
SS4-16
SS4-17
SS4-18
SS4-19
SS4-20
SS4-21
SS4-22
SS4-23
SS4-24
SS4-25
SS4-26
SS4-27
SS4-28
SS4-29
SS4-30
SS4-32
SS4-34
SS4-35
SS4-36
SS4-38
SS4-40
SS4-42
SS4-44
SS4-45
SS4-46
SS4-48
SS4-50
SS4-52
SS4-54
SS4-55
SS4-56
SS4-58
SS4-60
SS4-62
SS4-64
SS4-65
SS4-66
SS4-68
SS4-70
SS4-80
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m4
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
32
34
35
36
38
40
42
44
45
46
48
50
52
54
55
56
58
60
62
64
65
66
68
70
80
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S2
S4
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S4
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S4
S4
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
22
22
22
22
22
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
35
38
40
45
50
53
55
60
65
69
73
77
80
84
87
90
95
95
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
110
110
110
110
110
120
120
120
120
48
52
56
60
64
68
72
76
80
84
88
92
96
100
104
108
112
116
120
128
136
140
144
152
160
168
176
180
184
192
200
208
216
220
224
232
240
248
256
260
264
272
280
320
56
60
64
68
72
76
80
84
88
92
96
100
104
108
112
116
120
124
128
136
144
148
152
160
168
176
184
188
192
200
208
216
224
228
232
240
248
256
264
268
272
280
288
328
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
70
(H)
26
(12)
26
26
26
26
26
(12)
20
16
16
16
16
(12)
(12)
(I)
150
(168)
165
175
178
182
190
(208)
210
214
218
220
225
(248)
(288)
Spur
Gears
Steel Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade

Tooth hardness
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
S4 Shape
163
187
211
236
262
288
314
341
368
395
423
450
478
506
534
563
591
620
649
707
766
795
825
884
943
1000
1060
1090
1120
987
1040
1090
1140
1160
1190
1240
1290
1340
1390
1420
1450
1500
1550
1810
7.62
9.22
10.9
12.8
14.7
16.9
19.2
21.7
24.3
27.1
30.1
33.2
36.4
39.9
43.3
46.9
50.6
54.5
58.7
67.4
76.7
81.6
86.7
97.3
109
120
133
139
146
133
146
158
172
179
186
200
215
231
248
256
265
282
300
400
16.6
19.1
21.6
24.1
26.7
29.4
32.0
34.8
37.5
40.3
43.1
45.9
48.8
51.6
54.5
57.4
60.3
63.2
66.2
72.1
78.1
81.1
84.1
90.1
96.2
102
108
112
115
101
106
111
116
119
121
127
132
137
142
145
148
153
158
184
0.78
0.94
1.11
1.30
1.50
1.72
1.96
2.21
2.48
2.76
3.06
3.38
3.72
4.07
4.42
4.78
5.16
5.56
5.98
6.87
7.82
8.32
8.84
9.92
11.1
12.3
13.6
14.2
14.9
13.6
14.8
16.1
17.5
18.2
18.9
20.4
22
23.6
25.2
26.1
27
28.8
30.6
40.8
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 2
kg
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.57
0.70
0.82
0.99
1.17
1.34
1.50
1.72
1.95
2.18
2.42
2.67
2.91
3.19
3.45
3.73
4.06
4.28
4.64
4.86
5.38
5.65
5.93
6.52
7.08
7.73
8.41
8.76
9.12
9.12
8.00
10.2
10.8
11.1
11.5
12.5
10.7
13.1
13.4
13.7
14.7
15.5
13.6
16.3
Catalog No.
SS4-12
SS4-13
SS4-14
SS4-15
SS4-16
SS4-17
SS4-18
SS4-19
SS4-20
SS4-21
SS4-22
SS4-23
SS4-24
SS4-25
SS4-26
SS4-27
SS4-28
SS4-29
SS4-30
SS4-32
SS4-34
SS4-35
SS4-36
SS4-38
SS4-40
SS4-42
SS4-44
SS4-45
SS4-46
SS4-48
SS4-50
SS4-52
SS4-54
SS4-55
SS4-56
SS4-58
SS4-60
SS4-62
SS4-64
SS4-65
SS4-66
SS4-68
SS4-70
SS4-80
71
NOTE 1: The allowable torques shown in the table are

calculated values according to the assumed usage
conditions. Please see page 27 for more details.
NOTE 2: The backlash values shown in the table are the
theoretical values of a pair of identical gears in
mesh.
S
S
Module
Spur
Gears
SS Steel Spur Gears
S
S
S2 Shape
S1 Shape
Module 5
Catalog No.
SS5-12
SS5-13
SS5-14
SS5-15
SS5-16
SS5-17
SS5-18
SS5-19
SS5-20
SS5-21
SS5-22
SS5-23
SS5-24
SS5-25
SS5-26
SS5-27
SS5-28
SS5-29
SS5-30
SS5-32
SS5-34
SS5-35
SS5-36
SS5-38
SS5-40
SS5-42
SS5-44
SS5-45
SS5-46
SS5-48
SS5-50
SS5-52
SS5-54
SS5-55
SS5-56
SS5-58
SS5-60
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m5
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
32
34
35
36
38
40
42
44
45
46
48
50
52
54
55
56
58
60
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S4
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S4
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
46
50
52
60
65
68
70
76
82
90
95
100
100
105
110
110
110
115
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
130
130
130
130
130
130
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
160
170
175
180
190
200
210
220
225
230
240
250
260
270
275
280
290
300
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
155
160
170
180
185
190
200
210
220
230
235
240
250
260
270
280
285
290
300
310
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
72
(H)
36
36
36
36
30
30
(16)
30
30
30
30
30
(20)
(I)
160
170
175
185
185
200
(212)
220
230
235
240
240
(260)
Spur
Gears
Steel Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade

Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
318
365
413
462
512
562
614
666
718
772
825
879
934
989
1040
1100
1160
1210
1270
1380
1500
1550
1610
1730
1540
1630
1730
1780
1830
1930
2030
2130
2220
2270
2320
2420
2520
15.2
18.4
21.8
25.5
29.5
33.8
38.4
43.4
48.6
54.2
60.1
66.3
73.0
80.0
87.1
94.4
102
110
118
136
154
164
174
195
182
202
223
234
246
269
294
320
347
361
375
405
435
32.4
37.2
42.1
47.1
52.2
57.3
62.6
67.9
73.3
78.7
84.1
89.7
95.2
101
106
112
118
124
129
141
153
158
164
176
157
167
177
182
187
197
207
217
227
232
237
247
257
1.55
1.88
2.22
2.60
3.01
3.45
3.92
4.42
4.96
5.53
6.13
6.77
7.45
8.16
8.88
9.62
10.4
11.2
12.1
13.8
15.7
16.7
17.8
19.9
18.5
20.6
22.8
23.9
25.1
27.5
30.0
32.6
35.4
36.8
38.3
41.3
44.4
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 2
kg
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
1.21
1.46
1.70
2.07
2.40
2.72
3.03
3.45
3.90
4.36
4.83
5.33
5.69
6.23
6.79
7.19
7.62
8.23
8.87
9.36
10.4
10.9
11.5
12.6
13.2
14.2
15.4
15.8
16.2
17.0
15.0
19.8
20.9
21.5
22.0
23.8
21.4
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
S4 Shape
Tooth hardness
Catalog No.
SS5-12
SS5-13
SS5-14
SS5-15
SS5-16
SS5-17
SS5-18
SS5-19
SS5-20
SS5-21
SS5-22
SS5-23
SS5-24
SS5-25
SS5-26
SS5-27
SS5-28
SS5-29
SS5-30
SS5-32
SS5-34
SS5-35
SS5-36
SS5-38
SS5-40
SS5-42
SS5-44
SS5-45
SS5-46
SS5-48
SS5-50
SS5-52
SS5-54
SS5-55
SS5-56
SS5-58
SS5-60
73
S
S
Modules
6 ~10
Spur
Gears
SS Steel Spur Gears
S
S
S1 Shape
Module 6, 8, 10
Catalog No.
SS6-12
SS6-13
SS6-14
SS6-15
SS6-16
SS6-17
SS6-18
SS6-19
SS6-20
SS6-21
SS6-22
SS6-23
SS6-24
SS6-25
SS6-26
SS6-27
SS6-28
SS6-30
SS6-32
SS6-34
SS6-35
SS6-36
SS6-38
SS6-40
SS6-42
SS6-44
SS6-45
SS6-46
SS6-48
SS6-50
SS8-12
SS8-13
SS8-14
SS8-15
SS8-16
SS8-17
SS8-18
SS8-19
SS8-20
SS8-21
SS8-22
SS8-23
SS8-24
SS8-25
SS8-26
SS8-27
SS8-28
SS8-30
SS10-15
SS10-20
SS10-25
Module
m6
m8
m10
No. of teeth
Shape
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
32
34
35
36
38
40
42
44
45
46
48
50
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
15
20
25
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
40
40
40
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
40
55
58
60
70
75
78
80
90
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
180
180
180
180
75
80
85
90
100
105
110
120
130
140
150
155
160
170
170
170
180
180
115
165
200
72
78
84
90
96
102
108
114
120
126
132
138
144
150
156
162
168
180
192
204
210
216
228
240
252
264
270
276
288
300
96
104
112
120
128
136
144
152
160
168
176
184
192
200
208
216
224
240
150
200
250
84
90
96
102
108
114
120
126
132
138
144
150
156
162
168
174
180
192
204
216
222
228
240
252
264
276
282
288
300
312
112
120
128
136
144
152
160
168
176
184
192
200
208
216
224
232
240
256
170
220
270
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
90
90
90
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
40
40
40
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
88
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
83
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
130
130
130
74
Spur
Gears
Steel Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
550
631
713
798
884
972
1060
1150
1240
1330
1430
1520
1610
1710
1800
1900
2000
2190
1990
2150
2240
2320
2490
2650
2820
2990
3080
3160
3330
3500
1220
1400
1590
1770
1970
2160
2360
2560
2760
2960
3170
3380
2990
3160
3340
3520
3700
4060
3330
4310
5930
26.8
32.4
38.4
44.9
52
59.6
67.7
76.4
85.9
95.9
107
118
129
142
154
167
181
209
200
228
242
258
289
323
359
397
416
436
478
522
62.6
75.2
88.9
104
121
139
158
178
200
223
248
273
250
273
297
322
348
404
203
323
529
56.1
64.3
72.8
81.4
90.2
99.1
108
117
127
136
145
155
165
174
184
194
204
223
203
220
228
237
254
271
288
305
314
322
340
357
125
143
162
181
200
220
240
261
281
302
323
344
305
323
341
359
377
414
339
440
605
2.73
3.31
3.92
4.58
5.3
6.07
6.9
7.79
8.75
9.78
10.9
12
13.2
14.5
15.7
17
18.4
21.3
20.4
23.2
24.7
26.3
29.5
33
36.6
40.5
42.5
44.5
48.8
53.2
6.39
7.66
9.06
10.6
12.3
14.1
16.1
18.2
20.4
22.8
25.3
27.9
25.5
27.8
30.3
32.8
35.5
41.2
20.7
33
54
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 2
kg
0.22~0.48
0.22~0.48
0.22~0.48
0.22~0.48
0.22~0.48
0.22~0.48
0.22~0.48
0.22~0.48
0.22~0.48
0.26~0.56
0.26~0.56
0.26~0.56
0.26~0.56
0.26~0.56
0.26~0.56
0.26~0.56
0.26~0.56
0.26~0.56
0.26~0.56
0.26~0.56
0.26~0.56
0.26~0.56
0.26~0.56
0.26~0.56
0.30~0.64
0.30~0.64
0.30~0.64
0.30~0.64
0.30~0.64
0.30~0.64
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
0.32~0.66
0.32~0.66
0.32~0.66
0.32~0.66
0.32~0.66
0.32~0.66
0.32~0.66
0.32~0.66
0.32~0.66
0.34~0.68
0.34~0.68
0.36~0.76
2.10
2.49
2.89
3.50
4.04
4.56
5.08
5.87
6.71
7.35
8.11
8.90
9.73
10.6
11.5
12.4
13.4
15.4
16.4
18.1
19.0
20.0
22.0
24.0
25.9
28.2
30.7
32.0
34.5
37.1
4.94
5.85
6.83
7.87
9.20
10.4
11.7
13.3
15.0
16.7
18.6
20.2
22.0
24.1
25.6
27.2
29.6
33.0
15.0
28.2
43.3

Tooth hardness
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Catalog No.
SS6-12
SS6-13
SS6-14
SS6-15
SS6-16
SS6-17
SS6-18
SS6-19
SS6-20
SS6-21
SS6-22
SS6-23
SS6-24
SS6-25
SS6-26
SS6-27
SS6-28
SS6-30
SS6-32
SS6-34
SS6-35
SS6-36
SS6-38
SS6-40
SS6-42
SS6-44
SS6-45
SS6-46
SS6-48
SS6-50
SS8-12
SS8-13
SS8-14
SS8-15
SS8-16
SS8-17
SS8-18
SS8-19
SS8-20
SS8-21
SS8-22
SS8-23
SS8-24
SS8-25
SS8-26
SS8-27
SS8-28
SS8-30
SS10-15
SS10-20
SS10-25
75

calculated values according to the assumed
usage conditions. Please see page 27 for more
details.
NOTE 2 : The backlash values shown in the table are the
mesh.
S
S
SSA Steel Hubless Spur Gears
1~1.5
Spur
Gears
Modules
S
S
A
S5 Shape
S6 Shape
Module 1
Catalog No.
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Web thickness
Web O.D.
AH7 NOTE 1
SSA1-20
SSA1-24
SSA1-25
SSA1-28
SSA1-30
20
24
25
28
30
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
8
8
8
8
8
20
24
25
28
30
22
26
27
30
32
10
10
10
10
10
SSA1-32
SSA1-35
SSA1-36
SSA1-40
SSA1-45
32
35
36
40
45
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
8
8
8
8
8
32
35
36
40
45
34
37
38
42
47
10
10
10
10
10
SSA1-48
SSA1-50
SSA1-55
SSA1-56
SSA1-60
48
50
55
56
60
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
8
10
10
10
10
48
50
55
56
60
50
52
57
58
62
10
10
10
10
10
SSA1-70
SSA1-80
SSA1-100
SSA1-120
70
80
100
120
S5
S5
S5
S5
10
10
10
10
70
80
100
120
72
82
102
122
10
10
10
10
SSA1.5-20
SSA1.5-24
SSA1.5-25
SSA1.5-28
SSA1.5-30
20
24
25
28
30
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
10
10
10
10
10
30
36
37.5
42
45
33
39
40.5
45
48
15
15
15
15
15
SSA1.5-32
SSA1.5-35
SSA1.5-36
SSA1.5-40
SSA1.5-45
32
35
36
40
45
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
10
10
10
15
15
48
52.5
54
60
67.5
51
55.5
57
63
70.5
15
15
15
15
15
SSA1.5-48
SSA1.5-50
SSA1.5-55
SSA1.5-56
SSA1.5-60
48
50
55
56
60
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
15
15
15
15
15
72
75
82.5
84
90
75
78
85.5
87
93
15
15
15
15
15
SSA1.5-70
SSA1.5-80
SSA1.5-100
70
80
100
S5
S5
S6
15
15
15
70
15
15
15
125
m1
Module 1.5
m1.5
105
120
150
NOTE 1: Please design the maximum bore so that the tooth strength is less than the strength of remaining material.
76
108
123
153
Spur
Gears
Steel, Hubless Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
Tooth hardness
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Catalog No.
5.75
7.47
7.91
9.24
10.1
0.33
0.49
0.54
0.68
0.79
0.59
0.76
0.81
0.94
1.03
0.033
0.050
0.055
0.070
0.081
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.021
0.032
0.035
0.044
0.052
SSA1-20
SSA1-24
SSA1-25
SSA1-28
SSA1-30
11.1
12.4
12.9
14.7
17.1
0.90
1.09
1.16
1.45
1.86
1.13
1.27
1.31
1.50
1.74
0.092
0.11
0.12
0.15
0.19
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.059
0.072
0.076
0.095
0.12
SSA1-32
SSA1-35
SSA1-36
SSA1-40
SSA1-45
18.5
19.5
21.8
22.3
24.2
2.13
2.32
2.83
2.94
3.40
1.89
1.98
2.23
2.28
2.47
0.22
0.24
0.29
0.30
0.35
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.14
0.15
0.18
0.19
0.22
SSA1-48
SSA1-50
SSA1-55
SSA1-56
SSA1-60
29.1
33.9
43.7
53.5
4.70
6.23
9.97
14.7
2.96
3.46
4.45
5.45
0.48
0.63
1.02
1.50
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.30
0.39
0.61
0.88
SSA1-70
SSA1-80
SSA1-100
SSA1-120
19.4
25.2
26.7
31.2
34.2
1.15
1.73
1.90
2.41
2.79
1.98
2.57
2.72
3.18
3.49
0.12
0.18
0.19
0.25
0.28
0.10~0.22
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.074
0.11
0.12
0.15
0.18
SSA1.5-20
SSA1.5-24
SSA1.5-25
SSA1.5-28
SSA1.5-30
37.3
41.9
43.5
49.8
57.7
3.19
3.85
4.09
5.10
6.53
3.80
4.28
4.43
5.07
5.88
0.33
0.39
0.42
0.52
0.67
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.14~0.32
0.20
0.25
0.26
0.31
0.40
SSA1.5-32
SSA1.5-35
SSA1.5-36
SSA1.5-40
SSA1.5-45
62.4
65.7
73.7
75.3
81.8
7.47
8.15
9.96
10.4
12.0
6.37
6.69
7.51
7.68
8.34
0.76
0.83
1.02
1.06
1.22
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.46
0.50
0.61
0.63
0.73
SSA1.5-48
SSA1.5-50
SSA1.5-55
SSA1.5-56
SSA1.5-60
98.0
114
147
16.6
22.0
35.5
1.69
2.24
3.62
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.18~0.38
1.00
1.31
1.72
SSA1.5-70
SSA1.5-80
SSA1.5-100
10.0
11.7
15.0
77

details.
mesh.
S
S
A
2~2.5
Spur
Gears
Modules
S
S
A
S5 Shape
S6 Shape
Module 2
Catalog No.
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Web thickness
Web O.D.
AH7
SSA2-20
SSA2-24
SSA2-25
SSA2-28
SSA2-30
20
24
25
28
30
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
12
12
12
15
15
40
48
50
56
60
44
52
54
60
64
20
20
20
20
20
SSA2-32
SSA2-35
SSA2-36
SSA2-40
SSA2-45
32
35
36
40
45
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
15
15
15
18
18
64
70
72
80
90
68
74
76
84
94
20
20
20
20
20
SSA2-48
SSA2-50
SSA2-55
SSA2-56
SSA2-60
48
50
55
56
60
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
18
18
18
18
18
96
100
110
112
120
100
104
114
116
124
20
20
20
20
20
SSA2-70
SSA2-80
SSA2-100
70
80
100
S5
S6
S6
18
18
18
70
90
140
160
200
144
164
204
20
20
20
12
12
136
176
SSA2.5-20
SSA2.5-24
SSA2.5-25
SSA2.5-28
SSA2.5-30
20
24
25
28
30
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
15
15
15
18
18
50
60
62.5
70
75
55
65
67.5
75
80
25
25
25
25
25
SSA2.5-32
SSA2.5-35
SSA2.5-36
SSA2.5-40
SSA2.5-45
32
35
36
40
45
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
18
18
18
22
22
80
87.5
90
100
112.5
85
92.5
95
105
117.5
25
25
25
25
25
SSA2.5-48
SSA2.5-50
SSA2.5-55
SSA2.5-56
SSA2.5-60
48
50
55
56
60
S5
S5
S5
S5
S6
22
22
22
22
22
70
120
125
137.5
140
150
125
130
142.5
145
155
25
25
25
25
25
15
121
SSA2.5-70
SSA2.5-80
70
80
S6
S6
22
22
80
90
175
200
180
205
25
25
15
15
146
171
m2
Module 2.5
m2.5
78
Spur
Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
Allowable torqueNm)
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg

Tooth hardness
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Catalog No.
46.0
59.8
63.3
73.9
81.1
2.83
4.24
4.64
5.89
6.80
4.69
6.09
6.45
7.54
8.27
0.29
0.43
0.47
0.60
0.69
0.12~0.26
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.18
0.27
0.29
0.36
0.42
SSA2-20
SSA2-24
SSA2-25
SSA2-28
SSA2-30
88.4
99.3
103
118
137
7.78
9.39
9.96
12.5
16.0
9.01
10.1
10.5
12.0
13.9
0.79
0.96
1.02
1.27
1.63
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.18~0.36
0.48
0.58
0.61
0.75
0.96
SSA2-32
SSA2-35
SSA2-36
SSA2-40
SSA2-45
148
156
175
179
194
18.3
19.9
24.4
25.3
29.3
15.1
15.9
17.8
18.2
19.8
1.87
2.03
2.48
2.58
2.99
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
1.10
1.19
1.45
1.51
1.74
SSA2-48
SSA2-50
SSA2-55
SSA2-56
SSA2-60
232
271
291
40.8
54.3
72.7
23.7
27.7
29.7
4.16
5.53
7.42
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.20~0.44
2.38
2.55
3.90
SSA2-70
SSA2-80
SSA2-100
89.8
117
124
144
159
5.66
8.47
9.26
11.7
13.6
9.16
11.9
12.6
14.7
16.2
0.58
0.86
0.94
1.20
1.39
0.14~0.28
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.35
0.52
0.57
0.71
0.82
SSA2.5-20
SSA2.5-24
SSA2.5-25
SSA2.5-28
SSA2.5-30
173
194
201
230
267
15.6
18.8
20.0
24.9
31.9
17.6
19.8
20.5
23.5
27.2
1.59
1.92
2.04
2.54
3.26
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.18~0.40
0.94
1.13
1.20
1.47
1.88
SSA2.5-32
SSA2.5-35
SSA2.5-36
SSA2.5-40
SSA2.5-45
289
304
341
349
379
36.7
40.0
49.1
51.0
59.1
29.5
31.0
34.8
35.6
38.6
3.74
4.08
5.01
5.20
6.03
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
2.14
2.33
2.84
2.95
2.93
SSA2.5-48
SSA2.5-50
SSA2.5-55
SSA2.5-56
SSA2.5-60
454
441
82.1
90.9
46.3
45.0
8.37
9.27
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
3.89
4.99
SSA2.5-70
SSA2.5-80
79
S
S
A
Modules
3~5
Spur
Gears
S
S
A
S5 Shape
Module 3, 4 ,5
S6 Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Web thickness
AH7
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
15
15
15
20
20
60
72
75
84
90
66
78
81
90
96
30
30
30
30
30
32
35
36
40
45
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
20
20
20
25
25
96
105
108
120
135
102
111
114
126
141
30
30
30
30
30
SSA3-48
SSA3-50
SSA3-55
SSA3-56
SSA3-60
48
50
55
56
60
S5
S6
S6
S6
S6
25
25
25
25
25
70
80
80
90
144
150
165
168
180
150
156
171
174
186
30
30
30
30
30
18
18
18
18
116
131
134
146
SSA3-70
SSA3-80
70
80
S6
S6
25
25
90
90
210
240
216
246
30
30
18
18
176
205
SSA4-20
SSA4-24
SSA4-25
SSA4-28
SSA4-30
20
24
25
28
30
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
20
20
20
25
25
80
96
100
112
120
88
104
108
120
128
40
40
40
40
40
SSA4-32
SSA4-35
SSA4-36
SSA4-40
SSA4-45
32
35
36
40
45
S5
S5
S5
S6
S6
25
25
25
30
30
80
100
128
140
144
160
180
136
148
152
168
188
40
40
40
40
40
26
26
118
138
SSA4-48
SSA4-50
SSA4-55
SSA4-56
SSA4-60
48
50
55
56
60
S6
S6
S6
S6
S6
30
30
30
30
30
100
100
110
110
120
192
200
220
224
240
200
208
228
232
248
40
40
40
40
40
26
26
26
26
26
150
158
178
182
198
SSA5-20
SSA5-24
SSA5-25
SSA5-28
SSA5-30
20
24
25
28
30
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
22
22
22
25
25
100
120
125
140
150
110
130
135
150
160
50
50
50
50
50
32
35
36
40
45
S5
S5
S5
S6
S6
25
25
25
30
30
100
120
160
175
180
200
225
170
185
190
210
235
50
50
50
50
50
36
36
160
185
48
50
S6
S6
30
30
120
130
240
250
250
260
50
50
36
36
200
210
Catalog No.
No. of teeth
Shape
SSA3-20
SSA3-24
SSA3-25
SSA3-28
SSA3-30
20
24
25
28
30
SSA3-32
SSA3-35
SSA3-36
SSA3-40
SSA3-45
SSA5-32
SSA5-35
SSA5-36
SSA5-40
SSA5-45
SSA5-48
SSA5-50
Module
m3
m4
m5
80
Web O.D.
Spur
Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
Allowable torqueNm)
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg

Tooth hardness
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Catalog No.
155
202
214
250
274
9.95
14.9
16.3
20.7
24.0
15.8
20.6
21.8
25.4
27.9
1.02
1.52
1.66
2.11
2.44
0.14~0.32
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.62
0.92
1.00
1.23
1.42
SSA3-20
SSA3-24
SSA3-25
SSA3-28
SSA3-30
298
335
348
398
461
27.4
33.1
35.2
44.0
56.6
30.4
34.2
35.5
40.6
47
2.80
3.38
3.59
4.49
5.78
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.20~0.44
1.63
1.97
2.08
2.55
3.26
SSA3-32
SSA3-35
SSA3-36
SSA3-40
SSA3-45
500
525
590
602
654
65.0
70.9
86.9
90.3
105
50.9
53.6
60.1
61.4
66.7
6.63
7.23
8.86
9.21
10.7
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
3.72
3.60
4.34
4.47
5.14
SSA3-48
SSA3-50
SSA3-55
SSA3-56
SSA3-60
654
763
121
162
66.6
77.8
12.4
16.5
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
6.64
8.37
SSA3-70
SSA3-80
368
478
506
591
649
24.3
36.4
39.9
50.6
58.7
37.5
48.8
51.6
60.3
66.2
2.48
3.72
4.07
5.16
5.98
0.18~0.38
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
1.48
2.17
2.37
2.94
3.40
SSA4-20
SSA4-24
SSA4-25
SSA4-28
SSA4-30
707
795
825
943
1090
67.4
81.6
86.7
109
139
72.1
81.1
84.1
96.2
112
6.87
8.32
8.84
11.1
14.2
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.24~0.52
3.89
4.68
4.96
5.70
7.29
SSA4-32
SSA4-35
SSA4-36
SSA4-40
SSA4-45
987
1040
1160
1190
1290
133
146
179
186
215
101
106
119
121
132
13.6
14.8
18.2
18.9
22.0
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
0.24~0.52
8.12
8.70
10.4
10.7
12.3
SSA4-48
SSA4-50
SSA4-55
SSA4-56
SSA4-60
718
934
989
1160
1270
48.6
73.0
80.0
102
118
73.3
95.2
101
118
129
4.96
7.45
8.16
10.4
12.1
0.20~0.44
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
2.93
4.29
4.67
5.85
6.74
SSA5-20
SSA5-24
SSA5-25
SSA5-28
SSA5-30
1380
1550
1610
1540
1780
136
164
174
182
234
141
158
164
157
182
13.8
16.7
17.8
18.5
23.9
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.24~0.50
0.28~0.58
7.70
9.25
9.80
11.1
14.0
SSA5-32
SSA5-35
SSA5-36
SSA5-40
SSA5-45
1930
2030
269
294
197
207
27.5
30.0
0.28~0.58
0.28~0.58
15.7
17.1
SSA5-48
SSA5-50
81

details.
mesh.
S
S
A
Modules
0.8~1
Spur
Gears
SSY Steel Thin Face Spur Gears
S
S
Y
S1 Shape
Module 0.8
Catalog
No.
SSY0.8-20
SSY0.8-25
SSY0.8-30
SSY0.8-40
SSY0.8-50
Module
No. of teeth
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Hub width
Total length
Web thickness
Web O.D.
AH7
Face width
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
20
25
30
40
50
5
5
5
5
5
13.5
17.0
20.0
25.0
25.0
16
20
24
32
40
17.6
21.6
25.6
33.6
41.6
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
012
014
015
016
018
020
024
025
028
030
032
035
036
040
045
048
050
055
056
060
064
065
070
072
075
080
085
090
095
096
100
110
120
05
05
06
06
06
06
06
06
06
06
06
06
06
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
08
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
09
11
12
13
14
16
16
16
16
25
25
25
25
28
28
28
28
28
28
35
35
35
35
35
35
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
50
012
014
015
016
018
020
024
025
028
030
032
035
036
040
045
048
050
055
056
060
064
065
070
072
075
080
085
090
095
096
100
110
120
014
016
017
018
020
022
026
027
030
032
034
037
038
042
047
050
052
057
058
062
066
067
072
074
077
082
087
092
097
098
102
112
122
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
NOTE 1
Module 1
SSY1- 12
SSY1- 14
SSY1- 15
SSY1- 16
SSY1- 18
SSY1- 20
SSY1- 24
SSY1- 25
SSY1- 28
SSY1- 30
SSY1- 32
SSY1- 35
SSY1- 36
SSY1- 40
SSY1- 45
SSY1- 48
SSY1- 50
SSY1- 55
SSY1- 56
SSY1- 60
SSY1- 64
SSY1- 65
SSY1- 70
SSY1- 72
SSY1- 75
SSY1- 80
SSY1- 85
SSY1- 90
SSY1- 95
SSY1- 96
SSY1-100
SSY1-110
SSY1-120
CAUTION: The gears with wider face widths such as SS and SSA series can be used as the mating gears to these.
NOTE 1: Due to the thin face width, if you wish to perform secondary operations on these gears, please use care to avoid side run out and deformation. If you heat treat
them, there is the possibility of warping these gears.
82
Spur
Gears
Steel, Thin Face Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
Shape
Allowable torque (N.m) NOTE 2
Allowable torque (kgf.m)
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Weight
(kgf)
Backlash (mm)
NOTE 3
Catalog
No.
Bending strength
Surface durability
Bending strength
Surface durability
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
1.471
2.025
2.596
3.774
4.980
0.085
0.134
0.197
0.362
0.580
0.150
0.207
0.265
0.385
0.508
0.0087
0.0137
0.0201
0.0369
0.0591
0
0
0
0
0
~
~
~
~
~
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.014
0.023
0.032
0.054
0.068
SSY0.8-20
SSY0.8-25
SSY0.8-30
SSY0.8-40
SSY0.8-50
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
01.527
01.982
02.216
02.457
02.946
03.448
04.482
04.744
05.545
06.084
06.629
07.453
07.730
08.844
10.250
11.100
11.670
13.100
13.390
14.530
15.690
15.970
17.430
18.000
18.880
20.340
21.800
23.260
24.720
25.020
26.190
29.140
32.080
0.0686
0.0961
0.1118
0.1275
0.1618
0.2010
0.2952
0.3217
0.4089
0.4737
0.5423
0.6551
0.6963
0.8698
1.1150
1.2770
1.3920
1.6990
1.7650
2.0400
2.3360
2.4120
2.8170
2.9890
3.2590
3.7350
4.2460
4.7900
5.3690
5.4890
5.9810
7.3090
8.7990
0.1557
0.2021
0.2260
0.2505
0.3004
0.0070
0.0098
0.0114
0.0130
0.0165
0.3516
0.4570
0.4838
0.5654
0.6204
0.0205
0.0301
0.0328
0.0417
0.0483
0.6760
0.7600
0.7882
0.9018
1.0450
0.0553
0.0668
0.0710
0.0887
0.1137
1.1320
1.1900
1.3360
1.3650
1.4820
0.1302
0.1419
0.1733
0.1800
0.2080
1.6000
1.6290
1.7770
1.8360
1.9250
0.2382
0.2460
0.2873
0.3048
0.3323
2.0740
2.2230
2.3720
2.5210
2.5510
0.3809
0.4330
0.4885
0.5475
0.5597
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.08 ~
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.03
0.03
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.09
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.14
0.15
0.19
0.21
0.21
0.24
0.25
0.26
0.31
0.34
0.37
0.40
0.41
0.48
0.56
0.65
SSY1- 12
SSY1- 14
SSY1- 15
SSY1- 16
SSY1- 18
SSY1- 20
SSY1- 24
SSY1- 25
SSY1- 28
SSY1- 30
SSY1- 32
SSY1- 35
SSY1- 36
SSY1- 40
SSY1- 45
SSY1- 48
SSY1- 50
SSY1- 55
SSY1- 56
SSY1- 60
SSY1- 64
SSY1- 65
SSY1- 70
SSY1- 72
SSY1- 75
SSY1- 80
SSY1- 85
SSY1- 90
SSY1- 95
SSY1- 96
SSY1-100
SSY1-110
SSY1-120
2.6710 0.6099
2.9710 0.7453
3.2710 0.8973
Tooth hardness
*The blue catalog numbers indicate the new products.

83
S
S
Y
Module
1.25
Spur
Gears
SSY Steel Thin Face Spur Gears
S
S
Y
S1 Shape
Module 1.25
Catalog
No.
SSY1.25- 12
SSY1.25- 14
SSY1.25- 15
SSY1.25- 16
SSY1.25- 18
SSY1.25- 20
SSY1.25- 24
SSY1.25- 25
SSY1.25- 28
SSY1.25- 30
SSY1.25- 32
SSY1.25- 35
SSY1.25- 36
SSY1.25- 40
SSY1.25- 45
SSY1.25- 48
SSY1.25- 50
SSY1.25- 55
SSY1.25- 56
SSY1.25- 60
SSY1.25- 64
SSY1.25- 65
SSY1.25- 70
SSY1.25- 72
SSY1.25- 75
SSY1.25- 80
SSY1.25- 85
SSY1.25- 90
SSY1.25- 95
SSY1.25- 96
SSY1.25-100
Module
No. of teeth
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
z
012
014
015
016
018
020
024
025
028
030
032
035
036
040
045
048
050
055
056
060
064
065
070
072
075
080
085
090
095
096
100
AH7
05
05
06
06
06
08
08
08
08
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
B
11
13
15
16
18
20
24
24
28
30
30
36
36
40
40
40
45
45
45
50
50
50
55
55
55
60
60
65
65
65
65
C
015.00
017.50
018.75
020.00
022.50
025.00
030.00
031.25
035.00
037.50
040.00
043.75
045.00
050.00
056.25
060.00
062.50
068.75
070.00
075.00
080.00
081.25
087.50
090.00
093.75
100.00
106.25
112.50
118.75
120.00
125.00
D
017.50
020.00
021.25
022.50
025.00
027.50
032.50
033.75
037.50
040.00
042.50
046.25
047.50
052.50
058.75
062.50
065.00
071.25
072.50
077.50
082.50
083.75
090.00
092.50
096.25
102.50
108.75
115.00
121.25
122.50
127.50
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
Face width
E
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
NOTE 1
Hub width
Total length
Web thickness
Web O.D.
F
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
G
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
84
Spur
Gears
Steel, Thin Face Spur Gears
Specifications
Precision grade
Shape
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
Allowable torque (N.m) NOTE 2
Allowable torque (kgf.m)
Bending strength
Surface durability
Bending strength
Surface durability
03.181
04.129
04.618
05.117
06.137
07.183
09.337
09.885
11.550
12.680
13.810
15.520
16.100
18.430
21.360
23.120
24.310
27.290
27.890
30.280
32.690
33.290
36.300
37.520
39.330
42.370
45.410
48.460
51.510
52.120
54.570
00.1442
00.2010
00.2334
00.2687
00.3432
00.4295
00.6315
00.6884
00.8738
01.0110
01.1590
01.4000
01.4870
01.8550
02.3760
02.7200
02.9640
03.6170
03.7560
04.3450
04.9810
05.1460
06.0180
06.3870
06.9620
07.9750
09.0590
10.2200
11.4700
11.7300
12.8100
0.3244
0.4210
0.4709
0.5218
0.6258
0.0147
0.0205
0.0238
0.0274
0.0350
0.7325
0.9521
1.0080
1.1780
1.2930
0.0438
0.0644
0.0702
0.0891
0.1031
1.4080
1.5830
1.6420
1.8790
2.1780
2.3580
2.4790
2.7830
2.8440
3.0880
0.1182
0.1428
0.1516
0.1892
0.2423
0.2774
0.3022
0.3688
0.3830
0.4431
3.3330
3.3395
3.7020
3.8260
4.0110
0.5079
0.5248
0.6137
0.6513
0.7099
4.3210
4.6310
4.9420
5.2530
5.3150
0.8132
0.9238
1.0420
1.1700
1.1960
5.5650 1.3060
Tooth hardness
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
NOTE 3
Weight
(kgf)
0.08 ~ 0.18
0.08 ~ 0.18
0.08 ~ 0.18
0.08 ~ 0.18
0.08 ~ 0.18
0.08 ~ 0.18
0.12 ~ 0.22
0.12 ~ 0.22
0.12 ~ 0.22
0.12 ~ 0.22
0.12 ~ 0.22
0.12 ~ 0.22
0.12 ~ 0.22
0.12 ~ 0.22
0.12 ~ 0.26
0.12 ~ 0.26
0.12 ~ 0.26
0.12 ~ 0.26
0.12 ~ 0.26
0.12 ~ 0.26
0.12 ~ 0.26
0.12 ~ 0.26
0.12 ~ 0.26
0.12 ~ 0.26
0.12 ~ 0.26
0.12 ~ 0.26
0.16 ~ 0.32
0.16 ~ 0.32
0.16 ~ 0.32
0.16 ~ 0.32
0.16 ~ 0.32
0.02
0.02
0.03
0.03
0.04
0.05
0.07
0.08
0.10
0.11
0.12
0.16
0.17
0.21
0.24
0.26
0.30
0.34
0.35
0.42
0.45
0.46
0.54
0.56
0.59
0.69
0.75
0.86
0.93
0.94
1.00
Backlash (mm)
Catalog
No.
SSY1.25- 12
SSY1.25- 14
SSY1.25- 15
SSY1.25- 16
SSY1.25- 18
SSY1.25- 20
SSY1.25- 24
SSY1.25- 25
SSY1.25- 28
SSY1.25- 30
SSY1.25- 32
SSY1.25- 35
SSY1.25- 36
SSY1.25- 40
SSY1.25- 45
SSY1.25- 48
SSY1.25- 50
SSY1.25- 55
SSY1.25- 56
SSY1.25- 60
SSY1.25- 64
SSY1.25- 65
SSY1.25- 70
SSY1.25- 72
SSY1.25- 75
SSY1.25- 80
SSY1.25- 85
SSY1.25- 90
SSY1.25- 95
SSY1.25- 96
SSY1.25-100
85
S
S
Y
Modules
1~1.25
Spur
Gears
SSAY Steel, Hubless, Thin Face Spur Gears
S
S
A
Y
S5 Shape
Module 1
Outside dia. Face width NOTE 1 Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 2
Bore
Pitch dia.
AH7
6
6
6
6
6
20
24
25
28
30
22
26
27
30
32
6
6
6
6
6
3.45
4.48
4.74
5.55
6.08
0.20
0.30
0.32
0.41
0.47
0.35
0.46
0.48
0.57
0.62
0.021
0.030
0.033
0.042
0.048
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
6
6
6
6
6
32
35
36
40
45
34
37
38
42
47
6
6
6
6
6
6.63
7.45
7.73
8.84
10.3
0.54
0.66
0.70
0.87
1.12
0.68
0.76
0.79
0.90
1.05
0.055
0.067
0.071
0.089
0.11
48
50
55
56
60
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
6
8
8
8
8
48
50
55
56
60
50
52
57
58
62
6
6
6
6
6
11.1
11.7
13.1
13.4
14.5
1.28
1.39
1.70
1.77
2.04
1.13
1.19
1.34
1.37
1.48
0.13
0.14
0.17
0.18
0.21
70
80
100
S5
S5
S5
8
10
10
70
80
100
72
82
102
6
6
6
17.4
20.3
26.2
2.82
3.74
5.98
1.78
2.07
2.67
0.29
0.38
0.61
SSAY1.25-20
SSAY1.25-24
SSAY1.25-25
SSAY1.25-28
SSAY1.25-30
20
24
25
28
30
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
8
8
8
8
10
25
30
31.25
35
37.5
27.5
32.5
33.75
37.5
40
8
8
8
8
8
7.183
9.337
9.885
11.55
12.68
0.4295
0.6315
0.6884
0.8738
1.011
0.7325
0.9521
1.008
1.178
1.293
0.0438
0.0644
0.0702
0.0891
0.1031
SSAY1.25-32
SSAY1.25-35
SSAY1.25-36
SSAY1.25-40
SSAY1.25-45
32
35
36
40
45
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
10
10
10
10
10
40
43.75
45
50
56.25
42.5
46.25
47.5
52.5
58.75
8
8
8
8
8
13.81
15.52
16.1
18.43
21.36
1.159
1.400
1.487
1.855
2.376
1.408
1.583
1.642
1.879
2.178
0.1182
0.1428
0.1516
0.1892
0.2423
SSAY1.25-48
SSAY1.25-50
SSAY1.25-55
SSAY1.25-56
SSAY1.25-60
48
50
55
56
60
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
10
12
12
12
12
60
62.50
68.75
70
75
62.5
65
71.25
72.5
77.5
8
8
8
8
8
23.12
24.31
27.29
27.89
30.28
2.72
2.964
3.617
3.756
4.345
2.358
2.479
2.783
2.844
3.088
0.2774
0.3022
0.3688
0.3830
0.4431
SSAY1.25-70
SSAY1.25-80
SSAY1.25-100
70
80
100
S5
S5
S5
15
15
15
8
8
8
36.3
42.37
54.57
6.018
7.975
12.81
3.702
4.321
5.565
0.6137
0.8132
1.3060
Catalog No.
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
SSAY1-20
SSAY1-24
SSAY1-25
SSAY1-28
SSAY1-30
20
24
25
28
30
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
SSAY1-32
SSAY1-35
SSAY1-36
SSAY1-40
SSAY1-45
32
35
36
40
45
SSAY1-48
SSAY1-50
SSAY1-55
SSAY1-56
SSAY1-60
SSAY1-70
SSAY1-80
SSAY1-100
m1
Module 1.25
m1.25
87.5
100
125
90
102.5
127.5
86
Spur
Gears
Steel, Hubless, Thin Face Spur Gears
Specifications
Precision grade
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.013
0.020
0.022
0.028
0.032
SSAY1-20
SSAY1-24
SSAY1-25
SSAY1-28
SSAY1-30
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.037
0.044
0.047
0.058
0.074
SSAY1-32
SSAY1-35
SSAY1-36
SSAY1-40
SSAY1-45
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.084
0.090
0.11
0.11
0.13
SSAY1-48
SSAY1-50
SSAY1-55
SSAY1-56
SSAY1-60
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.18
0.23
0.37
SSAY1-70
SSAY1-80
SSAY1-100
0.08~0.18
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.03
0.04
0.05
0.06
0.06
SSAY1.25-20
SSAY1.25-24
SSAY1.25-25
SSAY1.25-28
SSAY1.25-30
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.12~0.26
0.07
0.09
0.1
0.12
0.15
SSAY1.25-32
SSAY1.25-35
SSAY1.25-36
SSAY1.25-40
SSAY1.25-45
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.17
0.19
0.23
0.23
0.27
SSAY1.25-48
SSAY1.25-50
SSAY1.25-55
SSAY1.25-56
SSAY1.25-60
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.16~0.32
0.37
0.48
0.76
SSAY1.25-70
SSAY1.25-80
SSAY1.25-100

Tooth hardness
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Catalog No.
NOTE 3 : The backlash values shown in the table are the

theoretical values of a pair of identical gears in mesh.
87
S
S
A
Y
SSAY/K Spur Gears with Built-In Clamps
0.8
Module
Spur
Gears
New Products
S
S
A
Y
Screw
S5 Shape
Module 0.8
Catalog No.
Module
SSAY0.8-28/K6
SSAY0.8-30/K6
/K8
SSAY0.8-32/K6
/K8
SSAY0.8-35/K6
/K8
SSAY0.8-36/K6
/K8
SSAY0.8-40/K6
/K8
/K10
No. of teeth
Shape
Bore
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
AH7
Thread size
Threaded hole
6
6
8
6
8
6
8
6
8
6
8
10
22.4
24
24
24
M5
25.6
M5
25.6
27.2
M5
29.6
M5
30.4
M5
33.6
M5
6.3
6.3
7.3
6.3
7.3
6.3
7.3
6.3
7.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
28
S5
30
S5
32
S5
35
S5
36
S5
40
S5
45
S5
6
8
10
36
36
36
37.6
M5
48
S5
6
8
10
38.4
38.4
38.4
40
SSAY0.8-50/K6
/K8
/K10
50
S5
6
8
10
40
40
40
41.6
SSAY0.8-55/K6
/K8
/K10
55
S5
6
8
10
44
44
44
SSAY0.8-56/K6
/K8
/K10
56
S5
6
8
10
SSAY0.8-60/K6
/K8
/K10
60
S5
6
8
10
SSAY0.8-45/K6
/K8
/K10
SSAY0.8-48/K6
/K8
/K10
m0.8

Bending strength Surface durability
3.55
0.26
3.89
0.30
4.24
0.34
4.77
0.41
4.95
0.43
5.66
0.54
6.3
7.3
8.3
6.56
0.70
M5
6.3
7.3
8.3
7.11
0.80
M5
6.3
7.3
8.3
7.47
0.87
45.6
M5
6.3
7.3
8.3
8.39
1.06
44.8
44.8
44.8
46.4
M5
6.3
7.3
8.3
8.57
1.10
48
48
48
49.6
M5
6.3
7.3
8.3
9.30
1.28
28
28
28.8
28.8
32
32
32
CAUTION: It is not possible to perform secondary operations on the bore or the area around the clamp.
NOTE 1: The allowable torques shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions. Please see page 27 for more details.
88
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
Cut
Secondary Operations
Allowable torquekgfm Reference slipping torqueNm) NOTE 2

Bending strength Surface durability Screw fastening torque
0.36
0.026
2.8
0.40
0.030
2.8
0.43
0.035
2.8
0.49
0.042
2.8
0.50
0.044
2.8
0.58
0.055
2.8
0.67
0.071
2.8
0.72
0.081
0.76
Ref. slipping torque
2.4
2.4
3.7
2.4
3.7
2.4
3.7
2.4
3.7
2.4
3.7
3.9
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
~0.10
~0.10
~0.10
Catalog No.
0.017
0.020
0.019
0.023
0.022
0.028
0.027
0.029
0.028
0.036
0.035
0.034
SSAY0.8-28/K6
SSAY0.8-30/K6
/K8
SSAY0.8-32/K6
/K8
SSAY0.8-35/K6
/K8
SSAY0.8-36/K6
/K8
SSAY0.8-40/K6
/K8
/K10
~0.10
~0.10
~0.10
2.4
3.7
3.9
~0.10
0.046
0.045
0.044
SSAY0.8-45/K6
/K8
/K10
2.8
2.4
3.7
3.9
~0.10
0.053
0.052
0.051
SSAY0.8-48/K6
/K8
/K10
0.089
2.8
2.4
3.7
3.9
~0.10
0.058
0.057
0.055
SSAY0.8-50/K6
/K8
/K10
0.86
0.11
2.8
2.4
3.7
3.9
~0.10
0.070
0.069
0.068
SSAY0.8-55/K6
/K8
/K10
0.87
0.11
2.8
2.4
3.7
3.9
~0.10
0.073
0.072
0.070
SSAY0.8-56/K6
/K8
/K10
0.95
0.13
2.8
2.4
3.7
3.9
~0.10
0.084
0.083
0.081
SSAY0.8-60/K6
/K8
/K10
Hexagonal Socket Head Screw

Crescent Shaped
Pressure Wedge
Shaft
Application Hints
Bore
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
AH7
Thread size
6
6
8
6
8
10
24
26
M5
25
27
M5
28
30
M5
6.3
6.3
7.3
6.3
7.3
8.3
6
8
10
30
32
M5
S5
6
8
10
32
34
35
S5
6
8
10
35
37
36
S5
6
8
10
36
40
S5
6
8
10
SSAY1-45/K6
/K8
/K10
45
S5
SSAY1-48/K6
/K8
/K10
48
SSAY1-50/K8
/K10
/K12
Catalog No.
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
24
S5
25
S5
28
S5
SSAY1-30/K6
/K8
/K10
30
S5
SSAY1-32/K6
/K8
/K10
32
SSAY1-35/K6
/K8
/K10
SSAY1-36/K6
/K8
/K10
SSAY1-24/K6
SSAY1-25/K6
/K8
SSAY1-28/K6
/K8
/K10
Threaded hole
Allowable torqueNm)
Bending strength Surface durability
4.48
0.30
4.74
0.32
5.55
0.41
6.3
7.3
8.3
6.08
0.47
M5
6.3
7.3
8.3
6.63
0.54
M5
6.3
7.3
8.3
7.45
0.66
38
M5
6.3
7.3
8.3
7.73
0.70
40
42
M5
6.3
7.3
8.3
8.84
0.87
6
8
10
45
47
M5
6.3
7.3
8.3
10.3
1.12
S5
6
8
10
48
50
M5
6.3
7.3
8.3
11.1
1.28
50
S5
8
10
12
50
52
M5
M5
M6
7.3
8.3
9.9
11.7
1.39
SSAY1-55/K8
/K10
/K12
55
S5
8
10
12
55
57
M5
M5
M6
7.3
8.3
9.9
13.1
1.70
SSAY1-56/K8
/K10
/K12
56
S5
8
10
12
56
58
M5
M5
M6
7.3
8.3
9.9
13.4
1.77
SSAY1-60/K8
/K10
/K12
60
S5
8
10
12
60
62
M5
M5
M6
7.3
8.3
9.9
14.5
2.04
SSAY1-40/K6
/K8
/K10
m1
Spur
Gears
Spur Gears with Built-In Clamps

Specifications
Precision grade
Tooth hardness
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Secondary Operations Cannot modify bore or clamping area
*The gear grade listed is the value before clamping.
Allowable torquekgfm Reference slipping torqueNm)
Backlash
Weight
Bending strength Surface durability Screw fastening torque
Ref. slipping torque
mm
kg
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.4
2.4
3.7
2.4
3.7
3.9
0.08~0.18
0.020
0.022
0.021
0.028
0.027
0.025
SSAY1-24/K6
SSAY1-25/K6
/K8
SSAY1-28/K6
/K8
/K10
Catalog No.
0.46
0.030
0.48
0.033
0.57
0.042
0.62
0.048
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.4
3.7
3.9
0.08~0.18
0.032
0.031
0.029
SSAY1-30/K6
/K8
/K10
0.68
0.055
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.4
3.7
3.9
0.08~0.18
0.036
0.035
0.034
SSAY1-32/K6
/K8
/K10
0.76
0.067
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.4
3.7
3.9
0.08~0.18
0.044
0.043
0.041
SSAY1-35/K6
/K8
/K10
0.79
0.071
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.4
3.7
3.9
0.08~0.18
0.046
0.045
0.044
SSAY1-36/K6
/K8
/K10
0.90
0.089
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.4
3.7
3.9
0.08~0.18
0.058
0.057
0.055
SSAY1-40/K6
/K8
/K10
1.05
0.11
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.4
3.7
3.9
0.08~0.18
0.073
0.072
0.071
SSAY1-45/K6
/K8
/K10
1.13
0.13
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.4
3.7
3.9
0.08~0.18
0.084
0.083
0.081
SSAY1-48/K6
/K8
/K10
1.19
0.14
2.8
2.8
4
3.7
3.9
6.6
0.08~0.18
0.090
0.089
0.087
SSAY1-50/K8
/K10
/K12
1.34
0.17
2.8
2.8
4
3.7
3.9
6.6
0.08~0.18
0.11
0.11
0.11
SSAY1-55/K8
/K10
/K12
1.37
0.18
2.8
2.8
4
3.7
3.9
6.6
0.08~0.18
0.11
0.11
0.11
SSAY1-56/K8
/K10
/K12
1.48
0.21
2.8
2.8
4
3.7
3.9
6.6
0.08~0.18
0.13
0.13
0.13
SSAY1-60/K8
/K10
/K12
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
How does it work?

K-Clamp uses a crescent shaped piece,
optimum for the size of the shaft, as a pressure
wedge to secure the gear on the shaft.
Crescent Shaped
Pressure Wedge
Shaft
*The sizes and shapes of the K-clamps are

standardized for various bore sizes.
Application Hints
1. The slipping torque is affected by the fits and
clamping surface conditions. Remove as much
lubricant as possible, and use the same size
shaft as the bore with h7 or better tolerances.
2. K-clamp gears are suitable for relatively small
gears in light loads with the bore size ranging
between 6 and 12 mm. The gear will slip on the
shaft when the actual load exceeds the slipping
torque. The use of a key in addition to the Kclamp is recommended for heavier loads or large
bores sizes. This modification must be done at
the KHK factory.
NOTE 2: The slipping torques shown was experimentally obtained by attaching the gears to shafts with g6 tolerance and 0.4a surface finish. The clamping area was wiped with a cloth to remove excess oil.
91
S
S
A
Y
Modules
0.5~0.8
Spur
Gears
LS Sintered Metal Spur Gears
L
S
S3 Shape
S1 Shape
Module 0.5, 0.8

Catalog No.
LS0.5-12
LS0.5-16
LS0.5-20
LS0.5-25
LS0.5-30
LS0.5-40
LS0.5-50
LS0.5-60
LS0.5-70
LS0.5-80
LS0.8-12
LS0.8-16
LS0.8-20
LS0.8-25
LS0.8-30
LS0.8-40
LS0.8-50
LS0.8-60
LS0.8-70
LS0.8-80
Module
m0.5
m0.8
Bore 1
Bore 2
Hub dia.
A 0.005
0.020
A' 0.1
S3
S3
S3
S1
S1
2
2
3
3
3
2.1
2.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
7.4
9.4
11.4
8.5
9
6
8
10
12.5
15
7
9
11
13.5
16
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
7
7
8
7
7
40
50
60
70
80
S9
S9
S9
S9
S9
3
4
4
4
4
3.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
9
12
12
12
12
20
25
30
35
40
21
26
31
36
41
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
5
5
5
7
8
8
8
8
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
12
16
20
25
30
S3
S1
S1
S1
S1
3
3
3
3
4
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
4.1
11.6
8
9
9
12
9.6
12.8
16
20
24
11.2
14.4
17.6
21.6
25.6
5
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
9
8
8
8
9
40
50
60
70
80
S9
S9
S9
S9
S9
4
4
4
5
5
4.1
4.1
4.1
5.1
5.1
12
12
12
15
15
32
40
48
56
64
33.6
41.6
49.6
57.6
65.6
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
9
9
9
10
10
2
2
2
2
2
No. of teeth
Shape
12
16
20
25
30
Pitch dia. Outside dia. Face width Hub width Total length Web thickness
CAUTION: Although the sintering process allows for the inclusion of oil to maintain lubricity, these gears have not been oil impregnated.
CAUTION: The rust prevention process involves treating the gears with steam (in effect, creating surface oxidation). A black oxide treatment cannot be done on these gears.
CAUTION: Gears with wider face widths such as SS and SSA series can be used as the mating gears to these.
NOTE 1: The bore1 is machined to minus tolerance so that the gear can simply be pressed onto the shaft. You can also open up the bore.
Characteristics of Sintered Steel Spur Gears

1. The cost is minimized due to the elimination of machining costs and a reduction in wasted material.
2. High precision for sintered products (JIS N8 Class). Has high reliability for maintaining its precision.
3. Oil-impregnated sintering creates interconnecting pores in which lubricating oil is stored for long, trouble-free operations.
92
Spur
Gears
Sintered Metal SpurGears

Specifications
Precision grade
JIS N8 grade (JIB B1702-1: 1998)
Tooth hardness
70~95HRB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Sintered
Material
SMF5040 (Equivalent to S45C)

for tooth forming
Heat treatment
S9 Shape
Web O.D.
Allowable torqueNm)
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
Catalog No.
0.14
0.23
0.32
0.33
0.42
0.0078
0.015
0.023
0.027
0.040
0.014
0.023
0.032
0.033
0.043
0.0008
0.0015
0.0024
0.0028
0.0040
0.06~0.16
0.06~0.16
0.06~0.16
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
2
2
4
4
5
LS0.5-12
LS0.5-16
LS0.5-20
LS0.5-25
LS0.5-30
16.5
21.5
26.5
31.5
36.5
0.61
0.81
1.00
1.20
1.41
0.072
0.11
0.17
0.23
0.31
0.062
0.082
0.10
0.12
0.14
0.0073
0.012
0.017
0.024
0.032
0.10~0.20
0.12~0.24
0.12~0.24
0.12~0.24
0.12~0.24
6
10
14
16
20
LS0.5-40
LS0.5-50
LS0.5-60
LS0.5-70
LS0.5-80
0.45
0.58
0.81
1.12
1.43
0.026
0.038
0.060
0.095
0.14
0.046
0.059
0.083
0.11
0.15
0.0027
0.0039
0.0061
0.0097
0.014
0.06~0.16
0.06~0.16
0.06~0.16
0.10~0.20
0.10~0.20
4
4
6
10
16
LS0.8-12
LS0.8-16
LS0.8-20
LS0.8-25
LS0.8-30
26.4
34.4
42.4
50.4
58.4
2.09
2.75
3.43
4.11
4.80
0.26
0.41
0.60
0.84
1.11
0.21
0.28
0.35
0.42
0.49
0.026
0.042
0.062
0.085
0.11
0.10~0.20
0.12~0.24
0.12~0.24
0.12~0.24
0.12~0.24
20
26
36
48
60
LS0.8-40
LS0.8-50
LS0.8-60
LS0.8-70
LS0.8-80
93
L
S
Modules
1~1.5
Spur
Gears
SUS Stainless Steel Spur Gears
S
U
S
Module 1, 1.5
Catalog No.
SUS1-15
SUS1-16
SUS1-18
SUS1-20
SUS1-22
SUS1-24
SUS1-25
SUS1-28
SUS1-30
SUS1-32
SUS1-35
SUS1-36
SUS1-40
SUS1-42
SUS1-45
SUS1-48
SUS1-50
SUS1-55
SUS1-56
SUS1-60
SUS1-64
SUS1-70
SUS1-75
SUS1-80
SUS1-90
SUS1-100
SUS1-120
SUS1.5-15
SUS1.5-16
SUS1.5-18
SUS1.5-20
SUS1.5-22
SUS1.5-24
SUS1.5-25
SUS1.5-28
SUS1.5-30
SUS1.5-32
SUS1.5-35
SUS1.5-36
SUS1.5-40
SUS1.5-42
SUS1.5-45
SUS1.5-48
SUS1.5-50
SUS1.5-55
SUS1.5-56
SUS1.5-60
SUS1.5-64
SUS1.5-70
SUS1.5-75
SUS1.5-80
SUS1.5-90
SUS1.5-100
Module
m1
m1.5
S1 Shape
No. of teeth
Shape
15
16
18
20
22
24
25
28
30
32
35
36
40
42
45
48
50
55
56
60
64
70
75
80
90
100
120
15
16
18
20
22
24
25
28
30
32
35
36
40
42
45
48
50
55
56
60
64
70
75
80
90
100
S3
S3
S3
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S3 Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Hub width
AH7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
17
18
20
16
18
20
20
23
25
26
26
28
35
35
35
35
35
40
40
40
45
50
55
60
60
60
60
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
36
38
40
42
45
45
45
45
45
50
55
55
60
60
70
70
80
80
80
15
16
18
20
22
24
25
28
30
32
35
36
40
42
45
48
50
55
56
60
64
70
75
80
90
100
120
22.5
24
27
30
33
36
37.5
42
45
48
52.5
54
60
63
67.5
72
75
82.5
84
90
96
105
112.5
120
135
150
17
18
20
22
24
26
27
30
32
34
37
38
42
44
47
50
52
57
58
62
66
72
77
82
92
102
122
25.5
27
30
33
36
39
40.5
45
48
51
55.5
57
63
66
70.5
75
78
85.5
87
93
99
108
115.5
123
138
153
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
30
30
30
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
94
Total length
Specifications
Precision grade
Allowable torqueNm)
2.04
2.26
2.71
3.18
3.65
4.13
4.37
5.11
5.6
6.11
6.87
7.12
8.15
8.66
9.44
10.2
10.8
12.1
12.3
13.4
14.5
16.1
17.4
18.7
21.4
24.1
29.6
6.89
7.63
9.16
10.7
12.3
13.9
14.8
17.2
18.9
20.6
23.2
24.0
27.5
29.2
31.9
34.5
36.3
40.7
41.6
45.2
48.8
54.2
58.7
63.2
72.3
81.4
0.12
0.14
0.18
0.23
0.29
0.35
0.38
0.48
0.56
0.64
0.78
0.82
1.03
1.14
1.32
1.51
1.65
2.01
2.09
2.42
2.77
3.34
3.86
4.42
5.67
7.08
10.4
0.43
0.50
0.65
0.82
1.01
1.23
1.35
1.71
1.98
2.27
2.74
2.91
3.62
4.01
4.64
5.31
5.79
7.08
7.36
8.51
9.75
11.8
13.6
15.6
20.1
25.2
0.21
0.23
0.28
0.32
0.37
0.42
0.45
0.52
0.57
0.62
0.70
0.73
0.83
0.88
0.96
1.04
1.10
1.23
1.26
1.37
1.47
1.64
1.77
1.91
2.19
2.46
3.01
0.70
0.78
0.93
1.09
1.26
1.42
1.50
1.76
1.93
2.10
2.36
2.45
2.80
2.98
3.25
3.52
3.70
4.15
4.24
4.61
4.97
5.52
5.99
6.45
7.37
8.30
0.013
0.015
0.019
0.024
0.029
0.036
0.039
0.049
0.057
0.066
0.079
0.084
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.15
0.17
0.21
0.21
0.25
0.28
0.34
0.39
0.45
0.58
0.72
1.06
0.044
0.051
0.066
0.084
0.10
0.13
0.14
0.17
0.20
0.23
0.28
0.30
0.37
0.41
0.47
0.54
0.59
0.72
0.75
0.87
0.99
1.20
1.39
1.59
2.05
2.57
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.10~0.22
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.04
0.04
0.06
0.04
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.07
0.09
0.10
0.11
0.12
0.16
0.17
0.19
0.21
0.22
0.28
0.28
0.31
0.37
0.47
0.53
0.60
0.72
0.82
1.10
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.12
0.15
0.18
0.19
0.26
0.29
0.33
0.39
0.42
0.48
0.56
0.57
0.63
0.71
0.87
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.20
2.60

Tooth hardness
Less than 187HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
SUS303

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Catalog No.
SUS1-15
SUS1-16
SUS1-18
SUS1-20
SUS1-22
SUS1-24
SUS1-25
SUS1-28
SUS1-30
SUS1-32
SUS1-35
SUS1-36
SUS1-40
SUS1-42
SUS1-45
SUS1-48
SUS1-50
SUS1-55
SUS1-56
SUS1-60
SUS1-64
SUS1-70
SUS1-75
SUS1-80
SUS1-90
SUS1-100
SUS1-120
SUS1.5-15
SUS1.5-16
SUS1.5-18
SUS1.5-20
SUS1.5-22
SUS1.5-24
SUS1.5-25
SUS1.5-28
SUS1.5-30
SUS1.5-32
SUS1.5-35
SUS1.5-36
SUS1.5-40
SUS1.5-42
SUS1.5-45
SUS1.5-48
SUS1.5-50
SUS1.5-55
SUS1.5-56
SUS1.5-60
SUS1.5-64
SUS1.5-70
SUS1.5-75
SUS1.5-80
SUS1.5-90
SUS1.5-100
95
*Available on special order: Same gears made in

SUS304

details.
mesh.
Spur
Gears
Stainless Steel Spur Gears
S
U
S
Modules
2~2.5
Spur
Gears
Spur
Gears
SUS.SUSA Stainless Steel Spur Gears
S
U
S
.
S
U
S
A
Module 2, 2.5
S5 Shape
S1 Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Hub width
Total length
AH7
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
12
12
12
12
12
24
26
30
32
36
30
32
36
40
44
34
36
40
44
48
20
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
16
36
36
36
36
36
24
25
28
30
S1
S1
S1
S1
12
12
12
12
38
40
45
50
48
50
56
60
52
54
60
64
20
20
20
20
16
16
16
16
36
36
36
36
32
35
36
40
42
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
15
15
15
15
15
64
70
72
80
84
68
74
76
84
88
20
20
20
20
20
45
48
50
55
56
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
15
15
15
15
15
90
96
100
110
112
94
100
104
114
116
20
20
20
20
20
SUSA2-60
SUSA2-64
SUSA2-70
60
64
70
S5
S5
S5
15
15
15
120
128
140
124
132
144
20
20
20
SUS2.5-15
SUS2.5-16
SUS2.5-18
SUS2.5-20
SUS2.5-22
15
16
18
20
22
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
15
15
15
15
15
30
32
38
40
44
37.5
40
45
50
55
42.5
45
50
55
60
25
25
25
25
25
18
18
18
18
18
43
43
43
43
43
SUS2.5-24
SUS2.5-25
SUS2.5-28
SUS2.5-30
24
25
28
30
S1
S1
S1
S1
15
15
15
15
48
50
60
65
60
62.5
70
75
65
67.5
75
80
25
25
25
25
18
18
18
18
43
43
43
43
SUSA2.5-32
SUSA2.5-35
SUSA2.5-36
SUSA2.5-40
SUSA2.5-42
32
35
36
40
42
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
15
15
15
20
20
80
87.5
90
100
105
85
92.5
95
105
110
25
25
25
25
25
45
48
50
55
56
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
20
20
20
20
20
112.5
120
125
137.5
140
117.5
125
130
142.5
145
25
25
25
25
25
60
64
S5
S5
20
20
150
160
155
165
25
25
Catalog No.
No. of teeth
Shape
15
16
18
20
22
SUS2-24
SUS2-25
SUS2-28
SUS2-30
SUSA2-32
SUSA2-35
SUSA2-36
SUSA2-40
SUSA2-42
SUS2-15
SUS2-16
SUS2-18
SUS2-20
SUS2-22
SUSA2-45
SUSA2-48
SUSA2-50
SUSA2-55
SUSA2-56
SUSA2.5-45
SUSA2.5-48
SUSA2.5-50
SUSA2.5-55
SUSA2.5-56
SUSA2.5-60
SUSA2.5-64
Module
m2
m2
m2.5
m2.5
96
Spur
Gears

Specifications
Precision grade

Tooth hardness
Less than 187HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
SUS303

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
*Available on special order: Same gears made in SUS304
Allowable torqueNm)
NOTE 1
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 2
kg
Catalog No.
16.3
18.1
21.7
25.4
29.2
1.05
1.22
1.59
2.01
2.48
1.67
1.85
2.21
2.59
2.98
0.11
0.12
0.16
0.20
0.25
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.14~0.30
0.14
0.16
0.22
0.27
0.34
SUS2-15
SUS2-16
SUS2-18
SUS2-20
SUS2-22
33.0
35.0
40.9
44.8
3.01
3.30
4.18
4.83
3.37
3.57
4.17
4.57
0.31
0.34
0.43
0.49
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.39
0.43
0.56
0.66
SUS2-24
SUS2-25
SUS2-28
SUS2-30
48.9
54.9
57.0
65.2
69.3
5.53
6.67
7.08
8.85
9.81
4.98
5.60
5.81
6.65
7.07
0.56
0.68
0.72
0.90
1.00
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.18~0.36
0.48
0.58
0.61
0.78
0.85
SUSA2-32
SUSA2-35
SUSA2-36
SUSA2-40
SUSA2-42
11.4
13.0
14.2
17.3
18.0
7.70
8.34
8.77
9.84
10.1
1.16
1.33
1.44
1.77
1.83
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.97
1.10
1.20
1.50
1.50
SUSA2-45
SUSA2-48
SUSA2-50
SUSA2-55
SUSA2-56
20.8
23.9
29.0
10.9
11.8
13.1
2.13
2.44
2.96
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
1.70
2.00
2.40
SUSA2-60
SUSA2-64
SUSA2-70
75.5
81.8
86.0
96.5
98.7
107
116
128
31.9
35.3
42.4
49.6
57.0
2.11
2.44
3.18
4.02
4.96
3.25
3.6
4.32
5.06
5.81
0.21
0.25
0.32
0.41
0.51
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.16~0.34
0.26
0.30
0.41
0.50
0.63
SUS2.5-15
SUS2.5-16
SUS2.5-18
SUS2.5-20
SUS2.5-22
64.5
68.3
79.8
87.6
6.01
6.58
8.34
9.65
6.58
6.96
8.14
8.93
0.61
0.67
0.85
0.98
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.75
0.82
1.10
1.30
SUS2.5-24
SUS2.5-25
SUS2.5-28
SUS2.5-30
95.4
107
111
127
135
11.1
13.4
14.2
17.7
19.6
9.73
10.9
11.3
13.0
13.8
1.13
1.36
1.45
1.81
2.00
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.16~0.34
0.18~0.40
0.95
1.10
1.20
1.50
1.70
SUSA2.5-32
SUSA2.5-35
SUSA2.5-36
SUSA2.5-40
SUSA2.5-42
148
160
168
189
193
22.7
26.1
28.4
34.9
36.2
15.0
16.3
17.1
19.2
19.6
2.31
2.66
2.90
3.56
3.70
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
1.90
2.20
2.30
2.90
3.00
SUSA2.5-45
SUSA2.5-48
SUSA2.5-50
SUSA2.5-55
SUSA2.5-56
209
226
42.0
48.2
21.3
23.0
4.28
4.91
0.18~0.40
0.18~0.40
3.40
3.90
SUSA2.5-60
SUSA2.5-64
97
S
U
S
.
S
U
S
A
Modules
3~4
Spur
Gears
SUS.SUSA Stainless Steel Spur Gears
S
U
S
.
S
U
S
A
S5 Shape
S1 Shape
Module 3, 4
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Hub width
AH7
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
15
15
15
15
15
36
38
40
50
54
45
48
54
60
66
51
54
60
66
72
30
30
30
30
30
20
20
20
20
20
50
50
50
50
50
24
25
28
30
S1
S1
S1
S1
15
20
20
20
58
60
70
75
72
75
84
90
78
81
90
96
30
30
30
30
20
20
20
20
50
50
50
50
32
35
36
40
42
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
20
20
20
25
25
96
105
108
120
126
102
111
114
126
132
30
30
30
30
30
SUSA3-45
SUSA3-48
SUSA3-50
SUSA3-55
SUSA3-56
45
48
50
55
56
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
25
25
25
25
25
135
144
150
165
168
141
150
156
171
174
30
30
30
30
30
SUSA3-60
SUS4-15
SUS4-20
SUS4-25
SUS4-30
60
15
20
25
30
S5
S1
S1
S1
S1
25
20
20
20
20
45
65
84
100
180
60
80
100
120
186
68
88
108
128
30
40
40
40
40
25
25
25
25
65
65
65
65
40
50
S5
S5
30
30
160
200
168
208
40
40
Catalog No.
No. of teeth
Shape
SUS3-15
SUS3-16
SUS3-18
SUS3-20
SUS3-22
15
16
18
20
22
SUS3-24
SUS3-25
SUS3-28
SUS3-30
SUSA3-32
SUSA3-35
SUSA3-36
SUSA3-40
SUSA3-42
SUSA4-40
SUSA4-50
Module
m3
m4
98
Total length
Spur
Gears

Specifications
Precision grade

Tooth hardness
Less than 187HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
SUS303

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
*Available on special order: Same gears made in SUS304
Allowable torqueNm)
NOTE 1
55.1
61.1
73.3
85.8
98.5
3.71
4.29
5.59
7.07
8.73
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 2
kg
Catalog No.
5.62
6.23
7.47
8.74
10.0
0.38
0.44
0.57
0.72
0.89
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.14~0.32
0.18~0.38
0.47
0.54
0.67
0.97
1.10
SUS3-15
SUS3-16
SUS3-18
SUS3-20
SUS3-22
111
118
138
151
10.6
11.6
14.7
17.0
11.4
12.0
14.1
15.4
1.08
1.18
1.50
1.74
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
1.30
1.40
1.80
2.10
SUS3-24
SUS3-25
SUS3-28
SUS3-30
165
185
192
220
234
19.5
23.6
25.0
31.3
34.7
16.8
18.9
19.6
22.4
23.9
1.99
2.40
2.55
3.19
3.54
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.20~0.44
1.60
2.00
2.10
2.50
2.90
SUSA3-32
SUSA3-35
SUSA3-36
SUSA3-40
SUSA3-42
255
276
290
326
333
40.2
46.2
50.4
61.7
64.1
26.0
28.2
29.6
33.2
33.9
4.10
4.71
5.14
6.30
6.54
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
3.30
3.80
4.00
5.00
5.20
SUSA3-45
SUSA3-48
SUSA3-50
SUSA3-55
SUSA3-56
362
131
203
280
359
74.3
9.06
17.3
28.3
41.7
36.9
13.3
20.7
28.5
36.6
7.58
0.92
1.76
2.89
4.25
0.20~0.44
0.18~0.38
0.18~0.38
0.20~0.44
0.20~0.44
5.90
1.10
2.10
3.40
5.00
SUSA3-60
SUS4-15
SUS4-20
SUS4-25
SUS4-30
53.2
58.5
7.86
10.5
0.20~0.44
0.24~0.52
6.20
9.70
SUSA4-40
SUSA4-50
521
573
77.1
103

99
S
U
S
.
S
U
S
A
Module
0.5
Spur
Gears
SUSL Stainless Steel Fairloc Hub Spur Gears

Screw
S
U
S
L
Module 0.5
Catalog No.
SUSL0.5-16
SUSL0.5-18
SUSL0.5-20
SUSL0.5-24
SUSL0.5-25
SUSL0.5-28
SUSL0.5-30
SUSL0.5-32
SUSL0.5-36
SUSL0.5-40
SUSL0.5-45
SUSL0.5-48
SUSL0.5-50
SUSL0.5-54
SUSL0.5-56
SUSL0.5-60
SUSL0.5-64
SUSL0.5-70
SUSL0.5-72
SUSL0.5-75
SUSL0.5-80
SUSL0.5-90
SUSL0.5-96
SUSL0.5-100
SUSL0.5-112
SUSL0.5-120
S1 Shape
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m0.5
16
18
20
24
25
28
30
32
36
40
45
48
50
54
56
60
64
70
72
75
80
90
96
100
112
120
S3
S3
S3
S3
S3
S3
S3
S3
S3
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
Bore
Hub dia.
Hub width
Total length
AH7 NOTE 1
Pitch dia. Outside dia. Face width
Cap screw dimensions
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
24
24
24
24
24
24
8
9
10
12
12.5
14
15
16
18
20
22.5
24
25
27
28
30
32
35
36
37.5
40
45
48
50
56
60
9
10
11
13
13.5
15
16
17
19
21
23.5
25
26
28
29
31
33
36
37
38.5
41
46
49
51
57
61
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
14
14
14
14
14
14
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
19
19
19
19
19
19
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
5.3
5.3
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
6
6
6
6
6
7.7
7.7
8
8
8
8
NOTE 1: The bore cannot be modified. It is possible to pin the gear to the shaft to prevent slippage.
Fastening torque vs. Slip torque
!Fastening torque vs. Slip torque
The slip torque which is dependent on the fastening torque

can sometimes be less than the gear strength. Please
use caution in selecting. The chart on the right shows the
relationship between the slip torque and the fastening torque.

Slip torque (N.m)

Bore (mm)

Fastening torque of clamping screw (N.m)
*Data supplied by Designatronics Inc.

100

Spur
Gears
Stainless Steel Fairloc Hub Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
Screw

Tooth hardness
Less than 187HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
SUS303

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Secondary Operations Not Possible
S3 Shape
Allowable torquekgfm Recommended fastening torque NOTE 3
0.40
0.47
0.56
0.72
0.76
0.89
0.98
0.76
0.89
1.02
1.18
1.28
1.34
1.48
1.54
1.67
1.81
2.01
2.07
2.17
2.34
2.68
2.88
3.02
3.42
3.69
0.023
0.03
0.038
0.056
0.061
0.079
0.091
0.076
0.096
0.12
0.15
0.17
0.19
0.22
0.24
0.28
0.32
0.39
0.41
0.45
0.51
0.66
0.76
0.82
1.05
1.21
0.04
0.048
0.057
0.074
0.078
0.091
0.10
0.078
0.091
0.10
0.12
0.13
0.14
0.15
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.20
0.21
0.22
0.24
0.27
0.29
0.31
0.35
0.38
0.0023
0.0031
0.0039
0.0057
0.0062
0.0080
0.0093
0.0077
0.0098
0.012
0.016
0.018
0.019
0.023
0.025
0.029
0.033
0.04
0.042
0.046
0.053
0.067
0.077
0.084
0.11
0.12
Backlash
Nm) kgfm mmNOTE 4
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
Weight
kg
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.08
0.08
0.10
0.10
0.12
0.14
Catalog No.
SUSL0.5-16
SUSL0.5-18
SUSL0.5-20
SUSL0.5-24
SUSL0.5-25
SUSL0.5-28
SUSL0.5-30
SUSL0.5-32
SUSL0.5-36
SUSL0.5-40
SUSL0.5-45
SUSL0.5-48
SUSL0.5-50
SUSL0.5-54
SUSL0.5-56
SUSL0.5-60
SUSL0.5-64
SUSL0.5-70
SUSL0.5-72
SUSL0.5-75
SUSL0.5-80
SUSL0.5-90
SUSL0.5-96
SUSL0.5-100
SUSL0.5-112
SUSL0.5-120
NOTE 2: The allowable torques shown in the table are calculated values to the assumed usage conditions. Please see page 27 for more details.
NOTE 3: Do not tighten the clamping screw without inserting a shaft, or the bore will be permanently deformed and will not accept a shaft.
101
S
U
S
L
Spur
Gears
SUSL Stainless Steel Fairloc Hub Spur Gears
Modules
0.8~1
Screw
S
U
S
L
S1 Shape
Module 0.8
Catalog No.
SUSL0.8-14
SUSL0.8-15
SUSL0.8-16
SUSL0.8-18
SUSL0.8-20
SUSL0.8-22
SUSL0.8-24
SUSL0.8-25
SUSL0.8-28
SUSL0.8-30
SUSL0.8-32
SUSL0.8-36
SUSL0.8-40
SUSL0.8-45
SUSL0.8-48
SUSL0.8-50
SUSL0.8-54
SUSL0.8-56
SUSL0.8-60
SUSL0.8-64
SUSL0.8-72
SUSL0.8-80
SUSL0.8-90
SUSL0.8-100
SUSL1-14
SUSL1-15
SUSL1-16
SUSL1-18
SUSL1-20
SUSL1-24
SUSL1-25
SUSL1-28
SUSL1-30
SUSL1-32
SUSL1-35
SUSL1-36
SUSL1-40
SUSL1-45
SUSL1-48
SUSL1-50
SUSL1-56
SUSL1-60
SUSL1-64
SUSL1-70
SUSL1-72
SUSL1-80
SUSL1-90
SUSL1-100
Module
m0.8
m1
No. of teeth
14
15
16
18
20
22
24
25
28
30
32
36
40
45
48
50
54
56
60
64
72
80
90
100
14
15
16
18
20
24
25
28
30
32
35
36
40
45
48
50
56
60
64
70
72
80
90
100
Shape
S3
S3
S3
S3
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S3
S3
S3
S3
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
Bore
Hub dia.
Hub width
Total length
AH7 NOTE 1
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
24
24
24
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
11.2
12
12.8
14.4
16
17.6
19.2
20
22.4
24
25.6
28.8
32
36
38.4
40
43.2
44.8
48
51.2
57.6
64
72
80
14
15
16
18
20
24
25
28
30
32
35
36
40
45
48
50
56
60
64
70
72
80
90
100
12.8
13.6
14.4
16
17.6
19.2
20.8
21.6
24
25.6
27.2
30.4
33.6
37.6
40
41.6
44.8
46.4
49.6
52.8
59.2
65.6
73.6
81.6
16
17
18
20
22
26
27
30
32
34
37
38
42
47
50
52
58
62
66
72
74
82
92
102
7
7
7
7
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
8
8
8
8
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
14
14
14
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
22
22
22
22
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
19
19
19
25
25
25
25
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M4
M4
M4
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
6
6
6
8
8
8
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
5.3
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
NOTE 2: The hub configurations are slightly different from the drawings shown above. But there is no difference in functionality.
102
Spur
Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
Screw

Tooth hardness
Less than 187HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
SUS303

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
S3 Shape
Allowable torquekgfm Recommended fastening torque
0.82
0.92
1.01
1.22
1.02
1.17
1.32
1.40
1.63
1.79
1.95
2.28
2.61
3.02
3.27
3.44
3.78
3.95
4.28
4.63
5.31
6.00
6.86
7.72
1.46
1.63
1.81
2.17
1.91
2.48
2.62
3.06
3.36
3.66
4.12
4.27
4.89
5.67
6.14
6.45
7.40
8.03
8.67
9.63
9.95
11.2
12.9
14.5
0.048
0.056
0.065
0.083
0.076
0.091
0.11
0.12
0.15
0.17
0.20
0.26
0.32
0.41
0.47
0.51
0.61
0.65
0.76
0.87
1.11
1.38
1.77
2.21
0.088
0.10
0.12
0.15
0.14
0.21
0.23
0.29
0.34
0.39
0.47
0.49
0.62
0.79
0.91
0.99
1.25
1.45
1.66
2.00
2.12
2.65
3.40
4.25
0.083
0.093
0.10
0.12
0.10
0.12
0.13
0.14
0.17
0.18
0.20
0.23
0.27
0.31
0.33
0.35
0.39
0.40
0.44
0.47
0.54
0.61
0.70
0.79
0.15
0.17
0.18
0.22
0.19
0.25
0.27
0.31
0.34
0.37
0.42
0.44
0.50
0.58
0.63
0.66
0.75
0.82
0.88
0.98
1.02
1.15
1.31
1.48
0.0049
0.0057
0.0066
0.0085
0.0077
0.0093
0.011
0.012
0.015
0.018
0.020
0.026
0.033
0.042
0.048
0.053
0.062
0.067
0.077
0.088
0.11
0.14
0.18
0.23
0.0090
0.010
0.012
0.016
0.015
0.021
0.023
0.030
0.034
0.039
0.048
0.050
0.063
0.081
0.093
0.10
0.13
0.15
0.17
0.20
0.22
0.27
0.35
0.43
Backlash
Nm) kgfm mmNOTE 4
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
Weight
kg
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.04
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.08
0.08
0.08
0.10
0.16
0.20
0.22
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.02
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.12
0.14
0.16
0.18
0.20
0.22
0.26
0.32
0.38
Catalog No.
SUSL0.8-14
SUSL0.8-15
SUSL0.8-16
SUSL0.8-18
SUSL0.8-20
SUSL0.8-22
SUSL0.8-24
SUSL0.8-25
SUSL0.8-28
SUSL0.8-30
SUSL0.8-32
SUSL0.8-36
SUSL0.8-40
SUSL0.8-45
SUSL0.8-48
SUSL0.8-50
SUSL0.8-54
SUSL0.8-56
SUSL0.8-60
SUSL0.8-64
SUSL0.8-72
SUSL0.8-80
SUSL0.8-90
SUSL0.8-100
SUSL1-14
SUSL1-15
SUSL1-16
SUSL1-18
SUSL1-20
SUSL1-24
SUSL1-25
SUSL1-28
SUSL1-30
SUSL1-32
SUSL1-35
SUSL1-36
SUSL1-40
SUSL1-45
SUSL1-48
SUSL1-50
SUSL1-56
SUSL1-60
SUSL1-64
SUSL1-70
SUSL1-72
SUSL1-80
SUSL1-90
SUSL1-100
NOTE 3: The allowable torques shown in the table are calculated values to the assumed usage conditions. Please see page 27 for more details.
103
S
U
S
L
DSL Acetal Fairloc Hub Spur Gears
0.5
Spur
Gears
Module
Screw
D
S
L
S1 Shape
Module 0.5
Bore
Hub dia.
Hub width
Total length
AH7 NOTE 1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
5
5
5
5
5
14
14
14
14
14
14
15
16
18
20
15
16
17
19
21
5
5
5
5
5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
45
48
50
56
60
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
5
5
5
5
5
14
14
14
14
14
22.5
24
25
28
30
23.5
25
26
29
31
5
5
5
5
5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
DSL0.5-64
DSL0.5-70
DSL0.5-72
DSL0.5-75
DSL0.5-80
64
70
72
75
80
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
5
5
5
5
5
14
14
14
14
14
32
35
36
37.5
40
33
36
37
38.5
41
5
5
5
5
5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
DSL0.5-90
DSL0.5-96
DSL0.5-100
DSL0.5-120
90
96
100
120
S1
S1
S1
S1
8
8
8
8
17
17
17
17
45
48
50
60
46
49
51
61
5
5
5
5
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
M3
M3
M3
M3
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
Catalog No.
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
DSL0.5-28
DSL0.5-30
DSL0.5-32
DSL0.5-36
DSL0.5-40
28
30
32
36
40
DSL0.5-45
DSL0.5-48
DSL0.5-50
DSL0.5-56
DSL0.5-60
m0.5
Fastening torque vs. Slip torque
!Fastening torque vs. Slip torque
The slip torque which is dependent on the fastening torque

can sometimes be less than the gear strength. Please
use caution in selecting. The chart on the right shows the
relationship between the slip torque and the fastening torque.

Slip torque (N.m)

Bore (mm)

Fastening torque of clamping screw (N.m)
*Data supplied by Designatronics Inc.
104

Spur
Gears
Acetal Fairloc Hub Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
JIS N10 grade (JIS B1702-2: 1998)
Tooth hardness
110~120HRR
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
Acetal with SUS303 Insert

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Backlash
Nm) kgfm mmNOTE 4
Weight
kg
Catalog No.
0.39
0.43
0.46
0.54
0.62
0.04
0.044
0.047
0.055
0.063
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
12
12
12
12
12
DSL0.5-28
DSL0.5-30
DSL0.5-32
DSL0.5-36
DSL0.5-40
0.71
0.78
0.82
0.93
1.01
0.073
0.079
0.083
0.095
0.10
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.80
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.082
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
12
13
13
14
14
DSL0.5-45
DSL0.5-48
DSL0.5-50
DSL0.5-56
DSL0.5-60
1.08
1.20
1.24
1.29
1.39
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.13
0.14
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
15
16
16
17
19
DSL0.5-64
DSL0.5-70
DSL0.5-72
DSL0.5-75
DSL0.5-80
1.58
1.70
1.78
2.15
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.22
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
24
25
25
32
DSL0.5-90
DSL0.5-96
DSL0.5-100
DSL0.5-120
NOTE 3: The allowable torques shown in the table are calculated values using the Lewis formula.
NOTE 4: The backlash values shown in the table are the theoretical values of a pair of identical
gears in mesh.
105
D
S
L
Modules
0.8~1
Spur
Gears
DSL Acetal Fairloc Hub Spur Gears
D
S
L
S1 Shape
Module 0.8, 1
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7 NOTE 1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
5
5
5
5
5
14
14
14
14
14
14
15
16
18
20
15
16
17
19
21
5
5
5
5
5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
45
48
50
56
60
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
5
5
5
5
5
14
14
14
14
14
22.5
24
25
28
30
23.5
25
26
29
31
5
5
5
5
5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
64
70
72
75
80
90
100
15
16
18
20
24
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
5
5
5
5
5
8
8
5
5
5
5
5
14
14
14
14
14
17
17
14
14
14
14
14
32
35
36
37.5
40
72
80
15
16
18
20
24
33
36
37
38.5
41
73.6
81.6
17
18
20
22
26
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
9.8
9.8
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
14.8
14.8
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M3
M3
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
M2.5
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
4.3
4.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
5.9
5.9
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
25
28
30
32
35
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
5
5
8
8
8
14
14
17
17
17
25
28
30
32
35
27
30
32
34
37
5
5
5
5
5
8.5
8.5
9.8
9.8
9.8
13.5
13.5
14.8
14.8
14.8
M2.5
M2.5
M3
M3
M3
3.3
3.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.4
4.4
5.9
5.9
5.9
36
40
45
48
50
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
8
8
8
8
8
17
17
17
17
17
36
40
45
48
50
38
42
47
50
52
5
5
5
5
5
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
DSL1-56
DSL1-60
DSL1-64
DSL1-70
DSL1-72
56
60
64
70
72
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
8
8
8
8
8
17
17
17
17
17
56
60
64
70
72
58
62
66
72
74
5
5
5
5
5
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
9.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
M3
M3
M3
M3
M3
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
5.9
DSL1-80
DSL1-90
DSL1-100
80
90
100
S1
S1
S1
8
8
8
17
17
17
80
90
100
82
92
102
5
5
5
9.8
9.8
9.8
14.8
14.8
14.8
M3
M3
M3
4.3
4.3
4.3
5.9
5.9
5.9
Catalog No.
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
DSL0.8-20
DSL0.8-24
DSL0.8-25
DSL0.8-28
DSL0.8-30
28
30
32
36
40
DSL0.8-32
DSL0.8-36
DSL0.8-40
DSL0.8-45
DSL0.8-48
m0.8
DSL0.8-50
DSL0.8-56
DSL0.8-60
DSL0.8-72
DSL0.8-80
DSL0.8-90
DSL0.8-100
DSL1-15
DSL1-16
DSL1-18
DSL1-20
DSL1-24
DSL1-25
DSL1-28
DSL1-30
DSL1-32
DSL1-35
DSL1-36
DSL1-40
DSL1-45
DSL1-48
DSL1-50
m1
Hub width
Total length Cap screw dimensions
CAUTION: Gears with wider face widths such as SS and SSA series can be used as the mating gars to these.
NOTE 2 : Do not tighten the clamping screw without inserting a shaft, or the bore will be permanently deformed and will not accept a shaft.
106
NOTE 2
Spur
Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
JIS N10 grade (JIS B1702-2: 1998)
Tooth hardness
110~120HRR
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
Acetal with SUS303 Insert

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Backlash
Nm) kgfm mmNOTE 4
Weight
kg
Catalog No.
0.58
0.73
0.78
0.89
0.97
0.059
0.075
0.079
0.091
0.099
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
11
12
12
12
13
DSL0.8-20
DSL0.8-24
DSL0.8-25
DSL0.8-28
DSL0.8-30
1.06
1.23
1.41
1.62
1.76
0.11
0.13
0.14
0.17
0.18
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
14
15
15
16
18
DSL0.8-32
DSL0.8-36
DSL0.8-40
DSL0.8-45
DSL0.8-48
1.85
2.11
2.28
2.8
3.15
3.58
4.03
0.53
0.59
0.69
0.80
1.00
0.19
0.22
0.23
0.29
0.32
0.37
0.41
0.054
0.06
0.07
0.081
0.10
0.60
0.60
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.061
0.061
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0.061
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
19
20
25
30
35
42
48
10
10
11
11
12
DSL0.8-50
DSL0.8-56
DSL0.8-60
DSL0.8-72
DSL0.8-80
DSL0.8-90
DSL0.8-100
DSL1-15
DSL1-16
DSL1-18
DSL1-20
DSL1-24
1.06
1.22
1.33
1.44
1.62
0.11
0.12
0.14
0.15
0.17
0.60
0.60
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.061
0.061
0.082
0.082
0.082
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
12
14
17
19
20
DSL1-25
DSL1-28
DSL1-30
DSL1-32
DSL1-35
1.68
1.92
2.22
2.41
2.53
0.17
0.20
0.23
0.25
0.26
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
20
22
25
25
27
DSL1-36
DSL1-40
DSL1-45
DSL1-48
DSL1-50
2.88
3.12
3.35
3.71
3.83
0.29
0.32
0.34
0.38
0.39
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0.082
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
30
33
35
40
41
DSL1-56
DSL1-60
DSL1-64
DSL1-70
DSL1-72
4.30
4.89
5.49
0.44
0.50
0.56
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.082
0.082
0.082
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.10
48
58
68
DSL1-80
DSL1-90
DSL1-100
NOTE 3: The allowable torques shown in the table are calculated values using the Lewis formula. Please see page 27 for more details.
107
D
S
L
Module
Spur
Gears
NSU Plastic Spur Gears with Steel Core
N
S
U
S1 Shape
Module 1
Catalog No.
Module
No. of teeth
NSU1-30
NSU1-32
NSU1-34
NSU1-35
NSU1-36
NSU1-40
NSU1-45
NSU1-48
NSU1-50
NSU1-60
NSU1-70
NSU1-80
NSU1-90
NSU1-100
m1
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
Outside dia. Face width Hub width Total length Metal core dia. NOTE 3
30
32
34
35
36
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
8
8
8
8
8
20
22
25
25
25
30
32
34
35
36
32
34
36
37
38
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
20
22
25
25
25
40
45
48
50
60
70
80
90
100
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
25
30
30
30
40
40
40
40
40
40
45
48
50
60
70
80
90
100
42
47
50
52
62
72
82
92
102
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
28
34
34
34
45
45
45
55
65
NOTE 1: Even though the holding strength at the material interface is designed to be stronger than the teeth, any secondary operation may weaken the holding strength.
When the core O.D. is the same as the hub diameter, you may see some serration on the hub. There is no effect on the strength of the gear.
1 The holding strength between the metal core and the molded material is a function
Definition of holding
of the contact area. The relationship between the core outside diameter and the
strength and safety factor radial strength (torque) is shown on the left, while the relationship between the core
Radial strength (Kgf.m per cm of contact surface width)
Relationship between radial strength and core diameter
Resistant thrust force (Kgf.m per cm of contact surface width)
diameter and the resistant thrust force is shown on the right.
Relationship between resistant thrust force and core diameter
Core O.D.(cm)
Core O.D.(cm)
108
Spur
Gears

Specifications
Tooth hardness
115~120HRR
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
MC601ST with S45C core

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Precision grade
Allowable torqueNm) Allowable torquekgfm
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
0.14
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.18
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.05
0.06
0.08
0.08
0.08
NSU1-30
NSU1-32
NSU1-34
NSU1-35
NSU1-36
0.21
0.24
0.26
0.28
0.34
0.40
0.47
0.53
0.60
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.08
0.12
0.13
0.13
0.23
0.24
0.25
0.32
0.40
NSU1-40
NSU1-45
NSU1-48
NSU1-50
NSU1-60
NSU1-70
NSU1-80
NSU1-90
NSU1-100
Bending strength
Bending strength
1.42
1.54
1.66
1.73
1.79
2.05
2.37
2.56
2.70
3.33
3.96
4.60
5.24
5.89
Catalog No.
2 When the ambient temperature rises, obtain the temperature

compensation factor, T, from the chart on the right. Also, use a
safety factor of 4 or 5 in the calculation.
Tal = Tmax x
1
Safety factor
Ambient temperature compensation factor T

xT
where
Tal = Allowable holding strength at the contact surface
Tmax = Radial strength - Find from the charts on the left
T = Temperature compensation factor from the chart on the right

Data supplied by Japan Polypenco Limited.

Temperature(C)
109

N
S
U
Modules
1.5~2
Spur
Gears
N
S
U
MC601ST
S45C
S1 Shape
Module 1.5, 2
Catalog No.
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
NSU1.5-28
NSU1.5-30
NSU1.5-32
NSU1.5-34
NSU1.5-35
28
30
32
34
35
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
10
10
10
10
10
30
30
33
33
33
42
45
48
51
52.5
45
48
51
54
55.5
15
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
12
12
27
27
27
27
27
30
30
33
33
36
NSU1.5-36
NSU1.5-40
NSU1.5-45
NSU1.5-48
NSU1.5-50
36
40
45
48
50
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
10
10
10
10
12
33
40
40
40
40
54
60
67.5
72
75
57
63
70.5
75
78
15
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
12
12
27
27
27
27
27
36
45
45
45
45
NSU1.5-56
NSU1.5-60
NSU1.5-68
NSU1.5-70
NSU1.5-80
NSU1.5-90
NSU2-20
NSU2-22
NSU2-24
NSU2-25
NSU2-28
56
60
68
70
80
90
20
22
24
25
28
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
12
12
12
12
12
12
10
10
10
10
10
50
50
50
50
60
60
22
30
30
30
35
84
90
102
105
120
135
40
44
48
50
56
87
93
105
108
123
138
44
48
52
54
60
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
14
27
27
27
27
27
27
34
34
34
34
34
55
55
67
70
85
100
22
30
30
30
35
NSU2-30
NSU2-32
NSU2-34
NSU2-35
NSU2-36
30
32
34
35
36
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
10
12
12
12
12
35
40
40
40
40
60
64
68
70
72
64
68
72
74
76
20
20
20
20
20
14
14
14
14
14
34
34
34
34
34
35
40
45
45
45
40
44
45
48
50
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
15
15
15
15
15
55
55
55
60
60
80
88
90
96
100
84
92
94
100
104
20
20
20
20
20
14
14
14
14
14
34
34
34
34
34
60
60
60
65
65
56
60
68
70
80
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
15
15
15
15
15
60
60
60
60
60
112
120
136
140
160
116
124
140
144
164
20
20
20
20
20
14
14
14
14
14
34
34
34
34
34
65
85
100
105
125
NSU2-40
NSU2-44
NSU2-45
NSU2-48
NSU2-50
NSU2-56
NSU2-60
NSU2-68
NSU2-70
NSU2-80
m1.5
m2
NOTE 1: Even though the holding strength at the material interface is designed to be stronger than the teeth, a secondary operation may weaken the holding strength.
110
Spur
Gears

Specifications
Tooth hardness
115~120HRR
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Precision grade
Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 2 Allowable torquekgfm
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
0.45
0.49
0.53
0.57
0.59
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.16~0.32
0.16~0.32
0.15
0.15
0.18
0.19
0.21
NSU1.5-28
NSU1.5-30
NSU1.5-32
NSU1.5-34
NSU1.5-35
6.05
6.9
7.98
8.66
9.11
0.62
0.70
0.81
0.88
0.93
0.16~0.32
0.16~0.32
0.16~0.32
0.16~0.32
0.16~0.32
0.21
0.31
0.33
0.34
0.34
NSU1.5-36
NSU1.5-40
NSU1.5-45
NSU1.5-48
NSU1.5-50
10.4
11.2
12.9
13.4
15.5
17.7
6.77
7.66
8.55
9.03
10.4
1.06
1.15
1.32
1.36
1.58
1.80
0.69
0.78
0.87
0.92
1.06
0.16~0.32
0.16~0.32
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.34
0.18~0.34
0.18~0.34
0.18~0.34
0.20~0.36
0.50
0.52
0.66
0.69
1.00
1.28
0.10
0.19
0.20
0.20
0.27
NSU1.5-56
NSU1.5-60
NSU1.5-68
NSU1.5-70
NSU1.5-80
NSU1.5-90
NSU2-20
NSU2-22
NSU2-24
NSU2-25
NSU2-28
11.3
12.3
13.3
13.8
14.3
1.15
1.25
1.36
1.41
1.46
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.28
0.36
0.41
0.41
0.42
NSU2-30
NSU2-32
NSU2-34
NSU2-35
NSU2-36
16.4
18.4
18.9
20.5
21.6
1.67
1.88
1.93
2.09
2.20
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.71
0.73
0.75
0.88
0.90
NSU2-40
NSU2-44
NSU2-45
NSU2-48
NSU2-50
24.6
26.6
30.7
31.7
36.8
2.51
2.72
3.13
3.23
3.76
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.94
1.30
1.65
1.78
2.37
NSU2-56
NSU2-60
NSU2-68
NSU2-70
NSU2-80
Bending strength
Bending strength
4.39
4.78
5.19
5.61
5.83
Catalog No.
111
N
S
U
Modules
2.5~3
Spur
Gears
N
S
U
MC601ST
S45C
S1 Shape
Module 2.5, 3
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
12
12
12
12
12
25
28
35
35
35
45
50
55
60
62.5
50
55
60
65
67.5
25
25
25
25
25
15
15
15
15
15
40
40
40
40
40
25
28
35
35
35
28
30
32
34
35
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
12
12
12
12
12
40
45
45
50
55
70
75
80
85
87.5
75
80
85
90
92.5
25
25
25
25
25
15
15
15
15
15
40
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
55
60
36
40
44
45
48
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
12
15
15
15
15
55
65
65
65
65
90
100
110
112.5
120
95
105
115
117.5
125
25
25
25
25
25
15
15
15
15
15
40
40
40
40
40
60
70
75
75
85
NSU2.5-50
NSU2.5-56
NSU2.5-60
NSU2.5-68
NSU2.5-70
50
56
60
68
70
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
15
15
20
20
20
65
65
70
70
70
125
140
150
170
175
130
145
1 55
175
180
25
25
25
25
25
15
15
15
15
15
40
40
40
40
40
95
105
115
135
140
NSU3-16
NSU3-18
NSU3-20
NSU3-22
NSU3-24
16
18
20
22
24
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
12
12
12
12
12
24
30
33
38
43
48
54
60
66
72
54
60
66
72
78
30
30
30
30
30
17
17
17
17
17
47
47
47
47
47
24
30
33
38
43
NSU3-25
NSU3-28
NSU3-30
NSU3-32
NSU3-34
25
28
30
32
34
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
12
15
15
15
15
45
50
55
60
60
75
84
90
96
102
81
90
96
102
108
30
30
30
30
30
17
17
17
17
17
47
47
47
47
47
45
50
60
65
65
35
36
40
44
45
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
15
15
20
20
20
60
60
70
70
70
105
108
120
132
135
111
114
126
138
141
30
30
30
30
30
17
17
17
17
17
47
47
47
47
47
75
80
85
95
105
48
50
56
60
68
70
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
20
20
20
20
20
20
70
70
70
70
70
70
144
150
168
180
204
210
150
156
174
186
210
216
30
30
30
30
30
30
17
17
17
17
17
17
47
47
47
47
47
47
105
105
130
145
165
175
Catalog No.
No. of teeth
Shape
NSU2.5-18
NSU2.5-20
NSU2.5-22
NSU2.5-24
NSU2.5-25
18
20
22
24
25
NSU2.5-28
NSU2.5-30
NSU2.5-32
NSU2.5-34
NSU2.5-35
NSU2.5-36
NSU2.5-40
NSU2.5-44
NSU2.5-45
NSU2.5-48
NSU3-35
NSU3-36
NSU3-40
NSU3-44
NSU3-45
NSU3-48
NSU3-50
NSU3-56
NSU3-60
NSU3-68
NSU3-70
Module
m2.5
m3
112
Spur
Gears

Specifications
Tooth hardness
115~120HRR
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Precision grade

Bending strength
Bending strength
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
Catalog No.
11.4
13.2
15.0
16.7
17.6
1.17
1.35
1.53
1.70
1.80
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.15
0.20
0.31
0.33
0.33
NSU2.5-18
NSU2.5-20
NSU2.5-22
NSU2.5-24
NSU2.5-25
20.3
22.1
24.0
26.0
27.0
2.07
2.25
2.45
2.65
2.75
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.44
0.62
0.63
0.76
0.90
NSU2.5-28
NSU2.5-30
NSU2.5-32
NSU2.5-34
NSU2.5-35
28.0
32.0
35.9
37.0
40.1
2.85
3.26
3.67
3.77
4.09
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.24~0.40
0.24~0.40
0.24~0.40
0.91
1.20
1.35
1.40
1.60
NSU2.5-36
NSU2.5-40
NSU2.5-44
NSU2.5-45
NSU2.5-48
42.2
48.0
52.0
59.9
61.9
4.30
4.90
5.30
6.11
6.32
0.24~0.40
0.24~0.40
0.24~0.40
0.24~0.40
0.24~0.40
1.90
2.23
2.60
3.41
3.63
NSU2.5-50
NSU2.5-56
NSU2.5-60
NSU2.5-68
NSU2.5-70
16.9
19.7
22.9
25.8
28.8
1.72
2.01
2.33
2.64
2.94
0.28~0.44
0.30~0.46
0.30~0.46
0.30~0.46
0.30~0.46
0.17
0.28
0.35
0.46
0.59
NSU3-16
NSU3-18
NSU3-20
NSU3-22
NSU3-24
30.5
35.1
38.2
41.5
44.9
3.11
3.58
3.90
4.23
4.58
0.30~0.46
0.30~0.46
0.30~0.46
0.30~0.46
0.32~0.48
0.65
0.78
1.10
1.20
1.30
NSU3-25
NSU3-28
NSU3-30
NSU3-32
NSU3-34
46.6
48.4
55.2
62.1
63.9
4.75
4.93
5.63
6.33
6.51
0.32~0.48
0.32~0.48
0.32~0.48
0.32~0.48
0.32~0.48
1.50
1.70
1.90
2.30
2.70
NSU3-35
NSU3-36
NSU3-40
NSU3-44
NSU3-45
69.2
72.9
83.0
89.9
104
107
7.06
7.43
8.46
9.17
10.6
10.9
0.32~0.48
0.32~0.48
0.32~0.48
0.32~0.48
0.32~0.48
0.32~0.48
2.70
2.80
3.80
4.60
5.80
6.40
NSU3-48
NSU3-50
NSU3-56
NSU3-60
NSU3-68
NSU3-70
113
N
S
U
Modules
1~2
Spur
Gears
PU Plastic Spur Gears with Stainless Steel Core
P
U
MC901
SUS303
S1 Shape
Module 1, 1.5, 2
Catalog No.
PU1-30
PU1-35
PU1-40
PU1-50
PU1-60
PU1-80
PU1.5-30
PU1.5-35
PU1.5-40
PU1.5-50
PU1.5-60
PU1.5-80
PU2-20
PU2-25
PU2-30
PU2-35
PU2-40
PU2-50
PU2-60
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
8
8
10
10
10
10
20
25
25
30
40
40
30
35
40
50
60
80
32
37
42
52
62
82
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
28
34
45
45
m1.5
30
35
40
50
60
80
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
10
10
10
12
12
12
30
33
40
40
50
60
45
52.5
60
75
90
120
48
55.5
63
78
93
123
15
15
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
12
12
12
27
27
27
27
27
27
30
36
45
45
55
85
m2
20
25
30
35
40
50
60
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
10
10
10
12
15
15
15
22
30
35
40
55
60
60
40
50
60
70
80
100
120
44
54
64
74
84
104
124
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
22
30
35
45
60
65
85
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m1
30
35
40
50
60
80
114
Spur
Gears
Plastic Spur Gears with Stainless Steel Core

Specifications
Tooth hardness
115~120HRR
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
MC901 with SUS303 core

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Precision grade
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
0.10
0.13
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.34
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.05
0.08
0.08
0.13
0.23
0.25
PU1-30
PU1-35
PU1-40
PU1-50
PU1-60
PU1-80
3.46
4.22
5.00
6.60
8.14
11.26
0.35
0.43
0.51
0.67
0.83
1.15
0.14~0.30
0.16~0.32
0.16~0.32
0.16~0.32
0.16~0.32
0.18~0.36
0.15
0.21
0.31
0.34
0.52
1.00
PU1.5-30
PU1.5-35
PU1.5-40
PU1.5-50
PU1.5-60
PU1.5-80
4.91
6.54
8.20
10.0
11.9
15.7
19.3
0.50
0.67
0.84
1.02
1.21
1.60
1.97
0.18~0.34
0.18~0.34
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.22~0.38
0.10
0.20
0.28
0.41
0.71
0.90
1.30
PU2-20
PU2-25
PU2-30
PU2-35
PU2-40
PU2-50
PU2-60
Bending strength
Bending strength
1.03
1.25
1.48
1.96
2.41
3.34
Catalog No.
115
P
U
Module
Spur
Gears
PS Plastic Spur Gears
P
S
S1 Shape
Module 1
Catalog No.
Module
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Hub width
Total length
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
AH7
6
6
6
6
8
B
12
12
14
16
18
C
15
16
18
20
22
D
17
18
20
22
24
E
10
10
10
10
10
F
10
10
10
10
10
G
20
20
20
20
20
24
25
26
28
30
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
8
8
8
8
8
20
20
20
22
25
24
25
26
28
30
26
27
28
30
32
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
32
35
36
40
45
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
8
8
8
10
10
26
26
28
35
35
32
35
36
40
45
34
37
38
42
47
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
48
50
55
60
65
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
10
10
10
10
10
35
35
35
35
35
48
50
55
60
65
50
52
57
62
67
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
72
77
82
87
92
97
102
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
No. of teeth
Shape
PS1-15
PS1-16
PS1-18
PS1-20
PS1-22
15
16
18
20
22
PS1-24
PS1-25
PS1-26
PS1-28
PS1-30
PS1-32
PS1-35
PS1-36
PS1-40
PS1-45
m1
PS1-48
PS1-50
PS1-55
PS1-60
PS1-65
PS1-70
PS1-75
PS1-80
PS1-85
PS1-90
PS1-95
PS1-100
Bore
NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The bore tolerance at the time of production is H8. Significant variations in temperature or humidity can cause
dimensional changes plastic gears (MC Nylon). Please see page 32 for more details.
USEFUL HINT
A key, taper pin, roll or spiral pin, set screw or
pressed bushing can be used to fasten a plastic
gear to a shaft. For conditions shown below, there
is a tendency for the gear to loosen. Therefore, a
metal hub must be used to fix the gear:
1. When the ambient temperature is high.
2. When the gear diameter is large.
3. When the gear is subjected to reversing load
which causes high impact on the key.
MC nylon
MC nylon
Metal
Metal
The diagrams on the right are three examples

of methods for fastening plastic gears to metal
hubs. If the shape of a gear is not suitable for bolt
fastening, then the overmolding of plastic on a
metal hub is recommended (shown in the far right
diagram).
MC nylon
MC nylon
Metal
Metal
The overmolding of plastic on a metal hub
116
Spur
Gears
Plastic Spur Gears
Specifications
Tooth hardness
115~120HRR
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
MC901

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Precision grade

Bending strength
Bending strength
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
Catalog No.
0.41
0.45
0.53
0.61
0.69
0.042
0.046
0.054
0 .063
0.071
0.10~0.24
0.10~0.24
0.10~0.24
0.10~0.24
0.12~0.26
0.0030
0.0030
0.0040
0.0060
0.0060
PS1-15
PS1-16
PS1-18
PS1-20
PS1-22
0.77
0.82
0.86
0.94
1.03
0.079
0.083
0.088
0.096
0.10
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.0070
0.0070
0.0080
0.0090
0.011
PS1-24
PS1-25
PS1-26
PS1-28
PS1-30
1.11
1.25
1.30
1.48
1.71
0.11
0.13
0.13
0.15
0.17
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.015
0.016
0.018
0.023
0.028
PS1-32
PS1-35
PS1-36
PS1-40
PS1-45
1.86
1.96
2.18
2.41
2.64
0.19
0.20
0.22
0.25
0.27
0.12~0.26
0.12~0.26
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.030
0.032
0.037
0.042
0.048
PS1-48
PS1-50
PS1-55
PS1-60
PS1-65
2.87
3.11
3.34
3.57
3.80
4.03
4.27
0.29
0.32
0.34
0.36
0.39
0.41
0.44
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.14~0.28
0.057
0.064
0.073
0.078
0.086
0.095
0.10
PS1-70
PS1-75
PS1-80
PS1-85
PS1-90
PS1-95
PS1-100
117
P
S
Modules
1.5~2
Spur
Gears
PS.PSA Plastic Spur Gears
P
S
.
P
S
A
S1 Shape
S5 Shape
Module 1.5
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Hub width
AH7
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
8
8
8
8
8
18
20
22
24
26
22.5
24
27
30
33
25.5
27
30
33
36
15
15
15
15
15
10
10
10
10
10
25
25
25
25
25
24
25
26
28
30
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
8
8
8
8
8
28
30
32
36
38
36
37.5
39
42
45
39
40.5
42
45
48
15
15
15
15
15
10
10
10
10
10
25
25
25
25
25
32
35
36
40
45
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
8
8
8
10
10
40
42
45
45
45
48
52.5
54
60
67.5
51
55.5
57
63
70.5
15
15
15
15
15
10
10
10
10
10
25
25
25
25
25
PS1.5-48
PS1.5-50
PS1.5-55
PS1.5-60
PS1.5-65
48
50
55
60
65
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
10
10
10
10
12
45
45
45
50
50
72
75
82.5
90
97.5
75
78
85.5
93
100.5
15
15
15
15
15
10
10
10
10
10
25
25
25
25
25
PS1.5-70
PS1.5-75
PS1.5-80
PS1.5-85
PS1.5-90
70
75
80
85
90
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
12
12
12
12
12
50
50
55
55
55
105
112.5
120
127.5
135
108
115.5
123
130.5
138
15
15
15
15
15
10
10
10
10
10
25
25
25
25
25
95
100
S1
S1
12
12
60
60
142.5
150
145.5
153
15
15
10
10
25
25
12
13
14
15
16
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
10
10
10
10
10
18
20
20
24
26
24
26
28
30
32
28
30
32
34
36
20
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
30
30
30
30
30
18
20
22
24
25
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
10
10
10
10
10
30
32
35
38
40
36
40
44
48
50
40
44
48
52
54
20
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
30
30
30
30
30
PS2-26
PS2-28
PS2-30
26
28
30
S1
S1
S1
10
10
10
42
45
50
52
56
60
56
60
64
20
20
20
10
10
10
30
30
30
PSA2-32
PSA2-35
PSA2-36
PSA2-40
PSA2-45
32
35
36
40
45
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
12
12
12
12
12
64
70
72
80
90
68
74
76
84
94
20
20
20
20
20
PSA2-48
PSA2-50
PSA2-55
PSA2-60
PSA2-65
48
50
55
60
65
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
12
12
12
12
15
96
100
110
120
130
100
104
114
124
134
20
20
20
20
20
70
75
80
85
90
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
15
15
15
15
15
140
150
160
170
180
144
154
164
174
184
20
20
20
20
20
Catalog No.
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
PS1.5-15
PS1.5-16
PS1.5-18
PS1.5-20
PS1.5-22
15
16
18
20
22
PS1.5-24
PS1.5-25
PS1.5-26
PS1.5-28
PS1.5-30
PS1.5-32
PS1.5-35
PS1.5-36
PS1.5-40
PS1.5-45
m1.5
PS1.5-95
PS1.5-100
PS2-12
PS2-13
PS2-14
PS2-15
PS2-16
PS2-18
PS2-20
PS2-22
PS2-24
PS2-25
PSA2-70
PSA2-75
PSA2-80
PSA2-85
PSA2-90
m2
m2
Bore
NOTE 1
Total length
PSA2-95
95
S5
15
190
194
20
PSA2-100
100
S5
15
200
204
20
NOTE 1: The bore tolerance at the time of production is H8. Significant variations in temperature or humidity can cause dimensional changes in plastic gears (MC Nylon)
leading to distortions of bore, outside diameter etc. Please see page 32 for more details.
118
Spur
Gears
Plastic Spur Gears

Specifications
Tooth hardness
115~120HRR
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
P
S
.
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
MC901

for gear cutting
P
S
A
Heat treatment
Precision grade

Bending strength
Bending strength
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
Catalog No.
1.39
1.53
1.79
2.07
2.34
0.14
0.16
0.18
0.21
0.24
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.0090
0.010
0.013
0.018
0.019
PS1.5-15
PS1.5-16
PS1.5-18
PS1.5-20
PS1.5-22
2.61
2.76
2.91
3.18
3.46
0.27
0.28
0.3
0.32
0.35
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.14~0.30
0.028
0.029
0.030
0.035
0.045
PS1.5-24
PS1.5-25
PS1.5-26
PS1.5-28
PS1.5-30
3.76
4.22
4.38
5.00
5.79
0.38
0.43
0.45
0.51
0.59
0.14~0.30
0.16~0.32
0.16~0.32
0.16~0.32
0.16~0.32
0.045
0.050
0.059
0.065
0.078
PS1.5-32
PS1.5-35
PS1.5-36
PS1.5-40
PS1.5-45
6.27
6.60
7.36
8.14
8.91
0.64
0.67
0.75
0.83
0.91
0.16~0.32
0.16~0.32
0.16~0.32
0.16~0.32
0.16~0.32
0.086
0.092
0.11
0.13
0.15
PS1.5-48
PS1.5-50
PS1.5-55
PS1.5-60
PS1.5-65
9.69
10.5
11.3
12.0
12.8
0.99
1.07
1.15
1.23
1.31
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.17
0.19
0.22
0.25
0.27
PS1.5-70
PS1.5-75
PS1.5-80
PS1.5-85
PS1.5-90
13.6
14.4
1.39
1.47
0.18~0.36
0.18~0.36
0.30
0.34
PS1.5-95
PS1.5-100
2.25
2.59
2.96
3.29
3.63
0.23
0.26
0.30
0.34
0.37
0.18~0.34
0.18~0.34
0.18~0.34
0.18~0.34
0.18~0.34
0.011
0.013
0.015
0.016
0.022
PS2-12
PS2-13
PS2-14
PS2-15
PS2-16
4.24
4.91
5.55
6.19
6.54
0.43
0.50
0.57
0.63
0.67
0.18~0.34
0.18~0.34
0.18~0.34
0.18~0.34
0.18~0.34
0.029
0.032
0.043
0.052
0.059
PS2-18
PS2-20
PS2-22
PS2-24
PS2-25
6.90
7.54
8.20
0.70
0.77
0.84
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.062
0.074
0.087
PS2-26
PS2-28
PS2-30
8.91
10.0
10.4
11.9
13.7
0.91
1.02
1.06
1.21
1.40
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.072
0.086
0.089
0.11
0.15
PSA2-32
PSA2-35
PSA2-36
PSA2-40
PSA2-45
14.9
15.7
17.5
19.3
21.1
1.52
1.60
1.78
1.97
2.15
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.16
0.18
0.22
0.28
0.30
PSA2-48
PSA2-50
PSA2-55
PSA2-60
PSA2-65
23.0
24.9
26.7
28.5
30.4
2.34
2.54
2.72
2.91
3.10
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.35
0.41
0.46
0.52
0.59
PSA2-70
PSA2-75
PSA2-80
PSA2-85
PSA2-90
32.3
34.2
3.29
3.48
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.65
0.72
PSA2-95
PSA2-100
NOTE 2: The allowable torques shown in the table are calculated values
using the Lewis formula. Please see page 27 for more details.
NOTE 3: The backlash values shown in the table are the theoretical
values of a pair of identical gears in mesh.
119
PS.PSA Plastic Spur Gears
2.5~3
Spur
Gears
Modules
P
S
.
P
S
A
Module 2.5, 3
Catalog No.
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Hub width
Total length
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
AH7
10
10
10
12
12
B
23
25
25
30
32
C
30
32.5
35
37.5
40
D
35
37.5
40
42.5
45
E
25
25
25
25
25
F
12
12
12
12
12
G
37
37
37
37
37
18
20
22
24
25
26
28
30
32
35
36
40
45
48
50
55
60
12
13
14
15
16
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
14
14
38
40
44
48
50
55
60
65
28
30
32
36
38
45
50
55
60
62.5
65
70
75
80
87.5
90
100
112.5
120
125
137.5
150
36
39
42
45
48
50
55
60
65
67.5
70
75
80
85
92.5
95
105
117.5
125
130
142.5
155
42
45
48
51
54
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
45
45
45
45
45
18
20
22
24
25
26
28
30
32
35
36
40
45
48
50
55
60
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S1
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
40
50
54
58
60
65
70
75
54
60
66
72
75
78
84
90
96
105
108
120
135
144
150
165
180
60
66
72
78
81
84
90
96
102
111
114
126
141
150
156
171
186
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
No. of teeth
Shape
PS2.5-12
PS2.5-13
PS2.5-14
PS2.5-15
PS2.5-16
12
13
14
15
16
PS2.5-18
PS2.5-20
PS2.5-22
PS2.5-24
PS2.5-25
PS2.5-26
PS2.5-28
PS2.5-30
PSA2.5-32
PSA2.5-35
PSA2.5-36
PSA2.5-40
PSA2.5-45
PSA2.5-48
PSA2.5-50
PSA2.5-55
PSA2.5-60
PS3-12
PS3-13
PS3-14
PS3-15
PS3-16
PS3-18
PS3-20
PS3-22
PS3-24
PS3-25
PS3-26
PS3-28
PS3-30
PSA3-32
PSA3-35
PSA3-36
PSA3-40
PSA3-45
PSA3-48
PSA3-50
PSA3-55
PSA3-60
Module
m2.5
m3
m3
S5 Shape
S1 Shape
Bore
NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The bore tolerance at the time of production is H8. Significant variations in temperature or humidity can cause dimensional changes in plastic gears (MC Nylon)
leading to distortions of bore, outside diameter etc. Please see page 32 for more details.
120
Spur
Gears
Plastic Spur Gears

Specifications
Tooth hardness
115~120HRR
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
MC901

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Precision grade
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
0.45
0.52
0.59
0.65
0.72
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.026
0.027
0.031
0.034
0.037
PS2.5-12
PS2.5-13
PS2.5-14
PS2.5-15
PS2.5-16
8.28
9.59
10.8
12.1
12.8
13.5
14.7
16.0
17.4
19.5
20.3
23.2
26.8
29.0
30.6
34.1
37.7
7.58
8.74
9.97
11.1
12.3
0.84
0.98
1.11
1.23
1.30
1.37
1.50
1.63
1.77
1.99
2.07
2.36
2.73
2.96
3.12
3.48
3.84
0.77
0.89
1.02
1.13
1.25
0.20~0.36
0.20~0.36
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.22~0.38
0.24~0.40
0.24~0.40
0.24~0.40
0.24~0.40
0.24~0.40
0.28~0.44
0.28~0.44
0.28~0.44
0.28~0.44
0.28~0.44
0.074
0.065
0.084
0.096
0.10
0.12
0.15
0.18
0.16
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.28
0.32
0.36
0.42
0.51
0.04
0.048
0.056
0.059
0.074
PS2.5-18
PS2.5-20
PS2.5-22
PS2.5-24
PS2.5-25
PS2.5-26
PS2.5-28
PS2.5-30
PSA2.5-32
PSA2.5-35
PSA2.5-36
PSA2.5-40
PSA2.5-45
PSA2.5-48
PSA2.5-50
PSA2.5-55
PSA2.5-60
PS3-12
PS3-13
PS3-14
PS3-15
PS3-16
14.3
16.6
18.7
20.9
22.1
23.3
25.5
27.7
30.1
33.8
35.1
40.0
46.3
50.2
52.8
58.9
65.1
1.46
1.69
1.91
2.13
2.25
2.37
2.60
2.82
3.07
3.44
3.57
4.08
4.72
5.12
5.39
6.01
6.64
0.30~0.46
0.30~0.46
0.30~0.46
0.30~0.46
0.30~0.46
0.30~0.46
0.30~0.46
0.30~0.46
0.30~0.46
0.32~0.48
0.32~0.48
0.32~0.48
0.32~0.48
0.32~0.48
0.32~0.48
0.32~0.48
0.32~0.48
0.10
0.12
0.15
0.18
0.19
0.21
0.25
0.26
0.23
0.29
0.31
0.38
0.49
0.55
0.53
0.73
0.88
PS3-18
PS3-20
PS3-22
PS3-24
PS3-25
PS3-26
PS3-28
PS3-30
PSA3-32
PSA3-35
PSA3-36
PSA3-40
PSA3-45
PSA3-48
PSA3-50
PSA3-55
PSA3-60
Bending strength
Bending strength
4.39
5.06
5.77
6.42
7.09
Catalog No.
121
P
S
.
P
S
A
Modules
0.5~0.8
Spur
Gears
D
S
S8 Shape
S9 Shape
Module 0.5, 0.8

Bore 2
Hub dia. 1
Hub dia. 2
Pitch dia.
A'
B'
S8
S8
S8
S8
S9
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
4.5
4.5
6
6
8
6
7.5
8
9
10
7
8.5
9
10
11
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
24
25
28
30
32
S9
S9
S9
S9
S9
4
4
4
5
5
8
8
8
10
10
5
6
6
7
7
12
12.5
14
15
16
13
13.5
15
16
17
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
35
36
40
45
48
S9
S9
S9
S9
S9
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
12
12
12
7
7
8
8
8
17.5
18
20
22.5
24
18.5
19
21
23.5
25
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
DS0.5-50
DS0.5-56
DS0.5-60
DS0.5-64
DS0.5-70
50
56
60
64
70
S9
S9
S9
S9
S9
5
6
6
6
6
12
14
14
14
14
8
10
10
10
10
25
28
30
32
35
26
29
31
33
36
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
5
5
5
DS0.5-72
DS0.5-80
72
80
S9
S9
6
6
14
14
10
10
36
40
37
41
3
3
5
5
DS0.8-12
DS0.8-15
DS0.8-16
DS0.8-18
DS0.8-20
12
15
16
18
20
S9
S9
S9
S9
S9
3
3
4
4
5
6
6
8
8
10
4
5
6
6
8
9.6
12
12.8
14.4
16
11.2
13.6
14.4
16
17.6
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
DS0.8-24
DS0.8-25
DS0.8-28
DS0.8-30
DS0.8-32
24
25
28
30
32
S9
S9
S9
S9
S9
5
5
5
6
6
10
10
10
12
12
8
8
8
10
10
19.2
20
22.4
24
25.6
20.8
21.6
24
25.6
27.2
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
35
36
40
45
48
S9
S9
S9
S9
S9
6
6
6
6
6
12
12
12
12
14.5
10
10
10
10
11.7
28
28.8
32
36
38.4
29.6
30.4
33.6
37.6
40
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
DS0.8-50
DS0.8-56
DS0.8-60
DS0.8-64
DS0.8-70
50
56
60
64
70
S9
S9
S9
S9
S9
6
6
6
6
6
14.5
14.5
14.5
15.5
15.5
11.7
11.7
11.7
11.7
11.7
40
44.8
48
51.2
56
41.6
46.4
49.6
52.8
57.6
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
DS0.8-72
DS0.8-80
72
80
S9
S9
6
6
15.5
15.5
11.7
11.7
57.6
64
59.2
65.6
4
4
6
6
Catalog No.
No. of teeth
Shape
DS0.5-12
DS0.5-15
DS0.5-16
DS0.5-18
DS0.5-20
12
15
16
18
20
DS0.5-24
DS0.5-25
DS0.5-28
DS0.5-30
DS0.5-32
DS0.5-35
DS0.5-36
DS0.5-40
DS0.5-45
DS0.5-48
DS0.8-35
DS0.8-36
DS0.8-40
DS0.8-45
DS0.8-48
Module
m0.5
m0.8
Bore 1
NOTE 1
Outside dia. Face width Hub width
NOTE 1: The bore tolerance is generally -0.05 to -0.1 but may be + values at the central portion of the hole. Re-machining the bore is not recommended since reworking
material may expose voids.
122
Spur
Gears
Injection Molded Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
Total length Web thickness
Web O.D.
JIS N12 grade (JIS B1702-2: 1998)

Tooth hardness
110~120HRR
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Injection molded
Material
DURACON acetal (M90-44)
Heat treatment

for tooth forming
Secondary Operations Please avoid reworking material
as this may expose voids.
Depth of counterbore Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 2 Allowable torquekgfm
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
0.0064
0.0094
0.010
0.012
0.014
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
1
1
1
1
1
DS0.5-12
DS0.5-15
DS0.5-16
DS0.5-18
DS0.5-20
0.17
0.18
0.21
0.23
0.25
0.018
0.019
0.022
0.023
0.025
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
1
1
1
1
1
DS0.5-24
DS0.5-25
DS0.5-28
DS0.5-30
DS0.5-32
0.28
0.29
0.33
0.38
0.42
0.029
0.030
0.034
0.039
0.043
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
1
1
1
2
2
DS0.5-35
DS0.5-36
DS0.5-40
DS0.5-45
DS0.5-48
22
24.5
26.5
28.5
31.5
0.44
0.50
0.54
0.58
0.64
0.045
0.051
0.055
0.059
0.066
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
2
3
3
3
4
DS0.5-50
DS0.5-56
DS0.5-60
DS0.5-64
DS0.5-70
1.8
1.8
32.5
36.5
0.67
0.75
0.068
0.076
0.05~0.30
0.05~0.30
4
5
DS0.5-72
DS0.5-80
9
9
9
9
9
2
2
2
2
2
6.7
8.8
9.2
10.7
12.7
0.22
0.31
0.35
0.41
0.47
0.022
0.032
0.035
0.041
0.048
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
1
1
1
1
2
DS0.8-12
DS0.8-15
DS0.8-16
DS0.8-18
DS0.8-20
9
9
9
9
9
2
2
2
2
2
15.5
15.5
19
20
21.7
0.59
0.63
0.72
0.79
0.85
0.060
0.064
0.074
0.080
0.087
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
2
2
2
3
3
DS0.8-24
DS0.8-25
DS0.8-28
DS0.8-30
DS0.8-32
9
9
9
9
10
2
2
2
2
2
24
25
28.3
32
34.3
0.96
0.99
1.13
1.31
1.42
0.098
0.10
0.12
0.13
0.15
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
3
3
4
4
5
DS0.8-35
DS0.8-36
DS0.8-40
DS0.8-45
DS0.8-48
10
10
10
10
10
2
2
2
2
2
36
41
44
45.5
52
1.50
1.70
1.85
1.98
2.20
0.15
0.17
0.19
0.20
0.22
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
6
7
8
8
9
DS0.8-50
DS0.8-56
DS0.8-60
DS0.8-64
DS0.8-70
10
10
2
2
54
60
2.27
2.55
0.23
0.26
0.08~0.48
0.08~0.48
10
12
DS0.8-72
DS0.8-80
7
7
7
7
7
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
2.4
0.063
0.092
0.10
0.12
0.14
7
7
7
7
7
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
9.5
10
12
12
13
7
7
7
7
7
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
14.5
15
17
19
21
7
8
8
8
8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
8
8
Bending strength
Bending strength
Catalog No.
123
D
S
Module
Spur
Gears
D
S
.
B
B
S9 Shape
Module 1
Bore 2
Hub dia. 1
Hub dia. 2
Pitch dia.
A'
B'
S9
S9
S9
S9
S9
4
4
5
5
5
8
8
10
10
11.7
6
7
8
8
9
12
15
16
18
20
14
17
18
20
22
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
24
25
28
30
32
S9
S9
S9
S9
S9
5
5
5
6
6
11.7
11.7
11.7
14
14
9
9
9
12
12
24
25
28
30
32
26
27
30
32
34
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
35
36
40
45
48
S9
S9
S9
S9
S9
6
6
8
8
8
14
14
16
16
16
12
12
14
14
14
35
36
40
45
48
37
38
42
47
50
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
DS1-50
DS1-56
DS1-60
DS1-64
DS1-70
50
56
60
64
70
S9
S9
S9
S9
S9
8
8
8
8
8
16
18
18
18
18
14
15.6
15.6
15.6
15.6
50
56
60
64
70
52
58
62
66
72
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
DS1-72
DS1-80
72
80
S9
S9
8
8
18
18
15.6
15.6
72
80
74
82
6
6
8
8
Catalog No.
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
DS1-12
DS1-15
DS1-16
DS1-18
DS1-20
12
15
16
18
20
DS1-24
DS1-25
DS1-28
DS1-30
DS1-32
DS1-35
DS1-36
DS1-40
DS1-45
DS1-48
m1
Bore 1
NOTE 1
Outside dia. Face width Hub width
NOTE 1: The bore tolerance is generally -0.05 to -0.1 but may be + values at the central portion of the hole. Re-machining the bore is not recommended since reworking
BB Sintered Metal Bushings

The table below shows a series of standard metal bushings that
can be pressed into standard injection molded gears.
(unit: mm)
O.D. of bushing
Length
+0.02
D -0.01
0
L -0.3
DS0.5, DM0.8, DB0.8
DS0.5, DS0.8, DM1
BB40609
DS0.8, DM1
BB40612
12
DS1, DB1
BB50812
12
DS1
BB50814
14
DS1, DM1.5
Catalog
No.
I.D. of bushing
BB30507
BB30608
d+0.02
0
Products that can use the bushing
Material: Oil impregnated sintered bronze.

124
Spur
Gears
Injection Molded Spur Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
Total length Web thickness
Web O.D.
JIS N12 grade (JIS B1702-2: 1998)

Tooth hardness
110~120HRR
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Injection molded
Material
DURACON acetal (M90-44)
Heat treatment

for tooth forming
Secondary Operations Please avoid reworking material
as this may expose voids.
Depth of counterbore Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 2 Allowable torquekgfm
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
0.045
0.066
0.073
0.085
0.098
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
1
2
2
2
3
DS1-12
DS1-15
DS1-16
DS1-18
DS1-20
1.22
1.28
1.48
1.61
1.75
0.12
0.13
0.15
0.16
0.18
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
4
4
4
5
6
DS1-24
DS1-25
DS1-28
DS1-30
DS1-32
1.96
2.04
2.33
2.69
2.92
0.20
0.21
0.24
0.27
0.30
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
6
6
8
9
11
DS1-35
DS1-36
DS1-40
DS1-45
DS1-48
42.5
48.5
52.5
56.5
62.5
3.07
3.49
3.78
4.07
4.50
0.31
0.36
0.39
0.41
0.46
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
12
15
16
18
21
DS1-50
DS1-56
DS1-60
DS1-64
DS1-70
64
72.5
4.65
5.23
0.47
0.53
0.10~0.60
0.10~0.60
21
26
DS1-72
DS1-80
Bending strength
12
12
12
12
12
3
3
3
3
3
8.5
11
11.5
13.5
15
0.44
0.65
0.71
0.83
0.96
12
12
12
12
12
3
3
3
3
3
17
20
23
24
26.5
12
12
12
12
14
3
3
3
3
3
29
30
34
39.5
40
14
14
14
14
14
3
3
3
3
3
14
14
3
3
Bending strength
Catalog No.
Tolerance of Injection Molded Products (unit: mm)
Range
125
Tolerance
below 3
0.2
3 up to 6
0.25
6 up to 10
0.3
10 up to 18
0.35
18 up to 30
0.40
30 up
0.5
D
S
0.5~0.8
Modules
Spur
Gears
BSS Brass Spur Gears
Specifications
Precision grade
B
S
S
S1 Shape
Standard full depth

20
Free cutting brass (C3604BD-F)
Less than 80HRR
Cut
Datum reference surface for
Bore
gear cutting
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
Module 0.5
Catalog
Module No. of teeth
No.
BSS0.5-20
BSS0.5-25
BSS0.5-30
BSS0.5-40
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia. Face width Hub width Total length
AH7
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
20
25
30
40
4
4
4
4
08.5
11.0
13.0
17.0
10.0
12.5
15.0
20.0
11.0
13.5
16.0
21.0
3
3
3
3
7
7
7
7
10
10
10
10
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
20
25
30
40
5
5
5
5
13.5
17.0
20.0
20.0
16
20
24
32
17.6
21.6
25.6
33.6
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
12
Shape
Allowable torque (N.m) Allowable torque

(kgf.m)
NOTE 1
Backlash (mm)
Weight
NOTE 2
(gf)
Bending strength
Bending strength
S1
S1
S1
S1
0.091
0.12
0.16
0.23
0.0093
0.013
0.016
0.024
0~0.1
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.1
04
08
11
20
S1
S1
S1
S1
0.31
0.43
0.55
0.79
0.032
0.043
0.056
0.081
0~0.1
0~0.10
0~0.10
0~0.1
14
24
34
46
Module 0.8
BSS0.8-20
BSS0.8-25
BSS0.8-30
BSS0.8-40
126
Modules
2~3
Specifications
Precision grade
Standard full depth

20
S45C
Less than 194HB
Cut
Bore
gear cutting
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
S5 Shape
Module 2, 2.5, 3
Catalog No.
SSR2-120
SSR2-200
SSR2.5-120
SSR2.5-200
SSR3-120
SSR3-160
Module
m2
m2.5
m3
No. of teeth
Shape
120
200
120
200
120
160
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
Bore
NOTE 1
Pitch dia.
Outside dia. Face width Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 2
AH8
194
354
245
445
296
416
240
400
300
500
360
480
244
404
305
505
366
486
20
20
25
25
30
30
Bending strength
366
630
715
1230
1240
1680
Surface durability
44.0
84.2
88.5
169
157
226
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
0.17~0.37
0.20~0.41
0.19~0.41
0.22~0.46
0.22~0.45
0.22~0.45
2.50
4.30
4.60
8.00
7.80
10.6
Bending strength
37.4
64.3
72.9
126
126
171
Surface durability
4.49
8.59
9.02
17.2
16.0
23.0
Catalog No.
SSR2-120
SSR2-200
SSR2.5-120
SSR2.5-200
SSR3-120
SSR3-160
NOTE 1: Although the inside diameter of these gears are made to H8 tolerance, since the ring shape is easily deformed, some error may occur beyond the stated
tolerance.
127
Spur
Gears
SSR Steel Ring Gears (Spur Gears)
S
S
R
MEMO
128
Table of Contents

in Selecting and Using Helical Gears.................... page 130
KHG Ground Helical Gears................................... page 134
SH Helical Gears.................................................. page 144

Helical Gears
(Example)
Helical Gears
K HG 1 - 20 R
Direction of Helix (R)
No. of Teeth (20)
Module (1)
Type (Ground Helical Gear)
Material (SCM440)
Material
S
S45C
K
SCM440
Type
H
Helical Gears
HG Ground Helical Gear
129
Helical Gears
Meets all high-speed rotation needs of industrial machines !
Selection Hints
Characteristics
KHK stock helical gears are quiet, compact and economical. They
are suitable wherever you require high-speed rotation including in
machine tools, speed reducers and other industrial machinery.
KHG
It is important to thoroughly understand the contents of the product

tables as well as CAUTION notes before making the selection.
You must specify the right or left hand by including the letter R or
L in the catalog number when ordering.
Ground Helical Gears
Have excellent strength and wear resistance which allow your

designs to be more compact.
Secondary operations are possible permitting modifications to
suit your design.
U se of a transverse module allows interchangeability with
straight spur gears of the same module and numbers of teeth
at the same center distance. This feature is very convenient
when switching from spur gears to helical gears due to the gear
strength or the noise considerations.
The use of CBN grinding wheels produces consistent precision
with shorter grinding time, making these products easily
affordable.
1. Caution in Selecting the Mating Gears.

Right hand and left hand helical gears mate as a set. See
the photograph for reference. The table shows the possible
combinations.
Mating Helical Gear Selection Chart ( Allowable
Catalog No. &

Helix Hand
KHG
SH
KHG
SH
KRHG(F)
LH
RH
LH
SH Helical Gears
(R) Right
Pinion (L) & Rack (R)
Pinion (R) & Rack (L)
130
SRH
RH LH RH LH RH LH RH LH
RH
(L) Left
SH helical gears fit a wide range of applications which have

made them popular choices for many years.
Since helical gears have larger contact ratios than the equivalent
SS spur gears, they are effective in reducing noise and vibration.
Not allowable)
3. Caution with Regard to the Special Characteristics of Helical Gears

K HG ground helical gears and SH helical gears are not
interchangeable due to different module systems, pressure angle
designations and helix angles. The illustration below shows the
difference between the transverse module of KHG type and the
normal module of SH type gears.
Allowable bending strength and surface durability values shown

in product tables were computed by assuming a certain application
environment. They should be used as reference only. We
recommend that each user computes his own values by applying
the actual usage conditions.
Calculation
of Bending Strength of Gears
Catalog No.
Item
Formula NOTE 1
KHG
SH
Same number of teeth
600min-1
Rotation
Normal module
100min-1
CAUTION: Above is for illustration purpose only and not a
representation of the true tooth forms.
Over 107 cycles
Durability
Impact from motor
Uniform load
Impact from load
Uniform load
Direction of load
Bidirectional
Allowable bending stress at root Flim
20kgf/mm2
NOTE 2
Since SH helical gears use the normal module, the pitch circle
diameters and the center distance are not integral numbers.
Please refer to the Table of SH Helical Gear Center Distance on
the product pages.
12.67kgf/mm2
1.2
Safety factor SF
Calculation of Surface Durability (Except where it is common with bending strength)
Formula
NOTE 1
Gear support

headings of CAUTION and NOTE. Please consider them
carefully when selecting these products.
100cSt(50 )
Safety factor SH
Transverse module
116kgf/mm2
49kgf/mm2
1.15
NOTE 1: The formula for gear strength is based on JGMA Standard. The units
for the rotational speed (min-1) and the load (kgf/mm2) were matched
to the units needed in the equation.
NOTE 2: Since the load is bidirectional, the allowable bending stress at root
Flim is set to 2/3 of the value.

strength of a gear is defined
as the allowable tangential
force at the pitch circle
based on the mutually
allowable root stress of two

The surface durability of
a gear is defined as the
allowable tangential force
at the pitch circle, which
per mits the force to be
transmitted safely without
Example of the failure due

to insufficient bending
strength.

durability.
131
Helical Gear
Application Hints
Application Hints before proceeding.
If there are questions or if you require clarifications, please contact
our technical department or your nearest distributor.

PHONE: 81-48-254-1744 FAX: 81-48-254-1765
T o avoid problems of reduced gear precision and other

manufacturing difficulties, do not attempt to machine the gears
to reduce face widths.
KHG Ground Helical Gears are already stress relieved. But if
you subject them to a heavy turning operation such as removing
the hubs, the residual stress may cause deformation.
W hen heat-treating SH Helical Gears, it is possible to get
thermal stress cracks. It is best to subject them to penetrant
inspection afterwards. If the tooth strength is not sufficient, it
can be increased approximately four times by heat-treating. On
the other hand, the precision of the gear will drop about one
grade.
Most KHK gears can be modified by the user. Please note the
following points.
The reference datum for gear cutting is the bore. Therefore,
use the bore for locating the center. If it is too difficult to do for
small bores, the alternative is to use one spot on the bore and the
runout of the side surface.
If the rework requires using scroll chucks, we recommend the
use of new or rebored jaws for improved precision. If chucking
by the teeth, please apply the pressure carefully to avoid
crushing the teeth which will lead to noisy gears.
Lathe Operations
Heat Treatment
1) Induction Heat treatment of S45C products should
conform with the reference data below.
Tempering temperature 200~250C
Hardness 48~53HRC
2) In general, gears made from S45C have not been heattreated. The user can heat-treat as required, but some
deformation will be introduced. Ordinarily, a grinding
process is needed after heat-treatment. Otherwise, the
precision grade will drop about one grade.
3) SUS303 and SUS304 belong to austenite family and
cannot be hardened. To harden stainless, there are
martensitic series, such as SUS420J2.
4) The induction hardened depth is approximately 1mm.
However, the hardening process does not completely
reach the root of the gear tooth at the center portion of
the face width.
The maximum bore size is dictated by the requirement that the

strength of the hub must be higher than that of the gear teeth.
I n order to avoid stress concentrations, leave radii on the
keyway corners.
132

K HK stock helical gears are designed to give the proper
backlash when assembled using the center distance given by the
formula on the right (center distance tolerance of H7~H8). The
amount of backlash is given in the product table for each gear.
Because of the helix of the gear teeth, helical gears in mesh
produce thrust forces in the axial directions. The axial thrust
bearings must be able to resist these forces. The direction of
the thrust forces depend on the helix hand and the direction of
rotation as shown below
Please refer to overall length tolerance for Helical Gears on page
30.
Direction of rotation and
L
thrust force
driven
drive
CAUTION:
The center distance of
SH series is given in a
separate table.
a=
where
a = center distance
d1 = pitch diameter of pinion
d2 = pitch diameter of gear
d1 d2
2
drive
L
L Pinion thrust
R Pinion thrust
driven
Thrust bearing
R Rack thrust
L Rack thrust
L Rack thrust
L Pinion thrust
drive
R Rack thrust
R pinion thrust
drive
The followings are the gear lubrication methods in general use:

(a) Grease Lubrication
(b) Splash Lubrication (Oil Bath Method)
(c) Forced Oil Circulation Lubrication
Check lubrication after start up. Sometimes, when the unit is
initially being operated, lubricating oil deteriorates rapidly.

Does the gear mesh have the proper amount of backlash?
I f there is unusual noise or vibration at the start up or
insufficient lubrication after the start up, please recheck the
gears and correctness of the assembly. Some of the methods for
achieving noise reduction are:
(a) High Precision
(b) Fine Tooth Surface Finish
(c) Accurate Tooth Contact

parts.
133
Helical
Gears
Transverse
Module
K
H
G
RH
LH
S1 Shape
Module 1
Catalog No.
KHG1-20R
KHG1-20L
KHG1-22R
KHG1-22L
KHG1-24R
KHG1-24L
KHG1-25R
KHG1-25L
KHG1-28R
KHG1-28L
KHG1-30R
KHG1-30L
KHG1-32R
KHG1-32L
KHG1-35R
KHG1-35L
KHG1-36R
KHG1-36L
KHG1-40R
KHG1-40L
KHG1-44R
KHG1-44L
KHG1-45R
KHG1-45L
KHG1-48R
KHG1-48L
KHG1-50R
KHG1-50L
KHG1-60R
KHG1-60L
KHG1-70R
KHG1-70L
KHG1-80R
KHG1-80L
KHG1-90R
KHG1-90L
KHG1-100R
KHG1-100L
Module
No. of teeth
20
22
24
25
28
30
32
35
36
m1
40
44
45
48
50
60
70
80
90
100
Direction
of helix
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
S1
17
20
22
10
18
S1
18
22
24
10
18
S1
20
24
26
10
18
S1
20
25
27
10
18
S1
20
28
30
10
18
S1
10
25
30
32
10
18
S1
10
25
32
34
10
18
S1
10
25
35
37
10
18
S1
10
25
36
38
10
18
S1
10
30
40
42
10
18
S1
10
30
44
46
10
18
S1
10
30
45
47
10
18
S1
10
30
48
50
10
18
S1
12
35
50
52
10
18
S1
12
40
60
62
10
18
S1
12
40
70
72
10
18
S1
15
50
80
82
10
18
S1
15
50
90
92
10
18
S1
15
50
100
102
10
18
Shape
Outside dia. Face width NOTE 1 Hub width Total length
CAUTION: Right handed and left handed helical gears of the same module are designed to mesh as a pair, but they are not interchangeable with SH type helical gears.
NOTE 1: It is possible to perform secondary operations except on the gear teeth. We recommend that you avoid shortening the hub which will lead to the deformation of the
gears.
134
Heat treatment
Thermal refined, tooth surfaces

induction hardened
Reference section
of gear
Rotating plane
Tooth hardness
50~55HRC
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Transverse pressure
angle
20
Ground
Helix angle
2130

for gear grinding
Material
SCM440
Secondary Operations Possible except tooth area
Precision grade
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
7.79
4.98
0.79
0.51
0.08~0.16
0.03
8.92
6.14
0.91
0.63
0.08~0.16
0.04
10.1
7.43
1.03
0.76
0.08~0.16
0.05
10.7
8.12
1.09
0.83
0.08~0.16
0.05
12.4
10.4
1.27
1.06
0.08~0.16
0.06
13.6
12.1
1.39
1.23
0.08~0.16
0.07
13.5
12.6
1.37
1.29
0.08~0.16
0.08
15.1
15.4
1.54
1.57
0.08~0.16
0.09
15.7
16.3
1.60
1.67
0.08~0.16
0.09
17.9
20.5
1.83
2.10
0.08~0.16
0.12
20.2
25.3
2.06
2.58
0.08~0.16
0.14
20.7
26.5
2.12
2.71
0.08~0.16
0.14
22.5
30.5
2.29
3.11
0.08~0.16
0.16
23.6
33.3
2.41
3.40
0.08~0.16
0.18
29.3
49.4
2.99
5.04
0.10~0.18
0.26
35.2
68.9
3.58
7.02
0.10~0.18
0.32
41.0
91.8
4.18
9.36
0.10~0.18
0.44
46.9
118
4.78
12.1
0.10~0.18
0.53
50.4
142
5.14
14.5
0.10~0.18
0.62
Catalog No.
KHG1-20R
KHG1-20L
KHG1-22R
KHG1-22L
KHG1-24R
KHG1-24L
KHG1-25R
KHG1-25L
KHG1-28R
KHG1-28L
KHG1-30R
KHG1-30L
KHG1-32R
KHG1-32L
KHG1-35R
KHG1-35L
KHG1-36R
KHG1-36L
KHG1-40R
KHG1-40L
KHG1-44R
KHG1-44L
KHG1-45R
KHG1-45L
KHG1-48R
KHG1-48L
KHG1-50R
KHG1-50L
KHG1-60R
KHG1-60L
KHG1-70R
KHG1-70L
KHG1-80R
KHG1-80L
KHG1-90R
KHG1-90L
KHG1-100R
KHG1-100L
NOTE 2: The allowable torques shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions.
135
Helical
Gears
Specifications
K
H
G
Transverse
Module
1.5
Helical
Gears
K
H
G
RH
S1 Shape
LH
Module 1.5
Catalog No.
KHG1.5-20R
KHG1.5-20L
KHG1.5-22R
KHG1.5-22L
KHG1.5-24R
KHG1.5-24L
KHG1.5-25R
KHG1.5-25L
KHG1.5-26R
KHG1.5-26L
KHG1.5-28R
KHG1.5-28L
KHG1.5-30R
KHG1.5-30L
KHG1.5-32R
KHG1.5-32L
KHG1.5-35R
KHG1.5-35L
KHG1.5-36R
KHG1.5-36L
KHG1.5-40R
KHG1.5-40L
KHG1.5-44R
KHG1.5-44L
KHG1.5-45R
KHG1.5-45L
KHG1.5-48R
KHG1.5-48L
KHG1.5-50R
KHG1.5-50L
KHG1.5-52R
KHG1.5-52L
KHG1.5-60R
KHG1.5-60L
KHG1.5-70R
KHG1.5-70L
KHG1.5-80R
KHG1.5-80L
KHG1.5-90R
KHG1.5-90L
KHG1.5-100R
KHG1.5-100L
Module
No. of teeth
20
22
24
25
26
28
30
32
35
36
m1.5
40
44
45
48
50
52
60
70
80
90
100
Direction
of helix
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
S1
12
24
30
33
12
12
24
S1
12
26
33
36
12
12
24
S1
12
28
36
39
12
12
24
S1
12
30
37.5
40.5
12
12
24
S1
12
32
39
42
12
12
24
S1
15
36
42
45
12
12
24
S1
15
38
45
48
12
12
24
S1
15
40
48
51
12
12
24
S1
15
42
52.5
55.5
12
12
24
S1
15
45
54
57
12
12
24
S1
15
50
60
63
12
12
24
S1
15
50
66
69
12
12
24
S1
18
50
67.5
70.5
12
12
24
S1
18
50
72
75
12
12
24
S1
18
60
75
78
12
12
24
S1
18
60
78
81
12
12
24
S1
20
60
90
93
12
12
24
S1
20
60
105
108
12
12
24
S1
20
70
120
123
12
12
24
S1
20
70
135
138
12
12
24
S1
20
70
150
153
12
12
24
Shape
CAUTION: Right handed and left handed helical gears in the same module are designed to mesh as a pair, but they are not interchangeable with SH type helical gears.
NOTE 1: It is possible to perform secondary operations except on the gear teeth. We recommend that you avoid shortening the hub which will lead to the deformation of the gears.
136
Heat treatment

induction hardened
Reference section
of gear
Rotating plane
Tooth hardness
50~55HRC
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Transverse pressure
angle
20
Ground
Helix angle
2130

for gear grinding
Material
SCM440
Precision grade
Allowable torqueNm)
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
26.3
18.5
2.68
1.89
0.08~0.16
0.09
27.4
20.8
2.79
2.12
0.08~0.16
0.11
30.9
25.3
3.15
2.58
0.08~0.16
0.13
32.7
27.7
3.33
2.83
0.08~0.16
0.15
34.5
30.2
3.52
3.08
0.08~0.16
0.17
38.1
35.7
3.89
3.64
0.08~0.16
0.19
41.8
41.6
4.26
4.24
0.08~0.16
0.22
45.5
48.0
4.64
4.89
0.08~0.16
0.26
51.1
58.5
5.21
5.96
0.10~0.18
0.30
52.9
62.2
5.40
6.35
0.10~0.18
0.33
60.5
78.5
6.17
8.00
0.10~0.18
0.42
68.1
96.8
6.95
9.87
0.10~0.18
0.47
70.0
102
7.14
10.4
0.10~0.18
0.47
75.8
117
7.73
12.0
0.10~0.18
0.52
79.6
128
8.12
13.1
0.10~0.18
0.63
83.5
140
8.51
14.2
0.10~0.18
0.67
99.1
191
10.1
19.5
0.10~0.18
0.81
114
256
11.6
26.1
0.12~0.20
1.00
132
343
13.5
35.0
0.12~0.20
1.40
151
442
15.4
45.1
0.12~0.20
1.65
170
554
17.4
56.5
0.12~0.20
1.97
Catalog No.
KHG1.5-20R
KHG1.5-20L
KHG1.5-22R
KHG1.5-22L
KHG1.5-24R
KHG1.5-24L
KHG1.5-25R
KHG1.5-25L
KHG1.5-26R
KHG1.5-26L
KHG1.5-28R
KHG1.5-28L
KHG1.5-30R
KHG1.5-30L
KHG1.5-32R
KHG1.5-32L
KHG1.5-35R
KHG1.5-35L
KHG1.5-36R
KHG1.5-36L
KHG1.5-40R
KHG1.5-40L
KHG1.5-44R
KHG1.5-44L
KHG1.5-45R
KHG1.5-45L
KHG1.5-48R
KHG1.5-48L
KHG1.5-50R
KHG1.5-50L
KHG1.5-52R
KHG1.5-52L
KHG1.5-60R
KHG1.5-60L
KHG1.5-70R
KHG1.5-70L
KHG1.5-80R
KHG1.5-80L
KHG1.5-90R
KHG1.5-90L
KHG1.5-100R
KHG1.5-100L
137
NOTE 2: The allowable torques shown in the table are the

calculated values according to the assumed usage
theoretical values of a pair of identical gears in mesh.
Helical
Gears
Specifications
K
H
G
Helical
Gears
Transverse
Module
K
H
G
Module 2
Catalog No.
KHG2-15R
KHG2-15L
KHG2-16R
KHG2-16L
KHG2-18R
KHG2-18L
KHG2-20R
KHG2-20L
KHG2-22R
KHG2-22L
KHG2-24R
KHG2-24L
KHG2-25R
KHG2-25L
KHG2-26R
KHG2-26L
KHG2-28R
KHG2-28L
KHG2-30R
KHG2-30L
KHG2-32R
KHG2-32L
KHG2-35R
KHG2-35L
KHG2-36R
KHG2-36L
KHG2-40R
KHG2-40L
KHG2-44R
KHG2-44L
KHG2-45R
KHG2-45L
KHG2-48R
KHG2-48L
KHG2-50R
KHG2-50L
KHG2-52R
KHG2-52L
KHG2-60R
KHG2-60L
KHG2-70R
KHG2-70L
KHG2-80R
KHG2-80L
KHG2-90R
KHG2-90L
KHG2-100R
KHG2-100L
RH
Module
No. of teeth
15
16
18
20
22
24
25
26
28
30
32
35
m2
36
40
44
45
48
50
52
60
70
80
90
100
Direction
of helix
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
LH
S1 Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
S1
12
24
30
34
16
13
29
S1
12
26
32
36
16
13
29
S1
12
30
36
40
16
13
29
S1
15
32
40
44
16
13
29
S1
15
36
44
48
16
13
29
S1
15
38
48
52
16
13
29
S1
15
40
50
54
16
13
29
S1
15
42
52
56
16
13
29
S1
15
45
56
60
16
13
29
S1
18
50
60
64
16
13
29
S1
18
50
64
68
16
13
29
S1
18
50
70
74
16
13
29
S1
18
50
72
76
16
13
29
S1
20
60
80
84
16
13
29
S1
20
60
88
92
16
13
29
S1
20
60
90
94
16
13
29
S1
20
60
96
100
16
13
29
S1
25
60
100
104
16
13
29
S1
25
65
104
108
16
13
29
S1
25
65
120
124
16
13
29
S1
25
70
140
144
16
13
29
S1
25
80
160
164
16
13
29
S1
25
90
180
184
16
13
29
S1
25
100
200
204
16
13
29
Shape
138
Heat treatment

induction hardened
Reference section
of gear
Rotating plane
Tooth hardness
50~55HRC
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Transverse pressure
angle
20
Ground
Helix angle
2130

for gear grinding
Material
SCM440
Precision grade
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
40.5
22.8
4.13
2.32
0.10~0.20
0.11
40.6
24.1
4.14
2.46
0.10~0.20
0.13
48.5
31.9
4.95
3.25
0.10~0.20
0.17
56.6
40.8
5.77
4.16
0.10~0.20
0.20
64.9
50.6
6.62
5.16
0.10~0.20
0.25
73.3
61.4
7.47
6.26
0.10~0.20
0.30
77.5
67.3
7.90
6.86
0.10~0.20
0.33
81.8
73.4
8.34
7.49
0.12~0.22
0.37
90.4
86.6
9.21
8.83
0.12~0.22
0.43
99.1
101
10.1
10.3
0.12~0.22
0.50
108
117
11.0
11.9
0.12~0.22
0.55
121
142
12.3
14.5
0.12~0.22
0.63
126
151
12.8
15.4
0.12~0.22
0.65
143
191
14.6
19.5
0.12~0.22
0.85
161
236
16.5
24.0
0.12~0.22
0.98
166
248
16.9
25.3
0.12~0.22
1.00
172
273
17.5
27.9
0.12~0.22
1.10
181
299
18.4
30.5
0.12~0.22
1.20
189
326
19.3
33.2
0.14~0.24
1.29
225
447
22.9
45.6
0.14~0.24
1.60
269
625
27.4
63.7
0.14~0.24
2.20
301
799
30.7
81.4
0.14~0.24
2.90
344
1030
35.0
105
0.14~0.24
3.37
387
1290
39.4
132
0.14~0.24
4.63
Catalog No.
KHG2-15R
KHG2-15L
KHG2-16R
KHG2-16L
KHG2-18R
KHG2-18L
KHG2-20R
KHG2-20L
KHG2-22R
KHG2-22L
KHG2-24R
KHG2-24L
KHG2-25R
KHG2-25L
KHG2-26R
KHG2-26L
KHG2-28R
KHG2-28L
KHG2-30R
KHG2-30L
KHG2-32R
KHG2-32L
KHG2-35R
KHG2-35L
KHG2-36R
KHG2-36L
KHG2-40R
KHG2-40L
KHG2-44R
KHG2-44L
KHG2-45R
KHG2-45L
KHG2-48R
KHG2-48L
KHG2-50R
KHG2-50L
KHG2-52R
KHG2-52L
KHG2-60R
KHG2-60L
KHG2-70R
KHG2-70L
KHG2-80R
KHG2-80L
KHG2-90R
KHG2-90L
KHG2-100R
KHG2-100L
139
Helical
Gears
Specifications
K
H
G
2.5
Helical
Gears
Transverse
Module
K
H
G
RH
LH
S1 Shape
Module 2.5
Catalog No.
KHG2.5-15R
KHG2.5-15L
KHG2.5-16R
KHG2.5-16L
KHG2.5-18R
KHG2.5-18L
KHG2.5-20R
KHG2.5-20L
KHG2.5-22R
KHG2.5-22L
KHG2.5-24R
KHG2.5-24L
KHG2.5-25R
KHG2.5-25L
KHG2.5-26R
KHG2.5-26L
KHG2.5-28R
KHG2.5-28L
KHG2.5-30R
KHG2.5-30L
KHG2.5-32R
KHG2.5-32L
KHG2.5-35R
KHG2.5-35L
KHG2.5-36R
KHG2.5-36L
KHG2.5-40R
KHG2.5-40L
KHG2.5-44R
KHG2.5-44L
KHG2.5-45R
KHG2.5-45L
KHG2.5-48R
KHG2.5-48L
KHG2.5-50R
KHG2.5-50L
KHG2.5-52R
KHG2.5-52L
KHG2.5-60R
KHG2.5-60L
Module
No. of teeth
15
16
18
20
22
24
25
26
28
30
m2.5
32
35
36
40
44
45
48
50
52
60
Direction
of helix
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
S1
15
30
37.5
42.5
20
14
34
S1
15
32
40
45
20
14
34
S1
15
38
45
50
20
14
34
S1
18
40
50
55
20
14
34
S1
18
44
55
60
20
14
34
S1
18
48
60
65
20
14
34
S1
20
50
62.5
67.5
20
14
34
S1
20
50
65
70
20
14
34
S1
20
60
70
75
20
14
34
S1
20
65
75
80
20
14
34
S1
20
70
80
85
20
14
34
S1
20
70
87.5
92.5
20
14
34
S1
20
70
90
95
20
14
34
S1
25
70
100
105
20
14
34
S1
25
75
110
115
20
14
34
S1
25
75
112.5
117.5
20
14
34
S1
25
75
120
125
20
14
34
S1
25
80
125
130
20
14
34
S1
25
80
130
135
20
14
34
S1
25
80
150
155
20
14
34
Shape
140
Heat treatment

induction hardened
Reference section
of gear
Rotating plane
Tooth hardness
50~55HRC
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Transverse pressure
angle
20
Ground
Helix angle
2130

for gear grinding
Material
SCM440
Precision grade
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
71.8
41.1
7.32
4.19
0.10~0.20
0.21
79.4
47.9
8.09
4.89
0.10~0.20
0.25
94.8
63.4
9.67
6.47
0.10~0.20
0.34
8.29
0.10~0.20
0.39
111
81.3
11.3
127
101
12.9
10.3
0.12~0.22
0.49
143
122
14.6
12.5
0.12~0.22
0.60
151
134
15.4
13.7
0.12~0.22
0.64
160
146
16.3
14.9
0.12~0.22
0.65
176
173
18.0
17.6
0.12~0.22
0.87
193
201
19.7
20.5
0.12~0.22
1.00
211
232
21.5
23.7
0.12~0.22
1.20
236
284
24.1
28.9
0.12~0.22
1.30
245
302
25.0
30.8
0.12~0.22
1.40
268
365
27.3
37.2
0.12~0.22
1.60
302
451
30.8
46.0
0.14~0.24
1.90
310
474
31.6
48.3
0.14~0.24
2.00
336
547
34.2
55.8
0.14~0.24
2.20
353
599
36.0
61.0
0.14~0.24
2.40
370
652
37.7
66.5
0.14~0.24
2.50
439
890
44.7
90.8
0.14~0.24
3.30
Catalog No.
KHG2.5-15R
KHG2.5-15L
KHG2.5-16R
KHG2.5-16L
KHG2.5-18R
KHG2.5-18L
KHG2.5-20R
KHG2.5-20L
KHG2.5-22R
KHG2.5-22L
KHG2.5-24R
KHG2.5-24L
KHG2.5-25R
KHG2.5-25L
KHG2.5-26R
KHG2.5-26L
KHG2.5-28R
KHG2.5-28L
KHG2.5-30R
KHG2.5-30L
KHG2.5-32R
KHG2.5-32L
KHG2.5-35R
KHG2.5-35L
KHG2.5-36R
KHG2.5-36L
KHG2.5-40R
KHG2.5-40L
KHG2.5-44R
KHG2.5-44L
KHG2.5-45R
KHG2.5-45L
KHG2.5-48R
KHG2.5-48L
KHG2.5-50R
KHG2.5-50L
KHG2.5-52R
KHG2.5-52L
KHG2.5-60R
KHG2.5-60L
141
Helical
Gears
Specifications
K
H
G
Helical
Gears
Transverse
Module
K
H
G
RH
LH
S1 Shape
Module 3
Catalog No.
KHG3-15R
KHG3-15L
KHG3-16R
KHG3-16L
KHG3-18R
KHG3-18L
KHG3-20R
KHG3-20L
KHG3-22R
KHG3-22L
KHG3-24R
KHG3-24L
KHG3-25R
KHG3-25L
KHG3-26R
KHG3-26L
KHG3-28R
KHG3-28L
KHG3-30R
KHG3-30L
KHG3-32R
KHG3-32L
KHG3-35R
KHG3-35L
KHG3-36R
KHG3-36L
KHG3-40R
KHG3-40L
KHG3-44R
KHG3-44L
KHG3-45R
KHG3-45L
KHG3-48R
KHG3-48L
KHG3-50R
KHG3-50L
KHG3-52R
KHG3-52L
KHG3-60R
KHG3-60L
Module
No. of teeth
15
16
18
20
22
24
25
26
28
30
m3
32
35
36
40
44
45
48
50
52
60
Direction
of helix
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
S1
18
36
45
51
25
16
41
S1
18
38
48
54
25
16
41
S1
18
40
54
60
25
16
41
S1
20
50
60
66
25
16
41
S1
20
54
66
72
25
16
41
S1
20
58
72
78
25
16
41
S1
20
60
75
81
25
16
41
S1
20
60
78
84
25
16
41
S1
20
70
84
90
25
16
41
S1
25
75
90
96
25
16
41
S1
25
75
96
102
25
16
41
S1
25
80
105
111
25
16
41
S1
25
80
108
114
25
16
41
S1
25
80
120
126
25
16
41
S1
25
80
132
138
25
16
41
S1
25
80
135
141
25
16
41
S1
25
85
144
150
25
16
41
S1
30
85
150
156
25
16
41
S1
30
85
156
162
25
16
41
S1
30
90
180
186
25
16
41
Shape
142
Heat treatment

induction hardened
Reference section
of gear
Rotating plane
Tooth hardness
50~55HRC
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Transverse pressure
angle
20
Ground
Helix angle
2130

for gear grinding
Material
SCM440
Precision grade
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
129
74.7
13.2
7.62
0.10~0.20
0.36
143
87.2
14.6
8.89
0.10~0.20
0.42
171
115
17.4
11.8
0.12~0.22
0.53
199
148
20.3
15.1
0.12~0.22
0.70
228
184
23.3
18.8
0.12~0.22
0.86
258
224
26.3
22.8
0.12~0.22
1.00
272
245
27.8
25.0
0.12~0.22
1.10
287
268
29.3
27.3
0.12~0.22
1.20
318
316
32.4
32.2
0.12~0.22
1.50
348
369
35.5
37.6
0.12~0.22
1.60
363
407
37.0
41.5
0.12~0.22
1.80
407
498
41.5
50.7
0.14~0.24
2.20
422
530
43.0
54.0
0.14~0.24
2.30
482
670
49.2
68.3
0.14~0.24
2.70
543
828
55.4
84.4
0.14~0.24
3.20
558
869
56.9
88.6
0.14~0.24
3.30
604
1000
61.6
102
0.14~0.24
3.80
635
1090
64.7
112
0.14~0.24
4.00
666
1190
67.9
122
0.14~0.24
4.20
757
1560
77.2
159
0.14~0.24
5.60
Catalog No.
KHG3-15R
KHG3-15L
KHG3-16R
KHG3-16L
KHG3-18R
KHG3-18L
KHG3-20R
KHG3-20L
KHG3-22R
KHG3-22L
KHG3-24R
KHG3-24L
KHG3-25R
KHG3-25L
KHG3-26R
KHG3-26L
KHG3-28R
KHG3-28L
KHG3-30R
KHG3-30L
KHG3-32R
KHG3-32L
KHG3-35R
KHG3-35L
KHG3-36R
KHG3-36L
KHG3-40R
KHG3-40L
KHG3-44R
KHG3-44L
KHG3-45R
KHG3-45L
KHG3-48R
KHG3-48L
KHG3-50R
KHG3-50L
KHG3-52R
KHG3-52L
KHG3-60R
KHG3-60L
143
Helical
Gears
Specifications
K
H
G
Normal
Modules
2~3
Helical
Gears
SH Helical Gears
S
H
RH
LH
S1 Shape
Module 2, 3
Catalog No.
SH2-15R
SH2-15L
SH2-20R
SH2-20L
SH2-30R
SH2-30L
SH2-40R
SH2-40L
SH2-60R
SH2-60L
SH2-90R
SH2-90L
SH3-15R
SH3-15L
SH3-20R
SH3-20L
SH3-30R
SH3-30L
SH3-40R
SH3-40L
SH3-60R
SH3-60L
Module
No. of teeth
15
20
30
m2
40
60
90
15
20
m3
30
40
60
Direction
of helix
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
S1
12
24
31.06
35.06
25
10
35
S1
12
32
41.41
45.41
25
10
35
S1
12
50
62.12
66.12
25
10
35
S1
18
60
82.82
86.82
25
10
35
S1
18
70
124.23
128.23
25
10
35
S1
18
120
186.35
190.35
25
10
35
S1
15
36
46.59
52.59
35
15
50
S1
15
50
62.12
68.12
35
15
50
S1
20
70
93.17
99.17
35
15
50
S1
20
80
124.23
130.23
35
15
50
S1
20
140
186.35
192.35
35
15
50
Shape
CAUTION: Right handed and left handed helical gears in the same module are designed to mesh as a pair, but they are not interchangeable with KHG type helical gears.
144
Helical Gears
Heat treatment
Reference section
of gear
Normal plane
Tooth hardness
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Transverse pressure
angle
20
Cut
Helix angle
15

for gear cutting
Material
S45C
Precision grade
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 3
kg
43.7
2.90
4.46
0.30
0.12~0.26
0.16
67.1
5.85
6.84
0.60
0.12~0.26
0.31
117
15.3
11.9
1.56
0.14~0.30
0.70
169
28.9
17.2
2.95
0.14~0.30
1.20
275
70.8
28.0
7.22
0.18~0.36
3.00
0.20~0.44
6.10
437
173
138
44.6
9.67
17.6
14.0
0.99
0.14~0.32
0.50
211
19.4
21.6
1.98
0.14~0.32
1.00
368
50.2
37.5
5.12
0.18~0.38
2.20
531
95.5
54.1
9.73
0.18~0.38
3.80
0.20~0.44
9.30
866
236
88.3
24.0
Catalog No.
SH2-15R
SH2-15L
SH2-20R
SH2-20L
SH2-30R
SH2-30L
SH2-40R
SH2-40L
SH2-60R
SH2-60L
SH2-90R
SH2-90L
SH3-15R
SH3-15L
SH3-20R
SH3-20L
SH3-30R
SH3-30L
SH3-40R
SH3-40L
SH3-60R
SH3-60L
SH Helical Gear Center Distance
SH Helical Gear Center Distance

Catalog No.
SH2-15 L
SH2-20 L
SH2-30 L
SH2-40 L
SH2-60 L
SH2-90 L
SH2-15 R
L
031.06
SH2-20 R
L
36.23
041.41
SH2-30 R
L
046.59
051.76
062.12
SH2-40 R
L
056.94
062.12
072.47
082.82
SH2-60 R
077.65
SH2-90 R
L
108.70
082.82
113.88
093.17
124.23
103.53
134.59
124.23
155.29
Catalog No.
SH3-15R
L
SH3-20R
L
SH3-30R
L
SH3-40R
L
SH3-60R
L
SH3-15 L
046.59
SH3-20 L
054.35
062.12
R
SH3-30 L
069.88
077.65
093.17
SH3-40 R
L
085.41
093.17
108.70
124.23
186.35
R
SH3-60 L
116.47
124.23
139.76
155.29
186.35
145
Helical
Gears
Specifications
S
H
MEMO
146
Table of Contents

in Selecting and Using Internal Gears. ................. page 148
SI Internal Gears................................................... page 150
SIR Ring Gears.................................................... page 151

Internal Gears
(Example)
Internal Gears
1 - 60
No. of teeth (60)
Module (1)
Type (Internal Gear)
Material (S45C)
Material
S
S45C
Type
I
Internal Gears
IR Ring Gears
147
Internal Gears
For Convenient Use in Various Purposes Such as Planetary Gear Drives and Segment Gears.
Characteristics
Catalog No.
Item
KHK stock internal gears are offered in modules 1 to 3 in 50 to 200

teeth. They can be used in many applications including planetary
gear drives.
Formula
SI internal gears can be combined with SS and SSA spur gears to

make planetary gear drives.
SIR ring gears
30
Rotation
100min-1
Durability
Over 107 cycles
Impact from motor
Uniform load
Impact from load
Uniform load
Bidirectional
Direction of load
SIR ring gears can be cut to make segment gears and corner racks.
SIR
Formula of spur and helical gears on bending strength(JGMA401-01)
NOTE 1
SI Internal Gears
SI
Allowable beam stress at root Flim
NOTE 2
Safety factor SF
12.67kgf/mm2
1.2
Selection Hints
Formula
Please select the most suitable products by carefully considering the

characteristics of items and contents of the product tables. It is also
important to read all applicable notes before the final selection. Use
of catalog numbers when ordering will simplify and expedite the
processing of your order.
NOTE 1
Gear support
Safety factor SH
1. Caution in Selecting the Mating Gears
100cSt(50)
49kgf/mm2
1.15
NOTE 1:The gear strength formula is based on JGMA (Japanese Gear

Manufacturers Association) The units for the rotational speed (min-1) and
the stress (kgf/mm2) are adjusted to the units needed in the formula.
NOTE 2: Since the load is bidirectional, the allowable bending stress at root
Flim calculated is set to 2/3 of the value.
Most KHK stock spur gears may be used as the mating gears except
CP spur gears and gears with large numbers of teeth. When the
difference in the numbers of teeth between an internal gear and its
mating gear is small, involute interference, trochoid interference or
trimming interference may occur.

headings of NOTES. Please consider them carefully when
KHK is ready to produce and supply custom order products. When
you require specific gears different from KHK Stock Gears please
contact our distributor for quotation. Also, please refer to page 16
KHK Custom Order Products.
2.Caution in Selecting Gears Based on Gear Strength

by assuming a certain application environment. Therefore, they
should be used as reference only. We recommend that each user
computes his own values by applying the actual usage conditions.
The table on the right contains the assumptions established for these
products in order to compute gear strengths.
148
Application Hints
Various types of interference and their symptoms and causes are

tabulated below
In order to use KHK stock internal gears safely, read the Application
Hints carefully before proceeding. Also 1. Caution on Performing
Secondary Operations, 3. Notes on Starting Operations and 4.
Other Points to Consider in Applications in the spur gear section
should be consulted.
TYPE
KHK stock internal gears are designed to give the proper backlash
below. The amount of backlash is given in the product table for
each gear.
a=
CAUSES
The tip of the internal gear digs

lnvolute
interference into the root of the pinion.
1. Point of Caution in Assembling
d1 - d2
SYMPTOMS
Trochoid
The exiting pinion tooth
interference contacts the internal gear tooth.
Trimming Pinion can slide in or out axially

interference but cannot move radially.
where
a = center distance
d2 = pitch diameter of internel gear
Too few teeth

on the pinion.
Too little
difference in
number of
teeth of the two
gears.
Too little
difference in
number of
teeth of the two
gears.
To use as a planetary gear drive, the following conditions must

be satisfied.
Note that the direction of rotation of the internal gear is different

from that of two spur gears in mesh
Condition on number of teeth in planetary mechanism
Condition1... z c=z a+2z b
Gear Ratio and Direction of Rotation
Condition 2...
drive
z a+z c
= Integer
Condition 3...z b+2<(z a+z b) Sin
driven
180O
N
z a : No. of teeth of sun gear

z b : No. of teeth of planet gears
z c : No. of teeth of internal gear
N : No. of planet gears
Example of combinations
(a) Internal gear is driven
No. of teeth of
internal gear
drive
driven
(b) Internal gear drives
z1
n2
Gear ratio i =- = - z = No. of teeth
z2
n1 n = Rotational speed
Types of Planetary gear reduction mechanism
No. of planet No. of teeth of sun No. of teeth of Reduction ratio of Reduction ratio of Reduction ratio of
gears
gear
planet gears planetary type
solar type
star type
50
16
17
1/4.125 1/1.32
-1/3.125
80
16
32
1/6
1/1.2
-1/5
80
40
20
1/3
1/1.5
-1/2
100
20
40
1/6
1/1.2
-1/5
100
50
25
1/3
1/1.5
-1/2
C(fixed)
D(fixed)
A(fixed)
(a) Planetary type
(b) Solar type
149
(c) Star type
SI Internal Gears
Modules
1~3
lnternal Gears
Internal
Gears
Specifications
Precision
JIS N8 grade (JIS1 B1702-1: 1998)
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Pressure angle
20
Material
S45C
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Less than 194HB
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Tooth surface finishing Cut
S
I

gear cutting
T1 Shape
Module 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3
Outside diameter
Module
Internal dia. Pitch dia. Outside dia. Face width Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 1 Allowable torquekgfm Backlash
No. of
Shape
teeth
Bending strength Surface durability Bending strength Surface durability mmNOTE 2
A
C
D
E
SI1-60
SI1-80
SI1-100
m1
60
80
100
T1
T1
T1
58
78
98
60
80
100
90
110
130
10
10
10
30.0
38.8
47.8
SI1.5-50
SI1.5-60
SI1.5-80
SI1.5-100
50
60
m1.5
80
100
T1
T1
T1
T1
72
87
117
147
75
90
120
150
115
130
160
190
15
15
15
15
87.1
101
131
161
50
60
80
100
T1
T1
T1
T1
96
116
156
196
100
120
160
200
150
170
210
250
20
20
20
20
206
240
311
382
50
60
80
50
60
T1
T1
T1
T1
T1
120
145
195
144
174
125
150
200
150
180
185
210
260
220
250
25
25
25
30
30
403
469
607
697
811
Catalog No.
SI2-50
SI2-60
SI2-80
SI2-100
SI2.5-50
SI2.5-60
SI2.5-80
SI3-50
SI3-60
m2
m2.5
m3
5.95
6.59
7.64
Weight
kg
3.06
3.96
4.87
0.61
0.67
0.78
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.13~0.27
0.28
0.35
0.42
20.9
20.6
23.3
27.0
8.88
10.3
13.4
16.5
2.13
2.10
2.38
2.75
0.13~0.29
0.13~0.29
0.13~0.29
0.15~0.32
0.71
0.81
1.00
1.30
50.3
50.5
57.0
65.7
21.0
24.5
31.7
39.0
5.13
5.15
5.81
6.70
0.16~0.33
0.16~0.33
0.16~0.33
0.17~0.37
1.50
1.80
2.30
2.80
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.19~0.41
0.19~0.41
2.70
3.30
4.10
4.80
5.60
101
101
114
178
178
41.1
47.8
61.9
71.0
82.7
10.3
10.3
11.6
18.1
18.2
CAUTION: Please check for the involute interference, trochoid interference and trimming interference prior to using internal gears.
NOTE 2: The backlash values shown in the table are the theoretical values of a 30 tooth SS spur gear in mesh with the internal gear.
150
SIR Ring Gears
Modules
2~3
Ring Gears
Specifications
Precision
JIS N9 grade (JIS1 B1702-1: 1998)
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Pressure angle
20
Material
S45C
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Less than 194HB
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Tooth surface finishing Cut

gear cutting
T1 Shape
Module 2, 2.5, 3
Catalog No.
SIR2-120
SIR2-200
SIR2.5-120
SIR2.5-200
SIR3-120
SIR3-160
Module
Outside diameter
Internal dia. Pitch dia. Outside dia. Face width Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 1 Allowable torquekgfm Backlash
No. of
Sharpe
teeth
Bending strength Surface durability Bending strength Surface durability mmNOTE 2
A
C
D
E
120
m2
200
120
m2.5
200
120
m3
160
T1
T1
T1
T1
T1
T1
236
396
295
495
354
474
240
400
300
500
360
480
286
446
355
555
424
544
20
20
25
25
30
30
413
677
807
1320
1390
1840
68.8
110
138
220
244
315
42.1
69.0
82.3
135
142
188
7.02
11.2
14.0
22.5
24.9
32.1
Weight
kg
0.17~0.37 3.00
0.20~0.41 4.80
0.19~0.41 5.50
0.22~0.46 8.90
0.22~0.45 10.0
0.22~0.45 12.1
CAUTION: Ring gears are susceptible to deformation, so careful handling is required.

NOTE 2: The backlash values shown in the table are the theoretical values of a 30 tooth SS spur gear in mesh with the internal gear.
151
Internal
Gears
S
I
R
MEMO
152
Table of Contents
in Selecting and Using Racks. ............................... page 154
KRG(F)(D) Ground Racks...................................... page 162
SRGF Ground Racks............................................ page 164
KRF Racks with Machined Ends............................ page 165
SR Racks............................................................... page 166
SRF Racks with Machined Ends............................ page 167

SRFD Racks with Bolt Holes.................................. page 168
SSR Corner Racks (External)................................ page 168
SIR Corner Racks (Internal) .................................. page 169
SUR(F)(D) Stainless Steel Racks.......................... page 170
BSR Brass Racks................................................... page 172
PR(F) Plastic Racks............................................... page 173
DR Molded Flexible Racks..................................... page 174
ARL Rack Guide Rails.SRS Rack Clamps. .................. page 174
SRO.SROS Round Racks..................................... page 175
SURO Stainless Steel Round Racks...................... page 175
Racks
KRHG(F) Ground Helical Racks. ........................... page 176

SRH Helical Racks................................................. page 178

Please order KHK gears by specifying their Catalog Numbers.
(Example)
Racks
RG
1 - 500
Total length (500mm)
Module (1)
Type (Ground Rack)
Material (SCM440)
Material
S
S45C-D
K
SCM440
SU SUS304
BS Free Cutting brass

(C3604BD)
N
MC901 Nylon
D
Duracon acetal
Type
R
RF
RFD
RG
RGF
RGD
RO
RH
RHG
Rack Gears
Racks with Machined Ends
Racks with Bolt Holes
Ground Racks
Ground Racks with Machined Ends
Ground Racks with Bolt Holes
Round Racks
Helical Racks
Ground Helical Racks
153
Racks
With Our Large Selection of Standardized Products, We Can Meet All Your
Precision Linear Motion Requirements.
Characteristics
KHK stock racks are made for high precision linear motion applications. We offer a large variety ranging from module 0.5 to 10 and lengths from 100 to
2000mm. The corner tips of the gear-teeth are machine chamfered for safety and for prevention of damage. NOTE 4
Main Characteristics of KHK Stock Racks

Catalog No.
KRG(F)(D)
Module
Length mm
( ) denotes no. of teeth
Material
Tooth Precision
Heat
Surface KHK R 001
treatment Finish NOTE 3
1~3
100, 500, 1000 SCM440
Thermal refining Ground
High strength and abrasion-resistant for precision linear motion.
SRGF
1.5~4
500, 1000
S45C-D
Teeth Induction
Ground
Hardened
Reasonably priced ground racks with abrasion-resistant characteristics.
KRF
1.5~5
1000
SCM440
Thermal refining Cut
Increased strength with SCM440 material which is thermal refined.

Widely applicable due to low cost and large selection of modules and lengths.
NOTE 1
SR(F)(D)
NOTE 1
1~10
100, 300, 500,1000,

1500, 2000
S45C-D
Straightened
& annealed
Cut
SSR.SIR
NOTE 2
2~3
(120~200)
S45C
Cut
JIS B 1702-1
1~4
500, 1000
SUS304
Solution
treatment
Cut
Suitable for food machinery due to SUS304 materials rust-resistant quality.
1~3
500, 1000
MC901
Cut
MC nylon is lightweight and can be used without lubricant.
BSR
0.5~1.25
300
C3604BD-F
Cut
Small pitch racks of module 0.5~1.25. Mating pinions are BSS or DS series.
DR
0.8~2
2000
M25-44
Injection
molded
Can be used in applications due to flexibility of injection molded racks which metal racks are lacking in.
SRO(S)
1~6
500, 1000
S45C-D
Straightened
& annealed
Cut
Convenient in applications where the rack has the reciprocal motion. S Type is easy to install.
SURO
1~3
500, 1000
SUS303
Solution
treatment
Cut
Same dimensions as SRO racks, except in stainless steel. Use where rust-resistance is required.
1~3
100, 500, 1000 SCM440
Thermal refining Ground
Excellent products with high precision and strength, and low noise and abrasion characteristics.
2~3
500, 1000
Straightened
& annealed
Effective in reducing noise and vibration due to larger contact ratio of helical gears.
SUR(F)(D)
PR(F)
NOTE 1
KRHG(F)
SRH
NOTE 1
NOTE 1
S45C-D
N9
Cut
Can change the direction of linear motions by combining with corner racks cut to desired angles.
NOTE 1: The catalog numbers in the above table with (F) on the end have both ends machined so that they can be butted against each other to make any desired
length. The items with (D) have mounting screw holes for easier assembly.
NOTE 2: SSR and SIR corner racks are external and internal ring gears. Perform secondary operations to suit your applications.
NOTE 3: Precision grade standard of racks are set by KHK. Please see Precision of Racks in Selection Hints section for details.
NOTE 4: The machine chamfering, that KHK holds patent on, effective for noise-reduction. This chamfering is carried out for all KHK stock racks except for BSR and DR
series.

strength of a gear is defined as
the allowable tangential force
at the pitch circle based on the
mutually allowable root stress
of two meshing gears under
load.

The surface durability of a gear
is defined as the allowable
tangential force at the pitch
circle, which permits the force
to be transmitted safely without

strength.
154

durability.
Selection Hints
Please select the most suitable products by carefully considering the characteristics of items and contents of the product tables. It is also important to
read all applicable notes before the final selection. Use of catalog numbers when ordering will simplify and expedite the processing of your order.
Selection
With the exception of helical racks, KHK stock racks can mate with
any spur gears of the same module. However, the face width of a
rack may not match that of the mating gear.
There are limited choices of mating gears for KRHG (F) ground
helical racks and SH helical racks. Make sure to take the hand of
helix into account when choosing. (See table on the right.)
on Mating Gear (Allowable Not allowable)
KRHG(F)
Catalog No. &

Helix Hand
KHG
SH
SRH
RH LH RH LH
LH
RH
LH
RH
by assuming a certain application environment. Therefore, they should
be used as reference only. We recommend that each user computes his
own values by applying the actual usage conditions. The table below
contains the assumptions established for these products in order to
compute gear strengths.
Pinion Left (L) & Rack Right (R)
Pinion Right(R) & Rack Left (L)
Calculation of Bending Strength of Racks

Catalog No. KRG, KRHG
KRGF
KRHGF
Item
KRGD, KRF
SR, SRF
SRFD
SRO, SROS
SRH
SRGF
SUR
SURF
SURFD
SURO
BSR
PR
PRF
DR
NOTE 1
Formula of spur and helical gears on bending strength(JGMA401-01)
The Lewis formula
No. of teeth of mating gear
30
(30)
Formula
Rotation
100min
(100min-1)
Durability
Over 107 cycles
-1
Impact from motor
Uniform load
Impact from load
Uniform load
Direction of load
Bidirectional
NOTE 2
21.33kgf/mm2
11.5kgf/mm2
13.33kgf/mm2
7kgf/mm2
2.67kgf/mm2
1.15kgf/mm2
(40OC with no
lubricant)
m 0.8 4.0
m 1.0 3.5
m 1.5 1.8 NOTE 3
m 2.0 1.2
kgf/mm2
1.2
Safety factor SF

Formula
NOTE 1

100cSt(50OC)
Gears are supported on one end
Gear support
Safety factor SH
79kgf/mm
99kgf/mm2
52.5kgf/mm2
41.3kgf/mm2
1.15
NOTE 1: The gear strength formula is based on JGMA (Japanese Gear Manufacturers Association), MC Nylon Technical Data by Nippon Polypenco Limited and
Duracon Gear by Polyplastic Co. The units for the rotational speed (min-1) and the stress (kgf/mm2) are adjusted to the units needed in the formula.
NOTE 2: Since the load is bidirectional, the allowable bending stress at root Flim is set to 2/3 of the value.
NOTE 3: The value for DR m1.5 racks is our own estimate.
155
Racks
3. Selecting Racks By Precision
The precision standards of KHK stock racks are established by us. The
table below indicates the tolerance ranges of our racks.
Pitch Errors of Racks (KHK R 001)
Pitch error
10
10
2
0
0
0
1
5
0
0
1
5
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
5
0
0
2
0
0
0
3
0
0
5
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
5
0
0
2
0
0
0
over m6 up to 10
3
0
0
5
0
0
1
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
3
0
0
5
0
0
1
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
3
0
0
5
0
0
3
0
0
5
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
5
0
0
2
0
0
0
10 12 12
11 12 12
10 11 13 13 10 11 13 14 14 12 13 14 16 16
11 13 13
10 12 14 14 10 11 13 15 15 11 13 14 16 16 13 15 16 18 18
21 24 28
22 25 29 33 33 23 26 30 35 35 25 28 32 37 37 28 32 35 40 40 34 37 40 45 45
10 12 14
11 12 14 17 17 12 13 15 17 17 13 14 16 18 18 14 16 18 20 20 17 18 20 23 23
S.P.E. T.C.E. T.T.E.
1
5
0
0
over m4 up to 6
12 13 16
12 14 16 19 19 13 15 17 19 19 14 16 18 21 21 16 18 20 24 24 19 21 24 27 27
30 34 39
31 35 41 48 48 33 37 43 49 49 36 40 46 53 53 40 45 50 57 57 48 52 58 64 64
15 17 20
16 18 20 24 24 16 19 21 25 25 18 20 23 26 26 20 22 25 29 29 24 26 29 32 32
1
0
0
0
over m2.5 up to 4
Rack length (nominal)
17 19 22
17 20 24 28 28 18 21 25 29 29 20 24 27 31 31 24 26 30 34 34 28 31 34 40 40
42 48 56
44 50 57 67 67 46 52 60 70 70 51 57 64 74 74 57 63 71 80 80 67 73 81 91 91
21 24 28
22 25 29 33 33 23 26 30 35 35 25 28 32 37 37 28 32 35 40 40 34 37 40 45 45
5
0
0
over m1.6 up to 2.5
25 28 33
26 29 34 42 42 27 31 38 43 43 30 33 40 46 46 34 39 44 50 50 42 46 51 57 57
60 68 79
62 71 81 95 95 66 74 85 99 99 72 81 91 105 105 81 90 100 115 115 96 105 115 130 130
30 34 39
31 35 41 48 48 33 37 43 49 49 36 40 46 53 53 40 45 50 57 57 48 52 58 64 64
T.C.E. T.T.E.
3
0
0
over m1 up to 1.6
(Unit:m)
35 43 49
39 44 51 59 59 41 47 53 62 62 45 50 57 69 69 51 56 66 75 75 60 69 76 85 85
83 95 110
87 99 115 135 135 92 105 120 140 140 100 115 130 145 145 115 125 140 160 160 135 145 160 180 180
S.P.E.
over m0.4 up to 1
160 177 206
166 184 212 232 248 173 190 219 238 254
T.C.E. T.T.E.
S.P.E.
Grade
The following method was used to establish our own precision grades
of racks. First, the length of the rack is divided by pi (p ) to obtain the
pitch diameter of an equivalent spur gear of the same module. Then,
JIS B 1702:1976 Standards, Precision of Spur and Helical Gears, are
applied to this equivalent spur gear to obtain the error tolerances of
precision grades 1 to 8.
Precision Grades of Racks (KHK R 001)
256 283 330
266 294 339 371 397 277 304 350 381 406
- - -
- - - - - - - - - -
NOTE: S.P.E. stands for single pitch error

T.T.E. stands for tooth-to-tooth error
T.C.E. stands for total composite error
CAUTION: The dimensions of PR(F) KHK Plastic Racks may vary due to temperature and humidity. Therefore, Total Composite Error is assumed to be excluded from
this accuracy standard. Please refer to Characteristics of Plastic gears on page 32 for change in dimensions due to variations of ambient temperature and
humidity.
Pitch inspection and a sample report using Karl Zeiss UMC-550 Coordinate Measuring Machine. (KHK R 001 Grade 1)
156
Precision of Rack Blanks (KHK R 002)

Tolerance
Tolerance
on Straightness, L (unit: mm)
on Face Width and Height (unit: mm)

Width
Less than
0.03mm
Measuring point
height
1.0mm
Precision grade
(KHK R 001)
Length (nominal)
Precision grade
Face width & height
below 6
6 up to10
10 up to 18
18 up to 30
30 up to 50
50 up to 90
500
1000
1500
2000
Grades 3~4
Grades 5
Grade 1 SR etc. excludes SUR etc. including Grade 8
KRG etc.
DR etc.
thermal refined racks thermal refined racks
0
-0.05
0
-0.05
0
-0.05
0
-0.05
0
-0.05
0
-0.09
0
-0.09
0
-0.11
0
-0.13
0
-0.16
0
-0.19
0.25
0
-0.22
0
-0.27
0
-0.33
0
-0.39
0
-0.46
0.05
0.05
-----------
0.1
0.2
-----------
Grades
4&5
0.2
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.30
Tolerance
0.35
k
rac
on Overall Length (unit: mm)
Type of product
Allowable error
0.40
Type F racks with machined ends
-- 0.2 (-- 0.2)

-- 0.6 (-- 0.8)
FRCP, DR flexible racks
10
Other racks
+3
--2
CAUTION: For F type racks, the pitches at the

machined ends are made to the minus
tolerance of -0.1 to -0.3mm (for module
2.5 and above, -0.1 to -0.4mm.)
on Diameter of Round Racks
KHK stock round racks are made

to h9 tolerance, except f 60 (SRO
6-1000) which has h10.
Grade 3
CAUTION: The straightness tolerances of round racks are

0.15/500mm and 0.2/1000mm.
CAUTION: The width and height tolerances of KHK R 001 grades 3 to 5

products are measured at 1mm inside from each corner.
Tolerance
Grade 1
dia
Backlash of Rack Tooth (Amount of Tooth Thinning) NOTE 2 (KHK R 003)

Precision grade
(KHK R 001)
NOTE 1
Module
(m)
Below 0.5
0.5 up to 1
1 up to 1.5
1.5 up to 2
2 up to 2.5
2.5 up to 3
3 up to 4
4 up to 5
5 up to 6
6 up to 8
More than 8
Grade 1
KRG, KRGF, KRGD

KRHG
-
Grade 3
SRGF
Grade 4
(Unit: mm)
Grade 5
(excludes thermal refined racks) (includes thermal refined racks)
SR, SRF, SRFD SUR, SURF, SURO

SRO, SROS
PR, PRF
SRH, BSR
KRF, KRCPF
0.02~0.11
0~0.05
0.03~0.12
0.03~0.14
0~0.05
0~0.1
0.04~0.13
0.04~0.15
0~0.05
0~0.1
0.05~0.14
0.05~0.16
0~0.05
0~0.1
0.06~0.16
0.06~0.18
0~0.05
0~0.1
0.07~0.18
0.07~0.20
0~0.1
0.08~0.22
0.08~0.24
0.09~0.24
0.09~0.26
0.10~0.28
0.13~0.32
0.15~0.34
NOTE 1: The values for CP racks equate to modules as follows: CP2.5 is approx.m0.8, CP5 is approx m1.5, CP10 is
approx m3, CP15 is approx m5, CP20 is approx m6.
NOTE 2: The values shown in the table are amount of tooth thinning. The theoretical backlash of assembled rack and
pinion is given by:
Rack & pinion backlash = Amount of tooth thinning of the rack + Amount of tooth thinning of the pinion
Amount of tooth thinning of the rack: See above table.
Amount of tooth thinning of the pinion: Take 1/2 of backlash given in the product table.
157
Racks
Application Hints
4. Caution with Regard to the Special Characteristics

The black oxide finish is somewhat effective in preventing rust but
is not rustproof.
With treatments such as solution heat treatment* and passivation**,
SUR(F) and SURO stainless steel racks can resist rusting to a great
degree; yet they are not totally rustproof.
In order to use KHK stock gears safely, carefully read the Application
Hints before proceeding. If there are questions or if you require
clarifications, please, contact our technical department or your nearest
distributor.

PHONE: 81-48-254-1744 FAX: 81-48-254-1765
*Solution Heat Treatment

Heat treatment by which the carbon formed on the surface during the
blank manufacturing is made to migrate into the material interior.
** Passivation
Immersion of the metal in nitric acid to make it more rust-resistant.
1.Caution on Performing Secondary Operations

Due to their material, PR (F) plastic racks may be affected by
significant variations in temperature or humidity. This is especially
true for the overall lengths and pitch errors.
SSR, SIR corner racks are easily deformable and may develop
changes in dimensions.
Racks in general (but particularly long racks) have the tendency to
warp with age. Caution needs to be exercised.
The bottom surface of PR(F) plastic racks is the reference surface
for gear cutting. Therefore, the bottom surface should be used as the
datum during installations.
Most KHK racks can be modified by the user. Please note the
following points.
Secondary operations can be performed on all KHK stock racks.
To avoid problems of gear precision, do not attempt to machine the
racks to reduce the face width. The precision of ground racks and
racks with mounting holes may drop if you do not exercise extreme
caution during installation or while modifying.
Pitch lines of racks are controlled by using the bottom surface as
the reference datum and over-pin measurements on tooth thickness.
If you machine the bottom surfaces, the precision of the racks may
be affected.
When connecting two racks, the machining of the mating ends
requires careful consideration. The meshing will be poor if the pitch
straddling the connection has a positive tolerance. We recommend a
minus tolerance on pitch of( -0.1~-0.3mm) at the connection.
5. Other Points to Consider in the Selection Process

There are various footnotes to the product pages under the headings
of CAUTION and NOTES. Please consider them carefully
when selecting these products.
There may be slight differences in color or shape of products shown
in the photographs from the actual products.
p : reference pitch
: Pi
m : module
module
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
4
5
6
8
10
158
pitch
p /2
3.142
4.712
6.283
7.854
9.424
12.566
15.708
18.850
25.133
31.416
1.570
2.356
3.142
3.927
4.712
6.283
7.854
9.424
12.566
15.708
To use dowel pins to secure racks, attach the racks to the base and
drill both simultaneously.
Racks made of S45C-D and SCM440 (except ground racks) can
be induction hardened. But do not induction harden D type racks
with mounting holes since they will warp. In addition, for racks
with modules less than 2, hardness will not totally reach the root
of the teeth.
To be able to handle parts safely, all burrs and sharp corners should
be removed after the secondary operations are done.
If you are going to modify the gear by gripping the teeth, please
exercise caution not to crush the teeth by applying too much
pressure. Any scarring will cause noise during operation.
Heat Treatment
1) Induction hardening of S45C racks should conform with the
reference data below.
Tempering temperature -
200~250C
Hardness -
50~55HRC
2) When the gear teeth of S45C racks are heat-treated the
precision grade will drop about one grade due to some
deformation to be introduced by the treatments. Please also
note that the rectangular surfaces will not attain the specified
hardness due to decarburization layer of about 0.5mm
thickness.
3) The induction hardened depth is approximately 1mm. However,
the hardening process does not completely reach the root of the
gear teeth at the center portion of the face width.
Examples of KHK Gear Applications
Seal Manufacturing Machine (racks)
NC Lathe (spur gears & round racks)
Label Printing Machine (spur gears, racks)

Automatic Packaging Machine (racks)
159
Racks
Machined end type racks such as SRF and SRFD series have the
pitch tolerance of -0.1/-0.3 for modules less than Module 2.5,
and -0.1/-0.4 for larger modules. If you try to connect the racks
without any space, the pitch at the connection will be too small
and will cause problems. Please follow the following diagrams for
assembly.

KHK stock racks are designed to give the proper backlash when
assembled using the mounting distance given by the formula below
(mounting distance tolerance of H7~H8 required). The backlash
values are given in the table on page 157. Make sure that the
mounting distance stays constant for the length of the rack.
Examples
of Rack Joining Methods
Mounting distance, a = height of pitch line of rack + pitch radius of pinion

CAUTION: Pinions are assumed to be standard stock spur gears (x=0).
KRG type of KHK stock ground racks have four surfaces ground
parallel to within 10~15 mm. To maintain true angle, they should
be mounted on high precision bases as shown below. It is even
possible to correct for the angular errors of racks by compensating
the mounting base. With recent increases in the requirement for
zero backlash linear drives, such accurate assembly as shown is
becoming more important.
CAUTION: Joining gauge racks for helical racks must have the opposite hand
from the racks. Please use Module 1~10 100 racks as a joining gauge
rack, or alternatively the rack of the same specifications on hand.

Are the racks firmly mounted on the base?
If the gears are exposed, install a safety cover for protection. Never
touch gears while they are in motion.
Check for unusual noise and vibration while the machine is in
operation. If an abnormality is encountered, recheck the racks and
assembly conditions. Also, check lubrication levels after start-up.
Sometimes, when the unit is initially being operated, the lubricating
oil deteriorates rapidly.
If the racks are not secured properly to the base, they could
shift during operation and cause unexpected problems. It is very
important to insure firm mounting by the use of dowel pins or
similar devices.
Racks tend to be heavy objects. Care should be exercised during
assembly to avoid bodily injuries. Also do not drop or bump the
racks.
To secure DR flexible racks, use the rack clamps or rack guide
rails.
160

Depending on how they are handled, it is still possible to deform or
break them. It is important to exercise care in handling these parts.
Check the products as they are being taken out of the boxes. If any
of them are rusted, scratched or dented, please return to the dealer
where they were bought, for exchange.
Flexible Rack Applications
New applications are now possible, Flexi Rack can be

bent into almost any configuration.
Motor drive curtain
Double window with a built-in blind
Automatic door
Motor drive antenna
161
KRG(F)(D) Ground Racks
Modules
1~3
R1 Shape
Racks
R1 Shape (Type F)
K
R
G
.
K
R
G
F
.
K
R
G
D
*SW is saw blade finish.
Modules 1~3 100 Racks

Catalog No.
KRG1-100
KRG1-500
KRG1.5-100
KRG1.5-500
KRG2-100
KRG2-500
KRG2.5-100
KRG2.5-500
KRG3-100
KRG3-500
Catalog No.
KRGF1-1000
KRGF1.5-1000
KRGF2-1000
KRGF2.5-1000
KRGF3-1000
Catalog No.
KRGD1-500
KRGD1.5-500
KRGD2-500
KRGD2.5-500
KRGD3-500
Module
m1
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
Module
m1
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
Module
m1
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
Effective
no. of teeth
29
159
20
105
14
79
11
63
9
52
Shape
No. of teeth
159
106
80
64
53
98
505
101
505
98
505
100
505
101
505
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
No. of teeth Shape
318
212
160
128
106
Total length Face width Height Height to pitch line
Shape
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
Allowable forceN)
Weight
kg
NOTE 1
10
15
14
1530
641
156
15
20
18.5
3450
1440
352
147
20
25
23
6130
2560
625
261
25
30
27.5
9580
4010
977
408
30
35
32
13800
5770
1410
588
RF
RF
RF
RF
RF
Allowable forcekgf
999.03
999.03
1005.31
1005.31
999.03
10
15
20
25
30
20
20
25
30
35
19
18.5
23
27.5
32
Allowable forceN)
0.11
0.55
0.23
1.20
0.36
1.90
0.55
2.60
0.78
3.80
65.3
Allowable force kgf
Weight
kg
1530
3450
6130
9580
13800
NOTE 1
641
1440
2560
4010
5770
156
352
625
977
1410
65.3
147
261
408
588
1.50
2.20
3.60
5.40
7.50
Total length
Face width
Height
Height to pitch line
Mounting hole dimensions NOTE 2
No. of
mounting
holes
Mounting
screw size
499.51
499.51
502.65
502.65
499.51
10
15
20
25
30
15
20
25
30
35
14
18.5
23
27.5
32
6
8
10
12
14
39.75
39.75
41.32
41.32
39.75
140
140
140
140
140
4
4
4
4
4
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
CAUTION: Please follow the Application Hints on page 158 to ensure precision during assembly.
NOTE 1: The allowable forces shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions. Please see page 155 for more details.
NOTE 2: The dimensions E and F have the general tolerance. We recommend that you secure the rack after assembly by means of dowel pins.
162
Ground Racks
Specifications
KHK R 001 grade 1 Tooth hardness
250~285HB
Gear teeth
Standard full depth Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Tooth surface finish Ground
Material
SCM440
Datum reference surface

for gear grinding
Heat treatment
Thermal refining only
Bottom surface
Racks
R1 Shape (Type D)
Precision grade
K
R
G
.
K
R
G
F
K
R
G
D
Counterbore dimensions
5
6
7
8.6
10.8
8
10
11
14
17.5
4.5
6
7
9
11
Allowable forcekgf
Weight
Allowable forceN)
kg
1530
3450
6130
9580
13800
NOTE 1
641
1440
2560
4010
5770
156
352
625
977
1410
65.3
147
261
408
588
0.55
1.00
1.70
2.60
3.60
163
Catalog No.
KRGD1-500
KRGD1.5-500
KRGD2-500
KRGD2.5-500
KRGD3-500
SRGF Ground Racks
Modules
1.5~4
New Products
Specifications
Racks
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
S
R
G
F
KHK R 001 grade 3

Standard full depth
20
S45C-D
Tooth surfaces induction hardened
50~55HRC NOTE 2
Black oxide except ground surface

gear grinding
Ground
Bottom surface
Possible except tooth area NOTE 3
R1 Shape (Type F)
Modules 1.5~4 500 Rack

Catalog
No.
SRGF1.5-500
SRGF2 -500
SRGF2.5-500
SRGF3 -500
SRGF4 -500
Module
Total length
Face width
Height
Height to
pitch line
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
4.0
499.51
502.65
502.65
499.51
502.65
15
20
25
30
40
Effective
No. of teeth
Shape
20
25
30
35
45
18.5
23.0
27.5
32.0
41.0
106
080
064
053
040
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
Shape
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
Allowable force (N) NOTE 1
Allowable force (kgf)
Bending strength
Surface durability
Bending strength
Surface durability
Weight
(kgf)
02160
03830
05990
08620
15300
01360
02410
03770
05420
9640
0220
0391.0
06111
0879.0
1560.0
0138
0246.0
0384.0
0553.0
9830
1.1
1.8
2.7
3.8
6.3
Modules 1.5~4 1000 Rack

Catalog
No.
Module
Total length
Face width
Height
Height to
pitch line
Effective
No. of teeth
SRGF1.5-1000
SRGF2 -1000
SRGF2.5-1000
SRGF3 -1000
SRGF4 -1000
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
4.0
0999.03
1005.31
1005.31
0999.03
1005.31
15
20
25
30
40
20
25
30
35
45
18.5
23.0
27.5
32.0
41.0
212
160
128
106
080
Bending strength
Surface durability
Bending strength
Surface durability
Weight
(kgf)
02160
03830
05990
08620
15300
01360
02410
03770
05420
9640
0220
0391.0
06111
0879.0
1560.0
0138
0246.0
0384.0
0553.0
9830
02.2
03.6
05.3
07.5
12.5
CAUTION: Please follow the Application Hints on page 158 to ensure accurate assembly.
NOTE 2: Due to decarburization layer of about 0.5mm thickness, the rectangular surfaces have less than the specified hardness.
NOTE 3: Because of the heat treated gear teeth, appropriate care must be taken when cutting the length.
164
KRF Racks with Machined Ends
Modules
1.5~5
Specifications
Precision grade
KHK R 001 grade 4
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
Standard full depth

20
Material
SCM440
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
R1 Shape (Type F)
KRF1.5-1000
KRF2 -1000
KRF2.5-1000
KRF3 -1000
KRF4 -1000
KRF5 -1000
Module
Total length
Face width
Height
Height to
pitch line
A
0999.03
1005.31
1005.31
0999.03
1005.31
1005.31
B
15
20
25
30
40
50
C
20
25
30
35
45
50
D
18.5
23.0
27.5
32.0
41.0
45.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
4.0
5.0
Bottom surface
Possible
NOTE 2: Due to a decarburization layer of about

0.5mm the hardness on the rectangular
surfaces is less than 187HB.
Modules 1.5~5 Type F Thermal refined

Catalog
No.

gear cutting
Effective
No. of teeth
Shape
212
160
128
106
080
064
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
Bending strength
Surface durability
Bending strength
Surface durability
Weight
(kgf)
03450
06130
09580
13800
24500
38300
00953
01760
02810
04120
07530
12000
0352
0625
0977
1410.0
2500.0
3910.0
0 97.2
0179.00
0287 0
0421 0
0768 0
1220.00
02.2
03.6
05.4
07.5
12.9
17.8
NOTE 1: The allowable forces shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions. Please see page155 for more details.
165
Racks
250~285HB NOTE 2
Surface treatment Black oxide
Tooth surface finish Cut
K
R
F
SR Racks
Modules
1~10
Specifications
R1 Shape
Precision grade
KHK R 001 grade 4
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
Standard full depth

20
Material
S45C-D
Heat treatment
Stress relief annealing
Tooth hardness
Less than 95HRB
Racks

S
R
Modules 1~10
Catalog No.
SR1-100
SR1-300
SR1-500
SR1.5-100
SR1.5-300
SR1.5-500
SR1.5-1000
SR1.5-1500
SR2-100
SR2-300
SF2-500
SR2-1000
SR2-1500
SR2.5-100
SR2.5-300
SR2.5-500
SR2.5-1000
SR2.5-1500
SR3-100
SR3-300
SR3-500
SR3-1000
SR3-1500
SR4-100
SR4-500
SR4-1000
SR4-1500
SR5-110
SR5-500
SR5-1000
SR5-1500
SR6-110
SR6-500
SR6-1000
SR6-1500
SR8-130
SR8-1000
SR10-160
Module No. of teeth Shape
m1
29
94
159
m1.5
20
62
105
212
320
m2
14
46
79
160
240
m2.5
11
37
63
128
192
m3
9
30
52
106
160
m4
6
39
80
120
m5
5
31
64
96
m6
4
25
53
79
m8
m10
3
40
3
R1
98
303
505
10
12
11
R1
101
303
505
1010
1515
R1
98
303
505
1010
1515
R1
100
303
505
1010
1515
R1
101
303
505
1010
1515
R1
98
505
1010
1515
R1
108
505
1010
1515
R1
111
505
1010
1515
R1
R1
123
1010
155
15
20
25
30
40
50
20
25
30
35
45
50
18.5
23
27.5
32
41
45
Allowable forceN)

gear cutting
Bottom surface
Possible
Allowable forcekgf
Weight
kg
958
2160
3830
5990
8620
15300
24000
NOTE 1
177
421
775
1240
1820
3330
5300
97.7
220
391
611
879
1560
2440
18.0
0.086
0.25
0.42
42.9
0.23
0.73
1.20
2.20
3.40
79.0
0.36
1.20
1.90
3.60
5.40
127
0.55
1.80
2.60
5.30
8.00
186
0.78
2.50
3.80
7.60
11.40
339
1.30
6.30
12.50
19.00
540
2.00
8.30
17.50
19.00
2.90
12.70
25.40
38.00
60
60
54
34500
7740
3520
789
75
75
67
44200 10400
4510
1060
90
80
70
66300 16100
6770
1640
4.90
39.00
7.80
CAUTION: The backlash of a rack depends on the mating pinion. Please refer to the pinions backlash.
166
SRF Racks with Machined Ends
Modules
1~10
Specifications
Precision grade
KHK R 001 grade 4
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
Standard full depth

20
Material
S45C-D
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
R1 Shape (Type F)

gear cutting
Bottom surface
Possible
Modules 1~10
Catalog No.
SRF1-300
SRF1-500
SRF1-1000
Module No. of teeth Shape
m1
96
159
318
m1.5
64
106
212
320
435
m2
48
80
160
240
326
m2.5
38
64
128
192
261
SRF3-300
SRF3-500
SRF3-1000
SRF3-1500
SRF3-2000
SRF4-500
SRF4-1000
SRF4-1500
SRF4-2000
SRF1.5-300
SRF1.5-500
SRF1.5-1000
SRF1.5-1500
SRF1.5-2000
SRF2-300
SRF2-500
SRF2-1000
SRF2-1500
SRF2-2000
SRF2.5-300
SRF2.5-500
SRF2.5-1000
SRF2.5-1500
SRF2.5-2000
SRF5-500
SRF5-1000
SRF5-1500
SRF5-2000
SRF6-500
SRF6-1000
SRF6-1500
SRF6-2000
SRF8-1000
SRF10-1000 NOTE 2
10
12
11
Allowable forcekgf
Weight
Allowable forceN)
kg
NOTE 1
RF
301.59
499.51
999.03
RF
301.59
499.51
999.03
1507.96
2049.88
RF
301.59
502.65
1005.31
1507.96
2048.31
RF
298.45
502.65
1005.31
1507.96
2049.88
m3
32
53
106
160
217
RF
301.59
499.51
999.03
1507.96
2045.17
30
35
32
8620
1820
m4
40
80
120
163
RF
502.65
1005.31
1507.96
2048.31
40
45
41
15300
3330
m5
32
64
96
130
RF
502.65
1005.31
1507.96
2042.04
m6
m8
m10
26
53
80
108
40
32
RF
RF
RF
490.09
999.03
1507.96
2035.75
1005.31
1005.31
15
20
25
50
20
25
30
50
18.5
23
27.5
45
958
2160
3830
5990
24000
177
421
775
1240
5300
97.7
220
391
18.0
0.25
0.41
0.8
42.9
0.73
1.19
2.2
3.3
4.5
79.0
1.2
1.89
3.6
5.5
7.4
127
1.8
2.59
5.3
8.2
11
879
186
2.5
3.76
7.5
11.4
15.4
1560
339
6.27
12.5
19.4
26.4
540
8.26
17.5
26.6
35.9
611
2440
60
60
54
34500
7740
3520
789
75
90
75
80
67
70
44200 10400
66300 16100
4510
6770
1060
1640
12.3
25.4
38.3
51.8
39
50
* The blue catalog number designates a new product.

NOTE 2: The material of SRF10 is S45C which is machined rectangular section and not S45C-D (forged material).
167
Racks
Less than 95HRB

S
R
F
SRFD Racks with Bolt Holes
Modules
1.5~6
R1 Shape (Type D)
Modules 1.5~6 Type D

Total length
Face width
Height
RD
RD
RD
999.03
1507.96
2049.88
15
20
18.5
49.51
33.98
34.94
180
180
180
6
9
12
M5
160
240
326
RD
RD
RD
1005.31
1507.96
2048.31
20
25
23
10
52.65
33.98
34.15
180
180
180
6
9
12
M6
m2.5
128
192
261
RD
RD
RD
1005.31
1507.96
2049.88
25
30
27.5
12
52.65
33.98
34.94
180
180
180
6
9
12
M8
SRFD3-1000
SRFD3-1500
SRFD3-2000
m3
106
160
217
RD
RD
RD
999.03
1507.96
2045.17
30
35
32
14
49.51
33.98
32.58
180
180
180
6
9
12
M10
SRFD4-1000
SRFD4-1500
SRFD4-2000
m4
80
120
163
RD
RD
RD
1005.31
1507.96
2048.31
40
45
41
18
52.65
33.98
34.15
180
180
180
6
9
12
M12
SRFD5-1000
SRFD5-1500
SRFD5-2000
m5
64
96
130
RD
RD
RD
1005.31
1507.96
2042.04
50
50
45
20
62.65
93.98
31.02
220
220
220
5
7
10
M14
SRFD6-1000
SRFD6-1500
SRFD6-2000
m6
53
80
108
RD
RD
RD
999.03
1507.96
2035.75
60
60
54
23
59.51
93.98
27.88
220
220
220
5
7
10
M16
Racks
Catalog No.
S
R
F
D
.
S
S
R
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
SRFD1.5-1000
SRFD1.5-1500
SRFD1.5-2000
m1.5
212
320
435
SRFD2-1000
SRFD2-1500
SRFD2-2000
m2
SRFD2.5-1000
SRFD2.5-1500
SRFD2.5-2000
Mounting hole dimensions
NOTE 1
No. of
mounting
holes
Mounting
screw size
SSR Corner Racks (External)
Modules
2~3
Specifications
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
S5 Shape
Module 2, 2.5, 3
Catalog No.
SSR2-120
SSR2-200
SSR2.5-120
SSR2.5-200
SSR3-120
SSR3-160
Module
m2
m2.5
m3
No. of
teeth
Shape
120
200
120
200
120
160
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
S5
Bore
AH8
194
354
245
445
296
416
240
400
300
500
360
480
244
404
305
505
366
486
20
20
25
25
30
30
NOTE 3
Allowable torqueNm)
Bending strength
366
630
715
1230
1240
1680
NOTE 4
Surface durability
44.0
84.2
88.5
169
157
226

for gear cutting
JIS N9 grade (JIS1 B1702-1: 1998)

OLD JIS 5 grade (JIS b1702: 1976)
Standard full depth

20
S45C
Less than 194HB

Black oxide
Cut
Bore
Possible
Backlash
Weight
Bending strength
mm
kg
37.4
64.3
72.9
126
126
171
Surface durability
4.49
8.59
9.02
17.2
16.0
23.0
0.17~0.37 2.50
0.20~0.41 4.30
0.19~0.41 4.60
0.22~0.46 8.00
0.22~0.45 7.80
0.22~0.45 10.6
NOTE 3: The face width of SSR and SIR corner racks are the same as that of SR (F) and (D) racks. By cutting and finishing the ends of corner racks, they can be connected to straight racks with machined ends.
168
Racks with Bolt Holes
Specifications
Allowable forcekgf
Weight
Allowable forceN) NOTE 2
kg
Less than 95HRB
Gear teeth
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Material
S45C-D

Bottom surface
for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Catalog No.
10
2160
421
220
42.9
2.10
3.20
4.40
SRFD1.5-1000
SRFD1.5-1500
SRFD1.5-2000
11
3830
775
391
79.0
3.50
5.40
7.30
SRFD2-1000
SRFD2-1500
SRFD2-2000
8.6
14
5990
1240
611
127
5.30
8.00
10.9
SRFD2.5-1000
SRFD2.5-1500
SRFD2.5-2000
10.8
17.5
11
8620
1820
879
186
7.20
11.1
15.2
SRFD3-1000
SRFD3-1500
SRFD3-2000
13
20
14
15300
3330
1560
339
12.4
18.9
25.9
SRFD4-1000
SRFD4-1500
SRFD4-2000
15.2
23
16
24000
5300
2440
540
17.0
25.9
35.1
SRFD5-1000
SRFD5-1500
SRFD5-2000
17.5
26
18
34500
7740
3520
789
24.0
36.2
48.9
SRFD6-1000
SRFD6-1500
SRFD6-2000
Racks
Precision grade
S
R
F
D
.
S
I
R
SIR Corner Racks (Internal)
Modules
2~3
Specifications
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment

gear cutting
Catalog No.
SIR2-120
SIR2-200
SIR2.5-120
SIR2.5-200
SIR3-120
SIR3-160
Module
T1 Shape
Module 2, 2.5, 3
Internal dia. Pitch dia. Outside dia. Face width Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 5 Allowable torquekgfm
No. of
Sharpe
teeth
A
C
D
E
120
m2
200
120
m2.5
200
120
m3
160
T1
T1
T1
T1
T1
T1
236
396
295
495
354
474
240
400
300
500
360
480
286
446
355
555
424
544
20
20
25
25
30
30
413
677
807
1320
1390
1840
68.8
110
138
220
244
315
42.1
69.0
82.3
135
142
188
7.02
11.2
14.0
22.5
24.9
32.1
JIS N9 grade (JIS1 B1702-1: 1998)

OLD JIS 5 grade (JIS b1702: 1976)
Standard full depth

20
S45C
Less than 194HB

Black oxide
Cut
Outside diameter
Possible
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.17~0.37 3.00
0.20~0.41 4.80
0.19~0.41 5.50
0.22~0.46 8.90
0.22~0.45 10.0
0.22~0.45 12.1
NOTE 5: The allowable torques shown in the table is the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions. Please see page 148 for more details.
169
SUR(F)(D) Stainless Steel Racks
Modules
R1 Shape
1~4
R1 Shape (Type F)
Racks
Modules 1~4
S
U
R
S
U
R
F
S
U
R
F
D
Catalog No.
SUR1-500
SUR1.5-500
SUR1.5-1000
SUR2-500
SUR2-1000
SUR2.5-500
SUR2.5-1000
SUR3-500
SUR3-1000
SUR4-500
SUR4-1000
Catalog No.
SURF1.5-1000
SURF2-1000
SURF2.5-1000
SURF3-1000
SURF4-1000
Catalog No.
SURFD1.5-1000
SURFD2-1000
SURFD2.5-1000
SURFD3-1000
SURFD4-1000
Module
m1
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
m4
Module
Effective
no. of teeth
Shape
159
105
212
79
159
63
127
52
105
39
79
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
No. of teeth Shape
505
505
1010
505
1010
505
1010
505
1010
505
1010
10
12
11
15
20
18.5
1030
237
105
24.2
20
25
23
1830
436
187
44.5
25
30
27.5
2860
698
292
71.2
30
35
32
4120
1030
420
105
40
45
41
7320
1870
746
191
457
999.03
1005.31
1005.31
999.03
1005.31
15
20
25
30
40
20
25
30
35
45
18.5
23
27.5
32
41
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
m4
212
160
128
106
80
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RF
RF
RF
RF
RF
Weight
kg
212
160
128
106
80
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
m4
Allowable forcekgf
99.4
46.6
10.1
0.42
1.20
2.20
1.80
3.70
2.70
5.30
3.80
7.60
6.60
13.1
Allowable forcekgf
Weight
kg
1030
1830
2860
4120
7320
237
436
698
1030
1870
105
187
292
420
746
24.2
44.5
71.2
105
191
Total length
Face width
Height
No. of
mounting
holes
Mounting
screw size
15
20
25
30
40
20
25
30
35
45
18.5
23
27.5
32
41
8
10
12
14
18
49.52
52.66
52.66
49.52
52.66
180
180
180
180
180
6
6
6
6
6
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
999.03
1005.31
1005.31
999.03
1005.31
Mounting hole dimensions
2.20
3.70
5.50
7.60
13.1
NOTE 2
* The blue catalog number designates a new product.

170
Stainless Steel Racks

Specifications
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
R1 Shape (Type D)

gear cutting
Racks
KHK R 001 grade 5

Standard full depth
20
SUS304
Solution heat treatment
Less than 187HB
Passivation
Cut
Bottom surface
Possible
S
U
R
.
S
U
R
F
.
S
U
R
F
D
6
7
8.6
10.8
13
10
11
14
17.5
20
6
7
9
11
14
Allowable forcekgf
Weight
kg
1030
1830
2860
4120
7320
237
436
698
1030
1870
105
187
292
420
746
24.2
44.5
71.2
105
191
2.10
3.50
5.30
7.20
12.7
171
Catalog No.
SURFD1.5-1000
SURFD2-1000
SURFD2.5-1000
SURFD3-1000
SURFD4-1000
BSR Brass Racks
Modules
0.5~1.25
Specifications
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
R1 Shape

gear cutting
Racks
B
S
R
KHK R 001 grade 4

Standard full depth
20
Free cutting brass(C3604BD-F)
More than 80HV
Cut
Bottom surface
Possible
Modules 0.5~1.25
Catalog No.
BSR0.5-300
BSR0.8-300
BSR1-300
Module
m0.5
m0.8
m1
Total length Face width Height Height to pitch line Allowable forceN) NOTE 1
Allowable forcekgf
Effective
Shape
no. of teeth
A
B
C
D
190
118
94
R1
R1
R1
303
303
303
3
4
6
9
10
10
8.5
9.2
9
28.7
61.3
115
2.93
6.25
11.7
Weight
kg
0.06
0.09
0.13
172
PR(F) Plastic Racks
Modules
1~3
Specifications

for gear cutting
R1 Shape (Type F)
KHK R 001 grade 5 NOTE 2

Standard full depth
20
MC901
115~120HRR
Cut
Bottom surface
Possible
NOTE 2: The cumulative pitch error of these racks

does not conform to KHK R001 grade 5
specifications.
Modules 1~3
Catalog No.
PR1-500
PR1.5-500
PR1.5-1000
PR2-500
PR2-1000
PR2.5-500
PR2.5-1000
PR3-500
PR3-1000
Catalog No.
PRF1.5-1000
PRF2-1000
PRF2.5-1000
PRF3-1000
Module
m1
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
Module
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
Effective
no. of teeth
159
105
212
79
159
63
127
52
105
Shape
R1
R1
R1
R1
R1
No. of teeth Shape
212
160
128
106
RF
RF
RF
RF
Total length Face width
505
505
1010
505
1010
505
1010
505
1010
Height
Height to pitch line Allowable forceN) NOTE 1 Allowable forcekgf Weight
10
12
11
15
20
18.5
209
21.3
20
25
23
371
37.9
25
30
27.5
580
59.2
30
35
32
835
85.2
Height
Bending strength
92.8
Bending strength
9.46
kg
0.06
0.18
0.32
0.27
0.53
0.40
0.78
0.57
1.10
Height to pitch line Allowable forceN) Allowable forcekgf Weight
999.03
1005.31
1005.31
999.03
15
20
25
30
20
25
30
35
18.5
23
27.5
32
Bending strength
209
371
580
835
Bending strength
kg
21.3
37.9
59.2
85.2
0.32
0.54
0.80
1.10
CAUTION: The straightness deviation of plastic racks is less than 5mm per meter. You may correct this error by using the bottom surface as the reference when
attaching the racks.
CAUTION: Significant variations in temperature or humidity can cause dimensional changes in plastic racks (MC Nylon). Please see page 32 on Characteristic
of Plastic Gears for additional information.
CAUTION: The reference datum for the gear cutting is the bottom surface. Please use it to position the rack when installing.
NOTE 1: The allowable forces shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions. Please refer to page 155.
173
Racks
R1 Shape
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
P
R
.
P
R
F
DR Molded Flexible Racks
Modules
0.8~2
Specifications
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment

gear cutting
Racks
D
R
.
A
R
L
.
S
R
S
KHK R 001 grade 8

Standard full depth
20
DURACON (M25-44)
110~120HRR
Molded (continuous extrusion)

Bottom surface
Possible
R4 Shape
Modules 0.8~2
Catalog
No.
DR0.8-2000
DR1 -2000
DR1.5-2000
DR2 -2000
Module Total length Face width Face width Height
m
0.8
1.0
1.5
2.0
A
2000
2000
2000
2000
B
3.8
5.0
6.5
8.0
B
3
4
5
6
C
3.3
4.3
5.7
7.0
Height to
pitch line
Thickness of
base
D
2.5
3.3
4.2
5.0
E
1.5
2.0
2.3
2.5
Depth of
groove
Width of
groove
G
F
0.7 03.7
0.9 04.9
1.0 08.0
1.1 10.1
Width of
base
H
08
10
12
15
Effective No.
of teeth
Shape
R4
R4
R4
R4
CAUTION: To use the molded flexible rack with a 20 tooth pinion, the radius of curvature for an external or internal arc
must be greater than 150mm.
CAUTION: Molded plastic gears are inherently less precise than metal gears. The table on the right shows the
dimensional tolerance of these racks. The overall length tolerance is 10mm.
CAUTION: Molded flexible racks are not suitable for use when positioning accuracy is need.
NOTE 1: Allowable transmission forces shown in the table are the values calculated from the Lewis formula. The
allowable bending forces are the value for Duracon 90.
Catalog No.
ARL-0.8
ARL-1
ARL-1.5
ARL-2
Rack Clamps
Catalog No.
SRS-1
SRS-2
Weight
(kgf)
NOTE 1
Bending Bending strength

strength (N)
(kgf)
112
161
161
265
11.40
16.4
16.5
27.0
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.30
Dimensional tolerance table (unit: mm)
Tolerance
Range
* We also accept orders for longer racks up to 50m as specials

Rack Guide Rails
Allowable force
Below 3
0.20
3 up to 6
0.25
6 up to 10
0.30
10 up to 18
0.35
18 up to 30
0.40
30 & up
0.50
Material: Aluminum (A6063S-T5) Total length: 1000mm

A
Shape
10.3
12.3
14.3
17.3
4.4
5.6
7.2
8.8
4.7
5.2
5.5
6.2
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.5
1.7
2.2
2.5
2.7
08.3
10.3
12.3
15.3
T6
T6
T6
T6
E
1.2
1.4
Shape
Material: SS400 (Unichromic plating)

A
10.2
11.4
B
8
8
C
4.5
5.6
D
2.7
3.9
T7
T7
Normal bending and dimensional tolerance table

(unit: mm)

Range
T6 Shape
T7 Shape
174
Grade B
Below 6
0.30
6 up to 30
0.55
30 up to 120
0.80
120 up to 400
1.20
400 up to 1000
200
1000 up to 2000
300
SRO.SROS Round Racks
Modules
1~6
Specifications
R7 Shape (Type S)
Modules 1~6
Catalog No.
Module
Effective
no. of teeth
Shape
Total length Outside dia. Height to pitch line Allowable forceN)
dh9
NOTE 2
KHK R 001 grade 4

Standard full depth
20
S45C-D
Less than 95HRB
Black oxide
Cut
Possible

gear cutting
Allowable forcekgf
Weight
kg
SRO1-500
m1
159
R2
505
10
800
121
12.3
0.29
SRO1.5-500
m1.5
105
R2
505
15
13.5
1800
288
184
29.3
0.65
SRO2-500
SRO2-1000
m2
79
159
R2
505
1010
20
18
3200
530
326
54.0
1.10
2.30
SRO2.5-500
SRO2.5-1000
m2.5
63
127
R2
505
1010
25
22.5
5000
848
510
86.5
1.80
3.60
SRO3-500
SRO3-1000
m3
52
105
R2
505
1010
30
27
7200
1240
735
127
2.60
5.20
SRO4-500
SRO4-1000
m4
39
79
R2
505
1010
40
36
12800
2270
1310
232
4.60
9.00
SRO5-1000
m5
63
R2
1010
50
45
20000
3620
2040
369
14.3
SRO6-1000 NOTE 1
m6
52
R2
1010
60
54
28800
5290
2940
539
20.6
Module
Effective
no. of teeth
Shape
m1
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
128
85
64
51
42
R7
R7
R7
R7
R7
Catalog No.
SROS1-500
SROS1.5-500
SROS2-500
SROS2.5-500
SROS3-500
dh9
505
505
505
505
505
10
15
20
25
30
9
13.5
18
22.5
27
81.6
NOTE 2
Allowable forcekgf
800
1800
3200
5000
7200
121
288
530
848
1240
81.6
184
326
510
735
12.3
29.3
54.0
86.5
127
Weight
kg
0.29
0.65
1.20
1.80
2.60
NOTE 1: Tolerance of d dimension of SR06-1000 is h10.

NOTE 2: The allowable forces shown in the table are the calculated values according to assumed usage conditions. Please see page 155 for more details.
SURO Stainless Steel Round Racks
Modules
1~3
Specifications
R2 Shape
SURO1-500
SURO1.5-500
SURO2-1000
SURO2.5-1000
SURO3-1000
KHK R 001 grade 5

Standard full depth
20
SUS303
Solution heat treatment
Less than 187HB
Passivation
Cut
Possible

gear cutting
Modules 1~3
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
Module
Effective
no. of teeth
Shape
m1
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
159
105
159
127
105
R2
R2
R2
R2
R2
dh9
505
505
1010
1010
1010
10
15
20
25
30
9
13.5
18
22.5
27
NOTE 1
Allowable forcekgf
382
859
1530
2390
3440
67.9
162
298
477
700
39.0
87.6
156
243
351
6.93
16.5
30.4
48.7
71.4
Weight
kg
0.29
0.65
2.30
3.60
5.20
CAUTION: Round racks require special attention to prevent bending when used in an application where the racks are moved in a reciprocating action.
The allowable bending deformation of SURO racks is 0.3mm per 1m.
NOTE 1: The allowable forces shown in the table are the calculated value according to assumed usage conditions. Please see page 155 for more details.
175
Racks
R2 Shape
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
S
R
O
.
S
R
O
S
S
U
R
O
Racks
KRHG(F) Ground Helical Racks
K
R
H
G
.
K
R
H
G
F
Transverse
Modules
1~3
R5 Shape (RH)
Transverse Modules 1~3

Catalog No.
Module
Effective Direction
no. of teeth of ahelix
Shape
NOTE 2
KRHG1-100R
KRHG1-100L
KRHG1.5-100R
KRHG1.5-100L
KRHG2-100R
KRHG2-100L
KRHG2.5-100R
KRHG2.5-100L
KRHG3-100R
KRHG3-100L
Catalog No.
KRHGF1-500R
KRHGF1-500L
KRHGF1.5-500R
KRHGF1.5-500L
KRHGF2-1000R
KRHGF2-1000L
KRHGF2.5-1000R
KRHGF2.5-1000L
KRHGF3-1000R
KRHGF3-1000L
m1
28
m1.5
19
m2
13
m2.5
10
m3
Module
No. of teeth
m1
159
m1.5
106
m2
160
m2.5
128
m3
106
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Height to pitch line Allowable forceN)
Height
NOTE 2
Allowable forcekgf
R1
98
15
14
1290
955
131
R1
101
12
20
18.5
2890
2380
295
243
R1
98
16
25
23
5140
4230
524
432
R1
100
20
30
27.5
8030
6610
819
674
R1
102
25
35
32
12000
9810
1230
1000
Direction
Shape
of helix
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R5
R6
R5
R6
R5
R6
R5
R6
R5
R6
Total length
97.4
Allowable forceN)
Face width
Height
A'
499.51
502.66
15
14
1290
955
499.51
504.23
12
20
18.5
2890
2380
1005.31
1011.61
16
25
23
5140
4230
1005.31
1013.19
20
30
27.5
8030
6610
999.03
1008.88
25
35
32
12000
9810
Bending strength
CAUTION: Please use the KHG series of ground helical gears to mate with these racks. RH and LH mate as a pair.
CAUTION: Helical racks produce side thrust forces. Please see the application notes for helical gears on page 133.
NOTE 1: The joining gauge rack for helical racks must have the opposite direction of helix from the joined rack sections.
NOTE 2: The allowable forces shown in the table are the calculated values according to assumed usage conditions. Please see page 155 for more details.
176
NOTE 2
Surface durability
Ground Helical Racks

Specifications
Precision grade
KHK R 001 grade 1 Heat treatment
Reference section
of gear
Rotating plane
250~285HB
Gear teeth
Transverse pressure
angle
20
Helix angle
2130'

Bottom surface
for gear grinding
Material
SCM440
Weight
Catalog No.
kg
0.088
0.17
0.29
0.43
0.63
K
R
H
G
KRHG1-100R
KRHG1-100L
KRHG1.5-100R
KRHG1.5-100L
KRHG2-100R
KRHG2-100L
KRHG2.5-100R
KRHG2.5-100L
KRHG3-100R
KRHG3-100L
Allowable forcekgf
Weight
Bending strength
Surface durability
kg
131
97.4
0.44
295
243
0.87
524
432
2.90
819
674
4.34
1230
1000
6.27
Racks
R6 Shape (LH)
Tooth hardness
R1 Shape
Catalog No.
KRHGF1-500R
KRHGF1-500L
KRHGF1.5-500R
KRHGF1.5-500L
KRHGF2-1000R
KRHGF2-1000L
KRHGF2.5-1000R
KRHGF2.5-1000L
KRHGF3-1000R
KRHGF3-1000L
177
K
R
H
G
F
SRH Helical Racks
Normal
Modules
2~3
Specifications
Precision grade
RH
Reference section of gear
Gear teeth
Normal pressure angle
Helix angle
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
LH
Racks

gear cutting
S
R
H
R1 Shape
Modules 2~3
Catalog
No.
SRH2- 500R
SRH2- 500L
SRH3- 500R
SRH3- 500L
SRH2-1000R
SRH2-1000L
SRH3-1000R
SRH3-1000L
Normal
module
m
2
3
2
3
Direction of Total length Face width

Helix NOTE 1
B
A
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Height
Height to
pitch line
KHK R 001 grade 5

Normal plane
Standard full depth
20
15
S45C-D
Less than 95HRB
Black oxide
Cut
Bottom surface
Possible
Effective No. of
teeth
Shape

Bending strength
Surface durability

Bending strength
Surface durability
0505
25
25
23
075
R1
4710
1570
0481 160.0
0505
35
35
32
049
R1
9910
3520
1010.0 359
1010
25
25
23
152
R1
4710
1570
0481 160.0
1010
35
35
32
101
R1
9910
3520
1010.0 359
NOTE 1: Ordering the correct helix hand is important. For a right hand pinion, use a left hand rack and vise versa.
Weight
(kgf)
2.28
4.44
4.49
8.75
178
Catalog
No.
SRH2- 500R
SRH2- 500L
SRH3- 500R
SRH3- 500L
SRH2-1000R
SRH2-1000L
SRH3-1000R
SRH3-1000L
Table of Contents
in Selecting and Using CP Racks & Pinions.......... page 180
KTSCP CP Tapered Pinions.
STRCPF CP Tapered Racks.................................. page 182
SSCPG.SSCPGS CP Ground Spur Gears............ page 184
KRGCP(F)(D) CP Ground Racks........................... page 184
SSCP CP Spur Gears............................................ page 186
SRCP(F)(D) CP Racks.KRCPF CP Thermal Refined Racks......... page 188
SUSCP CP Stainless Steel Spur Gears.

SURCPF(D) CP Stainless Steel Racks.................. page 190
SROCP CP Round Racks...................................... page 192
FRCP CP Metal Flexible Racks. ............................ page 192

Catalog Numbers of KHK stock gears are based on simple
principles as follows.
(Example)
CP Racks & Pinions

Pinions
SCP 2.5 - 20
No. of teeth (20)
Circular pitch (2.5mm)
Type (CP Spur Gear)
Material (S45C)
Pinions
Material
S
S45C (S45C-D)
SU SUS303, SUS304
K
SCM440
Type
SCP
SCPG
SCPGS
TSCP
CP Spur Gears
CP Ground Spur Gears
CP Ground Pinion Shafts
CP Tapered Pinions
Racks
K RGCP 5 - 500
Total length (500mm)
Circular pitch (5mm)
Type (CP Ground Rack)
Material (SCM440)
Racks
Material
S
S45C
K
SCM440
SU SUS304
F
SS400
Type
RCP
RCPF
RCPD
RGCP
RGCPF
RGCPD
ROCP
TRCPF
CP Racks
CP Racks with Machined Ends
CP Racks with Bolt Holes
CP Ground Racks
Ground CP Racks with Machined Ends
Ground CP Racks with Bolt Holes
CP Round Racks
CP Tapered Racks with Machined Ends
179
CP Racks &
Pinions
CP Racks & Pinions

For Accurate Positioning in Linear Motion Applications.
Characteristics
Movement of one cycle of

SSCP10-30 on CP10 rack vs. SS3-30 (m3) on m3 rack
KHK stock CP racks and pinions are suitable in applications where

very accurate positioning in linear motion is required. For your
convenience, we offer circular pitches of 2.5 to 20mm and in lengths of
100 to 2000mm. (FRCP is available to 4000mm)
One turn
CP10=300mm
m 3=282.74mm
1/2 turn
CP10=150mm
m 3=141.37mm
About CP Racks & Pinions

The reference pitch of a metric module is computed by multiplying the number of
module by p (3.14159). For example, the reference pitch of m3 rack is 9.425mm (3
p). When using a rack and a pinion in a linear motion application,
the fact that the pitch is not an integral number presents a difficulty
in accurate positioning. This problem is solved by CP racks and
pinions where one rotation of a pinion moves it precisely 50, 100,
150, ... or 600mm. The difference in movement of one rotation of a
30 tooth CP10 vs. SS3 spur gear is illustrated on the right.
Difference
between CP10 and m 3
Pitch
Main Characteristics of CP Racks & Pinions

< Racks >
Catalog No. Pitch mm
( ) denotes no. of teeth
Material
Heat
treatment
Straightened
Tooth
surface
finish
Precision
Hobbed
By pairing with KTSCP pinion, the backlash may be adjusted.
KHK R 001
( ) denotes JIS B
1702-1 grades
Main characteristics
1000
S45C-D
KRGCP(F)(D) 5, 10
NOTE1
100, 500,1000
SCM440
Thermal refining
Ground
High strength and abrasion-resistant for precision linear motion.
KRCPF
5, 10
1000
SCM440
Thermal refining
Hobbed
Increased strength with SCM440 material which is thermal refined.
SRCP (F)(D)
2.5, 5, 10, 100, 1000,

15, 20
1500, 2000
Hobbed
Widely applicable due to low cost and large selection of pitches and lengths.
Hobbed
Hobbed
Convenient in applications where the rack has reciprocal motion.
Hobbed
Cut continuously. Long length and deformable to a contour.
STRCPF
NOTE1
5, 10
Length mm
CP10=10mm
m 3=9.425mm
SURCPF(D) 5, 10
1000
SROCP
2.5, 5, 10 500
FRCP
S45C-D
SUS304
S45C-D
2000, 3000,
4000
SS400
& annealed
Straightened
& annealed
Solution
treatment
Straightened
& annealed
<Pinions>
KTSCP
5, 10
(20~40)
SCM440
Thermal refining
Hobbed
(N8)
By paring with STRCP rack, the backlash may be adjusted.
SSCPG(S)
5, 10
(10~40)
S45C
Induction hardened teeth

(SSCPGS is thermal
rifined)
Ground
(N7)
Perform secondary operations to suit your requirement on these ground CP spur gears.
SSCP
2.5, 5,
10, 15, 20
(20~40)
S45C
Hobbed
(N8)
Widely applicable due to low cost and large selection of pitches and numbers of teeth.
SUSCP
5, 10
(20~30)
SUS303
Hobbed
(N8)
NOTE2
NOTE 1: The catalog numbers in the above table with (F) on the end have both ends machined so that they can be butted against each other to make any desired
length. The items with (D) have mounting screw holes for easier assembly.
NOTE 2: The pinions with (S) are pinion shafts.
180
Selection Hints
It is important to thoroughly understand the contents of the product
tables as well as CAUTION notes before making the selection. In
addition, read the section below as well as 1. Caution in Selecting the
Mating Gears, 3. Selecting Racks by Precison, 4. Caution with
Regard to the Special Characteristics, and 5. Other Points to Consider
in the Selection Process in the KHK stock rack section starting on
page 155, and Selection Hints of spur gears on pages 27 and 28.
Calculation of Bending Strength

<Racks>
SRCP
Catalog No. KRGCP
SRCPF
KRGCPF
SRCPFD
KRGCPD
SROCP
Item
KRCPF
STRCPF
Formula
Caution in Selecting Gears Based on Gear Strength

The gear strength values shown in the product pages were
computed by assuming a certain application environment.
Therefore, they should be used as reference only. We recommend
that each user computes his own values by applying the actual
usage conditions. The table below contains the assumptions
established for these products in order to compute gear strengths.
<Pinions>
SURCPF
SURCPFD
FRCP
SSCPG
(SSCPGS)
KTSCP
SSCP
SUSCP
NOTE 1
30
Same number teeth
100min-1
Rotation
600min-1
100min-1
Over 10 cycles
7
Durability
Impact from motor
Uniform load
Impact from load
Uniform load
Bidirectional
Direction of load
Allowable root bending stress Flim
NOTE 2
21.33kgf/mm
13.33kgf/mm
7kgf/mm
14 (16.67) kgf/mm2
19kgf/mm2
12.67kgf/mm2
7kgf/mm2
1.2
Safety factor SF
Calculation of Surface Durability (Except those in common with bending strength)

Formula
NOTE 1
100cSt (50 )
Support on one end
Gear support
79kgf/mm
52.5kgf/mm
41.3kgf/mm
90 (99) kgf/mm2
74.5kgf/mm2
49kgf/mm2
41.3kgf/mm2
1.15
Safety factor SH
NOTE 1: The gear strength formula is based on JGMA (Japanese Gear Manufactures Association) specifications. The units of number of rotations (min-1) and the stress
(kgf/mm2) are adjusted to the units needed in the formula.
NOTE 2: Since the load is bidirectional, the allowable bending stress at root Flim is set to 2/3 of the value.
Application Hints
Example of KHK Gear Applications
When using KHK stock CP racks and pinions, please carefully read the
Application Hints of the rack section starting on page 155.
CP5 (m1.592) and CP10 (m3.183) are very close in size to m1.5 and
m3 respectively. The piece marking should be verified to make sure
that the item is correct.
Examples of fastening methods of FRCP metal flexible racks are
shown below.
Fixed by flat head screw
Fixed by spot welding
Automatic material handling equipment (CP racks & pinions)

(top view)
181
KTSCP Tapered Pinions.STRCPF Tapered Racks
CP Racks
& Pinions
KTSCP Tapered Pinion
K
T
S
C
P
.
S
T
R
C
P
F
KTSCP5-20
KTSCP5-25
KTSCP5-30
KTSCP5-40
KTSCP10-20
KTSCP10-25
KTSCP10-30
KTSCP10-40
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
D'
ST
8
10
10
12
25
32
38
45
31.83
39.79
47.75
63.66
36.06
44.02
51.98
67.89
33.97
41.92
49.88
65.8
18
15
33
ST
15
20
20
20
50
60
75
80
63.66
79.58
95.49
127.32
72.13
88.04
103.96
135.79
67.93
83.85
99.76
131.59
36
20
56
Total length
Face width
Height (major)
C'
1000
1000
15
30
19.5
34.5
18.45
32.4
17.38
30.27
7.5
15
No. of teeth Shape
CP5 (1.5915)
20
25
30
40
CP10 (3.1831)
20
25
30
40
5,10
ST Shape
Reference mating position
CP5, 10
Pitch mm
(Module)
Catalog No.
Circular
Pitches
Outside dia. (major) Outside dia. (minor) Face width
Hub width Total length
STRCPF Tapered Rack

Pitch mm
(Module)
Catalog No.
STRCPF5-1000
STRCPF10-1000
CP5 (1.5915)
CP10 (3.1831)
No. of teeth Shape
200
100
RF
RF
Height (minor) Height to pitch line Reference position
Adjustable backlash:
Moving the pinion axially by 1mm changes the backlash by 0.05mm
For example
SRCP5-1000 & SSCP5-30 Backlash value 0.1~0.2
STRCPF5-1000 & KTSCP5-30 Backlash value 0.05 or less.
* NOTE: The above backlash values are the theoretical

Tapered Pinion
Moving the pinion axially

by 1mm changes the
backlash by 0.05mm
Tapered
Rack

values.
* NOTE: Tapered rack& pinion are not interchangeable with
KHK stock CP racks and pinions.
* NOTE: Different modules, number of teeth, ground gear
versions and custom-made items are available as
special orders.
182
Tapered Racks & Pinions

KTSCP Specifications
JIS N8 grade (JIS1 B1702-1: 1998)
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Reference mating position
Tooth hardness
225~260HB
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
Cut
Material

for gear cutting
Bore
Heat treatment
STRCPF Specifications
Reference face width Adjustable width Reference position
15
30
KHK R 001 grade 4
Gear teeth
89~95HRB
Standard full depth
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C-D

for gear cutting
Bottom surface
Heat treatment
Distance traveled Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 2 Allowable torquekgfm Backlash

in one turn (mm) NOTE 1 Bending strength Surface durability Bending strength Surface durability mmNOTE 3
10.5
100
125
150
200
41.2
55.6
70.3
100
21
200
250
300
400
329
445
562
801
8.13
14.0
21.9
43.3
71.2
122
189
371
Weight
kg
Black oxide
Catalog No.
4.20
5.67
7.16
10.2
0.83
1.43
2.23
4.41
0~0.11
0~0.11
0~0.11
0~0.11
0.16
0.26
0.36
0.60
KTSCP5-20
KTSCP5-25
KTSCP5-30
KTSCP5-40
33.6
45.3
57.3
81.7
7.26
12.4
19.2
37.8
0~0.12
0~0.12
0~0.12
0~0.12
1.16
1.74
2.60
4.28
KTSCP10-20
KTSCP10-25
KTSCP10-30
KTSCP10-40
NOTE 1: The amount denotes the distance in mm tapered pinion travels on the racks in one revolution.
NOTE 2: The allowable torques shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions. Please see page 181 for
more details.
NOTE 3: The backlash values shown in the table are the theoretical values when these gears and the STRCP Tapered Racks are in mesh.

Bending strength
2290
9150
Allowable forcekgf
Surface durability Bending s trength Surface durability
468
1870
233
933
47.7
191
Weight
kg
2.06
7.10
Catalog No.
STRCPF5-1000
STRCPF10-1000
NOTE4: The allowable forces shown in the table are the calculated values according to the
assumed usage conditions. Please see page 181 for more details.
183
CP Racks
& Pinions
RT Shape
Precision grade
K
T
S
C
P
S
T
R
C
P
F
SSCPG(S) CP Ground Spur Gears

KRGCP(F)(D) CP Ground Racks
Circular
Pitches
5~10
S1 Shape
S7 Shape
CP Racks
& Pinions
CP5, 10 Ground Pinion Shafts
S
S
C
P
G
.
S
S
C
P
G
S
K
R
G
C
P
K
R
G
C
P
F
K
R
G
C
P
D
Catalog No.
SSCPGS5-15
SSCPGS5-20
SSCPGS5-25
SSCPGS10-10
SSCPGS10-15
SSCPGS10-20
Pitch mm
(Module)
Profile shift
No. of teeth coeffiicient Shape
Shaft dia. (L)
Shaft length (L)
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Shaft dia. (R)
Shaft length (R)
A'
F'
25
23.87
31.83
39.79
27.06
35.01
42.97
15
19.2
27.2
30.2
100
40
31.83
47.75
63.66
41.05
54.11
70.03
30
25.2
35.2
40.2
150
NOTE 1
CP5 (1.5915)
15
20
25
0
0
0
S7
19.2
27.2
30.2
CP10 (3.1831)
10
15
20
+0.5
0
0
S7
25.2
35.2
40.2
NOTE 1: Please see the SSGS ground Spur gears section for the center
distance table of profile shifted gears.
CP5, 10 Ground Spur Gears

Catalog No.
SSCPG5-20
SSCPG5-25
SSCPG5-30
SSCPG5-40
SSCPG10-20
SSCPG10-25
SSCPG10-30
SSCPG10-40
Pitch mm
(Module)
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Hub width
Total length
AH7
S1
8
10
10
12
25
32
38
50
31.83
39.79
47.74
63.66
35.01
42.97
50.93
66.84
15
15
30
S1
15
20
20
25
50
60
75
80
63.66
79.57
95.49
127.32
70.03
85.94
101.86
133.69
30
20
50
No. of teeth Shape
CP5 (1.5915)
20
25
30
40
CP10 (3.1831)
20
25
30
40
CP5~10 Ground Racks

Catalog No.
KRGCP5-100 NOTE 3
KRGCP5-500
KRGCP10-100 NOTE 3
KRGCP10-500
Catalog No.
KRGCPF5-1000
KRGCPF10-1000
Catalog No.
KRGCPD5-500
KRGCPD10-500
Pitch mm
(Module)
CP5 (1.5915)
CP10 (3.1831)
Pitch mm
(Module)
Total length Face width Height Height to pitch line Allowable forceN) NOTE 7 Allowable forcekgf Weight
Effective
Shape
no. of teeth
Bending strength Surface durability Bending strength Surface durability kg
A
B
C
D
18
99
8
49
Pitch mm
(Module)
R1
No. of teeth Shape
CP5 (1.5915) 200

CP10 (3.1831) 100
98
505
98
505
R1
RF
RF
RD
RD
20
18.41
3660
1560
373
159
30
35
31.82
14600
6230
1490
635
0.22
1.10
0.75
3.80
No. of teeth Shape
CP5 (1.5915) 100

CP10 (3.1831) 50
15
1000
1000
15
30
20
35
18.41
31.82
3660
14600
1560
6230
373
1490
kg
159
635
2.20
7.50
Total length
Face width
Height
No. of
mounting
holes
Mounting
screw size
500
500
15
30
20
35
18.41
31.82
8
14
40
40
140
140
4
4
M5
M10
NOTE 3: These racks may be used as the joining gauges for the ground racks with machined ends.
NOTE 4: The dimensions E and F have the general tolerance.
184
CP Ground
Spur Gears, Ground Racks
Specifications
SSCPG
SSCPGS
Standard full depth Standard full depth
Material
Heat treatment
Standard full depth

20
S45C
Tooth hardness
48~53HRC
48~53HRC
Surface treatment
Black oxide except ground surfaces Black oxide except ground surfaces
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
R1Shape
(Type F)
R1 Shape
(Type D)
Total length
75
100
125
220
100
150
200
21.2
32.0
43.2
121
169
256
8.49
16.6
27.8
25.9
67.9
133
24.8
33.5
42.3
60.4
200
250
300
400
13.7
23.0
35.0
66.9
198
268
339
483
110
184
280
535
2.53
3.41
4.32
6.16
20.2
27.3
34.5
49.3
1.40
2.34
3.57
6.82
11.2
18.7
28.5
54.6
SCM440
Tooth induction hardened after thermal refining Thermal refining only
Ground
Shaft (Ground portion)
Possible except tooth area
Catalog No.
0.04~0.18
0.04~0.18
0.04~0.18
0.34
0.66
0.85
SSCPGS5-15
SSCPGS5-20
SSCPGS5-25
2.64
6.93
13.6
0.05~0.20
0.05~0.20
0.06~0.21
0.97
1.87
2.64
SSCPGS10-10
SSCPGS10-15
SSCPGS10-20
Distance traveled in Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 5 Allowable torquekgfm Backlash

one turn (mm) NOTE 2 Bending strength Surface durability Bending strength Surface durability mmNOTE 6
100
125
150
200
20
S45C

Bore
Weight
kg
Weight
kg
Catalog No.
0.04~0.18
0.04~0.18
0.04~0.18
0.05~0.19
0.16
0.22
0.40
0.58
SSCPG5-20
SSCPG5-25
SSCPG5-30
SSCPG5-40
0.06~0.21
0.06~0.21
0.06~0.21
0.07~0.22
1.10
1.70
2.50
3.59
SSCPG10-20
SSCPG10-25
SSCPG10-30
SSCPG10-40
KHK R 001 grade 1
20
0.87
1.70
2.83
2.16
3.26
4.40
12.4
17.3
26.1

gear grinding

140
KRGCP(F)(D)
NOTE 2: The amount denotes the distance in mm the CP spur gear travels on the rack in one revolution.
NOTE 5: The allowable torque values shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions.
NOTE 6: The backlash values shown in the table are the theoretical values when these gears are meshed with KRGCP racks.
250~285HB
Ground
Bottom surface
Possible
CP Racks
& Pinions
Catalog No.
R1 Shape
S
S
C
P
G
.
S
S
C
P
G
S
K
R
G
C
P
K
R
G
C
P
F
K
R
G
C
P
D
6
10.8
10
17.5
6
11
Allowable forcekgf
3660
14600
1560
6230
373
1490
Weight
kg
159
635
1.00
3.60
Catalog No.
KRGCPD5-500
KRGCPD10-500
NOTE 7: The allowable forces shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions. Please
see page 181 for more details.
185
SSCP CP Spur Gears
Circular
Pitches
2.5~20
S1 Shape
CP Racks
& Pinions
CP2.5 ~ 20
S
S
C
P
Catalog No.
SSCP2.5-20
SSCP2.5-25
SSCP2.5-30
SSCP2.5-40
SSCP5-20
SSCP5-25
SSCP5-30
SSCP5-40
Pitch mm
(Module)
No. of teeth Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Hub width
Total length
AH7
13
17
21
28
15.91
19.89
23.87
31.82
17.51
21.49
25.46
33.42
10
10
20
CP2.5 (0.7958)
20
25
30
40
S1
6
8
8
10
CP5 (1.5915)
20
25
30
40
S1
8
10
10
12
25
32
38
45
31.83
39.78
47.74
63.66
35.01
42.97
50.93
66.84
15
15
30
SSCP10-20
SSCP10-25
SSCP10-30
SSCP10-40
CP10 (3.1831)
20
25
30
40
S1
15
20
20
20
50
60
75
80
63.66
79.57
95.49
127.32
70.03
85.94
101.86
133.69
30
20
50
SSCP15-20
SSCP15-25
SSCP15-30
CP15 (4.7746)
20
25
30
S1
22
25
25
75
100
110
95.49
119.36
143.24
105.04
128.92
152.79
50
27
77
SSCP20-20
SSCP20-25
SSCP20-30
CP20 (6.3662)
20
25
30
S1
25
30
30
100
130
150
127.32
159.15
190.98
140.06
171.89
203.72
60
30
90
CAUTION: SSCP and SS spur gears are similar in appearance and dimensions. Please check the identifying marking before use.
NOTE 1: The amount denotes the distance in mm that a pinion travels on the rack in one revolution.
186
CP
Spur Gears
Specifications
Weight
kg
JIS N8 grade (JIS1 B1702-1: 1998)
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
20
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Catalog No.
50
62.5
75
100
4.14
5.58
7.06
10.1
0.48
0.83
1.30
2.64
0.42
0.57
0.72
1.03
0.049
0.085
0.13
0.27
0.06~0.20
0.08~0.22
0.08~0.22
0.08~0.22
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.11
SSCP2.5-20
SSCP2.5-25
SSCP2.5-30
SSCP2.5-40
100
125
150
200
24.8
33.5
42.3
60.4
3.52
6.06
9.45
18.7
2.53
3.42
4.32
6.16
0.36
0.62
0.96
1.91
0.09~0.24
0.10~0.26
0.10~0.26
0.10~0.26
0.16
0.22
0.40
0.54
SSCP5-20
SSCP5-25
SSCP5-30
SSCP5-40
20.2
27.3
34.5
49.3
3.14
5.37
8.33
16.4
0.14~0.34
0.16~0.37
0.16~0.37
0.16~0.37
1.10
1.70
2.50
3.70
SSCP10-20
SSCP10-25
SSCP10-30
SSCP10-40
30.8
52.7
81.7
160
200
250
300
400
198
268
339
483
300
375
450
744
1000
1270
116
199
308
75.9
102
130
11.9
20.3
31.4
0.19~0.46
0.21~0.49
0.21~0.49
3.50
5.80
8.90
SSCP15-20
SSCP15-25
SSCP15-30
400
500
600
1590
2140
2710
264
449
693
162
219
276
26.9
45.8
70.7
0.21~0.52
0.23~0.56
0.23~0.56
7.50
12.0
17.0
SSCP20-20
SSCP20-25
SSCP20-30
NOTE 2: The allowable torques shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions. Please
see page 181 for more details.
NOTE 3: The backlash values shown in the table are the theoretical values when these gears are meshed with SRCP racks.
187
Tooth hardness
Less than 194HB

Black oxide
Bore
CP Racks
& Pinions

Precision grade
S
S
C
P
SRCP(F)(D) CP Racks
KRCPF CP Thermal Refined Racks
Circular
Pitches
2.5~20
R1 Shape
R1 Shape (Type F)
CP2.5~20
CP Racks
& Pinions
Catalog No.
S
R
C
P
.
S
R
C
P
F
.
S
R
C
P
F
D
.
K
R
C
P
F
SRCP5-100 NOTE 1
SRCP10-100 NOTE 1
SRCP15-100 NOTE 1
SRCP20-100 NOTE 1
Catalog No.
Pitch mm
(Module)
CP5 (1.5915)
CP10 (3.1831)
CP15 (4.7746)
CP20 (6.3662)
Pitch mm
(Module)
Effective
Shape
no. of teeth
Bending strength Surface durability Bending strength Surface durability kg
A
B
C
D
18
8
5
3
R1
R1
R1
R1
No. of teeth Shape
98
98
103
98
15
30
50
60
20
35
50
60
18.41
31.82
45.23
53.63
2290
9150
22900
36600
468
1870
4530
7480
233
933
2330
3730
47.7
191
462
763
0.22
0.75
1.90
2.50
kg
SRCPF5-1000
SRCPF5-1500
SRCPF5-2000
CP5 (1.5915)
200
300
410
RF
1000
1500
2050
15
20
18.41
2290
468
233
SRCPF10-1000
SRCPF10-1500
SRCPF10-2000
CP10 (3.1831)
100
150
205
RF
1000
1500
2050
30
35
31.82
9150
1870
933
191
7.60
11.2
15.4
SRCPF15-1000
SRCPF15-1500
SRCPF15-2000
CP15 (4.7746)
67
100
136
RF
1005
1500
2040
50
50
45.23
22900
4530
2330
462
17.7
26.4
35.9
SRCPF20-1000
SRCPF20-1500
SRCPF20-2000
CP20 (6.3662)
50
75
102
RF
1000
1500
2040
60
60
53.63
36600
7480
3730
763
25.0
37.5
51.0
Catalog No.
Pitch mm
(Module)
Effective
Shape
no. of teeth
2.20
3.30
4.40
47.7
Total length
Face width
Height
No. of
mounting
holes
Mounting
screw size
SRCPFD5-1000
SRCPFD5-1500
SRCPFD5-2000
CP5 (1.5915)
200
300
410
RD
1000
1500
2050
15
20
18.41
50
30
35
180
6
9
12
M5
SRCPFD10-1000
SRCPFD10-1500
SRCPFD10-2000
CP10 (3.1831)
100
150
205
RD
1000
1500
2050
30
35
31.82
14
50
30
35
180
6
9
12
M10
SRCPFD15-1000
SRCPFD15-1500
SRCPFD15-2000
CP15 (4.7746)
67
100
136
RD
1005
1500
2040
50
50
45.23
20
62.5
90
30
220
5
7
10
M14
SRCPFD20-1000
SRCPFD20-1500
SRCPFD20-2000
CP20 (6.3662)
50
75
102
RD
1000
1500
2040
60
60
53.63
23
60
90
30
220
5
7
10
M16
NOTE 1: These racks may be used as the joining gauges for the ground racks with machined ends.
NOTE 2: The dimensions E and F have the general tolerance.
CP5~10 Type F Thermal Refined

Catalog No.
KRCPF5-1000
KRCPF10-1000
Pitch mm
(Module)
CP5 (1.5915)
CP10 (3.1831)
No. of teeth Shape
200
100
RF
RF
1000
1000
15
30
20
35
18.41
31.82
188
3660
14600
1040
4480
373
1500
106
457
kg
2.20
7.50
CP
Racks
SRCP(F)(D) Specifications
Precision grade
Less than 95HRB
Gear teeth
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Material
S45C-D

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Bottom surface
R1 Shape (Type D)
Precision grade
250~285HB NOTE 4
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
20
Material
SCM440

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Thermal refining only Secondary Operations Possible
Bottom surface
NOTE 4: Due to the decarburization layer of about 0.5mm thickness,

the rectangular surfaces have less than HB187 hardness.
CP Racks
& Pinions
KRCPF Specifications
S
R
C
P
.
S
R
C
P
F
.
S
R
C
P
F
D
.
Allowable forcekgf
10
2290
468
233
Weight
kg
47.7
Catalog No.
2.10
3.20
4.40
SRCPFD5-1000
SRCPFD5-1500
SRCPFD5-2000
10.8
17.5
11
9150
1870
933
191
7.40
11.0
15.1
SRCPFD10-1000
SRCPFD10-1500
SRCPFD10-2000
15.2
23
16
22900
4530
2330
462
17.2
25.7
34.8
SRCPFD15-1000
SRCPFD15-1500
SRCPFD15-2000
17.5
26
18
36600
7480
3730
763
24.2
36.4
49.4
SRCPFD20-1000
SRCPFD20-1500
SRCPFD20-2000
189
K
R
C
P
F
SUSCP CP Stainless Steel Spur Gears
5~10
Circular
Pitches
S1 Shape
CP5, 10
CP Racks
& Pinions
Catalog No.
S
U
S
C
P
.
S
U
R
C
P
F
.
Pitch mm
(Module)
No. of teeth Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Hub width
Total length
AH7
SUSCP5-20
SUSCP5-25
SUSCP5-30
CP5 (1.5915)
20
25
30
S1
8
10
10
25
32
38
31.83
39.78
47.74
35.01
42.97
50.93
15
15
30
SUSCP10-20
SUSCP10-25
SUSCP10-30
CP10 (3.1831)
20
25
30
S1
15
20
20
50
60
75
63.66
79.57
95.49
70.03
85.94
101.86
30
20
50
CAUTION: SUSCP and SUS spur gears are similar in appearance and dimensions. Please check the identifying marking before use.
SURCPF(D) CP Stainless Steel Racks
Circular
Pitches
5~10
S
U
R
C
P
F
D
R1 Shape (Type F)
CP5~10
Catalog No.
SURCPF5-1000
SURCPF10-1000
Pitch mm
(Module)
No. of teeth Shape
CP5 (1.5915) 200

CP10 (3.1831) 100
RF
1000
1000
15
30
20
35
18.41
31.82
1090
4370
263
1050
111
445
kg
26.8
107
2.20
7.60
CP5~10
Catalog No.
SURCPFD5-1000
SURCPFD10-1000
Pitch mm
(Module)
CP5 (1.5915)
CP10 (3.1831)
No. of teeth Shape
200
100
RD
RD
Total length
Face width
Height
No. of
mounting
holes
Mounting
screw size
1000
1000
15
30
20
35
18.41
31.82
8
14
50
50
180
180
6
6
M5
M10

190
Height to pitch line Mounting hole dimensions
CP
Specifications
Precision grade
JIS N8 grade (JIS1 B1702-1: 1998)
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
20
Material
SUS303

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Less than 187HB
Bore
*Available on special order: Same gears made in SUS304.
Bending strength
100
125
150
13.7
18.5
23.4
200
250
300
Surface durability
Allowable torquekgfm Backlash

Bending strength
2.50
4.31
6.72
110
148
187
21.9
37.4
58.0
mm NOTE 3
Weight
kg
0.25
0.44
0.68
0.09~0.26
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.16
0.22
0.40
SUSCP5-20
SUSCP5-25
SUSCP5-30
2.23
3.82
5.92
0.14~0.36
0.16~0.39
0.16~0.39
1.10
1.70
2.50
SUSCP10-20
SUSCP10-25
SUSCP10-30
Surface durability
1.40
1.89
2.39
11.2
15.1
19.1
Catalog No.
CP Racks
& Pinions
Distance traveled in
one turn (mm) NOTE 1
S
U
S
C
P
.
NOTE 1: The amount denotes the distance in mm that a pinion travels on the rack in one revolution.
NOTE 2: The allowable torques shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage
NOTE 3: The backlash values shown in the table are the theoretical values when these gears are meshed with
SURCPF racks.
CP
Stainless Steel Racks

Specifications
R1 Shape (Type D)
Precision grade
Less than 187HB
Gear teeth
Passivation
Pressure angle
20
Material
SUS304
Heat treatment
Solution treatment

NOTE 4

for gear cutting
Bottom surface
NOTE 4: Although SURCPF have rust-resistant quality, they are not 100%
rust proof. Please exercise caution.
Allowable forcekgf
6
10.8
10
17.5
6
11
1090
4370
263
1050
111
445
Weight
kg
26.8
107
2.20
7.40
191
Catalog No.
SURCPFD5-1000
SURCPFD10-1000
S
U
R
C
P
F
.
S
U
R
C
P
F
D
SROCP CP Round Racks
Circular
Pitches
2.5~10
Specifications
R2 Shape
*SW is saw bale finish.
Precision grade
KHK R 001 grade 4
Gear teeth
Pressure angle
Standard full depth

20
Material
S45C-D
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness

89~95HRB
Surface treatment
Black oxide

for gear cutting
CP Racks
& Pinions
CP 2.5~10
S
R
O
C
P
.
F
R
C
P
Catalog No.
SROCP2.5-500
SROCP5-500
SROCP10-1000
Pitch mm
(Module)
CP2.5 (0.7958)
CP5 (1.5915)
CP10 (3.1831)
Effective
Shape
no. of teeth
200
99
99
Total length Outside dia. Height to pitch line Allowable forceN) NOTE 1 Allowable forcekgf Weight
R2
R2
R2
dh9
505
505
1010
10
15
30
9.2
13.41
26.82
474
1650
6610
91.8
324
1300
kg
48.3
9.36
169
33.1
674
132
0.29
0.65
5.20
FRCP CP Metal Flexible Racks
Circular
Pitch
5
Specifications
R3 Shape
Precision grade
KHK R 001 grade 8
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Pressure angle
20
Material
SS400
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Less than 187HB
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Toth surface finish
Cut

for gear cutting
Bottom surface
CP 5
Catalog No.
FRCP5-2000
FRCP5-3000
FRCP5-4000
Pitch mm
(Module)
Shape
CP5 (1.5915)
R3
R3
R3
Total length Face width Height NOTE 1 Height to pitch line Thickness of bace Width of bace Allowable forceN) NOTE 1 Allowable forcekgf Weight
Bending strength
Bending strength
kg
2000
3000
4000
10
10
10
6
6
6
4.41
4.41
4.41
2
2
2
17
17
17
801
801
801
81.7
81.7
81.7
0.90
1.36
1.82
CAUTION: When using the metal flexible rack with a 20 tooth pinion, allow a minimum radius of curvature of 150mm for the teeth on the exterior and 300mm for
the teeth in the interior side.
CAUTION: These metal flexible racks are not suitable for applications where positioning accuracy is required.
0
0
NOTE 2: The tolerance of the height (C) is -0.15
and the tolerance of the width of the base (F) is -0.1
.
192
Table of Contents
Special Characteristics, Point of Caution
in Selecting and Using Miter Gears. .......................... page 194
MMSG Ground Spiral Miter Gears............................. page 200
SMSG Ground Spiral Miter Gears.............................. page 202
MMSA(B) Finished Bore Spiral Miter Gears............. page 204
MMS Spiral Miter Gears............................................... page 206
SMS Spiral Miter Gears............................................... page 208

SMA(B)(C) Finished Bore Miter Gears...................... page 212
MM Carburized & Hardened Miter Gears.................. page 216
LM Sintered Metal Miter Gears................................... page 216
SM Miter Gears............................................................. page 218
SAM Angular Miter Gears............................................ page 220
SUM Stainless Steel Miter Gears............................... page 222
PM Plastic Miter Gears. ............................................... page 224
DM Injection Molded Miter Gears............................... page 226
BB Sintered Metal Bushings. ...................................... page 226
Miter Gears

(Example)
Miter Gears
M MSG 2 - 20 R
Direction of Spiral ( R )
No. of teeth (20)
Module (2)
Type (Ground Spiral Miter Gear)
Material (SCM415)
Material
S
S45C
M
SCM415
SU SUS303
L
SMF5040
P
MC901
D
Duracon(M90-44)
Type
M
MS
MSG
AM
Miter Gears
Spiral Miter Gears
Ground Spiral Miter Gears
Angular Miter Gears
193
Miter Gears
Wide Variety from High Precision to Commercial Grades !
Characteristics
Miter gears are a special class of bevel gears where the shafts intersect at 90 and the gear ratio is 1:1. KHK stock miter gears are available in two types,
spiral and straight tooth, with high precision grade for demanding torques and speeds, and commercial grade for economical applications.
Main Features of Stock Miter Gears Offered
Spiral Miter Gears
Type
The following table lists the main features for easy selection.
Catalog No.
No. of teeth
( ) denotes shafts angle
Material
Heat
treatment
Tooth
surface
Precision
Secondary
Features
JIS B 1704
Operations
Ground
High strength, abrasion-resistant and compact for

high speed & torque use.
Ground
Reasonably priced ground gear, yet remachinable

except for the gear teeth.
Cut
Ready to use without performing secondary

operations. Strong and abrasion resistant.
Cut
Only teeth are induction hardened, allowing user to

perform secondary operations elsewhere.
Cut
Large numbers of teeth and modules are offered in

these affordable spiral miter gears.
Cut
Cut
Compared to SM miters, these are stronger and

less abrasive, and allow secondary operations.
Mass-produced, low cost sintered products. Small
and light weight.
finish
MMSG
2~4
20, 25, 30
SCM415 Carburizing NOTE 3
SMSG
2~5
20, 25, 30
S45C
1~10
20
Gear teeth
induction
hardened
SCM415 Overall
Carburizing NOTE 4
MMS
2~5
20, 25
SMS
1~8
20, 25, 30
S45C
1~8
20, 25, 30
S45C
2~5
20, 25
0.8~1.5
20
SMF5040
Sintered
SM
1~8
16, 20, 25, 30
S45C
Cut
Popular straight miter for many uses.
SAM
1.5~3
20 (45, 60, 120) S45C
Cut
3 types are available for shafts at 45, 60 and 120.
SUM
1~3
20, 25
SUS303
Cut
Suitable for food machinery due to SUS303s rustresistant quality.
PM
1~4
20, 25
MC901
Cut
MC nylon products are light and can be used

without lubricant.
DM
0.5~1.5
20
M90-44
Injection
molded
Injection molded, mass-produced products, suitable

for office machines.
MMSA(B)
SMA(B)(C)
MM
Straight Miter Gears
Module
LM
NOTE 2
NOTE 1
NOTE 1
(Equiv. to S45C)
Gear teeth
induction
hardened
Gear teet
induction
hardened
Usable without remachining, offered in 3 bore sizes.
Possible Possible on some areas

Not possible
NOTE 1: The letters B and C at the end of catalog numbers designate same
items except for changes in the bore and keyway sizes.
NOTE 2: Sintered metal Miter Gears are manufactured by mixing powdered
metal and pressing them in a mold under heat to fuse, sizing and
impregnating with oil.
NOTE 3: Even though the bore and the hub portions are masked during the
carburization and they can be modified, care should be exercised
since the hardness is somewhat higher.
NOTE 4: MMSA(B) spiral miter gears are carburized throughout so that they do
not permit any secondary operations. However, the back surface of
B7 style gears is masked during the process so that it is possible to
drill and pin on this surface.
Coniflex
KHK utilizes Gleason Coniflex No. 104, 102 and 114 bevel gear generating
machinery and is well-equipped for mass production of straight miter gears. You
can count on an economically priced, stable supply of straight miter gears from
KHK.
194
Crowning
Selection Hints
Please select the most suitable products by carefully considering the characteristics of items and contents of the product tables. It is also
important to read all applicable CAUTION notes shown below before the final selection. Use of catalog numbers when ordering will
simplify and expedite the processing of your order.
Miter gears are bevel gears with 1:1 gear ratio. Needless to say,
they mate only with gears of the same module and number of
teeth. Also, since KHK uses the Gleason system, our miter
gears may not mesh with those made by another company or
custom-made. It is best to order as a set.

Among KHK stock miter gears, there are products which are
not interchangeable even when the module and the number of
teeth are the same. Also, spiral miter gears require additional
consideration since the right-hand mates with the left-hand spiral
as shown in the table below.
Difference between Gleason Straight Bevel Gears and Standard Straight Bevel Gears
There are differences in the gear blank shapes between the two
systems. In the table below, we illustrate the differences in various
angles and dimensions for typical straight bevel gear pairs.
Gleason Straight
Straight Bevel
Bevel Gears
Gears
Gleason
Right Hand (R)
Left-Hand (L)
<Example>
Module m = 3, No. of teeth of pinion z1 = 20,
Gear z2 = 40, Face width b = 22, Pressure angle0 = 20
Spiral Miter ( Allowable Allowable in certain cases Not allowable)

Catalog No.&
Spiral hand
MMSG
(R)
MMSG(L)
SMSG(L)
MMSA(B)-(L)
MMS(L)
SMS(L)
SMSG MMSA(B)
(R)
(R)
MMS
(R)
SMS
(R)
Gleason straight bevel system Standard straight bevel system

z1= 20
z2= 40
z1= 20
z2= 40
1
2
3
*4
*5
*6
*7
*8
*9
CAUTION: Spiral miter gears are paired to the items with the same catalog
number except the last characters are R and L. For selecting
items in the " " category, please reconfirm with your nearest KHK
dealer that the pair can work.
Straight Miter ( Allowable Not allowable)

SMA
Catalog No.
(B)(C)
SMA(B)(C)
MM
SM
SUM
PM
DM
LM
SAM
Standard Straight
Straight Bevel
Bevel Gears
Gears
Standard
MM
SM
SUM
PM
DM
LM
SAM
d0
0
R0
hk
hf
k
r
dk
X
60
2634'
120
60
6326'
2634'
67.083
120
6326'
67.083
4.035
1.965
3.00
2.529
4.599
3.75
3029'
6536'
2908'
6600'
2424'
5931'
2322'
6014'
67.218
121.758
65.367
122.683
58.197
28.242
58.658
27.317
CAUTION: In items 4 through 9 (marked with *), dimesions and angles are different
in two systems.
195
Miter Gears
Therefore, they should be used as reference only. We
recommend that each user computes their own values by
applying the actual usage conditions. The table below
contains the assumptions established for these products in
order to compute gear strengths.
The allowable bending strength of a gear

is defined as the allowable tangential
force at the pitch circle based on the
mutually allowable root stress of two
The surface durability of a gear is

defined as the allowable tangential force
at the pitch circle, which permits the
force to be transmitted safely without

strength.

Catalog No. MMSG
MMS
MM
Item
SMSG
MMSA(B) SMS
SMA(B)(C)
SM
SAM
SUM
LM

durability.
PM
DM
Formula of bevel gears on bending strength (JGMA403-01)
The Lewis formula
Same number of teeth
Rotation
100min (600min for MMSG & SMSG)
100min-1
Durability
Over 107 cycles
Impact from motor
Uniform load
Impact from load
Uniform load
Formula
NOTE 1

-1
-1
Bidirectional
Direction of load
NOTE 2
2
14kgf/mm2 12.67kgf/mm2
7kgf/mm2
1.2
Safety factor KR

Formula
NOTE 1
Formula of bevel gears on bending strength (JGMA404-01)

100cSt (50 )
Gear support
Safety factor CR
Shafts & gear box have normal stiffness, and gears are supported on one end
166kgf/mm2
166kgf/mm2
90kgf/mm2
49kgf/mm2
1.15
3. Caution with Regard to the Special Characteristics of Miter Gears
41.3kgf/mm2
1.15kgf/mm2
(40 with no
lubricant)
NOTE 3
m 0.5 4.5
m 0.8 4.0
m 1.0 3.5
m 1.5 1.8
kgf/mm2
NOTE 1: The gear strength formula is based on JGMA

(Japanese Gear Manufacturers Association)
specifications, MC Nylon Technical Data by
Nippon Polypenco Limited and Duracon Gear
Data by Polyplastic Co. The units of number of
rotations (min-1) and the the stress (kgf/mm2) are
adjusted to the units needed in the formula.
NOTE 2: Since the load is bidirectional, the allowable
bending stress at root Flim, used in JGMA
403-01 formula is set to 2/3 of the value.
NOTE 3: The values of the allowable bending stresses
for DM m0.5 and m1.5 and the allowable
root bending stress for LM gears are our own
estimates.
MMSA(B) spiral miter gears are carburized throughout so that they

do not permit any secondary operations. However, the back surface
of B7 style gears is masked during the process so that it is possible to
drill and pin on this surface.
The keyway sizes of MMSA(B) finished bore spiral miter gears are
made according to JIS B 1301, medium quality, but the final heat
treating may cause some deformation.
The bore of SMS spiral miter gears may somewhat be deformed due
to heat treatment and does not reach H7 tolerance.
Due to the characteristics of the material, PM plastic miter gears
product quality may be affected by heat or moisture absorption.
Items with black oxide finish are somewhat effective in resisting rust
but are not totally rustproof.
SUM stainless steel miter gears use material which is especially
resistant to rust but still is not 100% rustproof.
The bore tolerance of DM injection molded miter gears is generally
-0.05 to -0.10, but may be plus values at the central portion of the
hole. Remachining the bore is not recommended since reworking
may expose voids in the plastic.
There are various footnotes to the product pages under the headings
of CAUTION and NOTE. Please consider them carefully when
There may be slight differences in color or shape of products shown
in the photographs from the actual products.
196
Application Hints
Application Hints before proceeding. If there are questions or you
require clarifications, please contact our technical department or
your nearest distributor.
MMSA(B) spiral miter gears are carburized throughout, so that

no secondary operations can be performed (except B7 style
items). For items with induction hardened teeth, such as SMSG
and SMS series, the hardness is high near the tooth root. When
machining the front face, the machined area should be 4 to 6mm
smaller than the dimension, J.

PHONE: 81-48-254-1744 FAX: 81-48-254-1765
The reference datum for gear cutting is the bore. Therefore, it is
best to use the bore for locating the center. If it is too difficult to
do for small bores, the alternative is to use one spot on the bore
and the runout of the side surface.
If reworking using scroll chucks, we recommend the use of new
or rebored jaws for improved precision. Please exercise caution
not to crush the teeth by applying too much pressure. Any
scarring will cause noise during operation.
For tapping and keyway operations, see the examples given

in 1. Caution on Performing Secondary Operations in KHK
Stock Spur Gear section. When cutting keyways, to avoid stress
concentration, always leave radii on corners.
P M plastic miter gears are susceptible to changes due to
temperature and humidity. Dimensions may change between
during and after remachining operations.
When heat treating S45C products, it is possible to get thermal
afterwards. While the teeth strength may increase four fold, the
precision of the gear will drop approximately one grade.
Lathe Operations
Staring in August 2003, the tooling holes on the hub face of the
spiral miter gears (except ground gears) module 2.5 and above
have been eliminated. However, we may have some items in
stock with the hole.
197
Miter Gears
If a miter gear is mounted on a shaft far from the bearings, the
shaft may bend. We recommend mounting bevel gears as close
to the bearings as possible. This is especially important since
most miter gears are supported on one end. The bending of
shafts will cause abnormal noise and wear, and may even cause
fatigue failure of the shafts. Both shafts and bearings must be
designed with sufficient strength.
Due to the thrust load of miter gears, the gears, shafts and
bearings have the tendency to loosen up during operation. Miter
gears should be fastened to the shaft with keys and set screws,
taper pins, step shafts, etc.
When installing MMSA(B) finished bore spiral miter gears in
B7 style (ring type), always secure the gears onto the mounting
base with taper pins to absorb the rotational loads. It is
dangerous to secure with bolts only.

Since miter gears are cone shaped, they produce axial thrust
forces. Specifically with regard to spiral miter gears, the
directions of thrust change with the hand of spiral and the
direction of rotation. This is illustrated below. The bearings
must be selected properly to be able to handle these thrust
forces.
Drive
Thrust
Thrust
Thrust
Thrust
Drive
Taper
TaperTinpin
Thrust
Thrust
Gear
Thrust
Mounting base
Thrust
KHK stock miter gears are designed such that, when assembled
according to the specified mounting distance with a tolerance
of H7~H8, the backlash shown in the table are obtained.
Mounting distance error, offset error and shaft angle error must
be minimized to avoid excessive noise and wear. Inaccurate
assembly will lead to irregular noises and uneven wear. Various
conditions of teeth contact are shown below.
Correct Tooth Contact

When assembled correctly, the contact will occur on both gears
in the middle of the flank and center of face width but somewhat
closer to the toe.
Incorrect Tooth Contact

Mounting Distance Error
When the mounting distance of the

pinion is incorrect, the contact will
occur too high on the flank on one
gear and too low on the other.
Offset Error
When the pinion shaft is offset, the

contact surface is near the toe of one
gear and near the heel of the other.
198
Shaft Angle Error
When there is an angular error of

shafts, the gears will contact at the
toes or heels depending on whether
the angle is greater or less than 90.
PRODUCT IMPROVEMENT ANNOUNCEMENT

(Please avoid the condition of no backlash)
Check the noise and vibration while the machine is in operation
for any unusual conditions. If an abnormality is encountered,
recheck the gears and assembly conditions. Also, check
lubrication after start-up. Sometimes, when the unit is initially
being operated, lubricating oil deteriorates rapidly.
In order to increase the gear strength of KHK standard Miter

Gears, starting in June 2004, the following changes have been
introduced. During this transition, some of the specifications
will change.
1. Applicable Series
MMSG Ground Spiral Miter Gears (30 Items)
MMS Spiral Miter Gears (20 Items)
MM Miter Gears (10 Items)
2. Improvement Details
Increase in gear strength (Approximately 15% higher
bending strength compared to previous one)
3. Change in the specifications

KHK products are individually packaged to avoid damages.
Depending on how they are handled, it is still possible to deform or
break them. It is important to exercise care in handling these parts.
Check the products as they are being taken out of the boxes. If any
of them are rusted, scratched or dented, please return to the dealer
where they were bought, for exchange.
Before
After
Heat treatment
Teeth induction hardened

after carburizing
Carburizing (bore & hub portion masked)
Surface Treatment
Black oxide
No black Oxide
The corner tips of the gear-teeth of KHK stock Miter Gears are
machine chamfered for safety and for prevention of damages.
The chamfering of the corner gear tips for miter gear (unit: mm)
Module
Outside edge R
Inside edge R
0.5 up to 1
0.5
all burrs removed
1 up to 2.5
1.0
0.5
2.5 up to 5
2.0
1.0
over 5
3.0
1.5
Electric components assembly line

(Miter gears <SM and PM>)
Automatic packaging machine (Spur gears)

(Miter gears - inset)
199
MMSG Ground Spiral Miter Gears
Modules
2~4
B3 Shape
Modules 2~4
Miter
Gears
Catalog No.
M
M
S
G
MMSG2-20R
MMSG2-20L
MMSG2.5-20R
MMSG2.5-20L
MMSG3-20R
MMSG3-20L
MMSG3.5-20R
MMSG3.5-20L
MMSG4-20R
MMSG4-20L
MMSG2-25R
MMSG2-25L
MMSG2.5-25R
MMSG2.5-25L
MMSG3-25R
MMSG3-25L
MMSG3.5-25R
MMSG3.5-25L
MMSG4-25R
MMSG4-25L
MMSG2-30R
MMSG2-30L
MMSG2.5-30R
MMSG2.5-30L
MMSG3-30R
MMSG3-30L
MMSG3.5-30R
MMSG3.5-30L
MMSG4-30R
MMSG4-30L
Gear ratio
Module
No. of teeth
m2
20
m2.5
20
m3
20
m3.5
20
m4
20
m2
25
m2.5
25
m3
25
m3.5
25
m4
25
m2
30
m2.5
30
m3
30
m3.5
30
m4
30
Direction
of spiral
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
B3
12
35
40
42.7
35
21.98
16.35
B3
14
42
50
53.2
45
28.63
21.6
B3
16
52
60
63.99
50
30.78
21.99
B4
20
50
70
74.53
55
32.45
22.26
B4
20
55
80
84.99
65
39.13
27.5
B4
12
38
50
52.5
40
23.43
16.25
B4
16
45
62.5
65.54
50
29.57
20.27
B4
20
55
75
78.78
60
35.6
24.39
B4
25
65
87.5
91.81
70
41.65
28.41
B4
28
75
100
80
47.8
32.35
B4
14
45
60
62.42
50
29.27
21.21
B4
16
55
75
78.04
60
34.08
24.02
B4
20
65
90
93.61
70
40.25
26.8
B4
25
80
105
109.21
80
44.4
29.6
B4
28
90
120
124.7
90
49.27
32.35
Shape
Pitch dia. Outside dia. Mounting distance Total length Crown to back length
104.7
CAUTION: A set of miter gears must be identical in module and number of teeth, but opposite in spiral hands.
CAUTION: Dimensions of the outside diameter, the overall length and crown to back length are all theoretical values, and some differences will occur due to the corner

chamfering of the gear tips.
200
Ground Spiral MiterGears
Specifications
Precision grade
JIS B 1704 grade 2 Tooth hardness
55~60HRC
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Helix angle
35

for gear grinding
Material
SCM415
Secondary Operations Possible where masking for carburizing
Heat treatment
Carburizing
Bore
NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The areas marked with

on the diagram are masked during
the carburizing and can be modified, even though the hardness is
somewhat higher.
B4 Shape
Allowable torqueNm) NOTE2
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
2.21
0.05~0.11
0.14
3.06
4.35
0.06~0.12
0.26
5.48
7.91
0.07~0.13
0.44
12.6
0.08~0.14
0.50
18.9
0.10~0.16
0.72
4.44
0.05~0.11
0.20
8.94
0.06~0.12
0.40
15.8
0.07~0.13
0.70
14.1
25.6
0.08~0.14
1.10
19.6
36.0
0.10~0.16
1.70
0.05~0.11
0.37
14.8
0.06~0.12
0.77
13.0
27.9
0.07~0.13
1.30
393
18.4
40.1
0.08~0.14
2.30
593
27.4
60.5
0.10~0.16
3.20
12.5
20
24.54
15.6
21.7
1.59
16
26
11
30.89
30.0
42.6
16
27
14
34.4
53.8
77.6
14
29
16
42.75
84.3
17
35
18
49.08
11
21
11
30.89
25.3
43.5
2.57
14
26
14
37.4
49.9
87.6
5.09
17
31
17
43.92
86.8
19
37
20
52.43
139
251
22
42
23
58.95
192
353
15
26
12
38.06
35.4
16
30
15
47.57
69.1
18
36
20
55.43
128
274
20
40
22
67.77
181
22
44
25
77.29
268
125
124
185
155
72.9
145
8.60
12.7
8.85
3.61
7.05
7.43
Catalog No.
MMSG2-20R
MMSG2-20L
MMSG2.5-20R
MMSG2.5-20L
MMSG3-20R
MMSG3-20L
MMSG3.5-20R
MMSG3.5-20L
MMSG4-20R
MMSG4-20L
MMSG2-25R
MMSG2-25L
MMSG2.5-25R
MMSG2.5-25L
MMSG3-25R
MMSG3-25L
MMSG3.5-25R
MMSG3.5-25L
MMSG4-25R
MMSG4-25L
MMSG2-30R
MMSG2-30L
MMSG2.5-30R
MMSG2.5-30L
MMSG3-30R
MMSG3-30L
MMSG3.5-30R
MMSG3.5-30L
MMSG4-30R
MMSG4-30L
NOTE2: The allowable torques shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions. Please see page 196 for more details.
201
Miter
Gears
Hub width Length of bore Face width Holding surface dia.
M
M
S
G
SMSG Ground Spiral Miter Gears
Modules
2~5
B3 Shape
Modules 2~5
Miter
Gears
Catalog No.
S
M
S
G
SMSG2-20R
SMSG2-20L
SMSG2.5-20R
SMSG2.5-20L
SMSG3-20R
SMSG3-20L
SMSG3.5-20R
SMSG3.5-20L
SMSG4-20R
SMSG4-20L
SMSG5-20R
SMSG5-20L
SMSG2-25R
SMSG2-25L
SMSG2.5-25R
SMSG2.5-25L
SMSG3-25R
SMSG3-25L
SMSG3.5-25R
SMSG3.5-25L
SMSG4-25R
SMSG4-25L
SMSG5-25R
SMSG5-25L
SMSG2-30R
SMSG2-30L
SMSG2.5-30R
SMSG2.5-30L
SMSG3-30R
SMSG3-30L
SMSG3.5-30R
SMSG3.5-30L
SMSG4-30R
SMSG4-30L
Gear ratio
Module
No. of teeth
m2
20
m2.5
20
m3
20
m3.5
20
m4
20
m5
20
m2
25
m2.5
25
m3
25
m3.5
25
m4
25
m5
25
m2
30
m2.5
30
m3
30
m3.5
30
m4
30
Direction
of spiral
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
B3
12
34
40
42.4
37
24.75
18.2
B3
14
42
50
52.94
48
32.42
24.47
B3
16
50
60
63.72
58
39.6
29.86
B3
20
60
70
74.47
65
43.81
32.23
B3
20
64
80
84.88
75
50.51
37.44
B3
25
80
100
105.9
90
60.16
42.95
B3
12
40
50
52.4
40
24.19
16.2
B3
16
50
62.5
65.54
50
30.24
20.27
B3
20
60
75
78.77
60
37.57
24.39
B3
25
70
87.5
91.81
70
42.98
28.41
B3
28
80
100
104.7
80
49.14
32.35
B3
28
100
125
130.86
100
60.59
40.43
B3
12
45
60
62.42
50
29.27
21.21
B3
16
60
75
78.04
62
36.08
26.02
B3
20
70
90
93.61
75
45.25
31.8
B3
25
90
105
109.21
85
49.4
34.6
B3
28
100
120
124.71
95
54.28
37.35
Shape
202

Specifications
Allowable torqueNm) NOTE1
14
22
10
21.72
19
29
12
28.06
14.9
23
35
15
31.57
25
40
18
27
45
30
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Black oxide except Ground surface
Pressure angle
20
Toth surface finish
Ground
Helix angle
35

for gear grinding
Bore
Material
S45C
Secondary Operations Possible except tooth areas
Heat treatment
7.83
Weight
mm
kg
0.80
0.69
0.05~0.11
0.15
13.2
1.52
1.35
0.06~0.12
0.30
26.4
23.7
2.69
2.42
0.07~0.13
0.50
39.09
42.6
38.8
4.35
3.96
0.08~0.14
0.80
20
43.43
62.6
57.8
6.39
5.90
0.10~0.16
1.10
54
26
54.46
0.10~0.16
2.10
10
20
12
26.06
12.6
13.5
1.28
1.37
0.05~0.11
0.20
12.5
26
15
34.57
24.5
26.8
2.50
2.74
0.06~0.12
0.40
15
32
20
37.43
45.0
50.0
4.59
5.10
0.07~0.13
0.70
17.5
37
22
46.77
69.2
78.1
7.05
7.97
0.08~0.14
1.10
20
43
25
55.29
95.0
11.1
0.10~0.16
1.70
25
50
30
65.15
21.7
0.12~0.18
3.40
12.5
25
12
36.06
16.7
21.4
1.70
2.18
0.05~0.11
0.37
17
32
15
47.57
32.6
42.7
3.32
4.36
0.06~0.12
0.77
20
40
20
53.43
60.3
80.4
6.15
8.20
0.07~0.13
1.30
25
45
22
67.77
85.1
11.8
0.08~0.14
2.30
25
50
25
79.29
17.8
0.10~0.16
3.20
115
181
127
6.79
Backlash
109
109
213
115
174
11.8
11.1
9.68
18.5
8.68
12.9
48~53HRC
Catalog No.
SMSG2-20R
SMSG2-20L
SMSG2.5-20R
SMSG2.5-20L
SMSG3-20R
SMSG3-20L
SMSG3.5-20R
SMSG3.5-20L
SMSG4-20R
SMSG4-20L
SMSG5-20R
SMSG5-20L
SMSG2-25R
SMSG2-25L
SMSG2.5-25R
SMSG2.5-25L
SMSG3-25R
SMSG3-25L
SMSG3.5-25R
SMSG3.5-25L
SMSG4-25R
SMSG4-25L
SMSG5-25R
SMSG5-25L
SMSG2-30R
SMSG2-30L
SMSG2.5-30R
SMSG2.5-30L
SMSG3-30R
SMSG3-30L
SMSG3.5-30R
SMSG3.5-30L
SMSG4-30R
SMSG4-30L
203
Miter
Gears
Hub width Length of bore Face width Holding surface dia.
Precision grade
S
M
S
G
MMSA(B) Finished Bore Spiral Miter Gears
Modules
1~10
Width
Depth
B3 Shape
B4 Shape
Modules 1~10
Miter
Gears
Catalog No.
M
M
S
A
.
M
M
S
B
MMSA1-20R
MMSB1-20R
MMSA1-20L
MMSB1-20L
MMSA1.5-20R
MMSB1.5-20R
MMSA1.5-20L
MMSB1.5-20L
MMSA2-20R
MMSB2-20R
MMSA2-20L
MMSB2-20L
MMSA2.5-20R
MMSB2.5-20R
MMSA2.5-20L
MMSB2.5-20L
MMSA3-20R
MMSB3-20R
MMSA3-20L
MMSB3-20L
MMSA3.5-20R
MMSB3.5-20R
MMSA3.5-20L
MMSB3.5-20L
MMSA4-20R
MMSB4-20R
MMSA4-20L
MMSB4-20L
MMSA5-20R
MMSB5-20R
MMSA5-20L
MMSB5-20L
MMSA6-20R
MMSB6-20R
MMSA6-20L
MMSB6-20L
MMSA8-20R
MMSA8-20L
MMSA10-20R
MMSA10-20L
Gear ratio
Module
No. of teeth
Direction
Shape
of spiral
m1
20
BT
m1
20
BT
m1.5
20
m1.5
20
m2
20
BK
m2
20
BK
m2.5
20
BK
m2.5
20
BK
m3
20
BK
m3
20
BK
m3.5
20
B4
m3.5
20
B4
m4
20
B4
m4
20
B4
m5
20
B4
m5
20
B4
m6
20
B4
m6
20
B4
m8
20
m10
20
BT
BK
BT
BK
R
L
R
L
B7
B7
Bore
AH7
8
10
8
10
10
12
10
12
14
16
14
16
18
20
18
20
20
22
20
22
25
28
25
28
28
30
28
30
30
35
30
35
40
45
40
45
80
80
100
100
Hub dia. Pitch dia. Outside dia. Mounting distance Total length Crown to back length Hub width Length of bore
17
20
21.29
20
13.53
10.64
8.5
12.2
17
20
21.29
20
13.53
10.64
8.5
12.2
25
30
31.9
28
18.48
13.95
10.5
16.5
25
30
31.9
28
18.48
13.95
10.5
16.5
35
40
42.52
35
22.09
16.26
12.5
20
35
40
42.52
35
22.09
16.26
12.5
20
42
50
53.2
45
28.63
21.6
16
26
42
50
53.2
45
28.63
21.6
16
26
52
60
63.99
50
30.78
21.99
16
27
52
60
63.99
50
30.78
21.99
16
27
50
70
74.53
55
32.45
22.26
14
29
50
70
74.53
55
32.45
22.26
14
29
55
80
84.99
65
39.13
27.5
17
35
55
80
84.99
65
39.13
27.5
17
35
70
100
106.25
75
42.99
28.13
17
38
70
100
106.25
75
42.99
28.13
17
38
80
120
127.59
90
51.13
33.8
20
45
80
120
127.59
90
51.13
33.8
20
45
160
100
45
29.16
40
200
125
58
36.48
50
CAUTION: These products which are hardened by carburizing allow no secondary machining. However, the back surface of B7 type gears is masked during the process so
that it is possible to drill and pin on this surface.
CAUTION: Dimensions of the diameter, the overall length and crown to back length are all theoretical values, and some differences will occur due to the corner chamfering
of the gear tips.
204
Finished Bore Spiral MiterGears

When installing MMSA(B) spiral miter
gears in B7 style (ring type), always
secure the gears onto the mounting
base with taper pins to absorb the
rotational loads. It is dangerous to
secure with bolts only.
Specifications
Taper
TaperTin
pin
Gear
Precision grade
55~60HRC
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Helix angle
35

for gear cutting
Material
SCM415
Heat treatment
Overall Carburizing
Bore
Possible
Secondary Operations Not
(Except the mounting surface on B7 shape)
NOTE4
NOTE 4: It is possible to perform secondary operations on the mounting

surface of style B7 due to masking during carburizing.
Mounting
Mouting base
base
B7 Shape
4.5
11.67
4.5
11.67
17.2
17.2
24.54
24.54
11
30.89
11
30.89
14
34.4
14
34.4
16
42.75
16
42.75
18
49.08
18
49.08
23
60.95
23
60.95
27
73.63
27
73.63
35
101
45
122.72
NOTE1
Threaded hole
Width Depth Thread size
4 x 1.8
4 x 1.8
5 x 2.3
5 x 2.3
5 x 2.3
5 x 2.3
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
14 x 3.8
12 x 3.3
14 x 3.8
NOTE2 Allowable
M4
4.5
M4
M4
4.5
M4
M4
6
M5
M4
6
M5
M5
7
M5
M5
7
M5
M6
8
M6
M6
8
M6
M6
8
M6
M6
8
M6
M8
8
M8
M8
8
M8
M8
9
M8
M8
9
M8
M8
9
M8
M8
9
M8
M8
10
M8
M8
10
M8
6-M10
110
6-M10
6-M10
130
6-M10
torqueNm) NOTE3 Allowable torquekgfm
Bending strength
Surface durability
Bending strength
Surface durability
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
2.24
2.09
0.23
0.21
0.03~0.13
2.24
2.09
0.23
0.21
0.03~0.13
7.74
7.34
0.79
0.75
0.05~0.15
7.74
7.34
0.79
0.75
0.05~0.15
18.0
17.3
1.83
1.76
0.06~0.16
18.0
17.3
1.83
1.76
0.06~0.16
34.6
33.7
3.52
3.44
0.07~0.17
34.6
33.7
3.52
3.44
0.07~0.17
61.9
61.1
6.32
6.23
0.08~0.18
61.9
61.1
6.32
6.23
0.08~0.18
97.1
96.7
9.90
9.86
0.10~0.25
97.1
96.7
9.90
9.86
0.10~0.25
144
144
14.6
14.7
0.12~0.27
144
144
14.6
14.7
0.12~0.27
284
288
29.0
29.4
0.14~0.34
284
288
29.0
29.4
0.14~0.34
475
496
48.4
50.6
0.16~0.36
475
496
48.4
50.6
0.16~0.36
1080
1170
111
119
0.20~0.45
1660
1840
169
188
0.25~0.50
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.02
0.06
0.05
0.06
0.05
0.14
0.13
0.14
0.13
0.26
0.24
0.26
0.24
0.44
0.42
0.44
0.42
0.50
0.47
0.50
0.47
0.72
0.70
0.72
0.70
1.40
1.30
1.40
1.30
2.30
2.20
2.30
2.20
4.00
4.00
8.10
8.10
Catalog No.
MMSA1-20R
MMSB1-20R
MMSA1-20L
MMSB1-20L
MMSA1.5-20R
MMSB1.5-20R
MMSA1.5-20L
MMSB1.5-20L
MMSA2-20R
MMSB2-20R
MMSA2-20L
MMSB2-20L
MMSA2.5-20R
MMSB2.5-20R
MMSA2.5-20L
MMSB2.5-20L
MMSA3-20R
MMSB3-20R
MMSA3-20L
MMSB3-20L
MMSA3.5-20R
MMSB3.5-20R
MMSA3.5-20L
MMSB3.5-20L
MMSA4-20R
MMSB4-20R
MMSA4-20L
MMSB4-20L
MMSA5-20R
MMSB5-20R
MMSA5-20L
MMSB5-20L
MMSA6-20R
MMSB6-20R
MMSA6-20L
MMSB6-20L
MMSA8-20R
MMSA8-20L
MMSA10-20R
MMSA10-20L
NOTE 1: Although the dimensions of the keyway are made to the Js9 tolerance, there may be some deviations due to the effects of the heat treatment.
NOTE 2: A set screw comes with these products.
205
Miter
Gears
Face width Holding surface dia. Keyway
M
M
S
A
.
M
M
S
B
MMS Spiral Miter Gears
Modules
2~5
B3 Shape
Modules 2~5
Miter
Gears
Catalog No.
M
M
S
MMS2-20R
MMS2-20L
MMS2.5-20R
MMS2.5-20L
MMS3-20R
MMS3-20L
MMS4-20R
MMS4-20L
MMS5-20R
MMS5-20L
MMS2-25R
MMS2-25L
MMS2.5-25R
MMS2.5-25L
MMS3-25R
MMS3-25L
MMS4-25R
MMS4-25L
MMS5-25R
MMS5-25L
Gear ratio
Module
No. of teeth
m2
20
m2.5
20
m3
20
m4
20
m5
20
m2
25
m2.5
25
m3
25
m4
25
m5
25
Direction
of spiral
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
B3
12
34
40
42.31
35
22.14
16.15
B3
15
42
50
53.2
45
28.63
21.6
B3
16
52
60
63.99
50
30.78
21.99
B3
20
65
80
84.99
65
39.13
27.5
B3
25
85
100
106.25
75
42.99
28.13
B3
12
45
50
52.4
40
24.19
16.2
B3
16
55
62.5
65.54
50
30.24
20.27
B3
20
65
75
78.77
60
37.57
24.39
B3
25
85
100
104.7
80
49.14
32.35
B3
28
100
125
130.86
100
60.59
40.43
Shape
206
Spiral MiterGears
Specifications
Precision grade
55~60HRC
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Helix angle
35

for gear cutting
Material
SCM415
Heat treatment
Carburizing
Bore
NOTE 1

somewhat higher.
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
1.76
0.06~0.16
0.13
3.34
3.44
0.07~0.17
0.26
5.98
6.23
0.08~0.18
0.43
14.7
0.12~0.27
0.97
29.4
0.14~0.34
1.70
3.70
0.06~0.16
0.22
7.32
0.07~0.17
0.42
13.6
0.08~0.18
0.81
24.3
31.5
0.12~0.27
1.90
46.3
60.7
0.14~0.34
3.40
12
20
24.54
17.0
17.3
1.73
16
26
11
30.89
32.7
33.7
16
27
14
34.4
58.7
61.1
17.5
35
18
49.08
136
144
13.9
17.5
38
23
60.95
269
288
27.5
12.5
21
12
28.06
29.1
36.3
2.96
15
27
15
36.57
56.7
71.8
5.79
17.5
33
20
39.43
104
133
10.6
22.5
44
25
57.29
238
309
25
50
30
65.15
454
595
Catalog No.
MMS2-20R
MMS2-20L
MMS2.5-20R
MMS2.5-20L
MMS3-20R
MMS3-20L
MMS4-20R
MMS4-20L
MMS5-20R
MMS5-20L
MMS2-25R
MMS2-25L
MMS2.5-25R
MMS2.5-25L
MMS3-25R
MMS3-25L
MMS4-25R
MMS4-25L
MMS5-25R
MMS5-25L
207
Miter
Gears
Hub width Length of bore Face width Holding surface dia. Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 2
M
M
S
Modules
1~8
B3 Shape
20 Tooth Miter Gears Modules 1~8
Miter
Gears
Catalog No.
S
M
S
SMS1-20R
SMS1-20L
SMS1.5-20R
SMS1.5-20L
SMS2-20R
SMS2-20L
SMS2.5-20R
SMS2.5-20L
SMS3-20R
SMS3-20L
SMS3.5-20R
SMS3.5-20L
SMS4-20R
SMS4-20L
SMS5-20R
SMS5-20L
SMS6-20R
SMS6-20L
SMS8-20R
SMS8-20L
Gear ratio
Module
No. of teeth
m1
20
m1.5
20
m2
20
m2.5
20
m3
20
m3.5
20
m4
20
m5
20
m6
20
m8
20
Direction
of spiral
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Shape
Bore
NOTE 1
Hub dia.
B3
16
20
21.3
20
13.84
10.65
B3
26
30
31.74
30
21.18
15.87
B3
12
34
40
42.4
37
24.75
18.2
B3
14
42
50
52.94
48
32.42
24.47
B3
16
50
60
63.72
58
39.6
29.86
B3
20
60
70
74.47
65
43.81
32.23
B3
20
64
80
84.88
75
50.51
37.44
B3
25
80
100
105.9
90
60.16
42.95
B3
28
100
120
127.16
104
67.35
47.58
B3
30
130
160
169.94
125
72.6
49.97
NOTE 1: Due to heat treating, some deformation of the bore may occur. It may be necessary to ream the bore to bring it to the stated dimensions.
208
Spiral MiterGears
Specifications
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Helix angle
35

for gear cutting
Material
S45C
Heat treatment
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.067
0.03~0.13
0.02
0.38
0.24
0.05~0.15
0.07
0.87
0.55
0.06~0.16
0.15
10.5
1.66
1.07
0.07~0.17
0.30
28.8
18.7
2.94
1.91
0.08~0.18
0.50
39.09
46.5
30.4
4.74
3.10
0.10~0.25
0.80
20
43.43
68.3
45.0
6.97
4.59
0.12~0.27
1.10
54
26
54.46
136
9.27
0.14~0.34
2.10
34
60
30
67.15
226
155
23.0
15.8
0.16~0.36
3.60
30
62
35
95
484
344
49.4
35.1
0.20~0.45
7.10
12
9.86
1.07
0.65
0.11
13
19
15.37
3.73
2.33
14
22
10
21.72
8.54
5.40
19
29
12
28.06
16.3
23
35
15
31.57
25
40
18
27
45
30
90.9
13.9
48~53HRC
Black oxide
Bore
Catalog No.
SMS1-20R
SMS1-20L
SMS1.5-20R
SMS1.5-20L
SMS2-20R
SMS2-20L
SMS2.5-20R
SMS2.5-20L
SMS3-20R
SMS3-20L
SMS3.5-20R
SMS3.5-20L
SMS4-20R
SMS4-20L
SMS5-20R
SMS5-20L
SMS6-20R
SMS6-20L
SMS8-20R
SMS8-20L
209
Miter
Gears
Precision grade
S
M
S
Modules
1~6
B3 Shape
Miter
Gears
Catalog No.
S
M
S
SMS1-25R
SMS1-25L
SMS1.5-25R
SMS1.5-25L
SMS2-25R
SMS2-25L
SMS2.5-25R
SMS2.5-25L
SMS3-25R
SMS3-25L
SMS3.5-25R
SMS3.5-25L
SMS4-25R
SMS4-25L
SMS5-25R
SMS5-25L
SMS6-25R
SMS6-25L
Gear ratio
Module
No. of teeth
m1
25
m1.5
25
m2
25
m2.5
25
m3
25
m3.5
25
m4
25
m5
25
m6
25
Direction
of spiral
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Shape
Bore
NOTE 1
Hub dia.
B3
20
25
26.22
23
15.08
11.11
B3
10
30
37.5
39.3
34
22.14
16.15
B3
12
40
50
52.38
40
24.2
16.19
B3
16
50
62.5
65.54
50
30.24
20.27
B3
20
60
75
78.77
60
37.57
24.39
B3
25
70
87.5
91.81
70
42.98
28.41
B3
28
80
100
104.7
80
49.14
32.35
B3
28
100
125
130.86
100
60.59
40.43
B3
28
120
150
157.17
120
71.97
48.58

Catalog No.
SMS1-30R
SMS1-30L
SMS1.5-30R
SMS1.5-30L
SMS2-30R
SMS2-30L
SMS2.5-30R
SMS2.5-30L
SMS3-30R
SMS3-30L
SMS3.5-30R
SMS3.5-30L
SMS4-30R
SMS4-30L
SMS5-30R
SMS5-30L
Gear ratio
Module
No. of teeth
m1
30
m1.5
30
m2
30
m2.5
30
m3
30
m3.5
30
m4
30
m5
30
Direction
of spiral
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Shape
Bore
NOTE 1
Hub dia.
B3
24
30
31.26
28
17.61
13.63
B3
10
36
45
46.84
43
28.11
21.42
B3
12
45
60
62.42
50
29.27
21.21
B3
16
60
75
78.04
62
36.08
26.02
B3
20
70
90
93.61
75
45.25
31.8
B3
25
90
105
109.21
85
49.4
34.6
B3
28
100
120
124.71
95
54.28
37.35
B3
28
130
150
155.89
120
68.2
47.95
NOTE1: Due to heat treating, some deformation of the bore may occur. It may be necessary to ream the bore to bring it to the stated dimensions.
210
Spiral MiterGears
Specifications
48~53HRC
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Helix angle
35

for gear cutting
Material
S45C
Heat treatment
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.13
0.03~0.13
0.05
0.59
0.45
0.05~0.15
0.12
10.7
1.40
1.09
0.06~0.16
0.20
26.8
21.1
2.73
2.15
0.07~0.17
0.40
37.43
49.1
39.1
5.00
3.98
0.08~0.18
0.70
22
46.77
75.4
60.6
7.69
6.18
0.10~0.25
1.10
43
25
55.29
112
9.25
0.12~0.27
1.70
25
50
30
65.15
214
175
21.8
17.8
0.14~0.34
3.40
30
61
35
83
357
300
36.4
30.6
0.16~0.36
5.40
NOTE 2
14
15.03
1.71
1.28
0.17
11.5
19
19.54
5.78
4.42
10
20
12
26.06
13.7
12.5
26
15
34.57
15
32
20
17.5
37
20
90.7
Hub width Length of bore Face width Holding surface dia. Allowable torqueNm)
11.5
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.21
0.03~0.13
0.05
0.84
0.76
0.05~0.15
0.20
16.9
1.86
1.72
0.06~0.16
0.37
35.6
33.4
3.63
3.40
0.07~0.17
0.77
65.8
62.3
6.71
6.35
0.08~0.18
1.30
9.79
0.10~0.25
2.30
14.7
0.12~0.27
3.20
28.1
0.14~0.34
6.00
NOTE 2
10
16
19.03
2.28
2.03
0.23
16
25
10
25.72
8.22
7.48
12.5
25
12
36.06
18.2
17
32
15
47.57
20
40
20
53.43
25
45
22
67.77
101
25
50
25
79.29
150
144
15.3
35
62
30
99.15
284
276
29.0
96.0
10.3
Bore
Catalog No.
SMS1-25R
SMS1-25L
SMS1.5-25R
SMS1.5-25L
SMS2-25R
SMS2-25L
SMS2.5-25R
SMS2.5-25L
SMS3-25R
SMS3-25L
SMS3.5-25R
SMS3.5-25L
SMS4-25R
SMS4-25L
SMS5-25R
SMS5-25L
SMS6-25R
SMS6-25L
Catalog No.
SMS1-30R
SMS1-30L
SMS1.5-30R
SMS1.5-30L
SMS2-30R
SMS2-30L
SMS2.5-30R
SMS2.5-30L
SMS3-30R
SMS3-30L
SMS3.5-30R
SMS3.5-30L
SMS4-30R
SMS4-30L
SMS5-30R
SMS5-30L
211
Miter
Gears
Precision grade
S
M
S
SMA(B)(C) Finished Bore Miter Gears
Modules
1~8
Width
Depth
B3 Shape
Miter
Gears
Catalog No.
S
M
A
.
S
M
B
.
S
M
C
SMA1-20
SMB1-20
SMA1.5-20
SMB1.5-20
SMA2-20
SMB2-20
SMA2.5-20
SMB2.5-20
SMA3-20
SMB3-20
SMC3-20
SMA3.5-20
SMB3.5-20
SMA4-20
SMB4-20
SMC4-20
SMA5-20
SMB5-20
SMC5-20
SMA6-20
SMB6-20
SMC6-20
SMA8-20
Gear ratio
Module
No. of teeth
m1
20
m1.5
20
m2
20
m2.5
20
m3
20
m3.5
20
m4
20
m5
20
m6
20
m8
20
Shape
BT
BT
BT
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
Bore
NOTE 1
AH7
8
10
10
12
14
15
18
20
22
25
20
28
30
30
32
25
40
30
35
45
50
40
60
16
20
21.41
20
13.95
10.71
26
30
32.12
30
21.24
16.06
13
34
40
42.83
37
24.89
18.41
14
42
50
53.54
48
32.54
24.77
19
50
60
64.24
58
39.84
30.12
23
60
70
74.95
65
44.13
32.47
25
64
80
85.65
75
50.78
37.83
27
80
100
107.07
90
60.38
43.54
30
100
120
128.48
104
67.67
48.24
34
130
160
171.31
125
73.33
50.66
30
12
12.07
19
19
22
22
29
29
35
35
35
40
40
45
45
45
54
54
54
60
60
60
62
CAUTION: SMA, SMB and SMC gears are identical in all features except for bore and keyway dimensions.
212
Finished Bore MiterGears
Specifications
5
8
10
12
15
18
20
26
30
35
9.86
10
15.37
15.37
21.72
21.72
28.06
28.06
31.57
31.57
31.57
39.09
39.09
43.43
43.43
43.43
54.46
54.46
54.46
67.15
67.15
67.15
95
4 x 1.8
5 x 2.3
5 x 2.3
5 x 2.3*
6 x 2.8
7 x 3*
7 x 3*
6 x 2.8
7 x 3*
8 x 3.3
7 x 3*
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3*
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
12 x 3.3*
14 x 3.8
12 x 3.3
18 x 4.4
M4
M4
M4
M5
M5
M5
M6
M6
M6
M8
M6
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M10
Bending strength
NOTE 3
Surface durability
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Helix angle

for gear cutting
Material
S45C
Secondary Operations Possible except tooth areas and bore
Heat treatment
Backlash
Weight
Bending strength
Surface durability
mm
kg
0.90
0.37
0.091
0.038
0.03~0.13
6.5
3.13
1.31
0.32
0.13
0.05~0.15
7.17
3.05
0.73
0.31
0.06~0.16
5.90
1.39
0.60
0.07~0.17
9.5
13.7
11.5
24.2
10.5
2.47
1.08
0.08~0.18
12.5
39.0
17.2
3.98
1.75
0.10~0.25
13.5
57.3
25.4
5.85
2.59
0.12~0.27
15
114
51.3
11.7
5.23
0.14~0.34
17
190
87.5
19.3
8.92
0.16~0.36
15
406
194
41.4
19.8
0.20~0.45
0.015
0.015
0.070
0.070
0.14
0.14
0.28
0.25
0.41
0.39
0.50
0.70
0.65
1.00
1.00
1.10
2.00
2.10
2.00
3.40
3.30
3.50
6.00
NOTE 1: The keyway dimensions of items with "*" marks do not conform to JIS Standards.
213
48~53HRC
Black oxide
Bore
Catalog No.
SMA1-20
SMB1-20
SMA1.5-20
SMB1.5-20
SMA2-20
SMB2-20
SMA2.5-20
SMB2.5-20
SMA3-20
SMB3-20
SMC3-20
SMA3.5-20
SMB3.5-20
SMA4-20
SMB4-20
SMC4-20
SMA5-20
SMB5-20
SMC5-20
SMA6-20
SMB6-20
SMC6-20
SMA8-20
Miter
Gears
Face width Holding surface dia. Keyway NOTE 1 Threaded hole NOTE 2 Allowable torqueNm)
Precision grade
S
M
A
.
S
M
B
.
S
M
C
SMA(B) Finished Bore Miter Gears
Modules
1~6
Width
Depth
B3 Shape
Miter
Gears
Catalog No.
S
M
A
.
S
M
B
SMA1-25
SMA1.5-25
SMA2-25
SMB2-25
SMA2.5-25
SMB2.5-25
SMA3-25
SMB3-25
SMA3.5-25
SMB3.5-25
SMA4-25
SMB4-25
SMA5-25
SMA6-25
Gear ratio
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m1
m1.5
25
25
m2
25
m2.5
25
m3
25
m3.5
25
m4
25
m5
m6
25
25
BT
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m1
m1.5
30
30
m2
30
m2.5
30
m3
30
m3.5
30
m4
30
m5
30
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
Bore
AH7
10
12
18
15
20
18
30
25
32
28
35
30
50
55
20
30
25
37.5
26.41
39.62
23
34
15.16
22.25
11.21
16.31
8
11.5
14
19
40
50
52.83
40
24.33
16.41
10
20
50
62.5
66.04
50
30.41
20.52
12.5
26
60
75
79.24
60
37.81
24.62
15
32
70
87.5
92.45
70
43.23
28.72
17.5
37
80
100
105.66
80
49.32
32.83
20
43
100
120
125
150
132.07
158.48
100
120
60.82
72.32
41.04
49.24
25
30
50
61

Catalog No.
SMA1-30
SMA1.5-30
SMA2-30
SMB2-30
SMA2.5-30
SMB2.5-30
SMA3-30
SMB3-30
SMA3.5-30
SMB3.5-30
SMA4-30
SMB4-30
SMA5-30
Gear ratio
Bore
AH7
12
15
20
15
25
20
32
25
35
30
40
30
55
24
36
30
45
31.41
47.12
28
43
17.71
28.24
13.71
21.56
10
16
16
25
45
60
62.83
50
29.42
21.41
12.5
25
60
75
78.54
62
36.28
26.27
17
32
70
90
94.24
75
45.47
32.12
20
40
90
105
109.95
85
49.66
34.97
25
45
100
120
125.66
95
54.52
37.83
25
50
130
150
157.07
120
68.56
48.54
35
62
CAUTION: SMA and SMB gears are identical in all features except for bore and keyway dimensions.
214
Finished Bore MiterGears
Specifications
6
9
15.03
19.54
12
26.06
15
34.57
20
37.43
22
46.77
25
55.29
30
35
65.15
83
4 x 1.8
6 x 2.8
5 x 2.3
5 x 2.3*
6 x 2.8
7 x 3*
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
12 x 3.3*
16 x 4.3
M4
M5
M6
M5
M6
M6
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M10
4
5.75
Bending strength
1.48
4.98
6
10
19.03
25.71
12
36.06
15
47.57
20
53.43
22
67.77
25
79.29
30
99.15
4 x 1.8
5 x 2.3
6 x 2.8
5 x 2.3
8 x 3.3
6 x 2.8
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
16 x 4.3
M5
M5
M6
M5
M8
M6
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
M10
48~53HRC
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Helix angle

for gear cutting
Material
S45C
Secondary Operations Possible except tooth areas and bore
Heat treatment
Backlash
Weight
Bending strength
Surface durability
mm
kg
0.71
2.44
0.15
0.51
0.072
0.25
0.03~0.13
0.05~0.15
5.90
1.20
0.60
0.06~0.16
NOTE 3
Surface durability
11.8
23.1
11.7
2.35
1.19
0.07~0.17
7.5
42.3
21.6
4.31
2.20
0.08~0.18
8.5
65.0
33.5
6.63
3.42
0.10~0.25
96.8
50.2
9.87
5.12
0.12~0.27
9.87
16.9
0.14~0.34
0.16~0.36
10
12.5
15
185
307
96.8
166
5
8
Bending strength
2.00
7.22
18.8
31.3
Backlash
Weight
Bending strength
Surface durability
mm
kg
1.11
4.08
0.20
0.74
0.11
0.42
0.03~0.13
0.05~0.15
9.20
1.63
0.94
0.06~0.16
NOTE 3
Surface durability
6.25
16.0
8.5
31.2
18.2
3.19
1.86
0.07~0.17
10
57.8
34.0
5.89
3.46
0.08~0.18
12.5
88.4
52.3
9.01
5.34
0.10~0.25
7.99
0.12~0.27
12.5
131
17.5
250
0.04
0.06
0.17
0.17
0.40
0.40
0.60
0.60
1.00
1.00
1.60
1.60
3.00
4.50
78.3
150
13.4
25.5
15.3
0.14~0.34
0.05
0.19
0.32
0.32
0.70
0.70
1.10
1.10
2.10
2.10
2.90
2.90
5.20
NOTE 1: The keyway dimensions of items with "*" marks do not conform to JIS Standards.
215
Bore
Catalog No.
SMA1-25
SMA1.5-25
SMA2-25
SMB2-25
SMA2.5-25
SMB2.5-25
SMA3-25
SMB3-25
SMA3.5-25
SMB3.5-25
SMA4-25
SMB4-25
SMA5-25
SMA6-25
Catalog No.
SMA1-30
SMA1.5-30
SMA2-30
SMB2-30
SMA2.5-30
SMB2.5-30
SMA3-30
SMB3-30
SMA3.5-30
SMB3.5-30
SMA4-30
SMB4-30
SMA5-30
Miter
Gears
Precision grade
S
M
A
.
S
M
B
MM Carburized & Hardened Miter Gears
Modules
2~5
B3 Shape
Modules 2~5
Catalog No.
Hub dia.
AH7
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
12
15
16
20
25
34
42
52
65
80
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
12
16
20
25
28
45
55
65
85
100
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m2
m2.5
m3
m4
m5
20
20
20
20
20
m2
m2.5
m3
m4
m5
25
25
25
25
25
MM2-20
MM2.5-20
MM3-20
MM4-20
MM5-20
Miter
Gears
Bore
Gear ratio
MM2-25
MM2.5-25
MM3-25
MM4-25
MM5-25
Pitch dia. Outside dia. Mounting distance Total length Crown to back length Hub width
40
50
60
80
100
42.83
53.54
64.24
85.66
107.07
35
45
50
65
90
22.24
28.89
31.19
39.49
60.38
16.41
21.77
22.12
27.83
43.54
12
16
16
17.5
30
50
62.5
75
100
125
52.83
66.03
79.24
105.66
132.07
40
50
60
80
100
24.33
30.41
37.81
49.32
60.82
16.41
20.52
24.62
32.83
41.04
12.5
15
17.5
22.5
25
M
M
.
L
M
LM Sintered Metal Miter Gears
Modules
0.8~1.5
B1Shape
Modules 0.8~1.5
Catalog No.
LM0.8-20
LM1-20
LM1.25-20
LM1.5-20
Gear ratio
Module
m0.8
m1
m1.25
m1.5
No. of teeth
Shape
20
20
20
20
B1
B1
B1
B1
Bore
Hub dia.
AH8
4
5
6
6
12
16
22
26
16
20
25
30
17.13
21.41
26.77
32.12
16
20
23
30
11
13.5
15
21
8.57
10.71
11.38
16.06
5.5
6
6
9
CAUTION: Although the sintering process allows for the inclusion of oil to maintain lubricity, these gears have not been oil impregnated.
CAUTION: The rust prevention process involves treating the gears with steam (in effect, creating the surface oxidation). The black oxide treatment cannot be applied to these
gears.
216
Carburized & Hardened MiterGears

Specifications
Precision grade
55~60HRC
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Material
SCM415

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Carburizing
NOTE 1
Bore

somewhat higher.
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.99
1.94
3.52
8.28
17.8
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.14~0.34
0.13
0.26
0.43
0.97
2.10
MM2-20
MM2.5-20
MM3-20
MM4-20
MM5-20
2.05
4.05
7.49
17.4
33.6
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.14~0.34
0.22
0.41
0.81
1.90
3.40
MM2-25
MM2.5-25
MM3-25
MM4-25
MM5-25
NOTE 2
20
26
27
35
54
9
11
14
18
26
24.54
30.89
34.4
49.09
54.46
15.1
29.0
52.0
121
256
9.74
19.0
34.5
81.2
175
1.54
2.96
5.30
12.3
26.1
21
27
33
44
50
12
15
20
25
30
28.06
36.57
39.43
57.29
65.15
26.4
51.6
94.7
217
413
20.1
39.7
73.5
171
329
2.70
5.27
9.66
22.1
42.1
Catalog No.
Miter
Gears
Length of bore Face width Holding surface dia. Allowable torqueNm)
M
M
.
L
M
Sintered Metal MiterGears

Specifications
11
13.5
15
21
4.24
4.95
6.36
8.48
Precision grade
70~95HRB
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Steam treatment
Pressure angle
20
Sintered
Material
SMF5040

for gear cutting
Bore
Heat treatment
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0~0.16
0~0.18
0~0.20
0~0.22
10
22
37
70
0.22
0.41
0.81
1.48
NOTE 1
0.027
0.050
0.099
0.19
0.022
0.042
0.083
0.15
0.0027
0.0051
0.010
0.019
Catalog No.
LM0.8-20
LM1-20
LM1.25-20
LM1.5-20
217
SM Miter Gears
Modules
1~8
B2 Shape
B3 Shape
Modules 1~8
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
10
12
14
16
20
27
34
42
55
70
32
40
48
64
80
34.83
43.53
52.24
69.66
87.07
30
35
40
50
65
19
21
23
28
37
15.41
16.77
18.12
20.83
28.53
11.5
12
13
13.5
20
20
20
20
20
20
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
6
8
8
12
14
16
22
26
34
42
20
25
30
40
50
21.41
26.77
32.12
42.83
53.54
20
23
30
37
48
13.94
15.27
21.24
24.89
32.54
10.71
11.38
16.06
18.41
24.77
8
9
13
14
19
m3
m3.5
m4
m5
m6
20
20
20
20
20
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
16
20
20
25
28
50
60
64
80
100
60
70
80
100
120
64.24
74.95
85.65
107.07
128.48
58
65
75
90
104
39.84
44.13
50.78
60.38
67.67
30.12
32.47
37.83
43.54
48.24
23
25
27
30
34
SM8-20
m8
20
B3
30
130
160
171.31
125
73.33
50.66
30
SM1-25
SM1.25-25
SM1.5-25
SM2-25
SM2.5-25
m1
m1.25
m1.5
m2
m2.5
25
25
25
25
25
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
6
8
10
12
16
20
25
30
40
50
26.41
33.02
39.62
52.83
66.04
23
28
34
40
50
15.16
17.88
22.25
24.33
30.41
11.21
13.26
16.31
16.41
20.52
8
9.25
11.5
10
12.5
m3
m3.5
m4
m5
m6
25
25
25
25
25
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
20
25
28
28
28
60
70
80
100
120
75
87.5
100
125
150
79.24
92.45
105.66
132.07
158.48
60
70
80
100
120
37.81
43.23
49.32
60.82
72.32
24.62
28.72
32.83
41.04
49.24
15
17.5
20
25
30
m1
m1.25
m1.5
m2
m2.5
30
30
30
30
30
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
8
10
10
12
16
24
30
36
45
60
30
37.5
45
60
75
31.41
39.27
47.12
62.83
78.54
28
36
43
50
62
17.71
23.47
28.24
29.42
36.28
13.71
18.13
21.56
21.41
26.27
10
13.5
16
12.5
17
m3
m3.5
m4
m5
30
30
30
30
B3
B3
B3
B3
20
25
28
28
70
90
100
130
94.24
109.95
125.66
157.07
75
85
95
120
45.47
49.66
54.52
68.56
32.12
34.97
37.83
48.54
20
25
25
35
Catalog No.
Miter
Gears
SM2-16
SM2.5-16
SM3-16
SM4-16
SM5-16
S
M
Gear ratio
SM1-20
SM1.25-20
SM1.5-20
SM2-20
SM2.5-20
SM3-20
SM3.5-20
SM4-20
SM5-20
SM6-20
SM3-25
SM3.5-25
SM4-25
SM5-25
SM6-25
SM1-30
SM1.25-30
SM1.5-30
SM2-30
SM2.5-30
SM3-30
SM3.5-30
SM4-30
SM5-30
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m2
m2.5
m3
m4
m5
16
16
16
16
16
m1
m1.25
m1.5
m2
m2.5
25
31.25
37.5
50
62.5
90
105
120
150
218
MiterGears
Specifications
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.034
0.069
0.12
0.29
0.57
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.14~0.34
0.09
0.13
0.22
0.48
1.00
SM2-16
SM2.5-16
SM3-16
SM4-16
SM5-16
0.0086
0.017
0.031
0.073
0.14
0.03~0.13
0.04~0.14
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.02
0.04
0.07
0.15
0.30
SM1-20
SM1.25-20
SM1.5-20
SM2-20
SM2.5-20
2.45
3.96
5.82
11.6
19.4
0.26
0.42
0.63
1.29
2.22
0.08~0.18
0.10~0.25
0.12~0.27
0.14~0.34
0.16~0.36
0.50
0.80
1.10
2.10
3.60
SM3-20
SM3.5-20
SM4-20
SM5-20
SM6-20
42.1
5.06
0.20~0.45
7.10
SM8-20
NOTE 1
19
21
23
28
37
7
9
11
14
17
3.84
7.63
13.3
30.7
58.9
0.33
0.68
1.21
2.87
5.62
0.39
0.78
1.36
3.13
6.00
12
13
19
22
29
5
6
8
10
12
9.86
13.03
15.37
21.72
28.06
0.89
1.70
3.12
7.13
13.6
0.084
0.16
0.30
0.72
1.41
0.091
0.17
0.32
0.73
1.39
35
40
45
54
60
15
18
20
26
30
31.57
39.09
43.43
54.46
67.15
24.1
38.8
57.0
114
191
2.54
4.15
6.19
12.6
21.8
62
35
95
413
49.6
14
16
19
20
26
6
7
9
12
15
15.03
18.7
19.54
26.06
34.57
32
37
43
50
61
20
22
25
30
35
37.43
46.77
55.29
65.15
83
16
21
25
25
32
6
8
10
12
15
19.03
22.37
25.71
36.06
47.57
40
45
50
62
20
22
25
30
53.43
67.77
79.29
99.15
1.47
2.75
4.96
11.8
23.0
42.1
64.7
96.3
184
309
1.99
4.05
7.19
15.9
31.1
57.5
88.0
131
249
Bore
Catalog No.
0.16
0.31
0.57
1.41
2.81
0.15
0.28
0.51
1.20
2.34
0.017
0.032
0.059
0.14
0.29
0.03~0.13
0.04~0.14
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.04
0.06
0.14
0.20
0.40
SM1-25
SM1.25-25
SM1.5-25
SM2-25
SM2.5-25
5.24
8.19
12.4
24.2
42.1
4.29
6.60
9.82
18.7
31.5
0.53
0.83
1.26
2.47
4.29
0.08~0.18
0.10~0.25
0.12~0.27
0.14~0.34
0.16~0.36
0.70
1.10
1.70
3.40
5.40
SM3-25
SM3.5-25
SM4-25
SM5-25
SM6-25
0.26
0.54
0.97
2.22
4.43
0.20
0.41
0.73
1.62
3.17
0.026
0.055
0.099
0.23
0.45
0.03~0.13
0.04~0.14
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.05
0.13
0.20
0.37
0.77
SM1-30
SM1.25-30
SM1.5-30
SM2-30
SM2.5-30
8.33
13.0
19.6
38.3
5.87
8.97
13.3
25.4
0.85
1.32
2.00
3.91
0.08~0.18
0.10~0.25
0.12~0.27
0.14~0.34
1.30
2.30
3.20
6.00
SM3-30
SM3.5-30
SM4-30
SM5-30
NOTE 1: The allowable torques shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions. Please see page 196 for more details
219
Miter
Gears
Precision grade
S
M
SAM Angular Miter Gears
Modules
1.5~3
B3 Shape =45
=45
B3 Shape =60
Modules 1.5~3
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
B45
B45
B45
B45
8
10
12
14
25
30
40
50
30
40
50
60
32.77
43.69
54.62
65.54
45
60
75
90
19.33
26.08
31.92
38.66
9.36
12.48
15.6
18.72
60
60
60
60
B60
B60
B60
B60
8
12
14
16
25
32
40
50
30
40
50
60
32.59
43.46
54.33
65.19
40
50
60
70
22.3
26.39
30.49
34.59
14.77
16.36
17.94
19.54
120
120
120
120
B120
B120
B120
B120
8
12
14
16
26
34
42
50
30
40
50
60
31.5
42
52.5
63
26
34
42
50
20.69
26.86
33.22
39.39
18.64
24.18
29.73
35.28
Gear ratio
Module
SAM1.5-20045
SAM2-20045
SAM2.5-20045
SAM3-20045
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
20
20
20
20
45
45
45
45
Miter
Gears
Catalog No.
No. of teeth Shanft angle
SAM1.5-20060
SAM2-20060
SAM2.5-20060
SAM3-20060
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
20
20
20
20
S
A
M
SAM1.5-20120
SAM2-20120
SAM2.5-20120
SAM3-20120
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
20
20
20
20
Shape
=60
=120
220
Angular MiterGears
Specifications
Precision grade
Less than 194HB
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Bore
B3 Shape=120
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.039
0.097
0.19
0.34
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.07
0.15
0.31
0.55
SAM1.5-20045
SAM2-20045
SAM2.5-20045
SAM3-20045
0.36
0.86
1.67
2.89
0.033
0.080
0.16
0.28
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.08
0.15
0.27
0.47
SAM1.5-20060
SAM2-20060
SAM2.5-20060
SAM3-20060
Miter
Gears
Hub width Length of bore Face width Holding surface dia. Allowable torqueNm) Allowable torquekgfm
0.25
0.58
1.16
1.98
0.030
0.072
0.15
0.26
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.07
0.16
0.31
0.53
SAM1.5-20120
SAM2-20120
SAM2.5-20120
SAM3-20120
S
A
M
7.75
9.65
12.58
15.51
18
24
30
36
11
15
18
22
17
20.92
30.07
34
4.30
10.3
19.6
34.4
0.38
0.95
1.85
3.30
0.44
1.05
2.00
3.51
12.58
13.05
13.82
15.16
21
24
28
32
9
12
15
18
18.18
21.93
29.15
36.36
3.54
8.39
16.4
28.3
0.32
0.78
1.56
2.74
13.88
17.26
20.64
24.02
18
24
29
35
5
6.5
8.5
10
19.22
26.78
32.03
39.59
2.43
5.66
11.4
19.4
0.29
0.70
1.45
2.53
Catalog No.
NOTE 1: The allowable torques shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions. Please see page 196 more details.
Regarding Angular Miter Gears

The shafts of standard miter gears are at 90. Miter gears with other angles are called angular miter gears. SAM series of KHK standard angular
miter gears are available with 45, 60 and 120 shaft angles. Other shaft angles may be ordered as custom gears. However, because of the
limitations of manufacturing equipment, some gears are not possible to be made.
Shaft angle 45
Shaft angle 60
Shaft angle 90
221
Shaft angle 120
SUM Stainless Steel Miter Gears
Modules
1~3
B3 Shape
Modules 1~3
Miter
Gears
Catalog No.
S
U
M
SUM1-20
SUM1.5-20
SUM2-20
SUM2.5-20
SUM3-20
SUM4-20
SUM1-25
SUM1.5-25
SUM2-25
SUM2.5-25
SUM3-25
SUM4-25
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
6
8
12
14
16
20
16
26
34
42
50
64
20
30
40
50
60
80
21.41
32.12
42.83
53.54
64.24
85.65
20
30
37
48
58
75
13.95
21.24
24.89
32.54
39.84
50.78
10.71
16.06
18.41
24.77
30.12
37.83
8
13
14
19
23
27
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
6
10
12
16
20
28
20
30
45
55
65
80
25
37.5
50
62.5
75
100
26.41
39.62
52.83
66.04
79.24
105.66
23
34
40
50
60
80
15.16
22.25
24.33
30.41
37.81
49.32
11.21
16.31
16.41
20.52
24.62
32.83
8
11.5
12.5
15
17.5
20
Gear ratio
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m1
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
m4
20
20
20
20
20
20
m1
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
m4
25
25
25
25
25
25
222
Stainless Steel MiterGears
Specifications
Precision grade
Less than 187HB
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Material
SUS303

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Bore
*Available on special order: Same gear made from SUS304.
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.0061
0.022
0.052
0.10
0.18
0.45
0.03~0.13
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.02
0.07
0.15
0.30
0.50
1.10
SUM1-20
SUM1.5-20
SUM2-20
SUM2.5-20
SUM3-20
SUM4-20
0.012
0.042
0.10
0.20
0.38
0.90
0.03~0.13
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.03
0.13
0.22
0.41
0.81
1.70
SUM1-25
SUM1.5-25
SUM2-25
SUM2.5-25
SUM3-25
SUM4-25
NOTE 1
12
19
22
29
35
45
5
8
10
12
15
20
9.86
15.37
21.72
28.06
31.57
43.43
0.49
1.72
3.94
7.52
13.3
31.5
0.060
0.22
0.51
1.00
1.80
4.39
0.050
0.18
0.40
0.77
1.36
3.22
14
19
20
26
32
43
6
9
12
15
20
25
15.03
19.54
26.06
34.57
37.43
55.29
0.81
2.74
6.50
12.7
23.3
53.2
0.12
0.41
1.00
2.00
3.73
8.79
0.083
0.28
0.66
1.29
2.37
5.43
Catalog No.
NOTE1: The allowable torques shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions. Please see page 196 for more details.
223
Miter
Gears
S
U
M
PM Plastic Miter Gears
Modules
1~4
B3 Shape
Modules 1~4
Miter
Gears
Catalog No.
P
M
PM1-20
PM1.25-20
PM1.5-20
PM2-20
PM2.5-20
PM3-20
PM3.5-20
PM4-20
PM1-25
PM1.25-25
PM1.5-25
PM2-25
PM2.5-25
PM3-25
Gear ratio
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m1
m1.25
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
m3.5
m4
m1
m1.25
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
Bore
NOTE 1
Hub dia.
6
8
8
10
12
14
20
20
6
8
8
10
14
15
16
22
26
34
42
50
60
64
20
25
30
40
50
60
20
25
30
40
50
60
70
80
25
31.25
37.5
50
62.5
75
21.41
26.77
32.12
42.83
53.54
64.24
74.95
85.66
26.41
33.02
39.62
52.83
66.04
79.24
20
23
30
37
48
58
65
75
23
28
34
40
50
60
13.95
15.27
21.24
24.89
32.54
39.84
44.13
50.78
15.16
17.88
22.25
24.33
30.41
37.81
10.71
11.38
16.06
18.41
24.77
30.12
32.47
37.83
11.21
13.26
16.31
16.41
20.52
24.62
8
9
13
14
19
23
25
27
8
9.25
11.5
10
12.5
15
NOTE 1: Significant variation in temperature or humidity can cause dimensional changes in plastic gears (MC Nylon gears). Please see the technical section on the
characteristics of plastic gears (page 32).
224
Plastic MiterGears
Specifications
12
13
19
22
29
35
40
45
14
16
19
20
26
32
5
6
8
10
12
15
18
20
6
7
9
12
15
20
9.86
13.03
15.37
21.72
28.06
31.57
39.09
43.43
15.03
18.7
19.54
26.06
34.57
37.43
115~120HRR
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Material
MC901

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.08~0.18
0.09~0.19
0.10~0.20
0.11~0.21
0.12~0.22
0.13~0.23
0.15~0.25
0.17~0.27
0.08~0.18
0.09~0.19
0.10~0.20
0.11~0.21
0.12~0.22
0.13~0.23
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.04
0.07
0.12
0.16
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.03
0.06
0.10
0.18
0.35
0.61
1.44
2.78
4.85
7.75
11.5
0.30
0.56
1.00
2.36
4.61
8.15
NOTE 2
0.018
0.035
0.063
0.15
0.28
0.49
0.79
1.17
0.030
0.058
0.10
0.24
0.47
0.83
NOTE 2: The allowable torques shown in the table are the calculated values using the Lewis formula.
225
Bore
Catalog No.
PM1-20
PM1.25-20
PM1.5-20
PM2-20
PM2.5-20
PM3-20
PM3.5-20
PM4-20
PM1-25
PM1.25-25
PM1.5-25
PM2-25
PM2.5-25
PM3-25
Miter
Gears
Precision grade
P
M
DM Injection Molded Miter Gears
Modules
0.5~1.5

Range
Tolerance
Specifications
Precision grade
JIS B 1704 grade 8
Below 3mm
0.20
Gear teeth
Gleason
3 up to 6 mm
0.25
Pressure angle
20
6 up to 10 mm
0.30
10 up to 18 mm
0.35
Material
Duracon(M90-44)
18 up to 30 mm
0.40
Heat treatment
30 mm up
0.50
Tooth hardness
110~120HRR
Surface treatment
Tooth surface finish Injection molded

B1 Shape

for tooth forming
Bore
Not recommended
Modules 0.5~1.5
Catalog No.
Gear ratio
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
m0.5
m0.8
m1
m1.5
20
20
20
20
B1
B1
B1
B1
Miter
Gears
DM0.5-20
DM0.8-20
DM1-20
DM1.5-20
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
3
5
6
8
8
12
16
20
10
16
20
30
10.71
17.13
21.41
32.12
11
16
21
30
7.97
10.83
14.62
20.59
6.35
8.56
11.71
16.06
NOTE 1
Outside dia. Mounting distance Total length Crown to back length
NOTE 1: The bore tolerance is generally 0.05 to 0.1 but may be + value at the central portion of the hole. Re-machining the bore is not recommended since reworking
Hub width
Length of bore
Face width
Holding surface dia.
Bending strength
4
5
7
10
7
10
13
19
2.5
3.5
4.5
7
4.93
10.1
11.27
18.2
0.082
0.31
0.54
0.96
D
M
.
B
B
Bending strength
0.0083
0.032
0.055
0.098
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.04~0.14
0.06~0.16
0.08~0.18
0.10~0.20
1
2
4
13
Catalog No.
DM0.5-20
DM0.8-20
DM1-20
DM1.5-20

The table shows a series of standard metal bushings that can be
pressed into standard injection molded gears. They can be used
as bearing metal on idler gears or to reduce the bore of the gears.
(unit: mm)
Catalog
No.
I.D. of bushing
O.D. of bushing
Length
d+0.02
0
D+0.02
-0.01
BB30507
07
DS0.5, DM0.8, DB0.8
BB30608
08
DS0.5, DS0.8, DM1
BB40609
09
DS0.8, DM1
BB40612
12
DS1, DB1
BB50812
12
DS1
BB50814
14
DS1, DM1.5
0
L -0.3
226
Table of Contents
in Selecting and Using Bevel Gears. ......................... page 228
MHP High Ratio Hypoid Gears................................... page 234
MBSG Ground Spiral Bevel Gears............................. page 236
SBSG Ground Spiral Bevel Gears. ............................ page 238
MBSA(B) Finished Bore Spiral Bevel Gears............. page 240
SBS Spiral Bevel Gears............................................... page 248

SB(SBY) Bevel Gears. ................................................. page 252
SB Bevel Gears & Pinion Shafts. ............................... page 260
SUB Stainless Steel Bevel Gears. ............................. page 262
PB Plastic Bevel Gears................................................ page 264
DB Injection Molded Bevel Gears. ............................. page 266
BB Sintered Metal Busings.......................................... page 266
NISSEI KSP Ground Spiral Bevel Gears......................... page 268
Bevel Gears

(Example)
Bevel Gears
M BSG 2 - 40 20 R
Direction of Spiral ( R )
No. of teeth of mating gear(20)
No. of teeth(40)
Module(2)
Type (Ground Spiral Bevel Gear)
Material(SCM415)
Material
S
S45C
M
SCM415
SU SUS303
P
MC901
D
Duracon(M90-44)
Type
B
BS
BSG
HP
Bevel Gears
Spiral Bevel Gears
Ground Spiral Bevel Gears
High Ratio Hypoid Gears
227
Bevel Gears
Large Selection of Modules, Gear Ratios, Materials and Styles !
Characteristics
KHK stock bevel gears are available in two types, spiral and straight tooth, in gear ratios of 1.5 to 5, and are offered in a large variety of
modules, numbers of teeth, materials and styles.
Main Features of Types of Bevel Gears Offered
Catalog No.
Module
Gear Ratio
Material
1~1.5
15~200
SCM415
2~4
SCM415
Gear tooth
Carburizing
Carburized
(bore & hubs
are masked)
Main Characteristic
Cut
High speed reduction ratio, high efficiency, high

rigidity and compact gear assembly.
Ground
High strength, abrasion-resistant and compact for

high-speed & torque use.
Spiral bevel gears
MHP
Tooth
Heat
Secondary
surface Precision
Operations
Treatment finish JIS B 1704
MBSG
2~4
1.5~3
S45C
Gear teeth
induction
hardened
Ground
Reasonably priced ground gear,

yet remachinable except for the gear teeth.
MBSA(B) NOTE1 2~6
1.5~3
SCM415
Overall
carburized
Cut
Ready to use without performing secondary

operations. Strong and abrasion resistant.
SBS
1~5
1.5~4
S45C
Gear teeth
induction
hardened
Cut
Large nos. of teeth and modules are offered in

these affordable spiral bevel gears.
Straight bevel gears
Hypoid
Gear
Type
The following table lists the main features for easy selection
SB.SBY
1~8
1.5~5
S45C
Cut
Popular series of straight bevel gears for many

uses.
SUB
1.5~3
1.5~3
SUS303
Cut
Suitable for food machinery due to SUS303's rustresistant quality.
PB
1~3
1.5~3
MC901
Cut
MC nylon products are light and can be used

without lubricant.
DB
0.5~1
M90-44
Injection
molded
Injection molded, mass-produced productions,

suitable for office machines.
NOTE 2
SBSG
NOTE 3
(CB FC200)
(CB 4)
NOTE 1: The catalog numbers with (B) at the end are identical in all features as the one without (B) except for bore and keyway dimensions.
NOTE 2: Even though the bore and the hub portions are masked during the carburization and can be modified, care should be exercised since
the hardness is somewhat higher.
NOTE 3: MMSA(B) spiral bevel gears are carburized and do not allow secondary operations. However, the back surface of B7 style gears is
masked during the process so that it is possible to drill and pin on this surface.
Combination of Our Know-How and Up-toDate Manufacturing Techniques is at Your

Disposal !
Our popular KHK stock bevel gears with a large selection of sizes
and types are the results of
our know-how and modern
manufacturing capabilities.
We deliver reliable, high
precision, superior products
to you.
228
Possible Partly possible Not possible
Selection Hints

Therefore, they should be used as reference only. We recommend
that each user computes their own values by applying the actual
usage conditions. The table below contains the assumptions
established for these products in order to compute gear strengths.
Please select the most suitable products by carefully considering

the characteristics of items and contents of the product tables. It
is also important to read all applicable CAUTION notes shown
below before the final selection.
CAUTION: The allowable torque of MHP High Ratio Hypoid Gears is the actual
measured value when the pinion is rotating at 600 min-1.
Basically, KHK stock bevel gears should be selected as shown

in the catalog in pairs (Ex: MBSG2-4020R should mate with
MBSG2-2040L). But, for straight tooth bevel gears, there is some
interchangeability with different series. For plastic bevel gears, we
recommend metal mating gears for good heat conductivity.
3. Caution with Regard to the Special Characteristics of Bevel Gears

M BSA(B) finished bore spiral bevel gears are carburized
throughout so that they do not permit any secondary operations.
However, the back surface of B7 style gears (ring type) is
masked during the process so that it is possible to drill and pin
on this surface.
The keyway sizes of MBSA(B) finished bore spiral bevel gears
are made according to JIS B 1301, medium quality (Js9), but the
final heat treating may cause some deformation.
The bore of SBS spiral bevel gears may somewhat be deformed
due to heat treatment and do not reach H7 tolerance.
Due to the characteristics of the material, PB plastic bevel gears
Selection Chart for Straight Bevel Gears ( Allowable Not allowable)

Gear
Pinion
SB
SUB
PB
DB
SB
SUB
PB
DB

Catalog No.
MBSG
SBSG
SBS
MBSA(B)
Item
SB
SBY
SUB
PB
DB
NOTE 1
Formula of bevel gears on bending strength(JGMA403-01)
The Lewis formula
No. of teeth of mating gears of same set
Rotation
100min-1(600min-1 for MBSG & SBSG)
100min-1
Durability
Over 107 cycles
Impact from motor
Uniform load
Impact from load
Uniform load
Formula
Bidirectional
Direction of load
NOTE3
NOTE 2
2
14kgf/mm2 12.67kgf/mm2
7kgf/mm2
1.15kgf/mm2 m 0.5 4.5

(40OC with no m 0.8 4.0
lubricant)
m 1.0 3.5
kgf/mm2
1.2
Safety factor KR

Formula
NOTE 1
Formula of bevel gears on surface durability (JGMA404-01)

100cSt(50 )
Gear support
Shafts & gear box have normal stiffness, and gears are supported on one end
166kgf/mm2
166kgf/mm2
Safety factor CR
90kgf/mm2
49kgf/mm2
41.3kgf/mm2
1.15
NOTE 1: The gear strength formula is based on JGMA (Japanese Gear Manufacturers Association) specifications. MC Nylon Technical Data by Nippon Polypenco
Limited and Duracon Gear Data by Polyplastic Co. Also, the units (min-1) of number of rotations and unit (kgf/mm2) of stress are adjusted to the units needed
in the formula.
NOTE 2: Since the load is bidirectional, the allowable bending stress at root Flim, used in JGMA 403-01 formula is set to 2/3 of the value.
NOTE 3: The value for DB m0.5 was assumed by KHK.
See the similarly titled section for miter gears.

229
Bevel Gears
M BSA(B) finished bore spiral bevel gears are carburized
throughout, so that no secondary operations can be performed
(except B7 style items). For items with induction hardened teeth,
such as SBSG and SBS series, the hardness is high near the
tooth root. When machining the front end, the machined area
should be 4 to 6mm smaller than the dimension, J.
Application Hints
Application Hints before proceeding. For Notes on Starting
Operations and Other Points to Consider in Applications, please
see the Application Hints of Miter Gear Selection.

The reference datum for gear cutting is the bore. Therefore, it is
best to use the bore for locating the center. If it is too difficult to
do for small bores, the alternative is to use one spot on the bore
and the runout of the side surface.
If reworking using scroll chucks, we recommend the use of new
or rebored jaws for improved precision. Please exercise caution
not to crush the teeth by applying too much pressure. Any
scarring will cause noise during operation.
For tapping and keyway operations, see the examples given

in 1. Caution on Performing Secondary Operations in KHK
Stock Spur Gear section. When cutting keyways, to avoid stress
concentration, always leave radii on corners.
P B plastic bevel gears are susceptible to changes due to
temperature and humidity. Dimensions may change between
during and after remachining operations.
When heat treating S45C products, it is possible to get thermal
afterwards. While the teeth strength may increase four fold, the
precision of the gear will drop approximately one grade.
For the handling conveniences, SB and SBY series listed below
has the tapped holes (180 apart, 2 places) on the holding
surface.
Lathe Operations
Catalog No.
SB6-4515
SBY8-4020
SBY8-4515
SBY5-6015
SBY6-6015
The production of bevel gears module 2.5 and over with a

pinning hole on the back of the hub in non-ground teeth has
been phased out as of August 2003. However, we may have
some stock of this configuration.
230
PCD(mm)
130
180
210
180
220
Tap Size
M10 deep 15
M10 deep 20
M10 deep 20
M10 deep 15
M10 deep 20
2.Points of Caution in Assembling
PRODUCT IMPROVEMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
Since bevel gears are cone shaped, they produce axial thrust
forces. Especially for spiral bevel gears, the directions of thrust
change with the hand of spiral and the direction of rotation. This
is illustrated below. The bearings must be selected properly to
be able to handle these thrust forces.
Direction of rotation and thrust force
Drive
thrust
In order to increase the gear strength of KHK standard Bevel

Gears, starting in June 2004, the following changes have been
introduced. During this transition, some of the specifications
will change.
1. Applicable Series
MBSG Ground Spiral Bevel Gears (8 Items)
2. Improvement Details
Increase in gear strength (Approximately 15% higher
bending strength compared to previous one)
3. Change in the specifications
thrust
thrust
thrust
Drive
thrust
thrust
Before
After
Heat treatment

after carburizing
Carburizing (bore & hub portion masked)
Surface Treatment
Black oxide
No black Oxide
thrust
thrust
The corner tips of the gear-teeth of KHK stock Bevel Gears are
machine chamfered for safety and for prevention of damages.
KHK stock bevel gears are designed such that, when assembled
according to the specified mounting distance with a tolerance
of H7~H8, the backlash shown in the table is obtained.
Mounting distance error, offset error and shaft angle error must
be minimized to avoid excessive noise and wear. For various
conditions of teeth contact, please see page 198 "Correct Tooth
Contact" and "Incorrect Tooth Contact".
If a bevel gear is mounted on a shaft far from the bearings, the
shaft may bend. We recommend mounting bevel gears as close
to the bearings as possible. This is especially important since
most bevel gears are supported on one end. The bending of
shafts will cause abnormal noise and wear, and may even cause
fatigue failure of the shafts. Both shafts and bearings must be
designed with sufficient strength.
Due to the thrust load of bevel gears, the gears, shafts and
bearings have the tendency to loosen up during operation. Bevel
gears should be fastened to the shaft with keys and set screws,
taper pins, step shafts, etc.
When installing MBSA(B) spiral bevel gears in B7 style (ring
type), always secure the gears onto the mounting base with taper
pins to absorb the rotational loads. It is dangerous to secure with
bolts only.
The chamfering of the corner gear tips for bevel gear (unit: mm)
Module
0.5 up to 1
Outside edge R
0.5
Inside edge R
all burrs removed
1 up to 2.5
1.0
0.5
2.5 up to 5
2.0
1.0
over 5
3.0
1.5
Taper pin
Components of automated line (Bevel Gears)
Gear
Mounting base
231
Bevel Gears
Features of MHP High Ratio Hypoid Gears
A pair of MHP high-ratio hypoid gears are able to produce an amazing speed of reduction of 200:1 in one stage.
1. Total-cost reduction
The MHP provides a compact gearing
body replacing several stages of
reduction gears. This reduces the cost
sharply.
2. High efficiency
Compared to worm gear drives, the MHP
has less sliding contact. The resulting
higher efficiency allows the use of smaller
motors (See the graph on the right).
3. High rigidity
The carburized hypoid gears lead to
smaller size than comparable worms gears.
4. Compact gear assembly
The size of the gear housing is nearly the
same as outer diameter of the large gear.
(See the diagrams below)
Efficiency
Comparison of the efficiency of MHP High Ratio Hypoid Gears and Worm Gears
MHP
Worm Gears
How to determine the radial and thrust loads
Comparison of MHP and worm Gears

MHP
Worm Gear
Position
Reduction
Before using the MHP high-ratio hypoid gears, be sure to confirm

the direction of radial and thrust loads. Following equations are
used to compute these loads. The radial and thrust load coefficients
are given on the product pages.
Radial load calculation

WRP: Radial load on the pinion or L(N)
n
WRP= WKp X TG X z
Where
WKP: Radial load coefficient of pinion or L(given on the product pages)
TG: Torque of gear or R(N.m)
n: Number of teeth of pinion or L
z: Number of teeth of gear or R
FC, BC
Raw Material
Strength
Miniaturization
of Main Body
S45C
+
Induction Hardened
SCM415 Heat Treated
WRG: Radial load on the gear or R(N)

WRG= WKG X TG
Where
WKG: Radial load coefficient of gear or R (given on the product pages)
Efficiency
Reduced Motor
Capacity
ex,50W
Thrust load calculation
ex,60W
WXP: Thrust load on the pinion or L(N)

n
WXP: WNP X TG X z
Where
WNP: Thrust load coefficient of pinion or L (given on the product page)
n: Number of teeth of pinion or L
z: Number of teeth of gear or R
WXG: Thrust load of gear of R(N)
WXG=WNG X TG
Where
WNG: Thrust load coefficient of gear or R (given on the product pages)
R: Right-hand thread at speed ratio 1/1
L: Left-hand thread at speed ratio 1/1
232
Variations in tooth contact due to poor alignment of gears

If the gear engagement position is out of the normal position, variations in tooth contact, as illustrated below, may appear.
?
(1) Tooth contact
in case of a shaft-angle error
(2) Tooth contact in case of a shaft-offset error
Toe contact
Toe
contact
High heel contact

Toe contact
Low toe
contact
Error
Toe contact
High toe
contact
Low heel contact
Error
(offset is large)
Low toe contact
Heel contact
Heel
contact
Error
High toe
contact
Heel contact
Error
(offset is small)
High heel contact
Low heel contact

Heel contact
(3) Tooth contact

in case of a pinion set position error
(4) Tooth contact

in case of a gear set position error
Low heel contact

Toe contact
High toe
contact
Low toe contact
Error
Toe
contact
High heel contact
Heel contact
Heel contact
High toe contact

Low toe
contact
Error
Heel contact
Toe
contact
Low heel contact
Error
Toe contact
High heel contact
233
Heel contact
Error
Modules
1~1.5
Offset
MHP High Ratio Hypoid Gears
B8 Shape
Modules 1~1.5
Bevel
Gears
Catalog No.
M
H
P
MHP1-0453R
MHP1-3045L
MHP1.5-0453R
MHP1.5-3045L
MHP1-0603R
MHP1-3060L
MHP1.5-0603R
MHP1.5-3060L
MHP1-0602R
MHP1-2060L
MHP1.5-0602R
MHP1.5-2060L
MHP1-0451R
MHP1-1045L
MHP1.5-0451R
MHP1.5-1045L
MHP1-0601R
MHP1-1060L
MHP1.5-0601R
MHP1.5-1060L
MHP1-0901R
MHP1-1090L
MHP1-1201R
MHP1-1120L
MHP1-1801R
MHP1-1180L
MHP1-2001R
MHP1-1200L
Reduction ratio
Nominal
module
BoreShaft Dia. Hub dia. Pitch dia. Outside dia. Mounting distance Total length Hub width Length of bore and shaft
Actual
Direction
No. of teeth
Shape
module
of spiral
ABore: H7Shaft: h7 B
C
D
E
F
H
I
15
m1
1.067
15
m1.5
1.733
20
m1
1.05
20
m1.5
1.633
30
m1
1.05
30
m1.5
1.633
45
m1
1.067
45
m1.5
1.733
60
m1
1.05
60
m1.5
1.633
90
m1
1.089
120
m1
0.817
180
m1
200
m1
Twist direction and offset position
45
3
45
3
60
3
60
3
60
2
60
2
45
1
45
1
60
1
60
1
90
1
120
1
180
1
200
1
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
B9
B8
B9
B8
B9
B8
B9
B8
B9
B8
B9
B8
B9
B8
B9
B8
B9
B8
B9
B8
B9
B8
B9
B8
B9
B8
B9
B8
12
22.1
14
31.1
12
26.1
20
36.1
12
22.1
20
31.1
12
20.1
14
26.1
12
22.1
20
31.1
20
31.1
20
31.1
25
42.1
25
42.1
48
10.3
78
17.6
63
11.7
98
15.7
63
12.8
98
17.7
48
10.1
78
18.3
63
12.9
98
17.7
98
15.7
98
13.4
180
22.4
200
21.5
48
10.3
78
17.6
63
11.7
98
15.7
63
12.8
98
17.7
48
10.1
78
18.3
63
12.9
98
17.7
98
15.7
98
13.4
180
22.4
200
21.5
19
127
28
170
21
142
33
199
21
134
33
175
19
115
28
152
21
134
33
175
33
170
33
170
47
242
47
252
16.3
113
23.7
148
18.1
125
28.7
168
17.8
120
28.2
149
16.5
104
23.9
138
17.9
122
28.2
151
28.8
149
29.3
149
40.1
200
40.6
205
10
13
13
10
13
13
13
18
18
14
94
20
116
16
102
25
135
16
94
25
116
14
85
20
102
16
94
25
116
25
116
25
116
35
154
35
154
The hypoid-gear engagement position is dependent on the twist direction of the pinion thread.
Fig. 1
Fig. 1: Below center
The engagement position with the left-hand
pinion is called the below center.
30
40
34
50
34
50
30
40
34
50
50
50
70
70
Fig. 2
Fig. 2: Above Center
The engagement position with the right-hand
thread pinion is called the above center.
234
NOTE 3: KHK stock Hypoid Gears are

available in Below Center type (Fig. 1) only.
Above Center type (Fig. 2) is unavailable.
Hypoid Gears
Specifications
Precision grade
60~63HRC
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Material
SCM415

for gear cutting
Heat treatment
Carburizing
NOTE 4
Bore (Shaft if pinion)
NOTE 4: The areas marked with ---- on the diagram are masked during
the carburizing and can be modified, even though the hardness
is somewhat higher.
B9 Shape
(6)
(10)
(8)
(10)
(8)
(10)
(6)
(10)
(8)
(10)
(10)
(10)
(15)
(18)
35.1
56.5
46.4
76.8
46.4
76.7
34.9
56
46.3
76.8
76.2
76.4
148.2
162.4
Offset
10
18
15
22
18
28
14
25
20
30
32
32
60
65
Radial load coefficient NOTE 1 Thrust load coefficient
CW
CCW
CW
48.48
147.3
26.78
100.09
33.88
159.43
20.44
119.32
33.59
186.59
20.39
142.71
48.04
400.81
26.36
233.59
33.34
357.61
22.63
303.06
21.08
464.7
21.17
720.78
11.69
614.04
10.77
695.62
37.67
523.74
18.67
338.45
26.2
502.91
16.54
194.45
24.15
784.31
15.29
466.2
35.58
1579.79
16.04
1034.08
23.12
1564.81
17.19
974.4
15.72
1404.28
16.46
1811.47
9.25
1458.9
8.9
1430.75
13
969.92
8.98
566.72
10.11
956.55
7.15
577.56
8.21
1461.23
5.96
899.1
11.13
3014.6
6.88
1755.84
7.41
2936.72
5.82
1912.11
5.71
2777.98
6.39
3718.13
3.53
3026.67
3.58
3074.35
NOTE 1
Allowable torque Allowable torque
CCW Nm)
31.74
831.16
21.19
466.63
23.73
829.74
13.95
511.77
24.77
1248.6
14.75
782.21
34.11
2605.26
22.02
1439.58
25.14
2514.09
15.81
1675.65
15.17
2443.73
14.76
3326.46
7.96
2721.83
7.05
2808.83
NOTE 2
kgfm
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
10.3
1.05
0.05~0.15
41.2
4.20
0.10~0.20
23.3
2.38
0.05~0.15
82.4
8.40
0.10~0.20
24.1
2.46
0.05~0.15
87.3
8.90
0.10~0.20
11.3
1.15
0.05~0.15
46.6
4.75
0.10~0.20
25.3
2.58
0.05~0.15
94.0
9.58
0.10~0.20
71.4
7.28
0.05~0.15
51.8
5.28
0.03~0.10
260
26.5
0.05~0.15
333
34.0
0.05~0.15
0.15
0.29
0.50
0.73
0.29
0.45
0.94
1.15
0.29
0.28
0.94
0.77
0.16
0.22
0.50
0.48
0.29
0.28
0.94
0.77
0.94
0.76
0.94
0.75
3.99
1.88
4.76
1.88
Catalog No.
MHP1-0453R
MHP1-3045L
MHP1.5-0453R
MHP1.5-3045L
MHP1-0603R
MHP1-3060L
MHP1.5-0603R
MHP1.5-3060L
MHP1-0602R
MHP1-2060L
MHP1.5-0602R
MHP1.5-2060L
MHP1-0451R
MHP1-1045L
MHP1.5-0451R
MHP1.5-1045L
MHP1-0601R
MHP1-1060L
MHP1.5-0601R
MHP1.5-1060L
MHP1-0901R
MHP1-1090L
MHP1-1201R
MHP1-1120L
MHP1-1801R
MHP1-1180L
MHP1-2001R
MHP1-1200L
NOTE 1: Factors to be used for calculating radial and thrust loads, CW and CCW stand for clockwise and counterclockwise rotation, respectively. See B8
Shape above. A plus sign means that two gears in a set are apart from each other when load is applied. A minus sign means that they approach
each other when load is applied. For the method of calculation, see How to determine the radial and thrust loads on page 232.
NOTE 2: The allowable torques are obtained from the results of experimentation with the pinion at 600 min-1 lubricated with Kingstar SG-O (NIHON GREASE).
235
Bevel
Gears
Face width Holding surface dia.
M
H
P
MBSG Ground Spiral Bevel Gears
Modules
2~4
B3 Shape
Modules 2~4
Catalog No.
Bevel
Gears
MBSG2-4020R
MBSG2-2040L
MBSG2.5-4020R
MBSG2.5-2040L
MBSG3-4020R
MBSG3-2040L
MBSG4-4020R
MBSG4-2040L
M
B
S
G
Gear ratio
Module
No. of teeth
Direction
of spiral
Shape
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
m2
m2.5
2
m3
m4
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
15
12
16
12
20
16
25
20
45
35
55
43
65
52
80
70
80
40
100
50
120
60
160
80
81.1
44.1
101.29
55.12
121.57
66.03
162.06
88.46
45
55
50
65
60
80
75
100
31.78
28.16
33.35
31.01
39.81
38.9
48.27
45.38
26.1
16.02
26.29
16.28
31.57
21.51
37.06
22.12
Contact Surface of Spiral Bevel Gears
RH spiral as a driving gear

Contact surface
Rotating direction of
Tooth surfaces of spiral gears have concave and convex sides. Changes
in the rotational direction of the driving gear alters the contact surface
accordingly. The illustrations show top views of RH and LH spiral gears,
and the tables on the right explain the different contact surface depending
on the situation.
driving gear
NOTE 1
RH rotation
(clockwise)
Concave surface
LH rotation
(counterclockwise)
Driving gear (RH spiral) Driven gear (LH spiral)

Convex surface
Concave surface
Concave surface
Convex surface
LH spiral as a driving gear

Tooth
RH spiral
Convex
surface
LH spiral
Rotating direction of
Tooth
driving gear
NOTE 1
Contact surface
Driving gear (LH spiral) Driven gear (RH spiral)
RH rotation
(clockwise)
Concave surface
Convex surface
LH rotation
(counterclockwise)
Convex surface
Concave surface
NOTE 1: Rotational directions given in the tables are for viewing the gears from
the hub side.
236
Ground Spiral BevelGears
Specifications
55~60HRC
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Helix angle
35

for gear grinding
Material
SCM415
for portion not

carburizing
Heat treatment
Carburizing
Bore
NOTE 1
NOTE 1: The areas marked with ---- on the diagram are masked during
somewhat higher.
B4 Shape
18
13.75
16
13.25
20
18
22
17.5
29
27
30
29
35
36.5
42
43
14
17
20
27
52.7
25.39
66.99
29.97
80.28
36.56
106.63
51.25
51.8
25.9
99.3
49.7
169
84.9
405
203
87.2
43.6
170
85.1
295
147
722
361
5.28
2.65
10.1
5.07
17.3
8.65
41.3
20.7
8.89
4.45
17.4
8.68
30.1
15.0
73.7
36.8
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
Catalog No.
MBSG2-4020R
MBSG2-2040L
MBSG2.5-4020R
MBSG2.5-2040L
MBSG3-4020R
MBSG3-2040L
MBSG4-4020R
MBSG4-2040L
0.55
0.17
0.96
0.27
1.52
0.55
3.30
1.10
0.05~0.11
0.06~0.12
0.07~0.13
0.10~0.16
Bevel
Gears
Forces Acting on Spiral Bevel Gear Teeth
M
B
S
G
For a spiral bevel gear with shaft angle = 90, pressure angle n=20 and spiral angle
m = 35, the tables below show the axial thrust force Fa and the radial force Fr when a
tangential force Fu of 100 units is applied at the center of face width.
The tables show the values of axial thrust force Fa

radial force Fr
(1) Forces acting upon pinion
Gear ratio z2 /z1
Contact
surface
Concave
surface
Convex
surface
(2) Forces acting upon gear
Gear ratio z2 /z1
Contact
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
4.0
5.0
80.9
82.9
82.5
81.5
80.5
78.7
77.4
-18.1
-1.9
8.4
15.2
20.0
26.1
29.8
-18.1
-33.6
-42.8
-48.5
-52.4
-57.2
-59.9
80.9
75.8
71.1
67.3
64.3
60.1
57.3
surface
Concave
surface
Convex
surface
237
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
4.0
5.0
80.9
75.8
71.1
67.3
64.3
60.1
57.3
-18.1
-33.6
-42.8
-48.5
-52.4
-57.2
-59.9
-18.1
-1.9
8.4
15.2
20.0
26.1
29.8
80.9
82.9
82.5
81.5
80.5
78.7
77.4
SBSG Ground Spiral Bevel Gears
Modules
2~4
B3 Shape
Modules 2~4
Bevel
Gears
Catalog No.
S
B
S
G
SBSG2-3020R
SBSG2-2030L
SBSG2.5-3020R
SBSG2.5-2030L
SBSG3-3020R
SBSG3-2030L
SBSG4-3020R
SBSG4-2030L
SBSG2-4020R
SBSG2-2040L
SBSG2.5-4020R
SBSG2.5-2040L
SBSG3-4020R
SBSG3-2040L
SBSG4-4020R
SBSG4-2040L
SBSG2-4515R
SBSG2-1545L
SBSG2.5-4515R
SBSG2.5-1545L
SBSG3-4515R
SBSG3-1545L
Gear ratio
Module
m2
m2.5
1.5
m3
m4
m2
m2.5
2
m3
m4
m2
3
m2.5
m3
No. of teeth
Direction
of spiral
Shape
30
20
30
20
30
20
30
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
45
15
45
15
45
15
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
12
10
15
12
16
16
20
20
12
12
15
12
20
16
20
20
12
10
15
12
20
15
35
30
45
40
50
45
70
60
40
32
50
40
60
50
70
60
40
24
50
30
60
38
60
40
75
50
90
60
120
80
80
40
100
50
120
60
160
80
90
30
112.5
37.5
135
45
61.6
43.55
77.09
54.43
92.21
65.58
122.85
87.34
80.99
44.1
101.27
55.2
121.48
66.07
162.07
88.5
90.67
34.78
113.32
43.36
135.99
52.08
40
45
50
55
55
70
75
90
45
60
55
75
65
90
80
120
40
60
50
75
55
90
26.6
24.91
33.86
30.88
35.34
40.17
47.49
48.17
32.26
34
39.65
43.61
45.76
50.63
53.69
66.24
30.29
29.66
38.25
38.27
40.59
44.98
21.2
16.18
26.56
18.98
26.66
26.86
37.14
32.45
25.99
21
31.27
26.3
36.47
31.52
42.07
42.12
26.01
15.8
32.47
19.73
33.98
23.68
238
Specifications
48~53HRC
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Helix angle
35

for gear grinding
Material
S45C
Heat treatment
Black oxide except

ground surface
Bore
B4 Shape
15
11.67
18
14.17
17
20
25
23.33
18
18
20
22.5
24
27.5
28
35
17
14
22
17.5
20
21.33
23
22
30
28
31
37
40
43
27
32
34
40
38
47
45
62
26
29
35
37
35
44
11
15
17
20
15
20
22
28
15
20
23
37.56
21.34
45.61
27.42
57.14
34.71
78.59
46.89
48.46
21.11
59.26
20.53
73.78
29.63
102.39
42.8
59.07
19.15
72.82
20.48
88.2
28.52
14.1
9.61
29.0
19.8
48.4
33.1
106
72.2
25.5
12.8
51.7
25.9
84.8
42.5
195
97.9
34.8
11.2
59.0
18.9
99.3
31.8
14.2
9.44
29.7
19.8
50.4
33.6
113
75.3
26.7
13.4
55.1
27.6
91.9
46.0
217
109
28.1
9.38
48.3
16.1
82.5
27.5
1.44
0.98
2.96
2.02
4.94
3.37
10.8
7.36
2.60
1.30
5.27
2.64
8.65
4.33
19.9
9.98
3.55
1.14
6.01
1.93
10.1
3.24
1.44
0.96
3.03
2.02
5.14
3.42
11.5
7.68
2.73
1.36
5.62
2.81
9.38
4.69
22.2
11.1
2.87
0.96
4.93
1.64
8.41
2.80
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.05~0.11
0.06~0.12
0.07~0.13
0.10~0.16
0.05~0.11
0.06~0.12
0.07~0.13
0.10~0.16
0.05~0.11
0.06~0.12
0.07~0.13
0.25
0.12
0.55
0.23
0.80
0.50
1.80
1.10
0.50
0.19
1.10
0.40
1.60
0.70
3.30
1.50
0.70
0.10
1.00
0.20
1.80
0.35
Catalog No.
SBSG2-3020R
SBSG2-2030L
SBSG2.5-3020R
SBSG2.5-2030L
SBSG3-3020R
SBSG3-2030L
SBSG4-3020R
SBSG4-2030L
SBSG2-4020R
SBSG2-2040L
SBSG2.5-4020R
SBSG2.5-2040L
SBSG3-4020R
SBSG3-2040L
SBSG4-4020R
SBSG4-2040L
SBSG2-4515R
SBSG2-1545L
SBSG2.5-4515R
SBSG2.5-1545L
SBSG3-4515R
SBSG3-1545L
239
Bevel
Gears
S
B
S
G
MBSA(B) Finished Bore Spiral Bevel Gears
Modules
2~6
Width
Depth
B3 Shape
Modules 2~6
Bevel
Gears
Catalog No.
M
B
S
A
.
M
B
S
B
MBSA2-3020R
MBSB2-3020R
MBSA2-2030L
MBSB2-2030L
MBSA2.5-3020R
MBSB2.5-3020R
MBSA2.5-2030L
MBSB2.5-2030L
MBSA3-3020R
MBSB3-3020R
MBSA3-2030L
MBSB3-2030L
MBSA4-3020R
MBSB4-3020R
MBSA4-2030L
MBSB4-2030L
MBSA5-3020R
MBSA5-2030L
MBSB5-2030L
MBSA6-3020R
MBSA6-2030L
MBSB6-2030L
Gear ratio
1.5
Module
No. of teeth
Direction
Shape
of spiral
m2
30
B4
m2
20
BK
m2.5
30
B4
m2.5
20
BK
m3
30
B4
m3
20
BK
m4
30
B4
m4
20
BK
m5
30
B7
m5
20
BK
m6
30
B7
m6
20
BK
Bore
AH7
20
22
15
18
22
25
18
20
25
30
22
25
35
40
30
35
80
35
40
90
45
50
40
60
61.36
40
26.8
21.02
14
23
35
40
43.49
45
24.96
16.16
13.33
23
48
75
76.74
50
33.6
26.31
18
30
43
50
54.43
55
30.08
18.98
15.17
28
60
90
92.21
60
40.34
31.66
21
36
53
60
65.58
65
35.17
21.86
17.67
32.5
75
120
122.91
70
43.99
32.18
21
39
70
80
87.34
85
45.53
27.45
21.67
42
150
70
35.53
23.8
31
87
100
109.2
105
55.05
33.07
25.67
51
180
80
38.86
24.37
33
105
120
130.48
125
65.57
38.49
30
60
CAUTION: With the exception of B7 type gears, dimensions of the outside diameter, the overall length and crown to back length are all theoretical values, and some

differences will occur due to the corner chamfering of the gear tips.
CAUTION: The products which are hardened by carburizing allow no secondary machining, however, the back surface of B7 type gears is masked during the process so
240
Finished Bore Spiral BevelGears
Specifications
B7 Shape
37.56
11
24.34
14
48.01
14
31.02
17
57.14
17
36.2
23
76.72
23
48.07
28
97.36
28
62.04
34
115.61
34
72.41
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Helix angle
35

for gear cutting
Bore
Material
SCM415
Not Possible except the mounting surface

on B7 shape
Heat treatment
Overall Carburizing NOTE 4
Threaded hole NOTE 2
6 x 2.8
M6
7
6 x 2.8
M6
5 x 2.3
M5
6.5
6 x 2.8
M6
6 x 2.8
M6
9
8 x 3.3
M8
6 x 2.8
M6
7.5
6 x 2.8
M6
8 x 3.3
M8
11
8 x 3.3
M8
6 x 2.8
M6
9
8 x 3.3
M8
10 x 3.3
M8
10
12 x 3.3
M8
8 x 3.3
M8
11
10 x 3.3
M8
6-M10 110
10 x 3.3
M8
13
12 x 3.3
M8
6-M10 120
14 x 3.8
M8
15
14 x 3.8
M8
Allowable torqueNm)
Bending strength
NOTE 3
Surface durability
Backlash
Weight
Bending strength
mm
kg
Surface durability
34.4
38.4
3.51
3.91
0.06~0.16
23.5
25.6
2.39
2.61
0.06~0.16
68.0
76.8
6.93
7.84
0.07~0.17
46.4
51.2
4.73
5.22
0.07~0.17
118
80.7
135
90.1
12.1
8.23
13.8
9.19
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
283
328
28.9
33.5
0.12~0.27
193
219
19.7
22.3
0.12~0.27
544
637
55.4
64.9
0.14~0.34
371
425
37.8
43.3
0.14~0.34
927
1120
94.6
633
745
64.5
114
76.0
0.16~0.36
0.16~0.36
0.27
0.26
0.15
0.13
0.55
0.52
0.27
0.26
1.10
1.00
0.49
0.46
2.00
1.90
1.10
1.00
3.00
2.10
2.00
4.80
3.40
3.20
Catalog No.
MBSA2-3020R
MBSB2-3020R
MBSA2-2030L
MBSB2-2030L
MBSA2.5-3020R
MBSB2.5-3020R
MBSA2.5-2030L
MBSB2.5-2030L
MBSA3-3020R
MBSB3-3020R
MBSA3-2030L
MBSB3-2030L
MBSA4-3020R
MBSB4-3020R
MBSA4-2030L
MBSB4-2030L
MBSA5-3020R
MBSA5-2030L
MBSB5-2030L
MBSA6-3020R
MBSA6-2030L
MBSB6-2030L
NOTE 1: Although the dimensions of the keyway are made to the JIS (Js9) tolerance, there may be some

deviations due to the effects of the heat treatment.
When installing B7 shape (ring type) gear,

always secure them onto the mounting
base with taper pins to absorb the rotational
loads. It is dangerous to secure with bolts
only.
M
B
S
A
.
M
B
S
B
Taper pin
Gear
Mounting base
241
Bevel
Gears
Face width Holding surface dia. Keyway NOTE 1
11
Gear teeth
Depth
B4 Shape

surface of B7 shape dut to masking during carburizing.
Width
55~60HRC
Precision grade
Modules
2~6
Width
Depth
B3 Shape
Modules 2~6
Bevel
Gears
Catalog No.
M
B
S
A
.
M
B
S
B
MBSA2-4020R
MBSB2-4020R
MBSA2-2040L
MBSB2-2040L
MBSA2.5-4020R
MBSB2.5-4020R
MBSA2.5-2040L
MBSB2.5-2040L
MBSA3-4020R
MBSB3-4020R
MBSA3-2040L
MBSB3-2040L
MBSA4-4020R
MBSA4-2040L
MBSB4-2040L
MBSA5-4020R
MBSA5-2040L
MBSB5-2040L
MBSA6-4020R
MBSA6-2040L
MBSB6-2040L
Gear ratio
Module
No. of teeth
Direction
Shape
of spiral
m2
40
B4
m2
20
BK
m2.5
40
B4
m2.5
20
BK
m3
40
B4
m3
20
BK
m4
40
B7
m4
20
BK
m5
40
B7
m5
20
BK
m6
40
B7
m6
20
BK
Bore
AH7
20
22
15
18
25
28
20
22
30
35
22
25
80
30
35
90
40
45
110
50
55
45
80
81.06
45
31.83
26.06
18
29
35
40
44.2
55
28.16
16.05
13.75
27
55
100
101.29
50
33.35
26.29
16
30
43
50
55.12
65
31.01
16.28
13.25
29
65
120
121.57
60
39.81
31.57
21
35
53
60
66.03
80
38.9
21.51
18.25
36.5
160
60
32.08
22.53
28
70
80
88.46
100
45.38
22.12
17.5
43
200
70
35.2
22.98
30
87
100
109.91
125
57.11
27.48
21.75
240
80
37.89
23.62
32
105
120
132.04
150
67.8
33.01
26.25
64
53.5
242
Specifications
B7 Shape
55~60HRC
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Helix angle
35

for gear cutting
Bore
Material
SCM415

on B7 shape
Heat treatment
Overall Carburizing
NOTE 4

Width
B4 Shape
Depth
14
52.7
14
25.39
17
66.99
17
29.97
20
80.28
20
36.56
27
107.63
27
51.25
34
133.97
34
61.95
40
162.56
40
77.11
6 x 2.8
M6
9
6 x 2.8
M6
5 x 2.3
M5
7
6 x 2.8
M6
8 x 3.3
M8
8
8 x 3.3
M8
6 x 2.8
M6
7
6 x 2.8
M6
8 x 3.3
M8
11
10 x 3.3
M8
6 x 2.8
M6
9.5
8 x 3.3
M8
6-M10 110
8 x 3.3
M8
9
10 x 3.3
M8
6-M10 120
12 x 3.3
M8
11
14 x 3.8
M8
6-M10 140
14 x 3.8
M8
14
16 x 4.3
M10
Allowable torqueNm)
Bending strength
NOTE 3
Surface durability
Backlash
Weight
Bending strength
mm
kg
Surface durability
59.6
69.6
6.08
7.09
0.06~0.16
29.9
34.8
3.05
3.55
0.06~0.16
114
57.3
195
97.7
135
67.6
233
116
11.7
5.84
19.9
9.97
13.8
6.89
0.07~0.17
0.07~0.17
23.7
0.08~0.18
11.9
0.08~0.18
466
564
47.5
57.5
0.12~0.27
234
282
23.8
28.8
0.12~0.27
915
1120
93.3
458
559
46.7
1530
1920
766
961
156
114
57.0
196
78.1
97.9
0.14~0.34
0.14~0.34
0.16~0.36
0.16~0.36
0.55
0.53
0.17
0.16
0.96
0.93
0.27
0.25
1.52
1.45
0.55
0.51
3.20
1.10
1.00
5.70
2.10
2.00
8.60
3.50
3.30
Catalog No.
MBSA2-4020R
MBSB2-4020R
MBSA2-2040L
MBSB2-2040L
MBSA2.5-4020R
MBSB2.5-4020R
MBSA2.5-2040L
MBSB2.5-2040L
MBSA3-4020R
MBSB3-4020R
MBSA3-2040L
MBSB3-2040L
MBSA4-4020R
MBSA4-2040L
MBSB4-2040L
MBSA5-4020R
MBSA5-2040L
MBSB5-2040L
MBSA6-4020R
MBSA6-2040L
MBSB6-2040L
Bevel
Gears
M
B
S
A
.
M
B
S
B
NOTE 1: Although the dimensions of the keyway are made to the JIS (Js9) tolerance, there may be some

deviations due to the effects of the heat treatment.
Taper pin
only.
Gear
Mounting base
243
Modules
2~6
Width
Depth
B3 Shape
Modules 2~6
Bevel
Gears
Catalog No.
M
B
S
A
.
M
B
S
B
MBSA2-4518R
MBSB2-4518R
MBSA2-1845L
MBSB2-1845L
MBSA2.5-4518R
MBSB2.5-4518R
MBSA2.5-1845L
MBSB2.5-1845L
MBSA3-4518R
MBSB3-4518R
MBSA3-1845L
MBSB3-1845L
MBSA4-4518R
MBSA4-1845L
MBSB4-1845L
MBSA5-4518R
MBSA5-1845L
MBSB5-1845L
MBSA6-4518R
MBSA6-1845L
MBSB6-1845L
Gear ratio
2.5
Module
No. of teeth
Direction
Shape
of spiral
m2
45
B4
m2
18
BK
m2.5
45
B4
m2.5
18
BK
m3
45
B4
m3
18
BK
m4
45
B7
m4
18
BK
m5
45
B7
m5
18
BK
m6
45
B7
m6
18
BK
Bore
AH7
20
25
12
16
25
30
15
20
30
35
20
25
80
28
32
100
35
42
110
45
50
48
90
90.79
40
27.67
22.98
15
25
32
36
40.42
60
28.54
15.88
14.2
27.5
55
112.5
113.49
50
34.94
28.74
19
31
40
45
50.35
72
33.19
16.82
14.75
31.5
65
135
136.24
60
41.65
34.55
22
37
48
54
60.69
85
37.82
18.84
16.3
36
180
55
29.77
21.25
25
63
72
80.86
110
48.03
21.77
18.2
46
225
65
33.37
22.82
28
80
90
101.07
135
57.3
24.71
20.5
270
75
36.97
24.19
30
95
108
120.55
160
66.73
27.51
22.4
63
54.5
244
Specifications
B7 Shape
62.24
14
23.11
18
76.53
18
26.82
21
92.96
21
33.41
29
122.33
29
45.83
36
153.85
36
56.13
43
184.57
43
66.44
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Helix angle
35

for gear cutting
Bore
Material
SCM415

on B7 shape
Heat treatment
6 x 2.8 M6
8 x 3.3 M8
4 x 1.8 M5
5 x 2.3 M5
8 x 3.3 M8
8 x 3.3 M8
5 x 2.3 M5
6 x 2.8 M6
8 x 3.3 M8
10 x 3.3 M8
6 x 2.8 M6
8 x 3.3 M8
6-M10
8 x 3.3 M8
10 x 3.3 M8
6-M10
10 x 3.3 M8
12 x 3.3 M8
6-M10
14 x 3.8 M8
14 x 3.8 M8
Allowable torqueNm)
Bending strength
NOTE 3
Surface durability
Backlash
Weight
Bending strength
mm
kg
Surface durability
69.3
74.3
7.06
7.58
0.06~0.16
27.2
29.7
2.77
3.03
0.06~0.16
10
8
11
9
138
54.1
234
91.8
150
59.9
256
103
14.1
5.52
23.8
9.36
15.3
6.11
0.07~0.17
0.07~0.17
26.1
0.08~0.18
10.5
0.08~0.18
110
567
630
57.8
64.3
0.12~0.27
10
223
252
22.7
25.7
0.12~0.27
130
1100
1240
11
433
495
140
1860
2150
12
731
859
112
126
44.2
190
50.5
219
74.6
87.6
0.14~0.34
0.14~0.34
0.16~0.36
0.16~0.36
0.59
0.54
0.15
0.13
1.13
1.08
0.27
0.24
1.95
1.90
0.42
0.37
4.00
0.92
0.85
6.90
1.70
1.60
11.0
2.70
2.50
Catalog No.
MBSA2-4518R
MBSB2-4518R
MBSA2-1845L
MBSB2-1845L
MBSA2.5-4518R
MBSB2.5-4518R
MBSA2.5-1845L
MBSB2.5-1845L
MBSA3-4518R
MBSB3-4518R
MBSA3-1845L
MBSB3-1845L
MBSA4-4518R
MBSA4-1845L
MBSB4-1845L
MBSA5-4518R
MBSA5-1845L
MBSB5-1845L
MBSA6-4518R
MBSA6-1845L
MBSB6-1845L
Bevel
Gears
14
Gear teeth
Depth
B4 Shape

Width
55~60HRC
Precision grade
M
B
S
A
.
Taper pin
only.
Gear
Mounting base
245
M
B
S
B
Modules
2~6
Width
Depth
B3 Shape
Modules 2~6
Bevel
Gears
Catalog No.
M
B
S
A
.
M
B
S
B
MBSA2-4515R
MBSB2-4515R
MBSA2-1545L
MBSB2-1545L
MBSA2.5-4515R
MBSB2.5-4515R
MBSA2.5-1545L
MBSB2.5-1545L
MBSA3-4515R
MBSB3-4515R
MBSA3-1545L
MBSB3-1545L
MBSA4-4515R
MBSA4-1545L
MBSB4-1545L
MBSA5-4515R
MBSA5-1545L
MBSB5-1545L
MBSA6-4515R
MBSA6-1545L
MBSB6-1545L
Gear ratio
Module
No. of teeth
Direction
Shape
of spiral
m2
45
B4
m2
15
BT
BK
m2.5
45
B4
m2.5
15
BK
m3
45
B4
m3
15
BK
m4
45
B7
m4
15
BK
m5
45
B7
m5
15
BK
m6
45
B7
m6
15
BK
Bore
AH7
20
22
10
12
22
25
12
15
30
32
18
20
80
22
25
90
28
32
110
35
40
48
90
90.66
40
30.01
25.99
26
30
34.59
55
23.78
10.77
55
112.5
113.28
45
32.43
27.42
18
28
32
37.5
43.06
70
30.51
14.68
12.84
29
136.03
55
39.94
34.05
22
35
85
38.12
18.67
16.33
36.5
18
9.33
27
22.5
65
135
38
45
180
50
28.85
22.14
52
60
69.24
110
47.51
21.54
18.67
225
60
33.57
25.16
28
65
75
86.55
135
56.89
24.43
20.83
54
270
70
38.28
28.05
32
78
90
103.13
160
66.39
27.19
52
23
25
45.5
63

246
Specifications
B7 Shape
55~60HRC
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Helix angle
35

for gear cutting
Bore
Material
SCM415

on B7 shape
Heat treatment

Width
Depth
B4 Shape
14
61.82
14
16.46
17
77.83
17
21.48
21
92.39
21
26.18
28
124.3
28
35.91
35
154.88
35
42.64
42
186.12
42
52.37
6 x 2.8 M6
6 x 2.8 M6
M4
4 x 1.8 M5
6 x 2.8 M6
8 x 3.3 M8
4 x 1.8 M5
5 x 2.3 M5
8 x 3.3 M8
10 x 3.3 M8
6 x 2.8 M6
6 x 2.8 M6
6-M10
6 x 2.8 M6
8 x 3.3 M8
6-M10
8 x 3.3 M8
10 x 3.3 M8
6-M10
10 x 3.3 M8
12 x 3.3 M8
Allowable torqueNm)
Bending strength
NOTE 3
Surface durability
Backlash
Weight
Bending strength
mm
kg
Surface durability
67.8
61.3
6.91
6.25
0.06~0.16
21.7
20.4
2.22
2.08
0.06~0.16
9
7
11
9
130
41.6
229
73.3
119
39.6
211
70.5
13.3
4.24
23.3
7.48
12.1
4.04
21.6
7.18
0.07~0.17
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.08~0.18
110
542
508
55.3
51.8
0.12~0.27
10
174
169
17.7
17.3
0.12~0.27
120
1060
1000
11
339
334
140
1790
1740
12
575
581
108
102
34.6
183
34.1
178
58.6
59.3
0.14~0.34
0.14~0.34
0.16~0.36
0.16~0.36
0.62
0.61
0.08
0.07
0.99
0.96
0.16
0.14
1.80
1.77
0.25
0.23
4.00
0.64
0.60
7.30
1.20
1.10
12.0
1.90
1.80
Catalog No.
MBSA2-4515R
MBSB2-4515R
MBSA2-1545L
MBSB2-1545L
MBSA2.5-4515R
MBSB2.5-4515R
MBSA2.5-1545L
MBSB2.5-1545L
MBSA3-4515R
MBSB3-4515R
MBSA3-1545L
MBSB3-1545L
MBSA4-4515R
MBSA4-1545L
MBSB4-1545L
MBSA5-4515R
MBSA5-1545L
MBSB5-1545L
MBSA6-4515R
MBSA6-1545L
MBSB6-1545L
Bevel
Gears
M
B
S
A
.
M
B
S
B
Taper pin
only.
Gear
Mounting base
247
Modules
1~5
B3 Shape
B4 Shape
Modules 1~5
Bevel
Gears
Catalog No.
S
B
S
SBS2-3020R
SBS2-2030L
SBS2.5-3020R
SBS2.5-2030L
SBS3-3020R
SBS3-2030L
SBS4-3020R
SBS4-2030L
SBS5-3020R
SBS5-2030L
SBS1-4020R
SBS1-2040L
SBS1.5-4020R
SBS1.5-2040L
SBS2-4020R
SBS2-2040L
SBS2.5-4020R
SBS2.5-2040L
SBS3-4020R
SBS3-2040L
SBS4-4020R
SBS4-2040L
SBS5-4020R
SBS5-2040L
SBS2.5-3618R
SBS2.5-1836L
SBS3-3618R
SBS3-1836L
SBS4-3618R
SBS4-1836L
Gear ratio
Module
m2
m2.5
1.5
m3
m4
m5
m1
m1.5
m2
m2.5
m3
m4
m5
m2.5
m3
m4
No. of teeth
Direction
of spiral
Shape
30
20
30
20
30
20
30
20
30
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
36
18
36
18
36
18
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B5
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
Bore
NOTE 1
Hub dia.
12
10
15
12
16
16
20
20
25
22
8
6
10
8
12
12
15
12
20
16
20
20
25
22
15
12
20
16
20
20
35
30
45
40
50
45
70
60
90
80
25
16
38
25
40
32
50
40
60
50
70
60
100
80
55
38
60
46
70
60
60
40
75
50
90
60
120
80
150
100
40
20
60
30
80
40
100
50
120
60
160
80
200
100
90
45
108
54
144
72
61.36
43.49
77.09
54.43
92.21
65.58
122.85
87.34
153.67
109.2
40.52
22.08
60.75
33.08
81
44.1
101.27
55.2
121.48
66.07
162.07
88.5
202.54
110.45
91.29
50.3
109.53
60.28
145.99
80.19
40
45
50
55
55
70
75
90
90
110
22
28
35
46
45
60
55
75
65
90
80
120
90
140
43
64
52
75
72
100
26.8
24.96
33.86
30.88
35.34
40.17
47.49
48.17
58.08
61.62
15.02
13.73
24.93
25.45
32.27
34.04
39.65
43.61
45.76
50.63
53.69
66.24
55.02
68.48
28.38
34.06
34.82
39.78
48.84
52.51
21.02
16.16
26.56
18.98
26.66
26.86
37.14
32.45
42.75
38.07
12.52
8.52
20.75
16.77
26
21.02
31.27
26.3
36.47
31.52
42.07
42.12
42.54
42.61
21.79
20.32
26.53
22.57
37.99
30.05
248
Spiral BevelGears
Specifications
48~53HRC
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Helix angle
35

for gear cutting
Material
S45C
Heat treatment
Black oxide
Bore
B5 Shape
*FD has die-forged finish.
15
11.67
18
14.17
17
20
25
23.33
24
28.33
8
7
15
14.75
18
18
20
22.5
24
27.5
28
35
26
35
13
17.25
17
19
25
25
23
22
30
28
31
37
40
43
50
56
12
12
22
24
27
32
34
40
38
47
45
62
50
63
24
32
30
37
42
49
11
15
17
20
30
6
10
15
20
22
28
30
16
20
26
37.56
21.34
45.61
27.42
57.14
34.71
78.59
46.89
91.22
54.83
26.58
9.17
39.64
17.28
48.46
20.92
59.26
20.53
73.78
29.63
102.39
42.8
138.94
57.84
57.74
25.43
68.27
28.59
91.87
39.74
NOTE 2
15.4
10.5
31.7
21.6
52.9
36.1
115
78.7
253
173
3.01
1.51
10.9
5.46
27.8
13.9
56.4
28.2
92.5
46.4
213
107
376
188
41.7
20.9
74.0
37.0
173
86.4
11.3
7.52
23.6
15.7
39.7
26.5
88.1
58.8
195
130
2.22
1.11
8.22
4.11
21.3
10.7
43.7
21.9
72.6
36.3
170
84.8
302
151
29.3
14.7
52.4
26.2
124
62.1
1.57
1.07
3.23
2.20
5.39
3.68
11.8
8.03
25.8
17.6
0.31
0.15
1.11
0.56
2.83
1.42
5.75
2.88
9.44
4.73
21.7
10.9
38.3
19.2
4.26
2.13
7.54
3.78
17.6
8.81
1.15
0.77
2.40
1.60
4.05
2.70
8.99
5.99
19.9
13.3
0.23
0.11
0.84
0.42
2.17
1.09
4.46
2.23
7.40
3.70
17.3
8.65
30.8
15.4
2.99
1.49
5.35
2.67
12.7
6.33
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.14~0.34
0.03~0.13
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.14~0.34
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.25
0.12
0.55
0.23
0.80
0.50
1.80
1.10
4.40
2.50
0.07
0.02
0.23
0.09
0.50
0.19
1.10
0.40
1.60
0.70
3.30
1.50
6.00
2.90
0.75
0.30
1.75
0.50
2.70
1.50
Catalog No.
SBS2-3020R
SBS2-2030L
SBS2.5-3020R
SBS2.5-2030L
SBS3-3020R
SBS3-2030L
SBS4-3020R
SBS4-2030L
SBS5-3020R
SBS5-2030L
SBS1-4020R
SBS1-2040L
SBS1.5-4020R
SBS1.5-2040L
SBS2-4020R
SBS2-2040L
SBS2.5-4020R
SBS2.5-2040L
SBS3-4020R
SBS3-2040L
SBS4-4020R
SBS4-2040L
SBS5-4020R
SBS5-2040L
SBS2.5-3618R
SBS2.5-1836L
SBS3-3618R
SBS3-1836L
SBS4-3618R
SBS4-1836L
249
Bevel
Gears
S
B
S
Modules
1.5~5
B4 Shape
B3 Shape
Modules 1.5~5
Bevel
Gears
Catalog No.
S
B
S
SBS2-4518R
SBS2-1845L
SBS2.5-4518R
SBS2.5-1845L
SBS3-4518R
SBS3-1845L
SBS4-4518R
SBS4-1845L
SBS5-4518R
SBS5-1845L
SBS2-4515R
SBS2-1545L
SBS2.5-4515R
SBS2.5-1545L
SBS3-4515R
SBS3-1545L
SBS4-4515R
SBS4-1545L
SBS5-4515R
SBS5-1545L
SBS1.5-6015R
SBS1.5-1560L
SBS2-6015R
SBS2-1560L
SBS2.5-6015R
SBS2.5-1560L
SBS3-6015R
SBS3-1560L
Gear ratio
Module
m2
m2.5
2.5
m3
m4
m5
m2
m2.5
m3
m4
m5
m1.5
m2
4
m2.5
m3
No. of teeth
Direction
of spiral
Shape
45
18
45
18
45
18
45
18
45
18
45
15
45
15
45
15
45
15
45
15
60
15
60
15
60
15
60
15
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B5
B3
B5
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
Bore
NOTE 1
Hub dia.
AH7
12
10
15
12
20
16
25
20
30
22
12
10
15
12
20
15
20
16
30
20
12
8
15
10
20
12
20
15
48
32
55
40
65
48
80
62
100
80
40
24
50
30
60
38
80
50
90
60
60
18
80
24
100
30
120
38
90
36
112.5
45
135
54
180
72
225
90
90
30
112.5
37.5
135
45
180
60
225
75
90
22.5
120
30
150
37.5
180
45
90.79
40.42
113.49
50.35
136.24
60.69
181.57
80.86
225.81
103.87
90.67
34.78
113.32
43.36
135.99
52.08
181.3
69.3
226.61
86.55
90.36
26.09
120.46
34.68
150.5
44.16
180.57
52.64
40
60
50
72
60
85
75
110
90
135
40
60
50
75
55
90
70
115
75
145
32
56
42
75
53
94
64
112
27.67
28.54
34.94
33.19
41.65
37.82
50.98
48.03
57.9
56.02
30.29
29.66
38.25
38.27
40.59
44.98
50.62
54.37
50.05
66.89
24.08
22.95
31.5
30.94
39.68
38.9
47.61
44.01
22.98
15.88
28.74
16.82
34.55
18.84
40.96
21.77
46.01
25.27
26.01
15.8
32.47
19.73
33.98
23.68
41.95
26.55
39.92
34.43
21.48
11.45
27.91
15.58
35.24
19.83
42.64
22.96
250
Spiral BevelGears
Specifications
48~53HRC
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Helix angle
35

for gear cutting
Material
S45C
Heat treatment
Black oxide
Bore
B5 Shape
15
14.2
18
14.75
22
16.3
24
18
28
20.5
17
14
22
17.5
20
21.33
24
23.33
20
30
12
10.43
16
14.25
20
18.06
25
21.12
25
27.5
31
31.5
37
36
45
46
51
52.5
26
29
35
37
35
44
45
52
44
65
21
22.5
27
30
34
37.5
41
43
14
18
21
29
34
15
20
23
30
35
12
16
20
22
62.24
23.11
76.53
26.82
92.96
33.41
122.33
45.83
156.56
56.9
59.07
19.15
72.82
20.48
88.2
28.52
118.08
32.24
152.88
48.64
65.39
15.55
87.02
18.06
108.64
20.58
134.4
31.58
31.0
12.2
61.6
24.2
104
41.0
253
99.5
474
186
31.7
10.1
64.3
20.6
108
34.7
253
81.1
473
152
20.7
4.89
49.2
11.6
96.1
22.6
156
36.8
21.9
8.74
44.0
17.6
75.4
30.2
185
74.1
350
140
18.8
6.27
38.7
12.9
65.8
21.9
156
52.0
295
98.2
12.3
3.07
29.6
7.39
58.4
14.6
95.7
23.9
3.16
1.24
6.28
2.47
10.7
4.18
25.8
10.2
48.4
19.0
3.23
1.03
6.56
2.10
11.1
3.54
25.8
8.27
48.3
15.5
2.12
0.50
5.01
1.18
9.79
2.31
15.9
3.75
2.23
0.89
4.49
1.80
7.69
3.07
18.9
7.56
35.7
14.3
1.92
0.64
3.94
1.31
6.71
2.24
15.9
5.30
30.0
10.0
1.25
0.31
3.01
0.75
5.95
1.49
9.76
2.44
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.14~0.34
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.14~0.34
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.66
0.16
1.27
0.29
2.05
0.45
4.80
1.00
8.70
2.00
0.70
0.10
1.00
0.17
1.80
0.35
4.00
0.70
6.00
1.40
0.70
0.04
1.60
0.10
3.24
0.20
5.44
0.35
Catalog No.
SBS2-4518R
SBS2-1845L
SBS2.5-4518R
SBS2.5-1845L
SBS3-4518R
SBS3-1845L
SBS4-4518R
SBS4-1845L
SBS5-4518R
SBS5-1845L
SBS2-4515R
SBS2-1545L
SBS2.5-4515R
SBS2.5-1545L
SBS3-4515R
SBS3-1545L
SBS4-4515R
SBS4-1545L
SBS5-4515R
SBS5-1545L
SBS1.5-6015R
SBS1.5-1560L
SBS2-6015R
SBS2-1560L
SBS2.5-6015R
SBS2.5-1560L
SBS3-6015R
SBS3-1560L
251
Bevel
Gears
S
B
S
SB Bevel Gears
Modules
1.5~6
B4 Shape
B3 Shape
Modules 1.5~6
Bevel
Gears
Catalog No.
S
B
SB1.5-3020
SB1.5-2030
SB2-3020
SB2-2030
SB2.5-3020
SB2.5-2030
SB3-3020
SB3-2030
SB4-3020
SB4-2030
SB5-3020
SB5-2030
SB1.5-3015
SB1.5-1530
SB2-3015
SB2-1530
SB2.5-3015
SB2.5-1530
SB3-3015
SB3-1530
SB4-3015
SB4-1530
SB5-3015
SB5-1530
SB6-3015
SB6-1530
SB2.5-3618
SB2.5-1836
SB3-3618
SB3-1836
SB4-3618
SB4-1836
Gear ratio
Module
m1.5
m2
m2.5
1.5
m3
m4
m5
m1.5
m2
m2.5
2
m3
m4
m5
m6
m2.5
m3
m4
No. of teeth
Shape
30
20
30
20
30
20
30
20
30
20
30
20
30
15
30
15
30
15
30
15
30
15
30
15
30
15
36
18
36
18
36
18
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B5
B3
B5
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
10
8
10
10
15
12
15
15
20
15
25
20
8
6
10
8
15
12
16
12
20
16
20
20
25
25
15
12
20
16
20
20
30
25
35
30
45
35
50
45
70
60
90
80
25
16
30
22
40
30
50
35
60
50
70
60
80
70
55
38
60
46
70
60
45
30
60
40
75
50
90
60
120
80
150
100
45
22.5
60
30
75
37.5
90
45
120
60
150
75
180
90
90
45
108
54
144
72
46.24
33.13
61.65
44.18
77.07
55.22
92.48
66.27
123.3
88.32
154.13
110.45
45.88
26.11
61.17
34.81
76.46
43.51
91.76
52.22
122.34
69.62
152.93
87.03
183.5
104.44
91.46
51.01
109.76
61.22
146.34
81.62
28
33
40
45
50
55
55
70
75
90
90
110
25
32
31
40
40
55
50
70
60
85
75
110
90
125
43
64
52
75
72
100
18.53
18.63
26.87
25.06
34.22
31.06
35.56
40.48
47.71
48.53
58.45
62.11
17.85
17.23
21.6
20.59
28.75
31.81
37.3
43.88
42.4
48.74
52.5
63.61
62.6
68.5
28.52
34.27
34.95
40.01
49
52.77
13.93
11.54
21.24
16.39
26.55
19.24
26.86
27.09
37.48
32.77
43.1
38.48
14.63
10.4
17.17
11.2
22.71
19
29.26
26.8
32.34
27.41
40.43
38.01
48.52
38.6
21.96
20.5
26.76
22.8
38.34
30.41
8
8.83
15
11.67
18
12.5
17
20
25
23.23
24
28.33
9
7.88
10
8
15
15.63
18
22.5
20
22.5
25
31.25
28
30
13
17.25
17
19
25
25
252
BevelGears
Specifications
Less than 194HB
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Bore
Heat treatment
B5 Shape (Type SB)

16
17
23
22
30
28
31
37
40
43
50
56
15
15.5
18
19
24
29
30
41
36
46
48
58
57
63
24
32
30
37
42
49
9
11
15
17
20
30
8
11
15
20
25
30
35
16
20
26
27.37
17.05
37.56
21.34
45.61
27.42
57.14
34.71
78.59
46.89
91.22
54.83
28.36
10.72
37.4
16.81
44.21
16.42
47.78
19.56
70.1
32.2
90.41
32.83
109.74
45.47
57.72
25.44
68.28
28.56
91.86
39.72
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
5.82
4.04
13.1
9.07
26.9
18.7
44.9
31.2
98.2
68.1
215
150
5.02
2.60
12.1
6.28
24.9
12.9
45.6
23.6
104
54.0
199
103
336
174
35.9
18.1
63.7
32.0
149
74.8
0.65
0.44
1.52
1.01
3.21
2.14
5.45
3.63
12.3
8.20
27.6
18.4
0.47
0.24
1.18
0.59
2.48
1.24
4.60
2.30
10.9
5.43
21.3
10.6
36.9
18.5
4.08
2.04
7.34
3.67
17.7
8.85
0.59
0.41
1.33
0.92
2.75
1.91
4.58
3.18
10.0
6.95
22.0
15.3
0.51
0.26
1.24
0.64
2.54
1.32
4.65
2.41
10.7
5.51
20.3
10.5
34.2
17.7
3.66
1.84
6.49
3.27
15.2
7.62
0.07
0.04
0.16
0.10
0.33
0.22
0.56
0.37
1.25
0.84
2.81
1.87
0.05
0.02
0.12
0.06
0.25
0.13
0.47
0.23
1.11
0.55
2.17
1.09
3.77
1.88
0.42
0.21
0.75
0.37
1.80
0.90
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.14~0.34
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.14~0.34
0.16~0.36
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.13
0.06
0.25
0.12
0.55
0.23
0.80
0.50
1.80
1.10
4.40
2.50
0.06
0.03
0.20
0.06
0.40
0.15
0.80
0.30
1.60
0.70
2.70
1.30
4.80
1.80
0.75
0.30
1.75
0.50
2.70
1.50
Catalog No.
SB1.5-3020
SB1.5-2030
SB2-3020
SB2-2030
SB2.5-3020
SB2.5-2030
SB3-3020
SB3-2030
SB4-3020
SB4-2030
SB5-3020
SB5-2030
SB1.5-3015
SB1.5-1530
SB2-3015
SB2-1530
SB2.5-3015
SB2.5-1530
SB3-3015
SB3-1530
SB4-3015
SB4-1530
SB5-3015
SB5-1530
SB6-3015
SB6-1530
SB2.5-3618
SB2.5-1836
SB3-3618
SB3-1836
SB4-3618
SB4-1836
253
Bevel
Gears
Length of bore Face width Holding surface dia. Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 1
S
B
SB.SBY Bevel Gears
Modules
1~8
B4 Shape
B3 Shape
Modules 1~8
Bevel
Gears
Catalog No.
S
B
.
S
B
Y
SB1-4020
SB1-2040
SB1.25-4020
SB1.25-2040
SB1.5-4020
SB1.5-2040
SB2-4020
SB2-2040
SB2.5-4020
SB2.5-2040
SB3-4020
SB3-2040
SB4-4020
SB4-2040
SB5-4020
SB5-2040
SB6-4020
SB6-2040
SBY8-4020
SBY8-2040
SB1-4518
SB1-1845
SB1.25-4518
SB1.25-1845
SB1.5-4518
SB1.5-1845
SB2-4518
SB2-1845
SB2.5-4518
SB2.5-1845
SB3-4518
SB3-1845
SB4-4518
SB4-1845
SB5-4518
SB5-1845
Gear ratio
Module
m1
m1.25
m1.5
m2
m2.5
2
m3
m4
m5
m6
m8
m1
m1.25
m1.5
m2
2.5
m2.5
m3
m4
m5
No. of teeth
Shape
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
45
18
45
18
45
18
45
18
45
18
45
18
45
18
45
18
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B5
B3
B5
B3
BT
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
8
6
10
8
10
8
12
12
15
12
20
16
20
20
25
20
25
25
35
30
8
6
10
8
10
8
12
10
15
12
20
16
20
20
25
20
25
16
32
22
38
25
40
32
50
40
60
50
70
60
100
80
85
90
180
120
30
15
34
19
36
23
48
32
55
40
65
48
80
62
100
80
40
20
50
25
60
30
80
40
100
50
120
60
160
80
200
100
240
120
320
160
45
18
56.25
22.5
67.5
27
90
36
112.5
45
135
54
180
72
225
90
40.59
22.41
50.73
28.01
60.88
33.61
81.17
44.81
101.46
56.01
121.76
67.22
162.34
89.62
202.93
112.03
243.52
134.44
324.69
179.25
45.46
20.57
56.82
25.72
68.18
30.86
90.91
41.15
113.64
51.44
136.37
61.72
181.82
82.3
227.28
102.87
22
28
27
36
35
46
45
60
55
75
65
90
80
120
90
140
105
160
130
210
23
32
26
40
30
45
40
60
50
72
60
85
75
110
90
135
15.07
13.78
18.54
18.66
25.01
25.54
32.37
34.16
39.73
43.78
45.85
50.81
53.92
66.59
55.33
68.92
65.05
78.16
75.36
98
16.95
16.34
18.53
20.66
21.1
21.97
27.91
28.69
35.06
33.31
41.86
38.04
51.16
48.28
59.43
55.82
12.59
8.6
15.23
11.75
20.88
16.9
26.17
21.2
31.46
26.5
36.76
31.8
42.34
42.41
42.93
43.01
48.52
43.6
54.69
54.81
14.57
10.02
15.46
12.52
17.35
12.02
23.14
16.03
28.92
17.04
34.71
19.05
41.28
22.06
47.85
25.07
8
7
10
10.25
15
14.75
18
18
20
22.5
24
27.5
28
35
26
35
28
32.5
25
40
10
8.9
10
11.17
10
10.45
15
14.2
18
14.75
22
16.3
24
18
28
20.5
254
Bevel Gears
Specifications
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Bore
Heat treatment
Less than 194HB
B5 Shape (Type SB)

12
12
16
17
22
24
27
32
35
41
38
47
45
62
50
63
58
70
61
90
15
15.5
16
19.5
18
21
25
27.5
31
31.5
37
36
45
46
51
52.5
6
8
10
15
20
22
28
30
40
50
7
9
11
14
18
21
29
34
26.58
9.17
33.61
13.22
39.64
17.28
48.46
20.92
60.28
24.56
73.81
29.61
102.39
42.78
138.92
57.84
158.56
61.11
219.2
96.39
30.73
10.31
37.86
12.16
45
16.51
62.24
23.11
76.53
26.82
92.96
33.41
122.33
45.83
156.56
56.9
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
2.61
1.32
5.33
2.69
9.47
4.77
24.2
12.2
49.0
24.7
80.4
40.5
185
93.3
327
165
600
302
1350
679
3.35
1.33
6.67
2.65
11.7
4.64
26.8
10.7
53.4
21.2
90.5
36.0
220
87.3
411
164
0.29
0.15
0.61
0.31
1.11
0.56
2.92
1.46
6.04
3.02
10.1
5.06
24.1
12.0
43.9
21.9
83.2
41.6
196
98.1
0.35
0.14
0.72
0.29
1.29
0.51
3.05
1.22
6.20
2.48
10.7
4.29
26.8
10.7
51.8
20.7
0.27
0.13
0.54
0.27
0.97
0.49
2.46
1.24
4.99
2.52
8.20
4.13
18.9
9.51
33.3
16.8
61.2
30.8
138
69.3
0.34
0.14
0.68
0.27
1.19
0.47
2.74
1.09
5.44
2.16
9.23
3.67
22.4
8.91
41.9
16.7
0.03
0.02
0.06
0.03
0.11
0.06
0.30
0.15
0.62
0.31
1.03
0.52
2.46
1.23
4.47
2.24
8.48
4.24
20.0
10.0
0.04
0.01
0.07
0.03
0.13
0.05
0.31
0.12
0.63
0.25
1.09
0.44
2.73
1.09
5.28
2.11
0.03~0.13
0.04~0.14
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.14~0.34
0.16~0.36
0.20~0.45
0.03~0.13
0.04~0.14
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.14~0.34
0.07
0.02
0.14
0.05
0.23
0.09
0.50
0.20
1.10
0.40
1.60
0.70
3.30
1.50
6.00
2.90
7.90
4.10
25.0
9.40
0.11
0.02
0.17
0.04
0.29
0.06
0.66
0.16
1.27
0.29
2.05
0.45
4.80
1.00
8.70
2.00
Catalog No.
SB1-4020
SB1-2040
SB1.25-4020
SB1.25-2040
SB1.5-4020
SB1.5-2040
SB2-4020
SB2-2040
SB2.5-4020
SB2.5-2040
SB3-4020
SB3-2040
SB4-4020
SB4-2040
SB5-4020
SB5-2040
SB6-4020
SB6-2040
SBY8-4020
SBY8-2040
SB1-4518
SB1-1845
SB1.25-4518
SB1.25-1845
SB1.5-4518
SB1.5-1845
SB2-4518
SB2-1845
SB2.5-4518
SB2.5-1845
SB3-4518
SB3-1845
SB4-4518
SB4-1845
SB5-4518
SB5-1845
255
Bevel
Gears
S
B
.
S
B
Y
SB.SBY Bevel Gears
Modules
B4 Shape
B3 Shape
Modules 1~8
Bevel
gears
Catalog No.
S
B
.
S
B
Y
SB1-4515
SB1-1545
SB1.25-4515
SB1.25-1545
SB1.5-4515
SB1.5-1545
SB2-4515
SB2-1545
SB2.5-4515
SB2.5-1545
SB3-4515
SB3-1545
SB4-4515
SB4-1545
SB5-4515
SB5-1545
SB6-4515
SB6-1545
SBY8-4515
SBY8-1545
Gear ratio
Module
m1
m1.25
m1.5
m2
m2.5
3
m3
m4
m5
m6
m8
No. of teeth
Shape
45
15
45
15
45
15
45
15
45
15
45
15
45
15
45
15
45
15
45
15
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B5
B3
B5
B3
BT
B3
BT
B3
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
8
6
10
8
10
8
12
10
15
12
20
15
20
16
25
20
30
25
35
30
30
12
34
15
36
18
40
24
50
30
60
38
80
50
90
60
160
70
200
100
45
15
56.25
18.75
67.5
22.5
90
30
112.5
37.5
135
45
180
60
225
75
270
90
360
120
45.37
17.67
56.72
22.09
68.06
26.51
90.75
35.35
113.43
44.18
136.12
53.02
181.5
70.69
226.87
88.37
272.24
106.03
362.99
141.39
17
29
21
36
28
47
40
60
50
75
55
90
70
115
75
145
100
175
125
230
11.77
12.51
14.61
15.85
20.44
23.19
30.4
29.8
38.35
38.41
40.74
45.17
50.79
54.6
50.28
67.19
72.62
89.04
83.74
99.93
10.06
6.95
12.33
8.43
17.59
13.92
26.12
15.89
32.65
19.86
34.18
23.84
42.24
26.78
40.3
34.73
58.36
42.67
69.49
53.56
5
6
6
7.25
11
12.5
17
14
22
17.5
20
21.33
24
23.33
20
30
30
36.67
30
46.67
* The blue catalog number signify new items. The holding surface of SB6-4515 and SBY8-4515 have tapped tooling holes. See page 230 for more details.
256
BevelGears
Specifications
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Bore
Heat treatment
Less than 194HB
B5 Shape (Type SB)

9
12
12
15
17
22.5
26
29
35
37
35
43
45
52
44
65
62
86
67
93
6
8
10
15
20
23
30
35
50
50
32.02
10.05
39.63
10.9
46.58
14.75
59.04
19.13
72.84
20.51
88.18
22.53
118.09
32.26
152.88
48.64
169.26
49.77
255.92
61.77
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
2.84
0.98
5.80
2.00
10.3
3.56
26.4
9.10
53.6
18.5
90.2
31.2
211
72.8
394
136
751
259
1470
506
0.27
0.09
0.56
0.19
1.02
0.34
2.68
0.89
5.55
1.85
9.53
3.18
23.0
7.67
44.3
14.8
87.0
39.9
179
59.7
0.29
0.10
0.59
0.20
1.05
0.36
2.69
0.93
5.46
1.89
9.20
3.18
21.5
7.43
40.2
13.9
76.6
26.4
150
51.6
0.027
0.0091
0.057
0.019
0.10
0.035
0.27
0.091
0.57
0.19
0.97
0.32
2.35
0.78
4.52
1.51
8.87
4.06
18.3
6.09
0.03~0.13
0.04~0.14
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.14~0.34
0.16~0.36
0.20~0.45
0.09
0.01
0.20
0.02
0.25
0.05
0.70
0.10
1.00
0.20
1.80
0.35
4.00
0.70
6.00
1.40
17.5
2.40
35.0
5.90
Catalog No.
SB1-4515
SB1-1545
SB1.25-4515
SB1.25-1545
SB1.5-4515
SB1.5-1545
SB2-4515
SB2-1545
SB2.5-4515
SB2.5-1545
SB3-4515
SB3-1545
SB4-4515
SB4-1545
SB5-4515
SB5-1545
SB6-4515
SB6-1545
SBY8-4515
SBY8-1545
257
Bevel
gears
S
B
.
S
B
Y
SB.SBY Bevel Gears
Modules
B4 Shape
B3 Shape
Modules 1.5~6
Bevel
gears
Catalog No.
S
B
.
S
B
Y
SB1.5-6015
SB1.5-1560
SB2-6015
SB2-1560
SB2.5-6015
SB2.5-1560
SB3-6015
SB3-1560
SB4-6015
SB4-1560
SBY5-6015
SBY5-1560
SBY6-6015
SBY6-1560
Gear ratio
Module
m1.5
m2
m2.5
4
m3
m4
m5
m6
No. of teeth
Shape
60
15
60
15
60
15
60
15
60
15
60
15
60
15
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B5
B3
BT
B3
BT
B3
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
12
8
15
10
20
12
20
15
25
16
30
25
35
25
50
18
60
24
70
30
80
38
85
50
180
60
200
75
90
22.5
120
30
150
37.5
180
45
240
60
300
75
360
90
90.41
26.66
120.55
35.55
150.69
44.44
180.83
53.33
241.1
71.1
301.38
88.9
361.66
106.66
32
56
42
75
53
94
64
112
80
150
80
185
100
220
24.2
23.01
31.6
31.01
40
39.02
47.97
44.1
59.2
62
54.01
75.03
68.16
85.17
21.58
11.52
28.1
15.69
35.63
19.87
43.15
23.04
52.2
31.4
45.26
36.74
58.31
42.08
12
10.43
16
14.25
20
18.06
25
21.12
36
28.75
20
33.13
25
38.13
*The blue catalog number signify new items. The holding surface of SBY5-6015 and SBY6-6015 have tapped tooling holes. See page 230 for more details.
258
BevelGears
Specifications
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Bore
Heat treatment
Less than 194HB
B5 Shape (Type SB)

21
22.5
27
30
34
37.5
41
43
53
60
45
73
56
82
12
16
20
22
32
40
45
65.38
15.54
87.02
18.06
108.64
20.57
134.4
31.58
174.03
36.12
218.79
49.15
267.73
54.92
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
17.3
4.46
41.3
10.6
80.2
20.6
130
33.5
328
84.5
642
165
1050
270
1.75
0.44
4.30
1.07
8.54
2.13
14.2
3.54
37.0
9.24
74.4
18.6
126
31.5
1.77
0.45
4.21
1.08
8.18
2.10
13.3
3.42
33.5
8.62
65.4
16.8
107
27.5
0.18
0.045
0.44
0.11
0.87
0.22
1.44
0.36
3.77
0.94
7.59
1.90
12.8
3.21
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12~0.27
0.14~0.34
0.16~0.36
0.62
0.04
1.30
0.10
2.50
0.20
4.20
0.35
6.00
0.90
17.1
1.60
30.0
2.90
Catalog No.
SB1.5-6015
SB1.5-1560
SB2-6015
SB2-1560
SB2.5-6015
SB2.5-1560
SB3-6015
SB3-1560
SB4-6015
SB4-1560
SBY5-6015
SBY5-1560
SBY6-6015
SBY6-1560
Bevel
gears
S
B
.
S
B
Y
259
SB Bevel Gears & Pinion shafts
Modules
Screw
B8 Shape
Modules 1.5~3
Catalog No.
Bevel
gears
SB1.5-6012
SB1.5-1260
SB2-6012
SB2-1260
SB2.5-6012
SB2.5-1260
SB3-6012
SB3-1260
Gear ratio Module
m1.5
m2
5
m2.5
m3
No. of
teeth
Shape
60
12
60
12
60
12
60
12
B4
B8
B4
B8
B4
B8
B4
B8
BoreShaft dia. Hub dia. Pitch dia. Outside dia. Mounting distance Total length Crown to back length Hub width Length of boreshaft
12
12.2
15
15.2
20
20.2
20
25.25
50
15
60
20
70
25
80
30
90
18
120
24
150
30
180
36
90.33
22.24
120.43
29.65
150.54
37.06
180.65
44.48
30
50
40
66
50
83
60
100
23.89
97.06
31.85
117.08
39.81
143.1
47.43
172.19
21.82
5.42
29.09
6.56
36.36
8.7
43.64
10.85
12
4.7
16
5.6
20
7.5
25
9.4
21
17.06
24
22.08
34
28.1
41
32.19
S
B
260
BevelGears & Pinion Shafts

Specifications
Less than 194HB
(pinion are less than 225~260HB)
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
S45C

for gear cutting
Bore except shaft for pinion
Heat treatment
Thermal refined (pinion only) NOTE 1 Secondary Operations Possible
NOTE 1: The pinion is thermaly with refinined in order to increase stiffness.
B4 Shape
Face width Holding surface dia. Shaft length
12
16
20
22
65.52
86.96
108.8
134.73
80
95
115
140
Screw size
M5
M6
M8
M8

Bending strength
Surface durability
Bending strength
18.0
4.01
42.6
9.50
83.2
18.5
135
30.1
1.41
0.46
3.43
1.12
6.85
2.23
11.4
3.70
1.83
0.41
4.34
0.97
8.48
1.89
13.8
3.07
Surface durability
0.14
0.047
0.35
0.11
0.70
0.23
1.16
0.38
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.42
0.10
1.30
0.20
2.50
0.41
4.20
0.75
Catalog No.
SB1.5-6012
SB1.5-1260
SB2-6012
SB2-1260
SB2.5-6012
SB2.5-1260
SB3-6012
SB3-1260
Bevel
gears
S
B
261
SUB Stainless Steel Bevel Gears
Modules
B3 Shape
Modules 1.5~3
Bevel
gears
Catalog No.
S
U
B
SUB1.5-3020
SUB1.5-2030
SUB2-3020
SUB2-2030
SUB2.5-3020
SUB2.5-2030
SUB3-3020
SUB3-2030
SUB1.5-4020
SUB1.5-2040
SUB2-4020
SUB2-2040
SUB2.5-4020
SUB2.5-2040
SUB3-4020
SUB3-2040
SUB1.5-4515
SUB1.5-1545
SUB2-4515
SUB2-1545
SUB2.5-4515
SUB2.5-1545
SUB3-4515
SUB3-1545
Gear ratio
Module
m1.5
m2
1.5
m2.5
m3
m1.5
m2
2
m2.5
m3
m1.5
m2
3
m2.5
m3
No. of teeth
Shape
30
20
30
20
30
20
30
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
45
15
45
15
45
15
45
15
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
10
8
10
10
15
12
15
15
10
8
12
12
15
12
20
16
10
8
12
10
15
12
20
15
30
25
35
35
45
40
60
50
38
25
50
32
60
40
70
50
36
18
60
24
60
30
80
38
45
30
60
40
75
50
90
60
60
30
80
40
100
50
120
60
67.5
22.5
90
30
112.5
37.5
135
45
46.24
33.13
61.65
44.18
77.07
55.22
92.48
66.27
60.88
33.61
81.17
44.81
101.46
56.02
121.76
67.22
68.06
26.51
90.75
35.35
113.43
44.18
136.12
53.02
28
33
40
45
50
55
55
70
35
46
45
60
55
75
65
90
28
47
40
60
50
75
55
90
18.53
18.63
26.87
25.06
34.22
31.06
35.56
40.48
25.01
25.54
32.37
34.16
39.73
43.78
45.85
50.81
20.44
23.19
30.4
29.8
38.35
38.41
40.74
45.17
13.93
11.54
21.24
16.39
26.55
19.24
26.86
27.09
20.88
16.9
26.17
21.2
31.46
26.5
36.76
31.8
17.59
13.92
26.12
15.89
32.65
19.86
34.18
23.84
8
8.83
15
13.33
18
14.16
17
21.66
15
14.75
18
18
20
22.5
24
27.5
11
12.5
17
14
22
17.5
20
21.33
262
Stainless Steel BevelGears

Specifications
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
SUS303

for gear cutting
Bore
Heat treatment
Less than 187HB
*Available on special order: Same gear made from SUS304.
B4 Shape
16
17
23
22
30
28
31
37
22
24
27
32
35
41
38
47
17
22.5
26
29
35
37
35
43
9
11
15
17
10
15
20
22
10
15
20
23
27.37
17.05
37.56
21.34
45.61
27.42
57.14
34.71
39.64
17.28
48.46
20.92
60.28
24.56
73.81
29.61
46.58
14.75
59.04
19.13
72.84
20.51
88.18
22.53
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
3.22
2.23
7.22
5.01
14.9
10.3
24.8
17.2
5.23
2.64
13.4
6.72
27.1
13.6
44.4
22.4
5.70
1.97
14.6
5.03
29.6
10.2
49.9
17.2
0.46
0.31
1.08
0.72
2.28
1.52
3.87
2.58
0.79
0.40
2.07
1.04
4.29
2.15
7.19
3.60
0.72
0.24
1.90
0.63
3.94
1.31
6.77
2.26
0.33
0.23
0.74
0.51
1.52
1.05
2.53
1.76
0.53
0.27
1.36
0.69
2.76
1.39
4.53
2.28
0.58
0.20
1.49
0.51
3.02
1.04
5.09
1.76
0.047
0.032
0.11
0.074
0.23
0.15
0.39
0.26
0.081
0.040
0.21
0.11
0.44
0.22
0.73
0.37
0.074
0.025
0.19
0.065
0.40
0.13
0.69
0.23
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.05~0.15
0.06~0.16
0.07~0.17
0.08~0.18
0.12
0.06
0.26
0.16
0.55
0.28
0.95
0.55
0.27
0.09
0.62
0.20
1.23
0.40
1.90
0.70
0.25
0.04
0.81
0.10
1.30
0.20
2.30
0.35
Catalog No.
SUB1.5-3020
SUB1.5-2030
SUB2-3020
SUB2-2030
SUB2.5-3020
SUB2.5-2030
SUB3-3020
SUB3-2030
SUB1.5-4020
SUB1.5-2040
SUB2-4020
SUB2-2040
SUB2.5-4020
SUB2.5-2040
SUB3-4020
SUB3-2040
SUB1.5-4515
SUB1.5-1545
SUB2-4515
SUB2-1545
SUB2.5-4515
SUB2.5-1545
SUB3-4515
SUB3-1545
263
Bevel
gears
S
U
B
PB Plastic Bevel Gears
Modules
B3 Shape
Modules 1.5~3
Bevel
gears
Catalog No.
P
B
PB1.5-3020
PB1.5-2030
PB2-3020
PB2-2030
PB2.5-3020
PB2.5-2030
PB3-3020
PB3-2030
PB1-4020
PB1-2040
PB1.25-4020
PB1.25-2040
PB1.5-4020
PB1.5-2040
PB2-4020
PB2-2040
PB2.5-4020
PB2.5-2040
PB3-4020
PB3-2040
PB1.5-4515
PB1.5-1545
PB2-4515
PB2-1545
PB2.5-4515
PB2.5-1545
PB3-4515
PB3-1545
Gear ratio
Module
m1.5
m2
1.5
m2.5
m3
m1
m1.25
m1.5
2
m2
m2.5
m3
m1.5
m2
3
m2.5
m3
No. of teeth
Shape
30
20
30
20
30
20
30
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
40
20
45
15
45
15
45
15
45
15
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
B4
B3
Bore
NOTE 1
Hub dia.
10
8
10
10
15
12
15
15
8
6
10
8
10
8
12
12
15
12
20
16
10
8
12
10
15
12
20
15
30
25
35
35
45
40
60
50
25
16
32
22
38
25
40
32
50
40
60
50
40
18
60
24
60
30
80
38
45
30
60
40
75
50
90
60
40
20
50
25
60
30
80
40
100
50
120
60
67.5
22.5
90
30
112.5
37.5
135
45
46.24
33.13
61.65
44.18
77.07
55.22
92.48
66.27
40.59
22.41
50.73
28.01
60.88
33.61
81.17
44.81
101.47
56.01
121.76
67.22
68.06
26.51
90.75
35.35
113.43
44.18
136.12
53.02
28
33
40
45
50
55
55
70
22
28
27
36
35
46
45
60
55
75
65
90
28
47
40
60
50
75
55
90
18.53
18.63
26.87
25.06
34.22
31.06
35.56
40.48
15.07
13.78
18.54
18.66
25.01
25.54
32.37
34.16
39.73
43.78
45.85
50.81
20.44
23.19
30.4
29.8
38.35
38.41
40.74
45.17
13.93
11.54
21.24
16.39
26.55
19.24
26.86
27.09
12.59
8.6
15.23
11.75
20.88
16.9
26.17
21.2
31.47
26.5
36.76
31.8
17.59
13.92
26.12
15.89
32.65
19.86
34.18
23.84
8
8.83
15
13.33
18
14.16
17
21.66
8
7
10
10.25
15
14.75
18
18
20
22.5
24
27.5
11
12.5
17
14
22
17.5
20
21.33
NOTE1: The bore tolerance at the time of production is H8. Significant variations in temperature or humidity can cause dimensional changes in plastic gears (MC Nylon).
264
Plastic BevelGears
Specifications
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Cut
Material
MC901

for gear cutting
Bore
Heat treatment
115~120HRR
B4 Shape
16
17
23
22
30
28
31
37
12
12
16
17
22
24
27
32
35
41
38
47
17
22.5
26
29
35
37
35
43
9
11
15
17
6
8
10
15
20
22
10
15
20
23
27.37
17.05
37.56
21.34
45.61
27.42
57.14
34.71
26.58
9.17
33.61
13.22
39.64
17.28
48.46
20.92
60.28
24.56
73.81
29.61
46.58
14.75
59.04
19.13
72.84
20.51
88.18
22.54
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
1.34
0.73
3.08
1.67
6.19
3.37
10.5
5.71
0.64
0.24
1.29
0.48
2.27
0.85
5.60
2.10
11.1
4.17
18.8
7.04
2.74
0.59
6.80
1.46
13.6
2.91
23.1
4.96
0.14
0.074
0.31
0.17
0.63
0.34
1.07
0.58
0.065
0.025
0.13
0.049
0.23
0.087
0.57
0.21
1.13
0.43
1.91
0.72
0.28
0.056
0.69
0.15
1.38
0.30
2.36
0.51
0.10~0.20
0.11~0.21
0.12~0.22
0.13~0.23
0.08~0.18
0.09~0.19
0.10~0.20
0.11~0.21
0.12~0.22
0.13~0.23
0.10~0.20
0.11~0.21
0.12~0.22
0.13~0.23
265
0.018
0.0090
0.039
0.023
0.082
0.04
0.14
0.081
0.01
0.0030
0.02
0.0070
0.034
0.013
0.07
0.03
0.16
0.06
0.24
0.10
0.04
0.0060
0.12
0.013
0.20
0.027
0.35
0.05
Catalog No.
PB1.5-3020
PB1.5-2030
PB2-3020
PB2-2030
PB2.5-3020
PB2.5-2030
PB3-3020
PB3-2030
PB1-4020
PB1-2040
PB1.25-4020
PB1.25-2040
PB1.5-4020
PB1.5-2040
PB2-4020
PB2-2040
PB2.5-4020
PB2.5-2040
PB3-4020
PB3-2040
PB1.5-4515
PB1.5-1545
PB2-4515
PB2-1545
PB2.5-4515
PB2.5-1545
PB3-4515
PB3-1545
Bevel
gears
P
B
DB Injection Molded Bevel Gears
Modules
B1 Shape
Modules 0.5~1
Catalog No.
Gear ratio
DB0.5-4020
DB0.5-2040
DB0.8-4020
DB0.8-2040
DB1-4020
DB1-2040
Module
No. of teeth
Shape
40
20
40
20
40
20
B9
B1
B9
B1
B9
B1
m0.5
m0.8
m1
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
4
3
5
4
6
5
12
8
15
12
18
15
20
10
32
16
40
20
20.29
11.2
32.47
17.92
40.59
22.4
12
16
18
24
22
30
8.33
8.46
11.91
11.5
14.45
14.49
7.29
6.3
10.47
8.48
12.58
10.6
NOTE 1
Outside dia. Mounting distance Total length Crown to back length
Bevel
gears
NOTE1: The bore tolerance is generally 0.05 to 0.1 but may be + value at the central portion of the hole. Re-machining the bore is not recommended since reworking
D
B
.
B
B

The table shows a series of standard metal bushings that can be
pressed into standard injection molded gears. They can be used as
bearing metal on idler gears or to reduce the bore of the gears.
(unit: mm)
Catalog
No.
I.D. of bushing
O.D. of bushing
d+0.02
0
D+0.02
-0.01
Length
0
L -0.3
BB30507
07
DS0.5, DM0.8, DB0.8
BB30608
08
DS0.5, DS0.8, DM1
BB40609
09
DS0.8, DM1
BB40612
12
DS1, DB1
BB50812
12
DS1
BB50814
14
DS1, DM1.5

266
Injection Molded BevelGears

Specifications
Precision grade
110~120HRR
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
Pressure angle
20
Injection molded
Material
Duracon(M90-44)

for tooth forming
Bore
Heat treatment
Secondary Operations Not recommended (may expose voids)
B9 Shape
Hub width Length of bore Face width Holding surface dia. Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 2 Allowable torquekgfm
4
4
6
5
7
7
10
12
2.5
3.5
4.5
Bending strength
14.41
24.17
29.94
0.24
0.092
0.91
0.34
1.59
0.60
Bending strength
0.025
0.0094
0.093
0.035
0.16
0.061
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.03~0.09
0.03~0.11
0.03~0.13
2
1
6
3
12
6
Catalog No.
DB0.5-4020
DB0.5-2040
DB0.8-4020
DB0.8-2040
DB1-4020
DB1-2040
Bevel
gears

Range
Tolerance
below 3
0.20
3 up to 6
0.25
6 up to 10
0.30
10 up to 18
0.35
18 up to 30
0.40
over 30
0.50
D
B
.
B
B
267
NISSEI KSP Ground Spiral Bevel Gears

New Products
The Characteristics of KSP Spiral Bevel Gears
Bevel
gears
Catalog Number of NISSEI Spiral Bevel Gears
K
S
P
1. JIS Grade 0, high strength, high precision products

2. Superior performance with regard to high speed, low noise, and
low vibration.
3. Module range from 1.5 to 6
4. Three gear ratios: 1, 1.5 and 2
The catalog number systems of KSP Ground Spiral Miter Gears differs from other
miter gears.
KSP 031 001 G F L
Products Shape
Type F - Finished Shape
Type U - Shape to Allow Secondary Operations
*The heavy lines in the figure below indicate the masked areas
during carburizing
Hand of Spiral (L)

Products Shape
(Finished Shape)
Surface finish (Ground)
Gear Ratio (1)
OD of the Larger gear
(31mm)
Type (Spiral Miter Gears)
268

Regarding the Transmission Capability Table
1. The values given in the table are for a service factor of 1.Using the table on the

right, please modify the value according to the actual conditions.
2. For speed increaser applications (where the gear is the driver and the pinion is
driven), the torque on the pinion is the value in the table multiplied by the speed ratio.
(Ex.) For speed ratio of 1/1.5, the torque on the pinion is 1/1.5 times the value given in
the table.
Impact from Prime

Mover
Uniform Load
1.00
1.25
1.75
Light Impact Load

(Multicylinder Engine)
1.25
1.50
2.00
Medium Impact Load
1.50
1.75
2.25
(Motor, Turbine, Hydraulic Motor)
(Single Cylinder Engine)
Transmission Capability TableGear ratio: 1
KSP031001
KSP040001
KSP053001
KSP066001
KSP078001
KSP092001
KSP105001
KSP132001
KSP157001
KSP184001
Upper Transmission Capabilitykw Lower TorquN m
50
100
300
600
900
1800
3000
0.035
0.068
0.195
0.375
0.548
0.716
1.04
1.65
6.65
6.51
6.20
5.98
5.82
5.69
5.51
5.25
0.092
0.179
0.511
0.980
1.43
1.86
2.69
17.6
0.211
40.4
0.367
70.2
0.577
109.8
0.901
172.6
1.44
274.6
2.33
445.2
3.68
704.1
5.31
1010
17.2
0.412
39.3
0.715
68.3
1.12
106.9
1.75
166.7
2.78
265.8
4.50
430.5
7.10
16.3
15.6
1.17
2.23
37.3
35.6
2.02
3.85
64.4
61.4
3.16
6.00
101.0
95.5
4.91
9.31
156.9
148.1
7.80
248.1
Model
KSP0481.5
KSP0611.5
KSP0741.5
KSP0901.5
KSP1051.5
KSP1241.5
KSP1411.5
KSP1631.5
KSP1811.5
Model
KSP039002
KSP056002
KSP075002
KSP096002
KSP119002
KSP145002
KSP172002
5.59
4.22
33.6
6.08
30.4
10.4
16.3
55.4
52.0
11.2
16.1
25.1
92.2
89.5
85.5
79.8
13.5
17.4
24.9
38.6
143.2
138.3
132.4
122.6
8.68
21.2
27.4
39.1
60.3
225.6
218.7
207.9
192.2
12.6
23.6
34.0
43.7
62.0
95.0
400.1
376.6
360.9
348.1
329.5
302.0
19.7
37.0
53.0
68.1
96.2
678.6
628.6
589.4
562.9
542.3
510.9
466.8
10.2
28.3
52.8
75.5
96.8
136
206
976.7
901.2
841.4
801.2
770.8
722.8
656.1
100
300
600
900
1200
1800
0.151
0.432
0.830
1.21
1.58
2.29
0.159
0.277
79.4
0.466
133.4
0.700
201.0
1.03
295.2
1.56
448.2
2.27
650.2
2.92
836.5
21.6
0.309
44.3
0.540
77.4
0.908
130.4
1.36
195.2
2.00
286.4
3.03
434.4
4.39
628.6
5.64
809.0
146
50
45.4
9.55
32.3
0.077
22.2
4.25
13.5
57.8
59.3
7.26
14.3
14.7
20.6
19.8
0.882
1.69
42.2
40.4
1.53
2.93
73.4
70.1
2.57
4.90
122.6
116.7
3.84
7.31
183.4
174.6
5.63
268.7
8.51
406.0
19.3
2.46
39.2
4.27
68.0
7.12
18.9
3.21
38.3
5.55
66.3
9.24
18.2
4.64
37.0
8.00
3000
3.64
17.4
7.33
35.0
12.6
63.7
60.1
13.3
20.8
113.8
110.8
105.9
99.0
10.6
13.7
19.7
30.7
168.7
163.8
156.9
147.1
10.7
15.5
20.0
28.6
44.5
255.0
246.1
239.3
227.5
212.8
16.1
23.2
30.1
42.9
66.4
384.4
370.7
358.9
341.3
317.7
12.3
23.2
33.4
43.1
61.4
94.6
587.4
554.1
532.5
514.8
489.4
452.1
15.8
29.7
42.7
55.1
78.3
754.1
710.0
680.6
658.0
623.7
Transmission Capability TableGear ratio: 2

Rotationrpm
3.25
34.5
14.8
234.4
Transmission Capability TableGear ratio:1.5

Rotationrpm
15.2
1200
120
574.7
50
100
300
600
900
0.025
0.049
0.142
0.275
0.404
0.528
0.770
1.23
9.63
9.45
9.07
8.76
8.57
8.41
8.17
7.83
0.075
0.147
0.423
0.814
1.19
1.55
2.26
28.8
0.185
70.7
0.364
139.3
0.649
248.1
1.07
408.9
1.78
680.6
28.1
0.361
69.0
0.710
135.3
1.26
241.2
2.08
397.2
3.45
660.0
27.0
26.0
1.03
1.98
65.7
63.1
2.02
3.86
128.5
122.6
3.58
6.82
227.5
217.7
5.87
373.6
9.72
618.8
269
25.3
2.89
61.3
5.62
119.6
9.90
209.9
1200
24.8
3.76
59.9
7.31
116.7
1800
23.9
5.45
57.9
Bevel
gears
Model
Rotationrpm
Impact from Load Side of Machine

Uniform Load Medium Impact Load Heavy Impact Load
3000
3.59
22.8
8.61
54.8
10.5
16.6
111.8
105.9
12.9
18.5
29.0
205.0
196.1
184.4
11.2
16.2
21.0
30.1
46.9
356.0
343.2
333.4
319.7
298.1
18.4
26.6
34.5
49.3
76.5
587.4
565.8
549.2
523.7
487.4
K
S
P
NISSEI KSP Ground Spiral Miter Gears
Modules
New Products
A Shape
B Shape
Type F (Finished Style)
Miter
Gears
Catalog No.
KSP031001GF L
KSP031001GF R
KSP040001GF L
KSP040001GF R
KSP053001GF L
KSP053001GF R
KSP066001GF L
KSP066001GF R
KSP078001GF L
KSP078001GF R
KSP092001GF L
KSP092001GF R
KSP105001GF L
KSP105001GF R
KSP132001GF L
KSP132001GF R
KSP157001GF L
KSP157001GF R
KSP184001GF L
KSP184001GF R
Gear ratio Module
No. of
teeth
m1.5
20
m2
20
m2.5
21
m3
21
m3.5
22
m4
22
m4.5
23
m5
26
m5.5
28
m6
30
Direction
Pitch dia. Face width
of spiral
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
Shape
Outside dia. Holding surface dia.
Bore
Hub dia.
Length of bore
CH7
30
31
16.2
12
22
13
40
40
22.5
14
31
14
52.5
12
53
31.1
19
38
20
63
15
66
33.6
23
47
25
77
18
78
43.1
27
54
27
88
21
92
48.6
30
63
32
103.5
25
105
50
32
70
35
130
29
132
64
36
82
41
154
34
157
76
40
92
47
180
38
184
84
48
101
51
K
S
P
Catalog No.
KSP031001GU L
KSP031001GU R
KSP040001GU L
KSP040001GU R
KSP053001GU L
KSP053001GU R
KSP066001GU L
KSP066001GU R
KSP078001GU L
KSP078001GU R
KSP092001GU L
KSP092001GU R
KSP105001GU L
KSP105001GU R
KSP132001GU L
KSP132001GU R
KSP157001GU L
KSP157001GU R
KSP184001GU L
KSP184001GU R
Gear ratio Module
B Shape
A Shape
Type U (Style Allowimg Modifications)

No. of
teeth
m1.5
20
m2
20
m2.5
21
m3
21
m3.5
22
m4
22
m4.5
23
m5
26
m5.5
28
m6
30
Direction
of spiral
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
CH7
Length of bore
30
31
16.2
10
22
13
40
40
22.5
12
31
14
52.5
12
53
31.1
14
38
20
63
15
66
33.6
16
47
25
77
18
78
43.1
20
54
27
88
21
92
48.6
22
63
32
103.5
25
105
50
26
70
35
130
29
132
64
30
82
41
154
34
157
76
32
92
47
180
38
184
84
40
101
51
270

Specifications
Hub width Total length Mounting distance
Keyway
Allowable torque
Backlash
kgfmNOTE1
mm
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
None
Pressure angle
20
Shaft angle
90
Helix angle
35
Material
SCM415
(Module 3.5 and above are SCM420)

Bore
for gear grinding
Heat treatment
Overall Carburizing
Secondary Operations Not possible
Weight of set
Catalog No.
kg
15
25
4 x 1.8
0.61
~0.05
0.08
16.5
30
5 x 2.3
1.59
~0.05
0.16
23
40
6 x 2.8
3.63
0.05~0.10
0.36
13
29.5
50
7x3
6.26
0.05~0.10
0.68
12
32
57
8 x 3.3
9.74
0.05~0.10
1.08
14
38
66
8 x 3.3
15.1
0.05~0.10
1.76
14
39
72
10 x 3.3
23.9
0.05~0.10
2.50
14
45
88
10 x 3.3
38.4
0.05~0.10
4.78
20
53.5
105
12 x 3.3
60.1
0.05~0.10
7.42
17
56.5
118
14 x 3.8
85.8
0.05~0.10
60~63HRC
KSP031001GF L
KSP031001GF R
KSP040001GF L
KSP040001GF R
KSP053001GF L
KSP053001GF R
KSP066001GF L
KSP066001GF R
KSP078001GF L
KSP078001GF R
KSP092001GF L
KSP092001GF R
KSP105001GF L
KSP105001GF R
KSP132001GF L
KSP132001GF R
KSP157001GF L
KSP157001GF R
KSP184001GF L
KSP184001GF R
11.1
Miter
Gears
C Shape
Precision grade
Specifications
C Shape
Allowable torque
Machinable
max. bore kgfmNOTE1
Backlash
mm
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
None
Pressure angle
20
Shaft angle
90
Helix angle
35
Material
SCM415
Heat treatment
Carburized

Bore
for gear grinding
Weight of set
kg
15
25
12
0.61
~0.05
0.08
16.5
30
16
1.59
~0.05
0.18
23
40
22
3.63
0.05~0.10
0.42
13
29.5
50
25
6.26
0.05~0.10
0.78
12
32
57
32
9.74
0.05~0.10
1.18
14
38
66
38
15.1
0.05~0.10
1.92
14
39
72
40
23.9
0.05~0.10
2.66
14
45
88
48
38.4
0.05~0.10
4.98
20
53.5
105
55
60.1
0.05~0.10
7.80
17
56.5
118
62
85.8
0.05~0.10
11.6
271

(bore & hubs are masked)
60~63HRC
Secondary Operations Possible where masked
Catalog No.
KSP031001GU L
KSP031001GU R
KSP040001GU L
KSP040001GU R
KSP053001GU L
KSP053001GU R
KSP066001GU L
KSP066001GU R
KSP078001GU L
KSP078001GU R
KSP092001GU L
KSP092001GU R
KSP105001GU L
KSP105001GU R
KSP132001GU L
KSP132001GU R
KSP157001GU L
KSP157001GU R
KSP184001GU L
KSP184001GU R
NOTE 1: The allowable torques are

obtained by conversion from the
table on page 269 for 600 min-1.
K
S
P
Modules
New Products
B Shape
A Shape

Catalog No.
Module
No. of teeth
Direction
of spiral
16
24
18
27
18
27
20
30
20
30
22
33
22
33
24
36
24
36
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
m2
m2.25
m2.75
m3
1.5
m3.5
m3.75
m4.25
m4.5
m5
32
48
40.5
60.75
49.5
74.25
60
90
70
105
82.5
123.75
93.5
140.25
108
162
120
180
9
12
15
18
21
24
28
32
35
Shape
A
34
48
42
61
52
74
63
90
74
105
87
124
99
141
113
163
126
181
A
C
A
C
A
C
B
C
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
17.6
30.4
22.4
36.2
28.8
44.5
34.1
54.7
37.8
53
46.6
64
52.9
68
64.6
76
71.8
86
Bore
Hub dia.
Length of bore
CH7
12
15
15
20
20
25
22
27
25
30
27
33
30
36
33
40
36
45
D
24
30
30
40
40
50
44
56
50
63
56
69
63
73
69
82
73
90
E
13
17
17
20
20
25
24
29
25
32
29
35
32
41
35
47
41
48
Bevel
gears
KSP0481.5GF P
KSP0481.5GF G
KSP0611.5GF P
KSP0611.5GF G
KSP0741.5GF P
KSP0741.5GF G
KSP0901.5GF P
KSP0901.5GF G
KSP1051.5GF P
KSP1051.5GF G
KSP1241.5GF P
KSP1241.5GF G
KSP1411.5GF P
KSP1411.5GF G
KSP1631.5GF P
KSP1631.5GF G
KSP1811.5GF P
KSP1811.5GF G
Gear ratio
K
S
P
B Shape
A Shape
Type U (Style Allowing Modifications)

Catalog No.
KSP0481.5GU P
KSP0481.5GU G
KSP0611.5GU P
KSP0611.5GU G
KSP0741.5GU P
KSP0741.5GU G
KSP0901.5GU P
KSP0901.5GU G
KSP1051.5GU P
KSP1051.5GU G
KSP1241.5GU P
KSP1241.5GU G
KSP1411.5GU P
KSP1411.5GU G
KSP1631.5GU P
KSP1631.5GU G
KSP1811.5GU P
KSP1811.5GU G
Gear ratio
Module
m2
m2.25
m2.75
m3
1.5
m3.5
m3.75
m4.25
m4.5
m5
No. of teeth
Direction
of spiral
16
24
18
27
18
27
20
30
20
30
22
33
22
33
24
36
24
36
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
32
48
40.5
60.75
49.5
74.25
60
90
70
105
82.5
123.75
93.5
140.25
108
162
120
180
272
9
12
15
18
21
24
28
32
35
Shape
A
C
A
C
A
C
B
C
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
A
34
48
42
61
52
74
63
90
74
105
87
124
99
141
113
163
126
181
B
17.6
30.4
22.4
36.2
28.8
44.5
34.1
54.7
37.8
53
46.6
64
52.9
68
64.6
76
71.8
86
Bore
Hub dia.
Length of bore
CH7
10
12
12
14
14
20
16
20
20
22
20
26
22
30
26
32
30
38
D
24
30
30
40
40
50
44
56
50
63
56
69
63
73
69
82
73
90
E
13
17
17
20
20
25
24
29
25
32
29
35
32
41
35
47
41
48

Specifications
F
4.3
7
5.1
10
5.7
12
8
13
7
13
7
14
7
17
7
19
10
19
G
14.5
19
19
23.5
22
29
26.5
33
28.5
34
33
36.5
36
43.5
38.5
49.5
45.5
50.5
H
31
30
39
37
46
45
56
53
63
57
74
64
82
74
92
85
105
90
D Shape
Keyway
4 x 1.8
5 x 2.3
5 x 2.3
6 x 2.8
6 x 2.8
7x3
6 x 2.8
8 x 3.3
7x3
8 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
14 x 3.8
Allowable torque
Backlash
kgfmNOTE1
mm
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
None
Pressure angle
20
Shaft angle
90
Helix angle
35
Material
SCM415

Bore
for gear grinding
Heat treatment
Overall Carburizing
Weight of set
Catalog No.
kg
2.02
~0.05
0.18
4.12
0.05~0.10
0.34
7.15
0.05~0.10
0.62
11.9
0.05~0.10
1.08
17.8
0.05~0.10
1.52
26.0
0.05~0.10
2.35
39.2
0.05~0.10
3.42
56.5
0.05~0.10
5.20
72.4
0.05~0.10
6.77
60~63HRC
KSP0481.5GF P
KSP0481.5GF G
KSP0611.5GF P
KSP0611.5GF G
KSP0741.5GF P
KSP0741.5GF G
KSP0901.5GF P
KSP0901.5GF G
KSP1051.5GF P
KSP1051.5GF G
KSP1241.5GF P
KSP1241.5GF G
KSP1411.5GF P
KSP1411.5GF G
KSP1631.5GF P
KSP1631.5GF G
KSP1811.5GF P
KSP1811.5GF G
Bevel
gears
C Shape
Precision grade
Specifications
C Shape
F
4.3
7
5.1
10
5.7
12
8
13
7
13
7
14
7
17
7
19
10
19
G
14.5
19
19
23.5
22
29
26.5
33
28.5
34
33
36.5
36
43.5
38.5
49.5
45.5
50.5
H
31
30
39
37
46
45
56
53
63
57
74
64
82
74
92
85
105
90
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
None
Pressure angle
20
Shaft angle
90
Helix angle
35
Material
SCM415
Heat treatment
Carburized

for gear grinding

D Shape
Allowable torque
Machinable
max. bore kgfmNOTE1
20
16
27
20
35
25
42
28
42
36
48
42
50
48
55
55
60
Backlash
mm
Weight of set
Catalog No.
kg
2.02
~0.05
0.19
4.12
0.05~0.10
0.38
7.15
0.05~0.10
0.69
11.9
0.05~0.10
1.18
17.8
0.05~0.10
1.65
26.0
0.05~0.10
2.51
39.2
0.05~0.10
3.61
56.5
0.05~0.10
5.48
72.4
0.05~0.10
7.06
KSP0481.5GU P
KSP0481.5GU G
KSP0611.5GU P
KSP0611.5GU G
KSP0741.5GU P
KSP0741.5GU G
KSP0901.5GU P
KSP0901.5GU G
KSP1051.5GU P
KSP1051.5GU G
KSP1241.5GU P
KSP1241.5GU G
KSP1411.5GU P
KSP1411.5GU G
KSP1631.5GU P
KSP1631.5GU G
KSP1811.5GU P
KSP1811.5GU G
NOTE1: The allowable torques are obtained by conversion from the table on page 269 for 600 min-1.
273
60~63HRC
K
S
P

New Products
B Shape
A Shape

Catalog No.
Module
No. of teeth
Direction
of spiral
13
26
14
28
15
30
16
32
17
34
18
36
19
38
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
m1.5
m2
m2.5
2
m3
m3.5
m4
m4.5
19.5
39
28
56
37.5
75
48
96
59.5
119
72
144
85.5
171
Shape
A
C
B
C
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
7
10
14
18
22
27
32
A
22
39
30
56
40
75
53
96
65
119
78
145
93
172
B
10.2
24.1
15.3
35.6
16.9
36
23.5
46
31.1
54
31.2
60
44.4
70
Bore
Hub dia.
Length of bore
CH7
8
12
10
16
14
22
17
27
22
33
26
36
33
42
D
16
24
20
30
30
44
36
56
44
63
54
73
69
79
E
14
13
12
18
17
24
19
29
25
34
28
39
34
46
Bevel
gears
KSP039002GC P
KSP039002GF G
KSP056002GF P
KSP056002GF G
KSP075002GF P
KSP075002GF G
KSP096002GF P
KSP096002GF G
KSP119002GF P
KSP119002GF G
KSP145002GF P
KSP145002GF G
KSP172002GF P
KSP172002GF G
Gear ratio
K
S
P
B Shape
A Shape
Type U (Style Allowing Modifications)

Catalog No.
KSP039002GU P
KSP039002GU G
KSP056002GU P
KSP056002GU G
KSP075002GU P
KSP075002GU G
KSP096002GU P
KSP096002GU G
KSP119002GU P
KSP119002GU G
KSP145002GU P
KSP145002GU G
KSP172002GU P
KSP172002GU G
Gear ratio
Module
m1.5
m2
m2.5
2
m3
m3.5
m4
m4.5
No. of teeth
Direction
of spiral
13
26
14
28
15
30
16
32
17
34
18
36
19
38
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
19.5
39
28
56
37.5
75
48
96
59.5
119
72
144
85.5
171
274
7
10
14
18
22
27
32
Shape
A
C
B
C
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
A
22
39
30
56
40
75
53
96
65
119
78
145
93
172
B
10.2
24.1
15.3
35.6
16.9
36
23.5
46
31.1
54
31.2
60
44.4
70
Bore
Hub dia.
Length of bore
CH7
8
10
8
12
12
16
12
20
16
26
20
30
26
36
D
16
24
20
30
30
44
36
56
44
63
54
73
69
79
E
14
13
12
18
17
24
19
29
25
34
28
39
34
46

Specifications
C Shape
F
7.6
7
2
8
4.6
11
2
12
3.6
15
3.5
16
4.4
20
G
14.5
15
13
20.5
19.5
25.5
21.5
31
27.5
35.5
33
40.5
38
47
H
28
22
32
30
44
38
53
47
67
55
80
64
94
75
Keyway
(Screw)
(2-M4 , I=5)
4 x 1.8
3 x 1.4
5 x 2.3
5 x 2.3
6 x 2.8
5 x 2.3
8 x 3.3
6 x 2.8
10 x 3.3
8 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
None
Pressure angle
20
Shaft angle
90
Helix angle
35
Material
SCM415

for gear grinding
Heat treatment
Overall Carburizing
60~63HRC
Bore
D Shape
Allowable torque
Backlash
kgfmNOTE1
mm
Weight of set
Catalog No.
kg
0.89
~0.05
0.08
2.65
~0.05
0.21
6.43
0.05~0.10
0.50
12.5
0.05~0.10
1.03
22.2
0.05~0.10
1.70
36.3
0.05~0.10
2.91
59.9
0.05~0.10
4.51
KSP039002GC P
KSP039002GF G
KSP056002GF P
KSP056002GF G
KSP075002GF P
KSP075002GF G
KSP096002GF P
KSP096002GF G
KSP119002GF P
KSP119002GF G
KSP145002GF P
KSP145002GF G
KSP172002GF P
KSP172002GF G
Specifications
C Shape
F
7.6
7
2
8
4.6
11
2
12
3.6
15
3.5
16
4.4
20
G
14.5
15
13
20.5
19.5
25.5
21.5
31
27.5
35.5
33
40.5
38
47
H
28
22
32
30
44
38
53
47
67
55
80
64
94
75
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Gleason
Surface treatment
None
Pressure angle
20
Shaft angle
90
Helix angle
35
Material
SCM415
Heat treatment
Carburized

Bore
for gear grinding

D Shape
Allowable torque
Machinable
max. bore kgfmNOTE1
20
10
20
14
25
19
32
25
40
30
42
38
50
Backlash
mm
Weight of set
Catalog No.
kg
0.89
~0.05
0.09
2.65
~0.05
0.23
6.43
0.05~0.10
0.54
12.5
0.05~0.10
1.11
22.2
0.05~0.10
1.81
36.3
0.05~0.10
3.09
59.9
0.05~0.10
4.77
KSP039002GU P
KSP039002GU G
KSP056002GU P
KSP056002GU G
KSP075002GU P
KSP075002GU G
KSP096002GU P
KSP096002GU G
KSP119002GU P
KSP119002GU G
KSP145002GU P
KSP145002GU G
KSP172002GU P
KSP172002GU G
NOTE1: The allowable torques are obtained by conversion from the table on page 269 for 600 min-1.
275
60~63HRC
Bevel
gears
Precision grade
K
S
P

Adjusting Tooth Contact
(1)When there is an angular error of the shafts
Centering tooth contact

(1)When assembled correctly, the contact will occur in
the middle of the tooth flank.
(2)The contact in the face width direction should be in
the center of the face width, but somewhat closer to
toe is ideal.
Error
When the gears are assembled in to the gearbox and

the backlash is adjusted, adjust the gearbox to obtain
the tooth contact as shown below. Inaccurate assembly
will lead to irregular noise and uneven wear,
Toe contact
Heel contact
Heel
Bevel
gears
Error
K
S
P
Toe
(2)When the pinion shaft is offset
(3) When the mounting distance of the pinion is incorrect

Low contact
Heel contact
Toe contact
High contact
Heel contact
Error
Error
High contact
Low contact
High contact
Toe contact
Heel contact
Low contact
Toe contact
Error
Error
Low contact
High contact
276
Table of Contents
in Selecting and Using Screw Gears...................... page 278
SN Steel Screw Gears........................................... page 280

SUN Stainless Steel Screw Gears......................... page 284
AN Aluminum-Bronze Screw Gears....................... page 286
PN Plastic Screw Gears......................................... page 288
Screw Gears

(Example)
Screw Gears
1 - 13 R
Hand of Helix (R)
No. of teeth (13)
Module (1)
Type (Screw Gears)
Material (S45C)
Material
S
S45C
SU SUS303
A
CAC702
P
MC901
Type
N
Screw Gears
277
Screw Gears
Many Types Are Offered for Changing Gear Train Directions.
Characteristics
Selection Hints
KHK stock screw gears come in four materials, S45C, SUS303,

CAC702 (formerly ABC2) and MC nylon, in modules 1~4 and
numbers of teeth from 10 to 30.

below before the final selection. Since screw gears come in rightor left-hand helix, make sure to include the letter R or L in the
catalog number when you order.
Main Features of Types of Screw Gears Offered

In terms of materials, we offer high abrasion-resistant aluminum
bronze (CAC702) AN series, chemical-resistant MC nylon
(MC901) PN screw gears, superior antirust stainless steel
(SUS303) SUN series and commonly used machine carbon steel
(S45C) SN series.
The helix angle of 45 is used with both right- hand and lefthand helixes so that any direction of rotation and axial thrusts
can be selected. When the same helix hand is used as a set (right
with right or left with left) they can be used as a skewed shaft
drive, while the opposite hand set (right with left) can be used as
a parallel shaft drive.
The efficiency depends on the application, but is approximately
80 to 90%. Because they have high friction, it is essential that
lubrication. (gear oil JIS type 2, No. 5~7) is used.
1.Caution in Selecting the Mating Gears

Screw gears are used for offset shafts. Whether the shafts are
paralleled offset or skewed offset depends on the helix hands of the
mating gears.
Direction of shaft
Arrangement of helix hands
Skewed shafts
RH-RH or LH-LH
Parallel shafts
RH-LH
Right (R)
Left (L)
Arrangements of helix hands of screw gears
2. Caution with Regard to Special Characteristics of Screw Gears

SN steel screw gears made of S45C with black oxide finish are
somewhat effective in preventing rust but are not rustproof.
SUN stainless steel screw gears have high degrees of antitrust
property, but are not totally rustproof.
Due to the characteristics of MC nylon, PN plastic screw gears
A N aluminum-bronze screw gears material (CAC702) has
the tendency to abrade and scuff when mated together. KHK
recommends mating AN screw gears with those of different
material for the best results.
278
Application Hints

The allowable surface strength listed in the product pages were
derived using the Niemann formula as reference values (for the
case of skewed offset shafts). There is paucity of data on the
strength of screw gears. The values of constant K 0 used in the
calculations, which depend on the material of the mating gears, are
our estimates. The following are the equations used. (NOTE 1)
In order to use KHK stock screw gears safely, read the Application
Hints carefully before proceeding. Also 1. Caution on Performing
Secondary Operations, 3. Notes on Starting Operations, 4.
Other Points to Consider in Applications in the spur gear section
should be consulted.
U1=1.43d12 fz Ks9.80665
Where
KHK stock screw gears are designed to give the proper backlash
below with a tolerance of H7~H8. The amount of backlash is
given in the product table for each gear.
U1 : allowable tangential force (n)

d1 : standard pitch diameter of pinion (mm)
fz : coefficient based on no. of teeth combination (see table below)
Ks : coefficient based on materials and sliding
Ks = K0
Where
d1 +d2
a
2
2
2+s
Where
a = center distance
d2 = pitch diameter of gear
K0 : coefficient based on materials combination (see table below)
s : sliding speed (m/s)

s =
p nd1
60000cos b
Overall length tolerance of
Screw Gears
Total Length (mm)

Above
Below
030
030
100
Tolerance
0 10
-0.10
0
-0.15
Due to the helix of screw gears, they produce axial thrust forces.
The bearings must be selected properly to be able to handle
these thrust forces. The directions of thrust change with the hand
of helix and the direction of rotation as illustrated below.
Where
n : rotational speed(min-1)
: helix angle(45)
NOTE 1: The equations in Niemann Elements of Mechanical Transmission
have been converted to SI units.
Value of fz
Z1
Z2
10
13
15
20
26
30
10
13
15
20
26
30
1.557
2.029
1.557
2.287
1.823
1.557
3.000
2.333
2.074
1.557
3.755
3.000
2.658
2.029
1.557
4.141
3.355
3.000
2.287
1.823
1.557
K0 values depending on material combination

Catalog No. Mating gear
SN
SN
SN
SUN
SN
AN
SN
PN
The maximum allowable

sliding speed
K0
0.0030
0.0030
Rotation
2.5
Same no.
NOTE 2
0.0050
0.0030
No. of teeth
of mating gears
of teeth
100min-1
CAUTION: For parallel shaft applications, see the Application Hints for KHK
Helical Gears.
NOTE 2
NOTE 2: K0 values of SUN and PN are set by KHK.

Please see the similarly titled section for spur gears.
279
Modules
1~2
S1 Shape
RH
LH
Module 1, 1.5, 2
Screw
Gears
Catalog No.
S
N
SN1-13R
SN1-13L
SN1-15R
SN1-15L
SN1-20R
SN1-20L
SN1-26R
SN1-26L
SN1-30R
SN1-30L
SN1.5-10R
SN1.5-10L
SN1.5-13R
SN1.5-13L
SN1.5-15R
SN1.5-15L
SN1.5-20R
SN1.5-20L
SN1.5-26R
SN1.5-26L
SN1.5-30R
SN1.5-30L
SN2-10R
SN2-10L
SN2-13R
SN2-13L
SN2-15R
SN2-15L
SN2-20R
SN2-20L
SN2-26R
SN2-26L
SN2-30R
SN2-30L
Module
No. of teeth
13
15
m1
20
26
30
10
13
15
m1.5
20
26
30
10
13
15
m2
20
26
30
Direction
of helix
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Hub width
Total length
AH7
S1
15
18.38
20.38
10
10
20
S1
18
21.21
23.21
10
10
20
S1
25
28.28
30.28
10
10
20
S1
10
30
36.77
38.77
10
10
20
S1
10
35
42.43
44.43
10
10
20
S1
16
21.21
24.21
15
10
25
S1
10
23
27.58
30.58
15
10
25
S1
10
25
31.82
34.82
15
10
25
S1
12
30
42.43
45.43
15
10
25
S1
12
40
55.15
58.15
15
10
25
S1
12
45
63.64
66.64
15
10
25
S1
12
22
28.28
32.28
20
15
35
S1
12
30
36.77
40.77
20
15
35
S1
12
35
42.43
46.43
20
15
35
S1
15
45
56.57
60.57
20
15
35
S1
20
60
73.54
77.54
20
15
35
S1
20
65
84.85
88.85
20
15
35
Shape
CAUTION: For skewed shaft applications, RH and RH or LH and LH are meshed to make up a set of screw gears or crossed-helical gears. For parallel shaft applications,
mesh opposite hands of helical gear sets. See the Selection Hints on page 278.
CAUTION: The maximum allowable sliding speed of SN gears mated to SN gears is 2.5 m/s due to heat buildup.
280
Steel Screw Gears
Specifications
Precision grade
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 2
kg
0.020
0.08~0.18
0.03
0.030
0.08~0.18
0.04
0.66
0.070
0.08~0.18
0.08
1.42
0.14
0.10~0.22
0.13
2.14
0.22
0.10~0.22
0.17
0.29
0.030
0.08~0.20
0.05
0.62
0.060
0.10~0.22
0.08
0.93
0.10
0.10~0.22
0.12
2.14
0.22
0.10~0.22
0.21
4.51
0.46
0.12~0.26
0.36
6.75
0.69
0.12~0.26
0.48
0.66
0.070
0.10~0.22
0.11
1.42
0.14
0.12~0.26
0.21
2.14
0.22
0.12~0.26
0.31
4.84
0.49
0.12~0.26
0.52
Surface durability
Bending strength
0.19
0.29
Surface durability
10.1
1.03
0.14~0.30
0.90
15.0
1.53
0.14~0.30
1.20
Heat treatment
Reference section of gear Normal plane
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Cut
20

for gear cutting
Bore
Helix angle
45
Material
S45C
Catalog No.
SN1-13R
SN1-13L
SN1-15R
SN1-15L
SN1-20R
SN1-20L
SN1-26R
SN1-26L
SN1-30R
SN1-30L
SN1.5-10R
SN1.5-10L
SN1.5-13R
SN1.5-13L
SN1.5-15R
SN1.5-15L
SN1.5-20R
SN1.5-20L
SN1.5-26R
SN1.5-26L
SN1.5-30R
SN1.5-30L
SN2-10R
SN2-10L
SN2-13R
SN2-13L
SN2-15R
SN2-15L
SN2-20R
SN2-20L
SN2-26R
SN2-26L
SN2-30R
SN2-30L
NOTE 1: The allowable torques shown in the table are calculated from the Niemann formula. Please see the Selection
Hints(page 278) for further details.
NOTE 2: The backlash values shown in the table are the theoretical values in the normal direction of a pair of identical
gears in mesh.
281
Screw
Gears

Bending strength
S
N
2.5~4
Modules
S1 Shape
RH
LH
Module 2.5, 3, 4
Screw
Gears
Catalog No.
S
N
SN2.5-10R
SN2.5-10L
SN2.5-13R
SN2.5-13L
SN2.5-15R
SN2.5-15L
SN2.5-20R
SN2.5-20L
SN2.5-26R
SN2.5-26L
SN2.5-30R
SN2.5-30L
SN3-10R
SN3-10L
SN3-13R
SN3-13L
SN3-15R
SN3-15L
SN3-20R
SN3-20L
SN3-26R
SN3-26L
SN3-30R
SN3-30L
SN4-10R
SN4-10L
SN4-13R
SN4-13L
SN4-15R
SN4-15L
SN4-20R
SN4-20L
SN4-26R
SN4-26L
SN4-30R
SN4-30L
Module
No. of teeth
10
13
15
m2.5
20
26
30
10
13
15
m3
20
26
30
10
13
15
m4
20
26
30
Direction
of helix
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Hub width
Total length
AH7
S1
12
26
35.36
40.36
22
16
38
S1
15
35
45.96
50.96
22
16
38
S1
15
40
53.03
58.03
22
16
38
S1
20
60
70.71
75.71
22
16
38
S1
20
70
91.92
96.92
22
16
38
S1
20
80
106.07
111.07
22
16
38
S1
15
34
42.43
48.43
25
18
43
S1
20
45
55.15
61.15
25
18
43
S1
20
50
63.64
69.64
25
18
43
S1
20
60
84.85
90.85
25
18
43
S1
20
80
110.31
116.31
25
18
43
S1
20
90
127.28
133.28
25
18
43
S1
20
45
56.57
64.57
30
20
50
S1
20
60
73.54
81.54
30
20
50
S1
20
70
84.85
92.85
30
20
50
S1
20
90
113.14
121.14
30
20
50
S1
20
100
147.08
155.08
30
20
50
S1
20
110
169.71
177.71
30
20
50
Shape
CAUTION: The maximum allowable sliding speed of SN gears mated to SN gears is 2.5 m/s due to heat buildup.
282
Steel Screw Gears

Specifications
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Cut
20

for gear cutting
Helix angle
45
Material
S45C
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 2
kg
0.13
0.12~0.24
0.20
0.27
0.14~0.28
0.35
4.03
0.41
0.14~0.28
0.49
9.07
0.92
0.14~0.28
0.95
Surface durability
Bending strength
Surface durability
1.26
2.69
18.8
1.91
0.16~0.34
1.50
27.7
2.83
0.16~0.34
2.10
2.14
0.22
0.12~0.26
0.34
4.51
0.46
0.14~0.32
0.55
6.75
0.69
0.14~0.32
0.78
15.0
1.53
0.14~0.32
1.00
30.8
3.14
0.18~0.38
2.50
45.4
4.62
0.18~0.38
3.30
0.49
0.16~0.34
0.70
4.84
10.1
1.03
0.18~0.38
1.30
15.0
1.53
0.18~0.38
1.90
33.0
3.37
0.18~0.38
3.30
66.7
6.80
0.20~0.44
5.20
97.1
9.90
0.20~0.44
6.70
Catalog No.
SN2.5-10R
SN2.5-10L
SN2.5-13R
SN2.5-13L
SN2.5-15R
SN2.5-15L
SN2.5-20R
SN2.5-20L
SN2.5-26R
SN2.5-26L
SN2.5-30R
SN2.5-30L
SN3-10R
SN3-10L
SN3-13R
SN3-13L
SN3-15R
SN3-15L
SN3-20R
SN3-20L
SN3-26R
SN3-26L
SN3-30R
SN3-30L
SN4-10R
SN4-10L
SN4-13R
SN4-13L
SN4-15R
SN4-15L
SN4-20R
SN4-20L
SN4-26R
SN4-26L
SN4-30R
SN4-30L
Hints(page 278) for further details.
gears in mesh.
283
Screw
Gears

Bending strength
Heat treatment
Precision grade
S
N
SUN Stainless Steel Screw Gears
Modules
1~3
RH
S1 Shape
LH
Module 1~3
Screw
Gears
Catalog No.
S
U
N
SUN1-13R
SUN1-13L
SUN1-15R
SUN1-15L
SUN1.5-10R
SUN1.5-10L
SUN1.5-13R
SUN1.5-13L
SUN1.5-15R
SUN1.5-15L
SUN2-10R
SUN2-10L
SUN2-13R
SUN2-13L
SUN2-15R
SUN2-15L
SUN2.5-10R
SUN2.5-10L
SUN2.5-13R
SUN2.5-13L
SUN2.5-15R
SUN2.5-15L
SUN3-10R
SUN3-10L
SUN3-13R
SUN3-13L
SUN3-15R
SUN3-15L
Module
No. of teeth
13
m1
15
10
m1.5
13
15
10
m2
13
15
10
m2.5
13
15
10
m3
13
15
Direction
of helix
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Hub width
Total length
AH7
S1
15
18.38
20.38
10
10
20
S1
18
21.21
23.21
10
10
20
S1
16
21.21
24.21
15
10
25
S1
10
23
27.58
30.58
15
10
25
S1
10
25
31.82
34.82
15
10
25
S1
12
22
28.28
32.28
20
15
35
S1
12
30
36.77
40.77
20
15
35
S1
12
35
42.43
46.43
20
15
35
S1
12
26
35.36
40.36
22
16
38
S1
15
35
45.96
50.96
22
16
38
S1
15
40
53.03
58.03
22
16
38
S1
15
34
42.43
48.43
25
18
43
S1
20
45
55.15
61.15
25
18
43
S1
20
50
63.64
69.64
25
18
43
Shape
284
Stainless Steel Screw Gears

Specifications
Heat treatment
Surface treatment
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Cut
20

for gear cutting
Helix angle
45
Material
SUS303
Precision grade
*Available on special order: Same gears except made from SUS304.
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 2
kg
0.020
0.08~0.18
0.03
0.030
0.08~0.18
0.04
0.29
0.030
0.08~0.20
0.05
0.62
0.060
0.10~0.22
0.09
0.93
0.10
0.10~0.22
0.12
0.66
0.070
0.10~0.22
0.11
1.42
0.14
0.12~0.26
0.22
2.14
0.22
0.12~0.26
0.31
1.26
0.13
0.12~0.24
0.20
2.69
0.27
0.14~0.28
0.36
4.03
0.41
0.14~0.28
0.49
2.14
0.22
0.12~0.26
0.35
4.51
0.46
0.14~0.32
0.59
6.75
0.69
0.14~0.32
0.80
Surface durability
Bending strength
Surface durability
0.19
0.29
Catalog No.
SUN1-13R
SUN1-13L
SUN1-15R
SUN1-15L
SUN1.5-10R
SUN1.5-10L
SUN1.5-13R
SUN1.5-13L
SUN1.5-15R
SUN1.5-15L
SUN2-10R
SUN2-10L
SUN2-13R
SUN2-13L
SUN2-15R
SUN2-15L
SUN2.5-10R
SUN2.5-10L
SUN2.5-13R
SUN2.5-13L
SUN2.5-15R
SUN2.5-15L
SUN3-10R
SUN3-10L
SUN3-13R
SUN3-13L
SUN3-15R
SUN3-15L
Hints (page 278) for further details.
gears in mesh.
285
Screw
Gears

Bending strength
S
U
N
AN Aluminum-Bronze Screw Gears
Modules
RH
S1 Shape
Module 1~4
Screw
Gears
Catalog No.
A
N
AN1-13R
AN1-13L
AN1-15R
AN1-15L
AN1.5-10R
AN1.5-10L
AN1.5-13R
AN1.5-13L
AN1.5-15R
AN1.5-15L
AN2-10R
AN2-10L
AN2-13R
AN2-13L
AN2-15R
AN2-15L
AN2.5-10R
AN2.5-10L
AN2.5-13R
AN2.5-13L
AN2.5-15R
AN2.5-15L
AN3-10R
AN3-10L
AN3-13R
AN3-13L
AN3-15R
AN3-15L
AN4-10R
AN4-10L
AN4-13R
AN4-13L
AN4-15R
AN4-15L
Module
No. of teeth
13
m1
15
10
m1.5
13
15
10
m2
13
15
10
m2.5
13
15
10
m3
13
15
10
m4
13
15
Direction
of helix
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
1~4
LH
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Hub width
Total length
AH7
S1
15
18.38
20.38
10
10
20
S1
18
21.21
23.21
10
10
20
S1
16
21.21
24.21
15
10
25
S1
10
23
27.58
30.58
15
10
25
S1
10
25
31.82
34.82
15
10
25
S1
12
22
28.28
32.28
20
15
35
S1
12
30
36.77
40.77
20
15
35
S1
12
35
42.43
46.43
20
15
35
S1
12
26
35.36
40.36
22
16
38
S1
15
35
45.96
50.96
22
16
38
S1
15
40
53.03
58.03
22
16
38
S1
15
34
42.43
48.43
25
18
43
S1
20
45
55.15
61.15
25
18
43
S1
20
50
63.64
69.64
25
18
43
S1
20
45
56.57
64.57
30
20
50
S1
20
60
73.54
81.54
30
20
50
S1
20
70
84.85
92.85
30
20
50
Shape
mesh opposite hands of helical gear sets. Please see the Selection Hints on page 278.
CATUION: The maximum allowable sliding speed of AN gears mated to SN gears is 5m/s due to heat buildup.
286
Aluminum-Bronze Screw Gears

Specifications
Heat treatment
Surface treatment
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Cut
20

for gear cutting
Helix angle
45
Material
CAC702 (formerly JIS ABC2)
Precision grade
CAUTION: ABC2 is aluminum bronze.

Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 2
kg
0.030
0.08~0.18
0.03
0.050
0.08~0.18
0.05
0.48
0.050
0.08~0.20
0.05
1.03
0.10
0.10~0.22
0.08
1.55
0.16
0.10~0.22
0.11
1.10
0.11
0.10~0.22
0.11
2.36
0.24
0.12~0.26
0.22
3.56
0.36
0.12~0.26
0.31
2.11
0.21
0.12~0.24
0.20
4.48
0.46
0.14~0.28
0.35
6.72
0.69
0.14~0.28
0.48
3.56
0.36
0.12~0.26
0.34
7.51
0.77
0.14~0.32
0.55
1.15
0.14~0.32
0.77
0.82
0.16~0.34
0.70
Surface durability
Bending strength
Surface durability
0.31
0.48
11.3
8.07
16.9
1.72
0.18~0.38
1.30
25.1
2.56
0.18~0.38
1.80
Catalog No.
AN1-13R
AN1-13L
AN1-15R
AN1-15L
AN1.5-10R
AN1.5-10L
AN1.5-13R
AN1.5-13L
AN1.5-15R
AN1.5-15L
AN2-10R
AN2-10L
AN2-13R
AN2-13L
AN2-15R
AN2-15L
AN2.5-10R
AN2.5-10L
AN2.5-13R
AN2.5-13L
AN2.5-15R
AN2.5-15L
AN3-10R
AN3-10L
AN3-13R
AN3-13L
AN3-15R
AN3-15L
AN4-10R
AN4-10L
AN4-13R
AN4-13L
AN4-15R
AN4-15L
gears in mesh.
287
Screw
Gears

Bending strength
A
N
PN Plastic Screw Gears
Modules
1.5~3
LH
RH
S1 Shape
Module 1.5~3
Screw
Gears
Catalog No.
P
N
PN1.5-10R
PN1.5-10L
PN1.5-13R
PN1.5-13L
PN1.5-15R
PN1.5-15L
PN1.5-20R
PN1.5-20L
PN2-10R
PN2-10L
PN2-13R
PN2-13L
PN2-15R
PN2-15L
PN2-20R
PN2-20L
PN2.5-10R
PN2.5-10L
PN2.5-13R
PN2.5-13L
PN2.5-15R
PN2.5-15L
PN2.5-20R
PN2.5-20L
PN3-10R
PN3-10L
PN3-13R
PN3-13L
PN3-15R
PN3-15L
PN3-20R
PN3-20L
Module
No. of teeth
10
13
m1.5
15
20
10
13
m2
15
20
10
13
m2.5
15
20
10
13
m3
15
20
Direction
of helix
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
Outside dia.
Face width
Hub width
Total length
S1
16
21.21
24.21
15
10
25
S1
23
27.58
30.58
15
10
25
S1
25
31.82
34.82
15
10
25
S1
10
30
42.43
45.43
15
10
25
S1
10
22
28.28
32.28
20
15
35
S1
10
30
36.77
40.77
20
15
35
S1
10
35
42.43
46.43
20
15
35
S1
12
45
56.57
60.57
20
15
35
S1
10
26
35.36
40.36
22
16
38
S1
12
35
45.96
50.96
22
16
38
S1
12
40
53.03
58.03
22
16
38
S1
12
60
70.71
75.71
22
16
38
S1
12
34
42.43
48.43
25
18
43
S1
15
45
55.15
61.15
25
18
43
S1
15
50
63.64
69.64
25
18
43
S1
15
60
84.85
90.85
25
18
43
Shape
CAUTION: The quality of plastic gears (MC Nylon) can be affected by the temperature and humidity. Please see page 32 on Characteristics of Plastic Gears for additional
information.
288
Plastic Screw Gears

Specifications
Precision grade
Backlash
Weight
mmNOTE 2
kg
0.030
0.14~0.30
0.0060
0.060
0.14~0.30
0.012
0.93
0.10
0.14~0.30
0.016
2.14
0.22
0.14~0.30
0.026
0.66
0.070
0.18~0.34
0.016
1.42
0.14
0.18~0.34
0.031
2.14
0.22
0.18~0.34
0.043
4.84
0.49
0.20~0.36
0.075
1.26
0.13
0.20~0.36
0.026
2.69
0.27
0.20~0.36
0.05
4.03
0.41
0.22~0.38
0.068
9.07
0.92
0.22~0.38
0.14
2.14
0.22
0.28~0.44
0.05
4.51
0.46
0.30~0.46
0.09
6.75
0.69
0.30~0.46
0.12
1.53
0.30~0.46
0.19
Surface durability
Bending strength
Surface durability
0.29
0.62
15.0
Material
MC901
Surface treatment
Gear teeth
Standard full depth
Cut
20
Datum reference surface for Bore

gear cutting
Helix angle
45
OLD JIS grade 5 ( JIS B 1702-1976)
Catalog No.
PN1.5-10R
PN1.5-10L
PN1.5-13R
PN1.5-13L
PN1.5-15R
PN1.5-15L
PN1.5-20R
PN1.5-20L
PN2-10R
PN2-10L
PN2-13R
PN2-13L
PN2-15R
PN2-15L
PN2-20R
PN2-20L
PN2.5-10R
PN2.5-10L
PN2.5-13R
PN2.5-13L
PN2.5-15R
PN2.5-15L
PN2.5-20R
PN2.5-20L
PN3-10R
PN3-10L
PN3-13R
PN3-13L
PN3-15R
PN3-15L
PN3-20R
PN3-20L
gears in mesh.
289
Screw
Gears

Bending strength
JIS N9 grade(JIS B1701-1998)
PP
NN
MEMO
290
Table of Contents
in Selecting and Using Worms, Worm Wheels...... page 292
KWGDL Duplex Worms,
KWGDLS Duplex Worms Shafts,
AGDL Worm Wheels ............................................ page 310
KWG Ground Worm Shafts,
AGF Worm Wheels................................................ page 314
SWG Ground Worms, AG Worm Wheels.............. page 320

SW Worms, BG.CG Worms Wheels. .................... page 328
SUW Worms, PG Plastic Worm Wheels................ page 344

(Example)
Worm Gear Pair

Worms
K WGDL 2 - R1
Hand of Thread & Number of
Starts (Right hand, Single thread)
Module(2)
Type( Duplex Worm)
Material(SCM440)
Worms
Material
K
SCM440
S
S45C
SU SUS303
Type
W
WG
WGDL
Worms
Ground Worms
Duplex Ground Worms
Worm Wheels
A G 1.5 - 20 R2
Hand of Thread & Number of Starts
(Right hand, Double thread)
Number of teeth(20)
Module(1.5)
Type( Worm Gears)
Material(CAC702)
Worms Wheels
Material
A
CAC702(ABC2)
B
CAC406C(BC6)
CAC502A(PBC2)
C
FC200
P
MC901
Type
G
GDL
Worm Gears
Duplex Worm Gears
* ( ) indicates old JIS designation
291
Worm
Gear Pair
Worm Gear Pair

Available in Speed Reduction Ratios of 1/10 to 1/120 in Many Materials and Styles.
Characteristics
The simplest way to obtain a large speed reduction with high torque in a compact space is with worm gear drives. KHK stock worms and
worm wheels are available in modules 0.5~6 and in speed ratios of 1/10~1/120, made in a variety of materials and styles. We also offer stock
duplex worms and worm wheels with which you can obtain a very low backlash, high rotational precision system.
Main Features of Types of Worm Gear Pair Offered

The following table lists the main features for easy selection.
Duplex Worms & Worm Wheels
Type
Catalog No.
No. of threads
or speed ratio
Material
( ) indicates old
JIS designation
Tooth Precision
Heat
W 001
surface KHK
treatment finish KHKNOTEW 002
2
Worm
KWGDL
2~4
Single thread
SCM440
Teeth induction
hardened
Ground
Worm
KWGDLS
2~4
Single thread
SCM440
Thermal
refining and
teeth induction
hardened
Ground
Worm Wheel AGDL
2~4
1/20~1/60
CAC702
(AlBC2)
Cut
Worm
0.5~6
Single thread~
Double thread
SCM440
Thermal
refining and
teeth induction
hardened
Ground
0.5~1.5
1/10~1/60
CAC702
(AlBC2)
Cut
2~6
1/10~1/60
CAC702
(AlBC2)
Cut
1~6
Single thread~
Triple thread
S45C
Teeth induction
hardened
Ground
1~6
1/10~1/60
CAC702
(AlBC2)
Cut
KWG
Worm Wheel AG
NOTE 1
Worm Wheel AGF

Worms & Worm Gears
Module
Worm
NOTE 1
SWG
Worm Wheel AG
NOTE 1
Worm
SW
0.8~6
Single thread~
Double thread
S45C
Cut
(Thread rolled)
Worm
SUW
1~3
Single thread~
Double thread
SUS303
Cut
1/10~1/120
FC200
Cut
Cut
Cut
Worm Wheel CG
1~6
Worm Wheel BG
0.8~6
1/10~1/50
CAC406C(BC6)
CAC502A(PBC2)
Worm Wheel PG
1~3
1/10~1/50
MC901
Duplex lead worms have slightly different leads and
lead angles on the opposite face of the gear tooth.
A range of backlash can be obtained by moving the
worm axially. Worms have a high precision ground
finish while worm wheels are made of abrasionresistant Aluminum Bronze, making these the topgrade products. Worms come in bore type and shaft
type styles.
Use of worm shafts eliminate the need to attach
worms to shafts. Machining of bearing journal
can be performed on the shafts. KWG2 or larger
worm shafts have smaller pitch diameters than
the comparable SWG worms, which allow more
compact design with higher efficiency.
Superior strength and wear-resistance lead to
compact designs with these gears. They have the
same center distances as the more popular SW/CG
series which permit substitution of these in place of
SW/CG series for more demanding applications.
A large selection is available in these economical

and most popular series. Modules range from 0.8
to 6 and speed ratios from 1/10 to 1/120. Worm
wheels are also available in lightweight MC nylon
which can be used without lubrication.
NOTE 1: The material of cast hubs of AGF and AG worm wheels is FC200. AG worm wheels mate primarily with SWG worms. But, for Modules 0.8 or smaller, AG worm wheels mate with KWG worms.
NOTE 2: KHK stock worms and worm wheels are produced to KHKs own precision grades. See the Precision of Worms and Worm Gears in the Selection Hints section.
292
Efficiency of Worm Gear Drives and Their Self-Locking Feature

1. Efficiency of Worm Gear Pair
The efficiency of power transmission varies somewhat with the
conditions of assembly and lubricant, but is generally 30~90%
(excludes losses from bearings and churning of lubricants). The
efficiency of KHK stock worm gear pair is given below as a
reference.
Efficiency of SWG/AG Worm Gear Pair (%)

(min-1=Rotation of worm)
Efficiency of KWGDL(S)/AGDL Worm Gear Pair (%)

Worm min-1
Catalog No.
KWGDL2.0 -R1
KWGDL2.5 -R1
KWGDL3.0 -R1
KWGDL3.5 -R1
KWGDL4.0 -R1
100
300
600
900
40
42
43
43
43
46
49
51
52
52
52
55
56
58
59
55
59
61
62
63
Worm min-1
1200 1800
59
62
64
65
66
62
66
67
68
69
Efficiency of KWG/AGF Worm Gear Pair (%)

Worm min-1
100
300
600
900
KWG0.5 -R1
KWG0.8 -R1
KWG1.0 -R1
KWG1.5 -R1
KWG2.0 -R1
KWG2.5 -R1
KWG3.0 -R1
KWG4.0 -R1
KWG5.0 -R1
KWG6.0 -R1
31
36
36
37
46
46
46
52
53
54
36
42
42
43
53
53
53
59
61
62
39
46
46
48
58
58
59
65
67
69
42
49
49
52
61
62
63
69
71
72
44
51
51
55
64
65
66
71
73
74
47
54
56
59
67
68
69
74
76
77
KWG0.5 -R2
KWG0.8 -R2
KWG1.0 -R2
KWG1.5 -R2
KWG2.0 -R2
KWG2.5 -R2
KWG3.0 -R2
KWG4.0 -R2
47
52
53
54
62
62
62
67
52
58
58
59
68
68
69
73
56
62
63
65
73
73
74
78
59
65
66
68
75
76
76
81
61
67
68
70
77
78
79
82
64
70
71
74
80
81
81
85
Catalog No.
100
300
600
900
SWG1.0 -R1
SWG1.5 -R1
SWG2.0 -R1
SWG2.5 -R1
SWG3.0 -R1
SWG4.0 -R1
SWG5.0 -R1
SWG6.0 -R1
SWG1.0 -R2
SWG1.5 -R2
SWG2.0 -R2
SWG2.5 -R2
SWG3.0 -R2
SWG4.0 -R2
SWG5.0 -R2
SWG6.0 -R2
36
37
40
42
43
43
47
49
53
54
56
59
60
60
63
66
42
42
46
49
51
52
56
58
58
59
63
65
67
68
71
73
46
48
52
55
56
59
63
65
63
65
68
71
72
74
77
78
49
52
55
59
61
63
66
68
66
68
71
74
75
77
79
81
51
55
59
62
64
66
69
71
68
70
71
76
78
79
81
83
56
59
62
66
67
69
72
74
71
74
77
79
80
81
84
85
SWG3.0 -R3
SWG4.0 -R3
69
69
74
75
79
80
82
83
84
84
85
86
Catalog No.
1200 1800
1200 1800
Efficiency of SW, SUW/CG, BG, PG Worm Gear Pair (%)
The efficiency is approximately as follows, depending on the

assembly, loading, lubrication and rotational speed:
Single thread
40~50%
Double thread
50~60%
2. Self-Locking Feature of Worm Gear Pair

Self-locking is defined as the inability of worm wheels to drive
the worms. Factors affecting the self-locking feature include the
materials of the worm and worm wheel, lead angle, precision
of manufacture, types of bearings, lubricant, etc. Thus, it is not
dependent simply on the lead angle. But, in general, self-locking
will occur when the lead angle in a single thread worm is less than
4 . For systems requiring fail-safe prevention of back drive, we

recommend other braking mechanisms or one-way clutches.
293
Worm Gear Pair

The Helixes of Worms and Worm Wheels
Selection Hints
below before the final selection. Use of catalog numbers when
ordering will simplify and expedite the processing of your order.
RH single thread
LH single thread
RH double thread
LH double thread

Worms and worm wheels have either right-hand or left-hand helix.
The same hand worms and worm wheels comprise sets. However,
the number of threads and whether they use normal module or
axial module system must also be matched. The table below shows
available combinations of KHK stock worms and worm wheels.
Mating Worm Gear Selection Chart

Worm
KWGDL(S) RH, single
RH, single
KWG
RH, double
RH, single
SWG
RH, double
RH, triple
RH, single
RH, double
SW
LH, single
LH, double
RH, single
SUW
RH, double
Mating worm wheel
NOTE 1
AGDL RH, single

AGF, AG0.5~AG1.5 RH, single
AGF, AG0.5~AG1.5 RH, double
AG RH, single
AG RH, double
AG RH, triple
CG, BG, PG RH, single
CG, BG, PG RH, double
CG, BG LH, single
CG, BG LH, double
CG, BG, PG RH, single
CG, BG, PG RH, double
NOTE 1: Select the same module for both members.

The gear strength values shown in the product pages were computed by assuming
a certain application environment as shown below. Therefore, they should be used
as reference only. We recommend that each user computes their own values by
applying the actual usage conditions.
Calculation of Surface Durability

Item
Formula NOTE 2
KWGDL(S)/AGDL,
KWG/AGF,SWG/AG
Lubrication
Starting condition
Durability
Impact from motor
SUW/PG
600min-1
The Lewis formula

Allowable
bending
stress
Oil bath
2
1.15kgf/mm
Starting torque less than 200% of rated torque. Less than 2 starts per hour
O
(40 C with no
26000Hrs
lubricant)
Uniform load
Lubricant for gears with proper viscosity and with anti-pressure additives
Uniform load
Impact from load
Allowable stress factor Sclim
SW/CG,SW/BG
Formula of worm gears strength (JGMA405-01)
Rotations of worm
Lubricant
Calculation of Bending Strength
0.67
0.42
NOTE 2: The gear strength formula is based on JGMA (Japanese Gear Manufacturers Association)
specifications and MC Nylon Technical Data by Nippon Polypenco Limited. The units for the
rotational speed (min-1) and the stress (kgf/mm2) are adjusted to the units needed in the formula.
294
The Maximum Allowable Sliding Speed Due to Heat

The maximum allowable sliding speed for each
series of worm wheels is given below. Select the
appropriate part by calculating the sliding speed.
Sliding speed
s=
s (m/s)
dn
19100 cos
Catalog No.
AGDL
AGF
AG
BG
CG
PG
*JGMA405-01
d : Worm pitch dia.

n : Worm speed (min-1)
: Worm nominal lead angle
Max. Sliding Speed (m/s)

*
15
*
15
*
15
*
5
*
2.5
1 (no lubrication)
3. Selecting Worms and Worm Wheels by Precision
The precision standards of KHK stock worms and worm wheels are
established by us. The table below indicates the tolerance ranges
for our products.
Precision of worms (KHK W 001)
KHK established the precision grades 1~4 of worms. For profile
and lead errors, JIS B 4354: 1988, Gear Hobs, was used as
reference. Lead errors are measured over one full revolution.

headings of CAUTION and NOTE. Please consider them
carefully when selecting these products.
shown in the photographs from the actual products.
KHK standard Worms and Worm Wheels are made for general
commercial machinery. Please avoid using them for precision
positioning applications.
Grade
Precision Grades of Worms (KHK W 001)
(Unit:m)
Module
Error
Tooth profile error

Lead error
Tooth profile error
2
Lead error
Tooth profile error
3
Lead error
Tooth profile error
4
Lead error
1
over M1 over M1.6

up to 1.6 up to 2.5
over M0.4
up to 1
8
7
12
15
16
20
20
30
12
9
16
18
23
23
30
32
16
11
20
21
30
27
40
38
over M2.5
up to 4
over M4
up to 6
20
13
24
25
37
33
50
46
25
16
29
28
50
37
70
52
Precision of worm wheels (KHK W 002)

We have established standard grades 1~5 of worm wheels using
JIS B 1702:1976, Precision of Spur and Helical Gears as the
reference.
Precision Grades of Worm Wheels (KHK W 002)

over m0.4 up to 1
(Unit:m)
over m1 up to 1.6
over m1.6 up to 2.5
over m2.5 up to 4
over m4 up to 6
295
50 up to 100
25 up to 50
400 up to 800
200 up to 400
100 up to 200
50 up to 100
25 up to 50
200 up to 400
100 up to 200
50 up to 100
25 up to 50
12 up to 25
200 up to 400
100 up to 200
50 up to 100
25 up to 50
12 up to 25
100 up to 200
14
16
57
40
20
24
80
57
29
34
115
80
40
50
160
115
57
75
230
160
50 up to 100
13
14
50
35
18
20
71
50
25
30
100
70
35
44
140
100
50
66
200
140
25 up to 50
6
7
7
9
6
7
8
9 10
7
7
8
9 11
8
9 10 11 13
9 10 11
6
7
8
9
7
7
8
9 11
7
8
9 10 12
9 10 11 13 15 10 11 13
24 26 30 34 25 28 31 35 41 27 30 33 37 43 33 36 40 46 53 37 40 45
17 19 21 24 18 19 22 25 29 19 21 23 26 30 23 25 28 32 37 26 28 32
8
9 10 12
9 10 11 12 14
9 10 12 13 15 11 13 14 16 18 13 14 16
9 10 12 13
9 10 12 14 16 10 12 13 15 17 13 14 16 18 21 15 16 18
33 37 42 48 35 39 44 50 57 38 42 46 52 60 46 51 57 64 74 52 57 63
24 26 30 34 25 28 31 35 41 27 30 33 37 43 33 36 40 46 53 37 40 45
12 13 15 17 12 14 16 18 20 13 15 16 19 21 16 18 20 23 26 19 20 22
13 15 17 19 14 15 17 20 24 15 17 18 21 25 18 20 24 27 31 21 24 26
47 53 60 68 50 55 62 71 81 53 59 66 74 85 65 72 81 91 105 74 81 90
33 37 42 48 35 39 44 50 57 38 42 46 52 60 46 51 57 64 74 52 57 63
17 19 21 24 18 19 22 25 29 19 21 23 26 30 23 25 28 32 37 26 28 32
19 21 25 28 20 22 26 29 34 21 25 27 31 38 27 30 33 40 46 31 34 39
66 74 83 95 70 77 87 99 115 75 83 92 105 120 91 100 115 130 145 105 115 125
47 53 60 68 50 55 62 71 81 53 59 66 74 85 65 72 81 91 105 74 81 90
24 26 30 34 25 28 31 35 41 27 30 33 37 43 33 36 40 46 53 37 40 45
28 31 35 43 29 33 39 44 51 32 35 41 47 53 41 45 50 57 69 46 51 56
94 105 120 135 100 110 125 140 165 105 120 130 150 170 130 145 160 185 210 150 160 180
66 74 83 95 70 77 87 99 115 75 83 92 105 120 91 100 115 130 145 105 115 125
12 up to 25
400 up to 800
5
6
21
15
8
8
30
21
11
12
43
30
15
17
60
43
21
25
86
60
200 up to 400
Single pitch error

Tooth-to-tooth error
Total composite error
Runout error
Single pitch error
Runout error
Single pitch error
Runout error
Single pitch error
Runout error
Single pitch error
Runout error
100 up to 200
Error
6 up to 12
Grade
Pitch diameter (mm)
Worm Gear Pair

Application Hints
In order to use KHK stock worms and worm wheels safely,
carefully read the Application Hints before proceeding. If there are
questions or you require clarifications, please contact our technical
department or your nearest distributor.

KHK stock worms and worm wheels are designed such that
when assembled according to the specified mounting distance
with a tolerance of H7~H8, the backlash shown in the product
tables is obtained. Do not attempt to eliminate backlash by
pushing worms into worm wheels or operate with the worm
shifted in the direction along the tooth.
Because of the helix of the gear teeth, worms and worm wheels
produce axial thrust forces. The directions of thrust depend
on the hand of the helix and the direction of rotation. This
is illustrated below in Fig.2. The bearings must be selected
properly to be able to handle these thrust forces.

PHONE: 81-48-254-1744 FAX: 81-48-254-1765
locating the center in order to avoid runout. (Fig.1)
The reference datum for gear cutting or grinding is the bore.
(For worm shafts, it is ground portion of the shaft.) Therefore,
use the bore or shaft for locating the center. If it is too difficult
to do for small bores, the alternative is to use one spot on the
bore and the runout of the side surface.

R helical
Lathe Operations
driver
driver
thrust bearing
L helical
If chucking operation using scroll chucks is

to be done, we recommend the use of new
or rebored jaws for improved precision.
driver
thrust bearing
driver
Fig.1
To open up the bore to its maximum, calculate the bore size

so that the tooth strength is weaker than the strength of the
remaining material.
Some of SWG and KWG ground worms in small modules
become hardened during heat treatment to the depth of 1
to 2mm below the root. Caution must be exercised when
performing secondary operations on the bore.
Heat treating SW worms will increase lead and pressure angle
errors. Therefore, pay special attention to the backlash and tooth
contact.
PG plastic worm wheels are susceptible to effects of
temperature and moisture. Dimensions may change between
during remachining operations and afterwards.
Fig.2
Overall Length Tolerance of Worms

Type
Series
KWGDL
Bore Type
Shaft Type
296
SWG,SW
SUW
KWGDLS
KWG
Total length(mm)
0~99
100~200
0.1
-0.1
- 0.15
-0.15
0.1
-0.2
Normal tolerance
Because large thrust forces act on worms, if they are not secured
to the shaft firmly, they tend to shift. Use of step shafts, set
screws, dowel pins, etc., are recommended. Also, check for
loosening of bearings due to thrust forces.
How well the worms and worm wheels are assembled has large
effects on the friction of the unit. The tooth contact at the time
of assembly must be checked for correctness as shown below.


(Please avoid the condition of no backlash)
Check the noise and vibration while the machine is in operation
for any unusual conditions. If an abnormality is encountered,
recheck the gears and assembly conditions. Also, check
lubrication after start-up. Sometimes, when the unit is initially
being operated, lubricating oil deteriorates rapidly.
Worm gear drives generate more heat then other types of gear
drives. Extra care should be exercised in the selection and
amount of lubricant.
Verify that the worm axis is perpendicular to the worm

wheel axis.
good
bad

parts.
Check for the worm axis to be in the center of the worm

wheel face width.
good
bad

Confirm that the center of the worm wheel goes
through the midpoint of the worm length. The worm
cannot rotate correctly if the worm is engaged close to
either end of its length.
good
bad
Food Processing
Machine (Worm Gear)
Confectionery making
machine (Worm Gears)
297
Worm Gear Pair

Description of duplex worm gears
The usual method of adjusting the backlash of a worm gear assembly is to modify the center distance. Once assembled, such adjustment
require a major rework of the gearbox housing.
The use of duplex worm gears allows the backlash adjustment to be made by axially shifting the worm. This simplifies greatly the assembly
and maintenance operations. Because of the unique characteristics of the product, please take time to study its construction and proper use.
1. Backlash adjustment mechanism and method of adjustment

The dual-lead worm is formed to give a difference between
the right tooth surface and left tooth surface so that it provides
a unique tooth profile in which the tooth thickness varies
continuously, corresponding with the lead difference (Fig.1)
The worm gear is also formed in its right and left tooth surface.
When such a worm and worm gear are set up at a constant
assembly distance and the worm is moved in the axial direction,
the tooth thickness of the worm in mesh with the worm gear
changes making backlash adjustment possible.
An arrow marking on the outer circumference of the hub of the
KHK duplex worm indicates the direction of assembly as well as
acts as a guide for the backlash adjustment.
When the worm is held with arrow mark pointing right, the tooth
thickness is thinner on the right and thicker on the left. Therefore,
moving the worm to the right causes the thicker teeth to come
into actual engagement with the worm gear, thereby reducing the
backlash (Fig.2)
Reference tooth
Moving the worm in the direction of the arrow causes the
backlash to decrease.
Fig.2
(a tooth surface pitch) (b tooth surface pitch)
a tooth surface
d (Nominal PCD)
b tooth surface
CAUTION: The KHK duplex worm is designed so that, for all

modules, the backlash reduces by 0.02mm when the
worm is shifted 1mm.
Fig.1
CAUTION: The amount of change in backlash ( j mm) in
relation to the axial movement of the duplex worm shaft

(V mm) can be calculated from the formula below.
j = 2V
m b-m a
m a+m b
Where
ma and mb are duplex modules from the table.
298
2. Point of caution during assembly

KHK duplex worm gears differs in module between the right and
left tooth surface and, therefore, you must orient the worm and
worm wheel properly. Please carefully verify the following two
aspects before proceeding with assembly.
Verifying the orientation of assembly
Verifying the reference position
Reference tooth
Arrow mark indicates the correct orientation of two

gears when assembled. As shown, the two arrows
must point in the same direction.
Fig.3
299
Center distance a
Reference tooth
A V-groove (60, 0.3mm deep line) on tip peripheral of the duplex

worm tooth marks the reference tooth. The gear set is designated to
have a backlash of nearly zero (+/-0.03) when the reference tooth
is positioned in alignment with the center of rotation of the worm
wheel with the center distance set at the value a (Fig.3)
Center distance a
An arrow indicating the orientation of assembly is stamped on both

the duplex worm and worm wheel. When assembling the worm
and worm wheel, check the worm wheel of the arrow mark on the
front such that the direction of arrow mark on the worm coincides
with that on the worm wheel. Should the assembly be incorrect, the
center distance a will become larger than the normal distance,
resulting in difficulty of assembly and improper gear engagement.
(Fig.3)
KWGDL(S) Duplex Worms, AGDL Worm Wheels
Nominal Axial
Module
W4 Shape
W6 Shape
Module 2 Duplex Worms

Catalog No.
KWGDL2-R1
Nominal axial
Nominal
Number of start
Hand of tread
module
lead angle
m2
341'
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
LH7
14
25
31
35
36
14
50
W4
Module 2 Duplex Worm Shafts

Catalog No.
KWGDLS2-R1
Nominal axial
Nominal
Number of start
Hand of tread
module
lead angle
m2
341'
Shape
Total length Shaft length (L) Neck length (L) Face width Neck length (R) Shaft length (R) Pitch dia.
W6
220
75
13
36
21
75
31
Module 2 Duplex Worm Wheels
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
K
W
G
D
L
AGDL2-20R1
AGDL2-30R1
AGDL2-36R1
AGDL2-40R1
AGDL2-50R1
AGDL2-60R1
Reduction ratio
20
30
36
40
50
60
Nominal axial
No. of teeth Helix angle Hand of tread Shape
module
m2
20
30
36
40
50
60
341'
341'
341'
341'
341'
341'
R
R
R
R
R
R
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
Throat dia. Outside dia. Face width Hub width
12
15
15
15
15
15
33
40
45
45
50
60
40
60
72
80
100
120
44
64
76
84
104
124
D'
46
66
78
86
106
126
18
18
18
18
18
18
15
15
15
15
15
15
CAUTION: Duplex worms and worm wheels must be mated in a predetermined orientation. Please see the beginning of this section (page 298) for details.
CAUTION: Do not take heavy cuts when performing secondary operations on worm shafts to avoid bending them.
K
W
G
D
L
S
A
G
D
L
300
Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
KWGDL
KWGDLS
AGDL
KHK W 001 grade 1 KHK W 001 grade 1 KHK W 002 grade 1
Axial
Axial
Rotating plane
JIS 3 type Standard full depth
Standard full depth
1730
1730
1730
CAC702 (Formerly JIS ABC2)
SCM440
SCM440
Teeth induction hardened after
thermal refining

thermal refining
50~55HRC
50~55HRC
Black oxide except ground

surfaces
Ground
Bore
for gear cutting and grinding
H1 Shape
Ground
Shaft (ground portion)
Cut
Bore
Possible
Position of
reference tooth NOTE 1
Max. allowable shift

NOTE 2
Weight
Vmax
kg
22
0.21
Catalog No.
KWGDL2-R1
NOTE 1: If the worm and worm wheel are assembled to the standard center distance, it is designated to have a
near zero backlash (+/-0.03).
NOTE 2: When the center distance is moved so as to reduce the backlash, V max is the maximum amount that
you may shift without causing problems with gear mesh. It is not the recommended adjustment value.
Outside dia.
Neck dia.
Shaft dia. NOTE 3
Position of

NOTE 2
Weight
Vmax
kg
35
24
30
22
1.2
Catalog No.
KWGDLS2-R1
NOTE 3: The shaft O.D., S, has the tolerance +0.2/+0.1 except where ground the tolerance is +0.40/+0.35.
Bac4klash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
33
33
33
33
33
33
35.5
45.5
51.5
55.5
65.5
75.5
11.2
24.8
35.5
43.6
66.9
94.6
1.14
2.53
3.62
4.45
6.83
9.64
00.045
00.045
00.045
00.045
00.045
00.045
0.28
0.55
0.79
0.93
1.40
2.04
Catalog No.
AGDL2-20R1
AGDL2-30R1
AGDL2-36R1
AGDL2-40R1
AGDL2-50R1
AGDL2-60R1
NOTE 4: The allowable torques shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions. Please see page 294
for more details. The table below shows the allowable worm wheel torques (N.m) at selected worm speeds.
AGDL2 Allowable Worm Wheel Torques (N.m)

Worms min-1
Catalog No.
AGDL2-20R1
AGDL2-30R1
AGDL2-36R1
AGDL2-40R1
AGDL2-50R1
AGDL2-60R1
30
100
300
600
900
1200
1800
021.0
044.3
062.3
075.8
114.5
160.2
017.45
037.30
052.60
064.00
096.80
136.00
013.63
029.60
042.00
051.40
078.40
110.40
11.22
24.80
35.50
43.60
66.90
94.60
09.84
21.90
31.30
38.50
59.50
84.90
08.94
19.80
28.40
34.90
54.20
77.20
07.75
17.43
25.00
30.70
47.60
68.10
301
Worm
Gear Pair
Total length Web thickness Web O.D. Mounting distance Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 4 Allowable torquekgfm)
K
W
G
D
.L
K
W
G
D
L
S
.
A
G
D
L
Nominal Axial
Module
2.5
W4 Shape
W6 Shape
Module 2.5 Duplex Worms

Catalog No.
KWGDL2.5-R1
Nominal axial
Nominal
Number of start
Hand of tread
module
lead angle
m2.5
352'
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
LH7
18
30
37
42
48
17
65
W4
Module 2.5 Duplex Worm Shafts

Catalog No.
KWGDLS2.5-R1
Nominal axial
Nominal
Number of start
Hand of tread
module
lead angle
m2.5
352'
Shape
W6
260
85
16
48
26
85
37
Module 2.5 Duplex Worm Wheels
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
K
W
G
D
.L
AGDL2.5-20R1
AGDL2.5-30R1
AGDL2.5-36R1
AGDL2.5-40R1
AGDL2.5-50R1
AGDL2.5-60R1
Reduction ratio
20
30
36
40
50
60
Nominal axial
module
m2.5
20
30
36
40
50
60
352'
352'
352'
352'
352'
352'
R
R
R
R
R
R
H1
H1
H1
HB
HB
HB
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
D'
15
15
15
15
15
15
40
40
45
45
60
80
50
75
90
100
125
150
55
80
95
105
130
155
57.5
82.5
97.5
107.5
132.5
157.5
22
22
22
22
22
22
15
15
15
15
15
15
K
W
G
D
L
S
.
A
G
D
L
302

Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
HB Shape

thermal refining

thermal refining
50~55HRC
50~55HRC

surfaces
Ground
for gear cutting and grinding Bore
*CS has a sand mold casting

finish. NOTE 5
H1 Shape
KWGDL
KWGDLS
AGDL
Axial
Axial
Rotating plane
Standard full depth
1730
1730
1730
SCM440
SCM440
Ground
Cut
Bore
Possible
Position of

NOTE 2
Weight
Vmax
kg
29
10
0.37
Catalog No.
KWGDL2.5-R1
Outside dia.
Neck dia.
Shaft dia. NOTE 3
Position of

NOTE 2
Weight
Vmax
kg
42
30
36
29
10
2.10
Catalog No.
KWGDLS2.5-R1
37
37
37
37
37
37
(10)
(12)
(12)
(86)
(108)
(133)
Surface durability
43.5
56
63.5
68.5
81
93.5
Surface durability
20.1
44.5
63.8
78.3
120
170
2.05
4.54
6.50
7.98
12.3
17.3
Bac4klash
Weight
mm
kg
00.045
00.045
00.045
00.045
00.045
00.045
0.50
0.77
1.07
1.24
2.09
3.11
Catalog No.
AGDL2.5-20R1
AGDL2.5-30R1
AGDL2.5-36R1
AGDL2.5-40R1
AGDL2.5-50R1
AGDL2.5-60R1
NOTE 5: The dimension tolerance of CS parts are the very coarse grade of JIS B 0405.
AGDL2.5 Allowable Worm Wheel Torques (N.m)

Worms min-1
Catalog No.
AGDL2.5-20R1
AGDL2.5-30R1
AGDL2.5-36R1
AGDL2.5-40R1
AGDL2.5-50R1
AGDL2.5-60R1
30
100
300
600
900
1200
1800
038.1
080.5
113.2
137.8
208.0
291.0
031.4
067.1
094.5
115.0
174.0
245.0
024.5
053.1
075.5
092.4
141.0
198.4
020.1
044.5
063.8
078.3
120.1
169.8
017.6
039.1
056.0
068.8
106.3
151.8
016.04
035.50
051.00
062.70
097.30
138.50
013.75
030.90
044.30
054.40
084.30
120.80
303
Worm
Gear Pair
K
W
G
D
.L
K
W
G
D
L
S
.
A
G
D
L
Nominal Axial
Module
W4 Shape
W6 Shape

Catalog No.
KWGDL3-R1
Nominal axial
Nominal
Number of start
Hand of tread
module
lead angle
m3
354'
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
LH7
20
35
44
50
54
20
74
W4

Catalog No.
KWGDLS3-R1
Nominal axial
Nominal
Number of start
Hand of tread
module
lead angle
m3
354'
Shape
W6
300
100
18
54
28
100
44
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
AGDL3-20R1
AGDL3-30R1
AGDL3-36R1
AGDL3-40R1
AGDL3-50R1
AGDL3-60R1
Reduction ratio
20
30
36
40
50
60
Nominal axial
module
m3
20
30
36
40
50
60
354'
354'
354'
354'
354'
354'
R
R
R
R
R
R
H1
H1
H1
HB
HB
HB
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
20
20
20
20
20
20
50
55
60
60
70
80
60
90
108
120
150
180
66
96
114
126
156
186
D'
69
99
117
129
159
189
28
28
28
28
28
28
17
17
17
17
17
17
K
W
G
D
.L
K
W
G
D
L
S
.
A
G
D
L
304

Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
HB Shape
Position of

NOTE 2
Weight
Vmax
kg
32
10
0.61

thermal refining

thermal refining
50~55HRC
50~55HRC

surfaces
Ground
Bore

finish. NOTE 5
H1 Shape
KWGDL
KWGDLS
AGDL
Axial
Axial
Rotating plane
Standard full depth
1730
1730
1730
SCM440
SCM440
Ground
Cut
Bore
Possible
Catalog No.
KWGDL3-R1
Outside dia.
Neck dia.
Shaft dia. NOTE 3
Position of

NOTE 2
Weight
Vmax
kg
50
34
40
32
10
3.00
Catalog No.
KWGDLS3-R1
NOTE3: The shaft O.D., S, has the tolerance +0.2/+0.1 except where ground the tolerance is +0.40/+0.35.
45
45
45
45
45
45
(14)
(14)
(14)
(106)
(134)
(164)
52
67
76
82
97
112
Surface durability
Surface durability
33.8
74.7
107
131
202
285
3.45
7.61
10.9
13.4
20.6
29.0
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
00.045
00.045
00.045
00.045
00.045
00.045
0.88
1.78
2.48
2.36
3.48
4.74
Catalog No.
AGDL3-20R1
AGDL3-30R1
AGDL3-36R1
AGDL3-40R1
AGDL3-50R1
AGDL3-60R1

Worms min-1
Catalog No.
AGDL3-20R1
AGDL3-30R1
AGDL3-36R1
AGDL3-40R1
AGDL3-50R1
AGDL3-60R1
30
100
300
600
900
1200
1800
065.0
137.4
193.2
235.0
355.0
497.0
053.3
113.9
160.4
195.2
295.0
415.0
041.5
90.
128.0
156.6
239.0
336.0
033.8
074.7
107.0
131.3
202.0
285.0
029.5
065.5
093.8
115.2
178.2
254.0
026.9
059.5
085.6
105.3
163.4
233.0
022.8
051.2
073.4
090.1
139.7
200.0
Worm
Gear Pair
K
W
G
D
.L
K
W
G
D
L
S
.
A
G
D
L
305
Nominal Axial
Module
3.5
W4 Shape
W6 Shape
Module 3.5 Duplex Worms

Catalog No.
KWGDL3.5-R1
Nominal axial
Nominal
Number of start
Hand of tread
module
lead angle
m3.5
347'
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
LH7
24
44
53
60
62
23
85
W4
Module 3.5 Duplex Worm Shafts

Catalog No.
KWGDLS3.5-R1
Nominal axial
Nominal
Number of start
Hand of tread
module
lead angle
m3.5
347'
Shape
W6
330
110
18
62
30
110
53
Module 3.5 Duplex Worm Wheels
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
AGDL3.5-20R1
AGDL3.5-30R1
AGDL3.5-36R1
AGDL3.5-40R1
AGDL3.5-50R1
AGDL3.5-60R1
Reduction ratio
20
30
36
40
50
60
Nominal axial
module
m3.5
20
30
36
40
50
60
347'
347'
347'
347'
347'
347'
R
R
R
R
R
R
H1
H1
H1
HB
HB
HB
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
D'
20
20
20
20
20
20
55
60
70
70
80
90
70
105
126
140
175
210
77
112
133
147
182
217
80.5
115.5
136.5
150.5
185.5
220.5
32
32
32
32
32
32
18
18
18
18
18
18
K
W
G
D
.L
K
W
G
D
L
S
.
A
G
D
L
306

Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
HB Shape

thermal refining

thermal refining
50~55HRC
50~55HRC

surfaces
Ground
Bore

finish. NOTE 5
H1 Shape
KWGDL
KWGDLS
AGDL
Axial
Axial
Rotating plane
Standard full depth
1730
1730
1730
SCM440
SCM440
Ground
Cut
Bore
Possible

Shaft dia. NOTE 3
Position of
Weight
Vmax
kg
37
12
1.05
Catalog No.
KWGDL3.5-R1
Outside dia.
Neck dia.
Shaft dia. NOTE 3
Position of

NOTE 2
Weight
Vmax
kg
60
42
48
37
12
5.00
Catalog No.
KWGDLS3.5-R1
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
50
50
50
50
50
50
(15)
(16)
(16)
(124)
(155)
(189)
61.5
79
89.5
96.5
114
131.5
50.4
111
160
196
301
425
5.14
11.4
16.3
20
30.6
43.3
00.045
00.045
00.045
00.045
00.045
00.045
1.34
2.73
3.95
3.58
5.44
7.31
Catalog No.
AGDL3.5-20R1
AGDL3.5-30R1
AGDL3.5-36R1
AGDL3.5-40R1
AGDL3.5-50R1
AGDL3.5-60R1
AGDL3.5 Allowable Worm Wheel Torques (N.m)

Worms min-1
Catalog No.
AGDL3.5-20R1
AGDL3.5-30R1
AGDL3.5-36R1
AGDL3.5-40R1
AGDL3.5-50R1
AGDL3.5-60R1
30
100
300
600
900
1200
1800
098.5
208.0
293.0
356.0
538.0
753.0
080.4
171.9
242.0
295.0
446.0
627.0
062.5
135.6
192.9
236.0
360.0
506.0
050.4
111.3
159.5
195.8
301.0
425.0
044.2
098.1
140.7
172.7
267.0
381.0
040.0
088.3
127.0
156.2
243.0
345.0
033.7
075.7
108.6
133.3
207.0
296.0
Worm
Gear Pair
K
W
G
D
.L
K
W
G
D
L
S
.
A
G
D
L
307
Nominal Axial
Module
W4 Shape
W6 Shape

Catalog No.
KWGDL4-R1
Nominal axial
Nominal
Number of start
Hand of tread
module
lead angle
m4
341'
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
LH7
28
50
62
70
74
26
100
W4

Catalog No.
KWGDLS4-R1
Nominal axial
Nominal
Number of start
Hand of tread
module
lead angle
m4
341'
Shape
W6
360
120
16
74
30
120
62
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
AGDL4-20R1
AGDL4-30R1
AGDL4-36R1
AGDL4-40R1
AGDL4-50R1
AGDL4-60R1
Reduction ratio
20
30
36
40
50
60
Nominal axial
module
m4
20
30
36
40
50
60
341'
341'
341'
341'
341'
341'
R
R
R
R
R
R
H1
HB
HB
HB
HB
H5
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
AH7
20
20
20
20
20
30
60
65
75
75
90
120
80
120
144
160
200
240
88
128
152
168
208
248
D'
92
132
156
172
212
252
35
35
35
35
35
35
20
20
20
20
20
20
K
W
G
D
.L
K
W
G
D
L
S
.
A
G
D
L
308

Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
HB Shape

thermal refining

thermal refining
50~55HRC
50~55HRC

surfaces
Ground

finish. NOTE 5
H1 Shape
KWGDL
KWGDLS
AGDL
Axial
Axial
Rotating plane
Standard full depth
1730
1730
1730
SCM440
SCM440
(Hub of H5 shape is S45C)
Ground
Cut
Bore
Possible

Position of

NOTE 2
Weight
Vmax
kg
44
14
1.67
Catalog No.
KWGDL4-R1
Outside dia.
Neck dia.
Shaft dia. NOTE 3
Position of

NOTE 2
Weight
Vmax
kg
70
50
56
44
14
7.40
Catalog No.
KWGDLS4-R1
55
55
55
55
55
55
(17)
(17)
(17)
(17)
(17)
(99)
(121)
(137)
(177)
(200)
71
91
103
111
131
151
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
67.9
150
215
264
405
572
6.92
15.3
21.9
26.9
41.3
58.4
00.045
00.045
00.045
00.045
00.045
00.045
1.92
3.23
4.44
5.2
7.69
11.7
Catalog No.
AGDL4-20R1
AGDL4-30R1
AGDL4-36R1
AGDL4-40R1
AGDL4-50R1
AGDL4-60R1
K
W
G
D
.L

Worms min-1
Catalog No.
AGDL4-20R1
AGDL4-30R1
AGDL4-36R1
AGDL4-40R1
AGDL4-50R1
AGDL4-60R1
30
100
300
600
900
1200
1800
0134.4
0284.0
0400.0
0486.0
0735.0
1028.0
109.2
234.0
329.0
400.0
605.0
851.0
084.8
183.9
262.0
320.0
488.0
687.0
067.9
150.1
215.0
264.0
405.0
572.0
059.7
132.4
189.9
233.0
361.0
515.0
053.4
117.9
169.5
208.0
324.0
461.0
044.8
100.7
144.4
177.3
275.0
393.0
K
W
G
D
L
S
.
H5 Shape
309
Worm
Gear Pair
A
G
D
L
KWG Ground Worm Shafts, AG Worm Wheels
Axial
Modules
0.5~0.8
W5 Shape
Module 0.5 Ground Worm Shafts

Axial
module
Catalog No.
KWG0.5-R1
KWG0.5-R2
Number of start Lead angle Hand of tread
1
2
m0.5
311'
620'
R
R
Shape
W5
W5
65
65
19
19
12
12
34
34
9
9
Module 0.5 Worm Wheels

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AG0.5-20R1
AG0.5-20R2
AG0.5-30R1
AG0.5-30R2
AG0.5-40R1
AG0.5-50R1
AG0.5-60R1
20
10
30
15
40
50
60
Transverse
No. of teeth Number of start Helix angle Hand of tread Shape
module
m0.5
20
20
30
30
40
50
60
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
311'
620'
311'
620'
311'
311'
311'
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
HA
HA
HA
HA
HA
HA
HA
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
Pitch dia. Throat dia. Outside dia. Face width
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
9
9
12
12
15
20
25
10
10
15
15
20
25
30
D'
11
11
16
16
21
26
31
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Axial
module
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
K
W
G
.
A
G
KWG0.8-R1
KWG0.8-R2
1
2
m0.8
349'
736'
R
R
Shape
W5
W5
85
85
25
25
20
20
40
40
12
12

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AG0.8-20R1
AG0.8-20R2
AG0.8-30R1
AG0.8-30R2
AG0.8-40R1
AG0.8-50R1
AG0.8-60R1
20
10
30
15
40
50
60
Transverse
module
m0.8
20
20
30
30
40
50
60
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
349'
736'
349'
736'
349'
349'
349'
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
HA
HA
HA
HA
HA
HA
HA
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
5
5
5
5
6
8
8
12
12
18
18
20
25
25
16
16
24
24
32
40
48
CAUTION: The root area of teeth on worm shafts is very hard due to heat treatment. Extra caution is urged for any secondary operations.
AG0.5 Allowable Worm Wheel Torques (N.m)

Worm rpm
Catalog No.
AG0.5-20R1
AG0.5-20R2
AG0.5-30R1
AG0.5-30R2
AG0.5-40R1
AG0.5-50R1
AG0.5-60R1
30
100
300
600
900 1200 1800
0.52
0.51
1.09
1.09
1.86
2.82
3.94
0.44
0.42
0.94
0.92
1.60
2.42
3.41
0.36
0.33
0.77
0.73
1.34
2.05
2.89
0.30
0.27
0.65
0.60
1.15
1.77
2.50
0.26
0.24
0.58
0.54
1.02
1.58
2.26
0.24
0.22
0.53
0.49
0.94
1.46
2.08
0.21
0.19
0.48
0.43
0.84
1.30
1.87
310
D'
17.6
17.6
25.6
25.6
33.6
41.6
49.6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Ground Worm Shafts, Worm Wheels
Specifications
HA Shape
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
KWG
KHK W 001 grade 2
Axial

20
SCM440
thermal refining
50~55HRC
Ground
AG
KHK W 002 grade 2
Rotating plane
Standard full depth
20
Cut
Bore
Possible

Outside dia.
Neck dia.
Shaft dia.
Weight
Sh7
kg
6
6
0.02
0.02
10
10
Catalog No.
KWG0.5-R1
KWG0.5-R2
Hub width Total length Web thickness Web O.D. Mounting distance Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 1 Allowable torquekgfm)
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
7
7
7
7
7
12
12
12
12
12
9.50
9.50
12.0
12.0
14.5
0.30
0.27
0.65
0.60
1.15
0.030
0.030
0.070
0.060
0.12
0.02~0.14
0.02~0.14
0.02~0.14
0.02~0.14
0.02~0.14
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.02
AG0.5-20R1
AG0.5-20R2
AG0.5-30R1
AG0.5-30R2
AG0.5-40R1
7
7
12
12
17.0
19.5
1.77
2.50
0.18
0.25
0.02~0.14
0.02~0.14
0.04
0.06
AG0.5-50R1
AG0.5-60R1
Catalog No.
NOTE 1: The allowable torques shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions. Please see page 294 for more
details. The tables below show the allowable worm wheel torques (N.m) at selected worm speeds.
Neck dia.
Shaft dia.
Weight
Sh7
kg
8
8
0.04
0.04
13.6
13.6
Catalog No.
KWG0.8-R1
KWG0.8-R2
8
8
8
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
14.0
14.0
18.0
18.0
22.0
1.00
0.91
2.20
2.02
3.87
8
8
16
16
26.0
30.0
5.94
8.39
Surface durability
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.10
0.09
0.22
0.21
0.39
0.02~0.14
0.02~0.14
0.02~0.14
0.02~0.14
0.02~0.14
0.02
0.02
0.04
0.04
0.07
AG0.8-20R1
AG0.8-20R2
AG0.8-30R1
AG0.8-30R2
AG0.8-40R1
0.61
0.86
0.02~0.14
0.02~0.14
0.11
0.14
AG0.8-50R1
AG0.8-60R1
Surface durability

Worm rpm
Catalog No.
AG0.8-20R1
AG0.8-20R2
AG0.8-30R1
AG0.8-30R2
AG0.8-40R1
AG0.8-50R1
AG0.8-60R1
30
100
300
600
900 1200 1800
1.78
1.76
3.77
3.75
6.45
9.75
13.6
1.50
1.44
3.21
3.14
5.49
8.31
11.7
1.21
1.11
2.62
2.46
4.55
6.94
9.77
1.00
0.91
2.20
2.02
3.87
5.94
8.39
0.88
0.80
1.96
1.80
3.46
5.34
7.63
0.82
0.74
1.81
1.65
3.19
4.96
7.05
0.71
0.63
1.61
1.45
2.83
4.38
6.27
311
Catalog No.
Worm
Gear Pair
Outside dia.
K
W
G
.
A
G
KWG Ground Worm Shafts, AG Worm Wheels
Axial
Modules
1~1.5
W6 Shape
Module 1 Ground Worm Shafts

Axial
module
Catalog No.
KWG1-R1
KWG1-R2
1
2
m1
335'
708'
R
R
Shape
W6
W6
140
140
35
35
10
10
30
30
10
10
55
55
16
16
Module 1 Worm Wheels

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AG1-20R1
AG1-20R2
AG1-30R1
AG1-30R2
AG1-40R1
AG1-50R1
AG1-60R1
20
10
30
15
40
50
60
Transverse
module
20
20
30
30
40
50
60
m1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
335'
708'
335'
708'
335'
335'
335'
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
6
6
6
6
8
8
10
16
16
20
20
26
30
35
20
20
30
30
40
50
60
22
22
32
32
42
52
62
D'
23
23
33
33
43
53
63
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Axial
module
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
K
W
G
.
A
G
KWG1.5-R1
KWG1.5-R2
1
2
m1.5
326'
651'
R
R
Shape
W6
W6
190
190
50
50
15
15
40
40
15
15
70
70
25
25

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AG1.5-20R1
AG1.5-20R2
AG1.5-30R1
AG1.5-30R2
AG1.5-40R1
20
10
30
15
40
AG1.5-50R1
AG1.5-60R1
50
60
Transverse
module
m1.5
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
20
20
30
30
40
1
2
1
2
1
326'
651'
326'
651'
326'
R
R
R
R
R
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
8
8
10
10
12
22
22
30
30
35
30
30
45
45
60
33
33
48
48
63
34.5
34.5
49.5
49.5
64.5
14
14
14
14
14
50
60
1
1
326'
326'
R
R
H1
H1
12
12
45
50
75
90
78
93
79.5
94.5
14
14
CAUTION: Before assembling or performing any secondary operations, please carefully read the Application Hints on page 296.
AG1 Allowable Worm Wheel Torques (N.m)

Worm rpm
Catalog No.
AG1-20R1
AG1-20R2
AG1-30R1
AG1-30R2
AG1-40R1
AG1-50R1
AG1-60R1
30
100
300
600
900 1200 1800
3.35
3.31
7.08
7.03
12.1
18.3
25.6
2.79
2.69
5.98
5.84
10.2
15.5
21.8
2.23
2.06
4.84
4.56
8.43
12.9
18.1
1.83
1.68
4.05
3.72
7.12
10.9
15.4
1.63
1.48
3.63
3.33
6.38
9.87
14.1
1.50
1.35
3.31
3.03
5.86
9.09
12.9
1.30
1.15
2.92
2.63
5.13
7.95
11.4
312

Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
KWG
KHK W 001 grade 2
Axial

20
SCM440

thermal refining
50~55HRC
Ground
H1 Shape
AG
KHK W 002 grade 2
Rotating plane
Standard full depth
20
Cut
Bore
Possible

Outside dia.
Neck dia. Shaft dia. NOTE 1
Weight
kg
18
18
13
13
18
18
0.25
0.25
Catalog No.
KWG1-R1
KWG1-R2
NOTE 1: The shaft O.D., S, has the tolerance +0.2/+0.1 except

where ground the tolerance is +0.40/+0.35.
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
18.0
18.0
23.0
23.0
28.0
1.83
1.68
4.05
3.72
7.12
0.19
0.17
0.41
0.38
0.73
0.08~0.19
0.08~0.19
0.08~0.19
0.08~0.19
0.08~0.19
0.05
0.05
0.08
0.08
0.15
AG1-20R1
AG1-20R2
AG1-30R1
AG1-30R2
AG1-40R1
10
10
20
20
33.0
38.0
1.11
1.57
0.08~0.19
0.08~0.19
0.23
0.32
AG1-50R1
AG1-60R1
10.9
15.4
Catalog No.
Neck dia.
Shaft dia.
Weight
kg
28
28
21
21
26
26
0.74
0.74
Catalog No.
KWG1.5-R1
KWG1.5-R2
10
10
10
10
10
24
24
24
24
24
27.5
27.5
35.0
35.0
42.5
10
10
24
24
50.0
57.5
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
mm
kg
5.30
4.87
11.7
10.8
20.6
0.54
0.50
1.19
1.10
2.10
0.10~0.21
0.10~0.21
0.10~0.21
0.10~0.21
0.10~0.21
0.099
0.099
0.22
0.22
0.36
AG1.5-20R1
AG1.5-20R2
AG1.5-30R1
AG1.5-30R2
AG1.5-40R1
31.6
44.7
3.22
4.55
0.10~0.21
0.10~0.21
0.58
0.81
AG1.5-50R1
AG1.5-60R1
Surface durability

Worm rpm
Catalog No.
AG1.5-20R1
AG1.5-20R2
AG1.5-30R1
AG1.5-30R2
AG1.5-40R1
AG1.5-50R1
AG1.5-60R1
30
100
300
600
900 1200 1800
9.84
9.72
20.8
20.7
35.6
53.8
75.3
8.18
7.87
17.5
17.1
30.0
45.4
63.8
6.40
5.92
13.9
13.1
24.2
36.9
51.9
5.30
4.87
11.7
10.8
20.6
31.6
44.7
4.68
4.25
10.4
9.56
18.3
28.3
40.4
4.25
3.83
9.40
8.58
16.6
25.8
36.7
3.68
3.27
8.28
7.46
14.6
22.6
32.4
313
Catalog No.
Worm
Gear Pair
Outside dia.
K
W
G
.
A
G
KWG Ground Worm Shafts, AGF Worm Wheels
Axial
Modules
2~2.5
W6 Shape
H6 Shape

Axial
module
Catalog No.
KWG2-R1
KWG2-R2
1
2
m2
512'
1018'
R
R
Shape
W6
W6
200
200
35
35
25
25
40
40
25
25
75
75
22
22

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AGF2-20R1
AGF2-20R2
AGF2-25R1
AGF2-30R1
AGF2-30R2
20
10
25
30
15
AGF2-36R1
AGF2-40R1
AGF2-48R1
AGF2-50R1
AGF2-60R1
36
40
48
50
60
Profile shift
Transverse
No. of teeth Number of start coeffiicient Helix angle Hand of tread Shape
NOTE 4
module
NOTE 1
m2
Axial
module
Worm
Gear Pair
K
W
G
A
G
F
KWG2.5-R1
KWG2.5-R2
m2.5
1
2
1
1
2
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
512'
1018'
512'
512'
1018'
R
R
R
R
R
H6
H6
H6
H6
H6
12
12
12
12
12
32
32
35
38
38
40
40
50
60
60
42
42
52
62
62
44
44
54
64
64
18
18
18
18
18
36
40
48
50
60
1
1
1
1
1
0
0.5
+0.5
0.5
0.5
512'
512'
512'
512'
512'
R
R
R
R
R
H6
H8
H9
H9
H9
12
12
12
12
12
40
45
50
50
50
72
80
96
100
120
76
82
102
102
122
78
84
104
104
124
18
18
18
18
18
D'
CAUTION: Before assembling or performing any secondary operations, please carefully read the
Application Hints on page 296.
NOTE 1: These worm wheels are profile shifted except the 36 tooth gear.
1
2
Hub dia.
AH7
20
20
25
30
30

Catalog No.
Bore
446'
928'
R
R
Shape
W6
W6
250
250
50
50
27
27
46
46
27
27
100
100
30
30

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AGF2.5-20R1
AGF2.5-20R2
AGF2.5-25R1
AGF2.5-30R1
AGF2.5-30R2
20
10
25
30
15
AGF2.5-36R1
AGF2.5-40R1
AGF2.5-48R1
AGF2.5-50R1
AGF2.5-60R1
36
40
48
50
60
Transverse
Profile shift
No. of teeth Number of start
Helix angle Hand of tread Shape
NOTE 4
module
coeffiicient
m2.5
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
50
50
62.5
75
75
55
55
67.5
80
80
20
20
25
30
30
1
2
1
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
446'
928'
446'
446'
928'
R
R
R
R
R
H6
H6
H6
H6
H6
12
12
12
12
12
35
35
40
40
40
36
40
48
50
60
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
446'
446'
446'
446'
446'
R
R
R
R
R
H8
H9
H9
H9
H9
12
12
12
12
12
45
45
50
55
60
AGF2 Allowable Worm Wheel Torques (N.m)
Worm rpm
Catalog No.
AGF2-20R1
AGF2-20R2
AGF2-25R1
AGF2-30R1
AGF2-30R2
AGF2-36R1
AGF2-40R1
AGF2-48R1
AGF2-50R1
AGF2-60R1
30
19.4
19.9
29.4
41.1
42.3
57.8
70.3
98.5
106
149
100
16.1
16.1
24.5
34.5
35.0
48.6
59.2
83.0
89.5
126
300
12.8
12.2
19.6
27.7
27.0
39.3
48.1
68.0
73.4
103
600
900 1200 1800
10.5
9.99
16.3
23.2
22.1
33.2
40.7
57.9
62.5
88.4
9.30
8.75
14.4
20.7
19.9
29.6
36.4
51.9
56.2
80.3
8.49
7.92
13.2
18.8
17.7
27.0
33.2
47.5
51.5
73.3
7.31
6.74
11.4
16.4
15.4
23.6
28.9
41.3
44.9
64.2
314
90
100
120
125
150
95
105
125
130
155
D'
57.5
57.5
70
82.5
82.5
20
20
20
20
20
97.5
107.5
127.5
132.5
157.5
20
20
20
20
20

Specifications
H9 Shape
*CS has a sand mold casting finish. The
dimensional tolerance of CS parts are the
very coarse grade of JIS B 0405.
H8 Shape
Outside dia.
Weight
kg
26
26
17
17
25
25
0.70
0.70
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
KWG
KHK W 001 grade 2
Axial

20
SCM440
AGF
KHK W 002 grade 2
Rotating plane
Standard full depth
20
CAC702(Formerly ABC2)
(Hub of H8, H9 shape is FC200)

thermal refining
50~55HRC
Ground
Cut
Bore
Possible
Secondary operations Possible except tooth area

Catalog No.
KWG2-R1
KWG2-R2
Hub width (R) Hub width (L) Total length Web thickness Web O.D. Mounting distance Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 3 Allowable torquekgfm)
F'
12
12
12
12
12
5
5
5
5
5
35
35
35
35
35
12
12
12
12
12
5
5
5
5
5
35
35
35
35
35
(10)
(12)
(12)
(76)
(81)
(96)
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
30
30
35
40
40
10.5
9.99
16.3
23.2
22.1
1.07
1.02
1.66
2.36
2.35
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.25
0.25
0.35
0.50
0.50
AGF2-20R1
AGF2-20R2
AGF2-25R1
AGF2-30R1
AGF2-30R2
47
50
60
60
70
33.2
40.7
57.9
62.5
88.4
3.38
4.15
5.90
6.38
9.01
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.70
0.80
1.10
1.10
1.50
AGF2-36R1
AGF2-40R1
AGF2-48R1
AGF2-50R1
AGF2-60R1
Catalog No.
Weight
kg
35
35
23
23
30
30
1.30
1.30
Catalog No.
KWG2.5-R1
KWG2.5-R2
F'
12
12
12
12
12
5
5
5
5
5
35
35
35
35
35
12
12
12
12
12
5
5
5
5
5
35
35
35
35
35
(10)
(12)
(12)
(76)
(81)
(96)
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
30
30
35
40
40
10.5
9.99
16.3
23.2
22.1
1.07
1.02
1.66
2.36
2.35
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.25
0.25
0.35
0.50
0.50
AGF2-20R1
AGF2-20R2
AGF2-25R1
AGF2-30R1
AGF2-30R2
47
50
60
60
70
33.2
40.7
57.9
62.5
88.4
3.38
4.15
5.90
6.38
9.01
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.70
0.80
1.10
1.10
1.50
AGF2-36R1
AGF2-40R1
AGF2-48R1
AGF2-50R1
AGF2-60R1
NOTE 4: Please avoid secondary operations that affect the strength

of the joint between CAC702 and FC200. Also, there may
be space in the casting between the two materials, but it
will not affect the joint strength.
AGF2.5 Allowable Worm Wheel Torques (N.m)

Worm rpm
Catalog No.
AGF2.5-20R1
AGF2.5-20R2
AGF2.5-25R1
AGF2.5-30R1
AGF2.5-30R2
AGF2.5-36R1
AGF2.5-40R1
AGF2.5-48R1
AGF2.5-50R1
AGF2.5-60R1
30
100
300
600
900 1200 1800
35.1
34.6
53.0
74.1
73.6
104
127
178
192
268
29.0
27.9
43.9
62.0
60.6
87.4
106
149
161
226
22.6
20.9
34.8
49.1
46.2
69.8
85.4
121
130
183
18.6
17.1
28.9
41.2
37.8
59.0
72.4
103
111
157
16.3
14.8
25.3
36.7
33.2
51.8
63.7
90.8
98.4
141
14.8
13.4
23.0
32.8
29.9
47.1
57.9
83.1
90.0
128
Catalog No.
12.8
11.3
20.0
28.7
25.8
41.2
50.5
72.2
78.3
112
315
Worm
Gear Pair
Outside dia.
K
W
G
A
G
F
Axial
Modules
3~4
W6 Shape
H6 Shape

Axial
module
Catalog No.
KWG3-R1
KWG3-R2
1
2
m3
431'
858'
R
R
Shape
W6
W6
300
300
55
55
30
30
60
60
30
30
125
125
38
38

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AGF3-20R1
AGF3-20R2
AGF3-25R1
AGF3-30R1
AGF3-30R2
20
10
25
30
15
AGF3-36R1
AGF3-40R1
AGF3-48R1
AGF3-50R1
AGF3-60R1
36
40
48
50
60
Profile shift
Transverse
No. of teeth Number of start coeffiicient Helix angle Hand of tread Shape
NOTE 4
module
NOTE 1
m3
Axial
module
Worm
Gear Pair
K
W
G
A
G
F
KWG4-R1
KWG4-R2
m4
D'
1
2
1
1
2
+0.333
+0.333
0
+0.333
+0.333
431'
858'
431'
431'
858'
R
R
R
R
R
H6
H6
H6
H8
H8
20
20
20
20
20
50
50
55
55
55
60
60
75
90
90
68
68
81
98
98
71
71
84
101
101
25
25
25
25
25
36
40
48
50
60
1
1
1
1
1
+0.333
+0.333
+0.333
+0.333
+0.333
431'
431'
431'
431'
431'
R
R
R
R
R
H8
H9
H9
H9
H9
20
20
20
20
20
60
65
70
75
80
108
120
144
150
180
116
128
152
158
188
119
131
155
161
191
25
25
25
25
25
NOTE 1: These worm wheels are profile shifted except the 25 tooth gear.
1
2
Hub dia.
AH7
20
20
25
30
30

Catalog No.
Bore
543'
1119'
R
R
Shape
W6
W6
360
360
70
70
32.5
32.5
75
75
32.5
32.5
150
150
40
40

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AGF4-20R1
AGF4-20R2
AGF4-25R1
AGF4-30R1
AGF4-30R2
20
10
25
30
15
AGF4-36R1
AGF4-40R1
AGF4-48R1
AGF4-50R1
AGF4-60R1
36
40
48
50
60
Transverse
Profile shift
NOTE 4
module
coeffiicient
m4
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
20
20
25
30
30
1
2
1
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
543'
1119'
543'
543'
1119'
R
R
R
R
R
H6
H6
H6
H8
H8
20
20
20
20
20
60
60
65
65
65
80
80
100
120
120
88
88
108
128
128
92
92
112
132
132
30
30
30
30
30
36
40
48
50
60
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
543'
543'
543'
543'
543'
R
R
R
R
R
H9
H9
H9
H9
H0
20
20
20
20
160
70
80
90
90
144
160
192
200
240
152
168
200
208
248
156
172
204
212
252
30
30
30
30
30
Worm rpm
Catalog No.
AGF3-20R1
AGF3-20R2
AGF3-25R1
AGF3-30R1
AGF3-30R2
AGF3-36R1
AGF3-40R1
AGF3-48R1
AGF3-50R1
AGF3-60R1
30
100
300
600
900
1200 1800
59.7
60.2
90.2
126
128
178
216
303
326
457
49.1
48.2
74.3
105
105
148
180
252
272
383
38.3
36.1
58.8
83.1
79.8
118
145
204
220
310
31.5
29.5
48.9
69.6
65.2
99.7
122
174
188
265
27.5
25.4
42.6
61.0
57.2
87.5
108
153
166
237
25.1
23.0
39.0
55.4
51.6
79.4
98.0
141
152
217
21.5
19.4
33.5
48.2
44.3
69.1
84.9
121
132
188
316

Specifications
H9 Shape
*CS has a sand mold casting finish.
The dimensional tolerance of CS
parts are the very coarse grade of
JIS B 0405.
H8 Shape
Outside dia.
Weight
kg
44
44
30
30
40
40
2.80
2.80
H0 Shape
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
KWG
KHK W 001 grade 2
Axial

20
SCM440
AGF
KHK W 002 grade 2
Rotating plane
Standard full depth
20

thermal refining
50~55HRC
Ground
Cut
Bore
Possible

Catalog No.
KWG3-R1
KWG3-R2
Backlash
Weight
F'
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
56.5
65
65
31.5
29.5
48.9
69.6
65.2
3.21
3.01
4.99
7.10
6.65
0.16~0.29
0.16~0.29
0.16~0.29
0.16~0.29
0.16~0.29
0.90
0.90
1.40
1.60
1.60
AGF3-20R1
AGF3-20R2
AGF3-25R1
AGF3-30R1
AGF3-30R2
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
50
50
50
50
50
(16)
(15)
(15)
(15)
(95)
(120)
(125)
(155)
0.16~0.29
0.16~0.29
0.16~0.29
0.16~0.29
0.16~0.29
2.20
2.40
3.30
3.60
4.80
AGF3-36R1
AGF3-40R1
AGF3-48R1
AGF3-50R1
AGF3-60R1
74
80
92
95
110
99.7
122
174
188
265
10.2
12.5
17.7
19.2
27.1
Catalog No.
NOTE 4: Please avoid secondary operations that affect the strength of the joint between CAC702 and FC200. Also, there may be space in the casting
between the two materials, but it will not effect the joint strength.
Weight
kg
48
48
29
29
45
45
3.90
3.90
Catalog No.
KWG4-R1
KWG4-R2
F'
J
60
60
70
80
80
20
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
10
60
60
60
60
60
20
20
20
20
10
10
10
10
60
60
60
60
30
(20)
(23)
(20)
(20)
(8)
(113)
(128)
(160)
(168)
204
92
100
116
120
140
Surface durability
Surface durability
AGF4-20R1
AGF4-20R2
AGF4-25R1
AGF4-30R1
AGF4-30R2
AGF4-36R1
AGF4-40R1
AGF4-48R1
AGF4-50R1
AGF4-60R1
30
100
300
600
900
1200 1800
123
127
186
260
270
366
445
624
673
941
101
101
153
216
220
304
370
519
560
788
78.8
76.0
121
171
168
243
297
420
454
638
64.6
61.9
100
143
137
204
251
356
385
544
56.3
53.2
87.3
125
120
179
220
314
340
486
51.5
48.3
79.9
114
108
164
201
288
312
444
Weight
mm
kg
Catalog No.
64.6
61.9
100
143
137
6.59
6.31
10.2
14.6
13.9
0.19~0.32
0.19~0.32
0.19~0.32
0.19~0.32
0.19~0.32
1.70
1.70
2.60
3.20
3.20
AGF4-20R1
AGF4-20R2
AGF4-25R1
AGF4-30R1
AGF4-30R2
204
251
356
385
544
20.9
25.6
36.3
39.3
55.5
0.19~0.32
0.19~0.32
0.19~0.32
0.19~0.32
0.19~0.32
4.80
5.10
7.10
7.40
3.70
AGF4-36R1
AGF4-40R1
AGF4-48R1
AGF4-50R1
AGF4-60R1

Worm rpm
Catalog No.
Backlash
43.8
40.5
68.5
98.4
92.2
141
173
248
269
385
317
Worm
Gear Pair
Outside dia.
K
W
G
A
G
F
Axial
Modules
5~6
W6 Shape
H6 Shape

Axial
module
Catalog No.
m5
KWG5-R1
543'
Shape
W6
400
75
30
90
30
175
50

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AGF5-20R1
AGF5-25R1
AGF5-30R1
AGF5-36R1
AGF5-40R1
AGF5-48R1
AGF5-50R1
AGF5-60R1
20
25
30
36
40
48
50
60
Transverse
Profile shift
NOTE 3
module
coeffiicient
m5
20
25
30
36
40
48
50
60
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
543'
543'
543'
543'
543'
543'
543'
543'
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
H6
H6
H9
H9
H9
H0
H0
H0
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
22
22
22
22
22
140
150
200
75
75
75
90
110
100
125
150
180
200
240
250
300
110
135
160
190
210
250
260
310
115
140
165
195
215
255
265
315
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35

Axial
module
Catalog No.
m6
Worm
Gear Pair
KWG6-R1
K
W
G
A
G
F
543'
Shape
NOTE 3
W6
400
60
40
100
40
160
60

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AGF6-20R1
AGF6-25R1
AGF6-30R1
AGF6-36R1
AGF6-40R1
AGF6-48R1
AGF6-50R1
AGF6-60R1
20
25
30
36
40
48
50
60
Transverse
Profile shift
module
coeffiicient
m6
20
25
30
36
40
48
50
60
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
543'
543'
543'
543'
543'
543'
543'
543'
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
H6
H6
H9
H9
H0
H0
H0
H0
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
25
25
25
25
130
180
190
250
85
90
100
110
120
150
180
216
240
288
300
360
132
162
192
228
252
300
312
372
138
168
198
234
258
306
318
378
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
Worm rpm
Catalog No.
AGF5-20R1
AGF5-25R1
AGF5-30R1
AGF5-36R1
AGF5-40R1
AGF5-48R1
AGF5-50R1
AGF5-60R1
30
100
300
600
900 1200 1800
211
319
446
627
763
1070
1150
1610
172
261
369
519
632
886
956
1340
134
206
291
414
506
715
772
1090
108
168
239
343
421
598
646
913
95.0
147
211
302
371
530
574
820
86.2
134
191
274
337
483
523
744
72.7
114
164
234
288
411
446
639
318

Specifications
H9 Shape
dimensional tolerance of CS parts are the very
coarse grade of JIS B 0405.
Outside dia.
H0 Shape
Weight
kg
60
36
50
7.80
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
KWG
KHK W 001 grade 2
Axial

20
SCM440
AGF
KHK W 002 grade 2
Rotating plane
Standard full depth
20
(Hub of H9 shape is FC200)

thermal refining
50~55HRC
Ground
Cut
Bore
Possible

Catalog No.
KWG5-R1
NOTE 1: The shaft O.D., S, has the tolerance +0.2/+0.1 except

where ground the tolerance is +0.40/+0.35.
F'
23
23
23
23
23
12
12
12
12
12
70
70
70
70
70
35
35
35
(25)
(25)
(26)
10
10
10
(115)
(140)
(162)
(195)
(205)
(255)
Surface durability
75
87.5
100
115
125
145
150
175
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
mm
kg
11.1
17.2
24.4
35.0
42.9
61.0
65.9
93.1
0.22~0.35
0.22~0.35
0.22~0.35
0.22~0.35
0.22~0.35
0.22~0.35
0.22~0.35
0.22~0.35
3.30
4.40
5.40
7.70
10.0
5.10
5.30
6.50
108
168
239
343
421
598
646
913
Catalog No.
AGF5-20R1
AGF5-25R1
AGF5-30R1
AGF5-36R1
AGF5-40R1
AGF5-48R1
AGF5-50R1
AGF5-60R1
NOTE 3: Please avoid secondary operations that affect the strength of the joint between CAC702 and FC200. Also, there may be space in the casting
between the two materials, but it will not affect the joint strength.
Weight
kg
72
44
60
8.20
Catalog No.
KWG6-R1
F'
23
23
23
23
12
12
12
12
75
75
75
75
40
40
40
40
(30)
(30)
12
12
12
12
(135)
(172)
(190)
(240)
(250)
(310)
90
105
120
138
150
174
180
210
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
167
259
368
528
648
920
994
1410
17.0
26.4
37.6
53.8
66.1
93.8
101
143
0.24~0.37
0.24~0.37
0.24~0.37
0.24~0.37
0.24~0.37
0.24~0.37
0.24~0.37
0.24~0.37
4.50
7.20
9.10
13.0
6.30
7.70
8.20
10.1

Worm rpm
Catalog No.
AGF6-20R1
AGF6-25R1
AGF6-30R1
AGF6-36R1
AGF6-40R1
AGF6-48R1
AGF6-50R1
AGF6-60R1
30
100
300
600
900 1200 1800
329
497
696
978
1190
1670
1800
2520
268
405
572
806
981
1380
1480
2090
208
319
451
641
784
1110
1200
1680
167
259
368
528
648
920
994
1410
146
227
325
466
572
816
885
1260
131
204
290
417
513
735
796
1130
110
173
248
355
436
628
676
969
319
Catalog No.
AGF6-20R1
AGF6-25R1
AGF6-30R1
AGF6-36R1
AGF6-40R1
AGF6-48R1
AGF6-50R1
AGF6-60R1
Worm
Gear Pair
Outside dia.
K
W
G
A
G
F
SWG Ground Worms, AG Worm Wheels
Axial
Modules
1~1.5
W1 Shape
W2 Shape
Module 1 Ground Worms

Axial
module
Catalog No.
SWG1-R1
SWG1-R2
1
2
m1
335'
708'
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
16
16
18
18
20
20
W2
W2
8
8
Outside dia. Face width Hub width (R) Hub width (L)
Q'

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AG1-20R1
AG1-20R2
AG1-30R1
AG1-30R2
AG1-40R1
20
10
30
15
40
AG1-50R1
AG1-60R1
50
60
Transverse
module
m1
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
20
20
30
30
40
1
2
1
2
1
335'
708'
335'
708'
335'
R
R
R
R
R
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
6
6
6
6
8
16
16
20
20
26
20
20
30
30
40
22
22
32
32
42
23
23
33
33
43
10
10
10
10
10
50
60
1
1
335'
335'
R
R
H1
H1
8
10
30
35
50
60
52
62
53
63
10
10
Module 1.5 Ground Worms

Axial
module
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
S
W
G
A
G
SWG1.5-R1
SWG1.5-R2
1
2
m1.5
326'
651'
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
10
10
20
20
25
25
28
28
30
30
10
10
W1
W1
Q'

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AG1.5-20R1
AG1.5-20R2
AG1.5-30R1
AG1.5-30R2
AG1.5-40R1
20
10
30
15
40
AG1.5-50R1
AG1.5-60R1
50
60
Transverse
module
m1.5
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
20
20
30
30
40
1
2
1
2
1
326'
651'
326'
651'
326'
R
R
R
R
R
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
8
8
10
10
12
22
22
30
30
35
30
30
45
45
60
33
33
48
48
63
34.5
34.5
49.5
49.5
64.5
14
14
14
14
14
50
60
1
1
326'
326'
R
R
H1
H1
12
12
45
50
75
90
78
93
79.5
94.5
14
14
CAUTION: The root area of teeth on worms is very hard due to heat treatment. Extra caution is urged for any secondary operations. This caution applied especially to remachining the bore of W2 shape worms.
Worm rpm
Catalog No.
AG1-20R1
AG1-20R2
AG1-30R1
AG1-30R2
AG1-40R1
AG1-50R1
AG1-60R1
30
100
300
600
900 1200 1800
3.35
3.31
7.08
7.03
12.1
18.3
25.6
2.79
2.69
5.98
5.84
10.2
15.5
21.8
2.23
2.06
4.84
4.56
8.43
12.9
18.1
1.83
1.68
4.05
3.72
7.12
10.9
15.4
1.63
1.48
3.63
3.33
6.38
9.87
14.1
1.50
1.35
3.31
3.03
5.86
9.09
12.9
1.30
1.15
2.92
2.63
5.13
7.95
11.4
320
Ground Worms, Worm Wheels
Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
SWG
KHK W 001 grade 2
Axial
20
S45C
48~53HRC
Ground
H1 Shape
AG
KHK W 002 grade 2
Rotating plane
Standard full depth
20
Cut
Bore
Possible

Total length
Screw
Weight
NOTE 1
Size
kg
32
32
M4
M4
5
5
0.05
0.05
Catalog No.
SWG1-R1
SWG1-R2
NOTE 1: The W2 shape worms are supplied with set screws.
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
18.0
18.0
23.0
23.0
28.0
1.83
1.68
4.05
3.72
7.12
0.19
0.17
0.41
0.38
0.73
0.08~0.19
0.08~0.19
0.08~0.19
0.08~0.19
0.08~0.19
0.05
0.05
0.08
0.08
0.15
AG1-20R1
AG1-20R2
AG1-30R1
AG1-30R2
AG1-40R1
10
10
20
20
33.0
38.0
1.11
1.57
0.08~0.19
0.08~0.19
0.23
0.32
AG1-50R1
AG1-60R1
10.9
15.4
Catalog No.
for more details. The tables below show the allowable worm wheel torques (N.m) at selected worm speeds.
Screw
Weight
Size
40
40
Catalog No.
kg
0.09
0.09
SWG1.5-R1
SWG1.5-R2
10
10
10
10
10
24
24
24
24
24
27.5
27.5
35.0
35.0
42.5
10
10
24
24
50.0
57.5
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
mm
kg
5.30
4.87
11.7
10.8
20.6
0.54
0.50
1.19
1.10
2.10
0.10~0.21
0.10~0.21
0.10~0.21
0.10~0.21
0.10~0.21
0.099
0.099
0.22
0.22
0.36
AG1.5-20R1
AG1.5-20R2
AG1.5-30R1
AG1.5-30R2
AG1.5-40R1
31.6
44.7
3.22
4.55
0.10~0.21
0.10~0.21
0.58
0.81
AG1.5-50R1
AG1.5-60R1
Surface durability

Worm rpm
Catalog No.
AG1.5-20R1
AG1.5-20R2
AG1.5-30R1
AG1.5-30R2
AG1.5-40R1
AG1.5-50R1
AG1.5-60R1
30
100
300
600
900 1200 1800
9.84
9.72
20.8
20.7
35.6
53.8
75.3
8.18
7.87
17.5
17.1
30.0
45.4
63.8
6.40
5.92
13.9
13.1
24.2
36.9
51.9
5.30
4.87
11.7
10.8
20.6
31.6
44.7
4.68
4.25
10.4
9.56
18.3
28.3
40.4
4.25
3.83
9.40
8.58
16.6
25.8
36.7
Worm
Gear Pair
Total length
3.68
3.27
8.28
7.46
14.6
22.6
32.4
321
Catalog No.
S
W
G
A
G
Axial
Modules
2~2.5
W3 Shape
H1 Shape

Axial
module
Catalog No.
SWG2-R1
SWG2-R2
1
2
m2
341'
721'
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
Q'
12
12
25
25
31
31
35
35
32
32
15
15
3
3
W3
W3

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AG2-20R1
AG2-20R2
AG2-30R1
AG2-30R2
AG2-40R1
20
10
30
15
40
AG2-50R1
AG2-60R1
50
60
Transverse
Shape
No. of teeth Number of start Helix angle Hand of tread
NOTE 2
module
m2
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
20
20
30
30
40
1
2
1
2
1
341'
721'
341'
721'
341'
R
R
R
R
R
H1
H1
H4
H4
H4
12
12
12
12
12
33
33
40
40
45
40
40
60
60
80
44
44
64
64
84
46
46
66
66
86
18
18
18
18
18
50
60
1
1
341'
341'
R
R
H5
H5
12
12
50
55
100
120
104
124
106
126
18
18
Module 2.5 Ground Worms

Axial
module
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
S
W
G
A
G
SWG2.5-R1
SWG2.5-R2
1
2
m2.5
352'
742'
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
Q'
15
15
30
30
37
37
42
42
45
45
17
17
3
3
W3
W3

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AG2.5-20R1
AG2.5-20R2
AG2.5-30R1
AG2.5-30R2
AG2.5-40R1
20
10
30
15
40
AG2.5-50R1
AG2.5-60R1
50
60
Transverse
Shape
NOTE 2
module
m2.5
Worm rpm
AG2-20R1
AG2-20R2
AG2-30R1
AG2-30R2
AG2-40R1
AG2-50R1
AG2-60R1
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
20
20
30
30
40
1
2
1
2
1
352'
742'
352'
742'
352'
R
R
R
R
R
H1
H1
H4
H4
H5
12
12
12
12
15
35
35
40
40
45
50
50
75
75
100
55
55
80
80
105
57.5
57.5
82.5
82.5
107.5
20
20
20
20
20
50
60
1
1
352'
352'
R
R
H5
H5
15
15
55
60
125
150
130
155
132.5
157.5
20
20
CAUTION: Before assembling or performing any secondary operations, please

carefully read the Application Hints on page 296.

Catalog No.
Bore
30
100
300
600
900 1200 1800
21.0
20.7
44.3
44.0
75.8
115
160
17.5
16.8
37.3
36.5
64.0
96.8
136
13.6
12.6
29.6
27.8
51.4
78.4
110
11.2
10.3
24.8
22.8
43.6
66.9
94.6
9.84
8.93
21.9
20.1
38.5
59.5
84.9
8.94
8.05
19.8
18.0
34.9
54.2
77.2
7.75
6.89
17.4
15.7
30.7
47.6
68.1
322
Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
H4 Shape
H5 Shape
dimensional tolerance of CS parts are
the very coarse grade of JIS B 0405.
Screw
Weight
Size
50
50
20
S45C
(Hub of H4,H5 shape is FC200)
48~53HRC
Ground
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
15
15
15
15
15
33
33
33
33
33
35.5
35.5
45.5
45.5
55.5
11.2
10.3
24.8
22.8
43.6
1.14
1.05
2.53
2.32
4.45
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.29
0.29
0.55
0.55
0.85
AG2-20R1
AG2-20R2
AG2-30R1
AG2-30R2
AG2-40R1
15
15
33
33
(8)
(11)
(83)
(100)
65.5
75.5
66.9
94.6
6.83
9.64
0.11~0.24
0.11~0.24
0.95
1.50
AG2-50R1
AG2-60R1
Screw
65
65
Weight
Size
Catalog No.
kg
0.40
0.40
SWG2.5-R1
SWG2.5-R2
Catalog No.
NOTE 1: The allowable torques shown in the table are the calculated values
according to the assumed usage conditions. Please see page 294 for more
details. The tables below show the allowable worm wheel torques (N.m) at
selected worm speeds.
NOTE 2: Please avoid secondary operations that affect the strength of the joint
between CAC702 and FC200. Also, there may be space in the casting
between the two materials, but it will not affect the joint strength.
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
14
14
14
14
14
34
34
34
34
34
(11)
(81)
43.5
43.5
56.0
56.0
68.5
18.3
16.8
40.5
37.2
71.2
1.87
1.72
4.13
3.79
7.26
0.14~0.27
0.14~0.27
0.14~0.27
0.14~0.27
0.14~0.27
0.40
0.40
0.80
0.80
1.40
AG2.5-20R1
AG2.5-20R2
AG2.5-30R1
AG2.5-30R2
AG2.5-40R1
14
14
34
34
(12)
(12)
(106)
(130)
81.0
93.5
0.14~0.27
0.14~0.27
2.10
2.30
AG2.5-50R1
AG2.5-60R1
109
154
11.1
15.7

Worm rpm
Catalog No.
AG2.5-20R1
AG2.5-20R2
AG2.5-30R1
AG2.5-30R2
AG2.5-40R1
AG2.5-50R1
AG2.5-60R1
Cut
Bore
Possible
SWG2-R1
SWG2-R2
0.20
0.20
Total length
Catalog No.
kg
AG
KHK W 002 grade 2
Rotating plane
Standard full depth
20
30
100
300
600
900 1200 1800
34.6
34.2
73.2
72.7
125
189
265
28.5
27.4
61.0
59.6
105
158
222
22.3
20.6
48.3
45.5
84.0
128
180
18.3
16.8
40.5
37.2
71.2
109
154
16.0
14.5
35.5
32.6
62.5
96.7
138
14.6
13.1
32.2
29.4
57.0
88.5
126
12.5
11.1
28.1
25.3
49.5
76.7
110
323
Catalog No.
Worm
Gear Pair
Total length
SWG
KHK W 001 grade 2
Axial
S
W
G
A
G
Axial
Modules
3~4
W3 Shape
H1 Shape

Axial
module
Catalog No.
SWG3-R1
SWG3-R2
SWG3-R3
1
2
3
m3
354'
746'
1134'
R
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
Q'
16
16
16
35
35
35
44
44
44
50
50
50
50
50
50
20
20
20
4
4
4
W3
W3
W3

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AG3-20R1
AG3-20R2
AG3-30R1
AG3-30R2
AG3-30R3
AG3-40R1
AG3-45R3
AG3-50R1
AG3-60R1
20
10
30
15
10
40
15
50
60
Transverse
Shape
NOTE 2
module
m3
20
20
30
30
30
40
45
50
60
1
2
1
2
3
1
3
1
1
354'
746'
354'
746'
1134'
354'
1134'
354'
354'
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
H1
H1
H4
H4
H4
H5
H5
H5
H5
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
50
50
55
55
55
65
70
75
85
60
60
90
90
90
120
135
150
180
66
66
96
96
96
126
141
156
186
D'
69
69
99
99
99
129
144
159
189
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

Axial
module
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
S
W
G
.
A
G
SWG4-R1
SWG4-R2
SWG4-R3
1
2
3
m4
341'
721'
1057'
R
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
Q'
22
22
22
50
50
50
62
62
62
70
70
70
70
70
70
25
25
25
5
5
5
W3
W3
W3

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AG4-20R1
AG4-20R2
AG4-30R1
AG4-30R2
AG4-30R3
AG4-40R1
AG4-45R3
AG4-50R1
AG4-60R1
20
10
30
15
10
40
15
50
60
Transverse
Shape
NOTE 2
module
m4
20
20
30
30
30
40
45
50
60
1
2
1
2
3
1
3
1
1
341'
721'
341'
721'
1057'
341'
1057'
341'
341'
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Worm rpm
AG3-20R1
AG3-20R2
AG3-30R1
AG3-30R2
AG3-30R3
AG3-40R1
AG3-45R3
AG3-50R1
AG3-60R1
Hub dia.
AH7
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
60
60
65
65
65
80
90
90
100
80
80
120
120
120
160
180
200
240
88
88
128
128
128
168
188
208
248
D'
92
92
132
132
132
172
192
212
252
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30


Catalog No.
H1
H1
H4
H4
H4
H5
H5
H5
H5
Bore
30
100
300
600
900 1200 1800
59.5
58.7
126
125
129
215
274
325
455
48.8
46.9
104.3
102
103
179
224
270
380
38.0
35.1
82.4
77.6
77.1
143
171
219
308
30.9
28.4
68.4
62.8
62.4
120
138
185
261
27.0
24.5
59.9
55.1
53.8
106
121
163
233
24.7
22.2
54.5
49.7
48.7
96.4
109
150
213
20.9
18.5
46.9
42.2
40.6
82.5
92.6
128
183
324

Specifications
H4 Shape
H5 Shape
Total length
Screw
74
74
74
Weight
Size
Catalog No.
kg
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
43
(10)
(11)
(15)
(15)
SWG
KHK W 001 grade 2
Axial
20
S45C
AG
KHK W 002 grade 2
Rotating plane
Standard full depth
20
(Hub of H4,H5 shape is FC200)
48~53HRC
Ground
Bore

Cut
Bore
Possible
SWG3-R1
SWG3-R2
SWG3-R3
0.60
0.60
0.60
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
(103)
(120)
(130)
(155)
Surface durability
52.0
52.0
67.0
67.0
67.0
82.0
89.5
97.0
112
30.9
28.4
68.4
62.8
62.4
120
138
185
261
Surface durability
3.15
2.90
6.97
6.40
6.36
12.3
14.1
18.8
26.6
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.16~0.29
0.16~0.29
0.16~0.29
0.16~0.29
0.16~0.29
0.16~0.29
0.16~0.29
0.16~0.29
0.16~0.29
0.75
0.75
1.40
1.40
1.40
2.30
2.50
3.20
4.30
Catalog No.
AG3-20R1
AG3-20R2
AG3-30R1
AG3-30R2
AG3-30R3
AG3-40R1
AG3-45R3
AG3-50R1
AG3-60R1
Screw
Size
100
100
100
Weight
Catalog No.
kg
SWG4-R1
SWG4-R2
SWG4-R3
1.70
1.70
1.70
NOTE 2: Please avoid secondary operations that affect the

strength of the joint between CAC702 and FC200.
Also, there may be space in the casting between the
two materials, but it will not affect the joint strength.
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
(15)
(16)
(16)
(17)
(133)
(153)
(173)
(210)
Surface durability
71.0
71.0
91.0
91.0
91.0
111
121
131
151
58.2
53.5
129
118
117
226
259
347
491
Surface durability
5.94
5.45
13.1
12.1
12.0
23.1
26.4
35.4
50.0

Worm rpm
Catalog No.
AG4-20R1
AG4-20R2
AG4-30R1
AG4-30R2
AG4-30R3
AG4-40R1
AG4-45R3
AG4-50R1
AG4-60R1
30
100
300
600
900 1200 1800
115
114
244
242
250
417
531
630
881
93.6
90.0
200
196
198
343
430
519
730
72.7
67.2
158
148
147
274
326
418
589
58.2
53.5
129
118
117
226
259
347
491
51.1
46.4
114
104
102
200
229
309
441
45.7
41.2
101
92.2
90.2
179
202
277
395
38.4
34.1
86.3
77.6
74.7
152
170
236
337
325
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.19~0.32
0.19~0.32
0.19~0.32
0.19~0.32
0.19~0.32
0.19~0.32
0.19~0.32
0.19~0.32
0.19~0.32
1.50
1.50
2.50
2.50
2.50
4.40
5.50
6.50
8.50
Worm
Gear Pair
Total length
Catalog No.
AG4-20R1
AG4-20R2
AG4-30R1
AG4-30R2
AG4-30R3
AG4-40R1
AG4-45R3
AG4-50R1
AG4-60R1
S
W
G
A
G
Axial
Modules
5~6
W3 Shape

Axial
module
Catalog No.
SWG5-R1
SWG5-R2
1
2
m5
405'
808'
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
Q'
25
25
56
56
70
70
80
80
85
85
30
30
5
5
W3
W3

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AG5-20R1
AG5-20R2
AG5-30R1
AG5-30R2
AG5-40R1
20
10
30
15
40
AG5-50R1
AG5-60R1
50
60
Transverse
Shape
NOTE 2
module
m5
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
20
20
30
30
40
1
2
1
2
1
405'
808'
405'
808'
405'
R
R
R
R
R
H4
H4
H5
H5
H5
22
22
22
22
22
75
75
75
75
110
100
100
150
150
200
110
110
160
160
210
115
115
165
165
215
35
35
35
35
35
50
60
1
1
405'
405'
R
R
H5
H5
22
22
120
130
250
300
260
310
265
315
35
35

Axial
module
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
S
W
G
.
A
G
SWG6-R1
SWG6-R2
1
2
m6
417'
832'
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
Q'
30
30
63
63
80
80
92
92
100
100
35
35
5
5
W3
W3

Catalog No.
Reduction ratio
AG6-20R1
AG6-20R2
AG6-30R1
AG6-30R2
AG6-40R1
20
10
30
15
40
AG6-50R1
AG6-60R1
50
60
Transverse
Shape
NOTE 2
module
m6
Worm rpm
AG5-20R1
AG5-20R2
AG5-30R1
AG5-30R2
AG5-40R1
AG5-50R1
AG5-60R1
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
20
20
30
30
40
1
2
1
2
1
417'
832'
417'
832'
417'
R
R
R
R
R
H4
H4
H5
H5
H5
25
25
25
25
25
85
85
100
100
120
120
120
180
180
240
132
132
192
192
252
138
138
198
198
258
40
40
40
40
40
50
60
1
1
417'
417'
R
R
H5
H5
25
25
130
150
300
360
312
372
318
378
40
40


Catalog No.
Bore
30
100
300
600
900 1200 1800
202
200
427
425
731
1110
1550
163
157
348
340
597
903
1270
127
117
275
259
478
729
1030
101
93.2
224
206
394
605
855
88.4
80.2
196
180
346
534
763
79.0
71.1
175
159
309
479
682
65.5
58.1
147
132
259
402
575
326
Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
H4 Shape
H5 Shape
Total length
Screw
120
120
Weight
Size
20
S45C
AG
KHK W 002 grade 2
Rotating plane
Standard full depth
20
48~53HRC
Black oxide except ground surface
Ground
Bore

Cut
Bore
Possible
Catalog No.
kg
SWG
KHK W 001 grade 2
Axial
SWG5-R1
SWG5-R2
2.80
2.80
25
25
25
25
25
60
60
60
60
60
(21)
(21)
(23)
(120)
(120)
(168)
85.0
85.0
110
110
135
25
25
60
60
(23)
(24)
(215)
(260)
160
185
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
mm
kg
101
93.2
224
206
394
10.3
9.50
22.9
21.0
40.2
0.22~0.35
0.22~0.35
0.22~0.35
0.22~0.35
0.22~0.35
2.70
2.70
5.00
5.00
8.00
605
855
61.7
87.1
0.22~0.35
0.22~0.35
Surface durability
13.0
17.0
Catalog No.
AG5-20R1
AG5-20R2
AG5-30R1
AG5-30R2
AG5-40R1
AG5-50R1
AG5-60R1
Total length
Screw
Size
140
140
Weight
Catalog No.
kg
SWG6-R1
SWG6-R2
4.30
4.30
NOTE 2: Please avoid secondary operations that affect the

strength of the joint between CAC702 and FC200.
Also, there may be space in the casting between the
two materials, but it will not affect the joint strength.
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
100
100
130
130
160
157
145
346
321
609
16.0
14.8
35.3
32.8
62.1
0.24~0.37
0.24~0.37
0.24~0.37
0.24~0.37
0.24~0.37
5.50
5.50
8.80
8.80
14.0
AG6-20R1
AG6-20R2
AG6-30R1
AG6-30R2
AG6-40R1
190
220
935
1320
95.3
135
0.24~0.37
0.24~0.37
23.0
29.0
AG6-50R1
AG6-60R1
30
30
30
30
30
70
70
70
70
70
(26)
(26)
(28)
(142)
(142)
(200)
30
30
70
70
(30)
(30)
(258)
(312)

Worm rpm
Catalog No.
AG6-20R1
AG6-20R2
AG6-30R1
AG6-30R2
AG6-40R1
AG6-50R1
AG6-60R1
30
100
300
600
900 1200 1800
315
314
666
668
1140
1720
2410
252
244
538
532
923
1400
1960
196
182
424
403
738
1130
1580
157
145
346
321
609
935
1320
135
124
300
278
528
816
1170
121
110
267
246
472
733
1040
99.6
89.3
224
203
394
611
875
327
Catalog No.
Worm
Gear Pair
S
W
G
.
A
G
SW Worms, BG.CG Worm Wheels
Normal
Modules
0.8~1
W2 Shape
HA Shape
Module 0.8 Worms

Catalog No.
SW0.8-R1
SW0.8-R2
Normal module Number of start Lead angle Hand of tread
1
2
m0.8
317'
634'
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH8
14
14
15.6
15.6
W2
W2
6
6
Q'

Catalog No.
BG0.8-20R1
BG0.8-20R2
BG0.8-30R1
BG0.8-30R2
BG0.8-40R1
BG0.8-50R1
Reduction ratio Normal module No. of teeth Number of start Helix angle Hand of tread Shape
20
10
30
15
40
50
m0.8
20
20
30
30
40
50
1
2
1
2
1
1
317'
634'
317'
634'
317'
317'
R
R
R
R
R
R
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
5
5
5
5
6
8
12
12
18
18
20
25
16.03
16.11
24.04
24.16
32.05
40.06
17.6
17.6
25.6
25.6
33.6
41.6
9
9
9
9
9
9
HA
HA
HA
HA
HA
HA
Module 1 Worms
Catalog No.
SW1-R1
SW1-R2
1
2
m1
335'
711'
Module 1 BG Worm Wheels
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
S
W
.
B
G
.
C
G
BG1-20R1
BG1-20R2
BG1-30R1
BG1-30R2
BG1-40R1 NOTE 1
BG1-50R1 NOTE 1
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH8
16
16
18
18
W2
W2
6
6
Material: CAC406C
m1
20
20
30
30
40
50
1
2
1
2
1
1
335'
711'
335'
711'
335'
335'
Q'
NOTE 1
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
6
6
6
6
8
8
16
16
20
20
26
30
20.05
20.16
30.07
30.24
40.08
50.1
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
10
10
10
10
30
35
40
40
60.12
80.16
100.2
120.24
20
10
30
15
40
50
R
R
R
R
R
R
D
22
22
32
32
42
52
D'
23
23
33
33
43
53
E
10
10
10
10
10
10
Module 1 CG Worm Wheels

Catalog No.
CG1-60R1
CG1-80R1
CG1-100R1
CG1-120R1
Reduction ratio Normal module No. of teeth Number of start Helix angle Hand of tread
60
80
100
120
m1
60
80
100
120
1
1
1
1
335'
335'
335'
335'
R
R
R
R
NOTE 4
HB
HB
H2
H2
D
62
82
102
122
D'
63
83
103
123
10
10
10
10
CAUTION: Heat treating the tooth area of these worms is not recommended since it will introduce errors in the lead and pressure angles, producing poor gear mesh.
CAUTION: SUW worms may also be used to mate with BG and CG worm wheels.
CAUTION: These worm wheels are profile shifted to create the proper center distance.
BG0.8 Allowable Worm Wheel Torques (N.m)
NOTE 1: The material of BG1-40R1 and 50R1 is CAC502A.
Worm rpm
Catalog No.
BG0.8-20R1
BG0.8-20R2
BG0.8-30R1
BG0.8-30R2
BG0.8-40R1
BG0.8-50R1
BG0.8-60R1
328
30
100
300
600
900
1200
1.05
1.06
2.23
2.24
3.81
5.76
8.06
0.88
0.86
1.89
1.87
3.24
4.90
6.88
0.71
0.66
1.53
1.46
2.67
4.07
5.73
0.58
0.54
1.29
1.20
2.26
3.47
4.90
0.52
0.48
1.15
1.07
2.02
3.13
4.46
0.48
0.44
1.06
0.98
1.87
2.90
4.12
Worms, Worm Wheels

Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
Screw
Weight
NOTE 2
Size
kg
30
30
M4
M4
5
5
0.03
0.03
Less than 194HB

Black oxide
Thread rolled
Bore
for gear cutting
H1 Shape
Total length
SW
BG
KHK W 001 grade 4 KHK W 002 grade 4
Normal plane
Normal plane
Standard full depth
20
20
CAC406C( Formerly BC6)
S45C
CAC502A(Formerly PBC2)
CG
KHK W 002 grade 4
Normal plane
Standard full depth
20
FC200
Cut
Bore
Possible
Cut
Bore
Possible
Catalog No.
SW0.8-R1
SW0.8-R2
NOTE 2: The W2 shape worms are supplied with a set screw.
Hub width Total length Mounting distance Allowable torqueNm)
9
9
9
9
9
9
18
18
18
18
18
18
15
15
19
19
23
27
Allowable torquekgfm)
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
0.88
0.86
1.89
1.87
3.24
4.90
0.090
0.088
0.19
0.19
0.33
0.50
0.04~0.22
0.04~0.22
0.04~0.22
0.04~0.22
0.04~0.22
0.04~0.22
0.02
0.02
0.05
0.05
0.08
0.12
NOTE 3
Catalog No.
BG0.8-20R1
BG0.8-20R2
BG0.8-30R1
BG0.8-30R2
BG0.8-40R1
BG0.8-50R1
H2 Shape NOTE 5
NOTE 3: The allowable torques shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed
usage conditions. Please see page 294 for more details. The tables below show the allowable
worm wheel torques (N.m) at selected worm speeds.
Total length
Screw
Weight
Size
kg
32
32
M4
M4
5
5
0.04
0.04
Catalog No.
SW1-R1
SW1-R2
Hub width Total length Mounting distance Allowable torqueNm) Allowable torquekgfm)
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
20
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
1.58
1.54
3.38
3.35
5.79
8.76
0.16
0.16
0.34
0.34
0.59
0.89
0.06~0.24
0.06~0.24
0.06~0.24
0.06~0.24
0.06~0.24
0.06~0.24
18
18
23
23
28
33
0.04
0.04
0.09
0.09
0.15
0.20
Catalog No.
BG1-20R1
BG1-20R2
BG1-30R1
BG1-30R2
BG1-40R1
BG1-50R1
Hub width Total length Web thickness Web O.D. Mounting distance Allowable torqueNm) Allowable torquekgfm)
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
(6)
(6)
(6)
(6)
(51)
(70)
(91)
(111)
38
48
58
68
Surface durability
7.39
12.6
19.0
26.7
HB Shape
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
mm
kg
0.75
1.28
1.94
2.73
0.06~0.24
0.06~0.24
0.06~0.24
0.06~0.24
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.60
Catalog No.
CG1-60R1
CG1-80R1
CG1-100R1
CG1-120R1
Worm rpm
Catalog No.
BG1-20R1
BG1-20R2
BG1-30R1
BG1-30R2
BG1-40R1
BG1-50R1
CG1 Allowable Worm Wheel Torques (N.m)
30
100
300
600
900
1200
1.89
1.90
4.00
4.03
6.85
10.3
1.58
1.54
3.38
3.35
5.79
8.76
1.26
1.18
2.74
2.62
4.76
7.27
1.04
0.97
2.29
2.14
4.03
6.18
0.92
0.85
2.05
1.91
3.61
5.58
0.85
0.78
1.87
1.74
3.31
5.14
Worm rpm
Catalog No.
CG1-60R1
CG1-80R1
CG1-100R1
CG1-120R1
329
S
W
.
B
G
.
C
G
NOTE 4: The H2 shape worm wheels have cast lightening holes in the web.
BG1 Allowable Worm Wheel Torques (N.m)
Worm
Gear Pair
30
100
300
600
900
1200
8.69
14.7
21.9
30.5
7.39
12.6
19.0
26.7
6.14
10.5
16.0
22.5
5.24
9.11
13.9
19.6
4.78
8.30
12.7
18.0
4.39
7.72
11.9
16.7
Normal
Modules
1.25~1.5
W2 Shape
W1 Shape
Module 1.25 Worms

Catalog No.
SW1.25-R1
SW1.25-R2
m1.25
1
2
325'
650'

Catalog No.
BG1.25-20R1
BG1.25-20R2
BG1.25-30R1
BG1.25-30R2
BG1.25-40R1
BG1.25-50R1
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH8
21
21
23.5
23.5
W2
W2
8
8
Material: CAC502A
m1.25
20
20
30
30
40
50
1
2
1
2
1
1
325'
650'
325'
650'
325'
325'
Q'
NOTE 2
20
10
30
15
40
50
R
R
R
R
R
R
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
6
6
6
6
8
8
20
20
25
25
30
40
25.04
25.18
37.57
37.77
50.09
62.61
27.5
27.5
40
40
52.5
65
28.75
28.75
41.25
41.25
53.75
66.25
11
11
11
11
11
11
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
Module 1.5 Worms

Catalog No.
SW1.5-R1
SW1.5-R2
m1.5
1
2
326'
654'
Module 1.5 BG Worm Wheels
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
S
W
B
G
C
G
BG1.5-20R1
BG1.5-20R2
BG1.5-30R1
BG1.5-30R2
BG1.5-40R1
BG1.5-50R1
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
8
8
20
20
25
25
28
28
30
30
10
10
W1
W1
Material: CAC502A
m1.5
20
20
30
30
40
50
1
2
1
2
1
1
326'
654'
326'
654'
326'
326'
Q'
NOTE 2
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
8
8
10
10
12
12
22
22
30
30
30
40
30.05
30.22
45.08
45.33
60.11
75.13
33
33
48
48
63
78
34.5
34.5
49.5
49.5
64.5
79.5
12
12
12
12
12
14
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
10
12
12
12
15
15
30
30
40
40
50
50
45.08
60.11
75.13
90.16
120.22
150.27
48
63
78
93
123
153
49.5
64.5
79.5
94.5
124.5
154.5
12
12
14
14
14
14
20
10
30
15
40
50
R
R
R
R
R
R
Module 1.5 CG Worm Wheels

Catalog No.
CG1.5-30R1
CG1.5-40R1
CG1.5-50R1
CG1.5-60R1
CG1.5-80R1
CG1.5-100R1
30
40
50
60
80
100
m1.5
30
40
50
60
80
100
1
1
1
1
1
1
326'
326'
326'
326'
326'
326'
R
R
R
R
R
R
CAUTION: Before assembling or performing any secondary operations, please carefully

read the Application Hints on page 296.
CAUTION: Heat treating the tooth area of these worms is not recommended since it will
introduce errors in the lead and pressure angles, producing poor gear mesh.
NOTE 1: Material of BG1.25-20R1 and 20R2, BG1.5-20R1, 20R2 is CAC406C.
330
NOTE 4
H1
H1
HB
HB
H2
H2

Worm rpm
Catalog No.
BG1.25-20R1
BG1.25-20R2
BG1.25-30R1
BG1.25-30R2
BG1.25-40R1
BG1.25-50R1
30
100
300
600
900
1200
3.19
3.19
6.75
6.77
11.5
17.4
2.65
2.58
5.67
5.60
9.71
14.7
2.10
1.96
4.56
4.33
7.92
12.1
1.72
1.60
3.81
3.54
6.70
10.3
1.53
1.40
3.40
3.16
5.98
9.25
1.40
1.27
3.09
2.85
5.47
8.49
Worms, Worm Wheels

Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
Screw
Weight
NOTE 2
Size
kg
37
37
M5
M5
5
5
0.09
0.09
Less than 194HB

Black oxide
Thread rolled
Bore
for gear cutting
H1 Shape
Total length
SW
BG
Normal plane
Normal plane
Standard full depth
20
20
CAC406C( Formerly BC6)
S45C
Catalog No.
CG
KHK W 002 grade 4
Normal plane
Standard full depth
20
FC200
Cut
Bore
Possible
Cut
Bore
Possible
SW1.25-R1
SW1.25-R2
NOTE 2: W2 shape worms are supplied with a set screw.
Hub width Total length Mounting distance Allowable torqueNm) NOTE 3 Allowable torquekgfm)
9
9
9
9
9
9
20
20
20
20
20
20
23
23
29.25
29.25
35.5
41.75
Surface durability
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
mm
kg
0.27
0.26
0.58
0.57
0.99
1.50
0.08~0.26
0.08~0.26
0.08~0.26
0.08~0.26
0.08~0.26
0.08~0.26
0.065
0.065
0.14
0.14
0.23
0.37
2.65
2.58
5.67
5.60
9.71
14.7
Catalog No.
BG1.25-20R1
BG1.25-20R2
BG1.25-30R1
BG1.25-30R2
BG1.25-40R1
BG1.25-50R1
Total length
Screw
Weight
Size
40
40
Catalog No.
kg
H2 Shape NOTE 5
SW1.5-R1
SW1.5-R2
0.12
0.12
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
10
10
10
10
10
10
22
22
22
22
22
24
27.5
27.5
35
35
42.5
50
3.96
3.85
8.47
8.37
14.5
25.6
0.40
0.39
0.86
0.85
1.48
2.61
0.08~0.26
0.08~0.26
0.08~0.26
0.08~0.26
0.08~0.26
0.08~0.26
0.10
0.10
0.22
0.22
0.32
0.58
Catalog No.
BG1.5-20R1
BG1.5-20R2
BG1.5-30R1
BG1.5-30R2
BG1.5-40R1
BG1.5-50R1
10
10
10
10
10
10
22
22
24
24
24
24
(6)
(4)
(9)
(7)
(62)
(79)
(112)
(138)
35
42.5
50
57.5
72.5
87.5
Surface durability
5.08
8.71
15.4
21.6
36.8
55.6
HB Shape
*CS has a sand mold casing finish. The
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
mm
kg
0.52
0.89
1.57
2.20
3.76
5.67
0.08~0.26
0.08~0.26
0.08~0.26
0.08~0.26
0.08~0.26
0.08~0.26
0.17
0.25
0.42
0.50
0.75
1.00
Catalog No.
CG1.5-30R1
CG1.5-40R1
CG1.5-50R1
CG1.5-60R1
CG1.5-80R1
CG1.5-100R1
NOTE 4: The H2 shape worm gears have cast lightening holes in the web.
BG1.5 Allowable Worm Wheel Torques(N.m)
Worm rpm
Catalog No.
BG1.5-20R1
BG1.5-20R2
BG1.5-30R1
BG1.5-30R2
BG1.5-40R1
BG1.5-50R1
CG1.5 Allowable Worm Wheel Torques (N.m)
30
100
300
600
900
1200
4.76
4.75
10.1
10.1
17.2
30.4
3.96
3.85
8.47
8.37
14.5
25.6
3.10
2.89
6.72
6.40
11.7
20.8
2.56
2.38
5.67
5.26
9.96
17.8
2.27
2.08
5.03
4.67
8.86
16.0
2.06
1.87
4.55
4.20
8.04
14.6
Worm rpm
Catalog No.
CG1.5-30R1
CG1.5-40R1
CG1.5-50R1
CG1.5-60R1
CG1.5-80R1
CG1.5-100R1
331
30
100
300
600
900
1200
6.04
10.3
18.2
25.5
43.1
64.4
5.08
8.71
15.4
21.6
36.8
55.6
4.03
7.01
12.5
17.6
30.1
45.8
3.40
5.98
10.7
15.1
26.3
40.1
3.02
5.31
9.59
13.7
23.8
36.4
2.73
4.83
8.74
12.4
21.9
33.6
Worm
Gear Pair
S
W
.
B
G
.
C
G
Normal
Module
W1 Shape
H1 Shape
Module 2 Worms
Catalog No.
SW2-R1
SW2-R2
SW2-L1
SW2-L2
m2
m2
1
2
1
2
342'
725'
342'
725'
R
R
L
L
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
12
12
12
12
25
25
25
25
31
31
31
31
35
35
35
35
32
32
32
32
14
14
14
14
W1
W1
W1
W1
Q'

Catalog No.
BG2-20R1
BG2-20R2
BG2-20L1
BG2-20L2
20
10
20
10
m2
20
20
20
20
1
2
1
2
342'
725'
342'
725'
R
R
L
L
H1
H1
H1
H1
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
12
12
12
12
33
33
33
33
40.08
40.34
40.08
40.34
44
44
44
44
46
46
46
46
22
22
22
22
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
33
33
40
40
45
48
48
60
33
33
40
40
45
48
48
60
40.08
40.34
60.13
60.51
80.17
100.21
100.84
120.25
40.08
40.34
60.13
60.51
80.17
100.21
100.84
120.25
44
44
64
64
84
104
104
124
44
44
64
64
84
104
104
124
46
46
66
66
86
106
106
126
46
46
66
66
86
106
106
126
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
S
W
.
B
G
.
C
G
CG2-20R1
CG2-20R2
CG2-30R1
CG2-30R2
CG2-40R1
CG2-50R1
CG2-50R2
CG2-60R1
CG2-20L1
CG2-20L2
CG2-30L1
CG2-30L2
CG2-40L1
CG2-50L1
CG2-50L2
CG2-60L1
20
10
30
15
40
50
25
60
20
10
30
15
40
50
25
60
m2
20
20
30
30
40
50
50
60
20
20
30
30
40
50
50
60
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
342'
725'
342'
725'
342'
342'
725'
342'
342'
725'
342'
725'
342'
342'
725'
342'
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
HB
HB
HB
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
HB
HB
HB
332
Worms, Worm Wheels

Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
SW
BG
Normal plane
Normal plane
JIS 3 type Standard full depth Standard full depth
1430'
1430'
S45C
CG
KHK W 002 grade 4
Normal plane
Standard full depth
1430'
FC200
Cut
Bore
Possible
Cut
Bore
Possible
Less than 194HB

Black oxide
Thread rolled
Bore
for gear cutting
HB Shape
Total length
Screw
Weight
Size
46
46
46
46
Catalog No.
kg
SW2-R1
SW2-R2
SW2-L1
SW2-L2
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
Surface durability
Surface durability
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
Catalog No.
13
35
35.5
10.2
1.05
0.10~0.28
0.3
BG2-20R1
13
35
35.5
10.0
1.02
0.10~0.28
0.3
BG2-20R2
13
35
35.5
10.2
1.05
0.10~0.28
0.3
BG2-20L1
13
35
35.5
10.0
1.02
0.10~0.28
0.3
BG2-20L2
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
(7)
(7)
(7)
(7)
(7)
(7)
(88)
(88)
(108)
(88)
(88)
(108)
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
35.5
35.5
45.5
45.5
55.5
65.5
65.5
75.5
35.5
35.5
45.5
45.5
55.5
65.5
65.5
75.5
6.15
6.00
13.1
13.1
22.5
34.1
34.0
47.9
6.15
6.00
13.1
13.1
22.5
34.1
34.0
47.9
0.63
0.61
1.34
1.33
2.30
3.48
3.46
4.89
0.63
0.61
1.34
1.33
2.30
3.48
3.46
4.89
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.25
0.25
0.53
0.53
0.90
1.00
1.00
1.30
0.25
0.25
0.53
0.53
0.90
1.00
1.00
1.30

Worm rpm
CG2-20R1
CG2-20R2
CG2-30R1
CG2-30R2
CG2-40R1
CG2-50R1
CG2-50R2
CG2-60R1
CG2-20L1
CG2-20L2
CG2-30L1
CG2-30L2
CG2-40L1
CG2-50L1
CG2-50L2
CG2-60L1
S
W
.
B
G
.
C
G

Worm rpm
30
100
300
600
900
1200
BG2-20R1
12.3
10.2
8.00
6.59
5.78
5.25
BG2-20R2
12.3
10.0
7.51
6.15
5.32
4.80
Catalog No.
Catalog No.
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
CG2-20R1
CG2-20R2
CG2-30R1
CG2-30R2
CG2-40R1
CG2-50R1
CG2-50R2
CG2-60R1
333
30
100
300
600
900
1200
7.38
7.40
15.6
15.7
26.7
40.3
40.7
56.4
6.15
6.00
13.1
13.1
22.5
34.1
34.0
47.9
4.80
4.51
10.4
9.96
18.1
27.6
26.9
38.9
3.95
3.69
8.74
8.15
15.4
23.6
22.4
33.3
3.47
3.19
7.70
7.18
13.55
21.0
19.6
29.9
3.15
2.88
6.96
6.45
12.3
19.1
17.8
27.2
Normal
Module
2.5
W1 Shape
H1 Shape
Module 2 .5 Worms
Catalog No.
SW2.5-R1
SW2.5-R2
SW2.5-L1
SW2.5-L2
m2.5
m2.5
1
2
1
2
352'
746'
352'
746'
R
R
L
L
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
15
15
15
15
30
30
30
30
37
37
37
37
42
42
42
42
45
45
45
45
18
18
18
18
W1
W1
W1
W1
Q'
Module 2.5 BG Worm Wheels

Catalog No.
BG2.5-20R1
BG2.5-20R2
BG2.5-20L1
BG2.5-20L2
20
10
20
10
m2.5
20
20
20
20
1
2
1
2
352'
746'
352'
746'
R
R
L
L
H1
H1
H1
H1
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
12
12
12
12
35
35
35
35
50.11
50.46
50.11
50.46
55
55
55
55
57.5
57.5
57.5
57.5
22
22
22
22
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
35
35
40
40
45
50
50
55
35
35
40
40
45
50
50
55
50.11
50.46
75.17
75.68
100.23
125.29
126.16
150.34
50.11
50.46
75.17
75.68
100.23
125.29
126.16
150.34
55
55
80
80
105
130
130
155
55
55
80
80
105
130
130
155
57.5
57.5
82.5
82.5
107.5
132.5
132.5
157.5
57.5
57.5
82.5
82.5
107.5
132.5
132.5
157.5
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
Module 2.5 CG Worm Wheels
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
S
W
.
B
G
.
C
G
CG2.5-20R1
CG2.5-20R2
CG2.5-30R1
CG2.5-30R2
CG2.5-40R1
CG2.5-50R1
CG2.5-50R2
CG2.5-60R1
CG2.5-20L1
CG2.5-20L2
CG2.5-30L1
CG2.5-30L2
CG2.5-40L1
CG2.5-50L1
CG2.5-50L2
CG2.5-60L1
20
10
30
15
40
50
25
60
20
10
30
15
40
50
25
60
m2.5
20
20
30
30
40
50
50
60
20
20
30
30
40
50
50
60
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
352'
746'
352'
746'
352'
352'
746'
352'
352'
746'
352'
746'
352'
352'
746'
352'
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H1
H1
HB
HB
HB
HB
HB
HB
H1
H1
HB
HB
HB
HB
HB
HB
334
Worms, Worm Wheels

Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
SW
BG
Normal plane
Normal plane
JIS 3 type Standard full depth Standard full depth
20
20
S45C
CG
KHK W 002 grade 4
Normal plane
Standard full depth
20
FC200
Cut
Bore
Possible
Cut
Bore
Possible
Less than 194HB

Black oxide
Cut
Bore
for gear cutting
HB Shape
Total length
Screw
Weight
Size
63
63
63
63
Catalog No.
kg
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
SW2.5-R1
SW2.5-R2
SW2.5-L1
SW2.5-L2
Surface durability
Surface durability
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
Catalog No.
14
36
43.5
17.7
1.81
0.13~0.31
0.40
BG2.5-20R1
14
36
43.5
17.3
1.76
0.13~0.31
0.40
BG2.5-20R2
14
36
43.5
17.7
1.81
0.13~0.31
0.40
BG2.5-20L1
14
36
43.5
17.3
1.76
0.13~0.31
0.40
BG2.5-20L2
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
(10)
(10)
(9)
(9)
(9)
(9)
(60)
(60)
(86)
(110)
(110)
(136)
(10)
(10)
(9)
(9)
(9)
(9)
(60)
(60)
(86)
(110)
(110)
(136)
Surface durability
43.5
43.5
56
56
68.5
81
81
93.5
43.5
43.5
56
56
68.5
81
81
93.5
10.6
10.4
22.8
22.5
39.0
59.0
58.6
82.9
10.6
10.4
22.8
22.5
39.0
59.0
58.6
82.9

Worm rpm
Weight
mm
kg
1.09
1.06
2.32
2.30
3.98
6.02
5.98
8.46
1.09
1.06
2.32
2.30
3.98
6.02
5.98
8.46
0.13~0.31
0.13~0.31
0.13~0.31
0.13~0.31
0.13~0.31
0.13~0.31
0.13~0.31
0.13~0.31
0.13~0.31
0.13~0.31
0.13~0.31
0.13~0.31
0.13~0.31
0.13~0.31
0.13~0.31
0.13~0.31
0.40
0.40
0.80
0.80
1.40
1.90
1.90
2.30
0.40
0.40
0.80
0.80
1.40
1.90
1.90
2.30
Catalog No.
CG2.5-20R1
CG2.5-20R2
CG2.5-30R1
CG2.5-30R2
CG2.5-40R1
CG2.5-50R1
CG2.5-50R2
CG2.5-60R1
CG2.5-20L1
CG2.5-20L2
CG2.5-30L1
CG2.5-30L2
CG2.5-40L1
CG2.5-50L1
CG2.5-50L2
CG2.5-60L1
S
W
.
B
G
.
C
G
CG2.5 Allowable Worm Wheel Torques (N.m)
30
100
300
600
900
1200
BG2.5-20R1
21.5
17.7
13.8
11.4
9.94
9.07
BG2.5-20R2
21.5
17.3
13.0
10.6
9.14
8.27
Catalog No.
Backlash
Surface durability
Worm
Gear Pair
Worm rpm
Catalog No.
CG2.5-20R1
CG2.5-20R2
CG2.5-30R1
CG2.5-30R2
CG2.5-40R1
CG2.5-50R1
CG2.5-50R2
CG2.5-60R1
335
30
100
300
600
900
1200
12.9
12.9
27.3
27.5
46.7
70.6
71.1
98.8
10.6
10.4
22.8
22.5
39.0
59.0
58.6
82.9
8.30
7.78
18.0
17.2
31.3
47.8
46.4
67.3
6.83
6.36
15.1
14.1
26.5
40.7
38.6
57.6
5.97
5.49
13.2
12.3
23.3
36.1
33.6
51.5
5.44
4.96
12.0
11.1
21.2
33.0
30.7
47.0
Normal
Module
W1 Shape
H1 Shape
Module 3 Worms
Catalog No.
SW3-R1
SW3-R2
SW3-L1
SW3-L2
m3
m3
1
2
1
2
355'
750'
355'
750'
R
R
L
L
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
16
16
16
16
35
35
35
35
44
44
44
44
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
20
20
20
20
W1
W1
W1
W1
Q'

Catalog No.
BG3-20R1
BG3-20R2
BG3-20L1
BG3-20L2
20
10
20
10
m3
20
20
20
20
1
2
1
2
355'
750'
355'
750'
R
R
L
L
H1
H1
H1
H1
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
20
20
20
20
50
50
50
50
60.14
60.57
60.14
60.57
66
66
66
66
69
69
69
69
28
28
28
28
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
50
50
55
55
55
63
63
70
50
50
55
55
55
63
63
70
60.14
60.57
90.21
90.85
120.28
150.35
151.41
180.42
60.14
60.57
90.21
90.85
120.28
150.35
151.41
180.42
66
66
96
96
126
156
156
186
66
66
96
96
126
156
156
186
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
S
W
.
B
G
.
C
G
CG3-20R1
CG3-20R2
CG3-30R1
CG3-30R2
CG3-40R1
CG3-50R1
CG3-50R2
CG3-60R1
CG3-20L1
CG3-20L2
CG3-30L1
CG3-30L2
CG3-40L1
CG3-50L1
CG3-50L2
CG3-60L1
20
10
30
15
40
50
25
60
20
10
30
15
40
50
25
60
m3
20
20
30
30
40
50
50
60
20
20
30
30
40
50
50
60
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
355'
750'
355'
750'
355'
355'
750'
355'
355'
750'
355'
750'
355'
355'
750'
355'
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
H1
H1
H1
H1
HB
HB
HB
HB
H1
H1
H1
H1
HB
HB
HB
HB
D'
69
69
99
99
129
159
159
189
69
69
99
99
129
159
159
189
28
28
28
28
30
30
30
30
28
28
28
28
30
30
30
30
CAUTION: SUW worms may also be used to mate with BG and CG worm gears.
336
Worms, Worm Wheels
Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
SW
BG
Normal plane
Normal plane
Standard full depth
1430'
1430'
CAC502A (Formerly PBC2)
S45C
CG
KHK W 002 grade 4
Normal plane
Standard full depth
1430'
FC200
Cut
Bore
Possible
Cut
Bore
Possible
Less than 194HB

Black oxide
Cut
Bore
for gear cutting
HB Shape
*CS has a sand mold casting finish. The dimensional tolerance
of CS parts are the very coarse grade of JIS B 0405.
Total length
Screw
Weight
Size
70
70
70
70
Catalog No.
kg
SW3-R1
SW3-R2
SW3-L1
SW3-L2
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.60
Surface durability
Surface durability
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
Catalog No.
15
43
52
30.1
3.07
0.15~0.33
0.84
BG3-20R1
15
43
52
29.5
3.01
0.15~0.33
0.84
BG3-20R2
15
43
52
30.1
3.07
0.15~0.33
0.84
BG3-20L1
15
43
52
29.5
3.01
0.15~0.33
0.84
BG3-20L2
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
43
43
43
43
45
45
45
45
43
43
43
43
45
45
45
45
(9)
(9)
(9)
(9)
(107)
(138)
(138)
(166)
(9)
(9)
(9)
(9)
(107)
(138)
(138)
(166)
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
52
52
67
67
82
97
97
112
52
52
67
67
82
97
97
112
18.1
17.7
38.7
38.5
66.3
100
100
141
18.1
17.7
38.7
38.5
66.3
100
100
141
1.84
1.80
3.94
3.92
6.76
10.2
10.2
14.4
1.84
1.80
3.94
3.92
6.76
10.2
10.2
14.4
0.15~0.33
0.15~0.33
0.15~0.33
0.15~0.33
0.15~0.33
0.15~0.33
0.15~0.33
0.15~0.33
0.15~0.33
0.15~0.33
0.15~0.33
0.15~0.33
0.15~0.33
0.15~0.33
0.15~0.33
0.15~0.33
0.70
0.70
1.40
1.40
1.90
2.50
2.50
4.00
0.70
0.70
1.40
1.40
1.90
2.50
2.50
4.00

Worm rpm
CG3-20R1
CG3-20R2
CG3-30R1
CG3-30R2
CG3-40R1
CG3-50R1
CG3-50R2
CG3-60R1
CG3-20L1
CG3-20L2
CG3-30L1
CG3-30L2
CG3-40L1
CG3-50L1
CG3-50L2
CG3-60L1
30
100
300
600
900
1200
BG3-20R1
36.8
30.1
23.5
19.1
16.7
15.2
BG3-20R2
37.0
29.5
22.1
17.9
15.4
14.0
Catalog No.
Catalog No.
Worm rpm
Catalog No.
CG3-20R1
CG3-20R2
CG3-30R1
CG3-30R2
CG3-40R1
CG3-50R1
CG3-50R2
CG3-60R1
337
30
100
300
600
900
22.1
22.2
46.6
47.2
79.8
121
122
169
18.1
17.7
38.7
38.5
66.3
100
100
141
14.1
13.3
30.6
29.3
53.2
81.1
79.1
114
11.5
10.7
25.4
23.7
44.6
68.4
65.1
96.7
10.0
9.24
22.2
20.8
39.1
60.5
56.7
86.3
Worm
Gear Pair
S
W
B
G
C
G
Normal
Module
W1 Shape
H1 Shape
Module 4 Worms
Catalog No.
SW4-R1
SW4-R2
SW4-L1
SW4-L2
m4
m4
1
2
1
2
342'
725'
342'
725'
R
R
L
L
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
22
22
22
22
50
50
50
50
62
62
62
62
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
25
25
25
25
W1
W1
W1
W1
Q'

Catalog No.
BG4-20R1
BG4-20R2
BG4-20L1
BG4-20L2
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
H1
H1
H1
H1
20
20
20
20
60
60
60
60
80.17
80.67
80.17
80.67
88
88
88
88
90
90
90
90
35
35
35
35
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
60
60
60
60
70
70
70
80
60
60
60
60
70
70
70
80
80.17
80.67
120.25
120.01
160.33
200.42
201.69
240.5
80.17
80.67
120.25
120.01
160.33
200.42
201.69
240.5
88
88
128
128
168
208
208
248
88
88
128
128
168
208
208
248
20
10
20
10
m4
20
20
20
20
1
2
1
2
342'
725'
342'
725'
R
R
L
L
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
S
W
B
G
C
G
CG4-20R1
CG4-20R2
CG4-30R1
CG4-30R2
CG4-40R1
CG4-50R1
CG4-50R2
CG4-60R1
CG4-20L1
CG4-20L2
CG4-30L1
CG4-30L2
CG4-40L1
CG4-50L1
CG4-50L2
CG4-60L1
20
10
30
15
40
50
25
60
20
10
30
15
40
50
25
60
m4
20
20
30
30
40
50
50
60
20
20
30
30
40
50
50
60
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
342'
725'
342'
725'
342'
342'
725'
342'
342'
725'
342'
725'
342'
342'
725'
342'
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
NOTE 2
H1
H1
HB
HB
HB
H2
H2
H2
H1
H1
HB
HB
HB
H2
H2
H2
D'
90
90
130
130
171
211
211
251
90
90
130
130
171
211
211
251
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
NOTE 1: The allowable torques shown in the table are the calculated values according to the assumed usage conditions. Please see page 294 for more details. The tables
below show the allowable worm wheel torques (N.m) at selected worm speeds.
NOTE 2: The H2 shape worm gears have casting lightening holes in the web.
338
Worms, Worm Wheels
Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
H2 Shape
SW
BG
Normal plane
Normal plane
Standard full depth
1430'
1430'
S45C
CG
KHK W 002 grade 4
Normal plane
Standard full depth
1430'
FC200
Cut
Bore
Possible
Cut
Bore
Possible
Less than 194HB

Black oxide
Cut
Bore
for gear cutting
NOTE 3
*CS has a sand mold casting finish. The dimensional tolerance

of CS parts are the very coarse grade of JIS B 0405.
Screw
Weight
Size
95
95
95
95
Catalog No.
kg
SW4-R1
SW4-R2
SW4-L1
SW4-L2
1.70
1.70
1.70
1.70
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
17
17
17
17
52
52
52
52
71
71
71
71
61.7
60.0
61.7
60.0
6.29
6.12
6.29
6.12
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
1.80
1.80
1.80
1.80
Catalog No.
BG4-20R1
BG4-20R2
BG4-20L1
BG4-20L2
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
(12)
(12)
(11)
(12)
(12)
(12)
(96)
(96)
(136)
(176)
(176)
(218)
(12)
(12)
(11)
(12)
(12)
(12)
(96)
(96)
(136)
(176)
(176)
(218)
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
71
71
91
91
111
131
131
151
71
71
91
91
111
131
131
151
37.0
36.0
79.1
78.3
136
205
204
288
37.0
36.0
79.1
78.3
136
205
204
288
3.77
3.67
8.07
7.99
13.8
20.9
20.8
29.4
3.77
3.67
8.07
7.99
13.8
20.9
20.8
29.4
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
0.17~0.37
1.50
1.50
2.50
2.50
3.70
4.50
4.50
5.00
1.50
1.50
2.50
2.50
3.70
4.50
4.50
5.00
Catalog No.
CG4-20R1
CG4-20R2
CG4-30R1
CG4-30R2
CG4-40R1
CG4-50R1
CG4-50R2
CG4-60R1
CG4-20L1
CG4-20L2
CG4-30L1
CG4-30L2
CG4-40L1
CG4-50L1
CG4-50L2
CG4-60L1
30
100
300
600
900
1200
BG4-20R1
75.9
61.7
47.9
38.4
33.7
30.1
BG4-20R2
75.9
60.0
44.8
35.7
30.9
27.5
Catalog No.


Worm rpm
HB Shape
Worm rpm
Catalog No.
CG4-20R1
CG4-20R2
CG4-30R1
CG4-30R2
CG4-40R1
CG4-50R1
CG4-50R2
CG4-60R1
339
30
100
300
600
45.6
45.5
96.3
96.8
165
249
250
348
37.0
36.0
79.1
78.3
136
205
204
288
28.7
26.9
62.3
59.4
108
165
160
233
23.0
21.4
50.9
47.3
89.4
137
130
194
Worm
Gear Pair
Total length
S
W
.
B
G
.
C
G
Normal
Module
W3 Shape
H1 Shape
Module 5 Worms
Catalog No.
SW5-R1
SW5-R2
m5
1
2
406'
813'
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
Q'
25
25
56
56
70
70
80
80
85
85
20
20
20
20
W3
W3

Catalog No.
BG5-20R1
BG5-20R2
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
H1
H1
22
22
75
75
100.26
101.04
110
110
113
113
45
45
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
75
75
75
75
90
90
90
100
100.26
101.04
150.38
151.56
200.51
250.61
252.59
300.77
110
110
160
160
210
260
260
310
113
113
163
163
213
263
263
313
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
20
10
m5
20
20
1
2
406'
813'
R
R
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
S
W
.
B
G
.
CG5-20R1
CG5-20R2
CG5-30R1
CG5-30R2
CG5-40R1
CG5-50R1
CG5-50R2
CG5-60R1
20
10
30
15
40
50
25
60
m5
20
20
30
30
40
50
50
60
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
406'
813'
406'
813'
406'
406'
813'
406'
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NOTE 2
H1
H1
HB
HB
H2
H2
H2
H2
C
G
340
Worms, Worm Wheels
Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
H2 Shape
NOTE 3
Weight
Size
125
125
20
20
20
20
65
65
72
72
85
85
100
100
Surface durability
Surface durability
117
115
185
183
12.0
11.7
18.9
18.6
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
Worm rpm
Cut
Bore
Possible
0.20~0.40
0.20~0.40
0.22~0.42
0.22~0.42
3.60
3.60
6.10
6.10
BG5-20R1
BG5-20R2
BG6-20R1
BG6-20R2
HB Shape
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
kg
(127)
(127)
(172)
(223)
(223)
(276)
85
85
110
110
135
160
160
185
70.3
68.9
150
150
258
390
390
548
7.17
7.03
15.3
15.3
26.3
39.8
39.7
55.9
0.20~0.40
0.20~0.40
0.20~0.40
0.20~0.40
0.20~0.40
0.20~0.40
0.20~0.40
0.20~0.40
3.00
3.00
4.40
4.40
7.00
9.20
9.20
13.0
(13)
(13)
(16)
(16)
(16)
(13)
Catalog No.
CG5-20R1
CG5-20R2
CG5-30R1
CG5-30R2
CG5-40R1
CG5-50R1
CG5-50R2
CG5-60R1
30
100
300
600
900
1200
BG5-20R1
146
117
91.2
73.0
63.7
56.9
BG5-20R2
146
115
85.8
68.4
58.8
52.2
Catalog No.
Cut
Bore
Possible
Catalog No.
SW5-R1
SW5-R2
2.90
2.90
Catalog No.
kg
Worm rpm
Catalog No.
CG5-20R1
CG5-20R2
CG5-30R1
CG5-30R2
CG5-40R1
CG5-50R1
CG5-50R2
CG5-60R1
341
30
100
300
600
87.4
87.9
185
187
316
477
483
668
70.3
68.9
150
150
258
390
390
548
54.7
51.5
119
114
206
315
307
443
43.8
41.0
96.8
90.6
170
261
249
369
Worm
Gear Pair
Screw
CG
KHK W 002 grade 4
Normal plane
Standard full depth
1430'
FC200
Less than 194HB

Black oxide
Cut
Bore
for gear cutting

Total length
SW
BG
Normal plane
Normal plane
Standard full depth
1430'
1430'
S45C
S
W
.
B
G
.
C
G
Normal
Module
W3 Shape
H1 Shape
Module 6 Worms
Catalog No.
SW6-R1
SW6-R2
m6
1
2
418'
838'
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
Q'
30
30
64
64
80
80
92
92
100
100
25
25
25
25
W3
W3

Catalog No.
BG6-20R1
BG6-20R2
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
H1
H1
25
25
100
100
120.34
121.38
132
132
136
136
52
52
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
AH7
D'
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
120
120.34
121.38
180.51
182.06
240.68
300.85
303.44
361.02
132
132
192
192
252
312
312
372
136
136
196
196
256
316
316
376
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
20
10
m6
20
20
1
2
418'
838'
R
R
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
S
W
.
B
G
.
CG6-20R1
CG6-20R2
CG6-30R1
CG6-30R2
CG6-40R1
CG6-50R1
CG6-50R2
CG6-60R1
20
10
30
15
40
50
25
60
m6
20
20
30
30
40
50
50
60
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
418'
838'
418'
838'
418'
418'
838'
418'
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NOTE 2
H1
H1
HB
HB
H2
H2
H2
H2
C
G
342
Worms, Worm Wheels
Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
H2 Shape
SW
BG
Normal plane
Normal plane
Standard full depth
1430'
1430'
S45C
CG
KHK W 002 grade 4
Normal plane
Standard full depth
1430'
FC200
Cut
Bore
Possible
Cut
Bore
Possible
Less than 194HB

Black oxide
Cut
Bore
for gear cutting
NOTE 3

Total length
Screw
Weight
Size
150
150
Catalog No.
kg
SW6-R1
SW6-R2
4.30
4.30
20
20
72
72
100
100
Surface durability
Surface durability
185
183
18.9
18.6
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.22~0.42
0.22~0.42
6.10
6.10
Catalog No.
BG6-20R1
BG6-20R2
HB Shape
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
72
(155)
(155)
(213)
(275)
(275)
(336)
100
100
130
130
160
190
190
220
(15)
(15)
(15)
(16)
(16)
(17)

Worm rpm
111
110
237
238
407
615
620
865
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
mm
kg
11.3
11.2
24.2
24.3
41.5
62.8
63.2
88.2
0.22~0.42
0.22~0.42
0.22~0.42
0.22~0.42
0.22~0.42
0.22~0.42
0.22~0.42
0.22~0.42
5.10
5.10
7.60
7.60
10.0
13.0
13.0
19.0
Catalog No.
CG6-20R1
CG6-20R2
CG6-30R1
CG6-30R2
CG6-40R1
CG6-50R1
CG6-50R2
CG6-60R1
30
100
300
600
900
BG6-20R1
232
185
144
115
99.2
BG6-20R2
235
183
136
109
92.3
Catalog No.
Surface durability
Worm rpm
Catalog No.
CG6-20R1
CG6-20R2
CG6-30R1
CG6-30R2
CG6-40R1
CG6-50R1
CG6-50R2
CG6-60R1
343
30
100
300
600
139
141
294
299
502
760
774
1060
111
110
237
238
407
615
620
865
86.2
81.8
187
181
325
496
488
698
(69.0)
(65.1)
(153)
(144)
(268)
(412)
(395)
(582)
Worm
Gear Pair
S
W
.
B
G
.
C
G
SUW Worms, PG Plastic Worm Wheels
Normal
Modules
1~1.5
W1 Shape
W2 Shape
Module 1 Worms
Catalog No.
SUW1-R1
SUW1-R2
1
2
m1
335'
711'
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
16
16
18
18
W2
W2
6
6
Outside dia. Face width
Hub width
Total length
32
32

Catalog No.
PG1-20R1
PG1-20R2
PG1-30R1
PG1-40R1
PG1-50R1
20
10
30
40
50
m1
20
20
30
40
50
1
2
1
1
1
335'
711'
335'
335'
335'
R
R
R
R
R
Bore
Hub dia.
6
6
6
8
8
16
16
20
26
30
20.04
20.16
30.06
40.08
50.1
22
22
32
42
52
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
D'
23
23
33
43
53
10
10
10
10
10
Module 1.5 Worms
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
S
U
W
.
P
G
SUW1.5-R1
SUW1.5-R2
m1.5
1
2
326'
654'
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
8
8
20
20
25
25
28
28
30
30
10
10
40
40
W1
W1
Hub width
Total length

Catalog No.
PG1.5-20R1
PG1.5-20R2
20
10
m1.5
20
20
1
2
326'
654'
R
R
H1
H1
Bore
Hub dia.
D'
8
8
22
22
30.05
30.22
33
33
34.5
34.5
12
12
CAUTION: SW worms may also be used to mate with PG worm wheels.
344
Worms, Plastic Worm Wheels
Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
SUW
KHK W 001 grade 4
Normal plane
20
SUS303
Less than 187HB
Cut
Bore
H1 Shape

for gear cutting
PG
KHK W 002 grade 5
Normal plane
Standard full depth
20
MC901
Cut
Bore
Possible
*Available on special order: Same gears made from SUS304.

Screw
Weight
NOTE 1
Size
kg
M4
M4
5
5
0.04
0.04
Catalog No.
SUW1-R1
SUW1-R2
NOTE 1: The W2 shape worms are supplied with a set screw.
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
18
18
23
28
33
Screw
0.62
0.62
1.03
1.49
1.96
Weight
Size
Surface durability
0.12
0.12
0.060
0.060
0.10
0.15
0.20
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.07~0.23
0.07~0.23
0.07~0.23
0.07~0.23
0.07~0.23
0.0060
0.0060
0.01
0.02
0.03
Catalog No.
PG1-20R1
PG1-20R2
PG1-30R1
PG1-40R1
PG1-50R1
Catalog No.
kg
Surface durability
SUW1.5-R1
SUW1.5-R2
Surface durability
10
10
22
22
27.5
27.5
1.66
1.68
Surface durability
0.17
0.17
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
0.09~0.25 0.015
0.09~0.25 0.015
NOTE 2: The allowable torques shown in the table are calculated using the Lewis formula.
345
Worm
Gear Pair
Catalog No.
PG1.5-20R1
PG1.5-20R2
S
U
W
P
G
SUW Worms, PG Plastic Worm Wheels
Normal
Modules
2~3
W1 Shape
H1 Shape
Module 2 Worms
Catalog No.
SUW2-R1
SUW2-R2
Pressure Angle 14 30'
1
2
m2
342'
725'
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
12
12
25
25
31
31
35
35
32
32
14
14
46
46
W1
W1
Hub width
Total length

Catalog No.
PG2-20R1
PG2-20R2
20
10
m2
20
20
1
2
Module 2.5 Worms

Catalog No.
SUW2.5-R1
SUW2.5-R2
342'
725'
R
R
H1
H1
Bore
Hub dia.
10
10
33
33
40.08
40.34
44
44
D'
46
46
22
22
Pressure Angle 20
1
2
m2.5
352'
746'
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
15
15
30
30
37
37
42
42
45
45
18
18
63
63
W1
W1
Hub width
Total length
Worm
Gear Pair
S
U
W
P
G
Catalog No.
PG2.5-20R1
PG2.5-20R2
20
10
m2.5
20
20
1
2
Module 3 Worms
Catalog No.
SUW3-R1
SUW3-R2
352'
746'
R
R
H1
H1
Bore
Hub dia.
D'
12
12
35
35
50.11
50.46
55
55
57.5
57.5
22
22
Pressure Angle 14 30'
1
2
m3
355'
750'
R
R
Shape
Bore
Hub dia.
Pitch dia.
LH7
16
16
35
35
44
44
50
50
50
50
20
20
70
70
W1
W1
Hub width
Total length

Catalog No.
PG3-20R1
PG3-20R2
20
10
m3
20
20
1
2
355'
750'
R
R
H1
H1
Bore
Hub dia.
15
15
50
50
60.14
60.57
66
66
CAUTION: SW worms may also be used to mate with PG worm wheels.
346
D'
69
69
28
28
Worms, Plastic Worm Wheels
Specifications
Catalog No.
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Material
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
Surface treatment
SUW
KHK W 001 grade 4
Normal plane
20 or 14 30'
SUS303
Less than 187HB
Cut
Bore
for gear cutting
PG
KHK W 002 grade 5
Normal plane
Standard full depth
20 or 14 30
MC901
Cut
Bore
Possible
*Available on special order: Same gears made from SUS304.

Weight
Catalog No.
kg
SUW2-R1
SUW2-R2
0.20
0.20
13
13
35
35
35.5
35.5
Screw
Weight
mm
kg
0.49
0.49
0.10~0.28
0.10~0.28
0.04
0.04
14
14
36
36
43.5
43.5
PG2-20R1
PG2-20R2
SUW2.5-R1
SUW2.5-R2
0.40
0.40
Catalog No.
Catalog No.
kg
Backlash
Surface durability
4.78
4.82
Weight
Size
Surface durability
Surface durability
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
mm
kg
0.86
0.87
0.13~0.31
0.13~0.31
0.06
0.06
(8.46)
(8.54)
Catalog No.
PG2.5-20R1
PG2.5-20R2
Worm
Gear Pair
Screw
Size
S
U
W
.
Screw
Weight
Size
0.60
0.60
SUW3-R1
SUW3-R2
15
15
43
43
52
52
P
G
Catalog No.
kg
Surface durability
(13.7)
(13.8)
Backlash
Weight
Surface durability
mm
kg
1.40
1.41
0.15~0.33
0.15~0.33
0.12
0.12
NOTE 1: The allowable torques shown in the table are calculated using the Lewis formula.
347
Catalog No.
PG3-20R1
PG3-20R2
MEMO
348
Table of Contents
SRT.SRTB Pawls & Ratchets................................ page 350
GC Gear Couplings............................................... page 352
SV.SVI Involute Spline Shafts & Bushings............ page 354
Bevel Gearbox Selection Guide. ........................... page 356
KBX Bevel Gearboxes........................................... page 358
CBX Bevel Gearboxes........................................... page 362
PBX Miniature Bevel Gearboxes........................... page 366
10

(Example)
Other Products
Involute Spline
Other Products
20 - 200
Total Length (200mm)
Major Diameter (20mm)
Type (Involute spline shafts)
Material (S45C)
Bevel Gear Box
P BX - 04 1 L
Model (L Model)
Gear Ratio (1)
Shaft Diameter (4mm)
Type (Bevel Gearbox)
Material of Housing (Plastic)
Material of Housing or Main body

K
Light Metal Alloy
BX
C
FC250
RT
P
Plastic
GC
S
S45C
V
Bevel Gearbox
Pawls and Ratchets
Gear Coupling
Involute Spline
349
SRT(B) Pawls & Ratchets
Pitches
2.09~12.56
T5 Shape
T4 Shape
*FD has a die-forged finish
Pawls
Catalog No.
SRT2/3-C
SRT1-C
SRT2-C
SRT3-C
SRT4-C
Shape
(L)
(N)
T5
5
8
10
12
13
(8)
(10)
(12.5)
(15)
(18)
30
39
55
65
80
(38)
(49)
(67.5)
(80)
(98)
6
12
15
20
25
Weight
kg
0.02
0.05
0.12
0.22
0.30
Ratchets
Catalog No.
SRT2/3-50
SRT2/3-60
SRT2/3-80
SRT2/3-90
SRT2/3-100
SRT1-50
SRT1-60
SRT1-80
SRT1-90
SRT1-100
Pitch
2.09
3.14
No. of teeth Shape
50
60
80
90
100
50
60
80
90
100
T4
T4
Bore
Hub dia.
10
10
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
Outside dia. Face width Hub width Total length Depth of teeth Center distance Mounting distance
D
33.3
40
53.3
60
66.6
50
60
80
90
100
33.8
35.5
39.4
41.7
43.9
45.5
48.2
54.7
58.3
62.2
15.5
19
25.5
29
32
23.4
28.4
38.4
43.4
48.4
12
12
1.6
15
15
3.1
61.2
66.2
72.3
79.1
26.9
36.9
46.9
56.9
76.3
85.1
95.5
40
55
70
SRT2-30
SRT2-40
SRT2-50
SRT2-60
6.28
30
40
50
60
T4
15
15
15
15
60
80
100
120
SRT3-30
SRT3-40
SRT3-50
9.42
30
40
50
T4
15
20
20
90
120
150
20
20
SRT4-30
SRT4-40
SRT4-50
12.56
30
40
50
T4
20
20
20
120
160
200
25
25
7.4
10
10
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
25
30
35
40
40
35
40
50
50
50
33.3
40
53.3
60
66.6
50
60
80
90
100
95.7
108
122.4
52.6
72.6
92.6
33.8
35.5
39.4
41.7
43.9
45.5
48.2
54.7
58.3
62.2
15.5
19
25.5
29
32
23.4
28.4
38.4
43.4
48.4
Other
Products
Ratchets with Hubs
S
R
T
S
R
T
B
SRTB2/3-50
SRTB2/3-60
SRTB2/3-80
SRTB2/3-90
SRTB2/3-100
SRTB1-50
SRTB1-60
SRTB1-80
SRTB1-90
SRTB1-100
2.09
3.14
50
60
80
90
100
50
60
80
90
100
T9
T9
10
16
12
12
24
1.6
SRTB2-30
SRTB2-40
SRTB2-50
SRTB2-60
6.28
30
40
50
60
T9
15
15
15
15
50
60
60
65
60
80
100
120
15
14
29
3.1
61.2
66.2
72.3
79.1
26.9
36.9
46.9
56.9
SRTB3-30
SRTB3-40
SRTB3-50
9.42
30
40
50
T9
15
20
20
75
80
85
90
120
150
20
16
36
76.3
85.1
95.5
40
55
70
SRTB4-30
SRTB4-40
SRTB4-50
12.56
30
40
50
T9
20
20
20
90
90
100
120
160
200
25
18
43
7.4
350
95.7
108
122.4
52.6
72.6
92.6
Pawls & Ratchets
Specifications
Catalog No.
Angle of jaw or teeth 60
T5 Shape
T9 Shape
*FD has the die-forged finish.
Weight
Bending strength
Bending strength
kg
3.07
4.10
6.00
7.11
8.24
14.7
19.5
29.4
34.5
39.4
0.31
0.42
0.61
0.73
0.84
1.50
1.99
3.00
3.52
4.02
0.034
0.053
0.095
0.12
0.15
0.16
0.24
0.44
0.56
0.7
SRT2/3-50
SRT2/3-60
SRT2/3-80
SRT2/3-90
SRT2/3-100
SRT1-50
SRT1-60
SRT1-80
SRT1-90
SRT1-100
29.0
49.2
70.8
94.3
2.96
5.02
7.22
9.61
0.28
0.53
0.86
1.24
SRT2-30
SRT2-40
SRT2-50
SRT2-60
92.6
158
229
9.44
16.1
23.3
0.86
1.58
2.54
SRT3-30
SRT3-40
SRT3-50
226
385
559
23.0
39.3
57.0
1.91
3.54
5.68
SRT4-30
SRT4-40
SRT4-50
0.31
0.42
0.61
0.73
0.84
1.50
1.99
3.00
3.52
4.02
0.067
0.1
0.16
0.21
0.24
0.24
0.34
0.61
0.73
0.87
SRTB2/3-50
SRTB2/3-60
SRTB2/3-80
SRTB2/3-90
SRTB2/3-100
SRTB1-50
SRTB1-60
SRTB1-80
SRTB1-90
SRTB1-100
29.0
49.2
70.8
94.3
2.96
5.02
7.22
9.61
0.48
0.82
1.14
1.59
SRTB2-30
SRTB2-40
SRTB2-50
SRTB2-60
92.6
158
229
9.44
16.1
23.3
1.4
2.17
3.21
SRTB3-30
SRTB3-40
SRTB3-50
226
385
559
23.0
39.3
57.0
2.76
4.4
6.74
SRTB4-30
SRTB4-40
SRTB4-50
S45C
S45C
Heat treatment
Induction hardened pawls
Tooth hardness
48~53HRC
48~53HRC
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Black oxide

for tooth cutting
Bore
Secondary Operations Possible except the tip area
Possible except the tooth area
Characteristics of Pawls and Ratchets
Catalog No.
3.07
4.10
6.00
7.11
8.24
14.7
19.5
29.4
34.5
39.4
60
Material
The tips of pawls and the teeth of ratchets are

induction hardened and therefore have superior
durability.
The pawls are designed to prevent reverse rotation.
They are not suitable for use as driving ratchets or
driving rotation.
SRT2/3-C is manufactured using a lost wax casting
method.
As to SRTB ratchets with hubs, please note the
direction of teeth, viewing from the hub side. KHK
can produce ratchets which have the teeth pointed
in the opposite direction as a custom order item.
Bending strength of Ratchets
[ NOTE 1]
The allowable torque of ratchets is the value

calculated by the following bending strength formula
and converted to torque.
(1)Allowable Transmission Forces
Fb
Other
Products
Allowable torqueNm)
SRT . SRTB
SRT-C
2
. be . 1
. 1 (N)
Fbb
6 h SF
Here
b = Bending stress (Assumed 225.55MPa)

b = Face width D or F(mm)
e = Root length(mm)
e = Depth of teeth tan 60- No.360

of teeth(z)
h = Depth of teeth (G)(mm)

SF = Safety factor (Assumed 2)
(2) Conversion to allowable torque
Allowable torque (N.m) = Allowable transmission forces Fb (N) tooth root radius (m)
351
S
R
T
S
R
T
B
GC Gear Couplings
Modules
2~2.5
T2 Shape
T2 Shape
T1 Shape
Gear Coupling
Catalog No.
GC1-I
GC2-I
GC3-I
Catalog No.
GC1-12S NOTE 1
GC1-20
GC1-22
GC1-25
Module
m2
m2
m2.5
Module
No. of teeth Shape
25
40
42
Internal dia. Pitch dia. Outside dia. Face width
T1
Weight
mm
kg
46
76
100
50
80
105
68
105
145
25
36
48
0.40~0.60
0.40
1.00
3.20
Bore
Hub dia.
Size
T2
TK
TK
TK
12
20
22
25
45
50
54
10
25
35
M5
M6
M6
10
10
10
20
30
32
35
40
70
80
84
15
40
55
M6
M10
M10
M10
13
13
13
13
20
45
50
90
105
110
20
45
65
M10
M10
20
20
No. of teeth
Shape
25
m2
Backlash
GC2-20S NOTE 1
GC2-30
GC2-32
GC2-35
GC2-40
m2
40
T2
TK
TK
TK
GC3-20S NOTE 1
GC3-45
GC3-50
m2.5
42
T2
TK
TK
NOTE 1: "S" denotes minimum bore products. Inner hubs come with snap rings and set screws.
Other
Products
Ordering Gear Couplings
G
C
(Example) If you require one set of GC2-30, you will

need one GC2-I (outer ring) and two GC2-30 (inner
hubs). These components may also be purchased
separately. Therefore, please specify set or each
when ordering.
There are many ways to couple shafts to transmit power. We have
developed these standardized gear couplings of our own design.
They are easier to connect or disconnect than chain couplings and
are especially suitable for use in power testing devices.
Characteristics of Gear Couplings

The gear teeth of the inner hubs are crowned to allow for up to 5
of shaft angle offset.
Due to induction hardened gear teeth, these couplings have
excellent durability. All surfaces are plated (Unichromic plating).
The units are machined complete with keyways, set screw holes
and finished bores and are ready for immediate installation. We
also offer minimum bore models for users who want to perform
their own secondary operations.
352
Screw
Gear Couplings
Specifications
Catalog No.
GC
GC-I
Precision grade
Gear teeth
Standard full depth (Crowning)
Standard full depth
Pressure angle
20
20
Material
S45C
S45C
Heat treatment
Tooth hardness
48~53HRC
48~53HRC
Surface treatment
Unichromic plating
Unichromic plating
Cut

for gear cutting
Outside diameter
Bore
Secondary Operations Possible except the tooth area
C-Shaped Snap Ring Groove

K
L
M
23
1.95
42.5
Total Width of Gear Coupling

N
Keyway
Width Depth
Allowable torqueNm)
NOTE 2
Bending strength
Allowable torquekgfmNOTE 2
Backlash
Weight
Bending strength
mm
kg
0.40~0.60
0.40
0.35
0.35
0.32
GC1-12S
GC1-20
GC1-22
GC1-25
GC2-20S
GC2-30
GC2-32
GC2-35
GC2-40
GC3-20S
GC3-45
GC3-50
73
5 x 2.3
7x3
7x3
68.7
98.1
137
7.00
10.0
14.0
245
294
392
490
25.0
30.0
40.0
50.0
0.40~0.60
1.70
1.40
1.40
1.30
1.30
785
883
80.0
90.0
0.40~0.60
3.00
2.80
2.60
37
2.7
67
115
7x3
10 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
10 x 3.3
42
3.2
86.5
135
12 x 3.3
12 x 3.3
Possible except the tooth area
Catalog No.
Other
Products
NOTE 2: The allowable torques in the table are obtained from the shear strength of keyways.
The shear strength of keyway is assumed to be 49Mpa (5kgf/mm2).
G
C
353
SV.SVI Involute Spline Shafts & Bushings
Module
1.667
T3 Shape
Involute Spline Shafts

Catalog No.
SV17-170
SV20-200
SV25-250 NOTE 1
SV30-300 NOTE 1
Module
m1.667
No. of teeth Shape
8
10
13
16
TA
TA
TB
TB
Outside dia. Shaft dia. Face width Shaft length (R) Shaft length (L) Total length Allowable torqueNm)
NOTE 2
Backlash
d ++ 00 .. 21 55
F'
Surface durability
Surface durability
mm
16.67
19.67
24.67
29.67
13
15
20
25
135
z165
220
270
20
20
15
15
30
30
170
200
250
300
32.4
60.6
130
233
3.30
6.18
13.2
23.8
0.06~0.15
0.06~0.15
0.06~0.15
0.06~0.15
NOTE 1: SV25-250 and SV30-300 have shafts on one end only.

NOTE 2: The allowable torques are calculated based on The surface strength of Spline on page 355.
Weight
kg
0.30
0.40
0.90
2.00
Characteristics of Involute Splines
Other
Products
Nm)
NOTE 2 Allowable torque
SV and SVI series are made according to the automotive

involute spline standard, JIS D 2001: 1959 (FLAT ROOT
SIDE FIT, Backlash 0.06~0.15)
Involute spline shafts and bushings are thermal refined to
have good abrasion-resistance.
Spline bushings may be made in CAC (bronze) type
material as a special custom order item.
S
V
354
Catalog No.
SV17-170
SV20-200
SV25-250
SV30-300
Involute Spline Shafts & Bushings
Specifications
Catalog No.
T1 Shape
SV
SVI
Gear teeth
Stub teeth
Stub teeth
Pressure angle
20
20
Material
S45C
S45C
Heat treatment
Thermal refined
Thermal refined
Tooth hardness
225~260HB
225~260HB
Surface treatment
Black oxide
Black oxide
Cut

for gear cutting
Outside diameter
Shaft
Possible
Involute Spline Bushings

Catalog No.
SVI17-40
SVI20-45
SVI25-55
SVI30-65
Module
m1.667
No. of teeth Shape
8
10
13
16
T1
Internal dia. Outside dia. Face width
Backlash
Weight
mm
kg
13.7
16.7
21.7
26.7
40
45
55
65
25
30
38
45
0.06~0.15
0.06~0.15
0.06~0.15
0.06~0.15
0.20
0.30
0.60
1.00
The surface strength of Spline

The design concept of the spline surface strength is the
same as that of a key. Here is the formula for the allowable
transmission force (N) of spline.
F zhl
In designing a spline shafts, besides considering the surface

strength, we should take into account the torsional and
bending stresses of the spline.
Here
: Contact ratio of surface 0.75 (assumed)
z : Number of teeth number of teeth (z) of spline from the table
h : Contact depth of tooth 1.65
I : Contact length of spline Total length (A) of involute spline bushing
: Allowable surface stress of spline 19.61MPa(2kgf/mm2) (assumed)
d : Effective diameter of spline shaft Module (m) x number of teeth (z)
355
Other
Products
And the formula of allowable torque T (N.m) of spline with

respect to the surface strength
T Fd
2000
S
V
I
Bevel Gearboxes
Selection Guide
Other
Products
KBX-L Type
K
B
X
.
C
B
X
356
KBX-T Type
Bevel Gearboxes
Selection Examples
CBX-T Type
Other
Products
CBX-L Type
K
B
X
.
C
B
X
357
KBX Bevel Gearboxes
2. Mounting methods
Bolt the unit firmly on a machined plain surface free from
vibrations.
Compactness
No
secondary operations such as adding bolt holes can be
Simplicity of design, enclosed in an aluminum die-cast casing.
performed on the casing. Also, do not disassemble or modify
Low noise and high efficiency
the units. There is a danger that the gearbox will break.
The spiral bevel gears are made of case-hardened alloy steel.
When used in applications where oil contamination is
Freedom of installing orientation
undesirable such as in a food processing machines, please use
preventive measures against oil leaks due to malfunction or the
The unit can be installed easily in any orientation.
units wearing out.
Maintenance-free
Features
High-grade grease is sealed in the casting before shipping.

Selective speed ratio
Gear ratios of 1/1/ or 1/2 are available to meet most
applications.
Other
Products
3. Connections with mating machinery

Before connecting to the mating machinery, please verify
the direction of the shaft rotation to avoid breakage of the
equipment.
Take care not to cause interference with an oil seal or case
surface when fitting a coupling, sprocket, pulley, gear, etc.
to gearbox shafts, especially for models without steps on the
shaft. We recommend an H7 tolerance for the bore.
Lubrication
In
the case of direct connection, alignment must be made
A standard volume of lubricant is sealed at the factory before shipping.
accurately so that the gearbox shaft and the mating shaft are
Model
Volume of lubricant
Lubrication
inline. We recommend flexible couplings.
When using a chain, belt or gear drive, position the gearbox
KBX10 Type
10g
The grease contains the
shaft and the mating shaft accurately parallel with each other so
KBX15 Type
30g
Grease
Li Extreme Pressure
that a line connecting the center of one shaft to the center of the
KBX20 Type
50g
additive NLGI-00
other shaft makes a right angle with the shafts.
K
B
X
4. Operating precautions
Do not get near or touch rotating portions of the machine such
as the shafts during operations. You may get caught and injure
yourself.
Stop the operation immediately when the noise level or the
temperature rises abnormally. Do not restart until all of the
causes are analyzed and proper repairs are made.
Sudden reversal of the direction of rotation could affect the
gearbox and mating machinery. Be sure to stop the unit before
reversing the rotation.
Be sure to keep the load torque and overhang load (O.H.L.)
within the allowable range during operation.
Point to observe during use

1. Environmental space suitable for installation
Ambient temperature -10 ~40
Ambient humidity
80% or less
Atmosphere
Well-ventilated, dust-free air not

including corrosive gas and steam.
Location
Indoor
358
Bevel Gearboxes
Other
Products
KBX Performance Chart
K
B
X
359
KBX Bevel Gearboxes
KBX L Type
Catalog
No.
KBX-101L
KBX-102L
KBX-151L
KBX-152L
KBX-201L
KBX-202L
Speed ratio
1:1
1:2
1:1
1:2
1:1
1:2
37
058
18
18
18
14
46
38
40
082
05
082 102
20 5.5 6.5 10
66
100
31
36
31
22
80
62
66
140
08
137 170
30 8.5 8.5 15
80
120
36
36
36
26
92
72
76
166
10
168 206
40 8.5 8.5 20
37
058
18
18
18
14
46
38
40
082
05
114 102
20 5.5 6.5 10
66
100
31
36
31
22
80
62
66
140
08
192 170
30 8.5 8.5 15
80
120
36
36
36
26
92
72
76
166
10
240 206
40 8.5 8.5 20
Other
Products
KBX T Type
K
B
X
Catalog
No.
KBX-101T
KBX-102T
KBX-151T
KBX-152T
KBX-201T
KBX-202T
Speed ratio
1:1
1:2
1:1
1:2
1:1
1:2
360
Bevel Gearboxes
CAUTION 1: The arrow marks on the shafts are intended to show the relative direction of rotation. The units can be driven in the
opposite direction as well.
CAUTION 2: In the standard unit, the x-axis rotates clockwise, and the Y-axis counterclockwise.
CAUTION 3: The key grooves in the X-axis and the Y-axis do not always coincide in phase with each other.
CAUTION 4: The tolerance of shaft diameter is JIS h7.
CAUTION 5: The pinion gear is mounted on the x-axis (the input side)in 1:2 ratio units.
Key
Backlash of shaft rotation
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
Weight
(kgf)
Catalog
No.
16'~ 44'
KBX-101L
0.4
KBX-102L
30'~123'
10'~1 37'
KBX-151L
42H7
3
1.8
5 x 5 x 27
KBX-152L
19'~109'
08'~1 33'
KBX-201L
52H7
4
3.1
6 x 6 x 35
15'~1 60'
KBX-202L
NOTE 1: The key dimensions are per JIS B 1301-1976 (Standard grade).
NOTE 2: The backlash angles are measured at the X-axis (input shaft).
26H7
1 x 15
(flat)
Other
Products
CAUTION 1: The arrow marks on the shafts are intended to show the relative direction of rotation. The units can be driven in the
CAUTION 2: The right and left shafts on the Y-axis rotate in the same direction as shown in the illustration.
CAUTION 3: The key grooves in the X-axis and the Y-axis do not always coincide in phase with each other.
CAUTION 5: The pinion gear is mounted on the x-axis (the input side) in 1:2 ratio units.
Key
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
Weight
(kgf)
K
B
X
Catalog
No.
16'~ 44
KBX-101T
0.5
KBX-102T
30'~ 123'
10'~ 1 37'
KBX-151T
42H7
3
2.2
5 x 5 x 27
KBX-152T
19'~ 109'
08'~ 1 33'
KBX-201T
52H7
4
3.4
6 x 6 x 35
15'~ 1 60'
KBX-202T
NOTE 1: The key dimensions are per JIS B 1301-1976 (Standard grade).
26H7
1 x 15
(flat)
361
CBX Bevel Gearboxes

New Products
Features
Very strong
The unit has high grade cast iron housing and uses
tapered roller bearings.
Low noise and high efficiency
The spiral bevel gears are made of case-hardened alloy
steel.
The unit can be installed easily in any orientation.
However, if you cannot use one of the standard
orientations, please see page 365.
Maintenance-free
High-grade oil is added to the casing before shipping.
Selective speed ratio
Gear ratios of 1/1 or 1/2 are available to meet most
applications.
Shaft Orientations and Orientation Codes

There are 24 permutations of shaft orientations and
rotations, which are standardized for CBX Bevel
Gearboxes. Please pay attention to the shaft orientations in
addition to the catalog number when selecting the units.
Lubrication
A standard volume of lubricant is sealed at the factory before shipping.
CAUTION 1: The diagrams below show the mounting surface.

CAUTION 2: The arrow marks on the shafts are intended to show the relative directions
of rotation. The units can be driven in the opposite directions as well.
CAUTION 3: " " mark indications the surface on which the oiling and drain plugs are
located when mounting horizontally. The ones without the marks have the
plugs on the rear surface (Standard specifications).
CAUTION 4: When the unit (other than LI~LL Type, TE~TF Type) is used with the input
shaft (X-axis) pointing up and is wall mounted, the lubrication method for
the bearings must be altered. Please notify us at the time of placing your
order.
CAUTION 5: For use other than mounting on a horizontal surface, please see page 365.
Model
Volume of lubricant
CBX-19 Type
0.3L
CBX-25 Type
0.7L
CBX-32 Type
1.0L
CBX-40 Type
1.5L
Lubrication
Oil
JIS Gear oil Industrial

Type 2
Operating preconditions
See KBX (page 358)
CBX Shaft Orientations Chart

CBX-T Type Diagram
C
B
X
Vertical Type (Front View)
Other
Products
Horizontal Type (Top View)
CBX-L Type Diagram
A Type
B Type
C Type
D Type
A Type
B Type
E Type
F Type
G Type
H Type
C Type
D Type
I Type
J Type
K Type
L Type
E Type
F Type
M Type
N Type
O Type
P Type
G Type
H Type
362
Bevel Gearboxes
Other
Products
CBX Performance Chart
C
B
X
CAUTION 1: Be sure not to exceed the allowable torque values. Units with (1:2) reduction ratio have the slower speed in the Y-axis.
CAUTION 2: The values in the table are in effect when the service factor is 1. When the units are used under other conditions, refer to the Service

Factor Tables 2 and 3 (page 356).
CAUTION 3: Overhang load (O.H.L) means the load applied to the middle of the overhang shaft, perpendicular to the axis. When using the units under other
conditions, refer to the factors K1 and K2 described in Tables 2 and 3 (page 356).
CAUTION 4: When the 1:2 speed ratio unit is used as a speed increaser (from the Y-axis to the X-axis), the X-axis torque becomes one half of the
Y-axis torque shown in the table.
CAUTION 5: The Y-axis torque of CBX-T Type is the sum of the values on both right and left axis.
CAUTION 6: The Y-axis O.H.L. of CBX-T Type is the sum of the values on both right and left axis.
CAUTION 7: The allowable thrust load is half of O.H.L. value in each case.
363
CBX Bevel Gearboxes

CBX L Type
Y-axis
Y-axis
X-axis
X-axis
Catalog
No.
Speed ratio
CBX-191L
CBX-192L
CBX-251L
CBX-252L
CBX-321L
CBX-322L
CBX-401L
CBX-402L
1:1
1:2
1:1
1:2
1:1
1:2
1:1
1:2
BB
DP
DG
LA, LB Type
LE, LF Type
(LC, LD Type)
(LG, LH Type)
EO
KP
KG
257 193
76
180 116 146.0 129 125 154 109 117.5 53.5 10.5
17
38
316 259
90
222 157 177.5 155 152 188 133 146.0 81.0 14.0
20
50
12
82.5
340 277 100 242 168 192.5 174 160 196 151 162.0 88.0 14.0
20
55
09
88.5
425 337 115 308 208 225.0 200 195 234 173 210.5 110.5 14.0
22
75
14
114.5
CAUTION: Please place one of the orientation codes (A~P) from page 362 on the box at the end of the catalog number.
CBX T Type
Y-axis
Y-axis
Y-axis
X-axis
Y-axis
X-axis
Other
Products
TA, TB Type
C
B
X
Catalog
No.
Speed ratio
CBX-191T
CBX-192T
CBX-251T
CBX-252T
CBX-321T
CBX-322T
CBX-401T
CBX-402T
1:1
1:2
1:1
1:2
1:1
1:2
1:1
1:2
BC
DP
DG
EO
TC, TD Type
KP
KG
257 232
76
180 116 146.0 129 125 154 109 117.5 53.5 10.5
17
38
316 314
90
222 157 175.5 155 152 188 133 146.0 81.0 14.0
20
50
12
82.5
340 336 100 242 168 192.5 174 160 196 151 162.0 88.0 14.0
20
55
09
88.5
425 416 115 308 208 225.0 200 195 234 173 210.5 110.5 14.0
22
75
14
114.5
CAUTION: Please place one of the orientation codes (A~H) from page 362 on the box at the end of the catalog number.
Since these products are assembled to each customers specifications, the delivery takes several
days. These units are not available from stock.
364
Bevel Gearboxes
New Products
X-axis
Mounting other than horizontally

The locations of oil supply and drain
plugs are designed for mounting the base
horizontally. We can accept as a special
order units that are mounted on the ceiling
or on a wall. Please let us know at the time
of ordering.
Y-axis
Y-axis
X-axis
LI, LJ Type
LM, LN Type
(LK, LL Type)
(LO, LP Type)
Type in ( ) have the Y-axis oriented opposite to these diagrams.
X-axis
Y-axis
Key
UP
UG
NOTE 1
066
19
18
19
06 x 6 x 27
092
25
25
08 x 7 x 40
100
32
32
10 x 8 x 50
124
40
40
12 x 8 x 60

NOTE 2
11'~30'
17'~47'
09'~22'
15'~36'
09'~21'
15'~36'
08'~20'
15'~37'
Weight
(kgf)
10
17
22
33
Catalog
No.
CBX-191L
CBX-192L
CBX-251L
CBX-252L
CBX-321L
CBX-322L
CBX-401L
CBX-402L
NOTE 1: The key dimensions are per JIS B 1301-1976 (standard grade).
Standard specifications
Oil plug PF1/2
(Oil supply port)
Oil plug PT1/4

(Oil drain)
Additional oil plug locations

C Surface
X-axis
B Surface
Y-axis
Y-axis
D Surface
Y-axis
Y-axis
A Surface
The mark " " indicates the possible positions for additional oil
plug PT1/4.
X-axis
C
rfa
Su
ce
TE, TF Type
TG, TH Type
19
18
19
06 x 6 x 27
092
25
25
08 x 7 x 40
32
10 x 8 x 50
124
40
40
12 x 8 x 60
18
23
34
CBX-191T
CBX-192T
CBX-251T
CBX-252T
CBX-321T
CBX-322T
CBX-401T
CBX-402T
ce
rfa
rfa
Su
Su
ce
365
r
Su
CAUTION 1: Sizes of the oil plugs are for the supply port PF1/2 and for the drain port PT1/4
(standard specifications)
CAUTION 2: The BB dimension of L type, when the cover extends beyond the end of the base, is
the dimension to the end of the cover.
CAUTION 3: The key grooves in the X-axis and the Y-axis do not always coincide in phase with
each other.
NOTE 1: The key dimensions are per JIS B 1301-1976 (standard grade).
fac
ce
32
10
rfa
100
11'~30'
17'~47'
09'~22'
15'~36'
09'~21'
15'~36'
08'~20'
15'~37'
Catalog
No.
Other
Products
066
Weight
(kgf)
ce
NOTE 2
rfa
Su
Key
NOTE 1
Su
Y-axis
UG
X-axis
UP
r
Su
c
fa
ce
rfa
Su
*Staring on the surface containing the standard

oil plug as A, go clockwise looking from the
top as B, C and D surfaces.
C
B
X
PBX Miniature Bevel Gearboxes

New Products
Features
Light weight and compact
Simple construction with plastic housing.
Uses a plastic resin which has superior chemical and
thermal resistance.
Unit has through holes and counter-bores allowing
mounting on any orientation.
Maintenance free
Grease is applied to gears before shipping.
Speed ratio
1:1
When used in applications where oil contamination is undesirable

such as in a food processing machines, please use preventive
measures against oil leaks due to malfunction or the units wearing
out.
3. Connection with mating machinery
Before connecting to the mating machinery, please verify the
directions of the shaft rotation to avoid breakage of the equipment.
Please use a flexible coupling to connect the gearbox shaft to a
mating shaft.
Make sure that the shafts of the gearbox and the mating machinery
are lined up center to center.
If the gearbox shaft does not have a step, care should be exercised
when attaching a coupling so that it dose not interfere with the
housing.
There is no keyway on the gearbox shaft. Use clamping type
couplings to avoid slippage.
Points to observe during use
Other
Products
1. Environmental conditions
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Atmosphere

Location
P
B
X
10 ~40
80% or less
Well-ventilated, dust-free air not
including corrosive gas and steam.
Indoors
4. Operating precautions
Do not go near or touch rotating portions of the machine such
as the shafts during operation. You may get caught and injure
yourself.
Stop the operation immediately when the noise level or the
temperature rises abnormally. Do not restart until all of the causes
are analyzed and proper repairs are made.
Do not disassemble or modify these productions. You may destroy
the unit.
2. Mounting Methods
Bolt or screw the unit firmly on a flat surface free from variations.
For screws, we recommend JIS Type 2 grooved screws.
The dimensions of the mounting screws and the recommended
tightening torques are given in the table below.
No secondary operations such as adding bolt holes can be
performed on the casing. There is a danger that the gearbox will
break.
Recommended tightening torques

Model
PBX-04 Type
PBX-06 Type
PBX-08 Type
Thru-hole
Tightening
Size
torque(N.m)
M3
0.3~0.6
M3
0.4~0.8
M4
0.5~1.0
Tapped screw hole

Effective
Nominal dia.
length(mm)
3
7~11
3
9~13
4
9~14
366
Tightening
torque(N.m)
0.4~0.8
0.5~1.0
0.5~1.0
Bevel Gearboxes
Selection Hints
PBX series are economical bevel gearboxes. For applications
requiring high precision, strength and/or speed, we recommend
the use of KBX type bevel gearboxes.
Please avoid overhang and thrust loads on the shafts. By
supporting both ends of the shaft on which a gear or sprocket is
mounted by means of pillow blocks or bearings as shown below,
you can eliminate overhang loads.
These units are not suitable when you have sudden reversals
of rotation or impact loads. Please consider KBX type bevel
gearboxes in such applications.
X-axis revolutions per minute (min-1)

100
200
250
300
Type
Specifications
PBX-041
X&Y-axis torque
(N.cm) {kgf.cm}
9.8
1.0
9.8
1.0
9.6
0.98
9.5
0.97
PBX-061
X&Y-axis torque
(N.cm) {kgf.cm}
39.2
4.0
39.2
4.0
38.5
3.93
PBX-081
X&Y-axis torque
(N.cm) {kgf.cm}
78.4
8.0
78.4
8.0
77.0
7.86
50
400
500
9.4
0.96
9.3
0.95
9.1
0.93
38.2
3.90
37.9
3.87
37.2
3.80
36.5
3.72
76.5
7.80
75.7
7.72
74.4
7.59
73.1
7.46
CAUTION 1: Be sure not to exceed the allowable values.

CAUTION 2: The values in the table are effective when the service factor is 1. When the units are used under other conditions, refer to the Selection Guide.
367
Other
Products
PBX Specification Chart
P
B
X
PBX Miniature Bevel Gearboxes

PBX L Type
Catalog
No.
PBX-041L
PBX-061L
PBX-081L
Speed Ratio
1:1
1:1
1:1
51
70
81
20.5
27.5
30.5
55
73
88
45
58
68
32.0
41.0
47.5
10
15
20
26
34
41
Speed Ratio
55
73
88
45
58
68
32.0
41.0
47.5
10
15
20
26
34
41
09.5 16.0 15.0

13.5 20.0 19.0
16.0 24.5 22.5
18
26
30
09
13
15
4.5
4.5
6.0
18
26
30
09
13
15
4.5
4.5
6.0
3.0 10.0 4 3.5

4.5 14.0 6 3.5
5.5 16.5 8 4.5
Other
Products
PBX T Type
P
B
X
Catalog
No.
PBX-041T
PBX-061T
PBX-081T
1:1
1:1
1:1
61 20.5
85 27.5
101 30.5
368
09.5 16.0 15.0

13.5 20.0 19.0
16.0 24.5 22.5
3.0 10.0 4 3.5

4.5 14.0 6 3.5
5.5 16.5 8 4.5
Bevel Gearboxes
New Products
CAUTION 1: The arrow marks on the shafts are intended to show the
relative direction of rotation. The units can be driven in the
CAUTION 2: In the standard unit, the X-axis rotates clockwise, and the
Y-axis counterclockwise.
CAUTION 4: The shafts do not have keyways. Please use clamping type
CAUTION 5: The backlash at the X-axis (input shaft) is about 3.
7
7
9
V
Diameter
Depth
Weight
(gf)
Catalog
No.
2.5
2.5
3.3
11
13
14
045
120
200
PBX-041L
PBX-061L
PBX-081L
7
7
9
V
Diameter
Depth
Weight
(gf)
Catalog
No.
2.5
2.5
3.3
11
13
14
045
120
200
PBX-041T
PBX-061T
PBX-081T
Other
Products
CAUTION 1: The arrow marks on the shafts are intended to show the
relative direction of rotation. The units can be driven in the
CAUTION 2: In the standard unit, the X-axis rotates clockwise, and the
Y-axis counterclockwise.
CAUTION 4: The shafts do not have keyways. Please use clamping type
CAUTION 5: The backlash at the X-axis (input shaft) is about 3.
P
B
X
369
Quality Transmission Components

125 Railroad Avenue Garden City Park New York 11040 USA www.qtcgears.com E-mail: qtcsupport@qtcgears.com
The following pages detail KHK's commitment to

supplying the world with the highest quality metric
gearing. These pages detail their devotion to quality
and to the environment as well as showcase their
production capacity and their commitment to innovation.
370
KHK Information
We are working hard to upgrade our technological prowess

to enable us to produce highly reliable products.
We are waging a group-wide effort to provide our customers with quality products.
With this in mind, we have obtained two different ISO quality management certifications, both ISO 9001 and ISO 14001.
Through effective use of the ISO system we are trying hard to develop our technological skills and increase our productivity,
while minimizing the adverse impact on the environment.
We sincerely hope that our business relationship with our customers will continue well into the future.
Company profile
Our line of business

Manufacture and sale of KHK stock gears
Manufacture of high-precision custom gears
Name of Co.:
Founded:
Capital:
President:
Kohara Gear Industry Co., Ltd.

May, 1935
99,000,000 Yen
Toshiharu Kohara
Number of employees :
200 persons
Our bankers:
Our membership status

Japan Gear Manufacturers Association
Saitama Resona Bank, Limited Kawaguchi Branch
Saitama-ken Keiei Gorika Kyokai
Scope of
business:
Ultra-high precision gear cutting
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation Kawaguchi Branch

Designing, manufacturing and selling KHK stock gears
(Saitama prefecture Industrial Rationalization Association)
Kawaguchi-shi Kikai Kogyo Kyodo Kumiai
Manufacturing and selling of custom gears
(Kawaguchi Industrial Machinery Association)
Other business incidental to the above two.
Kawaguchi Shoko Kaigisho
Address:
Head office / factory 13-17 Nakacho, Kawaguchi-shi
Postal code: 332-0022
Tel No.: 048(255)4871 Fax No.: 048(256)2269
Osaka office Tanimachi Yuetsukan building, 6-22 Tanimachi
5-chome, Chuo-ku, Osaka
Postal code 540-0012
Tel No.06-6763-0641 Fax No.06-6764-7445
Nagoya office
Louvre Building, 3-96 Issha, Meito-ku, Nagoya
Postal code 465-0093
Tel No.052-704-1681 Fax No.052-704-1803
(Kawaguchi Chamber of Commerce & Industry)
Affiliated companies
KHK CO., LTD.

Export of gears and transmission components
KHK NODA CO., LTD.

Production of Gears
Production of Transmission Components
E:mail:kohara@khkgears.co.jp
371
KHK integrated management system

We are focusing all our energies on supplying highly reliable products to our customers.
Under this system we are moving ahead to manufacture top quality products to meet our customers demands. We take care to carry out environmentally sound practices. Also,
Kaizen or continual improvement is being used to help achieve these goals.
*The processes V P D C appearing here are in accordance with methodology known as Vision Plan Do Check cycle.
We are working hard to provide quality products to all of our customers. With this in mind, we have obtained two
quality management certifications, ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. We employ the methodology Vision-Plan-Do-Check
cycle so that we can continue our improvement and satisfy our customers demands.
372
KHKs policy toward environmental issues

We are taking every possible measure to minimize any adverse impact on the environment.
We have MSDS or Material Safety
Data Sheets available for all
materials used by KHK. Copies are
available upon request.
Every detail concerning the materials used by
KHK is recorded in MSDS Data Base. These
materials include metals, rust-prevention oil,
packing materials etc.
MSDS = Material Safety Data Sheets
Press ahead with employing dry-cut gear

cutting methods.
At each stage of KHK operation including designing,

manufacturing and selling, we make every effort to reduce the
impact on the environment. And we take care in our activities
to promote industrial safety, quality improvement and cost
effectiveness.
Put a cover on each machine.

Results: Prevents the scattering of cutting oil.
Reduces air and soil pollution. Minimizes equipment
maintenance. Reduces the consumption of oil. Cuts
the cost of cleaning. Reduces the risk of slipping and
falling.
Use of electrostatic liquid cleaner to clean

gear cutting oil.
Results: Reduces the consumption of
lubricants. Prevents machinery failure.
Results: Reduces air pollution due to

vaporized cutting oils. Saves natural
resources. Cuts production time.
Reuse corrugated plastic board.

Results: Recycling of resources.
Development of special tooth profile for

racks.
Results: Reduction of noise.
When gears and packing materials have served their purpose and become scrap, please dispose of them in an ecologically satisfactory manner.
Metals
Nylon
Corrugated cardboard
Carton boxes
Vinyl / Plastic materials
Recycling
Industrial waste
Recycling
Recycling
Industrial waste
373
KHK nationwide network for customer services
We insist on high standards for customer service.

Raising the quality of service to our customers is our goal.
To achieve customer satisfaction, our Kawaguchi head office, together with our sales offices in Osaka and Nagoya, are
trying to listen to the voice of our customers to get feedback on what changes or improvements should be made to our
products.
KHK Osaka sales office
We are exhibiting our products at

many major trade shows.
In an attempt to facilitate communication between our
customers/users and ourselves, we are trying to show
our products wherever possible at World Trade Shows
and/or major exhibitions worldwide.
KHK Nagoya sales office.
*Please visit our website for information

concerning our exhibition schedule.
To ensure delivery in good condition

our products are individually
packaged.
We provide many items as tools for sales promotion.

Our integrated catalog KHK3009 contains up-to-date
information including exceptional technical support.
Our website also offers the same information as the
print catalog KHK3009.
In order to purchase KHK stock gears, please contact the local distributor in your area.
Please note that all of KHK products are sold through our distributors.
374
KHK global network

Our products are available at various places in the world through our overseas representatives.
To meet the growing demand of our customers and with the increasing globalization of the world economy, we have expanded our sales network in major cities around the world.
TURKEY
PURGON ENGINEERING PTY LTD.

50 Potter Street, P.O.Box 126 Craigieburn 3064 Melbourne Australia
PHONE:61-3-93056199 FAX:61-3-93056588
E-mail:engineering@purgon.com.au
URL:http://www.purgon.com.au /
KUME SHOJI CO., LTD.

Shanghai branch
333 2707 200001
Room No.2707, Finance Square, No.333 JiuJiand Road, Shanghai, China
PHONE:021-63741680~63741682 FAX:021-63741679
E-mail:sales@kume-shoji.com
URL:http://www.kume-shoji.com/
Beijing branch
3428
Room No.428, Jiatai Guoji Daxia, No.3 Gate, Yanjingli Zhongjie
Chaoyang District, Beijing, China
DongGuan City Yuen Fat Steel Gear Co.,Ltd.

S358 1238
No.1238,S358 ShangSha First Industrial Zone, Chang'An
Town, DongGuanCity, GuangDong, China 523701
PHONE:86-769-82284991 FAX:86-769-82284992
E-mail:sales@yfgears.cn
URL:http://www.yfgears.cn/
BONDY LMT A/S
Hassellunden 14 DK-2765 Smorum Denmark
PHONE:+45-7015-1414 FAX:+45-4464-1416
E-mail:lmttransmission@lmttransmission.dk
URL:http://www.lmttransmision.dk/
R.A.RODRIGUEZ (U.K.) LTD.
28 Campus Five, Letchworth Business Park,
Letchworth, Herts. SG6 2JF England
PHONE:44-1462-670044 FAX:44-1462-670880
E-mail:info@raruk.com
URL:http://www.rarodriguez.co.uk/
OY MEKANEX AB Eesti filiaal
Peterburi tee 46 EE11415 TALLINN Estonia
PHONE:+372-6139844 FAX:+372-6139866
E-mail:info@mekanex.ee
URL: http://www.mekanex.ee/
OY MEKANEX AB
PL 30 Fin-08501 Lohja Finland
PHONE:+358-19-32831 FAX:+358-19-383803
E-mail:info@mekanex.fi
URL:http://www.mekanex.fi/
Rodriguez GmbH
Ernst-Abbe-Str.20 D-52249 Eschweiler Germany
PHONE:4902403-780-0 FAX:4902403-780-50
E-mail:info@rodriguez.de
URL:http://www.rodriguez.de/
YUEN FAT STEEL GEAR CO., LTD.

979
Ground Floor, 979 Canton Road, Mongkok, Kowloon, Hong Kong
PHONE:852-2782-0963 FAX:852-2782-0961
E-mail:info@yuenfatgears.com
URL:http://www.yuenfatgears.com/
AMCATS PVT., LTD.
C-111A, Punit Industrial Estate,D-10/11, Thane Belapur Road,
Turbhe, Navi Mumbai, India - 400705
PHONE:91-22-27635005 FAX:91-22-27635007
E-mail:mailbox@amcats.com
URL:http://www.amcats.com/
MEDITAL HI-TECH (1992) LTD.
7, Leshem St., P.O.B. 7772 PETACH-TIKVA Israel
PHONE:972-3-9233323 FAX:972-3-9231666
E-mail:medital@medital.co.il
URL:http://www.medital.co.il/
CHIA HIAP SENG HARDWARE CO.

50 Ubi Ave. 3, FRONTIER, #01-22 Singapore 408866
PHONE:65-6547-8851 FAX:65-6547-8853
E-mail: chiahiapsenghardware@yahoo.com.sg
URL: http://www.chiahiapsenghardware.com/
Lindis, s.l.
Polgono Golparc parcela 34-38, 25241 Golms (Lleida) Spain
PHONE:34-973-71-18-84 FAX:34-973-71-18-09
E-mail: lindis@lindis.com
URL: http://www.lindis.com/
MEKANEX MASKIN AB
Box 2208 SE-169 02 solna Dalvgen Sweden
PHONE:46-8-7059660 FAX:46-8-270687
E-mail:info@mekanex.se
URL:http://www.mekanex.se/
H.FROHLICH AG.
Zurichstrasse 148 CH-8700 Kusnacht, Switzerland
PHONE:41-1-9101622 FAX:41-1-9106344
E-mail:info@h-froehlich-ag.ch
URL:http://www.h-froehlich-ag.ch/
ALL MERIT ENTERPRISE CO., LTD.

392 42 2
No.2, Alley42, Lane392, Fude 1st Rd. Shijr City, Taipei, Taiwan 221
PHONE:886-2-2694-0062 FAX:886-2-2694-7061
E-mail:mail@amx.com.tw
URL:http://www.amx.com.tw/
PHONE:86-10-6586-2841 FAX:86-10-6586-3538
TOHO KOREA CO., LTD.

Room No.206 Hanra Sigma Park, 276-1 Seohyun-dong
Bundang-ku, Seongnam-shi, Kyoungki-do, 463-824 Korea
PHONE:82-31-781-8856 FAX:82-31-781-8850
E-mail:kjlim@tohokorea.co.kr
URL:http://www.tohokorea.co.kr/
SAECO BEARINGS & TRANSMISSION LTD.
88 Hastie Ave., Mangere P.O. Box 22256 Otahuhu, New Zealand,
GST 78-6366-53
PHONE:0064-9-634-7540 FAX:0064-9-634-7552
E-mail:cameron.caesar@saeco.co.nz
URL:http://www.saeco.co.nz/
NAMSAE MILLENNIUM CO., LTD.

95/57 Moo.8 Nakniwas Road, Khwaeng Ladprao, Khet Ladprao BKK.
Thailand, 10230
PHONE:02-530-3777 FAX:02-530-0777
E-mail:namsae@namsaemillennium.com
URL:http://www.namsaemillennium.com/
POLYMAK
Perpa Ticaret Merkezi A-Blok, Kat:11 NO:1425 Sisli-ISTANBUL Turkey
PHONE:90-212-210-43-46 FAX:90-212-210-43-46
E-mail:polymak@superonline.com
URL:http://polymak.com/
QUALITY TRANSMISSION COMPONENTS
125 Railroad Avenue, Garden City Park, New York 11040-5016, U.S.A.
PHONE:516-437-6700 FAX:516-328-3343
E-mail:qtcsupport@qtcgears.com
URL:http://www.qtcgears.com/
To find information on distributors in each

country, please visit our web site.
http://www.khkgears.co.jp/en/
375
Countries are listed in alphabetical order.
KHK production system

It is our intention that we stay at the leading edge of gear technology.
We are always trying to adopt cutting

edge gear manufacturing systems in
order to make quality products and to
satisfy the demands of our customers.
CNC Rack Grinding Machine (NRG-100)
A view of KHK Noda
CNC Rack Cutting Machine (NR-18S)
376
KHK production system

At KHK Noda all the manufacturing processes are computerized, which allows for the timely
and economical procurement of materials and scheduling of all manufacturing steps.
Quality assurance
At KHK Noda, the leading measuring instruments
such as a Carl Zeiss 3-D Coordinate Measuring
Machine and a Klingelnberg Single Flank Worm
Gear Rolling Tester are used to test our products
to ensure that they meet our customers quality
requirements.
The KHK Noda quality control system includes the
requirement that at each step in the manufacturing
process, the part is inspected to verify that it meets
CNC Lathe Line (MW-200G)
CNC Straight Bevel Coniflex Generator (No.104CNC)
CNC Worm Grinding Machine (HSS-350)
CNC Dry Cut Gear Hobbing Machine (KN-151)
CNC Dry Cut Gear Hobbing Machine (N60)
Precision CNC Lathe (J24G)
Compact CNC Vertical Grinding Machine (IGV-3NT)

377
all of specifications detailed on the production

drawing.
SSAY Spur Gears with Built-In Clamps
How does the K-Clamp work ?

Crescent Shaped
Pressure Wedge
Shaft
Normal module
Transverse module
Tapered Pinion
Moving the pinion axially by 1mm

changes the backlash by 0.05mm.
Tapered
Rack
KWGDL(S).AGDL
Duplex Worms and Worm Wheels
Reference tooth
Moving the worm in the direction of the arrow causes the

backlash to decrease.
CP Racks & Pinions

Movement of one cycle of CP10-30 pinion on
Cp rack vs. SS3-30 (m3) on m3 rack
One turn
CP10=300mm
m 3=282.74mm
1/2 turn
CP10=150mm
m 3=141.37mm
Difference between
CP10 and m3
Pitch
CP10=10mm
m 3=9.425mm
SSR/SIR Corner Racks
DR Molded Flexible Racks
MHP High Ratio Hypoid Gears
SRT (B) Pawls and Ratchets
GC Gear Couplings
KBX Bevel Boxes
CBX Bevel Boxes
New Products
PBX Mini-Bevel Gear Boxes
New Products
ELEMENTS OF METRIC GEAR TECHNOLOGY

SECTION 1

1.1

1.2

1.3

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
5.1
5.2
5.3
SPUR GEAR CALCULATIONS ................................................................................................................................... T18
INTERNAL GEARS ...................................................................................................................................................... T22
HELICAL GEARS . ....................................................................................................................................................... T25
Generation Of The Helical Tooth................................................................................................................................................... T25

Fundamentals Of Helical Teeth..................................................................................................................................................... T25
Equivalent Spur Gear.................................................................................................................................................................... T26
Helical Gear Pressure Angle......................................................................................................................................................... T26
Importance Of Normal Plane Geometry........................................................................................................................................ T26
Helical Tooth Proportions.............................................................................................................................................................. T26
Parallel Shaft Helical Gear Meshes.............................................................................................................................................. T26
Helical Gear Contact Ratio............................................................................................................................................................ T27
Design Considerations.................................................................................................................................................................. T27
6.9.1
Involute Interference...................................................................................................................................................... T27
6.9.2
Normal vs. Radial Module (Pitch).................................................................................................................................. T27
Helical Gear Calculations.............................................................................................................................................................. T27
6.10.1 Normal System Helical Gear.......................................................................................................................................... T27
6.10.2 Radial System Helical Gear........................................................................................................................................... T28
6.10.3 Sunderland Double Helical Gear................................................................................................................................... T28
6.10.4 Helical Rack................................................................................................................................................................... T28
SECTION 7

7.1

DETAILS OF INVOLUTE GEARING ............................................................................................................................ T17
Internal Gear Calculations............................................................................................................................................................. T22

Interference In Internal Gears....................................................................................................................................................... T23
Internal Gear With Small Differences In Numbers Of Teeth.......................................................................................................... T24
SECTION 6

6.1

6.2

6.3

6.4

6.5

6.6

6.7

6.8

6.9

6.10

INTRODUCTION TO GEAR TECHNOLOGY . ............................................................................................................. T11
Standard Spur Gear...................................................................................................................................................................... T18

The Generating Of A Spur Gear.................................................................................................................................................... T19
Undercutting.................................................................................................................................................................................. T19
Enlarged Pinions........................................................................................................................................................................... T20
Profile Shifting............................................................................................................................................................................... T20
Profile Shifted Spur Gear.............................................................................................................................................................. T21
Rack And Spur Gear..................................................................................................................................................................... T22
SECTION 5

INTRODUCTION TO METRIC GEARS ........................................................................................................................ T5
Pressure Angle.............................................................................................................................................................................. T17

Proper Meshing And Contact Ratio............................................................................................................................................... T17
3.2.1
Contact Ratio................................................................................................................................................................. T18
The Involute Function.................................................................................................................................................................... T18
SECTION 4

Page
Basic Geometry Of Spur Gears.................................................................................................................................................... T12

The Law Of Gearing...................................................................................................................................................................... T12
The Involute Curve........................................................................................................................................................................ T12
Pitch Circles.................................................................................................................................................................................. T13
Pitch And Module.......................................................................................................................................................................... T13
Module Sizes And Standards........................................................................................................................................................ T13
Gear Types And Axial Arrangements............................................................................................................................................. T15
2.7.1
Parallel Axes Gears....................................................................................................................................................... T16
2.7.2
Intersecting Axes Gears................................................................................................................................................. T16
2.7.3
Nonparallel and Nonintersecting Axes Gears................................................................................................................ T16
2.7.4
Other Special Gears...................................................................................................................................................... T17
SECTION 3

3.1

3.2

3.3
Table of Contents
Comparison Of Metric Gears With American Inch Gears.............................................................................................................. T5

1.1.1
Comparison of Basic Racks........................................................................................................................................... T5
1.1.2
Metric ISO Basic Rack................................................................................................................................................... T5
1.1.3
Comparison of Gear Calculation Equations................................................................................................................... T6
Metric Standards Worldwide......................................................................................................................................................... T6
1.2.1
ISO Standards............................................................................................................................................................... T6
1.2.2
Foreign Metric Standards............................................................................................................................................... T6
Japanese Metric Standards In This Text....................................................................................................................................... T6
1.3.1
Application of JIS Standards.......................................................................................................................................... T6
1.3.2
Symbols......................................................................................................................................................................... T9
1.3.3
Terminology.................................................................................................................................................................... T10
1.3.4
Conversion..................................................................................................................................................................... T11
SECTION 2

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

SCREW GEAR OR CROSSED HELICAL GEAR MESHES ........................................................................................ T30
Features ....................................................................................................................................................................................... T30

7.1.1
Helix Angle and Hands................................................................................................................................................... T30
7.1.2
Module........................................................................................................................................................................... T30
7.1.3
Center Distance............................................................................................................................................................. T30
7.1.4
Velocity Ratio................................................................................................................................................................. T30
T1
7.2
7.3
Screw Gear Calculations............................................................................................................................................................... T30

Axial Thrust Of Helical Gears........................................................................................................................................................ T31
SECTION 8

8.1

8.2

8.3

8.4

8.5

Development And Geometry Of Bevel Gears............................................................................................................................... T32

Bevel Gear Tooth Proportions....................................................................................................................................................... T32
Velocity Ratio................................................................................................................................................................................ T33
Forms Of Bevel Teeth.................................................................................................................................................................... T33
Bevel Gear Calculations................................................................................................................................................................ T33
8.5.1
Gleason Straight Bevel Gears....................................................................................................................................... T34
8.5.2
Standard Straight Bevel Gears...................................................................................................................................... T34
8.5.3
Gleason Spiral Bevel Gears........................................................................................................................................... T34
8.5.4
Gleason Zerol Spiral Bevel Gears................................................................................................................................. T37
SECTION 9

9.1

9.2

9.3

9.4
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
CONTACT RATIO . ....................................................................................................................................................... T58
Radial Contact Ratio Of Spur And Helical Gears, .................................................................................................................... T58

Contact Ratio Of Bevel Gears, ................................................................................................................................................. T58
Contact Ratio For Nonparallel And Nonintersecting Axes Pairs, ............................................................................................... T58
Axial (Overlap) Contact Ratio, .................................................................................................................................................. T59
SECTION 12

TOOTH THICKNESS . .................................................................................................................................................. T42
Chordal Thickness Measurement.................................................................................................................................................. T42

10.1.1 Spur Gears..................................................................................................................................................................... T42
10.1.2 Spur Racks and Helical Racks....................................................................................................................................... T42
10.1.3 Helical Gears................................................................................................................................................................. T42
10.1.4 Bevel Gears................................................................................................................................................................... T42
10.1.5 Worms and Worm Gears............................................................................................................................................... T42
Span Measurement Of Teeth........................................................................................................................................................ T42
10.2.1 Spur and Internal Gears................................................................................................................................................. T42
10.2.2 Helical Gears................................................................................................................................................................. T42
Over Pin (Ball) Measurement........................................................................................................................................................ T46
10.3.1 Spur Gears..................................................................................................................................................................... T46
10.3.2 Spur Racks and Helical Racks....................................................................................................................................... T47
10.3.3 Internal Gears................................................................................................................................................................ T47
10.3.4 Helical Gears................................................................................................................................................................. T47
10.3.5 Three Wire Method of Worm Measurement................................................................................................................... T47
Over Pins Measurements For Fine Pitch Gears With
Specific Numbers Of Teeth............................................................................................................................................................ T47
SECTION 11

WORM MESH ............................................................................................................................................................... T37
Worm Mesh Geometry.................................................................................................................................................................. T38

9.1.1
Worm Tooth Proportions................................................................................................................................................ T38
9.1.2
Number of Threads........................................................................................................................................................ T38
9.1.3
Pitch Diameters, Lead and Lead Angle.......................................................................................................................... T38
9.1.4
Center Distance............................................................................................................................................................. T38
Cylindrical Worm Gear Calculations.............................................................................................................................................. T38
9.2.1
Axial Module Worm Gears............................................................................................................................................. T39
9.2.2
Normal Module System Worm Gears............................................................................................................................ T39
Crowning Of The Worm Gear Tooth.............................................................................................................................................. T39
Self-Locking Of Worm Mesh......................................................................................................................................................... T41
SECTION 10

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

BEVEL GEARING ........................................................................................................................................................ T32
GEAR TOOTH MODIFICATIONS . ............................................................................................................................... T59
12.1 Tooth Tip Relief............................................................................................................................................................................. T59

12.2 Crowning And Side Relieving........................................................................................................................................................ T60
12.3 Topping And Semitopping ............................................................................................................................................................ T60
SECTION 13

13.1

13.2

13.3

13.4
Single-Stage Gear Train................................................................................................................................................................ T60

13.1.1 Types of Single-Stage Gear Trains................................................................................................................................ T60
Two-Stage Gear Train................................................................................................................................................................... T61
Planetary Gear System................................................................................................................................................................. T61
13.3.1 Relationship Among the Gears in a Planetary Gear System......................................................................................... T61
13.3.2 Speed Ratio of Planetary Gear System......................................................................................................................... T62
Constrained Gear System............................................................................................................................................................. T62
SECTION 14

14.1

14.2

14.3

14.4
GEAR TRAINS ............................................................................................................................................................. T60
BACKLASH .................................................................................................................................................................. T63
Definition Of Backlash................................................................................................................................................................... T63

Backlash Relationships................................................................................................................................................................. T64
14.2.1 Backlash of a Spur Gear Mesh...................................................................................................................................... T65
14.2.2 Backlash of Helical Gear Mesh...................................................................................................................................... T65
14.2.3 Backlash of Straight Bevel Gear Mesh.......................................................................................................................... T65
14.2.4 Backlash of a Spiral Bevel Gear Mesh.......................................................................................................................... T65
14.2.5 Backlash of Worm Gear Mesh....................................................................................................................................... T66
Tooth Thickness And Backlash...................................................................................................................................................... T66
Gear Train And Backlash.............................................................................................................................................................. T66
T2

14.5 Methods Of Controlling Backlash.................................................................................................................................................. T67

14.5.1 Static Method................................................................................................................................................................. T67

14.5.2 Dynamic Methods.......................................................................................................................................................... T67
SECTION 15

15.1

15.2

15.3
Accuracy Of Spur And Helical Gears............................................................................................................................................ T68

15.1.1 Pitch Errors of Gear Teeth.............................................................................................................................................. T68
15.1.2 Tooth Profile Error, ff ..................................................................................................................................................... T69
15.1.3 Runout Error of Gear Teeth, Fr ...................................................................................................................................... T69
15.1.4 Lead Error, f ................................................................................................................................................................. T69
15.1.5 Outside Diameter Runout and Lateral Runout............................................................................................................... T69
Accuracy Of Bevel Gears.............................................................................................................................................................. T70
Running (Dynamic) Gear Testing.................................................................................................................................................. T70
SECTION 16

16.1

16.2

16.3

16.4

16.5

16.6
GEAR ACCURACY ...................................................................................................................................................... T68
GEAR FORCES . .......................................................................................................................................................... T71
Forces In A Spur Gear Mesh......................................................................................................................................................... T71

Forces In A Helical Gear Mesh...................................................................................................................................................... T71
Forces In A Straight Bevel Gear Mesh.......................................................................................................................................... T72
Forces In A Spiral Bevel Gear Mesh............................................................................................................................................. T73
16.4.1 Tooth Forces on a Convex Side Profile.......................................................................................................................... T73
16.4.2 Tooth Forces on a Concave Side Profile........................................................................................................................ T73
Forces In A Worm Gear Mesh....................................................................................................................................................... T75
16.5.1 Worm as the Driver........................................................................................................................................................ T75
16.5.2 Worm Gear as the Driver............................................................................................................................................... T75
Forces In A Screw Gear Mesh...................................................................................................................................................... T75
SECTION 17
STRENGTH AND DURABILITY OF GEARS ............................................................................................................... T76

17.1 Bending Strength Of Spur And Helical Gears............................................................................................................................... T76

17.1.1 Determination of Factors in the Bending Strength Equation.......................................................................................... T76

17.1.2 Tooth Profile Factor, YF . ................................................................................................................................................ T76

17.1 3 Load Distribution Factor, Y ........................................................................................................................................... T76

17.1 4 Helix Angle Factor, Y . .................................................................................................................................................. T78

17.1.5 Life Factor, KL . .............................................................................................................................................................. T78

17.1.6 Dimension Factor of Root Stress, KFX ........................................................................................................................... T78

17.1.7 Dynamic Load Factor, KV .............................................................................................................................................. T78

17.1.8 Overload Factor, KO ...................................................................................................................................................... T78

17.1.9 Safety Factor of Bending Failure, SF ............................................................................................................................. T78

17.1.10 Allowable Bending Stress at Root, F lim . ...................................................................................................................... T78

17.1.11 Example of Bending Strength Calculation..................................................................................................................... T81

17.2 Surface Strength Of Spur And Helical Gears................................................................................................................................ T81

17.2.1 Conversion Formulas..................................................................................................................................................... T81

17.2.2 Surface Strength Equations........................................................................................................................................... T81

17.2.3 Determination of Factors in the Surface Strength Equations......................................................................................... T82

17.2.3.A Effective Tooth Width, bH (mm)..................................................................................................................... T82

17.2.3.B Zone Factor, ZH ............................................................................................................................................ T82

17.2.3.C Material Factor, ZM ....................................................................................................................................... T82

17.2.4 Contact Ratio Factor, Z ................................................................................................................................................ T82

17.2.5 Helix Angle Factor, Z . .................................................................................................................................................. T83

17.2.6 Life Factor, KHL .............................................................................................................................................................. T83

17.2.7 Lubricant Factor, ZL ....................................................................................................................................................... T83

17.2.8 Surface Roughness Factor, ZR . .................................................................................................................................... T83

17.2.9 Sliding Speed Factor, ZV ............................................................................................................................................... T84

17.2.10 Hardness Ratio Factor, ZW ............................................................................................................................................ T84

17.2.11 Dimension Factor, KHX ................................................................................................................................................... T84

17.2.12 Tooth Flank Load Distribution Factor, KH ..................................................................................................................... T84

17.2.13 Dynamic Load Factor, KV .............................................................................................................................................. T84

17.2.14 Overload Factor, KO ...................................................................................................................................................... T84

17.2.15 Safety Factor for Pitting, SH . ......................................................................................................................................... T84

17.2.16 Allowable Hertz Stress, H lim ......................................................................................................................................... T84

17.2.17 Example of Surface Stress Calculation.......................................................................................................................... T87

17.3 Bending Strength Of Bevel Gears................................................................................................................................................. T88

17.3.1 Conversion Formulas..................................................................................................................................................... T88

17.3.2 Bending Strength Equations.......................................................................................................................................... T88

17.3.3 Determination of Factors in Bending Strength Equations.............................................................................................. T88

17.3.3.A Tooth Width, b (mm)..................................................................................................................................... T88

17.3.3.B Tooth Profile Factor, YF ................................................................................................................................ T88

17.3.3.C Load Distribution Factor, Ye . ........................................................................................................................ T89

17.3.3.D Spiral Angle Factor, Y ................................................................................................................................. T91

17.3.3.E Cutter Diameter Effect Factor, YC . ............................................................................................................... T91

17.3.3.F Life Factor, KL .............................................................................................................................................. T91

17.3.3.G Dimension Factor of Root Bending Stress, KFX . .......................................................................................... T91

17.3.3.H Tooth Flank Load Distribution Factor, KM ..................................................................................................... T91

17.3.3.I Dynamic Load Factor, KV ............................................................................................................................. T91

17.3.3.J Overload Factor, KO ..................................................................................................................................... T91

17.3.3.K Reliability Factor, KR . ................................................................................................................................... T91

17.3.3.L Allowable Bending Stress at Root, Flim ....................................................................................................... T91

17.3.4 Examples of Bevel Gear Bending Strength Calculations............................................................................................... T92

17.4 Surface Strength Of Bevel Gears.................................................................................................................................................. T92

17.4.1 Basic Conversion Formulas........................................................................................................................................... T92

17.4.2 Surface Strength Equations........................................................................................................................................... T92
T3

17.4.3 Determination of Factors in Surface Strength Equations............................................................................................... T93

17.4.3.A Tooth Width, b (mm)..................................................................................................................................... T93

17.4.3.B Zone Factor, ZH ............................................................................................................................................ T93

17.4.3.C Material Factor, ZM ....................................................................................................................................... T93

17.4.3.D Contact Ratio Factor, Z ............................................................................................................................... T93

17.4.3.E Spiral Angle Factor, Z ................................................................................................................................. T93

17.4.3.F Life Factor, KHL ............................................................................................................................................. T93

17.4.3.G Lubricant Factor, ZL . .................................................................................................................................... T93

17.4.3.H Surface Roughness Factor, ZR . ................................................................................................................... T93

17.4.3.I Sliding Speed Factor, ZV .............................................................................................................................. T93

17.4.3.J Hardness Ratio Factor, ZW ........................................................................................................................... T93

17.4.3.K Dimension Factor, KHX . ................................................................................................................................ T93

17.4.3.L Tooth Flank Load Distribution Factor, KH .................................................................................................... T94

17.4.3.M Dynamic Load Factor, KV ............................................................................................................................. T94

17.4.3.N Overload Factor, KO ..................................................................................................................................... T94

17.4.3.O Reliability Factor, CR .................................................................................................................................... T94

17.4.3.P Allowable Hertz Stress, H lim ........................................................................................................................ T94

17.4.4 Examples of Bevel Gear Surface Strength Calculations................................................................................................ T94

17.5 Strength Of Worm Gearing............................................................................................................................................................ T95

17.5.1 Basic Formulas.............................................................................................................................................................. T95

17.5.2 Torque, Tangential Force and Efficiency........................................................................................................................ T95

17.5.3 Friction Coefficient, .................................................................................................................................................... T95

17.5.4 Surface Strength of Worm Gearing Mesh...................................................................................................................... T96

17.5.5 Determination of Factors in Worm Gear Surface Strength Equations........................................................................... T96

17.5.5.A Tooth Width of Worm Gear, b2 (mm)............................................................................................................. T96

17.5.5.B Zone Factor, Z ............................................................................................................................................. T96

17.5.5.C Sliding Speed Factor, Kv .............................................................................................................................. T97

17.5.5.D Rotating Speed Factor, Kn ........................................................................................................................... T97

17.5.5.E Lubricant Factor, ZL . .................................................................................................................................... T97

17.5.5.F Lubrication Factor, ZM .................................................................................................................................. T98

17.5.5.G Surface Roughness Factor, ZR . ................................................................................................................... T98

17.5.5.H Contact Factor, Kc ........................................................................................................................................ T98

17.5.5.I Starting Factor, Ks ........................................................................................................................................ T98

17.5.5.J Time Factor, Kh ............................................................................................................................................ T98

17.5.5.K Allowable Stress Factor, Sc lim ...................................................................................................................... T98

17.5.6 Examples of Worm Mesh Strength Calculation.............................................................................................................. T99
SECTION 18

18.1

18.2

18.3

18.4

18.5

18.6

18.7
General Considerations Of Plastic Gearing.................................................................................................................................. T100

Properties Of Plastic Gear Materials............................................................................................................................................. T100
Choice Of Pressure Angles And Modules..................................................................................................................................... T105
Strength Of Plastic Spur Gears..................................................................................................................................................... T106
18.4.1 Bending Strength of Spur Gears.................................................................................................................................... T106
18.4.2 Surface Strength of Plastic Spur Gears......................................................................................................................... T107
18.4.3 Bending Strength of Plastic Bevel Gears....................................................................................................................... T108
18.4.4 Bending Strength of Plastic Worm Gears...................................................................................................................... T108
18.4.5 Strength of Plastic Keyway............................................................................................................................................ T108
Effect Of Part Shrinkage On Plastic Gear Design......................................................................................................................... T108
Proper Use Of Plastic Gears......................................................................................................................................................... T109
18.6.1 Backlash........................................................................................................................................................................ T109
18.6.2 Environment and Tolerances.......................................................................................................................................... T110
18.6.3 Avoiding Stress Concentration....................................................................................................................................... T110
18.6.4 Metal Inserts.................................................................................................................................................................. T110
18.6.5 Attachment of Plastic Gears to Shafts........................................................................................................................... T110
18.6.6 Lubrication..................................................................................................................................................................... T110
18.6.7 Molded vs. Cut Plastic Gears......................................................................................................................................... T111
18.6.8 Elimination of Gear Noise.............................................................................................................................................. T111
Mold Construction......................................................................................................................................................................... T111
SECTION 19

19.1

19.2

19.3

DESIGN OF PLASTIC GEARS .................................................................................................................................... T100
FEATURES OF TOOTH SURFACE CONTACT ........................................................................................................... T114
Surface Contact Of Spur And Helical Meshes.............................................................................................................................. T115

Surface Contact Of A Bevel Gear.................................................................................................................................................. T115
19.2.1 The Offset Error of Shaft Alignment............................................................................................................................... T115
19.2.2 The Shaft Angle Error of Gear Box................................................................................................................................ T115
19.2.3 Mounting Distance Error................................................................................................................................................ T115
Surface Contact Of Worm And Worm Gear.................................................................................................................................. T115
19.3.1 Shaft Angle Error............................................................................................................................................................ T116
19.3.2 Center Distance Error.................................................................................................................................................... T116
19.3.3 Mounting Distance Error................................................................................................................................................ T116
SECTION 20
LUBRICATION OF GEARS . ........................................................................................................................................ T116

20.1

20.2

SECTION
GEAR NOISE ............................................................................................................................................................... T120
Methods Of Lubrication................................................................................................................................................................. T116

20.1.1 Grease Lubrication......................................................................................................................................................... T117
20.1.2 Splash Lubrication......................................................................................................................................................... T117
20.1.3 Forced-Circulation Lubrication....................................................................................................................................... T117
Gear Lubricants............................................................................................................................................................................. T117
20.2.1 Viscosity of Lubricant..................................................................................................................................................... T117
20.2.2 Selection of Lubricant.................................................................................................................................................... T117
21
REFERENCES AND LITERATURE OF GENERAL INTEREST ................................................................................................................... T121
T4
ELEMENTS OF METRIC GEAR TECHNOLOGY

Gears are some of the most important elements used in machinery.
There are few mechanical devices that do not have the need to transmit
power and motion between rotating shafts. Gears not only do this
most satisfactorily, but can do so with uniform motion and reliability. In
addition, they span the entire range of applications from large to small. To
summarize:

1.1 Comparison Of Metric Gears With American Inch Gears

In all modern gear systems, the rack is the basis for tooth design and
manufacturing tooling. Thus, the similarities and differences between the
two systems can be put into proper perspective with comparison of the
metric and inch basic racks.

In both systems, the basic rack is normalized for a unit size. For the
metric rack it is 1 module, and for the inch rack it is 1 diametral pitch.
1. Gears offer positive transmission of power.

2. Gears range in size from small miniature instrument installations, that measure in only several millimeters in diameter, to
huge powerful gears in turbine drives that are several meters
in diameter.
3. Gears can provide position transmission with very high angular or linear accuracy; such as used in servomechanisms
and military equipment.
4. Gears can couple power and motion between shafts whose
axes are parallel, intersecting or skew.
5. Gear designs are standardized in accordance with size and
shape which provides for widespread interchangeability.
1.1.2 Metric ISO Basic Rack

The standard ISO metric rack is detailed in Figure 1-1. It is now the
accepted standard for the international community, it having eliminated a
number of minor differences that existed between the earlier versions of
Japanese, German and Russian modules. For comparison, the standard
inch rack is detailed in Figure 1-2. Note that there are many similarities.
The principal factors are the same for both racks. Both are normalized for
unity; that is, the metric rack is specified in terms of 1 module, and the inch
rack in terms of 1 diametral pitch.

This technical manual is written as an aid for the designer who is a
beginner or only superficially knowledgeable about gearing. It provides
fundamental theoretical and practical information. Admittedly, it is not
intended for experts.

Those who wish to obtain further information and special details
should refer to the reference list at the end of this text and other literature
on mechanical machinery and components.
SECTION 1
1.1.1 Comparison Of Basic Racks
1
2.25
INTRODUCTION TO METRIC GEARS

This technical section is dedicated to details of metric gearing because
of its increasing importance. Currently, much gearing in the United States
is still based upon the inch system. However, with most of the world
metricated, the use of metric gearing in the United States is definitely on the
increase, and inevitably at some future date it will be the exclusive system.

It should be appreciated that in the United States there is a growing
amount of metric gearing due to increasing machinery and other equipment
imports. This is particularly true of manufacturing equipment, such as
printing presses, paper machines and machine tools. Automobiles are
another major example, and one that impacts tens of millions of individuals.
Further spread of metric gearing is inevitable since the world that surrounds
the United States is rapidly approaching complete conformance. England
and Canada, once bastions of the inch system, are well down the road of
metrication, leaving the United States as the only significant exception.

Thus, it becomes prudent for engineers and designers to not only
become familiar with metric gears, but also to incorporate them in their
designs. Certainly, for export products it is imperative; and for domestic
products it is a serious consideration. The U.S. Government, and in
particular the military, is increasingly insisting upon metric based equipment
designs.

Recognizing that most engineers and designers have been reared
in an environment of heavy use of the inch system and that the amount of
literature about metric gears is limited, we are offering this technical gear
section as an aid to understanding and use of metric gears. In the following
pages, metric gear standards are introduced along with information about
interchangeability and noninterchangeability. Although gear theory is the
same for both the inch and metric systems, the formulas for metric gearing
take on a different set of symbols. These equations are fully defined in the
metric system. The coverage is thorough and complete with the intention
that this be a source for all information about gearing with definition in a
metric format.
0.02 max.
0.6 max.
20
1.25
rf = 0.38
Pitch Line
Fig. 1-1
The Basic Metric Rack From ISO 53 Normalized

for Module 1
ha
Pitch Line
hw
s
hf
rf
ha = Addendum
hf = Dedendum
c = Clearance
Fig. 1-2
hw = Working Depth
h = Whole Depth
p = Circular Pitch
rf = Root Radius
s = Circular Tooth Thickness
= Pressure Angle
The Basic Inch Diametral Pitch Rack Normalized

for 1 Diametral Pitch

From the normalized metric rack, corresponding dimensions for any
module are obtained by multiplying each rack dimension by the value of the
specific module m. The major tooth parameters are defined by the standard,
as:

T5
Tooth Form:
Straight-sided full depth, forming the basis

of a family of full depth interchangeable
gears.
Pressure Angle: A 20O pressure angle, which conforms to
worldwide acceptance of this as the most
versatile pressure angle.
Addendum:
Dedendum:
Root Radius:
Tip Radius:
1.1.3 Comparison Of Gear Calculation Equations
International Standards Organization (ISO). A listing of the most pertinent

standards is given in Table 1-1.
This is equal to the module m, which is

similar to the inch value that becomes
1/p.
This is 1.25 m ; again similar to the inch
rack value.
The metric rack value is slightly greater
than the American inch rack value.
A maximum value is specified. This is
a deviation from the American inch rack
which does not specify a rounding.

Most major industrialized countries have been using metric gears for a
long time and consequently had developed their own standards prior to the
establishment of ISO and SI units. In general, they are very similar to the
ISO standards. The key foreign metric standards are listed in Table 1-2 for
reference.
1.3 Japanese Metric Standards In This Text

Most gear equations that are used for diametral pitch inch gears are
equally applicable to metric gears if the module m is substituted for diametral
pitch. However, there are exceptions when it is necessary to use dedicated
metric equations. Thus, to avoid confusion and errors, it is most effective to
work entirely with and within the metric system.
1.3.1 Application Of JIS Standards

Japanese Industrial Standards (JIS) define numerous engineering
subjects including gearing. The originals are generated in Japanese, but
they are translated and published in English by the Japanese Standards
Association.

Considering that many metric gears are produced in Japan, the JIS
standards may apply. These essentially conform to all aspects of the ISO
standards.
1.2 Metric Standards Worldwide

1.2.2 Foreign Metric Standards
1.2.1 ISO Standards

Metric standards have been coordinated and standardized by the
Table 1-1
ISO Metric Gearing Standards
ISO 53:1974
Cylindrical gears for general and heavy engineering Basic rack
ISO 54:1977
Cylindrical gears for general and heavy engineering Modules and diametral pitches
ISO 677:1976
Straight bevel gears for general and heavy engineering Basic rack
ISO 678:1976
Straight bevel gears for general and heavy engineering Modules and diametral pitches
ISO 701:1976
International gear notation symbols for geometrical data
ISO 1122-1:1983
Glossary of gear terms Part 1: Geometrical definitions
ISO 1328:1975
Parallel involute gears ISO system of accuracy
ISO 1340:1976
Cylindrical gears Information to be given to the manufacturer by the purchaser in order to

obtain the gear required
ISO 1341:1976
Straight bevel gears Information to be given to the manufacturer by the purchaser in order
to obtain the gear required
ISO 2203:1973
Technical drawings Conventional representation of gears
ISO 2490:1975
Single-start solid (monobloc) gear hobs with axial keyway, 1 to 20 module and 1 to 20 diametral
pitch Nominal dimensions
ISO/TR 4467:1982
Addendum modification of the teeth of cylindrical gears for speed-reducing and speedincreasing gear pairs
ISO 4468:1982
Gear hobs Single-start Accuracy requirements
ISO 8579-1:1993
Acceptance code for gears Part 1: Determination of airborne sound power levels emitted
by gear units
ISO 8579-2:1993
Acceptance code for gears Part 2: Determination of mechanical vibrations of gear units
during acceptance testing
ISO/TR 10064-1:1992
Cylindrical gears Code of inspection practice Part 1: Inspection of corresponding flanks

of gear teeth
Table 1-2
Foreign Metric Gear Standards

AUSTRALIA
AS B 62
AS B 66
AS B 214
AS B 217
AS 1637
1965
1969
1966
1966
Bevel gears
Worm gears (inch series)
Geometrical dimensions for worm gears Units
Glossary for gearing
International gear notation symbols for geometric data (similar to ISO 701)
NF E 23-001
NF E 23-002
NF E 23-005
NF E 23-006
NF E 23-011
1972
1972
1965
1967
1972
NF E 23-012
NF L 32-611
1972
1955
Glossary of gears (similar to ISO 1122)

Glossary of worm gears
Gearing Symbols (similar to ISO 701)
Tolerances for spur gears with involute teeth (similar to ISO 1328)
Cylindrical gears for general and heavy engineering Basic rack and modules (similar
to ISO 467 and ISO 53)
Cylindrical gears Information to be given to the manufacturer by the producer
Continued on
Calculating spur gears to NF L 32-610
following page
FRANCE
T6
Table 1-2 (Cont.)
GERMANY DIN (Deutsches Institut fr Normung)

DIN 37
DIN 780 Pt 1
DIN 780 Pt 2
DIN 867
12.61
05.77
05.77
02.86
DIN 868
DIN 3961
DIN 3962 Pt 1
DIN 3962 Pt 2
DIN 3962 Pt 3
DIN 3963
DIN 3964
12.76
08.78
08.78
08.78
08.78
08.78
11.80
DIN 3965 Pt 1
DIN 3965 Pt 2
DIN 3965 Pt 3
DIN 3965 Pt 4
08.86
08.86
08.86
08.86
DIN 3966 Pt 1
DIN 3966 Pt 2
DIN 3967
08.78
08.78
08.78
DIN 3970 Pt 1
DIN 3970 Pt 2
DIN 3971
DIN 3972
DIN 3975
DIN 3976
11.74
11.74
07.80
02.52
10.76
11.80
DIN 3977
02.81
DIN 3978
DIN 3979
DIN 3993 Pt 1
DIN 3993 Pt 2
08.76
07.79
08.81
08.81
DIN 3993 Pt 3
08.81
DIN 3993 Pt 4
08.81
DIN 3998
Suppl 1
DIN 3998 Pt 1
DIN 3998 Pt 2
DIN 3998 Pt 3
DIN 3998 Pt 4
DIN 58405 Pt 1
DIN 58405 Pt 2
DIN 58405 Pt 3
DIN 58405 Pt 4
DIN ISO 2203
09.76
Conventional and simplified representation of gears and gear pairs [4]

Series of modules for gears Modules for spur gears [4]
Series of modules for gears Modules for cylindrical worm gear transmissions [4]
Basic rack tooth profiles for involute teeth of cylindrical gears for general and heavy
engineering [5]
General definitions and specification factors for gears, gear pairs and gear trains [11]
Tolerances for cylindrical gear teeth Bases [8]
Tolerances for cylindrical gear teeth Tolerances for deviations of individual parameters [11]
Tolerances for cylindrical gear teeth Tolerances for tooth trace deviations [4]
Tolerances for cylindrical gear teeth Tolerances for pitch-span deviations [4]
Tolerances for cylindrical gear teeth Tolerances for working deviations [11]
Deviations of shaft center distances and shaft position tolerances of casings for cylindrical
gears [4]
Tolerancing of bevel gears Basic concepts [5]
Tolerancing of bevel gears Tolerances for individual parameters [11]
Tolerancing of bevel gears Tolerances for tangential composite errors [11]
Tolerancing of bevel gears Tolerances for shaft angle errors and axes intersection
point deviations [5]
Information on gear teeth in drawings Information on involute teeth for cylindrical gears [7]
Information on gear teeth in drawings Information on straight bevel gear teeth [6]
System of gear fits Backlash, tooth thickness allowances, tooth thickness tolerances
Principles [12]
Master gears for checking spur gears Gear blank and tooth system [8]
Master gears for checking spur gears Receiving arbors [4]
Definitions and parameters for bevel gears and bevel gear pairs [12]
Reference profiles of gear-cutting tools for involute tooth systems according to DIN 867 [4]
Terms and definitions for cylindrical worm gears with shaft angle 90 [9]
Cylindrical worms Dimensions, correlation of shaft center distances and gear ratios of
worm gear drives [6]
Measuring element diameters for the radial or diametral dimension for testing tooth
thickness of cylindrical gears [8]
Helix angles for cylindrical gear teeth [5]
Tooth damage on gear trains Designation, characteristics, causes [11]
Geometrical design of cylindrical internal involute gear pairs Basic rules [17]
Geometrical design of cylindrical internal involute gear pairs Diagrams for geometrical
limits of internal gear-pinion matings [15]
Geometrical design of cylindrical internal involute gear pairs Diagrams for the
determination of addendum modification coefficients [15]
Geometrical design of cylindrical internal involute gear pairs Diagrams for limits of
internal gear-pinion type cutter matings [10]
Denominations on gear and gear pairs Alphabetical index of equivalent terms [10]
09.76
09.76
09.76
09.76
05.72
05.72
05.72
05.72
06.76
Denominations on gears and gear pairs General definitions [11]

Denominations on gears and gear pairs Cylindrical gears and gear pairs [11]
Denominations on gears and gear pairs Bevel and hypoid gears and gear pairs [9]
Denominations on gears and gear pairs Worm gear pairs [8]
Spur gear drives for fine mechanics Scope, definitions, principal design data, classification [7]
Spur gear drives for fine mechanics Gear fit selection, tolerances, allowances [9]
Spur gear drives for fine mechanics Indication in drawings, examples for calculation [12]
Spur gear drives for fine mechanics Tables [15]
Technical Drawings Conventional representation of gears
NOTES:

1. Standards available in English from: ANSI, 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018; or Beuth Verlag GmbH,
Burggrafenstrasse 6, D-10772 Berlin, Germany; or Global Engineering Documents, Inverness Way East,
Englewood, CO 80112-5704
2. Above data was taken from: DIN Catalogue of Technical Rules 1994, Supplement, Volume 3, Translations
Table 1-2 (Cont.)

UNI 3521
UNI 3522
UNI 4430
UNI 4760
UNI 6586
1954
1954
1960
1961
1969
UNI 6587
UNI 6588
1969
1969
UNI 6773
1970

ITALY
Gearing Module series

Gearing Basic rack
Spur gear Order information for straight and bevel gear
Gearing Glossary and geometrical definitions
Modules and diametral pitches of cylindrical and straight bevel gears for general and
heavy engineering (corresponds to ISO 54 and 678)
Basic rack of cylindrical gears for standard engineering (corresponds to ISO 53)
Basic rack of straight bevel gears for general and heavy engineering (corresponds to
ISO 677)
International gear notation Symbols for geometrical data (corresponds to ISO 701)
T7
Continued on
following page
Table 1-2 (Cont.)

B 0003
B 0102
B 1701
B 1702
B 1703
B 1704
B 1705
B 1721
B 1722
B 1723
B 1741
B 1751
B 1752
B 1753
B 4350
B 4351
B 4354
B 4355
B 4356
B 4357
B 4358
1989
1988
1973
1976
1976
1978
1973
1973
1974
1977
1977
1976
1989
1976
1991
1985
1988
1988
1985
1988
1991
JAPAN JIS (Japanese Industrial Standards)

Drawing office practice for gears
Glossary of gear terms
Involute gear tooth profile and dimensions
Accuracy for spur and helical gears
Backlash for spur and helical gears
Accuracy for bevel gears
Backlash for bevel gears
Shapes and dimensions of spur gears for general engineering
Shape and dimensions of helical gears for general use
Dimensions of cylindrical worm gears
Tooth contact marking of gears
Master cylindrical gears
Methods of measurement of spur and helical gears
Measuring method of noise of gears
Gear cutter tooth profile and dimensions
Straight bevel gear generating cutters
Single thread hobs
Single thread fine pitch hobs
Pinion type cutters
Rotary gear shaving cutters
Rack type cutters
NOTE:
Standards available in English from: ANSI, 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018; or International
Standardization Cooperation Center, Japanese Standards Association, 4-1-24 Akasaka, Minato-ku, Tokyo 107
Table 1-2 (Cont.)

BS 235
1972
BS 436 Pt 2
1984
BS 436 Pt 1
BS 436 Pt 3
1987
1986
UNITED KINGDOM BSI (British Standards Institute)

Specification of gears for electric traction
Spur and helical gears Basic rack form, pitches and accuracy (diametral pitch series)
Spur and helical gears Basic rack form, modules and accuracy (1 to 50 metric
module)
(Parts 1 & 2 related but not equivalent with ISO 53, 54, 1328, 1340 & 1341)
Spur gear and helical gears Method for calculation of contact and root bending stresses,
limitations for metallic involute gears
BS 721 Pt 1
1984
BS 978 Pt 1
1984
BS 721 Pt 2
BS 978 Pt 2
BS 978 Pt 3
BS 978 Pt 4
BS 1807
BS 2007
BS 2062 Pt 1
BS 2062 Pt 2
BS 2518 Pt 1
BS 2518 Pt 2
BS 2519 Pt 1
BS 2519 Pt 2
BS 2697
BS 3027
BS 3696 Pt 1
BS 4517
BS 4582 Pt 1
BS 4582 Pt 2
BS 5221
BS 5246
BS 6168
1983
1984
1984
1965
1981
1983
1985
1985
1983
1983
1976
1976
1976
1968
1984
1984
1984
1986
1987
1984
1987
(Related but not equivalent with ISO / DIS 6336 / 1, 2 & 3)

Specification for worm gearing Imperial units
Specification for worm gearing Metric units
Specification for fine pitch gears Involute spur and helical gears
Specification for fine pitch gears Cycloidal type gears
Specification for fine pitch gears Bevel gears
Specification for fine pitch gears Hobs and cutters
Specification for marine propulsion gears and similar drives: metric module
Specification for circular gear shaving cutters, 1 to 8 metric module, accuracy requirements
Specification for gear hobs Hobs for general purpose: 1 to 20 d.p., inclusive
Specification for gear hobs Hobs for gears for turbine reduction and similar drives
Specification for rotary form relieved gear cutters Diametral pitch
Specification for rotary relieved gear cutters Metric module
Glossary for gears Geometrical definitions
Glossary for gears Notation (symbols for geometrical data for use in gear rotation)
Specification for rack type gear cutters
Specification for dimensions of worm gear units
Specification for master gears Spur and helical gears (metric module)
Dimensions of spur and helical geared motor units (metric series)
Fine pitch gears (metric module) Involute spur and helical gears
Fine pitch gears (metric module) Hobs and cutters
Specifications for general purpose, metric module gear hobs
Specifications for pinion type cutters for spur gears 1 to 8 metric module
Specification for nonmetallic spur gears
NOTE:
Standards available from: ANSI, 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018; or BSI, Linford Wood, Milton Keynes
MK146LE, United Kingdom
T8
1.3.2 Symbols

Gear parameters are defined by a set of standardized symbols that are
defined in JIS B 0121 (1983). These are reproduced in Table 1-3.
Table 1-3A
Terms
Center Distance
Circular Pitch (General)
Standard Circular Pitch
Radial Circular Pitch
Circular Pitch
Perpendicular to Tooth
Axial Pitch
Normal Pitch
Radial Normal Pitch
Normal Pitch
Perpendicular to Tooth
Whole Depth
Addendum
Dedendum
Caliper Tooth Height
Working Depth
Tooth Thickness (General)
Circular Tooth Thickness
Base Circle Circular
Tooth Thickness
Chordal Tooth Thickness
Span Measurement
Root Width
Top Clearance
Circular Backlash
Normal Backlash
Blank Width
Working Face Width

The JIS symbols are consistent with the equations given in this text
and are consistent with JIS standards. Most differ from typical American
symbols, which can be confusing to the first time metric user. To assist,
Table 1-4 is offered as a cross list.
The Linear Dimensions And Circular Dimensions

Symbols
Terms
Lead
Contact Length
Contact Length of Approach
Contact Length of Recess
Contact Length of Overlap
Diameter (General)
Standard Pitch Diameter
Working Pitch Diameter
Outside Diameter
Base Diameter
Root Diameter
Radius (General)
Standard Pitch Radius
Working Pitch Radius
Outside Radius
Base Radius
Root Radius
Radius of Curvature
Cone Distance (General)
Cone Distance
Mean Cone Distance
Inner Cone Distance
Back Cone Distance
Mounting Distance
Offset Distance
a
p
p
pt
pn
px
pb
pbt
pbn
h
ha
hf
h
h' hw
s
s
sb
s
W
e
c
jt
jn
b
b' bw
Symbols
pz
ga
gf
g
g
d
d
d' dw
da
db
df
r
r
r' rw
ra
rb
rf
R
Re
Rm
Ri
Rv
*A
*E
* These terms and symbols are specific to JIS Standard

Table 1-3B
Terms
Pressure Angle (General)

Standard Pressure Angle
Working Pressure Angle
Cutter Pressure Angle
Radial Pressure Angle
Pressure Angle Normal to Tooth
Axial Pressure Angle
Helix Angle (General)
Standard Pitch Cylinder Helix Angle
Outside Cylinder Helix Angle
Base Cylinder Helix Angle
Lead Angle (General)
Standard Pitch Cylinder Lead Angle
Outside Cylinder Lead Angle
Base Cylinder Lead Angle
Terms
Table 1-3C
Number of Teeth
Equivalent Spur Gear Number of Teeth
Number of Threads in Worm
Number of Teeth in Pinion
Number of Teeth Ratio
Speed Ratio
Module
Radial Module
Normal Module
Axial Module
Symbols
Angular Dimensions
Terms
Shaft Angle
Cone Angle (General)
Pitch Cone Angle
Outside Cone Angle
Root Cone Angle
Addendum Angle
Dedendum Angle
Radial Contact Angle
Overlap Contact Angle
Overall Contact Angle
Angular Pitch of Crown Gear
Involute Function
' or w
0
t
n
x
a
b
a
b
Size Numbers, Ratios & Speed Terms
Symbols
Terms
Contact Ratio
Radial Contact Ratio
Overlap Contact Ratio
Total Contact Ratio
Specific Slide
Angular Speed
Linear or Tangential Speed
Revolutions per Minute
Coefficient of Profile Shift
Coefficient of Center Distance Increase
z
zv
zw
zl
u
i
m
mt
mn
mx
Symbols
a
f
a
f
a
inv
Symbols
v
n
x
y
NOTE: The term "Radial" is used to denote parameters in the plane of rotation perpendicular to the axis.
T9
Continued on
following page
Table 1-3D
Terms
Accuracy/Error Terms
Symbols
Single Pitch Error

Pitch Variation
Partial Accumulating Error
(Over Integral k teeth)
Total Accumulated Pitch Error
Terms
Symbols
Normal Pitch Error

Involute Profile Error
Runout Error
Lead Error
fpt
*fu or fpu
Fpk
Fp
fpb
ff
Fr
F
* These terms and symbols are specific to JIS Standards
Table 1-4
American Japanese
Symbol
Symbol
B
BLA
jt
B
C
C
Co
Cstd
D
Db
Do
DR
F
K
L
jn
a
a
aw
d
db
da
df
b
K
L
M
N
Nc
zc
ht
mp
n
nw
pa
pb
pc
pcn
r
rb
rf
ro
t
z1
zw
px
pb
p
pn
r
rb
rf
ra
s
Equivalence of American and Japanese Symbols

Nomenclature
American
Symbol
Japanese
Symbol
Nv
zv
Pd
Pdn
Pt
R
p
pn
Rb
Ro
RT
T
Wb
Y
Z
a
b
c
d
dw
rb
ra
backlash, linear measure

along pitch circle
backlash, linear measure
along line-of-action
backlash in arc minutes
center distance
change in center distance
operating center distance
standard center distance
pitch diameter
base circle diameter
outside diameter
root diameter
face width
factor, general
length, general; also lead
of worm
measurement over-pins
number of teeth, usually
gear
critical number of teeth for
no undercutting
whole depth
contact ratio
number of teeth, pinion
number of threads in worm
axial pitch
base pitch
circular pitch
normal circular pitch
pitch radius, pinion
base circle radius, pinion
fillet radius
outside radius, pinion
tooth thickness, and for
general use, for tolerance
1.3.3 Terminology

Terms used in metric gearing are identical or are parallel to those used
for inch gearing. The one major exception is that metric gears are based
upon the module, which for reference may be considered as the inversion
of a metric unit diametral pitch.

Terminology will be appropriately introduced and defined throughout
the text.

There are some terminology difficulties with a few of the descriptive
words used by the Japanese JIS standards when translated into English.
T10
s
i
ha
hf
c
d
dp
e
hk
yc
inv
inv
hw
Nomenclature
virtual number of teeth for
helical gear
diametral pitch
normal diametral pitch
horsepower, transmitted
pitch radius, gear or
general use
base circle radius, gear
outside radius, gear
testing radius
tooth thickness, gear
beam tooth strength
Lewis factor, diametral pitch
mesh velocity ratio
addendum
dedendum
clearance
pitch diameter, pinion
pin diameter, for over-pins
measurement
eccentricity
working depth
Lewis factor, circular pitch
pitch angle, bevel gear
rotation angle, general
lead angle, worm gearing
mean value
gear stage velocity ratio
pressure angle
operating pressure angle
helix angle (b=base helix
angle; w = operating helix
angle)
angular velocity
involute function
One particular example is the Japanese use of the term "radial" to describe
measures such as what Americans term circular pitch. This also crops up
with contact ratio. What Americans refer to as contact ratio in the plane of
rotation, the Japanese equivalent is called "radial contact ratio". This can
be both confusing and annoying. Therefore, since this technical section
is being used outside Japan, and the American term is more realistically
descriptive, in this text we will use the American term "circular" where it is
meaningful. However, the applicable Japanese symbol will be used. Other
examples of giving preference to the American terminology will be identified
where it occurs.
1.3.4 Conversion
For those wishing to ease themselves into working with metric
Pitch Diameter
To Obtain
Table 1-5
gears by looking at them in terms of familiar inch gearing relationships

and mathematics, Table 1-5 is offered as a means to make a quick
comparison.
Spur Gear Design Formulas

From Known
Use This Formula*
Module
D = mN
Circular Pitch
Module

D
pc = m =

N
Module
Diametral Pitch

25.4
m =

Pd
Number of Teeth
Module and Pitch Diameter

D
N =

m
Addendum
Module
a =m
Dedendum
Module
b = 1.25m
Outside Diameter
Module and Pitch Diameter or Number of Teeth
Do = D + 2m = m (N + 2)
Root Diameter
Pitch Diameter and Module
DR = D 2.5m
Base Circle Diameter
Pitch Diameter and Pressure Angle
Db = D cos
Base Pitch
Module and Pressure Angle
pb = m cos
Tooth Thickness at Standard Pitch Diameter
Module
Tstd = m

2
Center Distance
Module and Number of Teeth

m (N1 + N2 )
C =

2
Contact Ratio
Outside Radii, Base Circle Radii,

Center Distance, Pressure Angle
1Ro 1Rb + 2Ro 2Rb C sin

mp =

m cos
Backlash (linear)
Change in Center Distance
B = 2(C)tan
Backlash (linear)
Change in Tooth Thickness
B = T
Backlash (linear) Along Line-of-action
Linear Backlash Along Pitch Circle
BLA = B cos
Backlash, Angular
Linear Backlash

B
aB = 6880 (arc minutes)

D
Min. No. of Teeth for No Undercutting
Pressure Angle
2
N =
c
sin2
* All linear dimensions in millimeters

Symbols per Table 1-4
SECTION 2
INTRODUCTION TO GEAR TECHNOLOGY
This section presents a technical coverage of gear fundamentals. It is

intended as a broad coverage written in a manner that is easy to follow and
to understand by anyone interested in knowing how gear systems function.
Since gearing involves specialty components, it is expected that not all
designers and engineers possess or have been exposed to every aspect of
this subject. However, for proper use of gear components and design of gear
systems it is essential to have a minimum understanding of gear basics and
a reference source for details.

For those to whom this is their first encounter with gear components,
it is suggested this technical treatise be read in the order presented so as
to obtain a logical development of the subject. Subsequently, and for those
already familiar with gears, this material can be used selectively in random
access as a design reference.
T11
2.1 Basic Geometry Of Spur Gears
all positions of the contacting teeth, pass through a fixed point on the lineof-centers called the pitch point."
Any two curves or profiles engaging each other and satisfying the law
of gearing are conjugate curves.
The fundamentals of gearing are illustrated through the spur gear

tooth, both because it is the simplest, and hence most comprehensible, and
because it is the form most widely used, particularly for instruments and
control systems.
The basic geometry and nomenclature of a spur gear mesh is shown
in Figure 2-1. The essential features of a gear mesh are:

2.3 The Involute Curve

There is almost an infinite number of curves that can be developed to
satisfy the law of gearing, and many different curve forms have been tried
in the past. Modern gearing (except for clock gears) is based on involute
teeth. This is due to three major advantages of the involute curve:
1. Center distance.
2. The pitch circle diameters (or pitch diameters).
3. Size of teeth (or module).
4. Number of teeth.
5. Pressure angle of the contacting involutes.
1. Conjugate action is independent of changes in center

distance.
2. The form of the basic rack tooth is straight-sided, and
therefore is relatively simple and can be accurately
made; as a generating tool it imparts high accuracy to
the cut gear tooth.
3. One cutter can generate all gear teeth numbers of the
same pitch.
Details of these items along with their interdependence and definitions

are covered in subsequent paragraphs.

The involute curve is most easily understood as the
trace of a point at the end of a taut string that unwinds from
a cylinder. It is imagined that a point on a string, which is
pulled taut in a fixed direction, projects its trace onto a plane
that rotates with the base circle. See Figure 2-2. The base
cylinder, or base circle as referred to in gear literature, fully
defines the form of the involute and in a gear it is an inherent
parameter, though invisible.
PINION
Ou
rb
tsi
Line-of-Action
de
Base Circle
Di
am
ra
ete
Pitch Circle
r(
da )
Pressure
angle ()
Trace Point
Tooth Profile
Working
Depth (hw)
Clearance
Base Diameter (Db)
Pitch Circle
Whole Depth (h) Center
Distance
Addendum (a)
(h
)
a
Line-ofRoot
Centers
(Tooth)
Fillet
Dedendum (hf)
(D)
Ro
ot
Di
Ra
am
ete
r(
GEAR
Generally:
Pit
ch
Dia
me
Circular Pitch (p)
ter
Chordal Tooth
Thickness ( s )
Top
Land
Rb
Circular Tooth
Thickness (s)
Larger Gear Diameter or

Radius Symbols capital
letters
Smaller Gear Diameter
or Radius Symbols lower
case letters
Pitch Point
Fig. 2-1
Unwinding
Taut String
Base Cylinder
Fig. 2-2
Generation of an Involute
by a Taut String

The development and action of mating teeth can be
visualized by imagining the taut string as being unwound
from one base circle and wound on to the other, as
shown in Figure 2-3a. Thus, a single point on the string
simultaneously traces an involute on each base circle's
rotating plane. This pair of involutes is conjugate, since at
all points of contact the common normal is the common
tangent which passes through a fixed point on the line-ofcenters. If a second winding/unwinding taut string is wound
around the base circles in the opposite direction, Figure
2-3b, oppositely curved involutes are generated which can
accommodate motion reversal. When the involute pairs are
properly spaced, the result is the involute gear tooth, Figure
2-3c.
Base Circle
Basic Gear Geometry
2.2 The Law Of Gearing

A primary requirement of gears is the constancy of angular velocities
or proportionality of position transmission. Precision instruments require
positioning fidelity. High-speed and/or high-power gear trains also require
transmission at constant angular velocities in order to avoid severe dynamic
problems.
Constant velocity (i.e., constant ratio) motion transmission is defined as
"conjugate action" of the gear tooth profiles. A geometric relationship can be
derived (2, 12)* for the form of the tooth profiles to provide conjugate action,
which is summarized as the Law of Gearing as follows:
"A common normal to the tooth profiles at their point of contact must, in
* Numbers in parentheses refer to references at end of text.
Involute
Curve
T12
Involute
Generating
Point on
Taut String Base
Circle
Taut String
(a) Left-Hand (b) Right-Hand (c) Complete Teeth Generated

Involutes
Involutes
by Two Crossed Generating
Taut Strings
Fig. 2-3
Generation and Action of Gear Teeth
2.4 Pitch Circles

Referring to Figure 2-4, the tangent to the two base circles is the line
of contact, or line-of-action in gear vernacular. Where this line crosses the
line-of-centers establishes the pitch point, P. This in turn sets the size of the
pitch circles, or as commonly called, the pitch diameters. The ratio of the
pitch diameters gives the velocity ratio:
Velocity ratio of gear 2 to gear 1 is:

d1
i =

d2

(2-1)
the tooth size. The relation between diametral pitch and module is as
follows:

25.4
m =
(2-5)

Pd
2.6 Module Sizes And Standards
Module m represents the size of involute gear tooth. The unit of
module is mm. Module is converted to circular pitch p, by the factor .
p = m
(2-6)
Table 2-1 is extracted from JIS B 1701-1973 which defines the tooth
profile and dimensions of involute gears. It divides the standard module into
three series. Figure 2-6 shows the comparative size of various rack teeth.

d1
Table 2-1
Series 1
Pitch
Line of Point (P)
contact
Pitch
Circles
0.1
Base Circle, Gear #1
0.2
0.3
0.4
Base Circle, Gear #2
d2
0.5
Fig. 2-4 Definition of Pitch Circle and

Pitch Point
0.6
0.8
2.5 Pitch And Module

Essential to prescribing gear geometry is the size, or spacing of the
teeth along the pitch circle. This is termed pitch, and there are two basic
forms.
Circular pitch A naturally conceived linear measure along the pitch
circle of the tooth spacing. Referring to Figure 2-5, it is the linear distance
(measured along the pitch circle arc) between corresponding points of
adjacent teeth. It is equal to the pitch-circle circumference divided by the
number of teeth:
pitch circle circumference
d
p = circular pitch = =
(2-2)

number of teeth
z
p
d
Fig. 2-5 Definition of Circular Pitch
Module Metric gearing uses the quantity module m in place of
the American inch unit, diametral pitch. The module is the length of pitch
diameter per tooth. Thus:

d
m =
(2-3)

z
Relation of pitches: From the geometry that defines the two pitches, it
can be shown that module and circular pitch are related by the expression:
p
=
(2-4)
m
This relationship is simple to remember and permits an easy
transformation from one to the other.
Diametral pitch Pd is widely used in England and America to represent
T13
1
1.25
1.5
2
2.5
3
Standard Values of Module
Series 2
Series 3
unit: mm
Series 2
3.5
0.15
0.25
0.35
0.45
0.55
0.7
0.75
Series 1
0.65
10
12
16
0.9
20
1.75
25
2.25
32
2.75
40
3.25
50
Series 3
3.75
4.5
5.5
7
6.5
9
11
14
18
22
28
36
45
Note: The preferred choices are in the series order

beginning with 1.
Circular pitch, p, is also used to represent tooth size when a special desired
spacing is wanted, such as to get an integral feed in a mechanism. In this
case, a circular pitch is chosen that is an integer or a special fractional value.
This is often the choice in designing position control systems. Another
particular usage is the drive of printing plates to provide a given feed.
Most involute gear teeth have the standard whole depth and a standard
pressure angle = 20. Figure 2-7 shows the tooth profile of a whole depth
standard rack tooth and mating gear. It has an addendum of ha = 1m and
dedendum hf 1.25m. If tooth depth is shorter than whole depth it is called
a stub tooth; and if deeper than whole depth it is a high depth tooth.
The most widely used stub tooth has an addendum ha = 0.8m and
dedendum hf = 1m. Stub teeth have more strength than a whole depth
gear, but contact ratio is reduced. On the other hand, a high depth tooth
can increase contact ratio, but weakens the tooth.
In the standard involute gear, pitch p times the number of teeth
becomes the length of pitch circle:
d = mz
Pitch diameter d is then:

(2-7)

d = mz
M1
M1.5
M2
M2.5
pn
M3
hf
ha
M4
db
d
M5
M6
Fig. 2-7
M10
Fig. 2-6
Comparative Size of Various Rack Teeth
Metric Module and Inch Gear Preferences: Because there is no

direct equivalence between the pitches in metric and inch systems, it is not
possible to make direct substitutions. Further, there are preferred modules
in the metric system. As an aid in using metric gears, Table 2-2 presents
nearest equivalents for both systems, with the preferred sizes in bold type.
T14
Module
Pressure Angle
Addendum
Dedendum
Whole Depth
Working Depth
Top Clearance
Circular Pitch
Pitch Perpendicular
to Tooth
Pitch Diameter
Base Diameter
m

ha
hf
h
hw
c
p
= 20
= m
1.25m
2.25m
= 2.00m
= 0.25m
= m
pn = p cos
d = mz
db = d cos
The Tooth Profile and Dimension of Standard Rack
Table 2-2
Diametral Module,
Pitch, P
m
203.2000
200
180
169.333
150
127.000
125
120
101.600
96
92.3636
84.6667
80
78.1538
72.5714
72
67.733
64
63.500
50.800
50
48
44
42.333
40
36.2857
36
33.8667
32
31.7500
30
28.2222
28
25.4000
24
22
20.3200
20
18
16.9333
16
15
14.5143
14
13
12.7000
12
11.2889
11
10.1600
10
NOTE:
0.125
0.12700
0.14111
0.15
0.16933
0.2
0.20320
0.21167
0.25
0.26458
0.275
0.3
0.31750
0.325
0.35
0.35278
0.375
0.39688
0.4
0.5
0.50800
0.52917
0.57727
0.6
0.63500
0.7
0.70556
0.75
0.79375
0.8
0.84667
0.9
0.90714
1
1.0583
1.1545
1.25
1.2700
1.4111
1.5
1.5875
1.6933
1.75
1.8143
1.9538
2
2.1167
2.25
2.3091
2.50
2.5400
Circular Pitch
Circular Tooth
Thickness
Metric/American Gear Equivalents
Addendum
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
0.0155
0.0157
0.0175
0.0186
0.0209
0.0247
0.0251
0.0262
0.0309
0.0327
0.0340
0.0371
0.0393
0.0402
0.0433
0.0436
0.0464
0.0491
0.0495
0.0618
0.0628
0.0655
0.0714
0.0742
0.0785
0.0866
0.0873
0.0928
0.0982
0.0989
0.1047
0.1113
0.1122
0.1237
0.1309
0.1428
0.1546
0.1571
0.1745
0.1855
0.1963
0.2094
0.2164
0.2244
0.2417
0.2474
0.2618
0.2783
0.2856
0.3092
0.3142
0.393
0.399
0.443
0.471
0.532
0.628
0.638
0.665
0.785
0.831
0.864
0.942
0.997
1.021
1.100
1.108
1.178
1.247
1.257
1.571
1.596
1.662
1.814
1.885
1.995
2.199
2.217
2.356
2.494
2.513
2.660
2.827
2.850
3.142
3.325
3.627
3.927
3.990
4.433
4.712
4.987
5.320
5.498
5.700
6.138
6.283
6.650
7.069
7.254
7.854
7.980
0.0077
0.0079
0.0087
0.0093
0.0105
0.0124
0.0126
0.0131
0.0155
0.0164
0.0170
0.0186
0.0196
0.0201
0.0216
0.0218
0.0232
0.0245
0.0247
0.0309
0.0314
0.0327
0.0357
0.0371
0.0393
0.0433
0.0436
0.0464
0.0491
0.0495
0.0524
0.0557
0.0561
0.0618
0.0654
0.0714
0.0773
0.0785
0.0873
0.0928
0.0982
0.1047
0.1082
0.1122
0.1208
0.1237
0.1309
0.1391
0.1428
0.1546
0.1571
0.196
0.199
0.222
0.236
0.266
0.314
0.319
0.332
0.393
0.416
0.432
0.471
0.499
0.511
0.550
0.554
0.589
0.623
0.628
0.785
0.798
0.831
0.907
0.942
0.997
1.100
1.108
1.178
1.247
1.257
1.330
1.414
1.425
1.571
1.662
1.813
1.963
1.995
2.217
2.356
2.494
2.660
2.749
2.850
3.069
3.142
3.325
3.534
3.627
3.927
3.990
0.0049
0.0050
0.0056
0.0059
0.0067
0.0079
0.0080
0.0083
0.0098
0.0104
0.0108
0.0118
0.0125
0.0128
0.0138
0.0139
0.0148
0.0156
0.0157
0.0197
0.0200
0.0208
0.0227
0.0236
0.0250
0.0276
0.0278
0.0295
0.0313
0.0315
0.0333
0.0354
0.0357
0.0394
0.0417
0.0455
0.0492
0.0500
0.0556
0.0591
0.0625
0.0667
0.0689
0.0714
0.0769
0.0787
0.0833
0.0886
0.0909
0.0984
0.1000
0.125
0.127
0.141
0.150
0.169
0.200
0.203
0.212
0.250
0.265
0.275
0.300
0.318
0.325
0.350
0.353
0.375
0.397
0.400
0.500
0.508
0.529
0.577
0.600
0.635
0.700
0.706
0.750
0.794
0.800
0.847
0.900
0.907
1.000
1.058
1.155
1.250
1.270
1.411
1.500
1.588
1.693
1.750
1.814
1.954
2.000
2.117
2.250
2.309
2.500
2.540
Diametral Module,
m
Pitch, P
Bold face diametral pitches and modules designate preferred values.
2.7 Gear Types And Axial Arrangements

In accordance with the orientation of axes, there are three categories
of gears:
1. Parallel Axes Gears
2. Intersecting Axes Gears
3. Nonparallel and Nonintersecting Axes Gears
Table 2-3
Categories of Gears
Parallel Axes Gears
Intersecting Axes Gears

Nonparallel and
Nonintersecting Axes
Gears
9.2364
9
8.4667
8
7.8154
7.2571
7
6.7733
6.3500
6
5.6444
5.3474
5.0800
5
4.6182
4.2333
4
3.9077
3.6286
3.5000
3.1750
3.1416
3
2.8222
2.5400
2.5000
2.3091
2.1167
2
1.8143
1.5875
1.5000
1.4111
1.2700
1.1545
1.0583
1.0160
1
0.9407
0.9071
0.8467
0.7938
0.7697
0.7500
0.7056
0.6513
0.6350
0.6048
0.5644
0.5080
0.5000
2.75
2.8222
3
3.1750
3.25
3.5
3.6286
3.75
4
4.2333
4.5
4.75
5
5.0800
5.5000
6
6.3500
6.5000
7
7.2571
8
8.0851
8.4667
9
10
10.160
11
12
12.700
14
16
16.933
18
20
22
24
25
25.400
27
28
30
32
33
33.867
36
39
40
42
45
50
50.800
Circular Pitch
Circular Tooth
Thickness
Addendum
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
0.3401
0.3491
0.3711
0.3927
0.4020
0.4329
0.4488
0.4638
0.4947
0.5236
0.5566
0.5875
0.6184
0.6283
0.6803
0.7421
0.7854
0.8040
0.8658
0.8976
0.9895
1.0000
1.0472
1.1132
1.2368
1.2566
1.3605
1.4842
1.5708
1.7316
1.9790
2.0944
2.2263
2.4737
2.7211
2.9684
3.0921
3.1416
3.3395
3.4632
3.7105
3.9579
4.0816
4.1888
4.4527
4.8237
4.9474
5.1948
5.5658
6.1842
6.2832
8.639
8.866
9.425
9.975
10.210
10.996
11.400
11.781
12.566
13.299
14.137
14.923
15.708
15.959
17.279
18.850
19.949
20.420
21.991
22.799
25.133
25.400
26.599
28.274
31.416
31.919
34.558
37.699
39.898
43.982
50.265
53.198
56.549
62.832
69.115
75.398
78.540
79.796
84.823
87.965
94.248
100.531
103.673
106.395
113.097
122.522
125.664
131.947
141.372
157.080
159.593
0.1701
0.1745
0.1855
0.1963
0.2010
0.2164
0.2244
0.2319
0.2474
0.2618
0.2783
0.2938
0.3092
0.3142
0.3401
0.3711
0.3927
0.4020
0.4329
0.4488
0.4947
0.5000
0.5236
0.5566
0.6184
0.6283
0.6803
0.7421
0.7854
0.8658
0.9895
1.0472
1.1132
1.2368
1.3605
1.4842
1.5461
1.5708
1.6697
1.7316
1.8553
1.9790
2.0408
2.0944
2.2263
2.4119
2.4737
2.5974
2.7829
3.0921
3.1416
4.320
4.433
4.712
4.987
5.105
5.498
5.700
5.890
6.283
6.650
7.069
7.461
7.854
7.980
8.639
9.425
9.975
10.210
10.996
11.399
12.566
12.700
13.299
14.137
15.708
15.959
17.279
18.850
19.949
21.991
25.133
26.599
28.274
31.416
34.558
37.699
39.270
39.898
42.412
43.982
47.124
50.265
51.836
53.198
56.549
61.261
62.832
65.973
70.686
78.540
79.796
0.1083
0.1111
0.1181
0.1250
0.1280
0.1378
0.1429
0.1476
0.1575
0.1667
0.1772
0.1870
0.1969
0.2000
0.2165
0.2362
0.2500
0.2559
0.2756
0.2857
0.3150
0.3183
0.3333
0.3543
0.3937
0.4000
0.4331
0.4724
0.5000
0.5512
0.6299
0.6667
0.7087
0.7874
0.8661
0.9449
0.9843
1.0000
1.0630
1.1024
1.1811
1.2598
1.2992
1.3333
1.4173
1.5354
1.5748
1.6535
1.7717
1.9685
2.0000
2.750
2.822
3.000
3.175
3.250
3.500
3.629
3.750
4.000
4.233
4.500
4.750
5.000
5.080
5.500
6.000
6.350
6.500
7.000
7.257
8.000
8.085
8.467
9.000
10.000
10.160
11.000
12.000
12.700
14.000
16.000
16.933
18.000
20.000
22.000
24.000
25.000
25.400
27.000
28.000
30.000
32.000
33.000
33.867
36.000
39.000
40.000
42.000
45.000
50.000
50.800
Spur and helical gears are the parallel axes gears. Bevel gears are
the intersecting axes gears. Screw or crossed helical, worm and hypoid
gears handle the third category. Table 2-3 lists the gear types per axes
orientation.
Also, included in Table 2-3 is the theoretical efficiency range of the
various gear types. These figures do not include bearing and lubricant
losses. Also, they assume ideal mounting in regard to axis orientation and
center distance. Inclusion of these realistic considerations will downgrade
the efficiency numbers.
Types of Gears and Their Categories

Types of Gears
Efficiency (%)
Spur Gear
Spur Rack
Internal Gear
98 ... 99.5
Helical Gear
Helical Rack
Double Helical Gear
Straight Bevel Gear
Spiral Bevel Gear
98 ... 99
Zerol Gear
Worm Gear
30 ... 90
Screw Gear
70 ... 95
Hypoid Gear
96 ... 98
T15
2.7.1 Parallel Axes Gears
2.7.2 Intersecting Axes Gears
1. Straight Bevel Gear
1. Spur Gear
This is a gear in which

the teeth have tapered conical
elements that have the same
direction as the pitch cone base
line (generatrix). The straight
bevel gear is both the simplest
to produce and the most widely
applied in the bevel gear family.
This is a cylindrical shaped gear in

which the teeth are parallel to the axis. It
has the largest applications and, also, it is
the easiest to manufacture.
Fig. 2-8
Fig. 2-14
Straight Bevel Gear
Spur Gear
2. Spur Rack
2. Spiral Bevel Gear
This is a linear shaped gear which

can mesh with a spur gear with any
number of teeth. The spur rack is a
portion of a spur gear with an infinite
radius.
Fig. 2-9
This is a bevel gear with a

helical angle of spiral teeth. It is
much more complex to manufacture,
but offers a higher strength and
lower noise.
Spur Rack
3. Internal Gear
3. Zerol Gear
This is a cylindrical shaped gear

but with the teeth inside the circular
ring. It can mesh with a spur gear.
Internal gears are often used in planetary gear systems.
Fig. 2-10
Internal Gear and

Spur Gear
4. Helical Gear
Spiral Bevel Gear
Zerol gear is a special case of

spiral bevel gear. It is a spiral bevel
with zero degree of spiral angle tooth
advance. It has the characteristics
of both the straight and spiral bevel
gears. The forces acting upon the
tooth are the same as for a straight
bevel gear.
This is a cylindrical shaped gear

with helicoid teeth. Helical gears can
bear more load than spur gears, and
work more quietly. They are widely used
in industry. A disadvantage is the axial
thrust force the helix form causes.
Fig. 2-15
Fig. 2-16
Zerol Gear
2.7.3 Nonparallel And Nonintersecting Axes Gears

1. Worm And Worm Gear
Fig. 2-11
Helical Gear
5. Helical Rack
This is a linear shaped gear which
meshes with a helical gear. Again, it
can be regarded as a portion of a helical
gear with infinite radius.
Fig. 2-12
Helical Rack
Worm set is the name for a

meshed worm and worm gear. The
worm resembles a screw thread; and
the mating worm gear a helical gear,
except that it is made to envelope the
worm as seen along the worm's axis.
The outstanding feature is that the
Fig. 2-17
Worm Gear
worm offers a very large gear ratio in
a single mesh. However, transmission
efficiency is very poor due to a great
amount of sliding as the worm tooth engages with its mating worm gear tooth
and forces rotation by pushing and sliding. With proper choices of materials
and lubrication, wear can be contained and noise is reduced.
2. Screw Gear (Crossed Helical Gear)
6. Double Helical Gear
Two helical gears of opposite helix

angle will mesh if their axes are crossed. As
separate gear components, they are merely
conventional helical gears. Installation on
crossed axes converts them to screw gears.
They offer a simple means of gearing skew
axes at any angle. Because they have point
contact, their load carrying capacity is very
limited.
This is a gear with both lefthand and right-hand helical teeth.

The double helical form balances
the inherent thrust forces.
Fig. 2-13
Double Helical Gear
T16
Fig. 2-18
Screw Gear
2.7.4 Other Special Gears
Base Circle
Line-of-Action
(Common Tangent)
1. Face Gear
This is a pseudobevel gear that is
limited to 90O intersecting axes. The face
gear is a circular disc with a ring of teeth
cut in its side face; hence the name face
gear. Tooth elements are tapered towards
its center. The mate is an ordinary spur
gear. It offers no advantages over the
standard bevel gear, except that it can
be fabricated on an ordinary shaper gear
generating machine.
Pressure Angle
Base Circle
Line-of-Centers
Fig. 2-19
Fig. 3-1 Definition of Pressure Angle

Figure 3-2 shows a pair of standard gears meshing together. The contact
point of the two involutes, as Figure 3-2 shows, slides along the common
tangent of the two base circles as rotation occurs. The common tangent is
called the line-of-contact, or line-of-action.
A pair of gears can only mesh correctly if the pitches and the pressure
angles are the same. Pitch comparison can be module m, circular p, or
base pb.
That the pressure angles must be identical becomes obvious from the
following equation for base pitch:
Face Gear
2. Double Enveloping Worm Gear

This worm set uses a special
worm shape in that it partially envelops the worm gear as viewed in
the direction of the worm gear axis.
Its big advantage over the standard
worm is much higher load capacity.
However, the worm gear is very com- Fig. 2-20
plicated to design and produce, and
sources for manufacture are few.
pb = m cos
(3-3)
Thus, if the pressure angles are different, the base pitches cannot be
identical.
The length of the line-of-action is shown as ab in Figure 3-2.
Double Enveloping
Worm Gear
3. Hypoid Gear
This is a deviation from a bevel
gear that originated as a special
development for the automobile
industry. This permitted the drive to
the rear axle to be nonintersecting,
and thus allowed the auto body to
be lowered. It looks very much like
the spiral bevel gear. However, it
is complicated to design and is the
most difficult to produce on a bevel
gear generator.
O1
O2
Fig. 2-21
SECTION 3
Hypoid Gear
d1
db
DETAILS OF INVOLUTE GEARING
O1
3.1 Pressure Angle
The pressure angle is defined as the angle between the line-ofaction (common tangent to the base circles in Figures 2-3 and 2-4) and a
perpendicular to the line-of-centers. See Figure 3-1. From the geometry
of these figures, it is obvious that the pressure angle varies (slightly) as the
center distance of a gear pair is altered. The base circle is related to the
pressure angle and pitch diameter by the equation:
db = d cos

O2
b
db2
d2
(3-1)
where d and are the standard values, or alternately:
db = d' cos'

Contact Length
(3-2)
O1
where d' and ' are the exact operating values.
O2
The basic formula shows that the larger the pressure angle the smaller
the base circle. Thus, for standard gears, 14.5 pressure angle gears have
base circles much nearer to the roots of teeth than 20 gears. It is for this
reason that 14.5 gears encounter greater undercutting problems than 20
gears. This is further elaborated on in SECTION 4.3.
3.2 Proper Meshing And Contact Ratio
Fig. 3-2
T17
The Meshing of Involute Gear
3.2.1 Contact Ratio
To assure smooth continuous tooth action, as one pair of teeth

ceases contact a succeeding pair of teeth must already have come into
engagement. It is desirable to have as much overlap as possible. The
measure of this overlapping is the contact ratio. This is a ratio of the length
of the line-of-action to the base pitch. Figure 3-3 shows the geometry. The
length-of-action is determined from the intersection of the line-of-action and
the outside radii. For the simple case of a pair of spur gears, the ratio of the
length-of-action to the base pitch is determined from:

(Ra2
Rb2) + (ra2 rb2) a sin
=

p cos
(3-4)
Function of , or inv, is known as involute function. Involute function

is very important in gear design. Involute function values can be obtained
from appropriate tables. With the center of the base circle O at the origin
of a coordinate system, the involute curve can be expressed by values of x
and y as follows:

rb
x = r cos(inv) =
cos(inv)

cos

rb
y = r sin(inv) =
sin(inv)

cos

rb
where, r =
.
cos

It is good practice to maintain a contact ratio of 1.2 or greater. Under no

circumstances should the ratio drop below 1.1, calculated for all tolerances
at their worst-case values.
(3-7)
A contact ratio between 1 and 2 means that part of the time two pairs
of teeth are in contact and during the remaining time one pair is in contact.
A ratio between 2 and 3 means 2 or 3 pairs of teeth are always in contact.
Such a high contact ratio generally is not obtained with external spur gears,
but can be developed in the meshing of an internal and external spur gear
pair or specially designed nonstandard external spur gears.
rb
More detail is presented about contact ratio, including calculation

equations for specific gear types, in SECTION 11.
b
a
inv
3.3 The Involute Function

rb
T
W
B
SECTION 4
B'
4.1 Standard Spur Gear
WZ = Length-of-Action
SPUR GEAR CALCULATIONS
Ra
Fig. 3-4 The Involute Curve
ra
B'Z = AB = Base Pitch
Figure 4-1 shows the meshing of standard spur gears. The meshing
of standard spur gears means pitch circles of two gears contact and roll with
each other. The calculation formulas are in Table 4-1.
T'
Rb
Fig. 3-3
Geometry of Contact Ratio
Figure 3-4 shows an element of involute curve. The definition of involute

curve is the curve traced by a point on a straight line which rolls without
slipping on the circle. The circle is called the base circle of the involutes.
Two opposite hand involute curves meeting at a cusp form a gear tooth
curve. We can see, from Figure 3-4, the length of base circle arc ac equals
the length of straight line bc.
rb

bc
tan = = = (radian)
rb

Oc
O1
db1
d2 da2
df2
O2
(3-5)
The in Figure 3-4 can be expressed as inv + , then Formula (3-5)

will become:
inv = tan
d1
db2
(3-6)
T18
Fig. 4-1 The Meshing of Standard Spur Gears

( = 20, z1 = 12, z2 = 24, x1 = x2 = 0)
Table 4-1
No.
Item
The Calculation of Standard Spur Gears

Symbol
2
3
Module
Pressure Angle
Number of Teeth
z1, z2 *
Center Distance
Example
Formula
Pinion
12
(z1 + z2)m*
All calculated values in Table 4-1 are based upon given module m and
number of teeth z1 and z2. If instead module m, center distance a and speed
ratio i are given, then the number of teeth, z1 and z2, would be calculated with
the formulas as shown in Table 4-2.
Table 4-2
Item
No.
The Calculation of Teeth Number

Symbol
Formula
Example
Module
Center Distance
54.000
Speed Ratio
Sum of No. of Teeth
z1 + z2
Number of Teeth
z1 , z2
2a
m
i(z1 + z2)
i+1
0.8
36.000 72.000
33.829 67.658
3.000
3.750
42.000 78.000
28.500
64.500
4.3 Undercutting
From Figure 4-3, it can be seen that the maximum length of the
line-of-contact is limited to the length of the common tangent. Any tooth
addendum that extends beyond the tangent points (T and T') is not only
useless, but interferes with the root fillet area of the mating tooth. This
results in the typical undercut tooth, shown in Figure 4-4. The undercut not
only weakens the tooth with a wasp-like waist, but also removes some of
the useful involute adjacent to the base circle.
36
(z1 + z2)
i+1
16
24
54.000
d
zm
Pitch Diameter
db
d cos
Base Diameter
ha
1.00m
Addendum
7
8
hf
1.25m
Dedendum
da
9
d + 2m
Outside Diameter
df
Root Diameter
10
d 2.5m
* The subscripts 1 and 2 of z1 and z2 denote pinion and gear.
5
6
Gear
3
20
rb
20
Note that the numbers of teeth probably will not be integer values
by calculation with the formulas in Table 4-2. Then it is incumbent upon
the designer to choose a set of integer numbers of teeth that are as close
as possible to the theoretical values. This will likely result in both slightly
changed gear ratio and center distance. Should the center distance be
inviolable, it will then be necessary to resort to profile shifting. This will be
discussed later in this section.
W
B
B'
(
ra
B'Z = AB = Base Pitch
Z
A
T'
Ra
Rb
4.2 The Generating Of A Spur Gear
Fig. 4-3
Involute gears can be readily generated by rack type cutters. The hob
is in effect a rack cutter. Gear generation is also accomplished with gear
type cutters using a shaper or planer machine.
Figure 4-2 illustrates
how an involute gear tooth
Rack Form Tool
profile is generated. It
shows how the pitch line
of a rack cutter rolling on a
pitch circle generates a spur
gear.
I
db
O
Fig. 4-2
Fig. 4-4
d
sin2
2
The Generating of a Standard Spur Gear ( = 20, z = 10, x = 0)
Example of Undercut Standard

Design Gear
(12 Teeth, 20 Pressure Angle)
From the geometry of the limiting length-of-contact (T-T', Figure 4-3),

it is evident that interference is first encountered by the addenda of the
gear teeth digging into the mating-pinion tooth flanks. Since addenda are
standardized by a fixed value (ha = m), the interference condition becomes
more severe as the number of teeth on the mating gear increases. The limit
is reached when the gear becomes a rack. This is a realistic case since the
hob is a rack-type cutter. The result is that standard gears with teeth
T19
numbers below a critical value are automatically undercut in the generating

process. The condition for no undercutting in a standard spur gear is given
by the expression:

mz
Max addendum = ha sin2
and the minimum number of teeth is:

(4-1)

zc

sin2

This indicates that the minimum number of teeth free of undercutting
decreases with increasing pressure angle. For 14.5 the value of zc is 32,
and for 20 it is 18. Thus, 20 pressure angle gears with low numbers of
teeth have the advantage of much less undercutting and, therefore, are both
stronger and smoother acting.
Undercutting will get worse if a negative correction is applied.

See Figure 4-7.
Rack Form Tool
xm
db
d
4.4 Enlarged Pinions
Undercutting of pinion teeth is undesirable because of losses of

strength, contact ratio and smoothness of action. The severity of these
faults depends upon how far below zc the teeth number is. Undercutting for
the first few numbers is small and in many applications its adverse effects
can be neglected.
For very small numbers of teeth, such as ten and smaller, and for highprecision applications, undercutting should be avoided. This is achieved
by pinion enlargement (or correction as often termed), wherein the pinion
teeth, still generated
with a standard cutter,
are shifted radially
outward to form a full
involute tooth free of
undercut. The tooth is
enlarged both radially
Pitch Circle
and circumferentially.
Base Circle
Comparison of a tooth
form before and after
enlargement is shown
in Figure 4-5.
Fig. 4-5
4.5 Profile Shifting
Comparison of Enlarged and

Undercut Standard Pinion
(13 Teeth, 20 Pressure Angle, Fine
Pitch Standard)
As Figure 4-2
shows, a gear with 20 degrees of pressure angle and 10 teeth will have a
huge undercut volume. To prevent undercut, a positive correction must
be introduced. A positive
correction, as in Figure 4-6,
Rack Form Tool
can prevent undercut.

Fig. 4-7
The extra feed of gear cutter (xm) in Figures 4-6 and 4-7 is the amount
of shift or correction. And x is the shift coefficient.
The condition to prevent undercut in a spur gear is:

zm
m xm sin2

2

2(1 x)
zc =

sin2

zc
x = 1
sin2

2
(4-4)
Profile shift is not merely used to prevent undercut. It can be used to

adjust center distance between two gears.
If a positive correction is applied, such as to prevent undercut in a
pinion, the tooth thickness at top is thinner.
Table 4-3 presents the calculation of top land thickness.
Item
The Calculations of Top Land Thickness

Symbol
Pressure angle
1 at outside circle
of gear
Half of top land

2 angle of outside
circle
(4-3)
The coefficient without undercut is:
No.
db
(4-2)
The number of teeth without undercut will be:
Table 4-3
d
sin2
2
The Generating of Negative

Shifted Spur Gear
( = 20, z = 10, x = -0.5)
xm
Fig. 4-6
Generating of Positive
Shifted Spur Gear
( = 20, z = 10, x = +0.5)
T20
Top land
thickness
sa
Formula
Example
m = 2, = 20,
z = 16,
x = +0.3, d = 32,
db = 30.07016
da = 37.2
2x tan
+ + (inv inva) a = 36.06616
2z
z
(radian)
inva = 0.098835

inv = 0.014904
= 1.59815
da
(0.027893 radian)
sa = 1.03762
db
cos1 ()
da
4.6 Profile Shifted Spur Gear

Figure 4-8 shows the meshing of a pair of profile shifted gears. The
key items in profile shifted gears are the operating (working) pitch diameters
dw and the working (operating) pressure angle w.
ax
da2
dw2
d2
dw1
df2
b1
O1
O2
w
Fig. 4-8

In the meshing of profile shifted gears, it is the operating pitch circles

that are in contact and roll on each other that portrays gear action. The
standard pitch circles no longer are of significance; and the operating
pressure angle is what matters.
A standard spur gear is, according to Table 4-4, a profile shifted gear
with 0 coefficient of shift; that is, x1 = x2 = 0.
Table 4-5 is the inverse formula of items from 4 to 8 of Table 4-4.
There are several theories concerning how to distribute the sum
of coefficient of profile shift, x1 + x2, into pinion, x1, and gear, x2, separately.
BSS (British) and DIN (German) standards are the most often used. In the
example above, the 12 tooth pinion was given sufficient correction to prevent
undercut, and the residual profile shift was given to the mating gear.
db2
d1 d
These values are obtainable from the operating (or i.e., actual) center
distance and the following formulas:

z1
dw1 = 2ax

z1 + z2

z2
dw2 = 2ax

(4-5)

z1 + z2

db1 + db2
w = cos1

2ax
The Meshing of Profile Shifted Gears

( = 20, z1 = 12, z2 = 24, x1 = +0.6, x2 = +0.36)
Table 4-4
The Calculation of Positive Shifted Gear (1)
Item
No.
Symbol
1 Module
Formula
Example
Pinion
Gear
3
20
2 Pressure Angle
z1, z2
3 Number of Teeth
4 Coefficient of Profile Shift
x1, x2
5 Involute Function
inv w
6 Working Pressure Angle
7 Center Distance Increment Factor
8 Center Distance
ax
9 Pitch Diameter
10 Base Diameter
db
x1 + x2
2 tan (
) + inv
z1 + z2
24
0.36
0.034316
Find from Involute Function

Table
z1 + z2
cos
1
2
cosw
z1 + z2
+ y m
2
zm
12
0.6
26.0886
0.83329
56.4999
36.000
72.000
33.8289
67.6579
37.667
75.333
4.420
3.700
13
Whole Depth
d cos
db
cosw
(1 + y x2)m
(1 + y x1)m
[2.25 + y (x1 + x2)]m
14
Outside Diameter
da
d + 2ha
44.840
79.400
15
Root Diameter
df
da 2h
32.100
66.660
11
dw
ha1
ha2
12 Addendum
Table 4-5
No.
The Calculation of Positive Shifted Gear (2)
Item
Symbol
Center Distance
ax
Center Distance Increment Factor
Sum of Coefficient of Profile Shift
x1 + x2
x1 , x2
6.370
Formula
ax
z1 + z2

m
2
(z1 + z2)cos
1
cos
2y + z1 + z2
(z1 + z2 ) (invw inv )
2 tan
Example
T21
56.4999
0.8333
26.0886
0.9600
0.6000
0.3600
4.7 Rack And Spur Gear

Table 4-6 presents the method for calculating the mesh of a rack and
spur gear. Figure 4-9a shows the pitch circle of a standard gear and the
pitch line of the rack.
One rotation of the spur gear will displace the rack l one circumferential
length of the gear's pitch circle, per the formula:
l = mz
(4-6)
Table 4-6
Figure 4-9b shows a profile shifted spur gear, with positive correction
xm, meshed with a rack. The spur gear has a larger pitch radius than
standard, by the amount xm. Also, the pitch line of the rack has shifted
outward by the amount xm.
Table 4-6 presents the calculation of a meshed profile shifted spur gear
and rack. If the correction factor x1 is 0, then it is the case of a standard gear
meshed with the rack.
The rack displacement, l, is not changed in any way by the profile
shifting. Equation (4-6) remains applicable for any amount of profile shift.
The Calculation of Dimensions of a Profile Shifted Spur Gear and a Rack

Item
No.
Symbol
Example
Formula
Spur Gear
Rack
1 Module
2 Pressure Angle
20
3 Number of Teeth
12
0.6
5 Height of Pitch Line
H
w
7 Center Distance
ax
8 Pitch Diameter
9 Base Diameter
db
32.000
20
zm
+ H + xm
2
zm
d cos
db
cos w
51.800
36.000
33.829
10 Working Pitch Diameter
dw
11 Addendum
ha
m(1 + x)
4.800
h
da
2.25m
d + 2ha
df
da 2h
45.600
12 Whole Depth
13 Outside Diameter
14 Root Diameter
3.000
6.750
32.100
d
db
36.000
d
db
Fig. 4-9a

SECTION 5
ax
xm
Fig. 4-9b
The Meshing of Standard

Spur Gear and Rack
( = 20, z1 = 12, x1 = 0)
The Meshing of Profile

Shifted Spur Gear and Rack
( = 20, z1 = 12, x1 = +0.6)
INTERNAL GEARS
5.1 Internal Gear Calculations

Calculation of a Profile Shifted Internal Gear
Figure 5-1 presents the mesh of an internal gear and external gear. Of
vital importance is the operating (working) pitch diameters, dw, and operating
(working) pressure angle, w. They can be derived from center distance, ax,
and Equations (5-1).

z1
dw1 = 2ax(
)
z2 z1

z2
dw2 = 2ax(
)
z2 z1

db2 db1
w = cos1(
)
2ax

T22
(5-1)
O1
ax
d b2
da2
d2
d f2
O2
Fig. 5-1
The Meshing of Internal Gear and External Gear

( = 20 , z1 = 16, z2 = 24, x1 = x2 = 0.5)
Table 5-1 shows the calculation steps. It will become a standard gear
calculation if x1 = x2 = 0.
If the center distance, ax, is given, x1 and
x2 would be obtained from the inverse calculation from item 4 to item 8 of Table 5-1. These
Table 5-1 The Calculation of a Profile Shifted Internal Gear and External Gear (1)
inverse formulas are in Table 5-2.
Example
Pinion cutters are often used in cutting
Item
Symbol
Formula
No.
External
Internal
internal gears and external gears. The actual
Gear
(1)
Gear
(2)
value of tooth depth and root diameter, after
1 Module
m
3
cutting, will be slightly different from the
calculation. That is because the cutter has a
2 Pressure Angle
20
coefficient of shifted profile. In order to get a
z1, z2
3
Number
of
Teeth
16
24
correct tooth profile, the coefficient of cutter
x
,
x
4
1
2
should be taken into consideration.
0
0.5
x2 x1
5 Involute Function w
invw 2 tan ( ) + inv
0.060401
z2 z1
5.2 Interference In Internal Gears
Find
from
Involute
Function
w
31.0937
Table

z
z
cos
2
1
Three different types of interference can
(
1)
0.389426
y
2
cosw
occur with internal gears:
z2 z1
ax
(
+ y)m
8 Center Distance
13.1683
(a) Involute Interference
2
(b) Trochoid Interference
zm
9 Pitch Diameter
48.000
72.000
d
(c) Trimming Interference
db
10 Base Circle Diameter
d cos
45.105
67.658
db
(a) Involute Interference
dw

52.673
79.010
cosw
ha1
(1 + x1)m
This occurs between the dedendum of
12 Addendum
3.000
1.500
ha2
(1 x2)m
the external gear and the addendum of the
internal gear. It is prevalent when the number
h
2.25m
6.75
13 Whole Depth
of teeth of the external gear is small. Involute
da1
d1 + 2ha1
interference can be avoided by the conditions
54.000
69.000
14 Outside Diameter
da2
d2 2ha2
cited below:
da1 2h
df1
40.500
82.500
15 Root Diameter
da2 + 2h
df2
z1
tana2
1
(5-2)
z2
tanw
where a2 is the pressure angle seen at a tip of
the internal gear tooth.

db2
a2 = cos1(
)
(5-3)

da2
and w is working pressure angle:

(z2 z1)mcos
w = cos1[
]

2ax
(5-4)
Equation (5-3) is true only if the outside

diameter of the internal gear is bigger than the
base circle:
da2 db2
(5-5)
Table 5-2
No.
The Calculation of Shifted Internal Gear and External Gear (2)
Item
Symbol
Center Distance
ax
4
5
Difference of Coefficients of
Profile Shift
T23
w
x2 x1
x1 , x2
Formula
Example
ax
z2 z1

m
2
(z2 z1)cos
cos1
2y + z2 z1
(z2 z1 )(invw inv)
2tan
13.1683
0.38943
31.0937
0.5
0
0.5
For a standard internal gear, where = 20, Equation (5-5) is valid

only if the number of teeth is z2 > 34.
(b) Trochoid Interference
This refers to an interference occurring at the addendum of the external
gear and the dedendum of the internal gear during recess tooth action. It
tends to happen when the difference between the numbers of teeth of the
two gears is small. Equation (5-6) presents the condition for avoiding
trochoidal interference.

z1
1
+ invw inva2 2
(5-6)

z2
Here

ra22 ra12 a2
1 = cos1(
) + inv a1 invw

2ara1

(5-7)

2
2
2

a + ra2 ra1
2 = cos1(
)

2ara2
There will be an involute interference between the internal gear and

the pinion cutter if the number of teeth of the pinion cutter ranges from 15
to 22 (zc = 15 to 22). Table 5-3b shows the limit for a profile shifted pinion
cutter to prevent trimming interference while cutting a standard internal gear.
The correction, xc, is the magnitude of shift which was assumed to be: xc =
0.0075 zc + 0.05.
Table 5-3b
zc
(c) Trimming Interference

This occurs in the radial direction in that it prevents pulling the gears
apart. Thus, the mesh must be assembled by sliding the gears together with
an axial motion. It tends to happen when the numbers of teeth of the two
gears are very close. Equation (5-9) indicates how to prevent this type of
interference.

z2
1 + inva1 invw
(2 + inva2 invw)
(5-9)

z1
Here

1
1 (cosa1 cosa2)2
1 = sin
2

1 (z1 z2)

(5-10)

2

1
(cosa2 cosa1) 1
2 = sin

(z2 z1)2 1
zc
z2
zc
z2
zc
z2
The Limit to Prevent an Internal Gear from

Trimming Interference ( = 20, xc = x2 = 0)
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
24
25
27
34
34
35
36
37 38
39
40
42
43
45
28
30
31
32
33
34
35
38
40
42
46
48
49
50
51
52
53
56
58
60
44
48
50
56
60
64
66
80
96
100
62
66
68
74
78
82
84
98
114
118
18
19
20
21
22
24
25
36
38
39
40
41
42
43
45
47
48
zc
28
30
31
32
33
34
35
38
40
42
xc
xc
z2
27
50
0.26 0.275 0.2825 0.29 0.2975 0.305 0.3125 0.335 0.35 0.365
52
54
55
56
44
48
50
56
0.38 0.41 0.425 0.47

71
76
78
86
58
60
0.5
90
59
60
64
66
68
64
66
80
96
100
0.53 0.545 0.65 0.77
0.8
136
141
95
98
115
There will be an involute interference between the internal gear and

the pinion cutter if the number of teeth of the pinion cutter ranges from 15
to 19 (zc = 15 to 19).
5.3 Internal Gear With Small Differences In Numbers Of Teeth

In the meshing of an internal gear and an external gear, if the difference
in numbers of teeth of two gears is quite small, a profile shifted gear
could prevent the interference. Table 5-4 is an example of how to prevent
interference under the conditions of z2 = 50 and the difference of numbers of
Table 5-4
z1
49
The Meshing of Internal and External Gears of Small

Difference of Numbers of Teeth (m = 1, = 20)
48
47
46
x1
x2
45
44
43
42
0.20
0.11
0.06
0.01
z2
This type of interference can occur in the process of cutting an internal

gear with a pinion cutter. Should that happen, there is danger of breaking
the tooling. Table 5-3a shows the limit for the pinion cutter to prevent
trimming interference when cutting a standard internal gear, with pressure
angle 20, and no profile shift, i.e., xc = 0.
Table 5-3a
17
z2
z2
(5-8)
In the meshing of an external gear and a standard internal gear =

20, trochoid interference is avoided if the difference of the number of teeth,
z1 z2, is larger than 9.
16
xc 0.1625 0.17 0.1775 0.185 0.1925 0.2 0.2075 0.215 0.23 0.2375 0.2525
zc
where a1 is the pressure angle of the spur gear tooth tip:

db1
a1 = cos1(
)

da1
15
The Limit to Prevent an Internal Gear from

Trimming Interference ( = 20, x2 = 0)
50
1.00
0.60
0.40
0.30
w 61.0605 46.0324 37.4155 32.4521 28.2019 24.5356 22.3755 20.3854

a
0.971
1.354
1.775
2.227
2.666
3.099
3.557
4.010
1.105
1.512
1.726
1.835
1.933
2.014
2.053
2.088
teeth of two gears ranges from 1 to 8.

All combinations above will not cause involute interference or trochoid
interference, but trimming interference is still there. In order to assemble
successfully, the external gear should be assembled by inserting in the axial
direction.
A profile shifted internal gear and external gear, in which the difference
of numbers of teeth is small, belong to the field of hypocyclic mechanism,
which can produce a large reduction ratio in one step, such as 1/100.

z2 z1
Speed Ratio =
(5-11)
z1

T24
In Figure 5-2 the gear train has a difference of numbers of teeth of only
1; z1 = 30 and z2 = 31. This results in a reduction ratio of 1/30.
ax
plane is unwrapped, analogous to the unwinding taut string of the spur

gear in Figure 2-2. On the plane there is a straight line AB, which when
wrapped on the base cylinder has a helical trace AoBo. As the taut plane
is unwrapped, any point on the line AB can be visualized as tracing an
involute from the base cylinder. Thus, there is an infinite series of involutes
generated by line AB, all alike, but displaced in phase along a helix on the
base cylinder.
Again, a concept analogous to the spur gear tooth development is to
imagine the taut plane being wound from one base cylinder on to another as
the base cylinders rotate in opposite directions. The result is the generation
of a pair of conjugate helical involutes. If a reverse direction of rotation is
assumed and a second tangent plane is arranged so that it crosses the first,
a complete involute helicoid tooth is formed.
6.2 Fundamentals Of Helical Teeth
Fig. 5-2
SECTION 6
In the plane of rotation, the helical gear tooth is involute and all of the
relationships governing spur gears apply to the helical. However, the axial
twist of the teeth introduces a helix angle. Since the helix angle varies from
the base of the tooth to the outside radius, the helix angle is defined as
the angle between the tangent to the helicoidal tooth at the intersection of
the pitch cylinder and the tooth profile, and an element of the pitch cylinder.
See Figure 6-3.
The direction of the helical twist is designated as either left or right. The
direction is defined by the right-hand rule.
For helical gears, there are two related pitches one in the plane of
The Meshing of Internal Gear and External Gear

in which the Numbers of Teeth Difference is 1
(z2 z1 = 1)
HELICAL GEARS
Tangent to Helical Tooth
The helical gear differs from the

spur gear in that its teeth are twisted
along a helical path in the axial
direction. It resembles the spur gear
in the plane of rotation, but in the axial
direction it is as if there were a series
of staggered spur gears. See Figure
6-1. This design brings forth a number
of different features relative to the spur
gear, two of the most important being
as follows:
Element
of Pitch
Cylinder
(or gear's
axis)
Fig. 6-1
Helix
Angle
Helical Gear
1. Tooth strength is improved

because of the elongated helical
wraparound tooth base support.
2. Contact ratio is increased due to the axial tooth overlap. Helical gears
thus tend to have greater load carrying capacity than spur gears of the
same size. Spur gears, on the other hand, have a somewhat higher
efficiency.
Helical gears are used in two forms:
1. Parallel shaft applications, which is the largest usage.
2. Crossed-helicals (also called spiral or screw gears) for connecting
skew shafts, usually at right angles.
6.1 Generation Of The Helical Tooth
The helical tooth form is involute in the plane of rotation and can be
developed in a manner similar to that of the spur gear. However, unlike
the spur gear which can be viewed essentially as two dimensional, the
helical gear must be portrayed in three dimensions to show changing axial
features.
Referring to Figure 6-2, there is a base cylinder from which a taut
B
Twisted Solid
Involute
A
A0
Pitch
Cylinder
Fig. 6-3
Definition of Helix Angle
rotation and the other in a plane normal to the

tooth. In addition, there is an axial pitch.
Referring to Figure 6-4, the two circular
pitches are defined and related as follows:
pn = pt cos = normal circular pitch
(6-1)
The normal circular pitch is less than the

transverse radial pitch, pt, in the plane of rotation; the ratio between the two being equal to
the cosine of the helix angle.
Consistent with this, the normal module is
less than the transverse (radial) module.
The axial pitch of a helical gear, px, is the
distance between corresponding points of
adjacent teeth measured parallel to the gear's
axis see Figure 6-5. Axial pitch is related to
pn
pt
Fig. 6-4
px
B0
Taut Plane
Fig. 6-5
Base Cylinder
Fig. 6-2
Relationship
of Circular
Pitches
Generation of the Helical Tooth Profile
T25
Axial Pitch of
a Helical Gear
circular pitch by the expressions:

pn
px = pt cot =
= axial pitch

sin
6.4 Helical Gear Pressure Angle

(6-2)
A helical gear such as shown in Figure 6-6 is a cylindrical gear in which

the teeth flank are helicoid. The helix angle in standard pitch circle cylinder
is , and the displacement of one rotation is the lead, L.
The tooth profile of a helical gear is an involute curve from an axial
Length of Pitch Circle
px
pt
d
Pitch Diameter
pn
Helix Angle
Lead
Fig. 6-6
Although, strictly speaking, pressure angle exists only for a gear pair,
a nominal pressure angle can be considered for an individual gear. For
the helical
gear there is
T
a normal pressure, n, angle
as well as the
B
usual pressure
angle in the
P
plane of rotan
W
90
tion, . Fig90
ure 6-8 shows

Normal Plane:
PAB
their relationTransverse Plane: PTW
A
ship, which is
Fig.
6-8
Geometry
of
Two
Pressure
Angles
expressed as:

tann
tan =
(6-6)

cos
6.5 Importance Of Normal Plane Geometry
d
L =
tan
Fundamental Relationship of a Helical Gear (Right-Hand)
view, or in the plane perpendicular to the axis. The helical gear has two
kinds of tooth profiles one is based on a normal system, the other is based
on an axial system.
Circular pitch measured perpendicular to teeth is called normal circular
pitch, pn. And pn divided by is then a normal module, mn.

pn
mn =
(6-3)

The tooth profile of a helical gear with applied normal module, mn, and
normal pressure angle n belongs to a normal system.
In the axial view, the circular pitch on the standard pitch circle is called
the radial circular pitch, pt. And pt divided by is the radial module, mt.

pt
mt =
(6-4)
Because of the nature of tooth generation with a rack-type hob, a single

tool can generate helical gears at all helix angles as well as spur gears.
However, this means the normal pitch is the common denominator, and
usually is taken as a standard value. Since the true involute features are
in the transverse plane, they will differ from the standard normal values.
Hence, there is a real need for relating parameters in the two reference
planes.
6.6 Helical Tooth Proportions
These follow the same standards as those for spur gears. Addendum,
dedendum, whole depth and clearance are the same regardless of whether
measured in the plane of rotation or the normal plane. Pressure angle and
pitch are usually specified as standard values in the normal plane, but there
are times when they are specified as standard in the transverse plane.
6.7 Parallel Shaft Helical Gear Meshes
Fundamental information for the design of gear meshes is as follows:
Helix angle Both gears of a meshed pair must have the same
helix angle. However, the helix direction must be opposite; i.e., a
left-hand mates with a right-hand helix.
6.3 Equivalent Spur Gear

The true involute pitch and involute geometry of a helical gear is in
the plane of rotation. However, in the normal plane, looking at one tooth,
there is a resemblance to an involute tooth of a pitch corresponding to the
normal pitch. However, the shape of the tooth corresponds to a spur gear
of a larger number of teeth, the exact value depending on the magnitude of
the helix angle.
The geometric basis of deriving the number of teeth in this equivalent
tooth form spur gear is given in Figure 6-7. The result of the transposed
geometry is an equivalent number of teeth, given as:

z
zv =

(6-5)

cos3
Actual Elliptical
This equivalent
Pitch Circle in
number is also
Normal Plane
called a virtual
number because
this spur gear is

imaginary. The
Normal
value of this
Plane
number is used in
Pitch Circle of
Center of
determining helical
Virtual Gear
Virtual Gear
tooth strength.
Fig. 6-7
Pitch diameter This is given by the same expression as for

spur gears, but if the normal module is involved it is a function of
the helix angle. The expressions are:

z
d = z mt =
(6-7)

mn cos
Center distance Utilizing Equation (6-7), the center distance
of a helical gear mesh is:

z1 + z2
a =
(6-8)

2 mn cos
Note that for standard parameters in the normal plane, the center
distance will not be a standard value compared to standard spur gears.
Further, by manipulating the helix angle, , the center distance can be
adjusted over a wide range of values. Conversely, it is possible:

Geometry of Helical Gear's Virtual

Number of Teeth
T26
1. to compensate for significant center distance changes (or errors)

without changing the speed ratio between parallel geared shafts;
and
2. to alter the speed ratio between parallel geared shafts, without
changing the center distance, by manipulating the helix angle
along with the numbers of teeth.
6.8 Helical Gear Contact Ratio
It is not that simple in the radial system. The gear hob design must
be altered in accordance with the changing of helix angle , even when the
module mt and the pressure angle t are the same.
Obviously, the manufacturing of helical gears is easier with the normal
system than with the radial system in the plane perpendicular to the axis.
The contact ratio of helical gears is enhanced by the axial overlap of

the teeth. Thus, the contact ratio is the sum of the transverse contact ratio,
calculated in the same manner as for spur gears, and a term involving the
axial pitch.
()total = ()trans + ()axial

or

r = +
6.10 Helical Gear Calculations

(6-9)
6.10.1 Normal System Helical Gear

In the normal system, the calculation of a profile shifted helical gear, the
working pitch diameter dw and working pressure angle wt in the axial system
is done per Equations (6-10). That is because meshing of the helical gears
in the axial direction is just like spur gears and the calculation is similar.
Details of contact ratio of helical gearing are given later in a general

coverage of the subject; see SECTION 11.1.

z1

dw1 = 2ax

z1 + z2

z2
dw2 = 2ax

z1 + z2

db1 + db2
wt = cos1

2ax
6.9 Design Considerations

6.9.1 Involute Interference
Helical gears cut with standard normal pressure angles can have
considerably higher pressure angles in the plane of rotation see Equation
(6-6) depending on the helix angle. Therefore, the minimum number of
teeth without undercutting can be significantly reduced, and helical gears
having very low numbers of teeth without undercutting are feasible.
In the normal system, helical gears can be cut by the same gear hob if
module mn and pressure angle n are constant, no matter what the value of
helix angle .
Table 6-1
The Calculation of a Profile Shifted Helical Gear in the Normal System (1)
Example
No.
Item
Symbol
Formula
Pinion Gear
mn
3
1 Normal Module
n
20
2 Normal Pressure Angle
30
3 Helix Angle
z1, z2
12 (L)
60 (R)
4 Number of Teeth & Helical Hand
tann
1
tan
(
)
22.79588
t
5 Radial Pressure Angle
cos
0.09809
0
6 Normal Coefficient of Profile Shift xn1, xn2
xn1 + xn2
inv
2 tann () + invt
wt
0.023405
7 Involute Function
wt
z1 + z2
Find from Involute Function Table

wt
23.1126
8 Radial Working Pressure Angle
z1 + z2
cost
1
y
0.09744
2cos
coswt
z1 + z2
+ y mn
ax
10 Center Distance
125.000
2cos
zmn
d
11 Standard Pitch Diameter
41.569 207.846
cos
d
cos
d
12 Base Diameter
t
b
38.322 191.611
db
ha1
41.667 208.333
coswt
(1 + y xn2) mn
3.292
2.998
ha2
14 Addendum
(1 + y xn1) mn
[2.25 + y (xn1 + xn2)]mn
h
6.748
15 Whole Depth
Table 6-2
No.
da
df
48.153
34.657
d + 2 ha
da 2 h
213.842
200.346
The Calculations of a Profile Shifted Helical Gear in the Normal System (2)
Item
Symbol
Center Distance
ax
Radial Working Pressure Angle
xn1 + xn2
Normal Coefficient of Profile Shift
xn1 , xn2
wt
(6-10)
Table 6-1 shows the calculation of profile shifted helical gears in the
normal system. If normal coefficients of profile shift xn1, xn2 are zero, they
become standard gears.
If center distance, ax, is given, the normal coefficient of profile shift xn1
and xn2 can be calculated from Table 6-2. These are the inverse equations
from items 4 to 10 of Table 6-1.
6.9.2 Normal Vs. Radial Module (Pitch)
16 Outside Diameter
17 Root Diameter
Example
Formula
ax
z1 + z2

mn
2cos
(z1 + z2) cost
cos1
(z1 + z2) + 2y cos
(z1 + z2)(inv wt inv t)
2tann
T27
125
0.097447
23.1126
0.09809
0.09809
6.10.3 Sunderland Double Helical Gear
The transformation from a normal system to a radial system is

accomplished by the following equations:
xt = xn cos

mn

mt =

cos

tann

1
t = tan

cos

A representative application of radial system is a double helical gear, or

herringbone gear, made with the Sunderland machine. The radial pressure angle,
t, and helix angle, , are specified as 20 and 22.5, respectively. The only
differences from the radial system equations of Table 6-3 are those for addendum
and whole depth. Table 6-5 presents equations for a Sunderland gear.
(6-11)
6.10.4 Helical Rack
6.10.2 Radial System Helical Gear
Viewed in the normal direction, the meshing of a helical rack and gear
is the same as a spur gear and rack. Table 6-6 presents the calculation
examples for a mated helical rack with normal module and normal pressure
angle standard values. Similarly, Table 6-7 presents examples for a helical
rack in the radial system (i.e., perpendicular to gear axis).
Table 6-3 shows the calculation of profile shifted helical gears in a

radial system. They become standard if xt1 = xt2 = 0.
Table 6-4 presents the inverse calculation of items 5 to 9 of
Table 6-3.
The transformation from a radial to a normal system is described by the
following equations:

xt
xn =

cos
mn = mt cos

(6-12)

1
n = tan (tant cos)

Table 6-3
The Calculation of a Profile Shifted Helical Gear in the Radial System (1)
Example
Item
Symbol
Formula
No.
Pinion
Gear
mt
1 Radial Module
3
t
20
3 Helix Angle
30
z1, z2

5 Radial Coefficient of Profile Shift
xt1, xt2
6 Involute Function
inv wt
wt
wt
9 Center Distance
ax

11 Base Diameter
d
db
dw
13 Addendum
ha1
ha2
14 Whole Depth
15 Outside Diameter
16 Root Diameter
Table 6-4
No.
xt1 + xt2
2 tant (
z + z ) + invt
1
z1 + z2
cost
1
coswt
2
z1 + z2
+ y mt
2
zm t
60 (R)
0
0.0183886
21.3975
0.33333
109.0000
36.000
180.000
33.8289 169.1447
d cost
db
coswt
(1 + y xt2) mt
(1 + y xt1) mt
[2.25 + y (xt1 + xt2)]mt
36.3333 181.6667
4.000
2.966
6.716
d + 2 ha
da 2 h
da
df
12 (L)
0.34462
44.000
30.568
185.932
172.500
The Calculation of a Shifted Helical Gear in the Radial System (2)

Item
Symbol
Center Distance
ax
xt1 + xt2
Normal Coefficient of Profile Shift
xt1 , xt2
Formula
ax
z1 + z2

mt
2
(z1 + z2) cost
1
cos
(z1 + z2) + 2y
(z1 + z2)(inv wt inv t )
2tann
wt
T28
109
0.33333
21.39752
0.34462
0.34462
Table 6-5
The Calculation of a Double Helical Gear of SUNDERLAND Tooth Profile

Example
Item
Symbol
Formula
Pinion
Gear
No.
1
mt
Radial Module
Radial Pressure Angle
Number of Teeth
Radial Coefficient of Profile Shift
xt1, xt2
Involute Function wt
inv wt
Center Distance
ax
Standard Pitch Diameter

Base Diameter
d
db
12
dw
13
Addendum
14
15
Whole Depth
ha1
ha2
h
Outside Diameter
da
d cost
db
coswt
(0.8796 + y xt2) mt
(0.8796 + y xt1) mt
[1.8849 + y (xt1 + xt2)] mt
d + 2ha
16
Root Diameter
df
da 2h
3
4
10
11
Helix Angle
Table 6-6
z1, z2
22.5
12
xt1 + xt2
2 tant ()
z + z + invt
1
Symbol
0.0183886

z1 + z2 cost
( 1)
coswt
2
z1 + z2
( + y )mt
2
zm t
wt
60
0.34462
21.3975
0.33333
109.0000
36.000
33.8289
180.000
169.1447
36.3333
181.6667
3.639
2.605
5.621
43.278
185.210
32.036
The Calculation of a Helical Rack in the Normal System
Item
No.
20
Formula
173.968
Example
Rack
Gear
1 Normal Module
mn
2.5
20
3 Helix Angle
10 57' 49"
20 (R)
5 Normal Coefficient of Profile Shift
xn
6 Pitch Line Height
27.5
8 Mounting Distance
ax
9 Pitch Diameter
10 Base Diameter
db
tann
tan1
cos
zmn
+ H + xnmn
2cos
zmn
cos
d cost
11
ha
mn (1 + xn )
12 Whole Depth
2.25mn
13 Outside Diameter
da
d + 2 ha
14 Root Diameter
df
da 2 h
Addendum
Table 6-7
20.34160
52.965
50.92956
Symbol
1 Radial Module
mt
3 Helix Angle
47.75343
2.500
2.500
5.625
55.929
44.679
The Calculation of a Helical Rack in the Radial System
Item
No.
(L)
Formula
Example
Rack
Gear
2.5
20
10 57' 49"
20 (R)
(L)
5 Radial Coefficient of Profile Shift
xt
6 Pitch Line Height
27.5
7 Mounting Distance
ax
8 Pitch Diameter
zmt
+ H + xt mt
2
zmt
9 Base Diameter
db
d cost
10 Addendum
ha
mt (1 + xt)
11
2.25mt
12 Outside Diameter
da
d + 2 ha
13 Root Diameter
df
da 2 h
Whole Depth
T29
52.500
50.000

46.98463
2.500
2.500
5.625
55.000
43.750
The formulas of a standard helical rack are similar to those of Table 6-6
with only the normal coefficient of profile shift xn =0. To mesh a helical gear
to a helical rack, they must have the same helix angle but with opposite
hands.
The displacement of the helical rack, l, for one rotation of the mating
gear is the product of the radial pitch, pt , and number of teeth.

mn
l =
z = pt z

cos
(6-13)
According to the equations of Table 6-7, let radial pitch pt = 8 mm and

displacement l = 160 mm. The radial pitch and the displacement could be
modified into integers, if the helix angle were chosen properly.
In the axial system, the linear displacement of the helical rack, l, for one
turn of the helical gear equals the integral multiple of radial pitch.
l = zmt
SECTION 7
(6-14)
SCREW GEAR OR CROSSED HELICAL GEAR MESHES
These helical gears are also known as spiral gears. They are true
helical gears and only differ in their application for interconnecting skew
shafts, such as in Figure 7-1. Screw gears can be designed to connect
shafts at any angle, but in most applications the shafts are at right angles.
RIGHT-HAND
GEAR MESH
LEFT-HAND
GEAR MESH
7.1.3 Center Distance
The pitch diameter of a crossed-helical gear is given by Equation (6-7),

and the center distance becomes:

mn
z1
z2
a =
(
+
)
(7-2)

2
cos1 cos2
Again, it is possible to adjust the center distance by manipulating
the helix angle. However, helix angles of both gears must be altered
consistently in accordance with Equation (7-1).

7.1.4 Velocity Ratio
Unlike spur and parallel shaft helical meshes, the velocity ratio (gear
ratio) cannot be determined from the ratio of pitch diameters, since these can
be altered by juggling of helix angles. The speed ratio can be determined
only from the number of teeth, as follows:

z1
velocity ratio = i =
(7-3)

z2
DRIVER
DRIVER
If they have the same hands, then:

= 1 + 2

If they have the opposite hands, then:
= 1 2, or = 2 1
DRIVER
DRIVER
If they have the same hands, then:

= w1 + w2

If they have the opposite hands, then:
= w1 w2, or = w2 w1
Gear 1
7.1 Features
(Right-Hand) (Left-Hand)
7.1.1 Helix Angle And Hands
The helix angles need not be the same. However, their sum must equal
the shaft angle:
1 + 2 =
(7-5)
If the screw gears were profile shifted, the meshing would become a
little more complex. Let w1, w2 represent the working pitch cylinder;
Types of Helical Gear Meshes
NOTES:
1. Helical gears of the same hand operate at right
angles.
2. Helical gears of opposite hand operate on parallel
shafts.
3. Bearing location indicates the direction of thrust.
(7-4)
Two screw gears can only mesh together under the conditions that
normal modules, mn1, and, mn2, and normal pressure angles, n1, n2, are the
same. Let a pair of screw gears have the shaft angle and helical angles
1 and 2:
RIGHT-HAND
Fig. 7-1
Because of the possibility of different helix angles for the gear pair, the
radial modules may not be the same. However, the normal modules must
always be identical.
7.2 Screw Gear Calculations
LEFT-HAND
OPPOSITE
HAND GEAR
MESH
7.1.2 Module
or, if pitch diameters are introduced, the relationship is:

z1 cos2
i =

z2 cos1
DRIVER
DRIVER
(7-1)
1
2
where 1 and 2 are the respective helix angles of the two gears, and is
the shaft angle (the acute angle between the two shafts when viewed in a
direction paralleling a common perpendicular between the shafts).
Except for very small shaft angles, the helix hands are the same.
Gear 2
(Right-Hand)
Fig. 7-2
T30
Screw Gears of Nonparallel and

Nonintersecting Axes
(7-6)
Table 7-1 presents equations for a profile shifted screw gear pair.
When the normal coefficients of profile shift xn1 = xn2 =0, the equations and
calculations are the same as for standard gears.
is given by the expression:
Standard screw gears have relations as follows:
where
dw1 = d1, dw2 = d2

w1 = 1, w2 = 2
(7-7)
7.3 Axial Thrust Of Helical Gears

In both parallel-shaft and crossed-shaft applications, helical gears
develop an axial thrust load. This is a useless force that loads gear teeth
and bearings and must accordingly be considered in the housing and
bearing design. In some special instrument designs, this thrust load can
be utilized to actuate face clutches, provide a friction drag, or other special
purpose. The magnitude of the thrust load depends on the helix angle and
Table 7-1
(7-8)
WT = axial thrust load, and

W t = transmitted load.
The direction of the thrust load is related to the
hand of the gear and the direction of rotation. This is
depicted in Figure 7-1. When the helix angle is larger
than about 20, the use of double helical gears with
opposite hands (Figure 7-3a) or herringbone gears
(Figure 7-3b) is worth considering.
More detail on thrust force of helical gears is
presented in SECTION 16.
Symbol
1 Normal Module
Formula
mn
Example
Pinion
Gear
3 Helix Angle
20
30
z1, z2
15 (R)
24 (L)
36.9504
20
Number of Teeth of an
5 Equivalent Spur Gear
zv
cos3

18.0773
21.1728 22.7959
7 Normal Coefficient of Profile Shift
xn
tan
tan1 (n )
cos
8 Involute Function
wn
9 Normal Working Pressure Angle

11
invwn
wn
wt
y
12 Center Distance
ax
13 Pitch Diameter
14 Base Diameter
db
dw1
dw2
16 Working Helix Angle
17 Shaft Angle
ha1
ha2
18 Addendum
19 Whole Depth
20 Outside Diameter
21 Root Diameter
Figure 7-3a
Figure 7-3b
The Equations for a Screw Gear Pair on Nonparallel and

Nonintersecting Axes in the Normal System
Item
No.
WT = W t tan
xn1 + xn2
2tann(
zv1 + zv2 ) + invn
0.4
0.2
0.0228415
22.9338
tan
wn
tan1()
24.2404 26.0386
cos
1
cosn
(zv1 + zv2)(
1)
0.55977
2
coswn
z1
z2
(
+
+ y)mn
67.1925
2cos1
2cos2
zm n
cos
d cost
d1
2ax
d1 + d2
d2
2ax
d1 + d2
dw
tan1(
tan)
d
w1 + w2 or w1 w2
(1 + y xn2)mn
(1 + y xn1)mn
47.8880
83.1384
44.6553
76.6445
49.1155
85.2695
20.4706 30.6319
51.1025
4.0793
3.4793
[2.25 + y (xn1 + xn2)]mn
da
d + 2ha
56.0466 90.0970
df
da 2h
42.7880 76.8384
T31
6.6293
SECTION 8
BEVEL GEARING
For intersecting shafts, bevel

gears offer a good means of
transmitting motion and power.
Most transmissions occur at right
angles, Figure 8-1, but the shaft
angle can be any value. Ratios
up to 4:1 are common, although
higher ratios are possible as well.
Great Circle
Tooth Profile
Line of Action
Fig. 8-1
8.1 Development And Geometry

Of Bevel Gears
Typical Right Angle

Bevel Gear
P
Pitch Line
Bevel gears have tapered elements because they are generated and
operate, in theory, on the surface of a sphere. Pitch diameters of mating
bevel gears belong to frusta of cones, as shown in Figure 8-2a. In the full
development on the surface of a sphere, a pair of meshed bevel gears are
in conjugate engagement as shown in Figure 8-2b.

Fig. 8-4
Trace of
Spherical Surface
Common Apex of
Cone Frusta
2
O
O"
8.2 Bevel Gear Tooth Proportions
2
P'
Bevel gear teeth are proportioned in accordance with the standard

system of tooth proportions used for spur gears. However, the pressure
angle of all standard design bevel gears is limited to 20. Pinions with a
small number of teeth are enlarged automatically when the design follows
the Gleason system.
Since bevel-tooth elements are tapered, tooth dimensions and pitch
diameter are referenced to the outer end (heel). Since the narrow end of
the teeth (toe) vanishes at the pitch apex (center of reference generating
sphere), there is a practical limit to the length (face) of a bevel gear. The
geometry and identification of bevel gear parts is given in Figure 8-5.
1
1
O'
(a) Pitch Cone Frusta

Fig. 8-2
Spherical Basis of Octoid Bevel

Crown Gear
(b) Pitch Cones and the

Development Sphere
Pitch Cones of Bevel Gears
The crown gear, which is a bevel gear having the largest possible pitch
angle (defined in Figure 8-3), is analogous to the rack of spur gearing, and
is the basic tool for generating bevel gears. However, for practical reasons,
the tooth form is not that of a spherical involute, and instead, the crown gear
profile assumes a slightly simplified form. Although the deviation from a true
spherical involute is minor, it results in a line-of-action having a figure-8 trace
in its extreme extension; see Figure 8-4. This shape gives rise to the name
"octoid" for the tooth form of modern bevel gears.
Pitch Apex to Back

Pitch Apex
to Crown
ne
Co
ce
st
Di
Root
Face Angle
Angle
Fa
Crown to Back
Shaft
Pitch Angle
Apex
Pitch
Angle
Pitch
Angle
Addendum
Dedendum
Whole Depth
O2
O2
O.D.
Ba
ck
Co
ne
Di
st.
Pitch Dia.
O1
O1
Fig. 8-3 Meshing Bevel Gear Pair with Conjugate Crown Gear
Fig. 8-5
T32
Bevel Gear Pair Design Parameters
8.3 Velocity Ratio

The velocity ratio, i , can be derived from the ratio of several
parameters:

z
d sin1
i = 1 = 1 =

z2 d2 sin2

(8-1)
where: = pitch angle (see Figure 8-5)
8.4 Forms Of Bevel Teeth *

In the simplest design, the tooth elements are straight radial,
converging at the cone apex. However, it is possible to have the teeth curve
along a spiral as they converge on the cone apex, resulting in greater tooth
overlap, analogous to the overlapping action of helical teeth. The result is
a spiral bevel tooth. In addition, there are other possible variations. One is
the zerol bevel, which is a curved tooth having elements that start and end
on the same radial line.
Straight bevel gears come in two
variations depending upon the fabrication
equipment. All current Gleason straight
bevel generators are of the Coniflex form
which gives an almost imperceptible
convexity to the tooth surfaces. Older
machines produce true straight elements.
See Figure 8-6a.
Straight bevel gears are the simplest
and most widely used type of bevel gears
(a) Straight Teeth
for the transmission of power and/or
motion between intersecting shafts.
Straight bevel gears are recommended:

1. When speeds are less than

300 meters/min (1000 feet/min)
at higher speeds, straight bevel
gears may be noisy.
2. When loads are light, or for high
static loads when surface wear is
not a critical factor.
3. When space, gear weight, and
mountings are a premium. This
includes planetary gear sets,
where space does not permit
the inclusion of rolling-element
bearings.
Other forms of bevel gearing include the

following:
8.5 Bevel Gear Calculations

Let z1 and z2 be pinion and gear tooth numbers; shaft angle ; and
pitch cone angles 1 and 2; then:

sin

tan1 =

z2
+ cos

z1

sin
tan2 =

z1
+ cos

z2
Generally, shaft
angle = 90 is most
used. Other ang
les (Figure 8-7) are
sometimes used.
Then, it is called be
vel gear in nonright
angle drive. The
90 case is called
bevel gear in right
angle drive.
When = 90,
Equation (8-2) becomes:
(b) Coniflex Teeth

(Exaggerated Tooth Curving)
Coniflex gears (Figure 8-6b)

(c) Spiral Teeth
are produced by current Gleason
straight bevel gear generating machines
that crown the sides of the teeth in
their lengthwise direction. The teeth,
therefore, tolerate small amounts of
misalignment in the assembly of the
gears and some displacement of the
gears under load without concentrating
the tooth contact at the ends of the
teeth. Thus, for the operating conditions,
(d) Zerol Teeth
Coniflex gears are capable of transmitting
larger loads than the predecessor
Fig. 8-6
Forms of Bevel
Gleason straight bevel gears.
Gear Teeth
Spiral bevels (Figure 8-6c) have
curved oblique teeth which contact each
other gradually and smoothly from one end to the other. Imagine cutting a
straight bevel into an infinite number of short face width sections, angularly
displace one relative to the other, and one has a spiral bevel gear. Welldesigned spiral bevels have two or more teeth in contact at all times. The
overlapping tooth action transmits motion more smoothly and quietly than
with straight bevel gears.
*
Zerol bevels (Figure 8-6d) have curved teeth similar to those of the
spiral bevels, but with zero spiral angle at the middle of the face width; and
they have little end thrust.
Both spiral and Zerol gears can be cut on the same machines with the
same circular face-mill cutters or ground on the same grinding machines.
Both are produced with localized tooth contact which can be controlled for
length, width, and shape.
Functionally, however, Zerol bevels are similar to the straight bevels
and thus carry the same ratings. In fact, Zerols can be used in the place of
straight bevels without mounting changes.
Zerol bevels are widely employed in the aircraft industry, where groundtooth precision gears are generally required. Most hypoid cutting machines
can cut spiral bevel, Zerol or hypoid gears.
(8-2)
z1 m
1
2
z2 m

Fig. 8-7

The Pitch Cone Angle

of Bevel Gear
z1

1 = tan1()

z2

(8-3)

2
1
2 = tan ()

z1

Miter gears are bevel gears with = 90 and z1 = z2. Their speed ratio
z1 / z2 = 1. They only change the direction of the shaft, but do not change
the speed.
Figure 8-8 depicts the meshing of bevel gears. The meshing must
be considered in pairs. It is because the pitch cone angles 1 and 2 are
restricted by the gear ratio z1 / z2. In the facial view, which is normal to the
contact line of pitch cones, the meshing of bevel gears appears to be similar
to the meshing of spur gears.
The material in this section has been reprinted with the permission of McGraw Hill
Book Co., Inc., New York, N.Y. from "Design of Bevel Gears" by W. Coleman, Gear
Design and Applications, N. Chironis, Editor, McGraw Hill, New York, N.Y. 1967, p.
57.
T33
8.5.1 Gleason Straight Bevel Gears
The straight bevel gear has straight teeth flanks which are along the
surface of the pitch cone from the bottom to the apex. Straight bevel gears
can be grouped into the Gleason type and the standard type.

Re
Re
d2
R2
a
Xb
Fig. 8-8
a
f
The Meshing of Bevel Gears
In this section, we discuss the Gleason straight bevel gear. The Gleason
Company defined the tooth profile as: whole depth h =2.188m ; top
clearance ca = 0.188m; and working depth hw = 2.000m.
The characteristics are:
Design specified profile shifted gears:
In the Gleason system, the pinion is positive shifted and the gear is
negative shifted. The reason is to distribute the proper strength between
the two gears. Miter gears, thus, do not need any shifted tooth profile.
The top clearance is designed to be parallel
The outer cone elements of two paired bevel gears are parallel. That
is to ensure that the top clearance along the whole tooth is the same. For
the standard bevel gears, top clearance is variable. It is smaller at the toe
and bigger at the heel.
Table 8-1 shows the minimum number of teeth to prevent undercut in
the Gleason system at the shaft angle = 90.
Table 8-2 presents equations for designing straight bevel gears in the
Gleason system. The meanings of the dimensions and angles are shown
in Figure 8-9. All the equations in Table 8-2 can also be applied to bevel
gears with any shaft angle.
The straight bevel gear with crowning in the Gleason system is called a
Coniflex gear. It is manufactured by a special Gleason Coniflex machine.
It can successfully eliminate poor tooth wear due to improper mounting and
assembly.
The first characteristic of a Gleason straight bevel gear is its profile
shifted tooth. From Figure 8-10, we can see the positive tooth profile shift
in the pinion. The tooth thickness at the root diameter of a Gleason pinion
is larger than that of a standard straight bevel gear.
Table 8-1 The Minimum Numbers of Teeth to Prevent Undercut
z1
Pressure
Combination of Numbers of Teeth
z2
Angle
(14.5) 29 / Over 29 28 / Over 29 27 / Over 31 26 / Over 35 25 / Over 40 24 / Over 57
16 / Over 16 15 / Over 17 14 / Over 20 13 / Over 30
h
hf
13 / Over 13
ha
R1
d1
20
90
X
1
(25)
da
di
T34
Fig. 8-9
Dimensions and Angles of

Bevel Gears
8.5.2. Standard Straight Bevel Gears
A bevel gear with no profile shifted tooth is a standard straight bevel

gear. The applicable equations are in Table 8-3.
These equations can also be applied to bevel gear sets with other than
90 shaft angle.

8.5.3 Gleason Spiral Bevel Gears
A spiral bevel gear is one with a spiral tooth flank as in Figure 8-11.
The spiral is generally consistent with the curve of a cutter with the diameter
dc. The spiral angle is the angle between a generatrix element of the pitch
cone and the tooth flank. The spiral angle just at the tooth flank center is
called central spiral angle m. In practice, spiral angle means central spiral
angle.
All equations in Table 8-6 are dedicated for the manufacturing method
of Spread Blade or of Single Side from Gleason. If a gear is not cut per the
Gleason system, the equations will be different from these.
The tooth profile of a Gleason spiral bevel gear shown here has the
whole depth h = 1.888m; top clearance ca = 0.188m; and working depth hw
= 1.700m. These Gleason spiral bevel gears belong to a stub gear system.
This is applicable to gears with modules m > 2.1.
Table 8-4 shows the minimum number of teeth to avoid undercut in the
Gleason system with shaft angle = 90 and pressure angle n = 20.
If the number of teeth is less than 12, Table 8-5 is used to determine
the gear sizes.
All equations in Table 8-6 are also applicable to Gleason bevel gears
with any shaft angle. A spiral bevel gear set requires matching of hands;
left-hand and right-hand as a pair.
Table 8-2
Item
No.
The Calculations of Straight Bevel Gears of the Gleason System
Example
Formula
Pinion
Gear
Shaft Angle
Module
90
Pressure Angle
Number of Teeth
Pitch Diameter
20
z1, z2
Pitch Cone Angle
zm
sin
tan1 (
)
z2
+
cos
z
1
d2
2sin2
Cone Distance
Re
Face Width
Addendum
10
Dedendum
hf
2.000m ha2
0.460m
0.540m +

z2 cos1
(
)
z1 cos2
2.188m ha
11
Dedendum Angle
12
Addendum Angle
f
a1
a2
tan1 (hf /Re)

f2
f1
13
Outer Cone Angle
+ a
14
Root Cone Angle
Outside Diameter
da
d + 2ha cos
Recos ha sin
ha1
ha2
16
Pitch Apex to Crown
17
Axial Face Width
Xb
18
Inner Outside Diameter
di
Table 8-3
Item
No.
Module
Pressure Angle
Number of Teeth
z1, z2
Pitch Diameter
Pitch Cone Angle
d
1
2
60
120
22
It should be less than Re / 3 or 10m
4.035
1.965
2.529
4.599
2.15903
3.92194
3.92194 2.15903
30.48699 65.59398
24.40602 59.51301
b cosa
cosa
2b sin
da a
cosa
Symbol
Shaft Angle
40
67.08204
67.2180
121.7575
58.1955
28.2425
19.0029
9.0969
44.8425
81.6609
Calculation of a Standard Straight Bevel Gears
20
26.56505 63.43495
15
Symbol
Formula
Example
Pinion
Gear
90
3
20
zm
tan1
sin
z2
z1 +cos
20
40
60
120
26.56505 63.43495
1
d2
2sin2
Cone Distance
Face Width
It should be less than Re /3 or 10m
Addendum
ha
1.00 m
Dedendum
hf
1.25 m
Dedendum Angle
tan1 (hf /Re)
Addendum Angle
tan1 (ha /Re)
13
Outer Cone Angle
+ a
29.12569 65.99559
14
Root Cone Angle
23.36545 60.23535
15
Outside Diameter
da
d + 2hacos
65.3666
122.6833
16
Pitch Apex to Crown
Recos hasin
58.6584
27.3167
17
Axial Face Width
Xb
19.2374
8.9587
18
Inner Outside Diameter
di
43.9292
82.4485
9
10
11
12
Re
b cosa
cosa
2b sin
da a
cosa
T35
67.08204
22
3.00
3.75
3.19960
2.56064
Gleason Straight Bevel Gear

Pinion
Gear
Fig. 8-10
Standard Straight Bevel Gear

Pinion
Gear
The Tooth Profile of Straight Bevel Gears
dc
Re
b
b
Rv
Fig. 8-11
Table 8-4
Pressure
Angle
20
Spiral Bevel Gear (Left-Hand)
The Minimum Numbers of Teeth to Prevent Undercut

z1
Combination of Numbers of Teeth
z2
17 / Over 17
Table 8-5
16 / Over 18
15 / Over 19
14 / Over 20
m = 35
13 / Over 22
12 / Over 26
Dimensions for Pinions with Numbers of Teeth Less than 12
Number of Teeth in Pinion

Number of Teeth in Gear
Working Depth
Whole Depth
z1
z2
6
7
8
9
10
11
Over 34 Over 33 Over 32 Over 31 Over 30 Over 29
hw
1.500
1.560
1.610
1.650
1.680
1.695
1.666
1.733
1.788
1.832
1.865
1.882
Gear Addendum
ha2
0.215
Pinion Addendum
ha1
1.285
1.290
1.285
1.270
1.245
1.205
30
0.911
0.957
0.975
0.997
1.023
1.053
40
0.803
0.818
0.837
0.860
0.888
0.948
0.777
0.828
0.883
0.945
Circular Tooth
Thickness of Gear
s2
50
60
0.270
0.757
0.325
0.380
0.777
0.828
Pressure Angle
20
Spiral Angle
35... 40
Shaft Angle
NOTE: All values in the table are based on m = 1.
90
T36
0.435
0.884
0.490
0.946
8.5.4 Gleason Zerol Spiral Bevel Gears
When the spiral angle m = 0, the bevel gear is called a Zerol bevel
gear. The calculation equations of Table 8-2 for Gleason straight bevel
gears are applicable. They also should take care again of the rule of hands;
left and right of a pair must be matched. Figure 8-12 is a left-hand Zerol
bevel gear.
Fig. 8-12
Table 8-6
No.
The Calculations of Spiral Bevel Gears of the Gleason System
Item
1 Shaft Angle
Symbol
Formula
Example
Pinion
90
2 Outside Radial Module
20
4 Spiral Angle
5 Number of Teeth and Spiral Hand
tan1
7 Pitch Diameter
zm
9 Cone Distance
10 Face Width
1
2
Re
b
ha1
11 Addendum
12 Dedendum
Gear
35
m
z1, z2
8 Pitch Cone Angle
SECTION 9
Left-Hand Zerol
Bevel Gear
tan1
tann
cosm
20 (L)
sin
z2
z1 +cos
40 (R)
23.95680
60
120
26.56505 63.43495
1
d2
2sin2
67.08204
20
It should be less than Re /3 or 10m
ha2
1.700m ha2
0.390m
0.460m +
z2 cos1
(
)
z1 cos2
3.4275
1.6725
hf
1.888m ha
2.2365
3.9915
13 Dedendum Angle
tan (hf /Re)
1.90952
3.40519
14 Addendum Angle
a1
a2
f2
f1
3.40519
1.90952
15 Outer Cone Angle
+ a
29.97024 65.34447
16 Root Cone Angle
17 Outside Diameter
da
d + 2ha cos
Recos ha sin
b cosa
cosa
18 Pitch Apex to Crown
19 Axial Face Width
Xb
20 Inner Outside Diameter
di
2b sin
da a
cosa
24.65553 60.02976
66.1313
121.4959
58.4672
28.5041
17.3563
8.3479
46.1140
85.1224
WORM MESH
The worm mesh is another gear type used for connecting skew
shafts, usually 90. See Figure 9-1. Worm meshes are characterized by
high velocity ratios. Also, they offer the advantage of higher load capacity
associated with their line contact in contrast to the point contact of the
crossed-helical mesh.
Fig. 9-1
T37
Typical Worm Mesh
9.1 Worm Mesh Geometry
Although the worm

tooth form can be of a
variety, the most popular
is equivalent to a V-type
screw thread, as in Figure
9-1. The mating worm
gear teeth have a helical
lead. (Note: The name
worm wheel is often
used interchangeably with
worm gear.) A central section of the mesh,
taken through the worm's
O
axis and perpendicular
to the worm gear's axis, Fig. 9-2 Central Section of a Worm and
as shown in Figure 9-2,
Worm Gear
reveals a rack-type tooth
of the worm, and a curved
involute tooth form for the worm gear. However, the involute features are
only true for the central section. Sections on either side of the worm axis reveal nonsymmetric and noninvolute tooth profiles. Thus, a worm gear mesh
is not a true involute mesh. Also, for conjugate action, the center distance
of the mesh must be an exact duplicate of that used in generating the worm
gear.
To increase the length-of-action, the worm gear is made of a throated
shape to wrap around the worm.
zw = number of threads of worm; zg = number of teeth in worm gear

zw pn
L = lead of worm = zw px =
cos

zw m
zw pn
= lead angle = tan1(
) = sin1(
)

dw
dw
pn = px cos
Cylindrical worms may be considered cylindrical type gears with screw

threads. Generally, the mesh has a 90O shaft angle. The number of threads
in the worm is equivalent to the number of teeth in a gear of a screw type
gear mesh. Thus, a one-thread worm is equivalent to a one-tooth gear; and
two-threads equivalent to two-teeth, etc. Referring to Figure 9-4, for a lead
angle , measured on the pitch cylinder, each rotation of the worm makes
the thread advance one lead.
There
are four worm
tooth profiles
in JIS B 1723,
as defined
below.
Type I
Worm: This
pt
worm tooth
profile is
trapezoid in
d
the radial or
axial plane.
t
d
Type II
Worm: This
tooth profile
pn
is trapezoid
px
viewed in
n
the normal
pn
surface.
Type
x
III Worm:
This worm
is formed
by a cutter
in which the
tooth profile
is trapezoid
L = d tan
9.1.1 Worm Tooth Proportions
9.1.2 Number Of Threads
9.1.3 Pitch Diameters, Lead and Lead Angle
Referring to Figure 9-3:

zw pn
Pitch diameter of worm = dw =
sin

zg pn

Pitch diameter of worm gear = dg =
cos

(9-1)
(9-2)
Fig. 9-4
Cylindrical Worm (Right-Hand)
px zw
pn
Addendum
dw
(a) Tooth Proportion of

Central Section
Fig. 9-3
le,
Lead Ang
d
w
zw
Dedendum
(9-3)
9.2 Cylindrical Worm Gear Calculations
The worm can be considered resembling a helical gear with a high

helix angle. For extremely high helix angles, there is one continuous tooth
or thread. For slightly smaller angles, there can be two, three or even more
threads. Thus, a worm is characterized by the number of threads, zw.

9.1.4 Center Distance
zg
zw

dw + Dg
pn
C =
=
(
+ )

2
2
cos
sin
Worm tooth dimensions, such as addendum, dedendum, pressure

angle, etc., follow the same standards as those for spur and helical gears.
The standard values apply to the central section of the mesh. See Figure
9-3a. A high pressure angle is favored and in some applications values as
high as 25 and 30 are used.

where:
px
L = Worm Lead
dw
(b) Development of Worm's Pitch Cylinder;

Two Thread Example: zw = 2
Worm Tooth Proportions and Geometric Relationships
T38
form viewed from the radial surface or axial plane set at the lead angle.
Examples are milling and grinding profile cutters.
Type IV Worm: This tooth profile is involute as viewed from the radial
surface or at the lead angle. It is an involute helicoid, and is known by that
name.
Type III worm is the most popular. In this type, the normal pressure
angle n has the tendency to become smaller than that of the cutter, c.
Per JIS, Type III worm uses a radial module mt and cutter pressure
angle c = 20 as the module and pressure angle. A special worm hob is
required to cut a Type III worm gear.
Standard values of radial module, mt, are presented in Table 9-1.
Table 9-1
Radial Module of Cylindrical Worm Gears
1.25
1.60
2.00
2.50
3.15
4.00
5.00
6.30
8.00
10.00
12.50
16.00
20.00
25.00
The Relations of Cross Sections of Worm Gears

Worm
Axial Surface
mn
mx =
cos
Normal Surface
mn
tann
cos
Radial Surface
mn
mt =
sin
tan
n
sin
t = tan1
px = m x
pn = m n
pt = m t
L = m x z w
m n z w
L =
cos
L = m t z w tan
x = tan1
Normal Surface
Radial Surface
Axial Surface
NOTE: The Radial Surface is the plane perpendicular to the axis.

Reference to Figure 9-4 can help the understanding of the relationships
in Table 9-2. They are similar to the relations in Formulas (6-11) and (6-12)
that the helix angle be substituted by (90 ). We can consider that a
worm with lead angle is almost the same as a screw gear with helix angle
(90 ).

9.3 Crowning Of The Worm Gear Tooth

Crowning is critically important to worm gears (worm wheels). Not
only can it eliminate abnormal tooth contact due to incorrect assembly, but
it also provides for the forming of an oil film, which enhances the lubrication
effect of the mesh. This can favorably impact endurance and transmission
efficiency of the worm mesh. There are four methods of crowning worm
gears:
9.2.1 Axial Module Worm Gears
Table 9-3 presents the equations, for dimensions shown in Figure 9-5,
for worm gears with axial module, mx, and normal pressure angle n = 20.
1. Cut Worm Gear With A Hob Cutter Of Greater Pitch Diameter

Than The Worm.
A crownless worm gear

results when it is made by using
a hob that has an identical pitch
diameter as that of the worm.
This crownless worm gear is
very difficult to assemble corW
or
rectly. Proper tooth contact and
ob
m
H
a complete oil film are usually
not possible.
However, it is relatively
easy to obtain a crowned worm
gear by cutting it with a hob
whose pitch diameter is slightly
larger than that of the worm.
This is shown in Figure 9-6.
Fig. 9-6
The Method of Using a
This creates teeth contact in the

Greater Diameter Hob
center region with space for oil
film formation.

Worm Gear
9.2.2 Normal Module System Worm Gears
The equations for normal module system worm gears are based on a
normal module, mn, and normal pressure angle, n = 20. See Table 9-4.
Because the worm mesh couples nonparallel and nonintersecting axes,

the radial surface of the worm, or radial cross section, is the same as the
normal surface of the worm gear. Similarly, the normal surface of the worm
is the radial surface of the worm gear. The common surface of the worm
and worm gear is the normal surface. Using the normal module, mn, is most
popular. Then, an ordinary hob can be used to cut the worm gear.
Table 9-2 presents the relationships among worm and worm gear radial
surfaces, normal surfaces, axial surfaces, module, pressure angle, pitch and
lead.
Table 9-2
2. Recut With Hob Center Distance Adjustment.
The first step is to cut the

worm gear at standard center
distance. This results in no
crowning. Then the worm gear
is finished with the same hob
by recutting with the hob axis
shifted parallel to the worm gear
axis by h. This results in a
crowning effect, shown in Figure
9-7.

Fig. 9-7
Offsetting Up or Down
3. Hob Axis Inclining From Standard Position.
In standard cutting, the hob axis is oriented at the proper angle to the
worm gear axis. After that, the hob axis is shifted slightly left and then right,
, in a plane parallel to the worm gear axis, to cut a crown effect on the
worm gear tooth. This is shown in Figure 9-8.
Only method 1 is popular. Methods 2 and 3 are seldom used.
df1
ax
d1
rc
da1
df2
d2
da2
dth
Fig. 9-5
Dimensions of Cylindrical Worm Gears
T39
Fig. 9-8
Inclining Right or Left
Table 9-3
No.
The Calculations of Axial Module System Worm Gears (See Figure 9-5)
Example
Item
Symbol
Formula
Worm
Wheel
1 Axial Module
mx
20
3 No. of Threads, No. of Teeth
zw, z2
d1
d2
5 Lead Angle
xa2
7 Center Distance
ax
8 Addendum
ha1
ha2
9 Whole Depth
10 Outside Diameter
11
Throat Diameter
12 Throat Surface Radius

13 Root Diameter
h
da1
da2
dth
ri
df1
df2
Q mx
z2mx
Note 1
30 (R)
44.000
90.000
mx zw
tan1(
)
d1
d1 + d2
+ xa2 mx
2
1.00mx
(1.00 + xa2)mx
2.25mx
d1 + 2ha1
d2 + 2ha2 + mx Note 2
7.76517
0
67.000
3.000
3.000
6.750
50.000
99.000
d2 + 2ha2
96.000
d1
ha1
2
da1 2h
dth 2h
19.000
36.500
82.500
Double-Threaded Right-Hand Worm

Note 1: Diameter Factor,Q, means pitch diameter of worm, d1, over axial module, mx.

d1
Q =

mx

Note 2: There are several calculation methods of worm outside diameter da2 besides those in Table
9-3.
Note 3: The length of worm with teeth, b1, would be sufficient if:

b1 = mx (4.5 + 0.02z 2 )

Note 4: Working blank width of worm gear be = 2m x (Q + 1). So the actual blank width of b be +
1.5mx would be enough.
Table 9-4
The Calculations of Normal Module System Worm Gears

Example
Item
Symbol
Formula
Worm
Worm
Gear
No.
1 Normal Module
mn
20
3 No. of Threads, No. of Teeth
zw, z2
4 Pitch Diameter of Worm
d1
5 Lead Angle
6 Pitch Diameter of Worm Gear
d2
xn2
Center Distance
9 Addendum
10 Whole Depth
11
Outside Diameter
12 Throat Diameter
13 Throat Surface Radius
mn zw
sin1(
)
d1
z2 mn
cos
ha1
ha2
d1 + d2
+ xn2 mn
2
1.00mn
(1.00 + x n2)mn
h
da1
da2
2.25mn
d1 + 2ha1
d2 + 2ha2 + mn
ax
30 (R)
44.000
7.83748
90.8486
0.1414
67.000
3.000
2.5758
6.75
50.000
99.000
dth
d2 + 2ha2
96.000
ri
d1
ha1
2
da1 2h
dth 2h
19.000
36.500
82.500
df1
14 Root Diameter
df2
Double-Threaded Right-Hand Worm
Note: All notes are the same as those of Table 9-3.
T40
4. Use A Worm With A Larger Pressure Angle Than The Worm

Gear.
0.6
This is a very complex method, both theoretically and practically.

Usually, the crowning is done to the worm gear, but in this method the
modification is on the worm. That is, to change the pressure angle and pitch
of the worm without changing the pitch line parallel to the axis, in accordance
with the relationships shown in Equations 9-4:
pxcosx = px'cosx'
where:
d1
30
A
Position A is the
Point of Determining
Crowning Amount
0.55 0.46 0.41 0.375
The Calculation of Worm Crowning
Item
Symbol
Formula
Before Crowning
Example
3
n'
20
3 Number of Threads of Worm
zw
4 Pitch Diameter of Worm
d1
5 Lead Angle
'
6 Axial Pressure Angle
x'
7 Axial Pitch
px'
mx' zw
tan (
)
d1
tan
n'
tan1(
)
cos'
mx'
8 Lead
L'
9 Amount of Crowning
CR'
mx' zv
10 Factor (k)
Self-locking is a unique characteristic of worm meshes that can be put

to advantage. It is the feature that a worm cannot be driven by the worm
gear. It is very useful in the design of some equipment, such as lifting, in
that the drive can stop at any position without concern that it can slip in
reverse. However, in some situations it can be detrimental if the system
requires reverse sensitivity, such as a servomechanism.
Self-locking does not occur in all worm meshes, since it requires special
conditions as outlined here. In this analysis, only the driving force acting
upon the tooth surfaces is considered without any regard to losses due to
bearing friction, lubricant agitation, etc. The governing conditions are as
follows:
Let Fu1 = tangential driving force of worm
Then, Fu1 = Fn (cosn sin cos)
where:

n = normal pressure angle

= lead angle of worm

= coefficient of friction

Fn = normal driving force of worm
44.000
7.765166
20.170236
9.424778
Let n in Equation (9-6) be 20, then the condition:

Fu1 0 will become:
(cos20 sin cos) 0
Figure 9-11 shows the critical limit of self-locking for lead angle and
coefficient of friction . Practically, it is very hard to assess the exact value
of coefficient of friction . Further, the bearing loss, lubricant agitation loss,
etc. can add many side effects. Therefore, it is not easy to establish precise
self-locking conditions. However, it is true that the smaller the lead angle ,
the more likely the self-locking condition will occur.
18.849556
0.04
From Table 9-5
0.20
0.41
After Crowning
14 Lead Angle
2CR
tx' (
+ 1)
9.466573
kd1
px'
cos1(
cosx') 20.847973
px
px
3.013304
mx zw
tan1(
)
7.799179
d1
tan1(tanx cos) 20.671494
16 Lead
m x z w
11 Axial Pitch
tx
12 Axial Pressure Angle
13 Axial Module
mx
(9-6)
If Fu1 > 0 then there is no self-locking effect at all. Therefore, Fu1 0 is

the critical limit of self-locking.
mx'
1 Axial Module
The Value of Factor (k)
9.4 Self-Locking Of Worm Mesh
Coefficient of friction
No.
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Axial Pressure Angle x
Fig. 9-10
Because the theory and equations of these methods are so

complicated, they are beyond the scope of this treatment. Usually, all stock
worm gears are produced with crowning.
Table 9-6
0.45
0.35
Fig. 9-9
An example of calculating worm

crowning is shown in Table 9-6.
0.5
0.4
d1 = Pitch diameter of worm

k = Factor from Table 9-5 and
Figure 9-10
px = Axial pitch after change
px' = Axial pitch before change Table 9-5 The Value of Factor k
x 14.5 17.5 20 22.5
(9-4)
In order to raise the pressure

angle from before change, x', to after
change, x, it is necessary to increase
the axial pitch, px', to a new value, px,
per Equation (9-4). The amount of
crowning is represented as the space
between the worm and worm gear at
the meshing point A in Figure 9-9. This
amount may be approximated by the
following equation:
Amount of Crowning

px px' d1
= k

(9-5)

px'
2

0.55
0.15
0.10
0.05
0
6
Lead angle
12
Fig. 9-11 The Critical Limit of Self-locking of

Lead Angle and

Coefficient of Friction
18.933146
*It should be determined by considering the size of tooth contact surface.
T41
SECTION 10
TOOTH THICKNESS
There are direct and indirect methods for measuring tooth thickness.
In general, there are three methods:

Chordal Thickness Measurement

Span Measurement
Over Pin or Ball Measurement
The chordal thickness of helical gears should be measured on the

normal surface basis as shown in Table 10-3. Table 10-4 presents the
equations for chordal thickness of helical gears in the radial system.

10.1 Chordal Thickness Measurement

This method employs a tooth caliper that is referenced from the gear's
outside diameter. Thickness is measured at the pitch circle. See Figure
10-1.
10.1.3 Helical Gears
10.1.4 Bevel Gears
Table 10-5 shows the equations of chordal thickness for a Gleason

straight bevel gear.
Table 10-6 presents equations for chordal thickness of a standard
straight bevel gear.
If a standard straight bevel gear is cut by a Gleason straight bevel
cutter, the tooth angle should be adjusted according to:

180 s
tooth angle () = ( + hf tan)

R e 2
sj
hj
(10-1)
This angle is used as a reference in determining the circular tooth

thickness, s, in setting up the gear cutting machine.
Table 10-7 presents equations for chordal thickness of a Gleason spiral
bevel gear.
The calculations of circular thickness of a Gleason spiral bevel gear are
so complicated that we do not intend to go further in this presentation.
10.1.5 Worms And Worm Gears
Table 10-8 presents equations for chordal thickness of axial module

worms and worm gears.
Table 10-9 contains the equations for chordal thickness of normal
module worms and worm gears.
Fig. 10-1
Chordal Thickness Method
10.2 Span Measurement Of Teeth
10.1.1 Spur Gears
Table 10-1 presents equations for each chordal thickness

measurement.
Table 10-1
No.
Equations for Spur Gear Chordal Thickness

Symbol
Item
1 Circular Tooth Thickness
Half of Tooth Angle

at Pitch Circle
3 Chordal Thickness
sj
4 Chordal Addendum
hj
Example
m = 10
+ 2x tan m = 20
2
z = 12
90
360x tan
+ x = +0.3
z
z
ha = 13.000
s = 17.8918
zm sin
= 8.54270
zm
(1 cos ) + ha sj = 17.8256
2
hj = 13.6657
Formula
Span measurement of teeth, sm, is a measure over a number of teeth,

zm, made by means of a special tooth thickness micrometer. The value
measured is the sum of normal circular tooth thickness on the base circle,
sbn, and normal pitch, pen (zm 1).

10.2.1 Spur And Internal Gears
The applicable equations are presented in Table 10-10.

Figure 10-4 shows the span measurement of a spur gear. This
measurement is on the outside of the teeth.
For internal gears the tooth profile is opposite to that of the external
spur gear. Therefore, the measurement is between the inside of the tooth
profiles.
Tables 10-11 and 10-12 present equations for span measurement of

the normal and the radial systems, respectively, of helical gears.

10.1.2 Spur Racks And Helical Racks
The governing equations become simple since the rack tooth profile is
trapezoid, as shown in Table 10-2.
Table 10-2
Symbol
Example
m = 3
sj
1 Chordal Thickness
= 20
sj = 4.7124
2 Chordal Addendum
hj
ha
ha = 3.0000
NOTE: These equations are also applicable to helical racks.
No.
Item
Chordal Thickness of Racks

Formula
m
m
or n
2
2
T42
No.
Table 10-3
Equations for Chordal Thickness of Helical Gears in the Normal System

Symbol
Item
Normal Circular Tooth Thickness
sn
Number of Teeth of an Equivalent

Spur Gear
zv
Half of Tooth Angle at Pitch

Circle
90
360xn tann
+
zv
z v
Chordal Thickness
sj
zv mn sinv
Chordal Addendum
hj
zv mn
(1 cosv ) + ha
2
4
5
Table 10-4
Example
mn = 5
n = 20
= 25 00' 00"
z = 16
xn = +0.2
ha = 6.0000
sn = 8.5819
zv = 21.4928
v = 4.57556
sj = 8.5728
hj = 6.1712
Formula
+ 2xn tann mn
2
z
cos3
Equations for Chordal Thickness of Helical Gears in the Radial System
No.
Symbol
Item
Formula
+ 2xt tant mt cos

2
z
cos3
Normal Circular Tooth Thickness
sn
Number of Teeth in an Equivalent

Spur Gear
zv

Circle
90
360xt tant
+
zv
zv
Chordal Thickness
sj
zv mt cos sinv
Chordal Addendum
hj
zv mt cos
(1 cosv) + ha
2
NOTE: Table 10-4 equations are also for the tooth profile of a Sunderland gear.
Table 10-5
1
2
Equations for Chordal Thickness of Gleason Straight Bevel Gears
Item
Circular Tooth Thickness Factor
(Coefficient of Horizontal Profile Shift)
Symbol
K
s1
s2
Chordal Thickness
sj
Chordal Addendum
hj
Formula
Obtain from Figure 10-2
below
m s2
m
(ha1 ha2)tan Km
2
s3
s
6d 2
s 2 cos
ha +
4d
Example
m = 4
= 20
z1 =16
z1
=
0.4
z2
= 90
z2 = 40
K = 0.0259
ha1= 5.5456 ha2= 2.4544

1 = 21.8014 2 = 68.1986
s1 = 7.5119 s2 = 5.0545
sj1 = 7.4946 sj2 = 5.0536
hj1 = 5.7502 hj2 = 2.4692
.110
13
.100
14
Circular Tooth Thickness Factor, K
.090
15
.080
16
.070
17
.060
18
.050
19
.040
20
21
.030
Number of Teeth of Pinion, z1
No.
Example
m = 4
t = 20
= 22 30' 00"
z = 20
xt = +0.3
ha = 4.7184
sn = 6.6119
zv = 25.3620
v = 4.04196
sj = 6.6065
hj = 4.8350
22
.020
23
.010
24
.000
Over 25
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1

z1

Speed Ratio,

z2
Fig. 10-2 Chart to Determine the Circular Tooth Thickness Factor K
for Gleason Straight Bevel Gear (See Table 10-5)
T43
Table 10-6
No.
Equations for Chordal Thickness of Standard Straight Bevel Gears

Symbol
Item
Number of Teeth of an Equivalent

Spur Gear
zv
Back Cone Distance
Rv
4
5

Circle
Chordal Thickness
Chordal Addendum
No.
Table 10-7
Item
Circular Tooth
Thickness Factor
Circular Tooth
Thickness
v
sj
hj
Formula
m
2
z
cos
d
2cos
90
zv
zv m sinv
Example
m = 4
= 20
z1 = 16
d1 = 64
ha = 4.0000
1 = 21.8014
s = 6.2832
zv1 = 17.2325
Rv1 = 34.4650
v1 = 5.2227
sj1 = 6.2745
ha + Rv (1 cosv) hj1 = 4.1431
= 90
z2 = 40
d2 = 160
2 = 68.1986
z v2 = 107.7033
R v2 = 215.4066
v2 = 0.83563
sj2 = 6.2830
hj2 = 4.0229
Equations for Chordal Thickness of Gleason Spiral Bevel Gears

Symbol
Example
Formula
= 90 m = 3
Obtain from Figure 10-3
z1 = 20 z2 = 40
ha1 = 3.4275
p s2
K = 0.060
p
tann
(ha1 ha2) Km p = 9.4248
2
cosm
s1 = 5.6722

K
s1
s2
0.260
n = 20
m = 35
ha2 = 1.6725
s2 = 3.7526
50
45
40
35
30
14 15 16 17 2 25
0
13
Number of Teeth of Pinion
0.240
12
0.220
0.200
0.160
0.140
0.120
0.100
0.080
z = 15
z = 16
z = 17
45
0.060
16
15
14
13
25
0.020
0.020
30
12
40
20
0.040
z = 25
Over 30
35
17
z = 20
50
Circular Tooth Thickness Factor, K
0.180
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5

Speed Ratio,

Fig. 10-3
0.4
0.3
0.2
z1
z2
Chart to Determine the Circular Tooth Thickness
Factor K for Gleason Spiral Bevel Gears
T44
0.1
Table 10-8
Equations for Chordal Thickness of Axial Module Worms and Worm Gear
No.
Symbol
Item
Axial Circular Tooth

Thickness of Worm
Radial Circular Tooth
Thickness of Worm Gear
No. of Teeth in an
Equivalent Spur Gear
(Worm Gear)
zv2
z2
cos3

Circle (Worm Gear)
v2
90 360 xx2 tanx
zv2 +
z v2
Chordal Thickness
sj1
sj2
sx1 cos
zv mx cos sinv2
(sx1 sin cos)2

ha1 +
4d 1
zv mx cos
ha2 + (1 cosv2)
2
hj1
hj2
Symbol
Item
Axial Circular Tooth
Thickness of Worm
Radial Circular Tooth
Thickness of Worm Gear
sn1
sn2
m
n
2
( + 2xn2 tann)mn
2
No. of Teeth in an
(Worm Gear)
zv2
z2
cos3

Circle (Worm Gear)
v2
90 360 xn2 tann

+
zv2
z v2
Chordal Thickness
sj1
sj2
sn1 cos
zv mn cos sinv2
hj1
Chordal Addendum
Table 10-10
No.
hj2
mn = 3
n = 20
zw = 2
d1 = 38
ax = 65

ha1 = 3.0000
= 9.08472
sn1 = 4.71239

sj1 = 4.7124
hj1 = 3.0036
z2 = 30
d2 = 91.1433
xn2 = 0.14278
ha2 = 3.42835
sn2 = 5.02419
zv2 = 31.15789
v2 = 3.07964
sj2 = 5.0218
hj2 = 3.4958
(sn1 sin) 2
ha1 +
4d1
zv mn cos
ha2 + (1 cosv2)
2
Span Measurement of Spur and Internal Gear Teeth

Symbol
Item
Example
Formula
mx = 3
n = 20
zw = 2
z2 = 30
d1 = 38
d2 = 90
ax = 65

xx2 = +0.33333
ha1 = 3.0000 ha2 = 4.0000
= 8.97263
x = 20.22780
sx1 = 4.71239 sx2 = 5.44934

zv2 = 31.12885

v2 = 3.34335
sj1 = 4.6547 sj2 = 5.3796
hj1 = 3.0035 hj2 = 4.0785
Equations for Chordal Thickness of Normal Module Worms and Worm Gears
No.
1
sx2
Chordal Addendum
Table 10-9
m
x
2
+ 2x tan )m
(
x2
x
x
2
sx1
Example
Formula
Span Number of Teeth
zm
Span Measurement
sm
Formula
z mth = zK(f) + 0.5
See NOTE
Example
m = 3
= 20
Select the nearest natural number of
z = 24
z mth as zm.
x = +0.4
z mth = 3.78787
m cos [ (zm 0.5) +z inv ] +2xm sin zm = 4
sm = 32.8266
NOTE:

1
K(f) = [sec (1 + 2f )2 cos2 inv 2f tan]

x
where f =

z
Table 10-11
No.
(10-2)
Equations for Span Measurement of the Normal System Helical Gears
Item
Symbol
zm
Span Measurement
sm
Formula
Example
zmth = zK(f, ) + 0.5 See NOTE mn = 3, n = 20, z = 24

= 25 00' 00"
Select the nearest natural
xn = +0.4
number of zmth as zm.
s = 21.88023
zmth = 4.63009
mncosn [ (zm 0.5) +z invt]
zm = 5

+2xnmnsinn
sm = 42.0085
NOTE:

1
sin2
K(f, ) = [(1 +
)(cos2 + tan2n)(sec + 2f )2 1 invt 2f tann ]

cos2 + tan2n

x
where f = n

z
T45
(10-3)
Table 10-12
No.
Equations for Span Measurement of the Radial System Helical Gears

Symbol
Item
zm
Span Measurement
sm
Formula
Example
z mth = zK(f,) + 0.5 See NOTE mt = 3, t = 20, z = 24

= 22 30' 00"
Select the nearest natural
xt = +0.4
number of z mth as zm.
n = 18.58597
z mth = 4.31728
mt cos cosn [ (zm 0.5) +
zm = 4

z invt ] +2xt mt sinn s = 30.5910
m
NOTE:

1
sin2
2
K(f, ) = [(1 +
) (cos
+ tan2n)(sec + 2f )2 1 invt 2f tann ]

cos2 + tan2n

xt
where f =

z cos
The procedure for measuring a rack with a pin or a ball is as shown in

Figure 10-9 by putting pin or ball in the tooth space and using a micrometer
between it and a reference surface. Internal gears are similarly measured,
except that the measurement is between the pins. See Figure 10-10.
Helical gears can only be measured with balls. In the case of a worm, three
pins are used, as shown in Figure 10-11. This is similar to the procedure
of measuring a screw thread. All these cases are discussed in detail in the
following sections.
Note that gear literature uses over pins and over wires terminology
interchangeably. The over wires term is often associated with very fine
pitch gears because the diameters are accordingly small.
sm
Fig. 10-4
There is a requirement of a
minimum blank width to make a helical
gear span measurement. Let bmin be
the minimum value for blank width. See
Figure 10-5. Then

(10-5)
where b is the helix angle at the base

cylinder,
b

= tan1(tan cost)
= sin1(sin cosn)
b min
sm
(10-6)
From the above, we can determine

that b > 3 mm to make a stable
measurement of sm.
10.3 Over Pin (Ball) Measurement
Fig. 10-5
Blank Width of
Helical Gear
As shown in Figures 10-6 and

10-7, measurement is made over the outside of two pins that are inserted in
diametrically opposite tooth spaces, for even tooth number gears; and as
close as possible for odd tooth number gears.
dp
dp
10.3.1 Spur Gears
dp
In measuring a
gear, the size of the
pin must be such that
the over pins measuredm
ment is larger than the
inv
gear's outside diamdb

eter. An ideal value is
one that would place

d + 2xm
tanp
2
d
the point of contact
(tangent point) of pin
p
and tooth profile at the
invp
pitch radius. However,
this is not a necessary
requirement. Referring
to Figure 10-8, following are the equations
for calculating the over
Fig. 10-8
Over Pins Diameter of
pins measurement for a
Spur Gear
specific tooth thickness,
s, regardless of where
the pin contacts the tooth profile:
For even number of teeth:

d cos
dm = + dp
(10-7)

cos1
Span Measurement of Teeth (Spur Gear)
b min = sm sinb + b
(10-4)
For odd number of teeth:

d cos
90
dm = cos() + dp

cos1
z
where the value of 1 is obtained from:
dp

s
inv1 = + inv +

d
d cos
z
(10-8)
(10-9)
When tooth thickness, s, is to be calculated from a known over pins

measurement, dm, the above equations can be manipulated to yield:
dp

s = d ( + invc inv +
)
(10-10)

z
d cos
where

d cos
cosc =

2R c
dm
dm
d
(10-11)
For even number of teeth:

dm dp
Rc =

2
Fig. 10-6
Even Number of Teeth
Fig. 10-7
Odd Number of Teeth
T46
(10-12)
For odd number of teeth:

dm dp
Rc =

90 )

2cos(

z
(10-13)
In measuring a standard gear, the size of the pin must meet the
condition that its surface should have the tangent point at the standard pitch
circle. While, in measuring a shifted gear, the surface of the pin should have
the tangent point at the d + 2xm circle. The ideal diameters of pins when
calculated from the equations of Table 10-13 may not be practical. So, in
practice, we select a standard pin diameter close to the ideal value. After the
actual diameter of pin dp is determined, the over pin measurement dm can
be calculated from Table 10-14.
Table 10-15 is a dimensional table under the condition of module
m = 1 and pressure angle = 20 with which the pin has the tangent point at
d + 2xm circle.

10.3.2 Spur Racks And Helical Racks
In measuring a rack, the pin is ideally tangent with the tooth flank at
m
the pitch line.
m s j
The equat ions
dp
sj
2 tan
in Table 10-16
can, thus, be
derived. In the
case of a helical rack, module
m, and pressure
dm
angle , in Table
H
10-16, can be
subs tituted by
normal module,
mn, and normal
pressure angle,
n , resulting in Fig. 10-9 Over Pins Measurement for a Rack
Using a Pin or a Ball
Table 10-16A.

10.3.3 Internal Gears
As shown
in Figure 1010, measuring
an internal gear
needs a proper
tanp
pin which has its
p
tangent point at
invp
d + 2xm circle.
The equations
2
d
are in Table 10inv
17 for obtaind + 2xm

dm
ing the ideal pin
diameter. The
db
equations for
calculating the
between pin
measurement,
dm , are given in
Table 10-18.
Fig. 10-10 Between Pin Dimension of
Table 10Internal Gears
19 lists ideal pin
diameters for
standard and profile shifted gears under the condition of module m = 1 and
pressure angle = 20, which makes the pin tangent to the pitch circle d +
2xm.

Table 10-20 presents equations for deriving over pin diameters.

Table 10-21 presents equations for calculating over pin measurements
for helical gears in the normal system.
Table 10-22 and Table 10-23 present equations for calculating
pin measurements for helical gears in the radial (perpendicular to axis)
system.

10.3.5 Three Wire Method Of Worm Measurement
dp
The teeth profile of Type III worms
which are most popular are cut by standard cutters with a
pressure angle c =
20. This results in the
d
dm
normal pressure angle
of the worm being a bit
smaller than 20. The
equation below shows
how to calculate a
Type III worm in an
AGMA system.
Fig. 10-11 Three Wire Method

90
r
of a Worm
n = c
sin3
(10-14)
2

zw rccos + r
where:
r
rc
zw

= Worm Pitch Radius

= Cutter Radius
= Number of Threads
= Lead Angle of Worm
The exact equation for a three wire method of Type III worm is not
only difficult to comprehend, but also hard to calculate precisely. We will
introduce two approximate calculation methods here:
(a) Regard the tooth profile of the worm as a linear tooth profile
of a rack and apply its equations. Using this system, the
three wire method of a worm can be calculated by Table 1024.
These equations presume the worm lead angle to be very
small and can be neglected. Of course, as the lead angle
gets larger, the equations' error gets correspondingly larger.
If the lead angle is considered as a factor, the equations are
as in Table 10-25.

(b) Consider a worm to be a helical gear.

This means applying the equations for calculating over
pins measurement of helical gears to the case of three wire
method of a worm. Because the tooth profile of Type III worm
is not an involute curve, the method yields an approximation.
However, the accuracy is adequate in practice.
Tables 10-26 and 10-27 contain equations based on the axial system.
Tables 10-28 and 10-29 are based on the normal system.
Table 10-28 shows the calculation of a worm in the normal module
system. Basically, the normal module system and the axial module system
have the same form of equations. Only the notations of module make them
different.
10.4 Over Pins Measurements For Fine Pitch Gears With Specific
Numbers Of Teeth
Table 10-30 presents measurements for metric gears. These are
for standard ideal tooth thicknesses. Measurements can be adjusted
accordingly to backlash allowance and tolerance; i.e., tooth thinning.
The ideal pin that makes contact at the d + 2x n m n pitch circle of a

helical gear can be obtained from the same above equations, but with the
teeth number z substituted by the equivalent (virtual) teeth number zv.
T47
Table 10-13
No.
1
2
3
Equations for Calculating Ideal Pin Diameters

Symbol
Item
Half Tooth Space Angle
at Base Circle
The Pressure Angle at the Point

Pin is Tangent to Tooth Surface
The Pressure Angle at

Pin Center
2x tan
(
inv )
2z
z
zmcos ]
cos1[
(z + 2x)m
tanp +
2
dp
zmcos ( inv + )
4 Ideal Pin Diameter
2
NOTE: The units of angles /2 and are radians.
No.

Example
Formula
m

z
x
2
p

dp
=1
= 20
= 20
=0
= 0.0636354
= 20
= 0.4276057
= 1.7245
Table 10-14
Equations for Over Pins Measurement for Spur Gears
Item
Symbol
Formula
dp
See NOTE
dp
2x tan
inv + inv +
mz cos
2z
z
Actual Diameter of Pin
Involute Function
The Pressure Angle

at Pin Center
Example
Let dp = 1.7, then:
inv = 0.0268197

= 24.1350
dm = 22.2941
zmcos
Even Teeth + dp
cos
4
dm
zmcos
90
Odd Teeth cos + dp
cos
z
NOTE: The value of the ideal pin diameter from Table 10-13, or its approximate value, is applied as
the actual diameter of pin dp here.
Over Pins
Measurement
Table 10-15
The Size of Pin which Has the Tangent Point at d + 2xm Circle of Spur Gears
Coefficient of Profile Shift, x
Number
of Teeth
z
10
20
30
40
50
0.4
1.6231
1.6418
1.6500
1.6547
60
70
80
90
100
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.7886
1.7245
1.7057
1.6967
1.6915
1.9979
1.8149
1.7632
1.7389
1.7248
2.2687
1.9306
1.8369
1.7930
1.7675
2.6079
2.0718
1.9267
1.8589
1.8196
3.0248
2.2389
2.0324
1.9365
1.8810
3.5315
2.4329
2.1542
2.0257
1.9516
1.6577
1.6598
1.6614
1.6625
1.6635
1.6687
1.6692
1.6695
1.6698
1.6700
1.6881
1.6857
1.6839
1.6825
1.6814
1.7155
1.7090
1.7042
1.7005
1.6975
1.7509
1.7392
1.7305
1.7237
1.7184
1.7940
1.7759
1.7625
1.7521
1.7439
1.8448
1.8193
1.8003
1.7857
1.7740
1.9032
1.8691
1.8438
1.8242
1.8087
110
120
130
140
150
1.6642
1.6649
1.6654
1.6659
1.6663
1.6701
1.6703
1.6704
1.6705
1.6706
1.6805
1.6797
1.6791
1.6785
1.6781
1.6951
1.6931
1.6914
1.6900
1.6887
1.7140
1.7104
1.7074
1.7048
1.7025
1.7372
1.7316
1.7269
1.7229
1.7195
1.7645
1.7567
1.7500
1.7444
1.7394
1.7960
1.7855
1.7766
1.7690
1.7625
160
170
180
190
200
1.6666
1.6669
1.6672
1.6674
1.6676
1.6706
1.6707
1.6708
1.6708
1.6708
1.6777
1.6773
1.6770
1.6767
1.6764
1.6877
1.6867
1.6858
1.6851
1.6844
1.7006
1.6989
1.6973
1.6960
1.6947
1.7164
1.7138
1.7114
1.7093
1.7074
1.7351
1.7314
1.7280
1.7250
1.7223
1.7567
1.7517
1.7472
1.7432
1.7396
Item
Equations for Over Pins Measurement of Spur Racks

Symbol
Ideal Pin Diameter
dp'
Over Pins
Measurement
dm
Table 10-16A
No.
= 20
1.6348
1.6599
1.6649
1.6669
1.6680
Table 10-16
No.
m = 1,
Item
Example
Formula
m s j
cos
m s dp
1
H j +
1 +
2 tan
2
sin
m = 1
= 20
sj = 1.5708
Ideal Pin Diameter dp' = 1.6716
Actual Pin Diameter dp = 1.7
H = 14.0000
dm = 15.1774
Equations for Over Pins Measurement of Helical Racks

Symbol
Ideal Pin Diameter
dp'
Over Pins
Measurement
dm
Formula
m n sj
cosn
m n sj dp
1
H
+ 1 +
2 tann
2
sinn
T48
Example
mn = 1
n = 20
sj = 1.5708
= 15
Ideal Pin Diameter dp' = 1.6716
Actual Pin Diameter dp = 1.7
H = 14.0000
dm = 15.1774
Table 10-17
No.
1
2
3
4
Equations for Calculating Pin Size for Internal Gears

Symbol
Item
Half of Tooth Space Angle
at Base Circle
The Pressure Angle at the Point

Ideal Pin Diameter
dp
NOTE: The units of angles /2 and are radians.

Table 10-18
No.

zmcos
cos1 []
(z + 2x)m

tanp
2
The Pressure Angle at

Pin Center
Example
Formula
2x tan
+ inv +
2z
z
zmcos inv
2
m

z
x
2
p

dp
=1
= 20
= 40
=0
= 0.054174
= 20
= 0.309796
= 1.6489
Equations for Between Pins Measurement of Internal Gears
Item
Symbol
Actual Diameter of Pin
Involute Function
inv
The Pressure Angle

at Pin Center
Between Pins
Measurement
dm
zmcos
Even Teeth dp
cos
zmcos
90
Odd Teeth
cos
cos
z dp
dp
Example
Formula
See NOTE
dp
2x tan
+ inv +
2z
zmcos
z
Let dp = 1.7, then:

inv = 0.0089467
= 16.9521
dm = 37.5951
NOTE: First, calculate the ideal pin diameter. Then, choose the nearest practical actual
pin size.
Table 10-19 The Size of Pin that is Tangent at Pitch Circle d + 2xm of Internal Gears
Number
Coefficient of Profile Shift, x
m = 1, = 20
of Teeth
0.2
0
0.4
0.2
1.0
0.4
0.6
0.8
z
10
1.4789 1.5936 1.6758 1.7283 1.7519 1.7460 1.7092

20
1.4687 1.5604 1.6284 1.6759 1.7047 1.7154 1.7084 1.6837
30
1.5309 1.5942 1.6418 1.6751 1.6949 1.7016 1.6956 1.6771
40
1.5640 1.6123 1.6489 1.6745 1.6895 1.6944 1.6893 1.6744
50
1.5845 1.6236 1.6533 1.6740 1.6862 1.6900 1.6856 1.6732
60
70
80
90
100
1.5985
1.6086
1.6162
1.6222
1.6270
1.6312
1.6368
1.6410
1.6443
1.6470
1.6562
1.6583
1.6600
1.6612
1.6622
1.6737
1.6734
1.6732
1.6731
1.6729
1.6839
1.6822
1.6810
1.6800
1.6792
1.6870
1.6849
1.6833
1.6820
1.6810
1.6832
1.6815
1.6802
1.6792
1.6784
1.6725
1.6721
1.6718
1.6717
1.6716
110
120
130
140
150
1.6310
1.6343
1.6371
1.6396
1.6417
1.6492
1.6510
1.6525
1.6539
1.6550
1.6631
1.6638
1.6644
1.6649
1.6653
1.6728
1.6727
1.6727
1.6726
1.6725
1.6785
1.6779
1.6775
1.6771
1.6767
1.6801
1.6794
1.6788
1.6783
1.6779
1.6778
1.6772
1.6768
1.6764
1.6761
1.6715
1.6714
1.6714
1.6714
1.6713
160
170
180
190
200
1.6435
1.6451
1.6466
1.6479
1.6491
1.6561
1.6570
1.6578
1.6585
1.6591
1.6657
1.6661
1.6664
1.6666
1.6669
1.6725
1.6724
1.6724
1.6724
1.6723
1.6764
1.6761
1.6759
1.6757
1.6755
1.6775
1.6772
1.6768
1.6766
1.6763
1.6758
1.6755
1.6753
1.6751
1.6749
1.6713
1.6713
1.6713
1.6713
1.6713
Table 10-20
No.
Equations for Calculating Pin Size for Helical Gears in the Normal System
Item
Symbol
zv

at Base Circle
Example
Formula
z
cos3
2xntann
invn
2z v
zv
z
cos
v
n
cos1
zv + 2x n
Pressure Angle at the Point

Pressure Angle at Pin Center
tanv + v
2
Ideal Pin Diameter
dp
z v m n cosn invv + v
2
NOTE: The units of angles v /2 and v are radians.
T49
mn = 1
n = 20
z = 20
= 15 00' 00"
xn = +0.4
zv = 22.19211
v
= 0.0427566
2
v = 24.90647
v = 0.507078
dp = 1.9020
Table 10-21
Equations for Calculating Over Pins Measurement for Helical Gears in the Normal System
No.
Symbol
Item
dp
2 Involute Function
inv
See NOTE
dp
2xntann
+invt +
mnzcos n 2z
z
Pressure Angle
at Pin Center
Example
Formula
1 Actual Pin Diameter
Let dp = 2, then
t =20.646896
inv = 0.058890

= 30.8534
dm = 24.5696
zmncost
Even Teeth:
+ dp
coscos
4 Over Pins Measurement
zmncost
90
Odd Teeth:
cos + dp
coscos
z
NOTE: The ideal pin diameter of Table 10-20, or its approximate value, is entered as
the actual diameter of dp.
dm
Table 10-22
No.
Equations for Calculating Pin Size for Helical Gears in the Radial System
Symbol
Item
Example
Formula
zv
cos3

at Base Circle
2x t tan t
invn
2z v
zv
Pressure Angle at the

Point Pin is tangent to
Tooth Surface
cos1
Pressure Angle at
Pin Center
tanv + v
2
zv cosn
( z
x
)
+2
v
cos
zv mt cos cosn invv + v

2
NOTE: The units of angles v / 2 and v are radians.
5
Ideal Pin Diameter
Table 10-23
No.
dp
Equations for Calculating Over Pins Measurement for Helical Gears in the Radial System
Symbol
Item
Actual Pin Diameter
dp
Involute Function
inv
Pressure Angle
at Pin Center
Over Pins Measurement
dm
mt = 3
t = 20
z = 36

= 33 33' 26.3"
n = 16.87300
xt = + 0.2
zv = 62.20800
v
= 0.014091
2
v = 18.26390
v = 0.34411
invv = 0.014258
dp = 4.2190
Example
Formula
See NOTE
dp
2xttant d = 4.2190
+invt +
p
m t zcoscos n 2z
z
inv = 0.024302
= 23.3910
dm = 114.793
zmt cost
Even Teeth:
+ dp
cos
zmt cost
90
Odd Teeth:
cos + dp
cos
z
NOTE: The ideal pin diameter of Table 10-22, or its approximate value, is applied as the actual
diameter of pin dp here.
Table 10-24
No.
Item
Equations for Three Wire Method of Worm Measurement, (a)-1

Symbol
Ideal Pin Diameter
dp'
Three Wire
Measurement
dm
Table 10-25
No.
Item
Example
Formula
m x
2cosx
m x
1
d1
+ dp 1 +
2 tanx
sinx
mx = 2
zw = 1
= 3.691386
d'p = 3.3440; let
dm = 35.3173
n = 20
d1 = 31
x = 20.03827
dp = 3.3
Equations for Three Wire Method of Worm Measurement, (a)-2

Symbol
Ideal Pin Diameter
dp'
Three Wire
Measurement
dm
Formula
m n
2cos n
m n
1
d1
+ dp 1 +
2 tann
sinn
(dp cosnsin )2

2d1
T50
Example
mx = 2
n = 20
zw = 1
d1 = 31
= 3.691386
mn = 1.99585
dp' = 3.3363; let dp = 3.3
dm = 35.3344
Table 10-26
No.
Equation for Calculating Pin Size for Worms in the Axial System, (b)-1
Item
Symbol
zv
zw
cos3(90 )

at Base Circle
invn
2z v

Pressure Angle at
Pin Center
3
4
v
v
zv cosn
cos1
zv
v
tan +
v
2
zv mx cos cosn invv + v

2
5
Ideal Pin Diameter
Table 10-27
No.
Example
mx = 2
n = 20
zw = 1
d1 = 31
= 3.691386
zv = 3747.1491
v
= 0.014485
2
v = 20
v = 0.349485
invv = 0.014960
dp = 3.3382
Formula
dp
Equation for Three Wire Method for Worms in the Axial System, (b)-2
Symbol
Item
Actual Pin Size
Involute Function
dp
inv
Pressure Angle
at Pin Center
Formula
See NOTE 1
dp
+ invt
mx zw cos cosn
2z w
Example
Let dp = 3.3
t = 79.96878
invt = 4.257549
inv = 4.446297
= 80.2959
dm = 35.3345
Find from Involute Function

Table
zw mx cost
+ dp
dm
4 Three Wire Measurement
tan cos
NOTE: 1. The value of ideal pin diameter from Table 10-26, or its approximate value, is to be used
as the actual pin diameter, dp.

tann

2. t = tan1()

sin
3
Table 10-28
No.
Equation for Calculating Pin Size for Worms in the Normal System, (b)-3
Symbol
Item
zv
Half of Tooth Space Angle

at Base Circle

Pressure Angle at
Pin Center
zw
cos3(90 )
invn
2zv
zv cosn
cos1
zv
tanv + v
2
zv mn cosn invv + v
2
5
Ideal Pin Diameter
Table 10-29
No.
Example
Formula
dp
mn = 2.5
n = 20
zw = 1
d1 = 37
= 3.874288
zv = 3241.792
v
= 0.014420
2
v = 20
v = 0.349550
invv = 0.0149687
dp = 4.1785
Equations for Three Wire Method for Worms in the Normal System, (b)-4
Symbol
Item
Actual Pin Size
Involute Function
Pressure Angle
at Pin Center
Three Wire Measurement
dm
dp
inv
Formula
See NOTE 1
dp
+ invt
m n z w cosn 2z w
Example
dp = 4.2
t = 79.48331
invt = 3.999514
inv = 4.216536
= 79.8947
dm = 42.6897
zw mncost
+ dp
sin cos
NOTE: 1. The value of ideal pin diameter from Table 10-28, or its approximate value, is to be used
as the actual pin diameter, dp.

tann

2. = tan1()
t
sin
4
T51
TABLE 10-30

No.
of
Teeth
5
6
7
8
9
METRIC GEAR OVER PINS MEASUREMENT

Pitch Diameter and Measurement Over Wires for External,
Module Type Gears, 20-Degree Pressure Angle
Module 0.30
Wire Size = 0.5184mm; 0.0204 Inch
Pitch Diameter
Meas. Over Wire
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
Module 0.40
Pitch Diameter
Meas. Over Wire
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
No.
of
Teeth
2.000
2.400
2.800
3.200
3.600
0.0787
0.0945
0.1102
0.1260
0.1417
5
6
7
8
9
0.1181
0.1299
0.1417
0.1535
0.1654
4.000
4.400
4.800
5.200
5.600
0.1575
0.1732
0.1890
0.2047
0.2205
10
11
12
13
14
4.500
4.800
5.100
5.400
5.700
0.1772
0.1890
0.2008
0.2126
0.2244
6.115
6.396
0.2408
0.2518
6.000
6.400
6.800
7.200
7.600
0.2362
0.2520
0.2677
0.2835
0.2992
8.154
8.528
0.3210
0.3357
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
6.000
6.300
6.600
6.900
7.200
0.2362
0.2480
0.2598
0.2717
0.2835
6.717
7.000
7.319
7.603
7.920
0.2644
0.2756
0.2881
0.2993
0.3118
8.000
8.400
8.800
9.200
9.600
0.3150
0.3307
0.3465
0.3622
0.3780
8.956
9.333
9.758
10.137
10.560
0.3526
0.3674
0.3842
0.3991
0.4157
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
7.500
7.800
8.100
8.400
8.700
0.2953
0.3071
0.3189
0.3307
0.3425
8.205
8.521
8.808
9.122
9.410
0.3230
0.3355
0.3468
0.3591
0.3705
10.000
10.400
10.800
11.200
11.600
0.3937
0.4094
0.4252
0.4409
0.4567
10.940
11.361
11.743
12.163
12.546
0.4307
0.4473
0.4623
0.4789
0.4939
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
9.000
9.300
9.600
9.900
10.200
0.3543
0.3661
0.3780
0.3898
0.4016
9.723
10.011
10.324
10.613
10.925
0.3828
0.3941
0.4065
0.4178
0.4301
12.000
12.400
12.800
13.200
13.600
0.4724
0.4882
0.5039
0.5197
0.5354
12.964
13.348
13.765
14.150
14.566
0.5104
0.5255
0.5419
0.5571
0.5735
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
10.500
10.800
11.100
11.400
11.700
0.4134
0.4252
0.4370
0.4488
0.4606
11.214
11.525
11.815
12.126
12.417
0.4415
0.4538
0.4652
0.4774
0.4888
14.000
14.400
14.800
15.200
15.600
0.5512
0.5669
0.5827
0.5984
0.6142
14.952
15.367
15.754
16.168
16.555
0.5887
0.6050
0.6202
0.6365
0.6518
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
12.000
12.300
12.600
12.900
13.200
0.4724
0.4843
0.4961
0.5079
0.5197
12.727
13.018
13.327
13.619
13.927
0.5010
0.5125
0.5247
0.5362
0.5483
16.000
16.400
16.800
17.200
17.600
0.6299
0.6457
0.6614
0.6772
0.6929
16.969
17.357
17.769
18.158
18.570
0.6681
0.6833
0.6996
0.7149
0.7311
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
13.500
13.800
14.100
14.400
14.700
0.5315
0.5433
0.5551
0.5669
0.5787
14.219
14.528
14.820
15.128
15.421
0.5598
0.5720
0.5835
0.5956
0.6071
18.000
18.400
18.800
19.200
19.600
0.7087
0.7244
0.7402
0.7559
0.7717
18.959
19.371
19.760
20.171
20.561
0.7464
0.7626
0.7780
0.7941
0.8095
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
15.000
15.300
15.600
15.900
16.200
0.5906
0.6024
0.6142
0.6260
0.6378
15.729
16.022
16.329
16.622
16.929
0.6192
0.6308
0.6429
0.6544
0.6665
20.000
20.400
20.800
21.200
21.600
0.7874
0.8031
0.8189
0.8346
0.8504
20.972
21.362
21.772
22.163
22.573
0.8257
0.8410
0.8572
0.8726
0.8887
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
16.500
16.800
17.100
17.400
17.700
0.6496
0.6614
0.6732
0.6850
0.6969
17.223
17.530
17.823
18.130
18.424
0.6781
0.6901
0.7017
0.7138
0.7253
22.000
22.400
22.800
23.200
23.600
0.8661
0.8819
0.8976
0.9134
0.9291
22.964
23.373
23.764
24.173
24.565
0.9041
0.9202
0.9356
0.9517
0.9671
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
18.000
18.300
18.600
18.900
19.200
0.7087
0.7205
0.7323
0.7441
0.7559
18.730
19.024
19.331
19.625
19.931
0.7374
0.7490
0.7610
0.7726
0.7847
24.000
24.400
24.800
25.200
25.600
0.9449
0.9606
0.9764
0.9921
1.0079
24.974
25.366
25.774
26.166
26.574
0.9832
0.9987
1.0147
1.0302
1.0462
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
19.500
19.800
20.100
20.400
20.700
0.7677
0.7795
0.7913
0.8031
0.8150
20.225
20.531
20.826
21.131
21.426
0.7963
0.8083
0.8199
0.8319
0.8435
26.000
26.400
26.800
27.200
27.600
1.0236
1.0394
1.0551
1.0709
1.0866
26.967
27.375
27.767
28.175
28.568
1.0617
1.0777
1.0932
1.1093
1.1247
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
21.000
21.300
21.600
21.900
22.200
0.8268
0.8386
0.8504
0.8622
0.8740
21.731
22.026
22.332
22.627
22.932
0.8556
0.8672
0.8792
0.8908
0.9028
28.000
28.400
28.800
29.200
29.600
1.1024
1.1181
1.1339
1.1496
1.1654
28.975
29.368
29.776
30.169
30.576
1.1408
1.1562
1.1723
1.1877
1.2038
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
22.500
22.800
23.100
23.400
23.700
0.8858
0.8976
0.9094
0.9213
0.9331
23.227
23.532
23.827
24.132
24.428
0.9144
0.9265
0.9381
0.9501
0.9617
30.000
30.400
30.800
31.200
31.600
1.1811
1.1969
1.2126
1.2283
1.2441
30.969
31.376
31.770
32.176
32.570
1.2193
1.2353
1.2508
1.2668
1.2823
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
24.000
24.300
24.600
24.900
25.200
0.9449
0.9567
0.9685
0.9803
0.9921
24.732
25.028
25.333
25.628
25.933
0.9737
0.9853
0.9973
1.0090
1.0210
32.000
32.400
32.800
33.200
33.600
1.2598
1.2756
1.2913
1.3071
1.3228
32.977
33.370
33.777
34.171
34.577
1.2983
1.3138
1.3298
1.3453
1.3613
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
25.500
25.800
26.100
26.400
26.700
1.0039
1.0157
1.0276
1.0394
1.0512
26.228
26.533
26.829
27.133
27.429
1.0326
1.0446
1.0562
1.0682
1.0799
34.000
34.400
34.800
35.200
35.600
1.3386
1.3543
1.3701
1.3858
1.4016
34.971
35.377
35.771
36.177
36.572
1.3768
1.3928
1.4083
1.4243
1.4398
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
27.000
27.300
27.600
27.900
28.200
1.0630
1.0748
1.0866
1.0984
1.1102
27.733
28.029
28.333
28.629
28.933
1.0919
1.1035
1.1155
1.1271
1.1391
36.000
36.400
36.800
37.200
37.600
1.4173
1.4331
1.4488
1.4646
1.4803
36.977
37.372
37.778
38.172
38.578
1.4558
1.4713
1.4873
1.5029
1.5188
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
28.500
28.800
29.100
29.400
29.700
1.1220
1.1339
1.1457
1.1575
1.1693
29.230
29.533
29.830
30.134
30.430
1.1508
1.1627
1.1744
1.1864
1.1980
38.000
38.400
38.800
39.200
39.600
1.4961
1.5118
1.5276
1.5433
1.5591
38.973
39.378
39.773
40.178
40.573
1.5344
1.5503
1.5659
1.5818
1.5974
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
30.000
30.300
30.600
30.900
31.200
1.1811
1.1929
1.2047
1.2165
1.2283
30.734
31.030
31.334
31.630
31.934
1.2100
1.2217
1.2336
1.2453
1.2572
40.000
40.400
40.800
41.200
41.600
1.5748
1.5906
1.6063
1.6220
1.6378
40.978
41.373
41.778
42.174
42.579
1.6133
1.6289
1.6448
1.6604
1.6763
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
31.500
31.800
32.100
32.400
32.700
1.2402
1.2520
1.2638
1.2756
1.2874
32.230
32.534
32.831
33.134
33.431
1.2689
1.2809
1.2925
1.3045
1.3162
42.000
42.400
42.800
43.200
43.600
1.6535
1.6693
1.6850
1.7008
1.7165
42.974
43.379
43.774
44.179
44.574
1.6919
1.7078
1.7234
1.7393
1.7549
105
106
107
108
109
1.500
1.800
2.100
2.400
2.700
0.0591
0.0709
0.0827
0.0945
0.1063
10
11
12
13
14
3.000
3.300
3.600
3.900
4.200
15
16
17
18
19
T52
Continued on following page
TABLE 10-30 (Cont.)

No.
of
Teeth
110
111
112
113
114

Module 0.30
Pitch Diameter
Meas. Over Wire
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
Module 0.40
Pitch Diameter
Meas. Over Wire
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
No.
of
Teeth
44.000
44.400
44.800
45.200
45.600
1.7323
1.7480
1.7638
1.7795
1.7953
44.979
45.374
45.779
46.175
46.579
1.7708
1.7864
1.8023
1.8179
1.8338
110
111
112
113
114
1.3871
1.3990
1.4107
1.4226
1.4343
46.000
46.400
46.800
47.200
47.600
1.8110
1.8268
1.8425
1.8583
1.8740
46.975
47.379
47.775
48.179
48.575
1.8494
1.8653
1.8809
1.8968
1.9124
115
116
117
118
119
36.735
37.032
37.335
37.632
37.935
1.4462
1.4579
1.4699
1.4816
1.4935
48.000
48.400
48.800
49.200
49.600
1.8898
1.9055
1.9213
1.9370
1.9528
48.979
49.375
49.780
50.176
50.580
1.9283
1.9439
1.9598
1.9754
1.9913
120
121
122
123
124
1.4764
1.4882
1.5000
1.5118
1.5236
38.232
38.535
38.832
39.135
39.432
1.5052
1.5171
1.5288
1.5407
1.5524
50.000
50.400
50.800
51.200
51.600
1.9685
1.9843
2.0000
2.0157
2.0315
50.976
51.380
51.776
52.180
52.576
2.0069
2.0228
2.0384
2.0543
2.0699
125
126
127
128
129
39.000
39.300
39.600
39.900
40.200
1.5354
1.5472
1.5591
1.5709
1.5827
39.735
40.032
40.335
40.632
40.935
1.5644
1.5761
1.5880
1.5997
1.6116
52.000
52.400
52.800
53.200
53.600
2.0472
2.0630
2.0787
2.0945
2.1102
52.980
53.376
53.780
54.176
54.580
2.0858
2.1014
2.1173
2.1329
2.1488
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
40.500
40.800
41.100
41.400
41.700
1.5945
1.6063
1.6181
1.6299
1.6417
41.232
41.535
41.832
42.135
42.433
1.6233
1.6352
1.6469
1.6589
1.6706
54.000
54.400
54.800
55.200
55.600
2.1260
2.1417
2.1575
2.1732
2.1890
54.976
55.380
55.777
56.180
56.577
2.1644
2.1803
2.1959
2.2118
2.2274
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
42.000
42.300
42.600
42.900
43.200
1.6535
1.6654
1.6772
1.6890
1.7008
42.735
43.033
43.335
43.633
43.935
1.6825
1.6942
1.7061
1.7178
1.7297
56.000
56.400
56.800
57.200
57.600
2.2047
2.2205
2.2362
2.2520
2.2677
56.980
57.377
57.780
58.177
58.580
2.2433
2.2589
2.2748
2.2904
2.3063
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
43.500
43.800
44.100
44.400
44.700
1.7126
1.7244
1.7362
1.7480
1.7598
44.233
44.535
44.833
45.135
45.433
1.7414
1.7534
1.7651
1.7770
1.7887
58.000
58.400
58.800
59.200
59.600
2.2835
2.2992
2.3150
2.3307
2.3465
58.977
59.381
59.777
60.181
60.577
2.3219
2.3378
2.3534
2.3693
2.3849
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
45.000
45.300
45.600
45.900
46.200
1.7717
1.7835
1.7953
1.8071
1.8189
45.735
46.033
46.336
46.633
46.936
1.8006
1.8123
1.8242
1.8360
1.8479
60.000
60.400
60.800
61.200
61.600
2.3622
2.3780
2.3937
2.4094
2.4252
60.981
61.377
61.781
62.178
62.581
2.4008
2.4164
2.4323
2.4479
2.4638
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
46.500
46.800
47.100
47.400
47.700
1.8307
1.8425
1.8543
1.8661
1.8780
47.233
47.536
47.833
48.136
48.433
1.8596
1.8715
1.8832
1.8951
1.9068
62.000
62.400
62.800
63.200
63.600
2.4409
2.4567
2.4724
2.4882
2.5039
62.978
63.381
63.778
64.181
64.578
2.4794
2.4953
2.5109
2.5268
2.5424
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
48.000
48.300
48.600
48.900
49.200
1.8898
1.9016
1.9134
1.9252
1.9370
48.736
49.033
49.336
49.633
49.936
1.9187
1.9305
1.9424
1.9541
1.9660
64.000
64.400
64.800
65.200
65.600
2.5197
2.5354
2.5512
2.5669
2.5827
64.981
65.378
65.781
66.178
66.581
2.5583
2.5739
2.5898
2.6054
2.6213
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
49.500
49.800
50.100
50.400
50.700
1.9488
1.9606
1.9724
1.9843
1.9961
50.234
50.536
50.834
51.136
51.434
1.9777
1.9896
2.0013
2.0132
2.0249
66.000
66.400
66.800
67.200
67.600
2.5984
2.6142
2.6299
2.6457
2.6614
66.978
67.381
67.778
68.181
68.578
2.6369
2.6528
2.6684
2.6843
2.6999
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
51.000
51.300
51.600
51.900
52.200
2.0079
2.0197
2.0315
2.0433
2.0551
51.736
52.034
52.336
52.634
52.936
2.0368
2.0486
2.0605
2.0722
2.0841
68.000
68.400
68.800
69.200
69.600
2.6772
2.6929
2.7087
2.7244
2.7402
68.981
69.378
69.781
70.178
70.581
2.7158
2.7314
2.7473
2.7629
2.7788
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
52.500
52.800
53.100
53.400
53.700
2.0669
2.0787
2.0906
2.1024
2.1142
53.234
53.536
53.834
54.136
54.434
2.0958
2.1077
2.1194
2.1313
2.1431
70.000
70.400
70.800
71.200
71.600
2.7559
2.7717
2.7874
2.8031
2.8189
70.979
71.381
71.779
72.181
72.579
2.7944
2.8103
2.8259
2.8418
2.8574
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
54.000
54.300
54.600
54.900
55.200
2.1260
2.1378
2.1496
2.1614
2.1732
54.736
55.034
55.336
55.634
55.936
2.1550
2.1667
2.1786
2.1903
2.2022
72.000
72.400
72.800
73.200
73.600
2.8346
2.8504
2.8661
2.8819
2.8976
72.981
73.379
73.782
74.179
74.582
2.8733
2.8889
2.9048
2.9204
2.9363
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
55.500
55.800
56.100
56.400
56.700
2.1850
2.1969
2.2087
2.2205
2.2323
56.234
56.536
56.834
57.136
57.434
2.2139
2.2258
2.2376
2.2495
2.2612
74.000
74.400
74.800
75.200
75.600
2.9134
2.9291
2.9449
2.9606
2.9764
74.979
75.382
75.779
76.182
76.579
2.9519
2.9678
2.9834
2.9993
3.0149
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
57.000
57.300
57.600
57.900
58.200
2.2441
2.2559
2.2677
2.2795
2.2913
57.736
58.036
58.336
58.636
58.936
2.2731
2.2849
2.2967
2.3085
2.3203
76.000
76.400
76.800
77.200
77.600
2.9921
3.0079
3.0236
3.0394
3.0551
76.982
77.382
77.782
78.182
78.582
3.0308
3.0465
3.0623
3.0780
3.0938
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
58.500
58.800
59.100
59.400
59.700
2.3031
2.3150
2.3268
2.3386
2.3504
59.236
59.536
59.836
60.136
60.436
2.3321
2.3440
2.3558
2.3676
2.3794
78.000
78.400
78.800
79.200
79.600
3.0709
3.0866
3.1024
3.1181
3.1339
78.982
79.382
79.782
80.182
80.582
3.1095
3.1253
3.1410
3.1568
3.1725
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
60.000
60.300
60.600
60.900
61.200
2.3622
2.3740
2.3858
2.3976
2.4094
60.736
61.035
61.335
61.635
61.935
2.3912
2.4029
2.4147
2.4266
2.4384
80.000
80.400
80.800
81.200
81.600
3.1496
3.1654
3.1811
3.1969
3.2126
80.982
81.379
81.780
82.180
82.580
3.1883
3.2039
3.2197
3.2354
3.2512
200
201
202
203
204
205
240
280
300
340
61.500
72.000
84.000
90.000
102.000
2.4213
2.8346
3.3071
3.5433
4.0157
62.235
72.737
84.737
90.737
102.738
2.4502
2.8637
3.3361
3.5723
4.0448
82.000
96.000
112.000
120.000
136.000
3.2283
3.7795
4.4094
4.7244
5.3543
82.980
96.982
112.983
120.983
136.983
3.2669
3.8182
4.4481
4.7631
5.3930
205
240
280
300
340
380
400
440
480
500
114.000
120.000
132.000
144.000
150.000
4.4882
4.7244
5.1969
5.6693
5.9055
114.738
120.738
132.738
144.738
150.738
4.5172
4.7535
5.2259
5.6984
5.9346
152.000
160.000
176.000
192.000
200.000
5.9843
6.2992
6.9291
7.5591
7.8740
152.984
160.984
176.984
192.984
200.984
6.0230
6.3379
6.9679
7.5978
7.9128
380
400
440
480
500
33.000
33.300
33.600
33.900
34.200
1.2992
1.3110
1.3228
1.3346
1.3465
33.734
34.031
34.334
34.631
34.934
1.3281
1.3398
1.3517
1.3634
1.3754
115
116
117
118
119
34.500
34.800
35.100
35.400
35.700
1.3583
1.3701
1.3819
1.3937
1.4055
35.231
35.534
35.831
36.135
36.431
120
121
122
123
124
36.000
36.300
36.600
36.900
37.200
1.4173
1.4291
1.4409
1.4528
1.4646
125
126
127
128
129
37.500
37.800
38.100
38.400
38.700
130
131
132
133
134
T53
TABLE 10-30 (Cont.)

No.
of
Teeth
5
6
7
8
9

Module 0.50
Pitch Diameter
Meas. Over Wire
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
Module 0.75
Pitch Diameter
Meas. Over Wire
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
No.
of
Teeth
3.750
4.500
5.250
6.000
6.750
0.1476
0.1772
0.2067
0.2362
0.2657
5
6
7
8
9
7.500
8.250
9.000
9.750
10.500
0.2953
0.3248
0.3543
0.3839
0.4134
10
11
12
13
14
0.4013
0.4197
11.250
12.000
12.750
13.500
14.250
0.4429
0.4724
0.5020
0.5315
0.5610
15.288
15.990
0.6019
0.6295
15
16
17
18
19
11.195
11.666
12.198
12.671
13.200
0.4407
0.4593
0.4802
0.4989
0.5197
15.000
15.750
16.500
17.250
18.000
0.5906
0.6201
0.6496
0.6791
0.7087
16.792
17.499
18.296
19.007
19.800
0.6611
0.6889
0.7203
0.7483
0.7795
20
21
22
23
24
0.4921
0.5118
0.5315
0.5512
0.5709
13.676
14.202
14.679
15.204
15.683
0.5384
0.5591
0.5779
0.5986
0.6174
18.750
19.500
20.250
21.000
21.750
0.7382
0.7677
0.7972
0.8268
0.8563
20.513
21.303
22.019
22.805
23.524
0.8076
0.8387
0.8669
0.8978
0.9261
25
26
27
28
29
15.000
15.500
16.000
16.500
17.000
0.5906
0.6102
0.6299
0.6496
0.6693
16.205
16.685
17.206
17.688
18.208
0.6380
0.6569
0.6774
0.6964
0.7168
22.500
23.250
24.000
24.750
25.500
0.8858
0.9154
0.9449
0.9744
1.0039
24.308
25.028
25.810
26.532
27.312
0.9570
0.9854
1.0161
1.0446
1.0753
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
17.500
18.000
18.500
19.000
19.500
0.6890
0.7087
0.7283
0.7480
0.7677
18.690
19.209
19.692
20.210
20.694
0.7358
0.7563
0.7753
0.7957
0.8147
26.250
27.000
27.750
28.500
29.250
1.0335
1.0630
1.0925
1.1220
1.1516
28.036
28.813
29.539
30.315
31.041
1.1038
1.1344
1.1629
1.1935
1.2221
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
20.000
20.500
21.000
21.500
22.000
0.7874
0.8071
0.8268
0.8465
0.8661
21.211
21.696
22.212
22.698
23.212
0.8351
0.8542
0.8745
0.8936
0.9139
30.000
30.750
31.500
32.250
33.000
1.1811
1.2106
1.2402
1.2697
1.2992
31.816
32.544
33.318
34.046
34.819
1.2526
1.2813
1.3117
1.3404
1.3708
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
22.500
23.000
23.500
24.000
24.500
0.8858
0.9055
0.9252
0.9449
0.9646
23.699
24.213
24.700
25.214
25.702
0.9330
0.9533
0.9725
0.9927
1.0119
33.750
34.500
35.250
36.000
36.750
1.3287
1.3583
1.3878
1.4173
1.4469
35.548
36.320
37.051
37.821
38.552
1.3995
1.4299
1.4587
1.4890
1.5178
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
25.000
25.500
26.000
26.500
27.000
0.9843
1.0039
1.0236
1.0433
1.0630
26.215
26.703
27.215
27.704
28.216
1.0321
1.0513
1.0715
1.0907
1.1109
37.500
38.250
39.000
39.750
40.500
1.4764
1.5059
1.5354
1.5650
1.5945
39.322
40.054
40.823
41.556
42.324
1.5481
1.5769
1.6072
1.6360
1.6663
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
27.500
28.000
28.500
29.000
29.500
1.0827
1.1024
1.1220
1.1417
1.1614
28.705
29.216
29.706
30.217
30.706
1.1301
1.1502
1.1695
1.1896
1.2089
41.250
42.000
42.750
43.500
44.250
1.6240
1.6535
1.6831
1.7126
1.7421
43.057
43.824
44.558
45.325
46.060
1.6952
1.7254
1.7543
1.7845
1.8134
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
30.000
30.500
31.000
31.500
32.000
1.1811
1.2008
1.2205
1.2402
1.2598
31.217
31.707
32.218
32.708
33.218
1.2290
1.2483
1.2684
1.2877
1.3078
45.000
45.750
46.500
47.250
48.000
1.7717
1.8012
1.8307
1.8602
1.8898
46.826
47.561
48.326
49.062
49.827
1.8435
1.8725
1.9026
1.9316
1.9617
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
32.500
33.000
33.500
34.000
34.500
1.2795
1.2992
1.3189
1.3386
1.3583
33.709
34.218
34.709
35.219
35.710
1.3271
1.3472
1.3665
1.3866
1.4059
48.750
49.500
50.250
51.000
51.750
1.9193
1.9488
1.9783
2.0079
2.0374
50.563
51.328
52.064
52.828
53.565
1.9907
2.0208
2.0498
2.0799
2.1089
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
35.000
35.500
36.000
36.500
37.000
1.3780
1.3976
1.4173
1.4370
1.4567
36.219
36.710
37.219
37.711
38.220
1.4260
1.4453
1.4653
1.4847
1.5047
52.500
53.250
54.000
54.750
55.500
2.0669
2.0965
2.1260
2.1555
2.1850
54.329
55.066
55.829
56.567
57.330
2.1389
2.1679
2.1980
2.2270
2.2571
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
37.500
38.000
38.500
39.000
39.500
1.4764
1.4961
1.5157
1.5354
1.5551
38.712
39.220
39.712
40.220
40.713
1.5241
1.5441
1.5635
1.5835
1.6029
56.250
57.000
57.750
58.500
59.250
2.2146
2.2441
2.2736
2.3031
2.3327
58.067
58.830
59.568
60.331
61.069
2.2861
2.3161
2.3452
2.3752
2.4043
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
40.000
40.500
41.000
41.500
42.000
1.5748
1.5945
1.6142
1.6339
1.6535
41.221
41.713
42.221
42.714
43.221
1.6229
1.6422
1.6622
1.6816
1.7016
60.000
60.750
61.500
62.250
63.000
2.3622
2.3917
2.4213
2.4508
2.4803
61.831
62.570
63.331
64.070
64.832
2.4343
2.4634
2.4934
2.5225
2.5524
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
42.500
43.000
43.500
44.000
44.500
1.6732
1.6929
1.7126
1.7323
1.7520
43.714
44.221
44.714
45.222
45.715
1.7210
1.7410
1.7604
1.7804
1.7998
63.750
64.500
65.250
66.000
66.750
2.5098
2.5394
2.5689
2.5984
2.6280
65.571
66.332
67.072
67.832
68.572
2.5815
2.6115
2.6406
2.6706
2.6997
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
45.000
45.500
46.000
46.500
47.000
1.7717
1.7913
1.8110
1.8307
1.8504
46.222
46.715
47.222
47.715
48.222
1.8198
1.8392
1.8591
1.8786
1.8985
67.500
68.250
69.000
69.750
70.500
2.6575
2.6870
2.7165
2.7461
2.7756
69.333
70.073
70.833
71.573
72.333
2.7296
2.7588
2.7887
2.8178
2.8478
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
47.500
48.000
48.500
49.000
49.500
1.8701
1.8898
1.9094
1.9291
1.9488
48.716
49.222
49.716
50.223
50.716
1.9179
1.9379
1.9573
1.9773
1.9967
71.250
72.000
72.750
73.500
74.250
2.8051
2.8346
2.8642
2.8937
2.9232
73.074
73.834
74.574
75.334
76.075
2.8769
2.9068
2.9360
2.9659
2.9951
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
50.000
50.500
51.000
51.500
52.000
1.9685
1.9882
2.0079
2.0276
2.0472
51.223
51.717
52.223
52.717
53.223
2.0166
2.0361
2.0560
2.0755
2.0954
75.000
75.750
76.500
77.250
78.000
2.9528
2.9823
3.0118
3.0413
3.0709
76.834
77.575
78.334
79.076
79.835
3.0250
3.0541
3.0840
3.1132
3.1431
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
52.500
53.000
53.500
54.000
54.500
2.0669
2.0866
2.1063
2.1260
2.1457
53.717
54.223
54.718
55.223
55.718
2.1149
2.1348
2.1542
2.1742
2.1936
78.750
79.500
80.250
81.000
81.750
3.1004
3.1299
3.1594
3.1890
3.2185
80.576
81.335
82.076
82.835
83.577
3.1723
3.2022
3.2314
3.2612
3.2904
105
106
107
108
109
2.500
3.000
3.500
4.000
4.500
0.0984
0.1181
0.1378
0.1575
0.1772
10
11
12
13
14
5.000
5.500
6.000
6.500
7.000
0.1969
0.2165
0.2362
0.2559
0.2756
15
16
17
18
19
7.500
8.000
8.500
9.000
9.500
0.2953
0.3150
0.3346
0.3543
0.3740
10.192
10.660
20
21
22
23
24
10.000
10.500
11.000
11.500
12.000
0.3937
0.4134
0.4331
0.4528
0.4724
25
26
27
28
29
12.500
13.000
13.500
14.000
14.500
30
31
32
33
34
T54
TABLE 10-30 (Cont.)

No.
of
Teeth
110
111
112
113
114

Module 0.50
Pitch Diameter
Meas. Over Wire
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
Module 0.75
Pitch Diameter
Meas. Over Wire
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
No.
of
Teeth
82.500
83.250
84.000
84.750
85.500
3.2480
3.2776
3.3071
3.3366
3.3661
84.335
85.077
85.836
86.578
87.336
3.3203
3.3495
3.3794
3.4086
3.4384
110
111
112
113
114
2.3118
2.3317
2.3511
2.3710
2.3905
86.250
87.000
87.750
88.500
89.250
3.3957
3.4252
3.4547
3.4843
3.5138
88.078
88.836
89.578
90.336
91.078
3.4676
3.4975
3.5267
3.5565
3.5858
115
116
117
118
119
61.224
61.719
62.224
62.719
63.225
2.4104
2.4299
2.4498
2.4693
2.4892
90.000
90.750
91.500
92.250
93.000
3.5433
3.5728
3.6024
3.6319
3.6614
91.836
92.579
93.337
94.079
94.837
3.6156
3.6448
3.6747
3.7039
3.7337
120
121
122
123
124
2.4606
2.4803
2.5000
2.5197
2.5394
63.720
64.225
64.720
65.225
65.720
2.5086
2.5285
2.5480
2.5679
2.5874
93.750
94.500
95.250
96.000
96.750
3.6909
3.7205
3.7500
3.7795
3.8091
95.579
96.337
97.080
97.837
98.580
3.7630
3.7928
3.8220
3.8519
3.8811
125
126
127
128
129
65.000
65.500
66.000
66.500
67.000
2.5591
2.5787
2.5984
2.6181
2.6378
66.225
66.720
67.225
67.720
68.225
2.6073
2.6268
2.6467
2.6662
2.6860
97.500
98.250
99.000
99.750
100.500
3.8386
3.8681
3.8976
3.9272
3.9567
99.337
100.080
100.837
101.581
102.338
3.9109
3.9402
3.9700
3.9992
4.0290
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
67.500
68.000
68.500
69.000
69.500
2.6575
2.6772
2.6969
2.7165
2.7362
68.721
69.225
69.721
70.225
70.721
2.7055
2.7254
2.7449
2.7648
2.7843
101.250
102.000
102.750
103.500
104.250
3.9862
4.0157
4.0453
4.0748
4.1043
103.081
103.838
104.581
105.338
106.081
4.0583
4.0881
4.1174
4.1472
4.1764
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
70.000
70.500
71.000
71.500
72.000
2.7559
2.7756
2.7953
2.8150
2.8346
71.225
71.721
72.225
72.721
73.226
2.8041
2.8237
2.8435
2.8630
2.8829
105.000
105.750
106.500
107.250
108.000
4.1339
4.1634
4.1929
4.2224
4.2520
106.838
107.582
108.338
109.082
109.838
4.2062
4.2355
4.2653
4.2946
4.3243
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
72.500
73.000
73.500
74.000
74.500
2.8543
2.8740
2.8937
2.9134
2.9331
73.721
74.226
74.721
75.226
75.722
2.9024
2.9223
2.9418
2.9616
2.9812
108.750
109.500
110.250
111.000
111.750
4.2815
4.3110
4.3406
4.3701
4.3996
110.582
111.338
112.082
112.839
113.582
4.3536
4.3834
4.4127
4.4425
4.4718
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
75.000
75.500
76.000
76.500
77.000
2.9528
2.9724
2.9921
3.0118
3.0315
76.226
76.722
77.226
77.722
78.226
3.0010
3.0205
3.0404
3.0599
3.0798
112.500
113.250
114.000
114.750
115.500
4.4291
4.4587
4.4882
4.5177
4.5472
114.339
115.083
115.839
116.583
117.339
4.5015
4.5308
4.5606
4.5899
4.6196
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
77.500
78.000
78.500
79.000
79.500
3.0512
3.0709
3.0906
3.1102
3.1299
78.722
79.226
79.722
80.226
80.722
3.0993
3.1191
3.1387
3.1585
3.1780
116.250
117.000
117.750
118.500
119.250
4.5768
4.6063
4.6358
4.6654
4.6949
118.083
118.839
119.583
120.339
121.083
4.6489
4.6787
4.7080
4.7378
4.7671
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
80.000
80.500
81.000
81.500
82.000
3.1496
3.1693
3.1890
3.2087
3.2283
81.226
81.722
82.226
82.722
83.226
3.1979
3.2174
3.2373
3.2568
3.2766
120.000
120.750
121.500
122.250
123.000
4.7244
4.7539
4.7835
4.8130
4.8425
121.839
122.584
123.339
124.084
124.840
4.7968
4.8261
4.8559
4.8852
4.9149
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
82.500
83.000
83.500
84.000
84.500
3.2480
3.2677
3.2874
3.3071
3.3268
83.723
84.226
84.723
85.226
85.723
3.2962
3.3160
3.3355
3.3554
3.3749
123.750
124.500
125.250
126.000
126.750
4.8720
4.9016
4.9311
4.9606
4.9902
125.584
126.340
127.084
127.840
128.584
4.9443
4.9740
5.0033
5.0331
5.0624
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
85.000
85.500
86.000
86.500
87.000
3.3465
3.3661
3.3858
3.4055
3.4252
86.227
86.723
87.227
87.723
88.227
3.3947
3.4143
3.4341
3.4537
3.4735
127.500
128.250
129.000
129.750
130.500
5.0197
5.0492
5.0787
5.1083
5.1378
129.340
130.084
130.840
131.585
132.340
5.0921
5.1214
5.1512
5.1805
5.2102
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
87.500
88.000
88.500
89.000
89.500
3.4449
3.4646
3.4843
3.5039
3.5236
88.723
89.227
89.723
90.227
90.723
3.4930
3.5129
3.5324
3.5522
3.5718
131.250
132.000
132.750
133.500
134.250
5.1673
5.1969
5.2264
5.2559
5.2854
133.085
133.840
134.585
135.340
136.085
5.2396
5.2693
5.2986
5.3284
5.3577
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
90.000
90.500
91.000
91.500
92.000
3.5433
3.5630
3.5827
3.6024
3.6220
91.227
91.723
92.227
92.724
93.227
3.5916
3.6112
3.6310
3.6505
3.6704
135.000
135.750
136.500
137.250
138.000
5.3150
5.3445
5.3740
5.4035
5.4331
136.840
137.585
138.340
139.085
139.840
5.3874
5.4167
5.4465
5.4758
5.5055
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
92.500
93.000
93.500
94.000
94.500
3.6417
3.6614
3.6811
3.7008
3.7205
93.724
94.227
94.724
95.227
95.724
3.6899
3.7097
3.7293
3.7491
3.7687
138.750
139.500
140.250
141.000
141.750
5.4626
5.4921
5.5217
5.5512
5.5807
140.585
141.340
142.086
142.841
143.586
5.5349
5.5646
5.5939
5.6236
5.6530
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
95.000
95.500
96.000
96.500
97.000
3.7402
3.7598
3.7795
3.7992
3.8189
96.227
96.727
97.227
97.727
98.227
3.7885
3.8082
3.8278
3.8475
3.8672
142.500
143.250
144.000
144.750
145.500
5.6102
5.6398
5.6693
5.6988
5.7283
144.341
145.091
145.841
146.591
147.341
5.6827
5.7122
5.7418
5.7713
5.8008
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
97.500
98.000
98.500
99.000
99.500
3.8386
3.8583
3.8780
3.8976
3.9173
98.727
99.227
99.727
100.227
100.727
3.8869
3.9066
3.9263
3.9460
3.9656
146.250
147.000
147.750
148.500
149.250
5.7579
5.7874
5.8169
5.8465
5.8760
148.091
148.841
149.591
150.341
151.091
5.8303
5.8599
5.8894
5.9189
5.9485
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
100.000
100.500
101.000
101.500
102.000
3.9370
3.9567
3.9764
3.9961
4.0157
101.227
101.724
102.224
102.724
103.224
3.9853
4.0049
4.0246
4.0443
4.0640
150.000
150.750
151.500
152.250
153.000
5.9055
5.9350
5.9646
5.9941
6.0236
151.841
152.587
153.337
154.087
154.837
5.9780
6.0073
6.0369
6.0664
6.0959
200
201
202
203
204
205
240
280
300
340
102.500
120.000
140.000
150.000
170.000
4.0354
4.7244
5.5118
5.9055
6.6929
103.725
121.228
141.229
151.229
171.229
4.0837
4.7728
5.5602
5.9539
6.7413
153.750
180.000
210.000
225.000
255.000
6.0531
7.0866
8.2677
8.8583
10.0394
155.587
181.842
211.843
226.843
256.844
6.1255
7.1591
8.3403
8.9308
10.1120
205
240
280
300
340
380
400
440
480
500
190.000
200.000
220.000
240.000
250.000
7.4803
7.8740
8.6614
9.4488
9.8425
191.230
201.230
221.230
241.230
251.230
7.5287
7.9224
8.7098
9.4973
9.8910
285.000
300.000
330.000
360.000
375.000
11.2205
11.8110
12.9921
14.1732
14.7638
286.844
301.845
331.845
361.845
376.845
11.2931
11.8836
13.0648
14.2459
14.8364
380
400
440
480
500
55.000
55.500
56.000
56.500
57.000
2.1654
2.1850
2.2047
2.2244
2.2441
56.224
56.718
57.224
57.718
58.224
2.2135
2.2330
2.2529
2.2724
2.2923
115
116
117
118
119
57.500
58.000
58.500
59.000
59.500
2.2638
2.2835
2.3031
2.3228
2.3425
58.719
59.224
59.719
60.224
60.719
120
121
122
123
124
60.000
60.500
61.000
61.500
62.000
2.3622
2.3819
2.4016
2.4213
2.4409
125
126
127
128
129
62.500
63.000
63.500
64.000
64.500
130
131
132
133
134
T55
TABLE 10-30 (Cont.)

No.
of
Teeth
5
6
7
8
9

Module 0.80
Wire Size = 1.3824mm ; 0.0544 Inch
Pitch Diameter
Meas. Over Wire
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
Module 1.00
Pitch Diameter
Meas. Over Wire
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
No.
of
Teeth
5.000
6.000
7.000
8.000
9.000
0.1969
0.2362
0.2756
0.3150
0.3543
5
6
7
8
9
0.3150
0.3465
0.3780
0.4094
0.4409
10.000
11.000
12.000
13.000
14.000
0.3937
0.4331
0.4724
0.5118
0.5512
10
11
12
13
14
12.000
12.800
13.600
14.400
15.200
0.4724
0.5039
0.5354
0.5669
0.5984
16.307
17.056
0.6420
0.6715
15.000
16.000
17.000
18.000
19.000
0.5906
0.6299
0.6693
0.7087
0.7480
20.384
21.320
0.8025
0.8394
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
16.000
16.800
17.600
18.400
19.200
0.6299
0.6614
0.6929
0.7244
0.7559
17.912
18.666
19.516
20.274
21.120
0.7052
0.7349
0.7684
0.7982
0.8315
20.000
21.000
22.000
23.000
24.000
0.7874
0.8268
0.8661
0.9055
0.9449
22.390
23.332
24.395
25.342
26.400
0.8815
0.9186
0.9604
0.9977
1.0394
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
20.000
20.800
21.600
22.400
23.200
0.7874
0.8189
0.8504
0.8819
0.9134
21.881
22.723
23.487
24.326
25.092
0.8615
0.8946
0.9247
0.9577
0.9879
25.000
26.000
27.000
28.000
29.000
0.9843
1.0236
1.0630
1.1024
1.1417
27.351
28.404
29.359
30.407
31.365
1.0768
1.1183
1.1559
1.1971
1.2349
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
24.000
24.800
25.600
26.400
27.200
0.9449
0.9764
1.0079
1.0394
1.0709
25.928
26.697
27.530
28.301
29.132
1.0208
1.0511
1.0839
1.1142
1.1469
30.000
31.000
32.000
33.000
34.000
1.1811
1.2205
1.2598
1.2992
1.3386
32.410
33.371
34.413
35.376
36.415
1.2760
1.3138
1.3548
1.3928
1.4337
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
28.000
28.800
29.600
30.400
31.200
1.1024
1.1339
1.1654
1.1969
1.2283
29.905
30.734
31.508
32.336
33.111
1.1773
1.2100
1.2405
1.2731
1.3036
35.000
36.000
37.000
38.000
39.000
1.3780
1.4173
1.4567
1.4961
1.5354
37.381
38.418
39.385
40.420
41.389
1.4717
1.5125
1.5506
1.5913
1.6295
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
32.000
32.800
33.600
34.400
35.200
1.2598
1.2913
1.3228
1.3543
1.3858
33.937
34.714
35.539
36.316
37.140
1.3361
1.3667
1.3992
1.4298
1.4622
40.000
41.000
42.000
43.000
44.000
1.5748
1.6142
1.6535
1.6929
1.7323
42.422
43.392
44.423
45.395
46.425
1.6701
1.7083
1.7490
1.7872
1.8278
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
36.000
36.800
37.600
38.400
39.200
1.4173
1.4488
1.4803
1.5118
1.5433
37.918
38.741
39.521
40.342
41.122
1.4929
1.5252
1.5559
1.5883
1.6190
45.000
46.000
47.000
48.000
49.000
1.7717
1.8110
1.8504
1.8898
1.9291
47.398
48.426
49.401
50.428
51.403
1.8661
1.9066
1.9449
1.9854
2.0237
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
40.000
40.800
41.600
42.400
43.200
1.5748
1.6063
1.6378
1.6693
1.7008
41.943
42.724
43.544
44.326
45.145
1.6513
1.6821
1.7143
1.7451
1.7774
50.000
51.000
52.000
53.000
54.000
1.9685
2.0079
2.0472
2.0866
2.1260
52.429
53.405
54.430
55.407
56.431
2.0641
2.1026
2.1429
2.1814
2.2217
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
44.000
44.800
45.600
46.400
47.200
1.7323
1.7638
1.7953
1.8268
1.8583
45.927
46.746
47.529
48.347
49.130
1.8082
1.8404
1.8712
1.9034
1.9343
55.000
56.000
57.000
58.000
59.000
2.1654
2.2047
2.2441
2.2835
2.3228
57.409
58.432
59.411
60.433
61.413
2.2602
2.3005
2.3390
2.3793
2.4178
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
48.000
48.800
49.600
50.400
51.200
1.8898
1.9213
1.9528
1.9843
2.0157
49.948
50.732
51.548
52.333
53.149
1.9664
1.9973
2.0295
2.0603
2.0925
60.000
61.000
62.000
63.000
64.000
2.3622
2.4016
2.4409
2.4803
2.5197
62.434
63.414
64.435
65.416
66.436
2.4580
2.4966
2.5368
2.5754
2.6156
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
52.000
52.800
53.600
54.400
55.200
2.0472
2.0787
2.1102
2.1417
2.1732
53.934
54.750
55.535
56.350
57.136
2.1234
2.1555
2.1864
2.2185
2.2494
65.000
66.000
67.000
68.000
69.000
2.5591
2.5984
2.6378
2.6772
2.7165
67.417
68.437
69.419
70.438
71.420
2.6542
2.6944
2.7330
2.7731
2.8118
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
56.000
56.800
57.600
58.400
59.200
2.2047
2.2362
2.2677
2.2992
2.3307
57.951
58.737
59.551
60.338
61.152
2.2815
2.3125
2.3445
2.3755
2.4075
70.000
71.000
72.000
73.000
74.000
2.7559
2.7953
2.8346
2.8740
2.9134
72.438
73.421
74.439
75.422
76.440
2.8519
2.8906
2.9307
2.9694
3.0094
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
60.000
60.800
61.600
62.400
63.200
2.3622
2.3937
2.4252
2.4567
2.4882
61.939
62.752
63.539
64.353
65.140
2.4385
2.4706
2.5015
2.5336
2.5646
75.000
76.000
77.000
78.000
79.000
2.9528
2.9921
3.0315
3.0709
3.1102
77.423
78.440
79.424
80.441
81.425
3.0482
3.0882
3.1269
3.1670
3.2057
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
64.000
64.800
65.600
66.400
67.200
2.5197
2.5512
2.5827
2.6142
2.6457
65.953
66.741
67.553
68.342
69.154
2.5966
2.6276
2.6596
2.6906
2.7226
80.000
81.000
82.000
83.000
84.000
3.1496
3.1890
3.2283
3.2677
3.3071
82.441
83.426
84.442
85.427
86.442
3.2457
3.2845
3.3245
3.3633
3.4032
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
68.000
68.800
69.600
70.400
71.200
2.6772
2.7087
2.7402
2.7717
2.8031
69.942
70.754
71.543
72.355
73.144
2.7536
2.7856
2.8167
2.8486
2.8797
85.000
86.000
87.000
88.000
89.000
3.3465
3.3858
3.4252
3.4646
3.5039
87.428
88.443
89.429
90.443
91.429
3.4420
3.4820
3.5208
3.5608
3.5996
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
72.000
72.800
73.600
74.400
75.200
2.8346
2.8661
2.8976
2.9291
2.9606
73.955
74.744
75.555
76.345
77.156
2.9116
2.9427
2.9746
3.0057
3.0376
90.000
91.000
92.000
93.000
94.000
3.5433
3.5827
3.6220
3.6614
3.7008
92.444
93.430
94.444
95.431
96.444
3.6395
3.6784
3.7183
3.7571
3.7970
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
76.000
76.800
77.600
78.400
79.200
2.9921
3.0236
3.0551
3.0866
3.1181
77.945
78.756
79.546
80.356
81.146
3.0687
3.1006
3.1317
3.1636
3.1947
95.000
96.000
97.000
98.000
99.000
3.7402
3.7795
3.8189
3.8583
3.8976
97.432
98.445
99.432
100.445
101.433
3.8359
3.8758
3.9147
3.9545
3.9934
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
80.000
80.800
81.600
82.400
83.200
3.1496
3.1811
3.2126
3.2441
3.2756
81.956
82.747
83.557
84.347
85.157
3.2266
3.2577
3.2896
3.3208
3.3526
100.000
101.000
102.000
103.000
104.000
3.9370
3.9764
4.0157
4.0551
4.0945
102.446
103.433
104.446
105.434
106.446
4.0333
4.0722
4.1120
4.1509
4.1908
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
84.000
84.800
85.600
86.400
87.200
3.3071
3.3386
3.3701
3.4016
3.4331
85.948
86.757
87.548
88.358
89.149
3.3838
3.4156
3.4468
3.4786
3.5098
105.000
106.000
107.000
108.000
109.000
4.1339
4.1732
4.2126
4.2520
4.2913
107.435
108.447
109.435
110.447
111.436
4.2297
4.2696
4.3085
4.3483
4.3872
105
106
107
108
109
4.000
4.800
5.600
6.400
7.200
0.1575
0.1890
0.2205
0.2520
0.2835
10
11
12
13
14
8.000
8.800
9.600
10.400
11.200
15
16
17
18
19
T56
TABLE 10-30 (Cont.)

No.
of
Teeth
110
111
112
113
114

Module 0.80
Pitch Diameter
Meas. Over Wire
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
Module 1.00
Pitch Diameter
Meas. Over Wire
mm
Inch
mm
Inch
No.
of
Teeth
110.000
111.000
112.000
113.000
114.000
4.3307
4.3701
4.4094
4.4488
4.4882
112.447
113.436
114.447
115.437
116.448
4.4271
4.4660
4.5058
4.5448
4.5846
110
111
112
113
114
3.6988
3.7306
3.7618
3.7937
3.8248
115.000
116.000
117.000
118.000
119.000
4.5276
4.5669
4.6063
4.6457
4.6850
117.437
118.448
119.438
120.448
121.438
4.6235
4.6633
4.7023
4.7421
4.7810
115
116
117
118
119
97.959
98.751
99.559
100.351
101.159
3.8566
3.8878
3.9197
3.9508
3.9826
120.000
121.000
122.000
123.000
124.000
4.7244
4.7638
4.8031
4.8425
4.8819
122.449
123.438
124.449
125.439
126.449
4.8208
4.8598
4.8996
4.9385
4.9783
120
121
122
123
124
3.9370
3.9685
4.0000
4.0315
4.0630
101.951
102.759
103.552
104.360
105.152
4.0138
4.0456
4.0768
4.1086
4.1398
125.000
126.000
127.000
128.000
129.000
4.9213
4.9606
5.0000
5.0394
5.0787
127.439
128.449
129.440
130.450
131.440
5.0173
5.0571
5.0960
5.1358
5.1748
125
126
127
128
129
104.000
104.800
105.600
106.400
107.200
4.0945
4.1260
4.1575
4.1890
4.2205
105.960
106.752
107.560
108.353
109.160
4.1716
4.2028
4.2346
4.2659
4.2976
130.000
131.000
132.000
133.000
134.000
5.1181
5.1575
5.1969
5.2362
5.2756
132.450
133.440
134.450
135.441
136.450
5.2146
5.2536
5.2933
5.3323
5.3721
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
108.000
108.800
109.600
110.400
111.200
4.2520
4.2835
4.3150
4.3465
4.3780
109.953
110.760
111.553
112.360
113.153
4.3289
4.3606
4.3919
4.4236
4.4549
135.000
136.000
137.000
138.000
139.000
5.3150
5.3543
5.3937
5.4331
5.4724
137.441
138.450
139.441
140.451
141.442
5.4111
5.4508
5.4898
5.5296
5.5686
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
112.000
112.800
113.600
114.400
115.200
4.4094
4.4409
4.4724
4.5039
4.5354
113.961
114.754
115.561
116.354
117.161
4.4866
4.5179
4.5496
4.5809
4.6126
140.000
141.000
142.000
143.000
144.000
5.5118
5.5512
5.5906
5.6299
5.6693
142.451
143.442
144.451
145.442
146.451
5.6083
5.6473
5.6870
5.7261
5.7658
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
116.000
116.800
117.600
118.400
119.200
4.5669
4.5984
4.6299
4.6614
4.6929
117.954
118.761
119.554
120.361
121.155
4.6439
4.6756
4.7069
4.7386
4.7699
145.000
146.000
147.000
148.000
149.000
5.7087
5.7480
5.7874
5.8268
5.8661
147.443
148.451
149.443
150.451
151.443
5.8048
5.8445
5.8836
5.9233
5.9623
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
120.000
120.800
121.600
122.400
123.200
4.7244
4.7559
4.7874
4.8189
4.8504
121.961
122.755
123.561
124.355
125.162
4.8016
4.8329
4.8646
4.8959
4.9276
150.000
151.000
152.000
153.000
154.000
5.9055
5.9449
5.9843
6.0236
6.0630
152.452
153.443
154.452
155.444
156.452
6.0020
6.0411
6.0808
6.1198
6.1595
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
124.000
124.800
125.600
126.400
127.200
4.8819
4.9134
4.9449
4.9764
5.0079
125.955
126.762
127.555
128.362
129.156
4.9589
4.9906
5.0219
5.0536
5.0849
155.000
156.000
157.000
158.000
159.000
6.1024
6.1417
6.1811
6.2205
6.2598
157.444
158.452
159.444
160.452
161.444
6.1986
6.2383
6.2773
6.3170
6.3561
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
128.000
128.800
129.600
130.400
131.200
5.0394
5.0709
5.1024
5.1339
5.1654
129.962
130.756
131.562
132.356
133.162
5.1166
5.1479
5.1796
5.2109
5.2426
160.000
161.000
162.000
163.000
164.000
6.2992
6.3386
6.3780
6.4173
6.4567
162.452
163.445
164.453
165.445
166.453
6.3958
6.4348
6.4745
6.5136
6.5533
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
132.000
132.800
133.600
134.400
135.200
5.1969
5.2283
5.2598
5.2913
5.3228
133.956
134.762
135.556
136.362
137.157
5.2739
5.3056
5.3369
5.3686
5.3999
165.000
166.000
167.000
168.000
169.000
6.4961
6.5354
6.5748
6.6142
6.6535
167.445
168.453
169.445
170.453
171.446
6.5923
6.6320
6.6711
6.7107
6.7498
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
136.000
136.800
137.600
138.400
139.200
5.3543
5.3858
5.4173
5.4488
5.4803
137.962
138.757
139.563
140.357
141.163
5.4316
5.4629
5.4946
5.5259
5.5576
170.000
171.000
172.000
173.000
174.000
6.6929
6.7323
6.7717
6.8110
6.8504
172.453
173.446
174.453
175.446
176.453
6.7895
6.8286
6.8682
6.9073
6.9470
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
140.000
140.800
141.600
142.400
143.200
5.5118
5.5433
5.5748
5.6063
5.6378
141.957
142.763
143.557
144.363
145.157
5.5889
5.6206
5.6519
5.6836
5.7149
175.000
176.000
177.000
178.000
179.000
6.8898
6.9291
6.9685
7.0079
7.0472
177.446
178.453
179.446
180.454
181.447
6.9861
7.0257
7.0648
7.1045
7.1436
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
144.000
144.800
145.600
146.400
147.200
5.6693
5.7008
5.7323
5.7638
5.7953
145.963
146.758
147.563
148.358
149.163
5.7466
5.7779
5.8096
5.8409
5.8726
180.000
181.000
182.000
183.000
184.000
7.0866
7.1260
7.1654
7.2047
7.2441
182.454
183.447
184.454
185.447
186.454
7.1832
7.2223
7.2620
7.3011
7.3407
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
148.000
148.800
149.600
150.400
151.200
5.8268
5.8583
5.8898
5.9213
5.9528
149.958
150.763
151.558
152.363
153.158
5.9039
5.9356
5.9668
5.9986
6.0298
185.000
186.000
187.000
188.000
189.000
7.2835
7.3228
7.3622
7.4016
7.4409
187.447
188.454
189.447
190.454
191.448
7.3798
7.4194
7.4586
7.4982
7.5373
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
152.000
152.800
153.600
154.400
155.200
5.9843
6.0157
6.0472
6.0787
6.1102
153.963
154.763
155.563
156.364
157.164
6.0615
6.0930
6.1245
6.1560
6.1875
190.000
191.000
192.000
193.000
194.000
7.4803
7.5197
7.5591
7.5984
7.6378
192.454
193.454
194.454
195.454
196.454
7.5769
7.6163
7.6557
7.6951
7.7344
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
156.000
156.800
157.600
158.400
159.200
6.1417
6.1732
6.2047
6.2362
6.2677
157.964
158.764
159.564
160.364
161.164
6.2190
6.2505
6.2820
6.3135
6.3450
195.000
196.000
197.000
198.000
199.000
7.6772
7.7165
7.7559
7.7953
7.8346
197.454
198.455
199.455
200.455
201.455
7.7738
7.8132
7.8525
7.8919
7.9313
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
160.000
160.800
161.600
162.400
163.200
6.2992
6.3307
6.3622
6.3937
6.4252
161.964
162.759
163.559
164.359
165.159
6.3765
6.4078
6.4393
6.4708
6.5023
200.000
201.000
202.000
203.000
204.000
7.8740
7.9134
7.9528
7.9921
8.0315
202.455
203.449
204.449
205.449
206.449
7.9707
8.0098
8.0492
8.0885
8.1279
200
201
202
203
204
205
240
280
300
340
164.000
192.000
224.000
240.000
272.000
6.4567
7.5591
8.8189
9.4488
10.7087
165.959
193.965
225.966
241.966
273.967
6.5338
7.6364
8.8963
9.5262
10.7861
205.000
240.000
280.000
300.000
340.000
8.0709
9.4488
11.0236
11.8110
13.3858
207.449
242.456
282.457
302.458
342.459
8.1673
9.5455
11.1204
11.9078
13.4826
205
240
280
300
340
380
400
440
480
500
304.000
320.000
352.000
384.000
400.000
11.9685
12.5984
13.8583
15.1181
15.7480
305.967
321.968
353.968
385.968
401.968
12.0460
12.6759
13.9357
15.1956
15.8255
380.000
400.000
440.000
480.000
500.000
14.9606
15.7480
17.3228
18.8976
19.6850
382.459
402.460
442.460
482.460
502.461
15.0575
15.8449
17.4197
18.9945
19.7819
380
400
440
480
500
88.000
88.800
89.600
90.400
91.200
3.4646
3.4961
3.5276
3.5591
3.5906
89.958
90.749
91.558
92.349
93.158
3.5416
3.5728
3.6046
3.6358
3.6676
115
116
117
118
119
92.000
92.800
93.600
94.400
95.200
3.6220
3.6535
3.6850
3.7165
3.7480
93.950
94.758
95.550
96.359
97.150
120
121
122
123
124
96.000
96.800
97.600
98.400
99.200
3.7795
3.8110
3.8425
3.8740
3.9055
125
126
127
128
129
100.000
100.800
101.600
102.400
103.200
130
131
132
133
134
T57
SECTION 11
Table 11-1
CONTACT RATIO
Equations of Radial Contact Ratio on Parallel Axes Gear,
Type of Gear Mesh
Formula of Radial Contact Ratio,

rb
da1 2
db1 2
da2 2
db2 2
Gear
ra
To assure con(
) (
) + (
) (
) ax sinw
Spur Pair
2
2
2
2
tinuous smooth
Gear

m cos
T
tooth action, as
W
da1 2 db1 2
ha2 x1m
d1
Gear
one pair of teeth

Spur
Gear
(
) (
) +

sin
BZ = AB = Base Pitch
B
Z
a
2
2
sin
2
ceases action a
and Rack
Rack

A
B
m
cos
succeeding pair of
T'
teeth must already
da1 2
db1 2
da2 2
db2 2
External and External Gear
(
) (
) (
) (
) + ax sinw
Ra
have come into
2
2
2
2
Internal Spur Internal Gear
engagement. It is
m
cos
Rb
desirable to have
da1 2
db1 2
da2 2
db2 2
Gear
(
)
(
)
+ (
)
(
) ax sinwt
as much overlap
Helical Pair
2
2
2
2
Gear
as is possible. A
Fig. 11-1
mt cost
meas ure of this
overlap action is
2. Increase the number of teeth. As the number of teeth increases
the contact ratio.
and the pitch diameter grows, again there is a longer line-of-acThis is a ratio of
tion in the region between the outside radii.
the length of the line-of-action to the base pitch. Figure 11-1 shows the
3. Increase working tooth depth. This can be done by adding
geometry for a spur gear pair, which is the simplest case, and is represenaddendum to the tooth and thus increase the outside radius.
tative of the concept for all gear types. The length-of-action is determined
However, this requires a larger dedendum, and requires a spefrom the intersection of the line-of-action and the outside radii. The ratio of
cial tooth design.
the length-of-action to the base pitch is determined from:

An example of helical gear:

(Ra2 Rb2) + (ra2 rb2) a sin
=
(11-1)

m cos
mn = 3
n = 20
= 30
z1 = 12
z2 = 60
x1 = +0.09809 x2 = 0
ax = 125
It is good practice to maintain a contact ratio of 1.2 or greater. Under no
mt = 3.46410 da1 = 48.153
circumstances should the ratio drop below 1.1, calculated for all tolerances t = 22.79588 wt = 23.1126
da2 = 213.842
db1 = 38.322
db2 = 191.611 = 1.2939
at their worst case values.
A contact ratio between 1 and 2 means that part of the time two pairs
of teeth are in contact and during the remaining time one pair is in contact.
A ratio between 2 and 3 means 2 or 3 pairs of teeth are always in contact.
Such a high ratio is generally not obtained with external spur gears, but can
be developed in the meshing of internal gears, helical gears, or specially
designed nonstandard external spur gears.
When considering all types of gears, contact ratio is composed of two
components:

1. Radial contact ratio (plane of rotation perpendicular to
axes),

2. Overlap contact ratio (axial),

The sum is the total contact ratio, .
The overlap contact ratio component exists only in gear pairs that have
helical or spiral tooth forms.
11.1 Radial Contact Ratio Of Spur And Helical Gears,
The equations for radial (or plane of rotation) contact ratio for spur
and helical gears are
given in Table 11-1,
with reference to Figure 11-2.
da1
When the contact
ratio is inadequate,
dw1 db1
w
there are three means
to increase it. These
are somewhat obvious Contact
Length
from examination of
Equation (11-1).
1. D e c r e a s e t h e
pressure angle.
db2
This makes a
w
da2
longer line-of-acdw2
tion as it extends
through the region between the
two outside radii.
Fig. 11-2
Radial Contact Ratio of

Parallel Axes Gear
T58
Note that in Table 11-1 only the radial or circular (plane of rotation)
contact ratio is considered. This is true of both the spur and helical gear
equations. However, for helical gears this is only one component of two.
For the helical gear's total contact ratio, , the overlap (axial) contact ratio,
, must be added. See Paragraph 11.4.
11.2 Contact Ratio Of Bevel Gears,
The contact ratio of a bevel gear pair can be derived from consideration
of the eqivalent spur gears, when viewed from the back cone. See Figure
8-8.
With this approach, the mesh can be treated as spur gears. Table 11-2
presents equations calculating the contact ratio.
An example of spiral bevel gear (see Table 11-2):

m =
z2 =
Rv1 =
ha1 =
=
3
40
33.54102
3.4275
1.2825
n = 20
t = 23.95680
Rv2 = 134.16408
ha2 = 1.6725
= 35
d1 = 60
Rvb1 = 30.65152
Rva1 = 36.9685
z1 = 20
d2 = 120
Rvb2 = 122.60610
Rva2 = 135.83658
11.3 Contact Ratio For Nonparallel And Nonintersecting Axes Pairs,

This group pertains to screw gearing and worm gearing. The equations
are approximations by considering the worm and worm gear mesh in the
plane perpendicular to worm gear axis and likening it to spur gear and rack
mesh. Table 11-3 presents these equations.
Example of worm mesh:

mx = 3
d1 = 44
ha1 = 3
n = 20
d2 = 90
dth = 96
zw = 2
z2 = 30
= 7.76517 x = 20.17024
db2 = 84.48050 = 1.8066
11.4 Axial (Overlap) Contact Ratio,
Helical gears and spiral bevel gears have an overlap of tooth action in
the axial direction. This overlap adds to the contact ratio. This is in contrast
to spur gears which have no tooth action in the axial direction. Thus, for
the same tooth proportions in the plane of rotation, helical and spiral bevel
gears offer a significant increase in contact ratio. The magnitude of axial
contact ratio is a direct function of the gear width, as illustrated in Figure
11-3. Equations for calculating axial contact ratio are presented in Table
11-4.
It is obvious that contact ratio can be increased by either increasing the
gear width or increasing the helix angle.
px
pn
Fig. 11-3
Table 11-2
Item
Axial (Overlap) Contact Ratio
Equations for Contact Ratio for a Bevel Gear Pair
Equation for Contact Ratio
Symbol
2cos
Back Cone Distance
Rv
Base Circle Radius of an

Rvb
Outside Radius of an
Rva
Rv + ha
Straight Bevel Gear
Rva12 Rvb12 + Rva22 Rvb22 (Rv1 + Rv2)sin
mcos
Spiral Bevel Gear
Rva12 Rvb12 + Rva22 Rvb22 (Rv1 + Rv2)sint
mcost
Contact Ratio
Table 11-3
Spiral Bevel Gear

Rv cost
Equations for Contact Ratio of Nonparallel and Nonintersecting Meshes
Type of Gear Mesh

Screw Gear
Screw Gear
Worm
Straight Bevel Gear

Rv cos
Worm Gear
Table 11-4
Type of Gear
Equation of Contact Ratio,

db1 cost1 db2 cost2

a

da1 2
db1 2
da2 2
db2 2
2
2
(
) (
) + (
) (
)
2
2
2
2
sinn
mncosn
ha1 xx2mx
dth 2
db2 2 d2
+ (
) (
)
sinx
sinx
2
2
2
mxcosx
Equations for Axial Contact Ratio of Helical and Spiral Bevel Gears,
Helical Gear
Equation of Contact Ratio
Example
b = 50, = 30, mn = 3
= 2.6525
bsin
mn
From Table 8-6: Re = 67.08204, b = 20,

Re
btanm
m = 35, m = 3, = 1.7462
Re 0.5b
m
NOTE: The module m in spiral bevel gear equation is the normal module.
Spiral Bevel Gear
SECTION 12
GEAR TOOTH MODIFICATIONS
Intentional deviations from the involute tooth profile are used to avoid
excessive tooth load deflection interference and thereby enhances load
capacity. Also, the elimination of tip interference reduces meshing noise.
Other modifications can accommodate assembly misalignment and thus
preserve load capacity.
12.1 Tooth Tip Relief
There are two types of tooth tip relief. One modifies the addendum,
and the other the dedendum. See Figure 12-1. Addendum relief is much
more popular than dedendum modification.
T59
(a) Addendum Tip Relief

Fig. 12-1
(b) Dedendum Modification

Tip Relief
12.2 Crowning And Side Relieving
13.1 Single-Stage Gear Train
Crowning and side

relieving are tooth surface
modifications in the axial
direction. See Figure 122.
Crowning is the removal of a slight amount
of tooth from the center on
out to reach edge, making
the tooth surface slightly
convex. This method allows the gear to maintain
contact in the central region
of the tooth and permits
avoidance of edge contact
with consequent lower load
capacity. Crowning also allows a greater tolerance in
the misalignment of gears
in their assembly, maintaining central contact.
Relieving is a chamfering of the tooth surface. It
is similar to crowning except
that it is a simpler process
and only an approximation
to crowning. It is not as effective as crowning.
A meshed gear is the basic form of a single-stage gear train. It consists

of z1 and z2 numbers of teeth on the driver and driven gears, and their
respective rotations, n1 & n2. The speed ratio is then:

z1
n2
speed ratio =
(13-1)
z2 =
n1

12.3 Topping And

Semitopping
(a) Crowning
Gear trains can be

classified into three types:
(b) Side Relieving
Fig. 12-2
Crowning and Relieving
(a) Teeth Form of

Semitopping Cutter
(b) Semitopped Teeth Form

Fig. 12-3

Semitopping Cutter and

the Gear Profile Generated
In topping, often referred to as top hobbing,

the top or outside diameter
0.1m
of the gear is cut simultaneously with the generation of
the teeth. An advantage is
that there will be no burrs
90
on the tooth top. Also, the
2
outside diameter is highly
concentric with the pitch circle. This permits secondary
machining operations using
this diameter for nesting.
Recommended Magnitude
Semitopping is the Fig. 12-4
of Semitopping
chamfering of the tooth's
top corner, which is accomplished simultaneously with
tooth generation. Figure 12-3 shows a semitopping cutter and the resultant
generated semitopped gear. Such a tooth tends to prevent corner damage.
Also, it has no burr. The magnitude of semitopping should not go beyond
a proper limit as otherwise it would significantly shorten the addendum and
contact ratio. Figure 12-4 specifies a recommended magnitude of semitopping.
Both modifications require special generating tools. They are independent modifications but, if desired, can be applied simultaneously.
SECTION 13
13.1.1 Types Of Single-Stage Gear Trains

Gear 2
(z2 , n2)
Gear 1
(z1 , n1)
1. Speed ratio > 1,

increasing: n1 < n2
2. Speed ratio =1, equal
speeds: n1 = n2
3. Speed ratio < 1,
reducing: n1 > n2
Figure 13-1 illustrates

four basic types. For the very
common cases of spur and
bevel meshes, Figures 131(a) and 13-1(b), the direction
of rotation of driver and driven
gears are reversed. In the
case of an internal gear mesh,
Figure 13-1(c), both gears
have the same direction of
rotation. In the case of a
worm mesh, Figure 13-1(d),
the rotation direction of z2 is
determined by its helix hand.
In addition to these four
basic forms, the combination
of a rack and gear can be
considered a specific type.
The displacement of a rack,
l, for rotation of the mating
gear is:

mz1
l =
(13-2)

360
(a) A Pair of Spur Gears

Gear 2
(z2 , n2)
Gear 1
(z1 , n1)
(b) Bevel Gears

Gear 2
(z2 , n2)
Gear 1
(z1 , n1)
where:
m is the standard
circular pitch
z1 is the number of teeth
of the gear
(c) Spur Gear and Internal Gear

(Right-Hand Worm Gear)
(zw , n1)
(Left-Hand Worm Gear)

(zw , n1)
GEAR TRAINS
The objective of gears is to provide a desired motion, either rotation

or linear. This is accomplished through either a simple gear pair or a more
involved and complex system of several gear meshes. Also, related to this
is the desired speed, direction of rotation and the shaft arrangement.
(Left-Hand Worm Wheel)
(Right-Hand Worm Wheel)
(z2 , n2)
(z2 , n2)
(d) Worm Mesh
Fig. 13-1 Single-Stage Gear Trains
T60
13.2 Two-Stage Gear Train

A two-stage gear train uses two single-stages in a series. Figure 13-2
represents the basic form of an external gear two-stage gear train.
Let the first gear in the first stage be the driver. Then the speed ratio
rotating carrier, and the hazard of jamming, etc. are inherent problems to be
solved.
Figure 13-4 is a so called 2K-H type planetary gear system. The sun
gear, internal gear, and the carrier have a common axis.
Internal Gear C
zc = 48
Carrier D
Gear 4
(z4 , n4)
Gear 3
(z3 , n3)
Gear 2
(z2 , n2)
Gear 1
(z1 , n1)
Planet Gear B
zb = 16
Sun Gear A
za = 16
Fig. 13-2 Two-Stage Gear Train
Fig. 13-4 An Example of a Planetary Gear System
of the two-stage train is:

z1 z3
n2 n4
Speed Ratio =
z2
z4 =
n1
n3

(13-3)
In this arrangement, n2 = n3
In the two-stage gear train, Figure 13-2, gear 1 rotates in the same
direction as gear 4. If gears 2 and 3 have the same number of teeth, then
the train simplifies as in Figure 13-3. In this arrangement, gear 2 is known
as an idler, which has no effect on the gear ratio. The speed ratio is then:

z1
z2
z1
Speed Ratio =
=

(13-4)

z2
z3
z3
Gear 3
(z3 , n3)
Gear 2
(z2 , n2)
13.3.1 Relationship Among The Gears In A Planetary

Gear System
In order to determine the relationship among the numbers of teeth of
the sun gear A, za, the planet gears B, zb, and the internal gear C, zc, and
the number of planet gears, N, in the system, the parameters must satisfy
the following three conditions:
Condition No. 1:
zc = za + 2 zb
zb m
zb m
(13-5)
This is the condition necessary

for the center distances of the gears to
B
A
B
match. Since the equation is true only for
the standard gear system, it is possible to
vary the numbers of teeth by using profile
shifted gear designs.
To use profile shifted gears, it is
necessary to match the center distance
C
between the sun A and planet B gears,
zc m
ax1, and the center distance between the
planet B and internal C gears, ax2.
Fig. 13-5(a) Condition No. 1

of Planetary
ax1 = ax2
(13-6)
Gear System
Gear 1
(z1 , n1)
Condition No. 2:
(za + zc)
= integer

N
Fig. 13-3
za m
(13-7)
This is the condition necessary

for placing planet gears evenly spaced
around the sun gear. If an uneven
placement of planet gears is desired, then
Equation (13-8) must be satisfied.
Single-Stage Gear Train with an Idler
13.3 Planetary Gear System

The basic form of a planetary gear system is shown in Figure 13-4.
It consists of a sun gear A, planet gears B, internal gear C and carrier D.
The input and output axes of a planetary gear system are on a same line.
Usually, it uses two or more planet gears to balance the load evenly. It is
compact in space, but complex in structure. Planetary gear systems need
a high-quality manufacturing process. The load division between planet
gears, the interference of the internal gear, the balance and vibration of the
(za + zc)
= integer

180
(13-8)
where:
Fig. 13-5(b)
= half the angle between adjacent
planet gears

T61
C
Condition No. 2
of Planetary
Gear System
dab
Condition No. 3:

180
zb + 2 < (za + zb)sin()

N
(13-9)
Satisfying this condition insures that

adjacent planet gears can operate without
interfering with each other. This is the
condition that must be met for standard
gear design with equal placement of
planet gears. For other conditions, the
C
system must satisfy the relationship:
ax

za
Speed Ratio =

zc
Besides the above three basic conditions, there can be an interference

problem between the internal gear C and the planet gears B. See SECTION
5 that discusses more about this problem.
13.3.2 Speed Ratio Of Planetary Gear System
In a planetary gear system,

the speed ratio and the direction of
rotation would be changed according
to which member is fixed. Figures
13-6(a), 13-6(b) and 13-6(c) contain
three typical types of planetary gear
mechanisms, depending upon which
member is locked.
(a) Planetary Type

C
B
D
A (Fixed)
Fig. 13-6(b) Solar Type

Planetary Gear

Mechanism
C (Fixed)
Referring to Figure 13-6(c), the planet gears are merely idlers. Input
and output axes have opposite rotations.
Example: za = 16, zb = 16, zc = 48;
then speed ratio = 1/3.
A planetary gear system which has four gears, as in Figure 13-5, is an

example of a constrained gear system. It is a closed loop system in which
the power is transmitted from the driving gear through other gears and
eventually to the driven gear. A closed loop gear system will not work if the
gears do not meet specific conditions.
Let z1, z2 and z3 be the numbers of gear teeth, as in Figure 13-7.
Meshing cannot function if the length of the heavy line (belt) does not divide
evenly by circular pitch. Equation (13-14) defines this condition.
Fig. 13-6(a) Planetary Type

Planetary Gear

Mechanism
z11
z2(180 +z1 +2)
z32
+
+
= integer
180
180
180
B
D (Fixed)
A
z1
z2
Fig. 13-6(c) Star Type

Planetary Gear

Mechanism
z1
z2
z2
In this type, the internal gear is fixed. The input is the sun gear and the
output is carrier D. The speed ratio is calculated as in Table 13-1.
z3
Rack
a
Fig. 13-7
(b) Solar Type
In this type, the sun gear is fixed. The internal gear C is the input, and
carrier D axis is the output. The speed ratio is calculated as in Table 13-2.
T62
z2
(13-11)
Note that the direction of rotation of input and output axes are the
same.
Example: za = 16, zb = 16, zc = 48, then speed ratio = 1/4.

(13-14)
where 1 and 2 are in degrees.

Figure 13-8 shows a constrained gear system in which a rack is
meshed. The heavy line in Figure 13-8 corresponds to the belt in Figure
13-7. If the length of the belt cannot be evenly divided by circular pitch then

za

zc
1
Speed Ratio =
=

za
zc

1 +
+ 1

zc
za
(13-13)
13.4 Constrained Gear System
(c) Star Type
This is the type in which Carrier D is fixed. The planet gears B rotate
only on fixed axes. In a strict definition, this train loses the features of a
planetary system and it becomes an ordinary gear train. The sun gear is an
input axis and the internal gear is the output. The speed ratio is:
Condition No. 3
of Planetary
Gear System
where:
dab = outside diameter of the planet gears
ax = center distance between the sun and planet gears
(13-12)
Note that the directions of rotation of input and output axes are the
same.
Example: z a = 16, z b = 16, z c = 48, then the speed ratio =
1/1.3333333.
(13-10) Fig. 13-5(c)

dab < 2 ax sin

1
1
Speed Ratio = =

za
za

1
+ 1

zc
zc
Constrained Gear
System
Fig. 13-8
Constrained Gear
System Containing a
Rack
the system does not work. It is described by Equation (13-15).

z11
z2(180 +1)
a
+
+ = integer
180
180
m
(13-15)
Table 13-1
No.
Description
Rotate sun gear A once

while holding carrier
2
3
Carrier D
+1
za

zb
za

zc
System is fixed as a
whole while rotating
+(za /zc)
za
+
zc
za
+
zc
za
+
zc
za
+
zc
Sum of 1 and 2
za
1 +
zc
0
(fixed)
za
+
zc
Table 13-2
SECTION 14
Equations of Speed Ratio for a Planetary Type

Sun Gear A
Planet Gear B Internal Gear C
za
zb
zc
za
za

zc
zb
Equations of Speed Ratio for a Solar Type

Sun Gear A
Planet Gear B Internal Gear C
za
zb
zc
No.
Description
Rotate sun gear A once

while holding carrier
+1
za

zb
za

zc
System is fixed as a
whole while rotating
+(za /zc)
Sum of 1 and 2
0
(fixed)
za

1
zb
za

1
zc
BACKLASH
Up to this point the discussion has implied that there is no backlash. If

the gears are of standard tooth proportion design and operate on standard
center distance they would function ideally with neither backlash nor
jamming.
Backlash is provided for a variety of reasons and cannot be designated
without consideration of machining conditions. The general purpose of
backlash is to prevent gears from jamming by making contact on both
sides of their teeth simultaneously. A small amount of backlash is also
desirable to provide for lubricant space and differential expansion between
the gear components and the housing. Any error in machining which tends
to increase the possibility of jamming makes it necessary to increase the
amount of backlash by at least as much as the possible cumulative errors.
Consequently, the smaller the amount of backlash, the more accurate must
be the machining of the gears. Runout of both gears, errors in profile, pitch,
tooth thickness, helix angle and center distance all are factors to consider
in the specification of the amount of backlash. On the other hand, excessive
backlash is objectionable, particularly if the drive is frequently reversing or if
there is an overrunning load. The amount of backlash must not be excessive
for the requirements of the job, but it should be sufficient so that machining
costs are not higher than necessary.
In order to obtain the
amount of backlash desired,
it is necessary to decrease
tooth thickness. See Figure
14-1. This decrease must
j
almost always be greater
than the desired backlash
because of the errors in
manufacturing and assembling. Since the amount
R
of the decrease in tooth
thickness depends upon the
Figure 14-1
Backlash, j, Between
accuracy of machining, the

Two Gears
allowance for a specified
backlash will vary according
to the manufacturing conditions.
It is customary to make half of the allowance for backlash on the
tooth thickness of each gear of a pair, although there are exceptions. For
example, on pinions having very low numbers of teeth, it is desirable to
provide all of the allowance on the mating gear so as not to weaken the
pinion teeth.
T63
Carrier D
In spur and helical gearing, backlash allowance is usually obtained by

sinking the hob deeper into the blank than the theoretically standard depth.
Further, it is true that any increase or decrease in center distance of two
gears in any mesh will cause an increase or decrease in backlash. Thus,
this is an alternate way of designing backlash into the system.
In the following, we give the fundamental equations for the
determination of backlash in a single gear mesh. For the determination of
backlash in gear trains, it is necessary to sum the backlash of each mated
gear pair. However, to obtain the total backlash for a series of meshes, it
is necessary to take into account the gear ratio of each mesh relative to a
chosen reference shaft in the gear train. For details, see Reference 10 at
the end of the technical section.
14.1 Definition Of Backlash
Backlash is defined in Figure 14-2(a) as the excess thickness of tooth
space over the thickness of the mating tooth. There are two basic ways in
which backlash arises: tooth thickness is below the zero backlash value;
and the operating center distance is greater than the zero backlash value.
Linear Backlash = j = ss s2
Base
Circle
ss
s1
Angular Backlash of

j

Gear = j1 =

R

j

Pinion = j2 =

r
O2
Pinion
j2
s2
j1
R
Base Circle
O1
Fig. 14-2(a)

Gear
Geometrical Definition of
Angular Backlash
If the tooth thickness of either or both mating gears is less than the zero
backlash value, the amount of backlash introduced in the mesh is simply this
numerical difference:
j = sstd sact = s
(14-1)
where:
j
= linear backlash measured along the pitch circle (Figure 142(b))

sstd = no backlash tooth thickness on the operating pitch circle, which
is the standard tooth thickness for ideal gears
sact = actual tooth thickness

Backlash, Along Line-of-Action = jn = j cos

r
Base
Circle
j2
Line-of-Action
jn
j1
Base
R
Circle
Geometrical Definition of Linear Backlash
When the center distance is increased by a relatively small amount, a, a

backlash space develops between mating teeth, as in Figure 14-3. The
relationship between center distance increase and linear backlash jn along
the line-of-action is:
jn = 2 a sin
(14-2)
Figure 14-3
Linear
Backlash Along
Line-of-Action
(14-3b)
(14-3c)
Although these are approximate relationships, they are adequate for

most uses. Their derivation, limitations, and correction factors are detailed
in Reference 10.
Note that backlash due to center distance opening is dependent upon
the tangent function of the pressure angle. Thus, 20 gears have 41% more
backlash than 14.5 gears, and this constitutes one of the few advantages
of the lower pressure angle.
Equations (14-3) are a useful relationship, particularly for converting
to angular backlash. Also, for fine pitch gears the use of feeler gages for
measurement is impractical, whereas an indicator at the pitch line gives a
direct measure. The two linear backlashes are related by:

jn
j =
(14-4)

cos
Obviously, angular backlash is inversely proportional to gear radius.

Also, since the two meshing gears are usually of different pitch diameters,
the linear backlash of the measure converts to different angular values for
each gear. Thus, an angular backlash must be specified with reference to
a particular shaft or gear center.
Details of backlash calculations and formulas for various gear types are
given in the following sections.
14.2 Backlash Relationships
Fig. 14-4
= 2 a tan
Kinds of Backlash and

Their Direction
Table 14-1
Backlash Caused by Opening of

Center Distance
This measure along the line-of-action is useful when inserting a feeler

gage between teeth to measure backlash. The equivalent linear backlash
measured along the pitch circle is given by:
j
a = 1.374 j for 20 pressure angle gears
Expanding upon the previous definition, there are several kinds of

backlash: circular
backlash j t , normal
jt
jn
backlash j n , center
2
2
backlash jr and angu
lar backlash j (), see
Figure 14-4.
j
Table 14-1 reveals relationships
jr
among circular backlash jt, normal backlash j n and center
backlash jr . In this
2j r
definition, jr is equi
valent to change in
jn
center distance, a,
j
in Section 14.1.
t
(a) Gear Teeth

in Tight
Mesh
No
Backlash
(b) Gear Mesh

with
Backlash
Due to a
a = 1.933 j for 14.5 pressure angle gears
The angular backlash at the gear shaft is usually the critical factor in the
gear application. As seen from Figure 14-2(a), this is related to the gear's
pitch radius as follows:

j
j = 3440 (arc minutes)
(14-5)

R1
Fig. 14-2(b)
Hence, an approximate relationship between center distance change

and change in backlash is:
(14-3a)
where:
a = change in center distance
= pressure angle
T64
The Relationships among the Backlashes

The Relation
The Relation
between Circular
between Circular
No. Type of Gear Meshes Backlash j and
Backlash jt and
t
Normal Backlash jn Center Backlash jr

jt
jr =
2tan

jtt
jr =
2tant

jt
jr =
2tan sin
Spur Gear
jn = jt cos
Helical Gear
jnn = jtt cosncos
Straight Bevel Gear
jn = jt cos
Spiral Bevel Gear

jtt
=
jnn = jtt cos n cos m j
r
2tant sin
Worm
Worm Gear
jnn = jtt1 cosn cos

jnn = jtt2 cosn cos

jtt2
jr =
2tanx
Circular backlash jt has a relation with angular backlash j , as follows:

360
j = jt (degrees)
(14-6)

d
have the following relationships:
14.2.1 Backlash Of A Spur Gear Mesh
From Figure 14-4 we can derive backlash of spur mesh as:

jn = jt cos

jt
jr =

2tan
jn = jt cos

jt

jr' =

2tan
(14-11)

(14-7)
jt

jn
2

jt
2 tan

jr1
1
jr2
14.2.2 Backlash Of Helical Gear Mesh
The helical gear has two kinds of backlash when referring to the tooth
space. There is a cross section in the normal direction of the tooth surface
n, and a cross section in the radial direction perpendicular to the axis, t.
jnn = backlash in the
direction normal
to the tooth surface

jnt
jtt
jnn
jnt
jnt = backlash in the

circular direction
in the cross section normal to the
tooth
jtn = backlash in the
direction normal
to the tooth surface in the cross
section perpendicular to the
axis
t
jtt
jtn
Fig. 14-6
Backlash of Straight Bevel Gear Mesh
The radial backlash in the plane of axes can be broken down into
the components in the direction of bevel pinion center axis, j r1 , and in the
direction of bevel gear center axis, j r2 .

jt
j r1 =

2tan sin1

(14-12)

jt
jr2 =

2tan cos1
14.2.4 Backlash Of A Spiral Bevel Gear Mesh
Figure 14-7 delineates backlash for a spiral bevel gear mesh.
jtt = backlash in the

circular direction
perpendicular to
the axis
2 jr
Fig. 14-5 Backlash of Helical Gear Mesh
n
jtt
jnt
jnn
jnt
These backlashes have relations as follows:
jtt
In the plane normal to the tooth:
jnn = jnt cosn
(14-8)
j r1
On the pitch surface:

jnt = jtt cos
jtn
jtt
2 tant
1
j r2
(14-9)
In the plane perpendicular to the axis:

jtn = jtt cost

jtt

jr =

2tant

(14-10)
Fig. 14-7
Backlash of Spiral Bevel Gear Mesh
In the tooth space cross section normal to the tooth:

14.2.3 Backlash Of Straight Bevel Gear Mesh
jnn = jnt cosn
Figure 14-6 expresses backlash for a straight bevel gear mesh.
On the pitch surface:
In the cross section perpendicular to the tooth of a straight bevel gear,

circular backlash at pitch line jt, normal backlash jn and radial backlash jr'
T65
jnt = jtt cosm
(14-13)
(14-14)
In the plane perpendicular to the generatrix of the pitch cone:

jtn = jtt cost

jtt
jr' =

2tant
(14-15)
The radial backlash in the plane of axes can be broken down into
the components in the direction of bevel pinion center axis, jr1 , and in the
direction of bevel gear center axis, jr2 .

jtt
j r1 =

2tant sin1

jtt
jr2 =

2tant cos1

(14-16)
Let the backlash on the center distance direction be jr, then:

jt
0.2
jr =
= = 0.2747

2 tan
2tan20
These express the relationship among several kinds of backlashes. In
application, one should consult the JIS standard.
There are two JIS standards for backlash one is JIS B 1703-76 for
spur gears and helical gears, and the other is JIS B 1705-73 for bevel gears.
All these standards regulate the standard backlashes in the direction of the
pitch circle jt or jtt. These standards can be applied directly, but the backlash
beyond the standards may also be used for special purposes. When writing
tooth thicknesses on a drawing, it is necessary to specify, in addition, the
tolerances on the thicknesses as well as the backlash. For example:
0.050
Circular tooth thickness 3.141 0.100
14.2.5 Backlash Of Worm Gear Mesh
Backlash
Figure 14-8 expresses backlash for a worm gear mesh.
0.100 ... 0.200
14.4 Gear Train And Backlash

j tt2
jnt
j tt1
The discussions so far involved a single pair of gears. Now, we are

going to discuss two stage gear trains and their backlash. In a two stage
gear train, as Figure 14-9 shows, j1 and j4 represent the backlashes of first
stage gear train and second stage gear train respectively.
If number one gear were fixed, then the accumulated backlash on
number four gear jtT4 would be as follows:

d3
jtT4 = j1
+ j4
(14-20)

d2
2 jr
t
j tn1
j tt1
j tt2
j tn2
x
Fig. 14-8
2 jr
Backlash of Worm Gear Mesh
Gear 4
(z4 , d4)
On the pitch surface of a worm:

jnt = jtt1 sin

jnt = jtt2 cos

jtt2

tan =

jtt1

Gear 3
(z3 , d3)
Gear 2
(z2 , d2)
Gear 1
(z1 , d1)
(14-17)
In the cross section of a worm perpendicular to its axis:

jtn1 = jtt1 cost

jtt1

jr =

2tant

(14-18)
In the plane perpendicular to the axis of the worm gear:

jtn2 = jtt2 cosx

j tt2

jr =

2tanx

Fig. 14-9

(14-19)
14.3 Tooth Thickness And Backlash

There are two ways to generate backlash. One is to enlarge the center
distance. The other is to reduce the tooth thickness. The latter is much
more popular than the former. We are going to discuss more about the way
of reducing the tooth thickness. In SECTION 10, we have discussed the
standard tooth thickness s. In the meshing of a pair of gears, if the tooth
thickness of pinion and gear were reduced by s 1 and s 2 , they would
generate a backlash of s 1 + s 2 in the direction of the pitch circle.
Let the magnitude of s 1 , s 2 be 0.1. We know that = 20, then:
Overall Accumulated Backlash of

Two Stage Gear Train
This accumulated backlash can be converted into rotation in degrees:

360
j = j tT4 (degrees)
(14-21)

d4
The reverse case is to fix number four gear and to examine the
accumulated backlash on number one gear j tT1 .

d
jtT1 = j4 2 + j1
(14-22)

d3
This accumulated backlash can be converted into rotation in degrees:

360 (degrees)
j = j tT1
(14-23)

d1
jt = s 1 + s 2 = 0.1 + 0.1 = 0.2

We can convert it into the backlash on normal direction:
jn = jt cos = 0.2cos20 = 0.1879
T66
14.5 Methods Of Controlling Backlash

In order to meet special needs, precision gears are used more
frequently than ever before. Reducing backlash becomes an important
issue. There are two methods of reducing or eliminating backlash one a
static, and the other a dynamic method.
The static method concerns means of assembling gears and then
making proper adjustments to achieve the desired low backlash. The
dynamic method introduces an external force which continually eliminates
all backlash regardless of rotational position.

14.5.1 Static Method
T h i s i n v o l v e s
adjustment of either
the gear's effective
tooth thickness or the
mesh center distance.
Gear
These two indepenSize
dent adjustments can
be used to produce
four possible combinations as shown in Table 14-2.
Table 14-2
Center Distance
Fixed
Fixed
Adjustable
Adjustable
II
III
IV
Case I
By design, center distance and tooth thickness are such that they
yield the proper amount of desired minimum backlash. Center distance
and tooth thickness size are fixed at correct values and require precision
manufacturing.
Case II
With gears mounted on fixed centers, adjustment is made to the
effective tooth thickness by axial movement or other means. Three main
methods are:

1. Two identical gears are mounted so that one can be rotated relative
to the other and fixed. See Figure 14-10a. In this way, the
effective tooth thickness can be adjusted to yield the desired low
backlash.
2. A gear with a helix angle such as a helical gear is made in two half
thicknesses. One is shifted axially such that each makes contact
with the mating gear on the opposite sides of the tooth. See Figure
14-10b.
3. The backlash of cone shaped gears, such as bevel and tapered
tooth spur gears, can be adjusted with axial positioning. A duplex
lead worm can be adjusted similarly. See Figure 14-10c.
Case III
Center distance adjustment of backlash can be accomplished in two
ways:

1. Linear Movement
Figure 14-11a shows
adjustment along the
line-of-centers in a
straight or parallel
axes manner. After
setting to the desired
value of backlash, the
(a) Parallel Movement
centers are locked in
place.

2. Rotary Movement
Figure 14-11b shows
an alternate way of
achieving center distance adjustment
by rotation of one of
For Small
the gear centers by
Adjustment
means of a swing arm
For Large
on an eccentric bushAdjustment
ing. Again, once the
(b) Rotary Movement
desired backlash setting is found, the posiFig. 14-11
Ways of Decreasing
tioning arm is locked.
Backlash in Case III
Case IV
Adjustment of both center distance and tooth thickness is theoretically
valid, but is not the usual practice. This would call for needless fabrication
expense.

14.5.2 Dynamic Methods
Dynamic methods relate to the static techniques. However, they

involve a forced adjustment of either the effective tooth thickness or the
center distance.
1. Backlash Removal by Forced Tooth Contact
This is derived from static Case II. Referring to Figure 14-10a , a
forcing spring rotates the two gear halves apart. This results in an effective
tooth thickness that continually fills the entire tooth space in all mesh
positions.
2. Backlash Removal by Forced Center Distance Closing
This is derived from static Case III. A spring force is applied to close
the center distance; in one case as a linear force along the line-of-centers,
and in the other case as a torque applied to the swing arm.
In all of these dynamic methods, the applied external force should be
known and properly specified. The theoretical relationship of the forces
involved is as follows:
F > F1 + F2
(14-24)
where:
F1 = Transmission Load on Tooth Surface
F2 = Friction Force on Tooth Surface
(a) Rotary Adjustment
(b) Parallel Adjustment
(c) Axial Adjustment
If F < F1 + F2, then it would be impossible to remove backlash. But if

F is excessively greater than a proper level, the tooth surfaces would be
needlessly loaded and could lead to premature wear and shortened life.
Thus, in designing such gears, consideration must be given to not only the
needed transmission load, but also the forces acting upon the tooth surfaces
caused by the spring load. It is important to appreciate that the spring
loading must be set to accommodate the largest expected transmission
force, F1, and this maximum spring force is applied to the tooth surfaces
continually and irrespective of the load being driven.
3. Duplex Lead Worm
A duplex lead worm mesh is a special design in which backlash can be
adjusted by shifting the worm axially. It is useful for worm drives in high
Fig. 14-10 Ways of Reducing Backlash in Case II
T67
precision turntables and hobbing machines. Figure 14-12 presents the

basic concept of a duplex lead worm.

pR
pR
pR
pR
pL
pL
Fig. 14-12
pL
This discussion of spur and helical gear accuracy is based upon

JIS B 1702 standard. This specification describes 9 grades of gear
accuracy grouped from 0 through 8 and four types of pitch errors:
Single pitch error.
Pitch variation error.
Accumulated pitch error.
Normal pitch error.
Single pitch error, pitch variation and accumulated pitch errors are closely
related with each other.
15.1.1 Pitch Errors of Gear Teeth
0.5W + 1.4
4.0W + 11.2
Basic Concepts of Duplex Lead Worm
15.1 Accuracy Of Spur And Helical Gears
Single Pitch Error Accumulated Pitch Error Normal Pitch Error

fpt
Fp
fpb
0.71W + 2.0
7
8
GEAR ACCURACY
The Allowable Single Pitch Error, Accumulated Pitch

Error and Normal Pitch Error, m
JIS 0
1
pL
Gears are one of the basic elements used to transmit power and
position. As designers, we desire them to meet various demands:
1. Minimum size.
2. Maximum power capability.
3. Minimum noise (silent operation).
4. Accurate rotation/position.
To meet various levels of these demands requires appropriate degrees
of gear accuracy. This involves several gear features.
Grade
2
3
4
5
The lead or pitch, pL and pR , on the two sides of the worm thread are not
identical. The example in Figure 14-12 shows the case when pR > pL. To
produce such a worm requires a special dual lead hob.
The intent of Figure 14-12 is to indicate that the worm tooth thickness
is progressively bigger towards the right end. Thus, it is convenient to adjust
backlash by simply moving the duplex worm in the axial direction.
SECTION 15
Table 15-1
1.0W +
1.4W +
2.0W +
2.8W +
2.8
4.0
5.6
8.0
8.0W + 22.4
16.0W + 45.0
2.0W +
2.8W +
4.0W +
5.6W +
8.0W +
11.2W +
16.0W +
64.0W + 180.0
0.9W' + 1.4
1.25W' + 2.0
1.8W' + 2.8
2.5W' + 4.0
4.0W' + 6.3
6.3W' + 10.0
10.0W' + 16.0
20.0W' + 32.0
40.0W' + 64.0
In the above table, W and W' are the tolerance units defined as:

3
W = d + 0.65m (m)
(15-1)
W' = 0.56 W + 0.25m (m)
(15-2)
The value of allowable pitch variation error is k times the single pitch
error. Table 15-2 expresses the formula of the allowable pitch variation
error.
Table 15-2
The Allowable Pitch Variation Error, m
Single Pitch Error, f pt
less than 5
5 or more, but less than 10
more than 150
Pitch Variation Error, f pu

1.00fpt
1.06fpt
1.12fpt
1.18fpt
1.25fpt
1.32fpt
1.40fpt
1.50fpt
1.60fpt
Figure 15-1 is an example of pitch errors derived from data

measurements made with a dial indicator on a 15 tooth gear. Pitch
differences were measured between adjacent teeth and are plotted in the
figure. From that plot, single pitch, pitch variation and accumulated pitch
errors are extracted and plotted.
= Indicator Reading
= Single Pitch Error
= Accumulate Pitch Error
15
10
B
0
5
10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Tooth Position Number
NOTE: A = Max. Single Pitch Error

B = Max. Accumulated Error

C = Max. Pitch Variation Error
Fig. 15-1
T68
11.2
16.0
22.4
31.5
45.0
32.0W + 90.0
20
1. Single Pitch Error (f pt )

The deviation between actual measured pitch value
between any adjacent tooth surface and theoretical
circular pitch.
2. Pitch Variation Error (f pu )
Actual pitch variation between any two adjacent teeth.
In the ideal case, the pitch variation error will be zero.
3. Accumulated Pitch Error (F p )
Difference between theoretical summation over any
number of teeth interval, and summation of actual pitch
measurement over the same interval.
4. Normal Pitch Error (f pb )
It is the difference between theoretical normal pitch and
its actual measured value.
The major element to influence the pitch errors is the runout of gear
flank groove.
Table 15-1 contains the ranges of allowable pitch errors of spur gears
and helical gears for each precision grade, as specified in JIS B 17021976.
5.6
8.0
Examples of Pitch Errors for a 15 Tooth Gear
15.1.2 Tooth Profile Error, ff
Tooth profile error is the summation of deviation between actual tooth

profile and correct involute curve which passes through the pitch point
measured perpendicular to the actual profile. The measured band is the
actual effective working surface of the gear. However, the tooth modification
area is not considered as part of profile error.

15.1.3 Runout Error Of Gear Teeth, Fr
This error defines the runout of the pitch circle. It is the error in radial
position of the teeth. Most often it is measured by indicating the position
of a pin or ball inserted in each tooth space around the gear and taking the
largest difference. Alternately, particularly for fine pitch gears, the gear is
rolled with a master gear on a variable center distance fixture, which records
the change in the center distance as the measure of teeth or pitch circle
runout. Runout causes a number of problems, one of which is noise. The
source of this error is most often insufficient accuracy and ruggedness of
the cutting arbor and tooling system.

15.1.4 Lead Error, f
Lead error is the deviation of the actual advance of the tooth profile
from the ideal value or position. Lead error results in poor tooth contact,
particularly concentrating contact to the tip area. Modifications, such as
tooth crowning and relieving can alleviate this error to some degree.
Fig. 15-2
Table 15-3
Grade
Shown in Figure 15-2 is an Table 15-4 The Value of

example of a chart measuring tooth
Allowable OD and
profile error and lead error using a
Lateral Runout, m
Zeiss UMC 550 tester.
OD
Lateral
Grade
Table 15-3 presents the
Runout Runout
allowable tooth profile, runout and
0.5j
0.71q
JIS 0
lead errors per JIS B 1702-1976.
0.71j
1.0q
1
15.1.5. Outside Diameter
1.0j
1.4q
2
Runout and Lateral
1.4j
2.0q
3
Runout
2.0j
2.8q
4
To produce a high precision
2.8j
4.0q
5
gear requires starting with an
4.0j
5.6q
6
accurate gear blank. Two criteria
8.0j
11.2q
7
are very important:
22.4q
8 16.0j

1. Outside diameter (OD) runout.
3
where: j = 1.1 da + 5.5
2. Lateral (side face) runout.

da = Outside diameter
The lateral runout has a large
(mm)
impact on the gear tooth accuracy.

6d

q = + 3
Generally, the permissible runout

b + 50
error is related to the gear size.

d = Pitch diameter
Table 15-4 presents equations for
(mm)
allowable values of OD runout and
lateral runout.

b = Tooth width (mm)
A Sample Chart of Profile and Lead Error Measurement

The Value of Allowable Tooth Profile Error, Runout
Error and Lead Error, m
Tooth Profile Error

ff
Runout Error of Gear Groove

Fr
JIS 0
0.71m + 2.24
1.4W + 4.0
1
1.0m + 3.15
2.0W + 5.6
2
1.4m + 4.5
2.8W + 8.0
3
2.0m + 6.3
4.0W + 11.2
4
2.8m + 9.0
5.6W + 16.0
5
4.0m + 12.5
8.0W + 22.4
6
5.6m + 18.0
11.2W + 31.5
7
8.0m + 25.0
22.4W + 63.0
8
11.2m + 35.5
45.0W + 125.0

3
where: W = Tolerance unit = d + 0.65m (m)


m = Module (mm)
T69
Lead Error
F
0.63 (0.1b + 10)

0.71 (0.1b + 10)
0.80 (0.1b + 10)
1.00 (0.1b + 10)
1.25 (0.1b + 10)
1.60 (0.1b + 10)
2.00 (0.1b + 10)
2.50 (0.1b + 10)
3.15 (0.1b + 10)
15.2 Accuracy Of Bevel Gears

JIS B 1704 regulates the specification of a bevel gear's accuracy. It
also groups bevel gears into 9 grades, from 0 to 8.
There are 4 types of allowable errors:
1. Single Pitch Error.
2. Pitch Variation Error.
3. Accumulated Pitch Error.
4. Runout Error of Teeth (pitch circle).
These are similar to the spur gear errors.
1. Single Pitch Error, f pt
The deviation between actual measured pitch value between
any adjacent teeth and the theoretical circular pitch at the central
cone distance.
2. Pitch Variation Error, f pu
Absolute pitch variation between any two adjacent teeth at the
central cone distance.
3. Accumulated Pitch Error, Fp
Difference between theoretical pitch sum of any teeth interval,
and the summation of actual measured pitches for the same teeth
interval at the central cone distance.
4. Runout Error of Teeth, Fr
This is the maximum amount of tooth runout in the radial direction,
measured by indicating a pin or ball placed between two teeth at
the central cone distance. It is the pitch cone runout.
Table 15-5 presents equations for allowable values of these various
errors.
Table 15-5
Grade
JIS 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Equations for Allowable Single Pitch Error,

Accumulated Pitch Error and Pitch Cone
Runout Error, m
Runout Error of
Accumulated
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Cone
Pitch Error
fpf
Fr
Fp

0.4W + 2.65
1.6W + 10.6
2.36d

0.63W + 5.0
2.5W + 20.0
3.6d

1.0W + 9.5
4.0W + 38.0
5.3d

1.6W + 18.0
6.4W + 72.0
8.0d

2.5W + 33.5
10.0W + 134.0
12.0d

4.0W + 63.0
18.0d

6.3W + 118.0
27.0d

where:

60.0d

130.0d
3

W = Tolerance unit = d + 0.65m (m),
d = Pitch diameter (mm)
Table 15-6
The Formula of Allowable

Pitch Variation Error (m)
Single Pitch Error, fpt
Pitch Variation Error, fpu
Less than 70
1.3f pt
1.4f pt
1.5f pt
More than 150
1.6f pt
The equations of allowable pitch variations are in Table 15-6.

Besides the above errors, there are seven specifications for bevel gear
blank dimensions and angles, plus an eighth that concerns the cut gear
set:

1. The tolerance of the blank outside diameter and the crown
to back surface distance.

2. The tolerance of the outer cone angle of the gear blank.

3. The tolerance of the cone surface runout of the gear blank.

4. The tolerance of the side surface runout of the gear blank.

5. The feeler gauge size to check the flatness of blank back
surface.

6. The tolerance of the shaft runout of the gear blank.

7. The tolerance of the shaft bore dimension deviation of the
gear blank.

8. The contact band of the tooth mesh.
Item 8 relates to cutting of the two mating gears' teeth. The meshing
tooth contact area must be full and even across the profiles. This is an
important criterion that supersedes all other blank requirements.
15.3 Running (Dynamic) Gear Testing
An alternate simple means of testing the general accuracy of a gear
is to rotate it with a mate, preferably of known high quality, and measure
characteristics during rotation. This kind of tester can be either single
contact (fixed center distance method) or dual (variable center distance
method). This refers to action on one side or simultaneously on both sides
of the tooth. This is also commonly referred to as single and double flank
testing. Because of simplicity, dual contact testing is more popular than
single contact. JGMA has a specification on accuracy of running tests.
1. Dual Contact (Double Flank) Testing
In this technique, the gear is forced meshed with a master gear such
that there is intimate tooth contact on both sides and, therefore, no backlash.
The contact is forced by a loading spring. As the gears rotate, there is
variation of center distance due to various errors, most notably runout.
This variation is measured and is a criterion of gear quality. A full rotation
Total (One Turn) Running Error (TCE)
One Pitch Running Error (TTCE)

One Turn
Fig. 15-3
Example of Dual Contact Running Testing Report
presents the total gear error, while rotation through one pitch is a tooth-totooth error. Figure 15-3 presents a typical plot for such a test.
For American engineers, this measurement test is identical to what
AGMA designates as Total Composite Tolerance (or error) and Tooth-toTooth Composite Tolerance. Both of these parameters are also referred
to in American publications as "errors", which they truly are. Tolerance is a
design value which is an inaccurate description of the parameter, since it is
an error.
Allowable errors per JGMA 116-01 are presented on the next page, in
Table 15-7.
2. Single Contact Testing
In this test, the gear is mated with a master gear on a fixed center
distance and set in such a way that only one tooth side makes contact.
The gears are rotated through this single flank contact action, and the
angular transmission error of the driven gear is measured. This is a tedious
testing method and is seldom used except for inspection of the very highest
precision gears.
T70
Table 15-7
Grade
Allowable Values of Running Errors, m
Tooth-to-Tooth Composite Error
Total Composite Error

(1.4W
(2.0W
(2.8W
(4.0W
(5.6W
(8.0W
(11.2W
(22.4W
0
1.12m + 3.55
1
1.6m + 5.0
2
2.24m + 7.1
3
3.15m + 10.0
4
4.5m + 14.0
5
6.3m + 20.0
6
9.0m + 28.0
7
12.5m + 40.0
8
18.0m + 56.0

3
where: W = Tolerance unit = d + 0.65m (m)

d = Pitch diameter (mm)

m = Module
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
4.0) +
5.6) +
8.0) +
11.2) +
16.0) +
22.4) +
31.5) +
63.0) +
0.5 (1.12m + 3.55)

0.5 (1.6m + 5.0)
0.5 (2.24m + 7.1)
0.5 (3.15m + 10.0)
0.5 (4.5m + 14.0)
0.5 (6.3m + 20.0)
0.5 (9.0m + 28.0)
0.5 (12.5m + 40.0)
(45.0W + 125.0) + 0.5 (18.0m + 56.0)
Drive Gear
SECTION 16 GEAR FORCES

Fr1
F r1
In designing a gear, it is important to analyze the magnitude and

direction of the forces acting upon the gear teeth, shaft, bearings, etc. In
analyzing these forces, an idealized assumption is made that the tooth
forces are acting upon the central part of the tooth flank.
F u2
F u1
F u1
F r2
F u2
F r2
16.1 Forces In A Spur Gear Mesh

The spur gear's transmission force Fn, which is
b
normal to the tooth surface,
Fu
as in Figure 16-1, can be
resolved into a tangential
component, Fu, and a raFn
Fr
dial component, Fr. Refer to
Equation (16-1).
The direction of the
forces acting on the gears
Fig. 16-1 Forces Acting on a
are shown in Figure 16-2.
Spur Gear Mesh
The tangential component of
the drive gear, Fu1, is equal to
the driven gear's tangential component, Fu2, but the directions are opposite.
Similarly, the same is true of the radial components.
Table 16-1
Types of Gears
Spur Gear
Straight Bevel Gear
Spiral Bevel Gear
Worm
Drive
Screw
Gear
= 90
= 45
Worm
(Driver)
Wheel
(Driven)
Driver
Gear
Driven
Gear
Fig. 16-2
Directions of Forces Acting

on a Spur Gear Mesh
Fu = Fn cosb

Fr = Fn sinb
The helical gear's transmission force, Fn, which is normal to the tooth
surface, can be resolved into a tangential component, F1, and a radial
component, Fr, as shown in Figure 16-3.
Tangential Force, Fu
Axial Force, Fa
Radial Force, Fr
Fu tan
Fu tan
tann
Fu
cos
Fu tan sin
Fu tan cos
2000 T
Fu =
dm
When convex surface is working:
dm is the central
pitch diameter
dm = d b sin
When concave surface is working:
Fu
(tann sin sinm cos)

cosm
Fu
(tann sin + sinm cos )

cosm
2000 T
Fu = 1
d1
cosncos sin
Fu
cosnsin + cos
cosn cos sin

Fu
cosn sin + cos
2000 T
Fu = 1
d1
cosnsin cos
Fu
cosncos + sin
cosnsin cos
Fu
cosncos + sin
(16-1)
16.2 Forces In A Helical Gear Mesh
Forces Acting Upon a Gear
2000 T
Fu =
d
Helical Gear
Driven Gear
Fu
Fu
T71
Fu
(tann cos + sinm sin)

cosm
Fu
(tann cos sinm sin )

cosm
sinn
Fu
cosn sin + cos
sinn
Fu
cosncos + sin
16.3 Forces On A Straight Bevel Gear Mesh

Fa
The forces acting on a straight bevel gear are shown in Figure 16-5.
The force which is normal to the central part of the tooth face, Fn, can be
split into tangential component, Fu, and radial component, F1, in the normal
plane of the tooth.
F1
Fu = Fn cos

F1 = Fn sin

Fu
n
Fr
Fn
Forces Acting on a
Helical Gear Mesh
F1 = Fn cosn

Fr = Fn sinn
Fa
(16-2)
Fr
The tangential component, F1, can be further resolved into circular

subcomponent, Fu, and axial thrust subcomponent, Fa.
Fu = F1 cos

Fa = F1 sin

(16-3)
Fig. 16-5

Fa = F1 sin

Fr = F1 cos

F r1
Fa = Fu tann sin

Fr = Fu tann cos

F a2
F r2
F u1
F a1
F u1
Forces on the
Gear Tooth
F a2
F a1
F r2
Axial Force
Radial Force
F r1
F r1
F u1
F u1
F a1
F a2
F r2
Values of Axial Force, Fa, and Radial Force, Fr

z2
Ratio of Numbers of Teeth

z1
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
4.0
5.0
25.7
25.7
20.2
30.3
16.3
32.6
13.5
33.8
11.5
34.5
8.8
35.3
7.1
35.7
(2) Gear
F u2
Forces on the
Gear Tooth
Axial Force
Radial Force
Fig. 16-4

(16-7)
F u2
F r2
Left-Hand Pinion as Drive Gear

Right-Hand Gear as Driven Gear
F u2
F a2
Table 16-2
(1) Pinion
II
(16-6)
Let a pair of straight bevel gears with a shaft angle = 90, a

pressure angle n = 20 and tangential force, Fu, to the central part of tooth
face be 100. Axial force, Fa, and radial force, Fr, will be as presented in
Table 16-2.
F r1
F a1
And the following can be derived:
Right-Hand Pinion as Drive Gear

Left-Hand Gear as Driven Gear
F u2
Forces Acting on a
Straight Bevel Gear Mesh
Again, the radial component, F1, can be divided into an axial force, Fa,
and a radial force, Fr , perpendicular to the axis.
(16-4)
The directions of forces acting on a helical gear mesh are shown in

Figure 16-4. The axial thrust sub-component from drive gear, Fa1, equals
the driven gear's, F a2 , but their directions are opposite. Again, this case
is the same as tangential components Fu1, Fu2 and radial components F r1 ,
F r2 .
F1
Substituting and manipulating the above equations result in:

Fa = Fu tan

tann
Fr = Fu

cos
F1
Fu
Fn

(16-5)
F1
Fig. 16-3
Directions of Forces Acting on a

Helical Gear Mesh
T72

z2
Ratio of Numbers of Teeth

z1
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
4.0
5.0
25.7
25.7
30.3
20.2
32.6
16.3
33.8
13.5
34.5
11.5
35.3
8.8
35.7
7.1
Figure 16-6 contains the directions of forces acting on a straight bevel

gear mesh. In the meshing of a pair of straight bevel gears with shaft angle
= 90, all the forces have relations as per Equations (16-8).
F u1 = F u2

F r1 = F a2

F a1 = F r2

(16-8)
16.4.1 Tooth Forces On A Convex Side Profile
The transmission force, Fn, can be resolved into components F1 and Ft

as (see Figure 16-8):
F1 = Fncosn

Ft = Fnsinn

(16-9)
Then F1 can be resolved into components Fu and Fs:
Pinion as Drive Gear

Gear as Driven Gear
Fu = F1cosm

Fs = F1sinm

F r1
F u1
F r1
F u2
F a2
F u2
F a2
Ft
n
Fu
F1
F r2
F r2
(16-10)
Fs
Fa1
F a1
F1
Fa
F u1
Fn
Ft
Fs
Fr
Fig. 16-6
Directions of Forces Acting on a

Straight Bevel Gear Mesh
Fig. 16-8

16.4 Forces In A Spiral Bevel Gear Mesh

Spiral gear teeth have convex and concave sides. Depending on which
surface the force is acting on, the direction and magnitude changes. They
differ depending upon which is the driver and which is the driven. Figure
16-7 presents the profile orientations of right- and left-hand spiral teeth. If
the profile of the driving gear is convex, then the profile of the driven gear
must be concave. Table 16-3 presents the concave/convex relationships.
When Meshing on the

Convex Side of Tooth Face
On the axial surface, Ft and Fs can be resolved into axial and radial
subcomponents.
Fa = Ft sin Fs cos

Fr = Ft cos + Fs sin
(16-11)
(16-12)
By substitution and manipulation, we obtain:

Fu
Fa = (tannsin sinmcos)
cosm

Fu
Fr = (tanncos + sin sin)
cosm
Concave Surface

Gear Tooth
Convex Surface
Right-Hand Spiral
Fig. 16-7

Gear Tooth
Left-Hand Spiral
Convex Surface and Concave Surface

of a Spiral Bevel Gear
16.4.2 Tooth Forces On A Concave Side Profile
On the surface which is normal to the tooth profile at the central portion
of the tooth, the transmission force, Fn, can be split into F1 and Ft as (see
Figure 16-9):
F1 = Fn cosn

Ft = Fn sinn

F1
Fu
Table 16-3
Concave and Convex Sides of a

Spiral Bevel Gear Mesh
Right-Hand Gear as Drive Gear
(16-13)
F1
Fs
Ft
Meshing Tooth Face

Rotational Direction
of Drive Gear
Right-Hand Drive Gear Left-Hand Driven Gear
Clockwise
Convex
Concave
Counterclockwise
Concave
Convex
Left-Hand Gear as Drive Gear

Rotational Direction
of Drive Gear
Clockwise
Counterclockwise
Fs
Fa
Fr
Ft
Meshing Tooth Face
Left-Hand Drive Gear Right-Hand Driven Gear

Concave
Convex
Convex
Fn
Concave
Fig. 16-9

NOTE: The rotational direction of a bevel gear is defined as the direction one sees
viewed along the axis from the back cone to the apex.
T73
When Meshing on the

Concave Side of Tooth Face
And F1 can be separated into components Fu and Fs on the pitch

surface:
Fu = F1cosm

Fs = F1sinm

(16-14)
So far, the equations are identical to the convex case. However,

differences exist in the signs for equation terms. On the axial surface, Ft
and Fs can be resolved into axial and radial subcomponents. Note the sign
differences.
Fa = Ft sin + Fs cos

Fr = Ft cos Fs sin


Driver
F u1
F a2
F r2
F a1
1.5
2.0
2.5
Driver
F r1
F u1
F u2
F r2
F a1
3.0
4.0
Convex Side
of Tooth
18.1 33.6 42.8 48.5 52.4 57.2 59.9

80.9 75.8 71.1 67.3 64.3 60.1 57.3
Meshing Tooth
Face
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
4.0
Fig. 16-10
The Direction of Forces Carried by Spiral

Bevel Gears (1)
= 90, n = 20, m = 35, u 1.57357

F r2
II
Convex Side
of Tooth
15.2 20.0 26.1 29.8

18.1 1.9
8.4

80.9 82.9 82.5 81.5 80.5 78.7 77.4
F a1
F r1
F u2
F r1
F r2
F a2
F a1
F u2
F a2
Driver
F u2
F u1
F r1
F r2
F a1
F a2
Figure 16-10 describes the forces for a pair of spiral bevel gears with
shaft angle = 90, pressure angle n = 20, spiral angle m = 35 and the
teeth ratio, u, ranging from 1 to 1.57357.
Figure 16-11 expresses the forces of another pair of spiral bevel gears
taken with the teeth ratio equal to or larger than 1.57357.
T74
F u1

F r1
5.0
80.9 75.8 71.1 67.3 64.3 60.1 57.3

18.1 33.6 42.8 48.5 52.4 57.2 59.9
F u1
F u2
Driver

z
Ratio of Number of Teeth 2

z1
Concave Side
of Tooth
Fr1
F a2
5.0
Concave Side
of Tooth
F a1
F a2
F r2
F u1
80.9 82.9 82.5 81.5 80.5 78.7 77.4

18.1 1.9
8.4
15.2 20.0 26.1 29.8
(2) Gear
F a2

(16-16)

z
Ratio of Number of Teeth 2

z1
1.0
F u1
F u2
Values of Axial Thrust Force, Fa, and Radial Force,Fr
Meshing Tooth
Face
F r1
F u2
F a1
F r1
F r2
II
Let a pair of spiral bevel gears have a shaft angle =90, a pressure
angle n = 20, and a spiral angle m = 35. If the tangential force, Fu, to the
central portion of the tooth face is 100, the axial thrust force, Fa, and radial
force, Fr, have the relationship shown in Table 16-4.
The value of axial force, Fa, of a spiral bevel gear, from Table 16-4,
could become negative. At that point, there are forces tending to push the
two gears together. If there is any axial play in the bearing, it may lead to
the undesirable condition of the mesh having no backlash. Therefore, it
is important to pay particular attention to axial plays. From Table 16-4(2),
we understand that axial thrust force, Fa, changes from positive to negative
in the range of teeth ratio from 1.5 to 2.0 when a gear carries force on the
convex side. The precise turning point of axial thrust force, Fa, is at the teeth
ratio z1/z2=1.57357.
Table 16-4
(1) Pinion
(16-15)
The above can be manipulated to yield:

Fu
Fa =
(tann sin + sinm cos)
cosm

Fu
Fr = (tann cos sinm sin)
cosm
= 90, n = 20, m = 35, u < 1.57357.
Fig. 16-11
F u2
F r2
Fa1
F a2
F u1
The Direction of Forces Carried by Spiral

Bevel Gears (2)
16.5

Forces In A Worm Gear Mesh
Fn
16.5.1 Worm as the Driver
T2
Fu2
cosncos sin
R = =
tan =
tan
T1i
Fu1
cosnsin + cos
Fr1
For the case of a worm as the

driver, Figure 16-12, the transmission
force, Fn, which is normal to the tooth
surface at the pitch circle can be
resolved into components F1 and F r1 .
F1 = Fn cosn

F r1 = Fn sinn
The coefficient of friction has a great effect on the transmission of a

worm gear. Equation (16-21) presents the efficiency when the worm is the
driver.
F1

(16-17)
F1
Fu1
Fn
Fig. 16-12
F u1 = F1 sin + Fn cos

F a1 = F1 cos Fn sin
16.5.2 Worm Gear as the Driver
For the case of a worm gear as the driver, the forces are as in Figure
16-14 and per Equations (16-22).
Fa1
F u2 = Fn(cosncos + sin)

F a2 = Fn(cosnsin cos)

F r2 = Fnsinn

n
F2
At the pitch surface of the worm,

there is, in addition to the tangential
component, F1, a friction sliding force
on the tooth surface, Fn. These two
forces can be resolved into the circular
and axial directions as:
Forces Acting
on the Tooth
Surface of a
Worm
Fa2
(16-19)
(16-20)
F2
Fn
Figure 16-13 presents the direction of forces in a worm gear mesh with
a shaft angle = 90. These forces relate as follows:
F a1 = F u2

F u1 = F a2

F r1 = F r2

(16-22)
F r2
(16-18)
Fn
and by substitution, the result is:

F u1 = Fn (cosn sin + cos)

F a1 = Fn (cosn cos sin)

F r1 = Fn sinn

(16-21)
Fig. 16-14
Fu2
Forces in a Worm
Gear Mesh
When the worm and worm gear are at 90 shaft angle, Equations
(16-20) apply. Then, when the worm gear is the driver, the transmission
efficiency I is expressed as per Equation (16-23).
T1 i
F u1
cosn sin cos 1
I = =
=

T2
Fu2 tan
cosn cos + sin tan
Worm as Drive Gear
Right-Hand Worm Gear Worm Gear as Driven Gear
F a1
F u2
F a2
F u1
F u1
F a2
F u2
F r1
F a1
F r1
Driver
as Drive Gear
II Right-Hand Worm Gear Worm
Worm Gear as Driven Gear
F r2
F u2
F u1
F r1
Figure 16-13
F r2
F a1
F a2
F a1
F u1
F a2
Driver
The equations concerning worm and worm gear forces contain the
coefficient . This indicates the coefficient of friction is very important in the
transmission of power.
16.6
F r2
F r2
F r1
Direction of Forces in a
Worm Gear Mesh
F u2
(16-23)
Forces In A Screw
Gear Mesh
The forces in a screw

gear mesh are similar to
those in a worm gear mesh.
For screw gears that have a
shaft angle = 90, merely
replace the worm's lead
angle , in Equation (16-22),
with the screw gear's helix
angle 1.
In the general case
when the shaft angle is not
90, as in Figure 16-15, the
driver screw gear has the
same forces as for a worm
mesh. These are expressed
in Equations (16-24).
II
F a2
F u2
F a1
I
1
F u1
II
Fig. 16-15
F u1 = Fn(cosncos1 + sin1)

F a1 = Fn(cosnsin1 cos1)

Fr1 = Fn sinn

T75
The Forces in a
Screw Gear Mesh
(16-24)
Forces acting on the driven gear can be calculated per Equations

(16-25).
F u2 = F a1 sin + F u1 cos

F a2 = F u1 sin F a1 cos

F r2 = F r1
(16-25)
If the term in Equation (16-25) is 90, it becomes identical to

Equation (16-20). Figure 16-16 presents the direction of forces in a screw
gear mesh when the shaft angle = 90 and 1 = 2 = 45.

Right-Hand Gear
Gear as Driven Gear
F r1
F a1
F r2
F u2
F a2
F u2
F a2
F r1
F r2
Gear strength and durability relate to the power and forces to be

transmitted. Thus, the equations that relate tangential force at the pitch
circle, Ft (kgf), power, P (kw), and torque, T (kgfm) are basic to the
calculations. The relations are as follows:

102P 1.95 x 106P
2000T
Ft = = =

v
dw n
dw
(17-1)

F tv
106
P =
= F t d w n

102
1.95
(17-2)

F td w
974P
T =
=

2000
n
(17-3)
where: v : Tangential Speed of Working Pitch Circle (m/sec)

d wn

v =

19100
Driver
F u1
Conversion Formulas: Power, Torque and Force
F a1
F u1
d w : Working Pitch Diameter (mm)

n : Rotating Speed (rpm)
17.1 Bending Strength Of Spur And Helical Gears

In order to confirm an acceptable safe bending strength, it is necessary
to analyze the applied tangential force at the working pitch circle, Ft, vs.
allowable force, Ft lim. This is stated as:
II Left-Hand Gear
Ft Ft lim

Gear as Driven Gear
It should be noted that the greatest bending stress is at the root of the
flank or base of the dedendum. Thus, it can be stated:
Driver
F u1
F u2
F r1
F a1
F r1
F a2
F u2
F = actual stress on dedendum at root

Ft lim = allowable stress
Then Equation (17-4) becomes Equation (17-5)
F r2
F a2
F a1
F r2
F u1
F Flim

Directions of Forces in a Screw Gear Mesh
The strength of gears is generally expressed in terms of bending

strength and surface durability. These are independent criteria which can
have differing criticalness, although usually both are important.
Discussions in this section are based upon equations published in
the literature of the Japanese Gear Manufacturer Association (JGMA).
Reference is made to the following JGMA specifications:

Specifications of JGMA:
JGMA 401-01
JGMA 402-01
JGMA 403-01
JGMA 404-01
JGMA 405-01
Bending Strength Formula of Spur Gears and

Helical Gears
Surface Durability Formula of Spur Gears and
Helical Gears
Bending Strength Formula of Bevel Gears
Surface Durability Formula of Bevel Gears
The Strength Formula of Worm Gears
Generally, bending strength and durability specifications are applied to

spur and helical gears (including double helical and internal gears) used in
industrial machines in the following range:

Module:
Pitch Diameter:
Tangential Speed:
Rotating Speed:
m
d
v
n
1.5 to 25 mm
25 to 3200 mm
less than 25 m/sec
less than 3600 rpm
K L K FX

m nb
1
(kgf)
Ft lim = Flim

YFYY
KV KO
SF
(17-6)
Equation (17-6) can be converted into stress by Equation (17-7):
SECTION 17 STRENGTH AND DURABILITY OF GEARS
(17-5)
Equation (17-6) presents the calculation of Ft lim:
Fig. 16-16
(17-4)

Y F Y Y
KV KO
F = Ft
SF

mn b
K L K FX

17.1.1
(kgf/mm2)
(17-7)
Determination of Factors in the Bending Strength

Equation
If the gears in a pair have different blank widths, let the wider one be
bw and the narrower one be bs .
And if:

bw bs mn , bw and bs can be put directly into Equation (17-6).

bw bs > mn, the wider one would be changed to bs + mn and the
narrower one, bs , would be unchanged.

17.1.2 Tooth Profile Factor, YF
The factor YF is obtainable from Figure 17-1 based on the equivalent

number of teeth, zv, and coefficient of profile shift, x, if the gear has a
standard tooth profile with 20 pressure angle, per JIS B 1701. The
theoretical limit of undercut is shown. Also, for profile shifted gears the limit
of too narrow (sharp) a tooth top land is given. For internal gears, obtain the
factor by considering the equivalent racks.

17.1.3 Load Distribution Factor, Y
Load distribution factor is the reciprocal of radial contact ratio.

1
Y =

(17-8)
Table 17-1 shows the radial contact ratio of a standard spur gear.
T76
3.8
Normal STD Pressure

Angle n = 20
Addendum ha = 1.00 mn
Dedendum hf = 1.25 mn
Corner Radius of Cutter
= 0.375 mn
3.7
3.6
3.5
3.4
3.4
3.3
3.3
3.2
3.2
3.1
3.0
Th
2.7
3.0
2.9
2.8
eo
2.8
al
ic
et
nd
5
0.
X=
4
0. 3
X = 0.
X = 0.2
2.9
ut
c
er
3.1
it
im
2.7
Tooth Profile Factor, YF (Form Factor)
3.5
2.5
2.4
2.6
2.5
rro
1.8
10
hT
op
20
2.3
0.3
2.2
2.1
12
25
2.0
X = 0.8
X = 0.9
X = 1.0
Lim
it
1.9
1.8
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
25
30 35 40 45 50 60 80 100 200 400

z
Equivalent Spur Gear Number of Teeth zv =

cos3
Fig. 17-1 Chart of Tooth Profile Factor, YF
Table 17-1
15
X=
X = 0.7
wT
oot
11
2.4
0.2
0.4
X = 0.5
X = 0.6
Na
1.9
12
0.1
X=
2.2
2.0
X=
2.3
2.1
.1
2.6
30
Radial Contact Ratio of Standard Spur Gears,

35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
( = 20)
85
90
95
100
110
120
12 1.420
15 1.451 1.481
20 1.489 1.519 1.557
25 1.516 1.547 1.584 1.612
30 1.537 1.567 1.605 1.633 1.654
35 1.553 1.584 1.622 1.649 1.670 1.687
40 1.567 1.597 1.635 1.663 1.684 1.700 1.714
45 1.578 1.609 1.646 1.674 1.695 1.711 1.725 1.736
50 1.588 1.618 1.656 1.683 1.704 1.721 1.734 1.745 1.755
55 1.596 1.626 1.664 1.691 1.712 1.729 1.742 1.753 1.763 1.771
60 1.603 1.633 1.671 1.698 1.719 1.736 1.749 1.760 1.770 1.778 1.785
65 1.609 1.639 1.677 1.704 1.725 1.742 1.755 1.766 1.776 1.784 1.791 1.797
70 1.614 1.645 1.682 1.710 1.731 1.747 1.761 1.772 1.781 1.789 1.796 1.802 1.808
75 1.619 1.649 1.687 1.714 1.735 1.752 1.765 1.777 1.786 1.794 1.801 1.807 1.812 1.817
80 1.623 1.654 1.691 1.719 1.740 1.756 1.770 1.781 1.790 1.798 1.805 1.811 1.817 1.821 1.826
85 1.627 1.657 1.695 1.723 1.743 1.760 1.773 1.785 1.794 1.802 1.809 1.815 1.821 1.825 1.830 1.833
90 1.630 1.661 1.699 1.726 1.747 1.764 1.777 1.788 1.798 1.806 1.813 1.819 1.824 1.829 1.833 1.837 1.840
95 1.634 1.664 1.702 1.729 1.750 1.767 1.780 1.791 1.801 1.809 1.816 1.822 1.827 1.832 1.836 1.840 1.844 1.847
100 1.636 1.667 1.705 1.732 1.753 1.770 1.783 1.794 1.804 1.812 1.819 1.825 1.830 1.835 1.839 1.843 1.846 1.850 1.853
110 1.642 1.672 1.710 1.737 1.758 1.775 1.788 1.799 1.809 1.817 1.824 1.830 1.835 1.840 1.844 1.848 1.852 1.855 1.858 1.863
120 1.646 1.676 1.714 1.742 1.762 1.779 1.792 1.804 1.813 1.821 1.828 1.834 1.840 1.844 1.849 1.852 1.856 1.859 1.862 1.867 1.871
RACK 1.701 1.731 1.769 1.797 1.817 1.834 1.847 1.859 1.868 1.876 1.883 1.889 1.894 1.899 1.903 1.907 1.911 1.914 1.917 1.992 1.926
T77
17.1.4 Helix Angle Factor, Y
Helix angle factor can be obtained from Equation (17-9).

When 0 30, then Y = 1

120
When > 30, then Y = 0.75

(17-9)
17.1.5 Life Factor, KL
17.1.6 Dimension Factor of Root Stress, K FX

Actual tangential force
KO =
Nominal tangential force, Ft
KFX = 1.00
(17-10)
17.1.7 Dynamic Load Factor, KV
Dynamic load factor can be obtained from Table 17-3 based on the
precision of the gear and its pitch line linear speed.
Table 17-2
Number of Cyclic
Repetitions
17.1.9 Safety Factor for Bending Failure, SF
17.1.10 Allowable Bending Stress At Root, F lim
For the unidirectionally loaded gear, the allowable bending stresses at

the root are shown in Tables 17-5 to 17-8. In these tables, the value of F lim
is the quotient of the tensile fatigue limit divided by the stress concentration
factor 1.4. If the load is bidirectional, and both sides of the tooth are equally
loaded, the value of allowable bending stress should be taken as 2/3 of the
given value in the table. The core hardness means hardness at the center
region of the root.
Life Factor, KL
Hardness
HB 120 220
Hardness (2)
Over HB 220
Gears with Carburizing

Gears with Nitriding
Under 10000
1.4
1.5
1.2
1.4
1.5
Approx. 105
Approx. 106
1.1
1.1
Above 107
1.0
1.0
NOTES:

1.5
1.1
Cast iron gears apply to this column.

(2)
For induction hardened gears, use the core hardness.
1.0
(1)
Precision Grade of Gears

from JIS B 1702
Tooth Profile
Unmodified
(1)
Modified
1
Table 17-3
Dynamic Load Factor, KV

Tangential Speed at Pitch Line (m/s)
Under 1
1 to less 3 to less 5 to less 8 to less 12 to less 18 to less

than 5
than 8 than 12 than 18 than 25
than 3
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.5
1.0
1.05
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.0
1.1
1.15
1.2
1.3
1.5
1.0
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.0
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.1
1.4
1.5
1.2
1.5
Table 17-4
Impact from Prime Mover
Uniform Load
(Motor, Turbine,
Hydraulic Motor)
Light Impact Load

(Multicylinder Engine)
Medium Impact Load

(Single Cylinder Engine)
(17-11)
Safety factor, SF, is too complicated to be decided precisely. Usually,

it is set to at least 1.2.

Generally, this factor is unity.
Overload factor, KO, is the quotient of actual tangential force divided

by nominal tangential force, Ft . If tangential force is unknown, Table 17-4
provides guiding values.
We can choose the proper life factor, KL, from Table 17-2. The number
of cyclic repetitions means the total loaded meshings during its lifetime.
17.1.8 Overload Factor, KO
Overload Factor, KO
Impact from Load Side of Machine
Uniform Load
Medium Impact
Load
Heavy Impact
Load
1.0
1.25
1.75
1.25
1.5
2.0
1.5
1.75
2.25
T78
See Table 17-5 for F lim of gears without case hardening. Table 17-6
gives F lim of gears that are induction hardened; and Tables 17-7 and 17-8
give the values for carburized and nitrided gears, respectively. In Tables
Table 17-5
Material
17-8A and 17-8B, examples of calculations are given.
Gears Without Case Hardening

Hardness
Arrows indicate the ranges
SC37
SC42
SC46
SC49
SCC3
Cast
Steel
Gear
Normalized
Carbon
Steel
Gear
S25C
S35C
S43C
S48C S53C
|
S58C
Quenched
and
Tempered
Carbon
Steel
Gear
S35C
S43C
S48C
S53C
|
S58C
Quenched SMn443
and
SNC836
Tempered
|
Alloy
SCM435 SCM440
Steel
Gear
SNCM439
T79
HB
HV
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
230
240
250
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
126
136
147
157
167
178
189
200
210
221
231
242
252
263
167
178
189
200
210
221
231
242
252
263
273
284
295
305
231
242
252
263
273
284
295
305
316
327
337
347
358
369
380
Tensile Strength
Lower limit
kgf/mm2
(Reference)
37
42
46
49
55
60
39
42
45
48
51
55
58
61
64
68
71
74
77
81
51
55
58
61
64
68
71
74
77
81
84
87
90
93
71
74
77
81
84
87
90
93
97
100
103
106
110
113
117
F lim
kgf/mm2
10.4
12.0
13.2
14.2
15.8
17.2
13.8
14.8
15.8
16.8
17.6
18.4
19.0
19.5
20
20.5
21
21.5
22
22.5
18.2
19.4
20.2
21
22
23
23.5
24
24.5
25
25.5
26
26
26.5
25
26
27.5
28.5
29.5
31
32
33
34
35
36.5
37.5
39
40
41
Table 17-6
Material
Arrows indicate the

ranges
Quenched
and
Tempered
S43C
S48C
160
180
220
240
200
210
220
230
240
250
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
310
320
Normalized
Core
Hardness
HB
HV
Heat Treatment
Before Induction
Hardening
S43C
S48C
Structural
Carbon
Steel
Hardened
Throughout
Induction Hardened Gears
Structural
Alloy
SCM440
SMn443
Steel
SNCM439
Hardened
SNC836
Throughout
SCM435
Quenched
and
Tempered
167
189
231
252
210
221
231
242
252
263
242
252
263
273
284
295
305
316
327
337
Surface
F lim
Hardness kgf/mm2
HV
More than 550

"
"
"
More than 550

"
"
"
"
"
More than 550

"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
21
21
21.5
22
23
23.5
24
24.5
25
25
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36.5
75%
of the
above
Hardened
Except
Root Area
NOTES: 1. If a gear is not quenched completely, or not evenly, or has quenching cracks, the F lim will
drop dramatically.

2. If the hardness after quenching is relatively low, the value of F lim should be that given in
Table 17-5.
Table 17-7
Carburized Gears
Core Hardness
Material
Structural
Carbon
Steel
HB
S15C
S15CK
SCM415
Structural
Alloy
Steel
SNC415
SCM420
SNCM420
SNC815
Material
Table 17-8 Nitrided Gears

Surface
Core Hardness
Hardness
(Reference)
HB
HV
Alloy Steel
except
Nitriding Steel
More than HV 650
Nitriding Steel
SACM645
More than HV 650
NOTE:
140
150
160
170
180
190
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
370
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
220
240
260
280
300
231
252
273
295
316
337
358
380
231
252
273
295
316
HV
147
157
167
178
189
200
231
242
252
263
273
284
295
305
316
327
337
347
358
369
380
390
F lim
kgf/mm2
30
33
36
38
40
42
44
46
32
35
38
41
44
The above two tables apply only to those gears which have
adequate depth of surface hardness. Otherwise, the gears
should be rated according to Table 17-5.
T80
F lim
kgf/mm2
18.2
19.6
21
22
23
24
34
36
38
39
41
42.5
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
51.5
52
17.1.11 Example of Bending Strength Calculation
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Table 17-8A
Item
Normal Module
Normal Pressure Angle
Helix Angle
Number of Teeth
Center Distance
Pitch Circle Diameter
Working Pitch Circle Diameter
Tooth Width
Precision Grade
Manufacturing Method
Surface Roughness
Linear Speed
Direction of Load
Duty Cycle
Material
Heat Treatment
Surface Hardness
Core Hardness
Effective Carburized Depth
Table 17-8B
Item
Allowable Bending Stress at Root
Normal Module
Tooth Width
Tooth Profile Factor
Load Distribution Factor
Helix Angle Factor
Life Factor
Dimension Factor of Root Stress
Dynamic Load Factor
Overload Factor
Safety Factor
Allowable Tangential Force on
12
Working Pitch Circle
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Spur Gear Design Details
Symbol
mn
n
z
ax
x
d
dw
b
Unit
mm
degree
m
d
v
n
20
2
20
0
60
Bending Strength Factors
Symbol
Unit
F lim
kgf/mm2
mn
mm
b
YF

Y
Y
KL
KFX
KV
KO
SF
kgf
Ft lim
1.5 to 25 mm
25 to 3200 mm
less than 25 m/sec
less than 3600 rpm
Gear
40
+0.15
0.15
40.000
80.000
40.000
80.000
20
20
JIS 5
JIS 5
Hobbing
12.5 m
1500
750
3.142
Unidirectional
Over 107 cycles
SCM 415
Carburizing
HV 600 640
HB 260 280
0.3 0.5
mm
Pinion
2.568
42.5
2
20
0.619
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.4
1.0
1.2
636.5
Gear
2.535
644.8
surface stress, H lim . The Hertz stress H is calculated from the tangential
force, Ft . For an acceptable design, it must be less than the allowable Hertz
stress H lim . That is:
H H lim
(17-12)
The tangential force, Ft lim, in kgf, at the standard pitch circle, can be
calculated from Equation (17-13).

u
K HL Z L Z R Z V Z W K HX 2
1
1
Ft lim = H lim2d1bH (
)
(17-13)
u1
ZH ZM Z Z
K H K V K O SH2
17.2.1 Conversion Formulas
To rate gears, the required transmitted power and torques must be

converted to tooth forces. The same conversion formulas, Equations (171), (17-2) and (17-3), of SECTION 17 are applicable to surface strength
calculations.

mm
cycles
The following equations can be applied to both spur and helical gears,
including double helical and internal gears, used in power transmission. The
general range of application is:
Module:
Pitch Circle:
Linear Speed:
Rotating Speed:
mm
rpm
m/s
n
v
17.2 Surface Strength Of Spur And Helical Gears
Pinion
17.2.2 Surface Strength Equations
As stated in SECTION 17.1, the tangential force, Ft, is not to exceed the
allowable tangential force, Ft lim . The same is true for the allowable Hertz
T81
The Hertz stress H (kgf/mm2) is calculated from Equation (17-14), where u

is the ratio of numbers of teeth in the gear pair.
H =

F

db
t
u1
ZH ZM Z Z

u
K H L Z L Z R Z V Z W K HX
KV KO SH
(17-14)
The "+" symbol in Equations (17-13) and (17-14) applies to two

external gears in mesh, whereas the "" symbol is used for an internal gear
and an external gear mesh. For the case of a rack and gear, the quantity
u/(u 1) becomes 1.
17.2.3
Determination Of Factors In The Surface Strength Equations
17.2.3.A Effective Tooth Width, bH (mm)

The narrower face width of the meshed gear pair is assumed to
be the effective width for surface strength. However, if there are tooth
modifications, such as chamfer, tip relief or crowning, an appropriate amount
should be subtracted to obtain the effective tooth width.
17.2.3.B Zone Factor, ZH
2cos cos
1
2cos

=
cos sin
cos
tan
b
wt
(17-15)
wt
wt
where:
b = tan1(tan cost)
The zone factors are presented in Figure 17-2 for tooth profiles per JIS
B 1701, specified in terms of profile shift coefficients x1 and x2, numbers of
teeth z1 and z2 and helix angle .
The "+" symbol in Figure 17-2 applies to external gear meshes,
whereas the "" is used for internal gear and external gear meshes.
Table 17-9 contains several combinations of material and their material

factor.
This factor is fixed at 1.0 for spur gears.

For helical gear meshes, Z is calculated as follows:
Helical gear:
When 1,

Z = 1 +

When > 1,

1
Z =

2.9
0
)
x2 =
(x1 z2)
z 1
(
3.0
01
0.
0
.01
2.7
0.0
2.6
0.0
2.4
+ 0.01
2.3
2.1
2.0
1.9
05
025
0
+ 0.0025
+ 0.0
05
2.5
2.2
.02
2.8
Zone Factor ZH
17.2.4 Contact Ratio Factor, Z
where: = Radial contact ratio

= Overlap ratio
17.2.3.C Material Factor, ZM
+ 0.015
+ 0.025
+ 0.04
+ 0.06
+ 0.08
+ 0.02
+ 0.03
+ 0.05
+ 0.07
+ 0.09
+ 0.1
1.8
1.7
1.6
1.5
(17-16)
where:
= Poisson's Ratio, and E = Young's Modulus
The zone factor is defined as:

ZH =

ZM =
1 12
1 22

( +
)

E1
E2
10
15
20
25
30
35
Helix Angle on Standard Pitch Cylinder
Fig. 17-2 Zone Factor ZH
T82
40
45
(17-17)
Table 17-9
Material Factor, ZM
Meshing Gear
Gear
E
Young's Poisson's
Symbol
Modulus
Ratio
kgf/mm2
Material
Material
E
Factor
Young's Poisson's
ZM
Symbol Modulus
Ratio
(kgf/mm2)0.5
2
kgf/mm
Material
Structural Steel
Structural
Steel
Cast Steel
21000
Ductile Cast Iron

Gray Cast Iron
Cast Steel
SC
20500
0.3
Gray Cast Iron
FCD
17600
FC
12000
21000
60.6
SC
20500
60.2
FCD
17600
57.9
FC
12000
51.7
SC
20500
FCD
17600
FC
12000
51.5
FCD
17600
55.5
Gray Cast Iron
FC
12000
50.0
Gray Cast Iron
FC
12000
45.8
Cast Steel
Ductile Cast Iron
Gray Cast Iron
Ductile
Cast Iron
Ductile Cast Iron
59.9
0.3
57.6
* NOTE: Structural steels are SC, SNC, SNCM, SCr, SCM, etc.
17.2.5 Helix Angle Factor, Z
17.2.7 Lubricant Factor, ZL
The lubricant factor is based upon the lubricant's kinematic viscosity at

50C. See Figure 17-3.
Z = 1.0
(17-18)
Lubricant Factor
This is a difficult parameter to evaluate. Therefore, it is assumed to be

1.0 unless better information is available.
17.2.6 Life Factor, KHL
This factor reflects the number of repetitious stress cycles. Generally, it

is taken as 1.0. Also, when the number of cycles is unknown, it is assumed
to be 1.0.
When the number of stress cycles is below 10 million, the values of
Table 17-10 can be applied.
1.2
Normalized Gear
1.1
Surface Hardened Gear
1.0
0.9
0.8
100
200
The Kinematic Viscosity at 50 C, cSt
300
NOTE: Normalized gears include quenched and tempered gears

Fig. 17-3
Life Factor, KHL
Life Factor
1.5
1.3
1.15
1.0
NOTES: 1. The duty cycle is the meshing

cycles during a lifetime.

2. Although an idler has two meshing
points in one cycle, it is still
regarded as one repetition.

3. For bidirectional gear drives, the
larger loaded direction is taken as
the number of cyclic loads.
17.2.8 Surface Roughness Factor, ZR

This factor is obtained from Figure 17-4 on the basis of the average
roughness Rmaxm (m). The average roughness is calculated by Equation
(17-19) using the surface roughness values of the pinion and gear, Rmax1 and
Rmax2, and the center distance, a, in mm.

Rmax1 + Rmax2 3 100
Rmaxm =
(m)
(17-19)

2
a

Roughness Factor
Table 17-10
Duty Cycles
less than 105
approx. 105
approx. 106
above 107
Lubricant Factor, ZL
T83
1.1
1.0
0.9
Normalized Gear
0.8
0.7
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Average Roughness, Rmax m (m)
Fig. 17-4 Surface Roughness Factor, ZR
This factor relates to the linear speed of the pitch line. See Figure
17-5.
(a) When tooth contact under load is not predictable: This case
relates the ratio of the gear face width to the pitch diameter, the shaft
bearing mounting positions, and the shaft sturdiness. See Table 17-11.
This attempts to take into account the case where the tooth contact under
load is not good or known.
Sliding Speed Factor
17.2.9 Sliding Speed Factor, ZV
1.2
1.1
Normalized Gear
1.0
0.8
(b) When tooth contact under load is good: In this case, the shafts
are rugged and the bearings are in good close proximity to the gears,
resulting in good contact over the full width and working depth of the tooth
flanks. Then the factor is in a narrow range, as specified below:
Surface Hardened
Gear
0.9
0.5
KH = 1.0 1.2
2
4
6 8 10
20 25 (40) (60)
Linear Speed at Pitch Circle, v (m/s)
NOTE: Normalized gears include quenched and tempered gears.
Fig. 17-5 Sliding Speed Factor, ZV
17.2.10 Hardness Ratio Factor, ZW
where: HB2 = Brinell hardness of gear range: 130 HB2 470

If a gear is out of this range, the ZW is assumed to be 1.0.
Because the conditions affecting this parameter are often unknown, the
factor is usually set at 1.0.
(17-21)
Table 17-11
17.2.13 Dynamic Load Factor, KV
17.2.14 Overload Factor, Ko
The overload factor is obtained from either Equation (17-11) or from

Table 17-4.

17.2.15 Safety Factor For Pitting, SH
The causes of pitting involves many environmental factors and usually

is difficult to precisely define. Therefore, it is advised that a factor of at least
1.15 be used.

17.2.11 Dimension Factor, KHX
KHX = 1.0
17.2.16 Allowable Hertz Stress, H lim
The values of allowable Hertz stress for various gear materials are
listed in Tables 17-12 through 17-16. Values for hardness not listed can be
estimated by interpolation. Surface hardness is defined as hardness in the
pitch circle region.
Tooth Flank Load Distribution Factor for Surface Strength, KH

Method of Gear Shaft Support
d1
Gear
Equidistant
from Bearings
Bearings on Both Ends

Gear Close to
One End
(Rugged Shaft)
Gear Close
to One End
(Weak Shaft)
Bearing
on One End
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.0
1.1
1.3
1.45
1.2
1.5
1.05
1.65
1.85
1.1
1.3
1.7
1.2
1.45
1.85
2.0
1.3
2.15
1.6
2.0
1.8
2.1
1.4
2.2
2.05
1.5
1.8
2.1
NOTES: 1. The b means effective face width of spur & helical gears. For double helical
gears, b is face width including central groove.

2. Tooth contact must be good under no load.

3. The values in this table are not applicable to gears with two or more mesh
points, such as an idler.
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
(17-22)
Dynamic load factor is obtainable from Table 17-3 according to the

gear's precision grade and pitch line linear speed.
The hardness ratio factor applies only to the gear that is in mesh with a
pinion which is quenched and ground. The ratio is calculated by Equation
(17-20).

HB2 130
ZW = 1.2
(17-20)

1700
17.2.12 Tooth Flank Load Distribution Factor, KH
T84
Table 17-12 Gears without Case Hardening Allowable Hertz Stress

Surface
Hardness
Material
Cast
Steel
S25C
Normalized
Structural
Steel
S35C
S43C
S35C
S48C S53C
|
S58C
Quenched
and
Tempered
Structural
Steel
S43C
S48C
S53C
|
S58C
SMn443
Quenched
and
Tempered
Alloy
Steel
HB
HV
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
230
240
250
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
310
320
330
340
350
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
370
380
390
400
126
136
147
157
167
178
189
200
210
221
231
242
253
263
167
178
189
200
210
221
231
242
252
263
273
284
295
305
316
327
337
347
358
369
231
242
252
263
273
284
295
305
316
327
337
347
358
369
380
391
402
413
424
SC37
SC42
SC46
SC49
SCC3
SNC836
|
SCM435
SCM440
SNCM439
T85
Lower Limit of
Tensile Strength
kgf/mm2
(Reference)
37
42
46
49
55
60
39
42
45
48
51
55
58
61
64
68
71
74
77
81
51
55
58
61
64
68
71
74
77
81
84
87
90
93
97
100
103
106
110
113
71
74
77
81
84
87
90
93
97
100
103
106
110
113
117
121
126
130
135
H lim
kgf/mm2
34
35
36
37
39
40
41.5
42.5
44
45
46.5
47.5
49
50
51.5
52.5
54
55
56.5
57.5
51
52.5
54
55.5
57
58.5
60
61
62.5
64
65.5
67
68.5
70
71
72.5
74
75.5
77
78.5
70
71.5
73
74.5
76
77.5
79
81
82.5
84
85.5
87
88.5
90
92
93.5
95
96.5
98
Table 17-13
Gears with Induction Hardening Allowable Hertz Stress

Heat Treatment
before
Induction Hardening
Material
Normalized
Structural
Carbon
Steel
S43C
S48C
Quenched
and
Tempered
SMn443
SCM435
SCM440
SNC836
SNCM439
Structural
Alloy
Steel
Table 17-14
Effective
Carburized Depth
S15C
S15CK
Structural
Alloy
Steel
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
560
580
600 and above
500
520
540
560
580
600
620
640
660
680 and above
500
520
540
560
580
600
620
640
660
680 and above
H lim
kgf/mm2
77
80
82
85
87
90
92
93.5
95
96
96
99
101
103
105
106.5
107.5
108.5
109
109.5
109
112
115
117
119
121
123
124
125
126
Carburized Gears Allowable Hertz Stress
Material
Structural
Carbon
Steel
Quenched
and
Tempered
Surface
Hardness
HV (Quenched)
SCM415
Relatively
Shallow
(See
Table 17-14A,
row A)
Relatively
Shallow
(See
Table 17-14A,
row A)
SCM420
SNC420
SNC815
SNCM420
Relatively
Thick
(See
Table 17-14A,
row B)
Surface
Hardness
HV (Quenched)
580
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
800
580
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
800
580
600
620
640
660
680
700
720
740
760
780
800
H lim
kgf/mm2
115
117
118
119
120
120
120
119
118
117
115
113
131
134
137
138
138
138
138
137
136
134
132
130
156
160
164
166
166
166
164
161
158
154
150
146
NOTES: 1. Gears with thin effective carburized depth have "A" row values in the Table
17-14A. For thicker depths, use "B" values. The effective carburized
depth is defined as the depth which has the hardness greater than HV
513 or HRC 50.

2. The effective carburizing depth of ground gears is defined as the residual
layer depth after grinding to final dimensions.
T86
Relative Radius
of Curvature (mm)
Table 17-14A
Module
1.5 2
3
4
5
6
8 10 15 20 25
A 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.8
Depth, mm
B 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.4 2.0 2.5 3.4
NOTE: For two gears with large numbers of teeth in mesh, the maximum
shear stress point occurs in the inner part of the tooth beyond the
carburized depth. In such a case, a larger safety factor, SH, should
be used.
20
10
Gear Ratio
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
60
50
40
30
20
20
15
10
10
n = 25 22.5 20
8
7
6
5
80 100
Fig. 17-6
Table 17-15
Nitriding
Steel
NOTE:

SACM 645
etc.
200
Standard Processing Time
120
Extra Long Processing Time
130 140
In order to ensure the proper strength, this table applies only to those gears which have
adequate depth of nitriding. Gears with insufficient nitriding or where the maximum shear
stress point occurs much deeper than the nitriding depth should have a larger safety
factor, SH.
Material
Structural Steel
or
Alloy Steel
Gears with Soft Nitriding(1) Allowable Hertz Stress

H lim kgf/mm 2
Nitriding
Time
Hours
less than 10
10 to 20
more than 20
100
90
80
110
100
90
Relative Radius of Curvature mm(2)
6
120
110
NOTES: (1) Applicable to salt bath soft nitriding and gas soft nitriding gears.

(2) Relative radius of curvature is obtained from Figure 17-6.
17.2.17 Example Of Surface Strength Calculation
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
400 500 600 700 800
H lim kgf/mm2
Over HV 650
Table 17-16
300
Gears with Nitriding Allowable Hertz Stress
Surface Hardness
(Reference)
Material
150
Center Distance a (mm)

Relative Radius of Curvature
Table 17-16A
Item
Normal Module
Helix Angle
Number of Teeth
Center Distance
Working Pitch Circle Diameter
Tooth Width
Precision Grade
Surface Roughness
Linear Speed
Direction of Load
Duty Cycle
Material
Heat Treatment
Surface Hardness
Core Hardness
Spur Gear Design Details
Symbol
mn
n
z
ax
x
d
dw
b
Unit
mm
degree
mm
mm
rpm
m/s
n
v
cycle
mm
T87
Pinion
20
100
2
20
0
60
Gear
40
+0.15
0.15
40.000
80.000
40.000
80.000
20
20
JIS 5
JIS 5
Hobbing
12.5 m
1500
750
3.142
Unidirectional
Over 107 Cycles
SCM 415
Carburizing
HV 600 640
HB 260 280
0.3 0.5
Table 17-16B Surface Strength Factors Calculation

Item
Symbol
Unit
Pinion
Gear
H lim
kgf/mm2
164
Allowable Hertz Stress
d1
40
Pitch Diameter of Pinion
mm
bH
20
Effective Tooth Width
u
2
Teeth Ratio
(z2 /z1)
ZH
2.495
Zone Factor
ZM
(kgf/mm2)0.5
60.6
Material Factor
Z
1.0
Contact Ratio Factor
Z
1.0
Helix Angle Factor
KHL
1.0
Life Factor
ZL
1.0
Lubricant Factor
ZR
0.90
Surface Roughness Factor
ZV
0.97
ZW
1.0
Hardness Ratio Factor
KHX
1.0
KH
1.025
KV
1.4
Dynamic Load Factor
KO
Overload Factor
1.0
SH
Safety Factor for Pitting
1.15
19 Allowable Tangential Force on Standard
Ft lim
251.9
251.9
kgf
Pitch Circle
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
17.3 Bending Strength Of Bevel Gears

This information is valid for bevel gears which are used in power
transmission in general industrial machines. The applicable ranges are:

Module:
m

Pitch Diameter: d

Linear Speed:
v

Rotating Speed: n

1.5 to 25 mm
less than 1600 mm for straight bevel gears
less than 1000 mm for spiral bevel gears
less than 25 m/sec
less than 3600 rpm
from Equation (17-28).

Ra 0.5b
1
K L K FX
1
Ftm lim = 0.85cosmF limmb
(
)

Ra
Y FY Y Y C
K M K V K O KR
(17-28)
where: m : Central spiral angle (degrees)

m : Radial module (mm)
Ra : Cone distance (mm)
And the bending strength F (kgf/mm2) at the root of tooth is calculated
from Equation (17-29).
17.3.1 Conversion Formulas
In calculating strength, tangential force at the pitch circle, Ftm, in kgf;

power, P , in kW, and torque, T , in kgfm, are the design criteria. Their basic
relationships are expressed in Equations (17-23) through (17-25).

YFYYYC
Ra
K MK V K O
F = Ftm
(
)KR

0.85cosm mb Ra 0.5b
K L K FX

(17-29)
17.3.3 Determination of Factors in Bending Strength Equations
17.3.3.A Tooth Width, b (mm)
102P 1.95 x 106P

2000T
Ftm = = =
vm
d mn
dm
(17-23)
F tm v m
P = = 5.13 x 107 F tm d m n
102
(17-24)
The term b is defined as the tooth width on the pitch cone, analogous to
face width of spur or helical gears. For the meshed pair, the narrower one
is used for strength calculations.
F tm d m 974P
T = =
2000
n
(17-25)
where:
vm : Tangential speed at the central pitch circle
d mn
vm =
19100

dm : Central pitch circle diameter
dm = d bsin
17.3.2 Bending Strength Equations
The tangential force, Ftm, acting at the central pitch circle should be less
than or equal to the allowable tangential force, Ftm lim, which is based upon
the allowable bending stress F lim. That is:
Ftm Ftm lim
(17-26)
The bending stress at the root, F , which is derived from Ftm should be
less than or equal to the allowable bending stress F lim.
F F lim
(17-27)
The tangential force at the central pitch circle, F tmlim (kgf), is obtained
T88
17.3.3.B Tooth Profile Factor, YF
The tooth profile factor is a function of profile shift, in both the radial and
axial directions. Using the equivalent (virtual) spur gear tooth number, the
first step is to de1.6
termine the radial
1.5
tooth profile factor,
Y FO, from Figure
1.4
17-8 for straight
1.3
bevel gears and
Figure 17-9 for
1.2
spiral bevel gears.
1.1
Next, determine
the axial shift fac1.0
tor, K, with Equa0.9
tion (17-33) from
which the axial shift
0.8
correction factor,
0.7
C, can be obtained
using Figure 17-7.
0.6
Finally, calculate YF
0.5
by Equation (170.3 0.2 0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
30).
Axial Shift Factor, K
Correction Factor C

YF = CYFO
Fig. 17-7
Correction Factor for Axial Shift, C

(17-30)
Should the bevel gear pair not have any axial shift, then the coefficient
C is 1, as per Figure 17-7. The tooth profile factor, YF, per Equation (17-31)
is simply the YFO. This value is from Figure 17-8 or 17-9, depending upon
whether it is a straight or spiral bevel gear pair. The graph entry parameter
values are per Equation (17-32).
YF = YFO
(17-31)

z

zv =

cos cos3m

ha ha0

x =

m

(17-32)
where: ha = Addendum at outer end (mm)

h a0 = Addendum of standard form (mm)
m = Radial module (mm)
1
2(ha ha0)tann
K = {s 0.5m
}
m
cosm
17.3.3.C Load Distribution Factor, Y

Load distribution factor is the reciprocal of radial contact ratio.

1
Y =
(17-34)

The radial contact ratio for a straight bevel gear mesh is:

(Rva12 Rvb12) + (Rva22 Rvb22) (Rv1 + Rv2 )sin

mcos
And the radial contact ratio for spiral bevel gear is:

(Rva12 Rvb12) + (Rva22 Rvb22) (Rv1 + Rv2 )sint

mcos t
The axial shift factor, K, is computed from the formula:
4.1
4.0
x=
x=

n = 20
Addendum ha = 1.000 m
Dedendum hf = 1.188 m
Corner Radius of Tool
= 0.12 m
Spiral Angle m = 0
x=
3.7
.3
3.7
0.
3.8
0.5
3.9
.2
3.5
x=
3.5
3.4
.1
3.4
3.3
3.3
x
=
0
Radial Tooth Profile Factor (Form Factor) YFO
3.6
x=
3.6
3.2
3.2
3.1
3.0
2.9
x=
2.8
3.1
0.
3.0
2.9
0.2
2.8
2.7
2.7
x=
2.6
2.5
0.3
x=
2.4
2.6
2.5
0.4
2.4
x=0
.5
2.3
2.3
2.2
2.2
2.1
2.1
2.0
12
13
14
15
(17-33)
2.0
16 17 18 19 20
25
30
35 40 45 50 60 80 100 200 400
Equivalent Spur Gear Number of Teeth, zv
Fig. 17-8 Radial Tooth Profile Factor for Straight Bevel Gear
T89
(17-35)
4.1
0.4
x=
3.8
0.
3.7
x=
3.7
3.5
.1
0
3.5
3.6
.2
x=
3.6
3.4
3.4
x=
3.3
3.3
3.2
3.2
x
=
1
0.
Radial Tooth Profile Factor (Form Factor) YFO
0.5
x=
3.9
x=
4.0

n = 20
Addendum ha = 0.850 m
Dedendum hf = 1.038 m
Corner Radius of Tool
= 0.12 m
Spiral Angle m = 35
3.1
x=
3.0
2.9
2.8
x=
2.7
2.6
x=
2.5
2.4
3.1
3.0
0.2
2.9
2.8
0.3
2.7
2.6
0.4
2.5
2.4
x=0
.5
2.3
2.3
2.2
2.2
2.1
2.1
2.0
12
13
14
15
2.0
16 17 18 19 20
25
30
35 40 45 50 60 80 100 200 400
Equivalent Spur Gear Number of Teeth, zv
Fig. 17-9
Radial Tooth Profile Factor for Spiral Bevel Gear
See Tables 17-17 through 17-19 for some calculating examples of

radial contact ratio for various bevel gear pairs.
Table 17-17
z2
z1
12
15
Table 17-18
The Radial Contact Ratio for

Gleason's Straight Bevel Gear,
16
18
20
25
30
36
40
45
z2
60
z1
12
15

Standard Bevel Gear,
16
18
20
25
30
36
40
45
60
12
1.514
15
1.545 1.572
1.529 1.578 1.588
16
1.554 1.580 1.588
1.528 1.584 1.597 1.616
18
1.571 1.595 1.602 1.616
20
1.525 1.584 1.599 1.624 1.640
20
1.585 1.608 1.615 1.628 1.640
25
1.518 1.577 1.595 1.625 1.650 1.689
25
1.614 1.636 1.643 1.655 1.666 1.689
30
1.512 1.570 1.587 1.618 1.645 1.697 1.725
30
1.634 1.656 1.663 1.675 1.685 1.707 1.725
36
1.508 1.563 1.579 1.609 1.637 1.692 1.732 1.758
36
1.651 1.674 1.681 1.692 1.703 1.725 1.742 1.758
40
1.506 1.559 1.575 1.605 1.632 1.688 1.730 1.763 1.775
40
1.659 1.683 1.689 1.702 1.712 1.734 1.751 1.767 1.775
45
1.503 1.556 1.571 1.600 1.626 1.681 1.725 1.763 1.781 1.794
45
1.666 1.691 1.698 1.711 1.721 1.743 1.760 1.776 1.785 1.794
1.500 1.549 1.564 1.591 1.615 1.668 1.710 1.751 1.773 1.796 1.833
60
1.680 1.707 1.714 1.728 1.739 1.762 1.780 1.796 1.804 1.813 1.833
12
1.514
15
1.529 1.572
16
18
60
= 90, = 20
T90
= 90, = 20
Table 17-19
z1 12
z2
15

Gleason's Spiral Bevel Gear,
16
18
20
25
30
36
40
45
60
17.3.3.H Tooth Flank Load Distribution Factor, KM

Tooth flank load distribution factor, KM, is obtained from Table 17-22
or Table 17-23.
12
1.221
15
1.228 1.254
16
1.227 1.258 1.264
18
1.225 1.260 1.269 1.280
20
1.221 1.259 1.269 1.284 1.293
25
1.214 1.253 1.263 1.282 1.297 1.319
30
1.209 1.246 1.257 1.276 1.293 1.323 1.338
Very Stiff
36
1.204 1.240 1.251 1.270 1.286 1.319 1.341 1.355
40
1.202 1.238 1.248 1.266 1.283 1.316 1.340 1.358 1.364
Average
45
1.201 1.235 1.245 1.263 1.279 1.312 1.336 1.357 1.366 1.373
Somewhat Weak
60
1.197 1.230 1.239 1.256 1.271 1.303 1.327 1.349 1.361 1.373 1.392
Table 17-22
= 90, n = 20, m = 35
Stiffness of Shaft,
Gear Box, etc.
Table 17-23
17.3.3.E Cutter Diameter Effect Factor, YC

This factor of cutter diameter, YC, can be obtained from Table 17-20
by the value of tooth flank length, b / cosm (mm), over cutter diameter. If
cutter diameter is not known, assume YC = 1.00.
Cutter Diameter Effect Factor, YC
1.15
Spiral and Zerol Bevel Gears
1.00
0.95
0.90
17.3.3.G Dimension Factor Of Root Bending Stress, K FX

This is a size factor that is a function of the radial module, m. Refer to
Table 17-21 for values.
Table 17-21
Dimension Factor for Bending Strength, K FX

Gears Without
Hardened Surface
Gears With
Hardened Surface
1.0
1.0
0.98
above 7 to 9
0.99
0.98
0.96
above 9 to 11
0.97
0.94
1.5 to 5
above 5 to 7
above 11 to 13
0.96
0.92
above 13 to 15
0.94
0.90
above 15 to 17
0.93
0.88
above 17 to 19
0.92
above 19 to 22
0.86
0.90
above 22 to 25
0.88
0.83
1.2
1.35
1.5
1.4
1.6
1.8
1.55
1.75
2.0
One Gear
Supported
on One End
Both Gears
Supported
on One End
Very Stiff
1.05
1.15
1.35
Average
1.6
1.8
2.1
Somewhat Weak
2.2
2.5
2.8
Dynamic Load Factor, KV
Precision
Tangential Speed at Outer Pitch Circle (m/s)
Grade
of Gears
Above 1 Above 3 Above 5 Above 8 Above 12 Above 18
from
Up to 1
to 3
to 5
to 8
to 12
to 18
to 25
JIS B 1702
17.3.3.F Life Factor, KL

We can choose a proper life factor, KL, from Table 17-2 similarly to
calculating the bending strength of spur and helical gears.
Radial Module at
Outside Diameter, m
Both Gears
Supported
on One End
Both Gears
Supported
on Two Sides
Table 17-24
6 Times 5 Times 4 Times

Tooth
Tooth
Tooth
Width
Width
Width
Straight Bevel Gears
One Gear
Supported
on One End
17.3.3.I Dynamic Load Factor, KV

Dynamic load factor, KV, is a function of the precision grade of
the gear and the tangential speed at the outer pitch circle, as shown in
Relative Size of Cutter Diameter
Types of Bevel Gears
Both Gears
Supported
on Two Sides
Tooth Flank Load Distribution Factor, KM, for

Straight Bevel Gears without Crowning
Stiffness of Shaft,
Gear Box, etc.
17.3.3.D Spiral Angle Factor, Y

The spiral angle factor is a function of the spiral angle. The value is
arbitrarily set by the following conditions:

m
When 0 m 30,
Y = 1

120

(17-36)

When m 30,
Y = 0.75
Table 17-20
Tooth Flank Load Distribution, KM, for Spiral Bevel Gears,

Zerol Bevel Gears and Straight Bevel Gears with Crowning
1.0
1.1
1.15
1.2
1.3
1.5
1.0
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.7
1.0
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.7
1.1
1.4
1.5
1.7
1.2
1.5
1.7
1.4
1.7
1.7
Table 17-24.
17.3.3.J Overload Factor, KO
Overload factor, KO, can be computed from Equation (17-11) or
obtained from Table 17-4, identical to the case of spur and helical gears.
17.3.3.K Reliability Factor, KR
The reliability factor should be assumed to be as follows:

1. General case: KR = 1.2

2. When all other factors can be determined accurately:
KR = 1.0

3. When all or some of the factors cannot be known with
certainty: KR = 1.4
17.3.3.L Allowable Bending Stress at Root, F lim
The allowable stress at root F lim can be obtained from Tables 17-5
0.80
T91
17.3.4
Examples of Bevel Gear Bending Strength Calculations
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Table 17-24A
Item
Shaft Angle
Module
Pressure Angle
Central Spiral Angle
Number of Teeth
Pitch Cone Angle
Cone Distance
Tooth Width
Central Pitch Circle Diameter
Precision Grade
Surface Roughness
Linear Speed
Direction of Load
Duty Cycle
Material
Heat Treatment
Surface Hardness
Core Hardness
Table 17-24B
Gleason Straight Bevel Gear Design Details

Symbol
m
z
d
Re
b
dm
Unit
degree
mm
n
v
rpm
m/s
44.721
15
40
80.000
63.43495
33.292
66.584
JIS 3
JIS 3
Gleason No. 104
12.5 m
12.5 m
1500
750
3.142
Unidirectional
More than 107 cycles
SCM 415
Carburized
HV 600 640
HB 260 280
0.3 0.5
Bending Strength Factors for Gleason Straight Bevel Gear
Item
Allowable Bending Stress at Root
Module
Tooth Width
Cone Distance
Tooth Profile Factor
Spiral Angle Factor
Cutter Diameter Effect Factor
Life Factor
Dimension Factor
Tooth Flank Load Distribution Factor
Dynamic Load Factor
Overload Factor
Reliability Factor
Allowable Tangential Force at
Central Pitch Circle
Symbol
Unit
m
degree
F lim
kgf/mm2
m
b
mm
Re
YF
Y
Y
YC
KL
KFX
KM
KV
KO
KR
Ft lim
kgf
Pinion
42.5
2.369
1.8
0
2
15
44.721
0.613
1.0
1.15
1.0
1.0
1.4
1.0
1.2
Gear
42.5
2.387
1.8
177.3
178.6
central pitch circle, F tm , must remain below the allowable tangential force at
the central pitch circle, F tm lim, based on the allowable Hertz stress H lim.
Ftm Ftm lim
(17-37)
Alternately, the Hertz stress H, which is derived from the tangential

force at the central pitch circle must be smaller than the allowable Hertz
stress H lim.
1.5 to 25 mm
Straight bevel gear under 1600 mm
Spiral bevel gear under 1000 mm
less than 25 m/sec
less than 3600 rpm
H H lim
(17-38)
The allowable tangential force at the central pitch circle, Ftmlim, in kgf
can be calculated from Equation (17-39).
17.4.1 Basic Conversion Formulas
The same formulas of SECTION 17.3 apply. (See page 84).

mm
20
40.000
26.56505
mm
This information is valid for bevel gears which are used in power
transmission in general industrial machines. The applicable ranges are:
mm
degree
Gear
90
2
20
0
degree
cycle
17.4 Surface Strength Of Bevel Gears
Radial Module: m
Pitch Diameter: d

Linear Speed:
v
Rotating Speed: n
Pinion

H lim 2 d1
Re 0.5b
u2
Ftm lim = [()

b
]

ZM
cos1
Re
u2 + 1
17.4.2 Surface Strength Equations
In order to obtain a proper surface strength, the tangential force at the
T92
K H L Z L Z R Z V Z W K HX 2
1
[()
Z Z Z
K K K
H
]
CR2
(17-39)
The Hertz stress, H (kgf/mm2) is calculated from Equation (17-40).

cos1Ftm u 2 + 1
Re
H =

d1b
u2
Re 0.5b

ZH ZM ZZ
[
K H K V K O CR ]
K HL Z L Z R Z V Z W K HX
17.4.3.E Spiral Angle Factor, Z

Little is known about these factors, so usually it is assumed to be
unity.
(17-40)
17.4.3 Determination of Factors In Surface Strength Equations
17.4.3.A Tooth Width, b (mm)

This term is defined as the tooth width on the pitch cone. For a meshed
pair, the narrower gear's "b " is used for strength calculations.
17.4.3.B Zone Factor, ZH
The zone factor is defined as:

2cosb
ZH =

sint cost
(17-41)
where: m = Central spiral angle

n = Normal pressure angle

tann
t = Central radial pressure angle = tan1()

cosm
b = tan1(tanm cost)
Zone Factor ZH
2.3
17.4.3.F Life Factor, K HL

The life factor for surface strength is obtainable from Table 17-10.
17.4.3.G Lubricant Factor, ZL
The lubricant factor, ZL, is found in Figure 17-3.
17.4.3.H Surface Roughness Factor, ZR
The surface roughness factor is obtainable from Figure 17-11 on the
basis of average roughness, Rmaxm, in m. The average surface roughness
is calculated by Equation (17-44) from the surface roughness of the pinion
and gear (Rmax1 and Rmax2), and the center distance, a, in mm.

Rmax1 + Rmax2 3 100
Rmaxm =
(m)
(17-44)

2
a
Surface Roughness
Factor, ZR
2.4
n = 20
n = 22.5
n = 25
1.1
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
Normalized Gear
1
10
15
20
Average Surface Roughness, Rmax m (m)
Fig. 17-11
2.2
2.1
25
Surface Roughness Factor, ZR
17.4.3.I Sliding Speed Factor, ZV

The sliding speed factor is obtained from Figure 17-5 based on the
pitch circle linear speed.
2.0
17.4.3.J Hardness Ratio Factor, ZW

The hardness ratio factor applies only to the gear that is in mesh with a
pinion which is quenched and ground. The ratio is calculated by Equation
(17-45).
1.9
1.8
1.7
0
(17-43)
where: a = Rm(sin1 + cos1)

b
Rm = Re

2
2.6
2.5
Z = 1.0
10 15 20 25 30 35
Spiral Angle at Central Position m
Fig. 17-10 Zone Factor, ZH

HB2 130
ZW = 1.2

1700
40 45
where Brinell hardness of the gear is: 130 HB2 470
If the normal pressure angle n is 20, 22.5 or 25, the zone factor can
be obtained from Figure 17-10.
17.4.3.C Material Factor, ZM
The material factor, ZM, is obtainable from Table 17-9.
17.4.3.D Contact Ratio Factor, Z
The contact ratio factor is calculated from the equations below.
Straight bevel gear: Z = 1.0

Spiral bevel gear:

when 1, Z = 1 +

1
when > 1, Z =

(17-45)
If the gear's hardness is outside of this range, ZW is assumed to be

unity.
ZW = 1.0
(17-46)
17.4.3.K Dimension Factor, KHX

Since, often, little is known about this factor, it is assumed to be unity.
KHX = 1.0
(17-42)
where: = Radial Contact Ratio

= Overlap Ratio
T93
(17-47)
17.4.3.L Tooth Flank Load Distribution Factor, K H

Factors are listed in Tables 17-25 and 17-26. If the gear and pinion
are unhardened, the factors are to be reduced to 90% of the values in the
table.
Table 17-25
Tooth Flank Load Distribution Factor for Spiral Bevel

Gears, Zerol Bevel Gears and Straight Bevel Gears
with Crowning, K H
Stiffness of Shaft,
Gear Box, etc.
Very Stiff
Both Gears
Supported
on Two Sides
1.3
One Gear
Supported
on One End
Both Gears
Supported
on One End
1.5
1.7
Average
1.6
1.85
2.1
Somewhat Weak
1.75
2.1
2.5
Table 17-26
Tooth Flank Load Distribution Factor for Straight Bevel

Gear without Crowning, K H
Both Gears
One Gear
Both Gears
Stiffness of Shaft,
Supported
Supported
Supported
Gear Box, etc.
on Two Sides
on One End
on One End
Very Stiff
1.3
1.5
1.7
Average
1.85
2.1
2.6
Somewhat Weak
2.8
3.3
3.8
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Table 17-26A
Item
Shaft Angle
Module
Pressure Angle
Number of Teeth
Pitch Cone Angle
Cone Distance
Tooth Width
Central Pitch Circle Diameter
Precision Grade
Surface Roughness
Linear Speed
Direction of Load
Duty Cycle
Material
Heat Treatment
Surface Hardness
Core Hardness
17.4.3.M Dynamic Load Factor, KV

The dynamic load factor can be obtained from Table 17-24.
17.4.3.N Overload Factor, KO
The overload factor can be computed by Equation 17-11 or found in
Table 17-4.
17.4.3.O Reliability Factor, CR
The general practice is to assume CR to be at least 1.15.
17.4.3.P Allowable Hertz Stress, Hlim
The values of allowable Hertz stress are given in Tables 17-12 through
17-16.

17.4.4 Examples Of Bevel Gear Surface Strength Calculation
Tables 17-26A and 17-26B give the calculations of surface strength

factors of Gleason straight bevel gears.
Gleason Straight Bevel Gear Design Details

Symbol
m
z
d
Re
b
dm
Unit
degree
mm
n
v
rpm
degree
mm
degree
mm
m/s
cycle
mm
T94
Pinion
90
2
20
0
Gear
40
20
80.000
40.000
63.43495
26.56505
44.721
15
66.584
33.292
JIS 3
JIS 3
Gleason No. 104
12.5 m
12.5 m
750
1500
3.142
Unidirectional
Over 107 cycles
SCM 415
Carburized
HV 600 640
HB 260 280
0.3 0.5
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Table 17-26B Surface Strength Factors of Gleason Straight Bevel Gear

Gear
Symbol
Unit
Item
Pinion
H lim
kgf/mm2
164
Allowable Hertz Stress
mm
d1
40.000
Pinion's Pitch Diameter
degree
1
26.56505
Pinion's Pitch Cone Angle
Re
44.721
Cone Distance
mm
b
15
Tooth Width
u
2
Numbers of Teeth Ratio z2 / z1
ZH
2.495
Zone Factor
(kgf/mm2)0.5
ZM
60.6
Material Factor
Z
1.0
Contact Ratio Factor
Spiral Angle Factor
Z
1.0
Life Factor
KHL
1.0
ZL
1.0
Lubricant Factor
ZR
0.90
ZV
0.97
Hardness Ratio Factor
ZW
1.0
K HX
1.0
KH
2.1
Dynamic Load Factor
KV
1.4
KO
1.0
Overload Factor
CR
1.15
Reliability Factor
Allowable Tangential Force on
Central Pitch Circle
17.5 Strength Of Worm Gearing

This information is applicable for worm gear drives that are used
to transmit power in general industrial machines with the following
parameters:

Axial Module:
Pitch Diameter of Worm Gear:
Sliding Speed:
Rotating Speed, Worm Gear:
mx
d2
vs
n2
1 to 25 mm
less than 900 mm
less than 30 m/sec
less than 600 rpm
(17-48)
17.5.2 Torque, Tangential Force and Efficiency
Ft
d2
u
R
103.0
103.0
= Nominal tangential force on worm gear's pitch circle (kgf)

= Pitch diameter of worm gear (mm)
= Teeth number ratio = z2 / zw
= Transmission efficiency, worm driving (not including bearing
loss, lubricant agitation loss, etc.)
= Friction coefficient
(2) Worm Gear as Driver Gear (Speed Increasing)
F t d 2
T2 =

2000

T2I
Ft d2I
T1 = =

u
2000u

tan

cosn

I =

tan (1 + tan )

cosn
(17-50)
where: I = Transmission efficiency, worm gear driving (not including

bearing loss, lubricant agitation loss, etc.)
(1) Worm as Driver Gear (Speed Reducing)

Ft d2
T2 =

2000

T2
Ft d2
T1 = =

uR
2000uR

tan (1 tan )

cosn
R =

tan +

cosn
17.5.1 Basic Formulas:
Sliding Speed, vs (m/s)

d1n1
vs =
19100cos
kgf
Ft lim

(17-49)
where: T2 = Nominal torque of worm gear (kgfm)

T1 = Nominal torque of worm (kgfm)
17.5.3 Friction Coefficient,
The friction factor varies as sliding speed changes. The combination

of materials is important. For the case of a worm that is carburized and
ground, and mated with a phosphorous bronze worm gear, see Figure 1712. For some other materials, see Table 17-27.
For lack of data, friction coefficient of materials not listed in Table 17-27
are very difficult to obtain. H.E. Merritt has offered some further information
on this topic. See Reference 9.
Table 17-27 Combinations of Materials and Their Coefficients of Friction,

Combination of Materials
Cast Iron and Phosphor Bronze
in Figure 17-12 times 1.15
Cast Iron and Cast Iron
Quenched Steel and Aluminum Alloy
Steel and Steel
T95
0.150
0.120
0.100
0.090
0.080
0.070
0.060
0.050
0.040
0.030
0.020
0.015
0.012
0 0.001 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.2
0.4 0.6
1.5
Fig. 17-12

17.5.4 Surface Strength of Worm Gearing Mesh
(1) Calculation of Basic Load

Provided dimensions and materials of the worm pair are known, the
allowable load is as follows:
Ft lim = Allowable tangential force (kgf)

Z LZ MZ R
= 3.82K v K n S c lim Zd 20.8m x

(17-51)

KC
T2 lim = Allowable worm gear torque (kgfm)

ZLZM ZR
= 0.00191K v K n S clim Zd 21.8m x

KC
(17-53)
and equivalent worm gear torque, T2e, in kgfm:

T 2e = T 2 K h K s
(17-54)
(3) Determination of Load

Under no impact condition, to have life expectancy of 26000 hours, the
following relationships must be satisfied:
Ft Ft lim or T2 T2 lim
(17-55)
For all other conditions:

Fte Ft lim or T2e T2lim
NOTE:
7 8
9 10
12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
30
17.5.5 Determination of Factors in Worm Gear Surface Strength

Equations
17.5.5.A Tooth Width of Worm Gear, b2 (mm)
Tooth width of worm gear is defined as in Figure 17-13.
b2
b2
(17-52)
(2) Calculation of Equivalent Load

The basic load Equations (17-51) and (17-52) are applicable under the
conditions of no impact and the pair can operate for 26000 hours minimum.
The condition of "no impact" is defined as the starting torque which must be
less than 200% of the rated torque; and the frequency of starting should be
less than twice per hour.
An equivalent load is needed to compare with the basic load in order
to determine an actual design load, when the conditions deviate from the
above.
Equivalent load is then converted to an equivalent tangential force, Fte,
in kgf:
F te = F t K h K s
Sliding Speed
Friction Coefficient,
(17-56)
Fig. 17-13
Tooth Width of Worm Gear
17.5.5.B Zone Factor, Z

If b2 < 2.3mxQ + 1 , then:

b2
Z = (Basic zone factor) x

2 mx Q + 1

If b2 2.3mxQ + 1 , then:

Z = (Basic zone factor) x 1.15

(17-57)
where: Basic Zone Factor is obtained from Table 17-28

d1
Q : Diameter factor =

mx
zw : number of worm threads

If load is variable, the maximum load should be used as the

criterion.
T96
zw
Table 17-28
7
7.5
8.5
Basic Zone Factors

9.5
10
11
12
13
14
17
20
1.052 1.065 1.084 1.107 1.128 1.137 1.143 1.160 1.202 1.260 1.318 1.402 1.508
1.055 1.099 1.144 1.183 1.214 1.223 1.231 1.250 1.280 1.320 1.360 1.447 1.575
0.989 1.109 1.209 1.260 1.305 1.333 1.350 1.365 1.393 1.422 1.442 1.532 1.674
0.981 1.098 1.204 1.301 1.380 1.428 1.460 1.490 1.515 1.545 1.570 1.666 1.798
17.5.5.C Sliding Speed Factor, Kv

The sliding speed factor is obtainable from Figure 17-14, where the
abscissa is the pitch line linear velocity.
17.5.5.E Lubricant Factor, ZL

Let ZL = 1.0 if the lubricant is of proper viscosity and has antiscoring
additives.
Some bearings in worm gear boxes may need a low viscosity lubricant.
Then ZL is to be less than 1.0. The recommended kinetic viscosity of
lubricant is given in Table 17-29.
17.5.5.D Rotating Speed Factor, Kn

The rotating speed factor is presented in Figure 17-15 as a function of
the worm gear's rotating speed, n2.
1.0
0.9
Sliding Speed Factor KV
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0 0.001 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.2
0.4 0.6
1.5 2
Sliding Speed vs (m/s)
Fig. 17-14
8 9 10 11 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
Sliding Speed Factor, Kv
1.0
Rotating Speed Factor Kn
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0 0.1 0.5 1 2 4
10
20
40 60 80 100
200
300
Rotating Speed of Worm Gear (rpm)
400 500 600
Fig. 17-15 Rotating Speed Factor, Kn

Table 17-29
Recommended Kinematic Viscosity of Lubricant
Operating Lubricant Temperature

Highest
Operating Temperature
0C to less than 10C
Unit: cSt/37.8C
Sliding Speed (m/s)
Lubricant Temperature
Less than 2.5
at Start of Operation
10C 0C
110 130
2.5 to 5
More than 5
110 130
110 130
more than 0C
110 150
110 150
110 150
10C to less than 30C
more than 0C
200 245
150 200
150 200
more than 0C
350 510
245 350
200 245
more than 0C
510 780
350 510
245 350
more than 0C
900 1100
510 780
350 510
T97
30
17.5.5.F Lubrication Factor, ZM

The lubrication factor, ZM, is obtained from Table 17-30.
Table 17-31 gives the general values of Kc depending on the JIS tooth
contact class.
17.5.5.G Surface Roughness Factor, ZR

This factor is concerned with resistance to pitting of the working
surfaces of the teeth. Since there is insufficient knowledge about this
phenomenon, the factor is assumed to be 1.0.
17.5.5.I Starting Factor, Ks

This factor depends upon the magnitude of starting torque and the
frequency of starts. When starting torque is less than 200% of rated torque,
Ks factor is per Table 17-32.
ZR = 1.0
17.5.5.J Time Factor, Kh

This factor is a function of the desired life and the impact environment.
See Table 17-33. The expected lives in between the numbers shown in
Table 17-33 can be interpolated.
(17-58)
It should be noted that for Equation (17-58) to be applicable, surfaces

roughness of the worm and worm gear must be less than 3 m and 12 m
respectively. If either is rougher, the factor is to be adjusted to a smaller
value.
17.5.5.K Allowable Stress Factor, Sc lim

Table 17-34 presents the allowable stress factors for various material
combinations. Note that the table also specifies governing limits of sliding
speed, which must be adhered to if scoring is to be avoided.
17.5.5.H Contact Factor, Kc

Quality of tooth contact will affect load capacity dramatically. Generally,
it is difficult to define precisely, but JIS B 1741 offers guidelines depending
on the class of tooth contact.
Class A
Kc = 1.0

Class B, C
Kc > 1.0
(17-59)
Table 17-30
Lubrication Factor, ZM
Sliding Speed (m/s)
Less than 10
10 to 14
More than 14
Oil Bath Lubrication
1.0
0.85
Forced Circulation Lubrication
1.0
1.0
1.0
Table 17-31
Classes of Tooth Contact and General Values of Contact Factor, Kc

Proportion of Tooth Contact
Class
Tooth Width Direction
More than 50% of

Effective Width of Tooth
More than 35% of
More than 20% of
A
B
C
More than 40% of

Effective Height of Tooth
More than 30% of
More than 20% of
Table 17-32
Starting
Factor
Less than 2
Ks
1.0
Uniform Load
(Motor, Turbine,
Hydraulic Motor)
Expected
Life
1500
5000
26000
60000
Hours
Hours
Hours*
Hours
1.0
1.3 1.4
1.5 1.7
Starting Factor, Ks
Starting Frequency per Hour

25
5 10
More than 10
1.07
1.13
1.18
Table 17-33
Impact from
Prime Mover
KC
Tooth Height Direction
Time Factor, Kh
Kh
Uniform Load
0.80
0.90
1.0
1.25
Impact from Load

Medium Impact
0.90
1.0
1.25
1.50
Strong Impact
1.0
1.25
1.50
1.75
1500 Hours
0.90
1.0
1.25
5000 Hours
1.0
1.25
1.50
26000 Hours*
1.25
1.50
1.75
60000 Hours
1.50
1.75
2.0
1500 Hours
1.0
1.25
1.50
Medium Impact
5000 Hours
1.25
1.50
1.75
(Single cylinder
26000 Hours*
1.50
1.70
2.0
engine)
60000 Hours
1.75
2.0
2.25
* NOTE: For a machine that operates 10 hours a day, 260 days a year; this number corresponds to
ten years of operating life.
Light Impact
(Multicylinder
engine)
T98
Table 17-34
Allowable Stress Factor for Surface Strength, Sclim

Material of Worm
SClim
Sliding Speed Limit

before Scoring
(m/s) *
Alloy Steel Carburized & Quenched

Alloy Steel HB 400
Alloy Steel HB 250
1.55
1.34
1.12
30
20
10

Alloy Steel HB 400
Alloy Steel HB 250
1.05
0.84
0.70
30
20
10
Material of
Worm Gear
Phosphor Bronze
Centrifugal Casting

Alloy Steel HB 400
Alloy Steel HB 250
Phosphor Bronze
Chilled Casting
Phosphor Bronze
Sand Molding or Forging

Alloy Steel HB 400
Alloy Steel HB 250
Aluminum Bronze
Alloy Steel HB 400

Alloy Steel HB 250
Brass
Ductile Cast Iron but with a higher

hardness than the worm gear
Ductile Cast Iron
Phosphor Bronze Casting and

Forging
Cast Iron (Perlitic)
Cast Iron but with a higher

hardness than the worm gear
1.27
1.05
0.88
30
20
10
0.84
0.67
0.56
20
15
10
0.49
0.42
8
5
0.70
0.63
2.5
0.42
2.5
* NOTE: The value indicates the maximum sliding speed within the limit of the allowable stress factor,
Sc lim. Even when the allowable load is below the allowable stress level, if the sliding speed
exceeds the indicated limit, there is danger of scoring gear surfaces.
17.5.6 Examples Of Worm Mesh Strength Calculation
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Table 17-35A
Item
Axial Module
No. of Threads, No. of Teeth
Pitch Diameter
Lead Angle
Diameter Factor
Tooth Width
Surface Roughness
Sliding Speed
Material
Heat Treatment
Surface Hardness
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Table 17-35B
Worm and Worm Gear Design Details
Symbol Unit
mx
mm
n
degree
zw , z2
d
mm
degree
Q
b
mm
n
vs
rpm
m/s
Worm
1
28
14
( )
2
20
Worm Gear
4.08562
Grinding
3.2 m
1500
2.205
S45C
Induction Hardening
HS 63 68
Surface Strength Factors and Allowable Force
Item
Symbol
mx
d2
Z
Kv
Kn
ZL
ZM
ZR
KC
SC lim
Ft lim
Axial Module
Worm Gear Pitch Diameter
Zone Factor
Rotating Speed Factor
Lubricant Factor
Lubrication Factor
Contact Factor
Allowable Stress Factor
Allowable Tangential Force
T99
Unit
mm
kgf
40
80
20
Hobbing
12.5 m
37.5
Al BC2
Worm Gear
2
80
1.5157
0.49
0.66
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.67
83.5
SECTION 18
DESIGN OF PLASTIC GEARS
18.1 General Considerations Of Plastic Gearing

Plastic gears are continuing to displace metal gears in a widening arena
of applications. Their unique characteristics are also being enhanced with
new developments, both in materials and processing. In this regard, plastics
contrast somewhat dramatically with metals, in that the latter materials and
processes are essentially fully developed and, therefore, are in a relatively
static state of development.
Plastic gears can be produced by hobbing or shaping, similarly to
metal gears or alternatively by molding. The molding process lends itself
to considerably more economical means of production; therefore, a more
in-depth treatment of this process will be presented in this section.
Among the characteristics responsible for the large increase in plastic
gear usage, the following are probably the most significant:

1. Cost effectiveness of the injection-molding process.

2. Elimination of machining operations; capability of fabrication with
inserts and integral designs.

3. Low density: lightweight, low inertia.

4. Uniformity of parts.

5. Capability to absorb shock and vibration as a result of elastic
compliance.

6. Ability to operate with minimum or no lubrication, due to inherent
lubricity.

7. Relatively low coefficient of friction.

8. Corrosion-resistance; elimination of plating, or protective
coatings.

9. Quietness of operation.
10. Tolerances often less critical than for metal gears, due in part to
their greater resilience.
11. Consistency with trend to greater use of plastic housings and other
components.
12. One step production; no preliminary or secondary operations.

At the same time, the design engineer should be familiar with
the limitations of plastic gears relative to metal gears. The most
significant of these are the following:
Material
1. Less load-carrying capacity, due to lower maximum allowable

stress; the greater compliance of plastic gears may also produce
stress concentrations.
2. Plastic gears cannot generally be molded to the same accuracy as
high-precision machined metal gears.
3. Plastic gears are subject to greater dimensional instabilities,
due to their larger coefficient of thermal expansion and moisture
absorption.
4. Reduced ability to operate at elevated temperatures; as an
approximate figure, operation is limited to less than 120C. Also,
limited cold temperature operations.
5. Initial high mold cost in developing correct tooth form and
dimensions.
6. Can be negatively affected by certain chemicals and even some
lubricants.
7. Improper molding tools and process can produce residual internal
stresses at the tooth roots, resulting in over stressing and/or
distortion with aging.
8. Costs of plastics track petrochemical pricing, and thus are more
volatile and subject to increases in comparison to metals.
18.2 Properties Of Plastic Gear Materials

Popular materials for plastic gears are acetal resins such as DELRIN*,
Duracon M90; nylon resins such as ZYTEL*, NYLATRON**, MC901 and
acetal copolymers such as CELCON***. The physical and mechanical
properties of these materials vary with regard to strength, rigidity,
dimensional stability, lubrication requirements, moisture absorption, etc.
Standardized tabular data is available from various manufacturers' catalogs.
Manufacturers in the U.S.A. provide this information in units customarily
used in the U.S.A. In general, the data is less simplified and fixed than
for the metals. This is because plastics are subject to wider formulation
variations and are often regarded as proprietary compounds and mixtures.
Tables 18-1 through 18-9 are representative listings of physical and
mechanical properties of gear plastics taken from a variety of sources. All
reprinted tables are in their original units of measure.
Table 18-1 Physical Properties of Plastics Used in Gears

Tensile Flexural Compressive Heat Distortion
Water
Mold
Strength Strength
Modulus
Temperature Absorption Rockwell Shrinkage
(psi x 103) (psi x 103) (psi x 103)
(F @ 264psi) (% in 24 hrs) Hardness (in./in.)
Acetal
8.8 1.0
13 14
410
230 255
0.25
M94
R120
ABS
4.5 8.5
5 13.5
120 200
180 245
0.2 0.5
R80 120
11.2 13.1
7 8.5
14.6
10.5
400
400
200
145
1.3
0.4
Polycarbonate
8 9.5
11 13
350
265 290
0.15
R118 123
R111
M70
R112
High Impact
Polystyrene
1.9 4
5.5 12.5
300 500
160 205
0.05 0.10
Polyurethane
Polyvinyl
Chloride
4.5 8
7.1
85
160 205
0.60 0.80
69
8 15
300 400
140 175
0.07 0.40
Polysulfone
MoS2Filled
Nylon
10.2
15.4
370
345
10.2
10
350
140
Nylon 6/6
Nylon 6/10
T100
0.005
0.009
0.002
0.004
0.22
R100 120
M69
R120
0.0076
0.4
D785
0.012
Reprinted with the permission of Plastic Design and Processing Magazine; see Reference 8.
* Registered trademark, E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Co., Wilmington, Delaware, 19898.
** Registered trademark, The Polymer Corporation, P.O. Box 422, Reading, Pennsylvania, 19603.
*** Registered trademark, Celanese Corporation, 26 Main St., Chatham, N.J. 07928.
M25 69
M29
R90
0.022
0.003
0.007
0.007
0.015
0.015
0.005
0.007
0.003
Table 18-2
Property Chart for Basic Polymers for Gearing

Coeff. of
Tensile
Izod
Water
Deflect.
Linear
Mold Strength Flexural Impact
Absorp.
Temp.
Thermal
Shrinkage * Yield Modulus Strength
24hrs.
@264psi
Break
Expan.
Notched
Units
ASTM
%
D570
in./in.
D955
psi
D790
psi
D638
ftlb/in.
D256
F
D648
Nylon 6/6
1.5
.015/.030 *11,200 175,000
2.1
220
Nylon 6
1.6
.013/.025 *11,800 395,000
1.1
150
Acetal
0.2
.016/.030 *10,000 410,000
1.4/2.3
255
Polycarbonate
30% G/F,
0.06
*17,500 1,200,000
.0035
2
290
15% PTFE
5. Polyester
*8,000
1.2
130
340,000
.020
0.08
(thermoplastic)
12,000
6. Polyphenylene
sulfide
1.10
500
*19,000 1,300,000
.002
0.03
30% G/F
15% PTFE
7. Polyester
*3,780
.012
122
0.3
elastomer
5,500
8. Phenolic
.29
270
340,000
.007
0.45
7,000
(molded)
* These are average values for comparison purpose only.
Source: Clifford E. Adams, Plastic Gearing, Marcel Dekker Inc., N.Y. 1986. Reference 1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Table 18-3
ASTM
DELRIN
500
100
1.13/1.15
1.13
1.42
1.50
1.55
5.3
1.3
1.50
1.69
10.00
1.25
3.75
1.42
ZYTEL 101
11,800
9,600
0.9
5
410,000
M79
R118
10,000
Yield Strength, psi
9,510
Shear Strength, psi
1.4
2.3
Impact Strength (Izod)
15
75
Elongation at Yield, %
410,000
Modulus of Elasticity, psi
M 94, R 120
Hardness, Rockwell
Coefficient of Linear Thermal
4.5 x 105
D696
4.5 x 105
Expansion, in./in.F
Water Absorption
0.25
D570
1.5

24 hrs. %
0.9
D570
8.0

Saturation, %
1.425
Specific Gravity
D792
1.14
* Test conducted at 73F
Reprinted with the permission of E.I. DuPont de Nemours and Co.; see Reference 5.
Table 18-4
Units
ASTM
No.
2.5% Moisture
8,500
2.0
25
175,000
M 94, R 120, etc.
1.14
Properties of Nylatron GSM Nylon

Value
Units
ASTM
No.
Value
Hardness
(Rockwell), 73F
D-785
R112 - 120
(Dry vs Steel)
Dynamic
.15 - .35
Heat Distortion Temp.

66 psi
264psi
F
F
D-648
D-648
400 - 425
200 - 425
Melting Point
D-789
430 10
Flammability
D-635
Self-extinguishing
in./in.F
D-696
5.0 x 10-5
%
%
D-570
D-570
.6 - 1.2
5.5 - 6.5
Property
D 792
1.15 - 1.17
Tensile Strength, 73F
psi
D 638
11,000 - 14,000
Elongation, 73F
D 638
10 - 60
Modulus of
Elasticity, 73F
psi
D 638
350,000
- 450,000
Compressive Strength
@ 0.1% Offset
@ 1.0% Offset
psi
D 695
Shear Strength, 73F
psi
D 732
10,500 - 11,500
Tensile Impact, 73F
ft.lb./in.2
80 - 130
D 621
0.5 - 1.0
Deformation
Under Load
122F, 2000psi
D792
4.5 varies
4.6
5.8
.2% Moisture
D638*
D732*
D256*
D638*
D790*
D785*
Specific Gravity
105 F
D696
Physical Properties of DELRIN Acetal Resin and ZYTEL Nylon Resin
Properties Units
Property
Specific
Gravity
9,000
12,000
Coefficient of Linear
Thermal Expansion
Water Absorption
24 Hours
Saturation
Resistant to: Common Solvents, Hydrocarbons, Esters, Ketones, Alkalis, Diluted Acids
Not Resistant to: Phenol, Formic Acid, Concentrated Mineral Acid
Reprinted with the permission of The Polymer Corp.; see Reference 14.
T101
Table 18-5
Typical Thermal Properties of CELCON Acetal Copolymer

ASTM
M Series
Property
Units

Test Method
Flow, Softening and Use Temperature
Flow Temperature
Melting Point
Vicat Softening Point
Unmolding Temperature1
GC-25A
D 569

D 1525

F
F
F
F
345
329
324
320
331
324
Thermal Deflection and Deformation

Deflection Temperature
D 648
@264 psi
@66 psi
Deformation under Load (2000 psi @122oF)
D 621
F
F
%
230
316
1.0
322
0.6
Miscellaneous
Thermal Conductivity

BTU / hr. / ft2 /F / in.
1.6
Specific Heat

BTU / lb. /F
0.35
Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion
D 696
in./in.F
(Range: 30oC to + 30oC.)
Flow direction
4.7 x 10-5
Traverse direction
4.7 x 10-5
Flammability
D 635
in. /min.
1.1
Average Mold Shrinkage2

in./in.
Flow direction
0.022
Transverse direction
0.018
2.2 x 10-5
4.7 x 10-5
0.004
0.018
Unmolding temperature is the temperature at which a plastic part loses its structural integrity (under its own
weight ) after a half-hour exposure.
2
Data Bulletin C3A, "Injection Molding Celcon," gives information of factors which influence mold shrinkage.
Reprinted with the permission of Celanese Plastics and Specialties Co.; see Reference 3.
1
Table 18-6
Mechanical Properties of Nylon MC901 and Duracon M90
Properties
Tensile Strength
Elongation
Modules of Elasticity (Tensile)
Yield Point (Compression)
5% Deformation Point
Modules of Elasticity (Compress)
Shearing Strength
Rockwell Hardness
Bending Strength
Density (23C)
Poisson's Ratio
Table 18-7
Testing
Method
ASTM
D 638
D 638
D 638
D 695
D 695
D 695
D 732
D 785
D 790
D 792
Unit
kgf/cm2
%
103kgf/cm2
kgf/cm2
kgf/cm2
103kgf/cm2
kgf/cm2
R scale
kgf/cm2
g/cm3
Nylon
MC901
Duracon
M90
800 980
10 50
30 35
940 1050
940 970
33 36
735 805
115 120
980 1120
1.15 1.17
0.40
620
60
28.8
540
980
980
1.41
0.35
Thermal Properties of Nylon MC901 and Duracon M90
Properties
Thermal Conductivity
Coeff. of Linear Thermal Expansion
Specifical Heat (20C)
Thermal Deformation Temperature
(18.5 kgf/cm2)
Thermal Deformation Temperature
(4.6 kgf/cm2)
Antithermal Temperature (Long Term)
Deformation Rate Under Load
(140 kgf/cm2, 50C)
Melting Point
Testing
Method
ASTM
Nylon
MC901
Unit
Duracon
M90
C 177
D 696
101Kcal/mhrC
105cm/cm/C
cal/Cgrf
2
9
0.4
2
9 13
0.35
D 648
160 200
110
D 648
200 215
158
120 150
0.65
220 223
165
D 621
%
C
T102
Table 18-8
Typical Physical/Mechanical Properties of CELCON Acetal Copolymer
Property
English Units (Metric Units)
Specific Gravity
Density
Specific Volume
lbs/in3 (g/cm3)
lbs/in3 (g/cm3)
Tensile Strength at Yield

lbs/in2 (kg/cm2)
Nominal
ASTM
Specimen Temp. M-Series GC-25A Temp. M-Series GC-25A
Test
Values Values
Values Values
Size
Method
1.41
1.59
1.41
1.59
D 792
0.0507
0.057
0.71
0.63
19.7
17.54
D 638
Speed B
Type l
1/8"
-40 F
73 F
160 F
13,700
8,800
5,000
-40 F
Elongation at Break
Tensile Modulus
Flexural Modulus
lbs/in2 (kg/cm2)

lbs/in2 (kg/cm2)
Flexural Stress
at 5% Deformation
lbs/in2 (kg/cm2)
Compressive Stress
at 1% Deflection
at 10% Deflection
lbs/in2 (kg/cm2)
lbs/in2 (kg/cm2)
Izod Impact Strength (Notched)

ftlb/in.notch (kgcm/cm notch)
M25/30
M90/20
M270/15
Type l
D 638
73 F M25/75
Speed B 1/8" Thick
M90/60
M270/40
160 F
250
D 638
Type l
1/8" Thick
16,000
(at
break)
23
-40 C
23 C
70 C
965
620
350
-40 C M25/30
M90/20
M270/15
23 C M25/75
M90/60
M270/40
70 C
250
410,000 1.2 x 106
84,500
26,400
12,700
7,000
74,000
50,000
35,000
D 790
D 790
5" x 1/2" x
1/8" Thick
13,000
915
D 695
1" x 1/2" x
1/2"
4,500
16,000
320
1,100
D 256
2 1/2" x
1/2" x 1/8"
machined
notch
1.1
-40 C M25/6.5
M90/5.5
M270/4.4
23 C M25/8.0
M90/7.0
M270/5.5
M25/190
M90/150
M270/130
Tensile Impact Strength

ftlb/in2 (kgcm/cm2)
D 1822
Rockwell Hardness
M Scale
D 785
lbs/in2 (kg/cm2)
D 732
73 F
2" x 1/8" 120 F
Disc
160 F
7,700
6,700
5,700
8,300
D 570
2" x 1/8"
Disc
0.22
0.29
0.16
0.16
14mg per
1000
cycles
0.15
0.35
Shear Strength

Water Absorption
24 hr. Immersion
Equilibrium, 50% R.H.

Equilibrium, Immersion
2" x 1/8"
Disc
50
80
23
28,800
73 F 375,000 1.05x106 23 C
5" x 1/2" x 160 F
180,000 0.7x106
70 C
1/8" Thick 220 F
100,000 0.5x106 105 C
-40 F M25/1.2
M90/1.0
73 F M270/0.8
M25/1.5
M90/1.3
M270/1.0
L
M25/90
Specimen
M90/70
1/8" Thick
M270/60
1120
(at
break)
6.0
110
80
23 C
50 C
70 C
540
470
400
584
0.22
0.29
0.80
0.80
Taper Abrasion 1000 g Load

CS17 Wheel
D 1044
4" x 4"
Coefficient of Dynamic Friction

against steel, brass and aluminum
against Celcon
14mg per
1000
cycles
D 1894
3" x 4"
0.15
0.35
Many of the properties of thermoplastics are dependent upon processing conditions, and the test results presented
are typical values only. These test results were obtained under standardized test conditions, and with the exception of
specific gravity, should not be used as a basis for engineering design. Values were obtained from specimens injection
molded in unpigmented material. In common with other thermoplastics, incorporation into Celcon of color pigments or
additional U.V. stabilizers may affect some test results. Celcon GC25A test results are obtained from material predried
for 3 hours at 240 F (116 C) before molding. All values generated at 50% r.h. & 73 F (23 C) unless indicated otherwise. Reprinted with the permission of Celanese Plastics and Specialties Co.; see Reference 3.
Table 18-9
Water and Moisture Absorption Property of Nylon MC901 and Duracon M90
Conditions
Rate of Water Absorption

(at room temp. in water, 24 hrs.)
Saturation Absorption Value
(in water)
Saturation Absorption Value
(in air, room temp.)
Testing
Method
ASTM
Nylon
MC901
Unit
D 570
T103
Duracon
M90
0.5 1.0
0.22
5.5 7.0
0.80
2.5 3.5
0.16
For this reason, Table 18-10 is presented.

Other properties and features that enter into consideration for gearing
are given in Table 18-11 (Wear) and Table 18-12 (Poisson's Ratio).
It is common practice to use plastics in combination with different

metals and materials other than plastics. Such is the case when gears
have metal hubs, inserts, rims, spokes, etc. In these cases, one must
be cognizant of the fact that plastics have an order of magnitude different
coefficients of thermal expansion as well as density and modulus of elasticity.
Table 18-10

Modulus of Elasticity, Coefficients of Thermal Expansion and Density of Materials

Modulus of
Elasticity
(flexural)
(lb/in.2)
Material
Coefficient
of Thermal
Expansion
(per OF)
Temperature
Range of
Density
Coefficient
(lb/in.3)
(OF)
Ferrous Metals
Cast Irons:
Malleable
25 to 28 x 106
6.6 x 106
68 to 750
.265
Gray cast
9 to 23 x 106
6.0 x 106
32 to 212
.260
Ductile
23 to 25 x 106
8.2 x 106
68 to 750
.259
Steels:
6
6
Cast Steel
29 to 30 x 10
8.2 x 10
68 to 1000
.283
Plain carbon
29 to 30 x 106
8.3 x 106
68 to 1000
.286
6
6
Low alloy,cast and wrought
30 x 10
8.0 x 10
0 to 1000
.280
High alloy
30 x 106
8 to 9 x 106
68 to 1000
.284
Nitriding , wrought
29 to 30 x 106
6.5 x 106
32 to 900
.286
AISI 4140
29 x 106
6.2 x 106
32 to 212
.284

Stainless:
AISI 300 series
28 x 106
9.6 x 106
32 to 212
.287
AISI 400 series
29 x 106
5.6 x 106
32 to 212
.280
Nonferrous Metals:
6
6

Aluminum alloys, wrought
10 to 10.6 x 10
12.6 x 10
68 to 212
.098

Aluminum, sandcast
10.5 x 106
11.9 to 12.7 x 106 68 to 212
.097
6
6

Aluminum, diecast
10.3 x 10
11.4 to 12.2 x 10 68 to 212
.096

Beryllium copper
18 x 106
9.3 x 106
68 to 212
.297

Brasses
16 to 17 x 106
11.2 x 106
68 to 572
.306

Bronzes
17 to 18 x 106
9.8 x 106
68 to 572
.317

Copper, wrought
17 x 106
9.8 x 106
68 to 750
.323

Magnesium alloys, wrought
6.5 x 106
14.5 x 106
68 to 212
.065
Magnesium, diecast
6.5 x 106
14 x 106
68 to 212
.065
6
6

Monel
26 x 10
7.8 x 10
32 to 212
.319
6
6

Nickel and alloys
19 to 30 x 10
7.6 x 10
68 to 212
.302

Nickel, lowexpansion alloys
24 x 106
1.2 to 5 x 106
200 to 400
.292
6
6

Titanium, unalloyed
15 to 16 x 10
5.8 x 10
68 to 1650
.163

Titanium alloys, wrought
13 to 17.5 x 106
5.0 to 7 x 106
68 to 572
.166

Zinc, diecast
2 to 5 x 106
5.2 x 106
68 to 212
.24
Powder Metals:

Iron (unalloyed)
12 to 25 x 106

.21 to .27

Ironcarbon
13 x 106
7 x 106
68 to 750
.22

Ironcoppercarbon
13 to 15 x 106
7 x 106
68 to 750
.22
6

AISI 4630
18 to 23 x 10

.25

Stainless steels:
AISI 300 series
15 to 20 x 106

.24
AISI 400 series
14 to 20 x 106

.23

Brass
10 x 106

.26

Bronze
8 to 13 x 106
10 x 106
68 to 750
.28
Nonmetallics:

Acrylic
3.5 to 4.5 x 105
3.0 to 4 x 105
0 to 100
.043

Delrin (acetal resin )
4.1 x 105
5.5 x 105
85 to 220
.051

Fluorocarbon resin (TFE)
4.0 to 6.5 x 104
5.5 x 105
22 to 86
.078
5
5

Nylon
1.6 to 4.5 x 10
4.5 to 5.5 x 10
22 to 86
.041

Phenolic laminate:
Paper base
1.1 to 1.8 x 105
0.9 to 1.4 x 105
22 to 86
.048
Cotton base
0.8 to 1.3 x 105
0.7 to 1.5 x 105
22 to 86
.048
Linen base
0.8 to 1.1 x 105
0.8 to 1.4 x 105
22 to 86
.049

Polystyrene (general purpose)
4.0 to 5 x 105
3.3 to 4.4 x 105
22 to 86
.038

Source: Michalec, G.W., Precision Gearing, Wiley 1966
F
G
F
F
F
F
G
G
G
F
G
F
P
F
F
F
Acetal
ABS
G
G
F
G
G
Polystirene
G
G
G
E
E
E
Nylon 6/6
Nylon 6/10
G
G
F
E
E
E
G
G
Polycarbonate
P
P
P
F
F
G
F
F
P
Polyurethane
F
P
P
E
E
E
G
E
G
F
MoS2-Filled
Nylon
Acetal
ABS
Polystyrene
Nylon 6-6
Nylon 6-10
MoS2-Filled Nylon
Polycarbonate
Polyurethane
Brass
Steel
Brass
Material
Table 18-12
Wear Characteristics of Plastics
Steel
Table 18-11
Key
E Excellent
G Good
F Fair
P Poor
Reprinted with the permission of Plastic Design and Processing Magazine; see Reference 8.
T104
Poisson's Ratio for

Unfilled Thermoplastics
Polymer
Acetal
Nylon 6/6
Modified PPO
Polycarbonate
Polystyrene
PVC
TFE (Tetrafluorethylene)
FEP (Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene)
0.35
0.39
0.38
0.36
0.33
0.38
0.46
0.48
Source: Clifford E. Adams, Plastic Gearing,

Marcel Dekker Inc., New York 1986. Reference 1.
Moisture has a significant impact on plastic properties as can be seen

in Tables 18-1 thru 18-5. Ranking of plastics is given in Table 18-13. In
this table, rate refers to expansion from dry to full moist condition. Thus, a
0.20% rating means a dimensional increase of 0.002 mm/mm. Note that this
is only a rough guide, as exact values depend upon factors of composition
and processing, both the raw material and gear molding. For example, it can
be seen that the various types and grades of nylon can range from 0.07% to
2.0%.

Table 18-13
Nylon
Material Ranking by Water Absorption Rate

Material
Polytetrafluoroethylene
Polyethylene: medium density
high density
high molecular weight
low density
Polyphenylene sulfides (40% glass filled)
Polyester: thermosetting and alkyds

low shrink

glass preformed chopping roving
Polyester: linear aromatic
Polyphenylene sulfide: unfilled
Polyester: thermoplastic (18% glass)
Polyurethane: cast liquid methane
Polyester synthetic: fiber filled alkyd

glass filled alkyd

mineral filled alkyd

glasswoven cloth

glasspremix, chopped
Nylon 12 (30% glass)
Polycarbonate (1040% glass)
Styreneacrylonitrile copolymer (2033% glass filled)
Polyester thermoplastic:
thermoplastic PTMT (20% asbestos)
glass sheet molding
Polycarbonate <10%glass
Phenolic cast: mineral filled
Polyester alkyd: asbestos filled
Polycarbonate: unfilled
Polyester cast: rigid
Acetal: TFE
Nylon 6/12 (3035% glass)
6/10 (3035% glass)
Polyester alkyd vinyl ester thermoset
Styreneacrylonitrile copolymer: unfilled
Polycarbonate ABS alloy
Phenolic cast: unfilled
Acetal copolymer
homopolymer
Nylon 12 (unmodified)
Acetal (20% glass)
Poly (ancideimide)
Acetal (25% glass)
Nylon 11 (unmodified)
Polyester elastomer
Polyamide
Nylon: 6/12 (unmodified)
6/10 (unmodified)
Polyester-thermosetting and alkyds (cast flexible)
Nylon 6 (cast)
Polyurethane elastomer thermoplastic
6000
12000
Polycarbonate
6000
9000
Nylon MC901
Polyester
3500
8000
Nylon MC901
has almost the
Polyurethane
2500
same level of anti- Source: Clifford E. Adams, Plastic Gearing,
chemical corrosion Marcel Dekker Inc.,New York 1986. Reference 1.
property as Nylon
resins. In general, it has a better antiorganic solvent property, but has a
weaker antiacid property. The properties are as follows:

- For many nonorganic acids, even at low concentration at normal
temperature, itshould not be used without further tests.

- For nonorganic alkali at room temperature, it can be used to a certain
level of concentration.

- For the solutions of nonorganic salts, we may apply them to a fairly
high level of temperature and concentration.

- MC901 has better antiacid ability and stability in organic acids than
in nonorganic acids, except for formic acid.

- MC901 is stable at room temperature in organic compounds of ester
series and ketone series.

- It is also stable in mineral oil, vegetable oil and animal oil, at room
temperature.
Rate of Change
%
0.0
< 0.01
< 0.01
< 0.01
< 0.015
0.01
0.01 0.25
0.01 1.0
0.02
0.02
0.02 0.07
0.02 1.5
0.05 0.20
0.05 0.25
0.05 0.50
0.05 0.50
0.06 0.28
0.07
0.07 0.20
0.08 0.22
0.09
0.10
0.10 0.15
0.12
0.12 0.36
0.14
0.15 0.18
0.15 0.60
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20 0.30
0.20 0.35
0.20 0.40
0.22
0.25
0.25
0.25 0.29
0.28
0.29
0.30
0.30 0.60
0.32
0.40
0.40
0.50 2.50
0.60 1.20
0.70 0.90
Table 18-14 lists safe stress values for a few basic plastics and the effect of
glass fiber reinforcement.
It is important to stress the resistance to chemical corrosion of some
plastic materials.
These properties of
Table 18-14 Safe Stress
some of materials

Safe stress, psi
used in the
Plastic

Glass-reinforced
Unfilled
products presented
ABS Resins
3000
6000
in this catalog are
Acetal
5000
7000
further explored.

Duracon M90

This plastic has outstanding antiorganic properties. However, it has
the disadvantage of having limited suitable adhesives. Its main properties
are:

- Good resistance against nonorganic chemicals, but will be corroded
by strong acids such as nitric, sulfuric and chloric acids.

- Household chemicals, such as synthetic detergents, have almost no
effect on M90.

- M90 does not deteriorate even under long term operation in high
temperature lubricating oil, except for some additives in high grade
lubricants.

- With grease, M90 behaves the same as with oil lubricants.
Gear designers interested in using this material should be aware of
properties regarding individual chemicals. Plastic manufacturers' technical
information manuals should be consulted prior to making gear design
decisions.
18.3 Choice Of Pressure Angles And Modules
Nylon 6/6:
MoS2
0.80 1.10

30 35% glass
0.90

unmodified
1.10 1.50

nucleated
1.10 1.50
Nylon 6 (30 35% glass)
1.30

unmodified
1.30 1.90

nucleated
1.30 1.90
Nylon 6/6 6 (copolymer)
1.50 1.20
Source: Clifford E. Adams, Plastic Gearing, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1986.
Reference 1.
Pressure angles of 14.5, 20 and 25 are used in plastic gears. The

20 pressure angle is usually preferred due to its stronger tooth shape and
reduced undercutting compared to the 14.5 pressure angle system. The
25 pressure angle has the highest load-carrying ability, but is more sensitive
to center distance variation and hence runs less quietly. The choice is
dependent on the application.
The determination of the appropriate module or diametral pitch is
a compromise between a number of different design requirements. A
larger module is associated with larger and stronger teeth. For a given
pitch diameter, however, this also means a smaller number of teeth with a
correspondingly greater likelihood of undercut at very low number of teeth.
Larger teeth are generally associated with more sliding than smaller teeth.
On the other side of the coin, smaller modules, which are associated
with smaller teeth, tend to provide greater load sharing due to the
compliance of plastic gears. However, a limiting condition would eventually
be reached when mechanical interference occurs as a result of too much
compliance. Smaller teeth are also more sensitive to tooth errors and may
be more highly stressed.
A good procedure is probably to size the pinion first, since it is the more
highly loaded member. It should be proportioned to support the required
loads, but should not be over designed.
T105
18.4 Strength Of Plastic Spur Gears

In the following text, main consideration will be given to Nylon MC901
and Duracon M90. However, the basic equations used are applicable to all
other plastic materials if the appropriate values for the factors are applied.

18.4.1 Bending Strength of Spur Gears
Nylon MC901
The allowable tangential force F (kgf) at the pitch circle of a Nylon
MC901 spur gear can be obtained from the Lewis formula.
F = mybbKV (kgf)
(18-1)
where:
m = Module (mm)
y = Form factor at pitch point (see Table 18-15)
b = Teeth width (mm)
b = Allowable bending stress (kgf/mm2) (see Figure 18-1)
KV = Speed factor (see Table 18-16)
Duracon M90
The allowable tangential force F (kgf) at pitch circle of a Duracon M90
spur gear can also be obtained from the Lewis formula.
F = mybb (kgf)
where:
m = Module (mm)
y = Form factor at pitch point (see Table 18-15)
b = Teeth width (mm)
b = Allowable bending stress (kgf/mm2)
The allowable bending stress can be calculated by Equation (18-3):

KV KT KL KM
b = b'
(18-3)

CS
where:
b' = Maximum allowable bending stress under ideal condition (kgf/mm2)
(see Figure 18-2)
CS = Working factor (see Table 18-17)
KV = Speed factor (see Figure 18-3)
KT = Temperature factor (see Figure 18-4)
KL = Lubrication factor (see Table 18-18)
KM = Material factor (see Table 18-19)
3
Maximum Allowable Bending Stress b'
6
Oil Lubricated
Unlubricated
1
0
Fig. 18-1
Number
of Teeth
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
34
38
40
50
60
75
100
150
300
Rack
(18-2)
20
40
60
80
100 120
Ambient Temperature (C)
Allowable Bending Stress, b (kgf/mm2)
Table 18-15
14.5
0.355
0.399
0.430
0.458
0.480
0.496
0.509
0.522
0.535
0.540
0.553
0.565
0.569
0.588
0.604
0.613
0.622
0.635
0.650
0.660
Form Factor, y
Form Factor
20 Standard Tooth 20 Stub Tooth
0.415
0.496
0.468
0.540
0.503
0.578
0.522
0.603
0.544
0.628
0.559
0.648
0.572
0.664
0.588
0.678
0.597
0.688
0.606
0.698
0.628
0.714
0.651
0.729
0.657
0.733
0.694
0.757
0.713
0.774
0.735
0.792
0.757
0.808
0.779
0.830
0.801
0.855
0.823
0.881
Table 18-16 Speed Factor, KV
Lubrication
Tangential Speed (m/sec)

Under 12
Lubricated
Over 12
Under 5
Unlubricated
Over 5
Mod
ule 0
.8
Modu
le 1
3
2
Modu
le 2
1
0
104
105
106
107
108
Numbers of Cycles
Fig. 18-2
Maximum Allowable Bending Stress under Ideal Condition,

b' (kgf/mm2)
Table 18-17
Types of Load
Uniform Load
Light Impact
Medium impact
Heavy Impact
Working Factor, CS
Daily Operating Hours
24 hrs./day 8-10 hrs./day 0.5 hrs./day

1.25
1.00
0.80
1.50
1.25
1.00
1.75
1.50
1.25
2.00
1.75
1.50
Table 18-18
Lubrication Factor, KL
Lubrication
Initial Grease Lubrication
Continuous Oil Lubrication
Table 18-19
T106
1.5 3.0
Material Factor, KM
Material Combination
Duracon vs. Metal
Duracon vs. Duracon
Factor KV
1.0
0.85
1.0
0.7
KL
1
KM
1
0.75
3 hrs./day
0.50
0.80
1.00
1.25
1.6
Duracon M90
Duracon gears have less friction and wear when in an oil lubrication
condition. However, the calculation of strength must take into consideration
a no-lubrication condition. The surface strength using Hertz contact stress,
Sc, is calculated by Equation (18-4).
1.4

F
u+1
1.4
Sc =
(kgf/mm2)
(18-4)

bd1
u
1
1

( + ) sin2

E1 E2
where:

F = Tangential force on surface (kgf)


d1 = Pitch diameter of pinion (mm)

u = Gear ratio =z2 /z1

E = Modulus of elasticity of material (kgf/mm2) (see Figure 18-5)

= Pressure angle
1.0
0.6
0.4
0.2
5
10
15
20
Linear Speed at Pitch Point (m/sec)
Speed Factor, KV
1,400
1,300
1.5
1,200
1.3
1,100
1.2
1.4
900
KT = 1 at 20C
800
1.0
0.9
0.8
700
0.7
600
0.6
500
0.5
400
500
Modulus of Elasticity of Duracon (kgf/mm 2)
1.1
1,000
0.4
300
0.3
200
0.2
100
0
If the value of Hertz contact stress, Sc, is calculated by Equation

(18-4) and the value falls below the curve of Figure 18-6, then it is directly
applicable as a safe design. If the calculated value falls above the curve,
the Duracon gear is unsafe.
Figure 18-6 is based upon data for a pair of Duracon gears: m = 2, v =
12 m/s, and operating at room temperature. For working conditions that are
similar or better, the values in the figure can be used.
25
Temperature Factor KT
Fig. 18-3
Maximum Bending Strength (kgf/cm2)
0.8
0.1
60 40 20
Fig. 18-4
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
300
200
100
Temperature (C)
Temperature Factor, KT
Fig. 18-5
Application Notes
In designing plastic gears, the effects of heat and moisture must be
given careful consideration. The related problems are:
1. Backlash
Plastic gears have larger coefficients of thermal expansion. Also,
they have an affinity to absorb moisture and swell. Good design requires
allowance for a greater amount of backlash than for metal gears.
2. Lubrication
Most plastic gears do not require lubrication. However, temperature
rise due to meshing may be controlled by the cooling effect of a lubricant as
well as by reduction of friction. Often, in the case of high-speed rotational
speeds, lubrication is critical.
3. Plastic gear with metal mate
If one of the gears of a mated pair is metal, there will be a heat sink
that combats a high temperature rise. The effectiveness depends upon the
particular metal, amount of metal mass, and rotational speed.
T107
For comparison, the Modulus of Elasticity of Steel is 2.1 x 104 kgf/mm2, for
the temperature range between
40 and 120C.
400
Maximum Allowable Surface Stress

(kgf/mm2)
Speed Factor Kv
1.2
18.4.2 Surface Strength of Plastic Spur Gears
60 40 20
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Temperature (C)
Modulus of Elasticity in Bending of Duracon
5
4
3
2
1
104
Fig. 18-6
105
106
107
Numbers of Cycles
Maximum Allowable Surface Stress

(Spur Gears)
108
18.4.3 Bending Strength Of Plastic Bevel Gears
Nylon MC901
The allowable tangential force at the pitch circle is calculated by
Equation (18-5).

Ra b
F = m
yb b K V
(18-5)

Ra
where:

y = Form factor at pitch point (by equivalent spur gear from
Table 18-15)
z

z =
(18-6)
v
cos
where:

Ra = Outer cone distance

= Pitch cone angle (degree)

zv = Number of teeth of equivalent spur gear
Other variables may be calculated the same way as for spur gears.
where:

KV KT KL KM
b = b'

CS
and y = Form factor at pitch point, which is obtained from Table 18-15
by computing the number of teeth of equivalent spur gear via
Equation (18-6).
Other variables are obtained by using the equations for Duracon spur
gears.
18.4.4 Bending Strength Of Plastic Worm Gears
Nylon MC901
Generally, the worm is much stronger than the worm gear. Therefore,
it is necessary to calculate the strength of only the worm gear.
The allowable tangential force F (kgf) at the pitch circle of the worm
gear is obtained from Equation (18-8).
F = m n yb b KV (kgf)
(18-8)
where:

mn = Normal module (mm)

y = Form factor at pitch point, which is obtained from Table
18-15 by first computing the number of teeth of equivalent
spur gear using Equation (18-9).

z

z =
(18-9)
V cos 3
Worm meshes have relatively high sliding velocities, which induces
a high temperature rise. This causes a sharp decrease in strength and
abnormal friction wear. This is particularly true of an all plastic mesh.
Table 18-20
Material of Worm

d 1 n 1
Sliding speed vs =

60000cos
(m/s)
Lubrication of plastic worms is vital, particularly under high load and

continuous operation.

18.4.5 Strength Of Plastic Keyway
Fastening of a plastic gear to the shaft is often done by means of a key

and keyway. Then, the critical thing is the stress level imposed upon the
keyway sides. This is calculated by Equation (18-10).

2T
= (kgf/cm2)

d lh
Duracon M90
The allowable tangential force F(kgf) on pitch circle of Duracon M90
bevel gears can be obtained from Equation (18-7).

Ra b
F = m
ybb

(18-7)

Ra
Therefore, sliding speeds must be contained within recommendations of

Table 18-20.
where:

= Pressure on the keyway sides (kgf/cm2)

T = Transmitted torque (kgfm)
d = Diameter of shaft (cm)
l = Effective length of keyway (cm)
h = Depth of keyway (cm)
The maximum allowable surface pressure for MC901 is 200 kgf/cm2,

and this must not be exceeded. Also, the keyway's corner must have a
suitable radius to avoid stress concentration. The distance from the root of
the gear to the bottom of the keyway should be at least twice the tooth whole
depth, h.
Keyways are not to be used when the following conditions exist:
- Excessive keyway stress
- High ambient temperature
- High impact
- Large outside diameter gears
When above conditions prevail, it is expedient to use a metallic hub in
the gear. Then, a keyway may be cut in the metal hub.
A metallic hub can be fixed in the plastic gear by several methods:
- Press the metallic hub into the plastic gear, ensuring fastening with
a knurl or screw.
- Screw fasten metal discs on each side of the plastic gear.
- Thermofuse the metal hub to the gear.
18.5 Effect Of Part Shrinkage On Plastic Gear Design
The nature of the part and the molding operation have a significant
effect on the molded gear. From the design point of view, the most important
effect is the shrinkage of the gear relative to the size of the mold cavity.
Gear shrinkage depends upon mold proportions, gear geometry,
material, ambient temperature and time. Shrinkage is usually expressed in
millimeters per millimeter. For example, if a plastic gear with a shrinkage
rate of 0.022 mm/mm has a pitch diameter of 50 mm while in the mold, the
pitch diameter after molding will be reduced by (50)(0.022) or 1.1 mm, and
becomes 48.9 mm after it leaves the mold.
Material Combinations and Limits of Sliding Speed
Material of Worm Gear
(18-10)
Lubrication Condition
Sliding Speed
MC Nylon
MC Nylon
No Lubrication
Under 0.125 m/s
Steel
MC Nylon
No Lubrication
Under 1 m/s
Steel
MC Nylon
Initial Lubrication
Under 1.5 m/s
Steel
MC Nylon
Continuous Lubrication
Under 2.5 m/s
T108
Depending upon the material and the molding process, shrinkage

rates ranging from about 0.001 mm/mm to 0.030 mm/mm occur in plastic
gears (see Table 18-1 and Figure 18-7). Sometimes shrinkage rates are
expressed as a percentage. For example, a shrinkage rate of 0.0025 mm/
mm can be stated as a 0.25% shrinkage rate.
Exposure Temperature C
30
50
70
90 100F Mold
Post Molding Shrinkage %
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.1
0
75
100
150
Exposure Temperature F
Fig. 18-7
200
Shrinkage for Delrin in Air
From the above, it becomes obvious that with the same mold by
changing molding parameters parts of different sizes can be produced.
The form of the gear tooth itself changes as a result of shrinkage,
irrespective of it shrinking away from the mold, as shown in Figure 18-8.
The resulting gear will be too thin at the top and too thick at the base. The
pressure angle will have increased, resulting in the possibility of binding, as
well as greater wear.
In order to obtain an idea of the effect of part shrinkage subsequent
to molding, the following equations are presented where the primes refer to
(a)
Mold Tooth Form
Gear Tooth Form
After Molding
(Superimposed on
each other for
comparison)
(18-13)
(18-14)
=
=
=
=
=
=
shrinkage rate (mm/mm)

module
pressure angle
pitch diameter (mm)
circular pitch (mm)
number of teeth
The pitch diameter of the electrode, therefore, will be:

d = zm = 64 x 1.0225 = 65.44 mm
For the sake of simplicity, we are ignoring the correction which has to
be made to compensate for the electrode gap which results in the cavity
being larger than the electrode.
The shrinking process can give rise to residual stresses within the
gear, especially if it has sections of different thicknesses. For this reason, a
hubless gear is less likely to be warped than a gear with a hub.
If necessary, a gear can be annealed after molding in order to relieve
residual stresses. However, since this adds another operation in the
manufacturing of the gear, annealing should be considered only under the
following circumstances:
1. If maximum dimensional stability is essential.
2. If the stresses in the gear would otherwise exceed the design
limit.
3. If close tolerances and high-temperature operation makes annealing
necessary.
Annealing adds a small amount of lubricant within the gear surface
region. If the prior gear lubrication is marginal, this can be helpful.
18.6 Proper Use Of Plastic Gears

18.6.1 Backlash
Due to the thermal expansion of plastic gears, which is significantly

greater than that of metal gears, and the effects of tolerances, one should
make sure that meshing gears do not bind in the course of service. Several
means are available for introducing backlash into the system. Perhaps the
simplest is to enlarge center distance. Care must be taken, however, to
ensure that the contact ratio remains adequate.
It is possible also to thin out the tooth profile during manufacturing, but
this adds to the manufacturing cost and requires careful consideration of the
tooth geometry.
To some extent, the flexibility of the bearings and clearances can
compensate for thermal expansion. If a small change in center distance is
necessary and feasible, it probably represents the best and least expensive
compromise.
(b)
Fig. 18-8
s*
m

d
p'
z
therefore, = 1611' pressure angle

m'
1
m = = = 1.0225

1 s*
1 0.022
The effect of shrinkage must be anticipated in the design of the mold

and requires expert knowledge. Accurate and specific treatment of this
phenomenon is a result of years of experience in building molds for gears;
hence, details go beyond the scope of this presentation.
In general, the final size of a molded gear is a result of the following
factors:
1. Plastic material being molded.
2. Injection pressure.
3. Injection temperature.
4. Injection hold time.
5. Mold cure time and mold temperature.
6. Configuration of part (presence of web, insert, spokes, ribs, etc.).
7. Location, number and size of gates.
8. Treatment of part after molding.
Gear Tooth
After Molding
d' = zm'
p' = m'
cos = cos '(1 + s*) = 0.93969262 (1 + 0.022) = 0.96036
Reprinted with the permission of E.I. DuPont de

Nemours and Co.; see Ref. 8
Mold
(18-12)
It follows that a hob generating the electrode for a cavity which will
produce a post shrinkage standard gear would need to be of a nonstandard
configuration.
Let us assume that an electrode is cut for a 20 pressure angle, module
1, 64 tooth gear which will be made of acetal (s* = 0.022) and will have 64
mm pitch diameter after molding.
200F Mold
250F Mold
Annealed,
all mold
temperatures
0.2
(18-11)
m' = (1 s*)m
where:

150F Mold
0.5
quantities after the shrinkage occurred:

cos
cos' =

1 + s*
Change of Tooth Profile
T109
18.6.2 Environment and Tolerances
In any discussion of tolerances for plastic gears, it is necessary to

distinguish between manufacturing tolerances and dimensional changes
due to environmental conditions.
As far as manufacturing is concerned, plastic gears can be made to
high accuracy, if desired. For injection molded gears, Total Composite
Error can readily be held within a range of roughly 0.075 0.125 mm, with a
corresponding Tooth-to-Tooth Composite Error of about 0.025 0.050 mm.
Higher accuracies can be obtained if the more expensive filled materials,
mold design, tooling and quality control are used.
In addition to thermal expansion changes, there are permanent
dimensional changes as the result of moisture absorption. Also, there
are dimensional changes due to compliance under load. The coefficient
of thermal expansion of plastics is on the order of four to ten times those
of metals (see Tables 18-3 and 18-10). In addition, most plastics are
hygroscopic (i.e., absorb moisture) and dimensional changes on the order of
0.1% or more can develop in the course of time, if the humidity is sufficient.
As a result, one should attempt to make sure that a tolerance which is
specified is not smaller than the inevitable dimensional changes which
arise as a result of environmental conditions. At the same time, the greater
compliance of plastic gears, as compared to metal gears, suggests that the
necessity for close tolerances need not always be as high as those required
for metal gears.

18.6.3 Avoiding Stress Concentration
In order to minimize stress concentration and maximize the life of a

plastic gear, the root fillet radius should be as large as possible, consistent
with conjugate gear action. Sudden changes in cross section and sharp
corners should be avoided, especially in view of the possibility of additional
residual stresses which may have occurred in the course of the molding
operation.

18.6.4 Metal Inserts
Injection molded metal inserts are used in plastic gears for a variety of
reasons:

1. To avoid an extra finishing operation.

2. To achieve greater dimensional stability, because the metal will
shrink less and is not sensitive to moisture; it is, also, a better heat
sink.

3. To provide greater load-carrying capacity.

4. To provide increased rigidity.

5. To permit repeated assembly and disassembly.

6. To provide a more precise bore to shaft fit.
Inserts can be molded into the part or subsequently assembled. In
the case of subsequent insertion of inserts, stress concentrations may be
present which may lead to cracking of the parts. The interference limits for
press fits must be obeyed depending on the material used; also, proper
minimum wall thicknesses around the inserts must be left. The insertion of
inserts may be accomplished by ultrasonically driving in the insert. In this
case, the material actually melts into the knurling at the insert periphery.
Inserts are usually produced by screw machines and made of aluminum
or brass. It is advantageous to attempt to match the coefficient of thermal
expansion of the plastic to the materials used for inserts. This will reduce
the residual stresses in the plastic part of the gear during contraction while
cooling after molding.
When metal inserts are used, generous radii and fillets in the plastic
gear are recommended to avoid stress concentration. It is also possible to
use other types of metal inserts, such as self-threading, self-tapping screws,
press fits and knurled inserts. One advantage of the first two of these is
that they permit repeated assembly and disassembly without part failure or
fatigue.

18.6.5 Attachment Of Plastic Gears to Shafts
Several methods of attaching gears to shafts are in common use.

These include splines, keys, integral shafts, set screws, and plain and
knurled press fits. Table 18-21 lists some of the basic characteristics of
each of these fastening methods.

18.6.6 Lubrication
Depending on the application, plastic gears can operate with continuous

lubrication, initial lubrication, or no lubrication. According to L.D. Martin
(Injection Molded Plastic Gears, Plastic Design and Processing, 1968;
Part 1, August, pp 38-45; Part 2, September, pp. 33-35):

1. All gears function more effectively with lubrication and will have a
longer service life.

2. A light spindle oil (SAE 10) is generally recommended as are the
usual lubricants; these include silicone and hydrocarbon oils, and
in some cases cold water is acceptable as well.

3. Under certain conditions, dry lubricants such as molybdenum
disulfide, can be used to reduce tooth friction.
Ample experience and evidence exist substantiating that plastic gears
can operate with a metal mate without the need of a lubricant, as long
as the stress levels are not exceeded. It is also true that in the case of
a moderate stress level, relative to the materials rating, plastic gears can
be meshed together without a lubricant. However, as the stress level is
increased, there is a tendency for a localized plastic-to-plastic welding to
occur, which increases friction and wear. The level of this problem varies
with the particular type of plastic.
A key advantage of plastic gearing is that, for many applications,
running dry is adequate. When a situation of stress and shock level is
uncertain, using the proper lubricant will provide a safety margin and
certainly will cause no harm. The chief consideration should be in choosing
a lubricant's chemical compatibility with the particular plastic. Least likely to
encounter problems with typical gear oils and greases are: nylons, Delrins
(acetals), phenolics, polyethylene and polypropylene. Materials requiring
Table 18-21 Characteristics of Various Shaft Attachment Methods

Nature of
Torque
Cost
Disassembly
Comments
Gear-Shaft
Capacity
Connection
Not good unless
Questionable reliability,
threaded metal insert particularly under vibration or
is used
reversing drive
Set Screw
Limited
Low
Press fit
Limited
Low
Not possible
Residual stresses need

to be considered
Knurled Shaft
Connection
Fair
Low
Not possible
A permanent assembly
Spline
Good
High
Good
Suited for close tolerances
Key
Good
Reasonably
Low
Good
Requires good fits
Integral Shaft
Good
Low
Not Possible
T110
Bending load on shaft

needs to be watched
caution are: polystyrene, polycarbonates, polyvinyl chloride and ABS

resins.
An alternate to external lubrication is to use plastics fortified with a solid
state lubricant. Molybdenum disulfide in nylon and acetal are commonly
used. Also, graphite, colloidal carbon and silicone are used as fillers.
In no event should there be need of an elaborate sophisticated
lubrication system such as for metal gearing. If such a system is
contemplated, then the choice of plastic gearing is in question. Simplicity is
the plastic gear's inherent feature.

18.6.7 Molded Vs. Cut Plastic Gears
Although not nearly as common as the injection molding process, both

thermosetting and thermoplastic plastic gears can be readily machined.
The machining of plastic gears can be considered for high precision parts
with close tolerances and for the development of prototypes for which the
investment in a mold may not be justified.
Standard stock gears of reasonable precision are produced by using
blanks molded with brass inserts, which are subsequently hobbed to close
tolerances.
When to use molded gears vs. cut plastic gears is usually determined
on the basis of production quantity, body features that may favor molding,
quality level and unit cost. Often, the initial prototype quantity will be
machine cut, and investment in molding tools is deferred until the product
and market is assured. However, with some plastics this approach can
encounter problems.
The performance of molded vs. cut plastic gears is not always identical.
Differences occur due to subtle causes. Bar stock and molding stock may
not be precisely the same. Molding temperature can have an effect. Also,
surface finishes will be different for cut vs. molded gears. And finally, there
is the impact of shrinkage with molding which may not have been adequately
compensated.

different parts.
Since special terminology will be used, we shall first describe the
elements shown in Figure 18-10.
1. Locating Ring is the element which assures the proper location
of the mold on the platen with respect to the nozzle which injects the molten
plastic.
2. Sprue Bushing is the element which mates with the nozzle. It
has a spherical or flat receptacle which accurately mates with the surface of
the nozzle.
3. Sprue is the channel in the sprue bushing through which the
molten plastic is injected.
4. Runner is the channel which distributes material to different
cavities within the same mold base.
5. Core Pin is the element which, by its presence, restricts the flow
of plastic; hence, a hole or void will be created in the molded part.
6. Ejector Sleeves are operated by the molding machine. These
have a relative motion with respect to the cavity in the direction which will
cause ejection of the part from the mold.
7. Front Side is considered the side on which the sprue bushing and
the nozzle are located.
8. Gate is the orifice through which the molten plastic enters the
cavity.
9. Vent (not visible due to its small size) is a minuscule opening
through which the air can be evacuated from the cavity as the molten plastic
fills it. The vent is configured to let air escape, but does not fill up with
plastic.
18.6.8 Elimination of Gear Noise
Incomplete conjugate action and/or excessive backlash are usually

the source of noise. Plastic molded gears are generally less accurate than
their metal counterparts. Furthermore, due to the presence of a larger Total
Composite Error, there is more backlash built into the gear train.
To avoid noise, more resilient material, such as urethane, can be used.
Figure 18-9 shows several gears made of urethane which, in mesh with
Delrin gears, produce a practically noiseless gear train. The face width of
the urethane gears must be increased correspondingly to compensate for
lower load carrying ability of this material.
4 Runner
3 Sprue 2 Sprue Bushing

1 Locating Ring
8 Gate
7 Front Side
of Mold
Mold
Parting
Line
5 Core
Pin
6 Ejector
Sleeve
Leader Pin
Fig. 18-9
Leader Pin Bushing
Air Ejection
Channel
Gears Made of Urethane
18.7 Mold Construction

Depending on the quantity of gears to be produced, a decision has to
be made to make one single cavity or a multiplicity of identical cavities. If
more than one cavity is involved, these are used as family molds inserted
in mold bases which can accommodate a number of cavities for identical or
T111
Fig. 18-10
Mold Nomenclature
The location of the gate on the

gear is extremely important. If a side
gate is used, as shown in Figure
18-11, the material is injected in one
spot and from there it flows to fill out
the cavity. This creates a weld line
opposite to the gate. Since the plastic
material is less fluid at that point in
time, it will be of limited strength where
the weld is located.
Furthermore, the shrinkage of the
material in the direction of the flow will
be different from that perpendicular
to the flow. As a result, a side-gated
gear or rotating part will be somewhat
elliptical rather than round.
In order to eliminate this problem,
diaphragm gating can be used, which
will cause the injection of material in all
directions at the same time (Figure 1812). The disadvantage of this method
is the presence of a burr at the hub
and no means of support of the core
pin because of the presence of the

sprue.
The best, but most elaborate,
way is multiple pin gating (Figure 1813). In this case, the plastic is injected
at several places symmetrically
located. This will assure reasonable
viscosity of plastic when the material
welds, as well as create uniform
shrinkage in all directions. The
problem is the elaborate nature of the
mold arrangement so called 3-plate
molds, in Figure 18-14 accompanied
by high costs. If precision is a Fig. 18-13 Multiple Pin Gating
requirement, this way of molding is a
must, particularly if the gears are of a
larger diameter.
To compare the complexity of a 3-plate mold with a 2-plate mold, which
is used for edge gating, Figure 18-15 can serve as an illustration.
Fig. 18-11 Side Gating
Fig. 18-12 Diaphragm Gating
(a) Mold Closed

Sucker Pin
Core Insert
Gear Ring
Insert
Cavity
Insert
(b) Gates Separated from Molded Parts

Fig. 18-14
Three-Plate Mold
T112
Continued on the following page
Gate and Runner

Sprue Distributor Plate
"A" Plate
Stripper Bolt which
caused the motion
of "A" Plate
"A" Chase
"B" Chase
"B" Plate
(c) Gate and Runner Exposed
Front Plate
"X" Plate
Gate and Runner
separated from Sucker Pin
by motion of "X" Plate and
ejected by air
Stripper Bolt which caused

the separation of "X" Plate
from the Front Plate
Gear stripped off Core Pin

Ejector Retainer Bushing
Ejector Retainer Plate

Ejector Plate
Back Plate
Core Pin Retainer Plate
Ejector Rod
(d) Mold Open
Fig. 18-14 (Cont.)
T113
Three-Plate Mold
(a) Mold Closed
(c) Part, Runners &

Sprue Ejected
(b) Mold Open

Fig. 18-15
Two-Plate Mold
SECTION 19 FEATURES OF TOOTH SURFACE CONTACT

Tooth surface contact is critical to noise, vibration, efficiency, strength,
wear and life. To obtain good contact, the designer must give proper
consideration to the following features:

- Modifying the Tooth Shape
Improve tooth contact by crowning or relieving.

- Using Higher Precision Gear
Specify higher accuracy by design. Also, specify that the
manufacturing process is to include grinding or lapping.

- Controlling the Accuracy of the Gear Assembly
Specify adequate shaft parallelism and perpendicularity of the gear
housing (box or structure).
Surface contact quality of spur and helical gears can be reasonably
controlled and verified through piece part inspection. However, for the most
part, bevel and worm gears cannot be equally well inspected. Consequently,
final inspection of bevel and worm mesh tooth contact in assembly provides
a quality criterion for control. Then, as required, gears can be axially
adjusted to achieve desired contact.
JIS B 1741 classifies surface contact into three levels, as presented in
Table 19-1.
The percentage in Table 19-1 considers only the effective width and
height of teeth.
T114
Table 19-1
Level
A
Types of Gear
Levels of Gear Surface Contact
Levels of Surface Contact
Tooth Width Direction Tooth Height Direction

Cylindrical Gears More than 70%
More than 40%
Bevel Gears
More than 50%
Worm Gears
More than 30%
Bevel Gears
More than 35%
Worm Gears
More than 20%
Bevel Gears
More than 25%
Worm Gears
More than 20%
19.1 Surface Contact Of Spur And Helical Meshes

A check of contact is, typically, only done to verify the accuracy of the
installation, rather than the individual gears. The usual method is to blue
dye the gear teeth and operate for a short time. This reveals the contact
area for inspection and evaluation.
19.2 Surface Contact Of A Bevel Gear
19.2.2 The Shaft Angle Error of Gear Box

As Figure 19-3 shows, the contact trace will move toward the toe end if
the shaft angle error is positive; the contact trace will move toward the heel
end if the shaft angle error is negative.
19.2.3 Mounting Distance Error
It is important to check the surface contact of a bevel gear both during

manufacturing and again in final assembly. The method is to apply a colored
dye and observe the contact area after running. Usually some load is applied,
either the actual or applied braking, to realize a realistic contact condition.
Ideal contact favors the toe end under no or light load, as shown in Figure
19-1; and, as load is increased to full load, contact shifts to the central part
of the tooth width.
Even when a gear is ideally manufactured, it may reveal poor surface
contact due to lack of precision in housing or improper mounting position,
or both. Usual major faults are:

1. Shafts are not intersecting, but are skew (offset error).

2. Shaft angle error of gear box.

3. Mounting distance error.
Errors 1 and 2 can be corrected only by reprocessing the housing/
mounting. Error 3 can be corrected by adjusting the gears in an axial direction. All three errors may be the cause of improper backlash.
100
60
Fig. 19-3
Heel (Outer) End
The Contact Trace on

Central Front End
19.2.1 The Offset Error of Shaft Alignment
Poor Contact Due to Shaft Angle Error
() Error
(+) Error
If a gear box has an offset error, then it will produce crossed end contact,
as shown in Figure 19-2. This error often appears as if error is in the gear
tooth orientation.
Error
() Shaft
Angle Error
When the mounting distance of the pinion is a positive error, the contact
of the pinion will move towards the tooth root, while the contact of the mating
gear will move toward the top of the tooth. This is the same situation as if
the pressure angle of the pinion is smaller than that of the gear. On the other
hand, if the mounting distance of the pinion has a negative error, the contact
of the pinion will move toward the top and that of the gear will move toward
the root. This is similar to the pressure angle of the pinion being larger than
that of the gear. These errors may be diminished by axial adjustment with a
backing shim. The various contact patterns due to mounting distance errors
are shown in Figure 19-4.
Mounting distance error will cause a change of backlash; positive
error will increase backlash; and negative, decrease. Since the mounting
distance error of the pinion affects the surface contact greatly, it is customary
to adjust the gear rather than the pinion in its axial direction.
Toe (Inner) End

Fig. 19-1
(+) Shaft Angle Error
Pinion
Error
Gear
Fig. 19-4
Pinion
Gear
Poor Contact Due to Error in

Mounting Distance
19.3 Surface Contact Of Worm And Worm Gear

Fig. 19-2
Poor Contact Due to Offset Error of Shafts
There is no specific Japanese standard concerning worm gearing,
T115
Therefore, it is the general practice to test the tooth contact and backlash with a tester. Figure 19-5 shows the ideal contact for a worm gear
mesh.
From Figure 19-5, we realize that the ideal portion of contact inclines
to the receding side. The approaching side has a smaller contact trace than
the receding side. Because the clearance in
Rotating Direction
the approaching side
is larger than in the receding side, the oil film
is established much
easier in the approaching side. However, an
excellent worm gear
in conjunction with a Approach Side
Recess Side
defective gear box will
decrease the level of
tooth contact and the
performance.
Fig. 19-5 Ideal Surface Contact of
There are three

Worm Gear
major factors, besides
the gear itself, which
may influence the surface contact:
1. Shaft Angle Error.
2. Center Distance Error.
3. Mounting Distance Error of Worm Gear.
Errors number 1 and number 2 can only be corrected by remaking the
housing. Error number 3 may be decreased by adjusting the worm gear
along the axial direction. These three errors introduce varying degrees of
backlash.

(+) Error
() Error
(+)
()
RH Helix
Fig. 19-7

LH Helix
RH Helix
LH Helix
Poor Contact Due to

Center Distance Error
19.3.3 Mounting Distance Error
Figure 19-8 shows the resulting poor contact from mounting distance
error of the worm gear. From the figure, we can see the contact shifts
toward the worm gear tooth's edge. The direction of shift in the contact
area matches the direction of worm gear mounting error. This error affects
backlash, which tends to decrease as the error increases. The error can be
diminished by microadjustment of the worm gear in the axial direction.
Error
19.3.1. Shaft Angle Error
If the gear box has a shaft angle error, then it will produce crossed
contact as shown in Figure 19-6.
A helix angle error will also produce a similar crossed contact.
Error
Error
Fig. 19-8
Error
SECTION 20
Fig. 19-6
Poor Contact Due to

Mounting Distance Error
LUBRICATION OF GEARS
The purpose of lubricating gears is as follows:

1. Promote sliding between teeth to reduce the coefficient of friction
().

2. Limit the temperature rise caused by rolling and sliding friction.
To avoid difficulties such as tooth wear and premature failure, the
correct lubricant must be chosen.
Poor Contact Due to Shaft Angle Error
19.3.2 Center Distance Error
Even when exaggerated center distance errors exist, as shown in

Figure 19-7, the results are crossed end contacts. Such errors not only
cause bad contact but also greatly influence backlash.
A positive center distance error causes increased backlash. A negative
error will decrease backlash and may result in a tight mesh, or even make
it impossible to assemble.
20.1 Methods Of Lubrication

There are three gear lubrication methods in general use:
1. Grease lubrication.
2. Splash lubrication (oil bath method).
3. Forced oil circulation lubrication.
There is no single best lubricant and method. Choice depends upon
tangential speed (m/s) and rotating speed (rpm). At low speed, grease
lubrication is a good choice. For medium and high speeds, splash
T116
lubrication and forced circulation lubrication are more appropriate, but there
are exceptions. Sometimes, for maintenance reasons, a grease lubricant is
used even with high speed. Table 20-1 presents lubricants, methods and
their applicable ranges of speed.
The following is a brief discussion of the three lubrication methods.
20.1.1 Grease Lubrication
Grease lubrication is suitable for any gear system that is open or
enclosed, so long as it runs at low speed. There are three major points
regarding grease:

1. Choosing a lubricant with suitable viscosity.
A lubricant with good fluidity is especially effective in an enclosed
system.

2. Not suitable for use under high load and continuous operation.
The cooling effect of grease is not as good as lubricating oil. So it
may become a problem with temperature rise under high load and
continuous operating conditions.

3. Proper quantity of grease.
There must be sufficient grease to do the job. However, too much
grease can be harmful, particularly in an enclosed system. Excess
grease will cause agitation, viscous drag and result in power loss.
20.1.2 Splash Lubrication
Splash lubrication is used with an enclosed system. The rotating gears
splash lubricant onto the gear system and bearings. It needs at least 3 m/s
tangential speed to be effective. However, splash lubrication has several
problems, two of them being oil level and temperature limitation.
1. Oil level.
There will be excessive agitation loss if the oil level is too high. On the
other hand, there will not be effective lubrication or ability to cool the gears if
the level is too low. Table 20-2 shows guide lines for proper oil level. Also,
the oil level during operation must be monitored, as contrasted with the
static level, in that the oil level will drop when the gears are in motion. This
problem may be countered by raising the static level of lubricant or installing
an oil pan.
2. Temperature limitation.
The temperature of a gear system may rise because of friction loss due
to gears, bearings and lubricant agitation. Rising temperature may cause
one or more of the following problems:
- Lower viscosity of lubricant.
- Accelerated degradation of lubricant.
- Deformation of housing, gears and shafts.
- Decreased backlash.
New high-performance lubricants can withstand up to 80 to 90C. This
temperature can be regarded as the limit. If the lubricant's temperature is
expected to exceed this limit, cooling fins should be added to the gear box,
or a cooling fan incorporated into the system.
20.1.3 Forced-Circulation Lubrication

Forced-circulation lubrication applies lubricant to the contact portion
of the teeth by means of an oil pump. There are drop, spray and oil mist
methods of application.
1. Drop method:
An oil pump is used to suck-up the lubricant and then directly drop it on
the contact portion of the gears via a delivery pipe.
2. Spray method:
An oil pump is used to spray the lubricant directly on the contact area
of the gears.
3. Oil mist method:
Lubricant is mixed with compressed air to form an oil mist that is
sprayed against the contact region of the gears. It is especially suitable for
high-speed gearing.
Oil tank, pump, filter, piping and other devices are needed in the forcedlubrication system. Therefore, it is used only for special high-speed or large
gear box applications. By filtering and cooling the circulating lubricant, the
right viscosity and cleanliness can be maintained. This is considered to be
the best way to lubricate gears.
20.2 Gear Lubricants
An oil film must be formed at the contact surface of the teeth to
minimize friction and to prevent dry metal-to-metal contact. The lubricant
should have the properties listed in Table 20-3.
20.2.1 Viscosity of Lubricant
The correct viscosity is the most important consideration in choosing a
proper lubricant. The viscosity grade of industrial lubricant is regulated in JIS
K 2001. Table 20-4 expresses ISO viscosity grade of industrial lubricants.
JIS K 2219 regulates the gear oil for industrial and automobile use.
Table 20-5 shows the classes and viscosities for industrial gear oils.
JIS K 2220 regulates the specification of grease which is based on
NLGI viscosity ranges. These are shown in Table 20-6.
Besides JIS viscosity classifications, Table 20-7 contains AGMA
viscosity grades and their equivalent ISO viscosity grades.

20.2.2 Selection Of Lubricant
It is practical to select a lubricant by following the catalog or technical

manual of the manufacturer. Table 20-8 is the application guide from AGMA
250.03 "Lubrication of Industrial Enclosed Gear Drives".
Table 20-9 is the application guide chart for worm gears from AGMA
250.03.
Table 20-10 expresses the reference value of viscosity of lubricant
used in the equations for the strength of worm gears in JGMA 405-01.
Table 20-1(A)
Ranges of Tangential Speed (m/s) for Spur and Bevel Gears

Range of Tangential Speed (m/s)
No.
Lubrication
0
5
10
15
20

I
I
I
I
I
1 Grease Lubrication
Splash Lubrication
Table 20-1(B)
No.
25
I
Ranges of Sliding Speed (m/s) for Worm Gears
Lubrication
Grease Lubrication
Splash Lubrication
0
I
Range of Sliding Speed (m/s)

5
10
15
20
I
I
I
I
25
I
T117
Table 20-2
Types of Gears
Gear Orientation
Adequate Oil Level

Bevel Gears
Spur Gears and Helical Gears
Horizontal Shaft
Horizontal Shaft
Vertical Shaft
Worm Gears
Worm Above
Worm Below
Oil level
Level 0
3h
1h
1b
1h
1
h
3
1
b
3
1
d2
3
h = Full depth, b = Tooth width, d2 = Pitch diameter of worm gear, dw = Pitch diameter of worm
No.
Table 20-3
Properties
The Properties that Lubricant Should Possess

Description
Correct and
Proper Viscosity
Lubricant should maintain a proper viscosity to form a stable oil film at

the specified temperature and speed of operation.
Antiscoring
Property
Lubricant should have the property to prevent the scoring failure

of tooth surface while under high-pressure of load.
Oxidization and
Heat Stability
A good lubricant should not oxidize easily and must perform in

moist and high-temperature environment for long duration.
Water Antiaffinity
Property
Moisture tends to condense due to temperature change, when the

gears are stopped. The lubricant should have the property of isolating
moisture and water from lubricant.
Antifoam
Property
If the lubricant foams under agitation, it will not provide a good oil film.
Antifoam property is a vital requirement.
Anticorrosion
Property
Lubrication should be neutral and stable to prevent corrosion from rust

that may mix into the oil.
Table 20-4
ISO
Viscosity Grade

ISO VG
2
ISO VG
3
ISO VG
5
ISO VG
7
ISO VG 10
ISO VG 15
ISO VG 22
ISO VG 32
ISO VG 46
ISO VG 68
ISO VG 100
ISO VG 150
ISO VG 220
ISO VG 320
ISO VG 460
ISO VG 680
ISO VG 1000
ISO VG 1500
ISO Viscosity Grade of Industrial Lubricant (JIS K 2001)

Kinematic Viscosity
Center Value
106m2/s (cSt)
(40C)
2.2
3.2
4.6
6.8
10
15
22
32
46
68
100
150
220
320
460
680
1000
1500
T118
Kinematic Viscosity
Range
106m2/s (cSt)
(40C)
More than 1.98

More than 2.88
More than 4.14
More than 6.12
More than 9.00
More than 13.5
More than 19.8
More than 28.8
More than 41.4
More than 61.2
More than 90.0
More than 135
More than 198
More than 288
More than 414
More than 612
More than 900
More than 1350
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
and
less than
2.42
less than
3.52
less than
5.06
less than
7.48
less than 11.0
less than 16.5
less than 24.2
less than 35.2
less than 50.6
less than 74.8
less than 110
less than 165
less than 242
less than 352
less than 506
less than 748
less than 1100
less than 1650
1
dw
2
1
dw
4
Table 20-5 Industrial Gear Oil

Types of Industrial Gear Oil
NLGI
No.
No. 000
No. 00
No. 0
No. 1
No. 2
No. 3
No. 4
No. 5
No. 6
Class
One
ISO VG
ISO VG
ISO VG
ISO VG
ISO VG
ISO VG
ISO VG
ISO VG
32
46
68
100
150
220
320
460
Class
Two
ISO VG
ISO VG
ISO VG
ISO VG
ISO VG
ISO VG
ISO VG
68
100
150
220
320
460
680
Viscosity
Range
445 475
400 430
335 385
310 340
265 295
220 250
175 205
130 165
85 115
Table 20-6
Mainly used in a general

and lightly loaded enclosed
gear system
Mainly used in a general

medium to heavily loaded
enclosed gear system
NLGI Viscosity Grades
State
Application
Semiliquid
Semiliquid
Very soft paste
Soft paste
Medium firm paste
Semihard paste
Hard paste
Very hard paste
Very hard paste

For Central Lubrication System

For Automobile Chassis

For Ball & Roller Bearing, General Use

For Automobile Wheel Bearing

For Sleeve Bearing (Pillow Block)

Table 20-7
AGMA Viscosity Grades
AGMA No. of Gear Oil

R & O Type

Usage
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 7 comp
8 8 comp
8A comp
9
EP Type
2 EP
3 EP
4 EP
5 EP
6 EP
7 EP
8 EP
9 EP
Table 20-8
ISO Viscosity
Grades
VG
VG
VG
VG
VG
VG
VG
VG
VG
VG
46
68
100
150
220
320
460
680
1000
1500
Recommended Lubricants by AGMA

Ambient temperature C
Gear Type
Size of Gear Equipment (mm)
10 16
10 52
AGMA No.
2 to 3
3 to 4
Less than 200
Single Stage
2 to 3
4 to 5
200 500
Reduction
3 to 4
4 to 5
More than 500
2 to 3
3 to 4
Center
Parallel
Less than 200
Double Stage
3 to 4
4 to 5
Distance
Shaft
200 500
Reduction
(Output Side)
3 to 4
4 to 5
System
More than 500
2 to 3
3 to 4
Less than 200
Triple Stage
3 to 4
4 to 5
200 500
Reduction
4 to 5
5 to 6
More than 500
2 to 3
3 to 4

Planetary Gear
Outside Diameter of Less than 400
3 to 4
4 to 5
System
More than 400
Gear Casing
2 to 3
4 to 5

Straight and Spiral
Less than 300
Cone
3 to 4
5 to 6
Bevel Gearing
More than 300
Distance
2 to 3
4 to 5
Gearmotor
1
2
High-speed Gear Equipment
T119
Table 20-9 Recommended Lubricants for Worm Gears by AGMA

Rotating Speed
Center Rotating Speed
Ambient
Ambient
Temperature, C
Temperature, C
of Worm
of Worm
Distance
rpm
rpm
mm
1016 1052
1016 1052
8 Comp
150
700
700 <
150300
450
450 <
Cylindrical
7 Comp 8 Comp
7 Comp
300460
300
300 <
Type
460600
250
250 <
600 <
200
200 <
150
700
700 <
150300
450
450 <
Throated
8 Comp 8A Comp
8 Comp
300460
300
300 <
Type
460600
250
250 <
600 <
200
200 <
Types
of
Worm
Table 20-10 Reference Values of Viscosity

Unit: cSt / 37.8C
Operating Temperature
Sliding Speed m/s
Maximum Running
Starting Temperature Less than 2.5
2.5 5
More than 5
0C 10C
10C 0C
110 130
110 130
110 130
0C 10C
More than 0C
110 150
110 150
110 150
10C 30C
More than 0C
200 245
150 200
150 200
30C 55C
More than 0C
350 510
245 350
200 245
55C 80C
More than 0C
510 780
350 510
245 350
80C 100C
More than 0C
900 1100
510 780
350 510
SECTION 21 GEAR NOISE

There are several causes of noise. The noise and vibration in rotating
gears, especially at high loads and high speeds, need to be addressed.
Following are ways to reduce the noise. These points should be considered
in the design stage of gear systems.
1. Use High-Precision Gears
- Reduce the pitch error, tooth profile error, runout error and lead error.
- Grind teeth to improve the accuracy as well as the surface finish.
2. Use Better Surface Finish on Gears
- Grinding, lapping and honing the tooth surface, or running in gears in oil
for a period of time can also improve the smoothness of tooth surface
and reduce the noise.
3. Ensure a Correct Tooth Contact
- Crowning and relieving can prevent end contact.
- Proper tooth profile modification is also effective.
- Eliminate impact on tooth surface.
4. Have A Proper Amount of Backlash
- A smaller backlash will help reduce pulsating transmission.
- A bigger backlash, in general, causes less problems.
5. Increase the Contact Ratio

- Bigger contact ratio lowers the noise. Decreasing pressure angle
and/or increasing tooth depth can produce a larger contact ratio.
- Enlarging overlap ratio will reduce the noise. Because of this
relationship, a helical gear is quieter than the spur gear and a spiral
bevel gear is quieter than the straight bevel gear.
6. Use Small Gears
- Adopt smaller module gears and smaller outside diameter gears.
7. Use High-Rigidity Gears
- Increasing face width can give a higher rigidity that will help in reducing
noise.
- Reinforce housing and shafts to increase rigidity.
8. Use High-Vibration-Damping Material
- Plastic gears will be quiet in light load, low speed operation.
- Cast iron gears have lower noise than steel gears.
9. Apply Suitable Lubrication
- Lubricate gears sufficiently.
- High-viscosity lubricant will have the tendency to reduce the noise.
10. Lower Load and Speed
- Lowering rpm and load as far as possible will reduce gear noise.
T120
REFERENCES AND LITERATURE OF GENERAL INTEREST

1. Adams, Clifford E., Plastic Gearing, Marcel Dekker, Inc. New York, 1986.
2. Buckingham, Earle, Manual of Gear Design, 3 Vols., Industrial Press, New York, 1935.
3. Celanese Plastics and Specialties Co., Design and Production of Gears in CELCON Acetal Copolymer, Chatham, New Jersey, 1979.
4. Chironis, N.P. (ed.), Gear Design and Application, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1967.
5. E. I. DuPont de Nemours and Co., Gears of 'DELRIN' and 'ZYTEL', Wilmington, Delaware.
6. E. I. DuPont de Nemours and Co., DELRIN Design Handbook, Wilmington, Delaware, 1967.
7. Kverneland, Knut O., (ed.), World Metric Standards for Engineering, Industrial Press, New York, 1978.
8. Martin, L. D., Injection Molded Plastic Gears, Plastic Design and Processing Magazine, Part 1, pp. 38-45, August 1968.
9. Merritt, H. E., Gears, Pittman & Sons, London, 1955.
10. Michalec, G. W., Precision Gearing: Theory and Practice, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1966.
11. Shigley, J. E., Mechanical Engineering Design, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1963.
12. Steeds, W., Involute Gears, Longmans, Green and Co., London, 1948.
13. Technomix Publishing, Handbook of Practical Gear Design, Lancaster, Pa; reprinted 1994.
14. The Polymer Corp., Nylatron Nylon Gear Design Manual, Reading, Pa.
15. Townsend, Dennis P., (ed.), Dudley's Gear Handbook ; 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1991.
16. Woodbury, R. W., History of Gear Cutting Machines, M.I.T. Technology Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
T121
Precision Standard for Spur and Helical Gears

Over 0.6m up to 2.5m
JIS B 1702
Over 0.6m up to 1m
Unit: m
Over 1m up to 1.6m
Over 1.6m up to 2.5m
over 25 up to 50
over 50 up to 100
over 100 up to 200
over 200 up to 400
over 400 up to 800
over 12 up to 25
over 25 up to 50
over 50 up to 100
over 100 up to 200
over 200 up to 400
over 400 up to 800
over 800 up to 1600
over 12 up to 25
over 6 up to 12
over 200 up to 400
over 100 up to 200
over 50 up to 100
over 25 up to 50
over 12 up to 25
over 6 up to 12
Error
over 3 up to 6
Grade
Pitch Diameter (mm)
Single Pitch Error

Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
2
2
10
3
3
7
4
4
14
4
4
10
5
5
20
5
6
14
7
7
28
7
8
20
10
10
39
12
11
28
14
16
55
19
16
39
20
22
79
30
22
55
39
49
160
60
31
110
79
110
320
120
44
220
3
3
11
3
3
8
4
4
15
4
4
11
5
6
21
6
6
15
8
8
30
8
8
21
11
12
43
13
11
30
15
17
60
20
16
43
21
25
86
32
22
60
43
53
170
64
31
120
86
120
340
130
44
240
3
3
12
3
3
8
4
4
17
4
4
12
6
6
24
6
6
17
8
9
33
9
8
24
12
13
47
14
11
33
17
19
66
22
16
47
24
28
94
35
22
66
47
59
190
70
31
130
94
130
380
140
44
260
3
3
13
3
3
9
5
5
19
5
4
13
7
7
26
7
6
19
9
10
37
10
8
26
13
15
53
16
11
37
19
21
74
25
16
53
26
31
105
39
22
74
53
70
210
78
31
150
105
160
420
155
44
300
4
4
15
4
3
10
5
6
21
5
4
15
7
8
30
8
6
21
10
12
42
11
8
30
15
17
60
17
11
42
21
25
83
28
16
60
30
35
120
44
22
83
60
79
240
88
31
165
120
180
480
175
44
330
4
4
17
4
3
12
6
6
24
6
4
17
9
9
34
9
6
24
12
13
48
12
8
34
17
19
68
20
11
48
24
28
95
31
16
68
34
43
135
50
22
95
68
90
270
100
31
190
135
200
550
200
44
380
5
5
20
5
3
14
7
7
28
7
4
20
10
10
39
10
6
28
14
16
56
14
8
39
20
22
79
23
11
56
28
33
110
36
16
79
39
49
160
58
22
110
79
110
320
115
31
220
160
250
640
230
44
440
3
3
11
3
3
8
4
4
16
4
4
11
6
6
23
6
6
16
8
8
32
9
9
23
11
13
45
14
13
32
16
18
64
22
18
45
23
27
91
35
25
64
45
57
180
70
35
125
91
125
360
140
50
250
3
3
12
3
3
9
4
4
18
5
4
12
6
7
25
7
6
18
9
9
35
10
9
25
12
14
50
15
13
35
18
20
70
24
18
50
25
29
100
38
25
70
50
62
200
77
35
140
100
140
400
150
50
280
3
3
14
4
3
10
5
5
19
5
4
14
7
7
28
8
6
19
10
10
39
11
9
28
14
15
55
17
13
39
19
22
77
27
18
55
28
33
110
42
25
77
55
73
220
85
35
155
110
165
440
170
50
310
4
4
16
4
3
11
6
6
22
6
4
16
8
8
31
8
6
22
11
12
44
12
9
31
16
17
62
19
13
44
22
26
87
29
18
62
31
39
125
47
25
87
62
82
250
94
35
175
125
185
500
190
50
350
4
4
18
5
3
12
6
7
25
7
4
18
9
9
35
9
6
25
12
14
50
13
9
35
18
20
71
21
13
50
25
29
99
33
18
71
35
44
140
53
25
99
71
99
280
105
35
200
140
210
560
210
50
400
5
5
20
5
3
14
7
8
29
8
4
20
10
11
41
11
6
29
14
16
57
15
9
41
20
24
81
24
13
57
29
34
115
38
18
81
41
51
165
61
25
115
81
115
330
120
35
230
165
260
660
240
50
460
6
6
24
6
3
17
8
9
33
9
4
24
12
13
48
13
6
33
17
19
67
18
9
48
24
28
95
28
13
67
33
42
135
44
18
95
48
59
190
70
25
135
95
135
380
140
35
270
190
300
760
280
50
530
3
3
13
4
4
9
5
5
19
5
5
13
7
7
27
8
7
19
9
10
38
11
10
27
13
15
53
17
15
38
19
21
75
27
21
53
27
32
105
43
29
75
53
71
210
86
41
150
105
160
430
170
58
300
4
4
15
4
4
10
5
6
21
6
5
15
7
8
30
8
7
21
10
12
42
12
10
30
15
17
59
19
15
42
21
25
83
29
21
59
30
35
120
47
29
83
59
78
240
93
41
165
120
175
470
185
58
330
4
4
16
5
4
12
6
6
23
6
5
16
8
9
33
9
7
23
12
13
46
13
10
33
16
18
66
20
15
46
23
27
92
32
21
66
33
41
130
51
29
92
66
87
260
105
41
185
130
200
530
210
58
370
5
5
19
5
4
13
7
7
26
7
5
19
9
10
37
10
7
26
13
15
52
14
10
37
19
21
74
23
15
52
26
31
105
36
21
74
37
47
150
57
29
105
74
105
300
115
41
210
150
220
600
230
58
420
5
6
21
6
4
15
8
8
30
8
5
21
11
12
43
12
7
30
15
17
60
16
10
43
21
25
85
26
15
60
30
38
120
41
21
85
43
53
170
65
29
120
85
120
340
130
41
240
170
270
680
260
58
480
6
7
25
7
4
17
9
9
35
9
5
25
12
14
49
13
7
35
17
19
70
19
10
49
25
29
99
30
15
70
35
43
140
47
21
99
49
62
200
75
29
140
99
140
400
150
41
280
200
320
800
300
58
560
7
8
29
8
4
20
10
12
41
11
5
29
15
16
58
16
7
41
20
24
82
22
10
58
29
34
115
35
15
82
41
51
165
54
21
115
58
77
230
87
29
165
115
175
470
175
41
330
230
370
940
350
58
660
T122
Precision Standard for Spur and Helical Gears

Over 2.5m up to 10m
JIS B 1702
Over 2.5m up to 4m
Unit: m
Over 4m up to 6m
Over 6m up to 10m
9
10
36
10
4
25
13
14
51
14
6
36
18
20
72
20
9
51
25
30
100
27
13
72
36
45
145
43
18
100
51
67
200
69
25
145
72
100
290
110
36
200
145
220
580
220
50
400
290
460
1150
440
71
800
5
5
19
6
6
13
7
7
26
8
8
19
9
10
37
12
11
26
13
15
52
16
16
37
19
21
74
26
23
52
26
31
105
41
32
74
37
46
150
64
45
105
74
105
300
130
64
210
150
220
600
260
90
420
5
5
20
6
6
14
7
8
28
9
8
20
10
11
40
12
11
28
14
16
57
17
16
40
20
24
81
28
23
57
28
34
115
44
32
81
40
51
160
69
45
115
81
115
320
140
64
230
160
260
640
280
90
450
6
6
22
7
6
15
8
8
32
9
8
22
11
13
45
13
11
32
16
18
63
19
16
45
22
26
90
30
23
63
32
39
125
47
32
90
45
56
180
75
45
125
90
125
360
150
64
250
180
290
720
300
90
500
6
7
25
7
6
18
9
9
35
10
8
25
13
14
50
15
11
35
18
20
71
21
16
50
25
30
100
33
23
70
35
44
140
52
32
100
50
66
200
83
45
140
100
150
400
165
64
280
200
320
800
330
90
560
7
8
29
8
6
20
10
11
40
12
8
29
14
16
57
17
11
40
20
24
80
23
16
57
29
34
115
37
23
80
40
50
160
58
32
115
57
75
230
92
45
160
115
170
460
185
64
320
230
370
920
370
90
640
8 10
9 10
33 38
9 11
6
6
23 27
12 14
13 15
46 54
13 15
8
8
33 38
16 19
18 21
66 76
19 21
11 11
46 54
23 27
27 32
92 105
26 30
16 16
66 76
33 38
41 48
130 155
42 48
23 23
92 105
46 54
58 71
185 210
66 75
32 32
130 155
66 76
87 105
260 310
105 120
45 45
185 210
130 155
195 240
530 620
210 240
64 64
370 430
260 310
420 490
1050 1200
420 480
90 90
740 860
T123
6
6
22
7
8
16
8
8
31
10
11
22
11
12
44
15
15
31
16
18
63
20
22
44
22
26
89
33
31
63
31
39
125
52
43
89
44
56
180
82
61
125
89
125
360
165
87
250
180
280
720
330
120
500
6
6
24
8
8
17
9
9
34
11
11
24
12
13
48
15
15
34
17
19
67
22
22
48
24
28
96
35
31
67
34
42
135
55
43
96
48
60
190
87
61
135
96
135
380
175
87
270
190
310
760
350
120
540
7
7
26
8
8
18
9
10
37
12
11
26
13
15
52
17
15
37
18
21
73
23
22
52
26
31
105
37
31
73
37
46
145
58
43
105
52
69
210
93
61
145
105
155
420
185
87
290
210
330
840
370
120
580
7
8
29
9
8
20
10
11
40
13
11
29
14
16
58
18
15
40
20
24
81
25
22
58
29
34
115
40
31
81
40
51
160
63
43
115
58
76
230
100
61
160
115
175
460
200
87
320
230
370
920
400
120
640
8
9 10
9 10 12
32 37 42
10 11 12
8
8
8
23 26 29
11 13 15
13 15 17
45 51 59
14 15 17
11 11 11
32 37 42
16 18 21
18 20 25
64 73 84
20 22 25
15 15 15
45 51 59
23 26 29
27 30 35
91 105 120
27 30 34
22 22 22
64 73 84
32 37 42
40 46 52
130 145 170
44 49 55
31 31 31
91 105 120
45 51 59
57 68 78
180 200 230
69 77 86
43 43 43
130 145 170
64 73 84
85 100 115
260 290 340
110 120 135
61 61 61
180 200 230
130 145 170
195 220 270
520 580 680
220 240 270
87 87 87
360 410 470
260 290 340
410 470 540
1050 1150 1350
440 490 550
120 120 120
720 820 940
over 1600 up to 3200
8
8
31
8
4
21
11
12
43
12
6
31
15
17
61
17
9
43
21
25
86
23
13
61
31
38
120
37
18
86
43
54
170
59
25
120
61
81
250
94
36
170
120
185
490
190
50
340
240
390
980
380
71
680
over 800 up to 1600
7
7
26
7
4
18
9
10
37
10
6
26
13
15
53
15
9
37
18
21
74
20
13
53
26
31
105
33
18
74
37
46
145
51
25
105
53
69
210
82
36
145
105
160
420
165
50
290
210
340
840
330
71
580
over 400 up to 800
6
6
23
6
4
16
8
9
32
9
6
23
11
13
46
13
9
32
16
18
64
18
13
46
23
27
91
29
18
64
32
40
130
45
25
91
46
57
185
72
36
130
91
130
370
145
50
260
185
290
740
290
71
510
over 200 up to 400
5
5
20
6
4
14
7
8
28
8
6
20
10
11
40
12
9
28
14
16
57
16
13
40
20
24
81
26
18
57
28
33
115
41
25
81
40
50
160
65
36
115
81
115
320
130
50
230
160
260
640
260
71
450
over 100 up to 200
over 800 up to 1600
4
4
18
5
4
13
6
7
25
7
6
18
9
10
36
10
9
25
13
14
51
15
13
36
18
20
72
23
18
51
25
30
100
37
25
72
36
45
145
59
36
100
72
100
290
115
50
200
145
220
580
230
71
400
over 50 up to 100
over 400 up to 800
4
4
16
5
4
11
6
6
23
7
6
16
8
9
33
10
9
23
11
13
46
13
13
33
16
18
65
21
18
46
23
27
91
34
25
65
33
41
130
54
36
91
65
86
260
110
50
185
130
200
520
220
71
370
over 25 up to 50
over 200 up to 400
Single Pitch Error

Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
Single Pitch Error
Pitch Variation
Normal Pitch Error
Profile Error
Runout Error
over 100 up to 200
over 50 up to 100
over 25 up to 50
over 800 up to 1600
over 400 up to 800
over 200 up to 400
over 100 up to 200
over 50 up to 100
Error
over 25 up to 50
Grade
Pitch Diameter (mm)
Conversion Table for Gear Pitch and Module

DiamCircular Pitch (C.P.)
etral Pitch
in
mm
(D.P.)
1
3.1416
79.796
1.0053
3.1250
79.375
1.0160
3.0921
78.540
1.0472
3.0000
76.200
1.0583
2.9684
75.398
1.0640
2.9528
75.000
1.0927
2.8750
73.025
1.1399
2.7559
70.000
1.1424
2.7500
69.850
1.1545
2.7211
69.115
1.1968
2.6250
66.675
1.2276
2.5591
65.000
1.2500
2.5133
63.837
1.2566
2.5000
63.500
1.2700
2.4737
62.832
1.3228
2.3750
60.325
1.3299
2.3622
60.000
1.3963
2.2500
57.150
1.4111
2.2263
56.549
1.4508
2.1654
55.000
1.4784
2.1250
53.975
1.5
2.0944
53.198
1.5708
2.0000
50.800
1.5875
1.9790
50.265
1.5959
1.9685
50.000
1.6755
1.8750
47.625
1.6933
1.8553
47.124
1.7500
1.7952
45.598
1.7733
1.7717
45.000
1.7952
1.7500
44.450
1.8143
1.7316
43.982
1.9333
1.6250
41.275
1.9538
1.6079
40.841
1.9949
1.5748
40.000
2
1.5708
39.898
2.0944
1.5000
38.100
2.0999
1.4961
38.000
2.1167
1.4842
37.699
2.1855
1.4375
36.513
2.2166
1.4173
36.000
2.2500
1.3963
35.465
2.2848
1.3750
34.925
2.3091
1.3605
34.558
2.3470
1.3386
34.000
2.3936
1.3125
33.338
2.4936
1.2598
32.000
2.5
1.2566
31.919
2.5133
1.2500
31.750
2.5400
1.2368
31.416
2.6456
1.1875
30.163
2.6599
1.1811
30.000
2.7500
1.1424
29.017
2.7925
1.1250
28.575
2.8222
1.1132
28.274
2.8499
1.1024
28.000
2.9568
1.0625
26.988
module
m
25.4000
25.2658
25
24.2552
24.0000
23.8732
23.2446
22.2817
22.2339
22.0000
21.2233
20.6901
20.3200
20.2127
20
19.2020
19.0986
18.1914
18.0000
17.5070
17.1808
16.9333
16.1701
16
15.9155
15.1595
15.0000
14.5143
14.3239
14.1489
14.0000
13.1382
13.0000
12.7324
12.7000
12.1276
12.0958
12
11.6223
11.4592
11.2889
11.1170
11.0000
10.8225
10.6117
10.1859
10.1600
10.1063
10
9.6010
9.5493
9.2364
9.0957
9.0000
8.9127
8.5904

etral Pitch
in
mm
(D.P.)
3
1.0472
26.599
3.0691
1.0236
26.000
3.1416
1.0000
25.400
3.1750
0.9895
25.133
3.1919
0.9843
25.000
3.2500
0.9666
24.553
3.3249
0.9449
24.000
3.3510
0.9375
23.813
3.5000
0.8976
22.799
3.5904
0.8750
22.225
3.6271
0.8661
22.000
3.6286
0.8658
21.991
3.7500
0.8378
21.279
3.8666
0.8125
20.638
3.9898
0.7874
20.000
4
0.7854
19.949
4.1888
0.7500
19.050
4.1998
0.7480
19.000
4.2333
0.7421
18.850
4.4331
0.7087
18.000
4.5000
0.6981
17.733
4.5696
0.6875
17.463
4.6182
0.6803
17.279
4.6939
0.6693
17.000
4.9873
0.6299
16.000
5
0.6283
15.959
5.0265
0.6250
15.875
5.0800
0.6184
15.708
5.3198
0.5906
15.000
5.5000
0.5712
14.508
5.5851
0.5625
14.288
5.6444
0.5566
14.137
5.6997
0.5512
14.000
6
0.5236
13.299
6.1382
0.5118
13.000
6.2832
0.5000
12.700
6.3500
0.4947
12.566
6.5000
0.4833
12.276
6.6497
0.4724
12.000
7.0000
0.4488
11.399
7.1808
0.4375
11.113
7.2542
0.4331
11.000
7.2571
0.4329
10.996
7.9796
0.3937
10.000
8
0.3927
9.975
8.3776
0.3750
9.525
8.3996
0.3740
9.500
8.4667
0.3711
9.425
8.8663
0.3543
9.000
9.0000
0.3491
8.866
9.2364
0.3401
8.639
9.3878
0.3346
8.500
9.9746
0.3150
8.000
10
0.3142
7.980
10.0531
0.3125
7.938
10.1600
0.3092
7.854
module
m
8.4667
8.2761
8.0851
8
7.9577
7.8154
7.6394
7.5798
7.2571
7.0744
7.0028
7.0000
6.7733
6.5691
6.3662
6.3500
6.0638
6.0479
6
5.7296
5.6444
5.5585
5.5000
5.4113
5.0930
5.0800
5.0532
5
4.7746
4.6182
4.5479
4.5000
4.4563
4.2333
4.1380
4.0425
4
3.9077
3.8197
3.6286
3.5372
3.5014
3.5000
3.1831
3.1750
3.0319
3.0239
3
2.8648
2.8222
2.7500
2.7056
2.5465
2.5400
2.5266
2.5

etral Pitch
in
mm
(D.P.)
10.6395
0.2953
7.500
11.0000
0.2856
7.254
11.2889
0.2783
7.069
11.3995
0.2756
7.000
12
0.2618
6.650
12.2764
0.2559
6.500
12.5664
0.2500
6.350
12.7000
0.2474
6.283
13.0000
0.2417
6.138
13.2994
0.2362
6.000
14.0000
0.2244
5.700
14.5084
0.2165
5.500
14.5143
0.2164
5.498
15.0000
0.2094
5.320
15.9593
0.1969
5.000
16
0.1963
4.987
16.7552
0.1875
4.763
16.9333
0.1855
4.712
17.7325
0.1772
4.500
18.0000
0.1745
4.433
19.9491
0.1575
4.000
20
0.1571
3.990
20.3200
0.1546
3.927
22.7990
0.1378
3.500
24
0.1309
3.325
25.0000
0.1257
3.192
25.1327
0.1250
3.175
25.4000
0.1237
3.142
26.5988
0.1181
3.000
28.0000
0.1122
2.850
30.0000
0.1047
2.660
31.4159
0.1000
2.540
31.7500
0.0989
2.513
31.9186
0.0984
2.500
32
0.0982
2.494
33.8667
0.0928
2.356
36.0000
0.0873
2.217
36.2857
0.0866
2.199
38.0000
0.0827
2.100
39.8982
0.0787
2.000
40.0000
0.0785
1.995
42.3333
0.0742
1.885
48
0.0654
1.662
50.0000
0.0628
1.596
50.2655
0.0625
1.588
50.8000
0.0618
1.571
53.1976
0.0591
1.500
63.5000
0.0495
1.257
64
0.0491
1.247
72
0.0436
1.108
79.7965
0.0394
1.000
80
0.0393
0.997
84.6667
0.0371
0.942
96
0.0327
0.831
120
0.0262
0.665
127.0000
0.0247
0.628
Note: Bold face diametral pitches, circular pitches and modules designate preferred values.
T124
module
m
2.3873
2.3091
2.2500
2.2282
2.1167
2.0690
2.0213
2
1.9538
1.9099
1.8143
1.7507
1.7500
1.6933
1.5915
1.5875
1.5160
1.5
1.4324
1.4111
1.2732
1.2700
1.25
1.1141
1.0583
1.0160
1.0106
1
0.9549
0.9071
0.8467
0.8085
0.8
0.7958
0.7938
0.7500
0.7056
0.7
0.6684
0.6366
0.6350
0.6
0.5292
0.5080
0.5053
0.5
0.4775
0.4
0.3969
0.3528
0.3183
0.3175
0.3
0.2646
0.2117
0.2
Reference Materials
APPENDIX

Table of Contents
Page
Gear Materials ....................................................................................................................................................................................... A2

1.1
Carbon Tool Steels and Alloy Steels (JIS Material Symbol)........................................................................................... A2

1.2
Symbol System for JIS Material .................................................................................................................................... A2

1.3
Method of Hardening..................................................................................................................................................... A2

2 Hardness Comparison Table................................................................................................................................................................ A3

3 Common Deviations of Hole Dimensions........................................................................................................................................... A4

4 Common Deviations of Shaft Dimensions.......................................................................................................................................... A6
Root Diameter for Metric Coarse Threads.......................................................................................................................................... A8
Dimensions of Counterbores and Bolt Holes for Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws................................................................... A9
Straight-sided Splines.......................................................................................................................................................................... A10

10
The Surface Strength of Spline............................................................................................................................................................ A11

Flat Keys and Keyways......................................................................................................................................................................... A12
Comparative Table for Gear Pitch and Module................................................................................................................................... A13

11
Center Holes.......................................................................................................................................................................................... A14

12
Permissible Machining Deviations in Dimensions without Tolerance Indication........................................................................... A15

13
Permissible Deviations in Dimensions without Tolerance Indication for Injection Model Products............................................ A15

14
Geometrical Characteristic Symbol..................................................................................................................................................... A15

15
Cylindrical Gears: ISO System of Accuracy...................................................................................................................................... A16

16
Precision Standard for Bevel Gears.................................................................................................................................................... A22

17
Backlash Standard for Spur and Helical Gears.................................................................................................................................. A24

18
Backlash Standard for Bevel Gears.................................................................................................................................................... A25

19
Tolerance of Center Distance for Spur and Helical Gears................................................................................................................. A26

20
Shaft Parallelism of Spur and Helical Gears....................................................................................................................................... A26
A1
Reference Materials
1 Gear Materials
1.1 Carbon Tool Steels and Alloy Steels (JIS Material Symbol)
Carbon (C)
content
JIS Material symbol

New standard
Old standard
Tensile Elogation Reduction

of area
strength
kgf/mm2 or more or more

15
40
080
16
40
085
17
45
080
12
45
100
16
45
090
12
40
110
Brinell
hardness
HB
Endurance limit (N x 107kgf/mm2

Rotating
beam test
Torsion test
Tension &
compression
217302
235321
217321
285388
255341
311375
28
30
28
35
31
38
17
19
17
22
20
24
26
28
26
33
29
36
0.130.18
SCr415(H)
SCM415(H)
SNC415(H)
SNC815(H)
SNCM415
SNCM815
SCr21(H)
SCM21(H)
SNC21(H)
SNC22(H)
SNCM22
SNCM25
0.170.23
SCr420(H)
SCM420(H)
SCM421
SNCM220(H)
SNCM420(H)
SCr22(H)
SCM22(H)
SCM23
SNCM21(H)
SNCM23(H)
085
095
100
095
100
14
14
14
17
15
35
40
35
45
45
235321
262341
285363
248341
293375
30
33
35
33
35
19
21
22
21
22
28
31
33
31
33
0.220.28
SNCM625
SNCM2
095
18
50
269321
33
21
31
0.270.35
SCr430(H)
SCM430
SCM432
SNC631(H)
SCr2(H)
SCM2
SCM1
SNC2(H)
080
085
090
085
18
18
16
18
55
55
50
50
229285
241293
255321
248302
28
30
31
30
18
19
20
19
26
28
29
28
0.320.40
SCr435(H)
SCM435(H)
SNC236
SNC836
SCr3(H)
SCM3(H)
SNC1
SNC3
090
095
075
095
15
15
22
15
50
50
50
45
255311
269321
212255
269321
31
33
26
33
20
21
16
21
29
31
24
31
0.360.43
SCr440(H)
SCM440(H)
SNCM439
SCr4(H)
SCM4(H)
SNCM8
100
100
100
13
12
16
45
45
45
269321
285341
293352
35
35
35
22
22
22
33
33
33
SCr445
SCM445(H)
SNCM447
SCr5
SCM5(H)
SNCM9
100
105
105
12
12
14
40
40
40
285341
302363
302363
35
37
37
22
23
23
33
35
35
0.400.50
0.440.53
1.2 Symbol System for JIS Material
1.3 Method of Hardening
The following symbol SNCM420(H) is an example of JIS

code system of corbon tool steel and alloy steel:
Quenching Method
CarbonC
00.10.20.30.40.5
Carburizing Quenching
S NCM 4 20 H
Additional symbol
Represents the value of the carbon content.
Furnace Hardening
Induction Hardening
Code no. of the major alloy element content amount.

Symbols of the major alloy element content.
Represents the steel family.
Flame Hardening
Nitriding ( NOTE 1
The strength and the hardness of the gear surface may be

increased after suitable heat treatment is done. The kind of
heat treatment varies with the carbon content of the steel used
for the gear.
NOTE1. For the nitriding process, more than one of Al, Cr Mo and V alloy
elements must be present in the steel.
A2
Reference Materials
Hardness Comparison Table
Approximate Hardness Conversion of Steel Based on the Rockwell C Scale:
Rockwell
C
HV
Vickers
HB
HRA
Brinell hardness
10mm BallLoad 3000kgf
Standard
hardness hardness
ball
HRB
Rockwell hardness
HRD
NOTE 2.
HS
Hultgren
ball
Tungstencarbide
ball
A Scale
Load 60kgf
brale
indenter
B Scale
Load 100kgf
Dia. 1/16in
Ball
D Scale
Load 100kgf
brale
Shore
hardness
HRC
indenter
HRC
Tensile
Rockwell
Strength
C
2
kgf/mm
Hardness
2
N/mm
Aprox. value
NOTE 1.
NOTE 2.
68
67
66
65
64
940
900
865
832
800
739
722
85.6
85.0
84.5
83.9
83.4
76.9
76.1
75.4
74.5
73.8
97
95
92
91
88
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
772
746
720
697
674
613
599
705
688
670
654
634
82.8
82.3
81.8
81.2
80.7
73.0
72.2
71.5
70.7
69.9
87
85
83
81
80
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
653
633
613
595
577
587
575
561
546
534
615
595
577
560
543
80.1
79.6
79.0
78.5
78.0
69.2
68.5
67.7
66.9
66.1
78
76
75
74
72
212
2079
205
2010
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
560
544
528
513
498
500
487
475
464
519
508
494
481
469
525
512
496
481
469
77.4
76.8
76.3
75.9
75.2
65.4
64.6
63.8
63.1
62.1
71
69
68
67
66
199
1952
192
1883
186
1824
179
1755
172
1687
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
484
471
458
446
434
451
442
432
421
409
455
443
432
421
409
455
443
432
421
409
74.7
74.1
73.6
73.1
72.5
61.4
60.8
60.0
59.2
58.5
64
63
62
60
58
167
1638
161
1579
156
1530
151
1481
146
1432
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
423
412
402
392
382
400
390
381
371
362
400
390
381
371
362
400
390
381
371
362
72.0
71.5
70.9
70.4
69.9
57.7
56.9
56.2
55.4
54.6
57
56
55
54
52
141
1383
136
1334
132
1294
127
1245
124
1216
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
372
363
354
345
336
353
344
336
327
319
353
344
336
327
319
353
344
336
327
319
69.4
68.9
68.4
67.9
67.4
109.0
108.5
108.0
53.8
53.1
52.3
51.5
50.8
51
50
49
48
47
120
1177
118
1157
114
1118
110
1079
108
1059
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
327
318
310
302
294
311
301
294
286
279
311
301
294
286
279
311
301
294
286
279
66.8
66.3
65.8
65.3
64.7
107.5
107.0
106.0
105.5
104.5
50.0
49.2
48.4
47.7
47.0
46
44
43
42
41
105
1030
102
1000
100
0981
097
0951
095
0932
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
286
279
272
266
260
271
264
258
253
247
271
264
258
253
247
271
264
258
253
247
64.3
63.8
63.3
62.8
62.4
104.0
103.0
102.5
101.5
101.0
46.1
45.2
44.6
43.8
43.1
41
40
38
38
37
093
0912
090
0883
088
0863
086
0843
084
0824
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
18
254
248
243
238
230
243
237
231
226
219
243
237
231
226
219
243
237
231
226
219
62.0
61.5
61.0
60.5
100.0
099.0
098.5
097.8
096.7
42.1
41.6
40.9
40.1
36
35
35
34
33
082
0804
080
0785
079
0775
077
0755
075
0736
23
22
21
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
222
213
204
196
188
212
203
194
187
179
212
203
194
187
179
212
203
194
187
179
095.5
093.9
092.3
090.7
089.5
32
31
29
28
27
072
0706
069
0677
066
0647
063
0618
061
0598
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
180
173
166
160
171
165
158
152
171
165
158
152
171
165
158
152
087.1
085.5
083.5
081.7
26
25
24
24
059
0579
056
0549
054
0530
053
0520
6
4
2
0
Approx. hardness
of
principal materials
S45C soft nitriding

SCM415
case hardening
SCM440
induction hardening
S45C
induction
hardening
SCM415
core hardness
S45C
thermal refining
SCM440
core hardness
S45C core hardness

SUS303
REMARK: The boldfaced figures are based on ASTM E 140 Table 3 (SAE-ASM-ASTM
NOTE 1: Approximate values were determined from "Conversion Tables" of JIS Z 8413 and Z 8438.
The units and values in parentheses{ } are based on International System of Units (SI). These are shown for reference. Note that 1N/mm21MPa.
NOTE 2: The parenthesized values in the table are not used so frequently.
A3
Reference Materials
Standard Dimensions and Tolerance (Holes)
3 Common Deviations of Hole DimensionsJIS B 0401-2 : 1998

Unit: m
Bore size
(mm)
Over
To B10
incl.
C
C9
D
C10
D8
D9
E
D10
E7
E8
F
E9
F6
F7
G
F8
G6
H
G7
H5
H6
H7
H8
H9
H10
003
1800 8500100
1400
60
3400450060
20
2400280039
14
1200160020
60
80012
20
4006001001400250040
0
003 006
1880 1000118
1400
70
4800600078
30
3200380050
20
1800220028
10
12016
4
500800120180300048
0
006 010
2080 1160138
1500
80
6200760098
40
4000470061
25
2200280035
13
14020
5
600900150220360058
0
2200 1380165
1500
95
770930120
500
5000590075
32
2700340043
16
17024
6
800110180270430070
0
2440 1620194
1600
110
98001170149
650
6100730092
40
3300410053
20
20028
7
900130210330520084
0
11901420180
800
75008900112
500
4100500064
25
25034
9
1101602503906200100
0
14601740220
100
90001060134
600
4900600076
30
29040
10
1301903004607400120
0
17402070260
120
10701250159
720
5800710090
36
37047
12
1502203505408700140
0
20802450305
145
12501480185
850
68008300106
430
39054
14
1802504006301000160
0
24202850355
170
14601720215
100
79009600122
500
44061
15
2002904607201150185
0
27103200400
190
16201910240
110
88001080137
560
49069
17
2303205208101300210
0
29903500440
210
18202410265
125
98001190151
620
54075
18
2503605708901400230
0
32703850480
230
19802320290
135
10801310165
680
60083
20
2704006309701550250
0
010 014
014 018
018 024
024 030
030 040
2700 1820220
1700
120
2800 1920230
040 050
1800
130
050 065
3100 2140260
1900
140
3200 2240270
065 080
2000
150
080 100
3600 2570310
2200
170
3800 2670320
100 120
2400
180
120 140
4200 3000360
2600
200
140 160
4400 3100370
2800
210
160 180
4700 3300390
3100
230
180 200
5250 3550425
3400
240
200 225
5650 3750445
3800
260
225 250
6050 3950465
4200
280
250 280
6900 4300510
4800
300
7500 4600540
280 315
5400
330
315 355
8300 5000590
6000
360
9100 5400630
355 400
6800
400
400 450
1010 5950690
7600
440
1090 6350730
450 500
8400
480
REMARK: In each step of size in the Table, numerical values given in the upper line indicate upper deviations and those given in the lower line indicate lower
deviations.
A4
Reference Materials
Unit: m
Bore size
(mm)
JS
R7
S7
T7
U7
X7
Over
To
incl.
JS5
JS6
JS7
K5
K6
K7
M5
M6
M7
N6
N7
P6
003
02.50
0300.
0500.
00
04
00
06
00
10
02
06
02
08
02
12
04
10
04
14
06
12
006 010 014

016 020 024
018
028
20
30
006
2.50
0400.
0600.
00
05
02
06
03
09
03
08
01
09
00
12
05
13
04
16
09
17
008 011 015

020 023 027
019
031
24
36
010
03.50
04.50
07.50
01
05
02
07
05
10
04
10
03
12
00
15
07
16
04
19
12
21
009 013 017

024 028 032
022
037
28
43
10
014
0900.
018
02
09
06
12
04
12
04
15
00
18
09
20
05
23
15
26
011 016 021

029 034 039
14
02
06
026
044
18
024
10.5
24
030
01
08
02
11
06
15
05
14
04
17
00
21
11
24
07
28
18
31
033
054
014 020 027
035 041 048 033 040
054 061
30
040
12.5
40
050
02
09
03
13
07
18
05
16
04
20
00
25
12
28
08
33
21
37
039
017 025 034 064
042 050 059 045
070
50
065
150.
65
080
03
10
04
15
09
21
06
19
05
24
00
30
14
33
09
39
26
45
030 042
021 060 072
051 032 048
062 078
80
100
17.5
100
120
02
13
04
18
10
25
08
23
06
28
00
35
16
38
10
45
30
52
038 058 078 111

024 073 093 113 146
059 041 066 091 131
076 101 126 166
120
140
140
160
160
180
053 093 131

093 133 171
180
200
060 105
106 151
200
225
225
250
250
280
280
315
315
355
355
400
400
450
450
500
04.50
04.50
05.50
06.50
07.50
05.50
06.50
0800.
09.50
110.
P7
051
076
061
086
055 076
085 106
064 091
094 121
33
51
38
56
46
67
56
77
048 077 107

088 117 147
0900.
100.
12.5
14.5
200.
230.
03
15
02
18
04
21
05
24
12
28
13
33
09
27
11
31
08
33
08
37
00
40
00
46
20
45
22
51
12
52
14
60
36
61
41
70
028 050 085 119

068 090 125 159
033 063 113

079 109 159
067 123
113 169
11.5
12.5
13.5
160.
180.
200.
260.
03
20
05
27
16
36
13
36
09
41
00
52
25
57
14
66
47
79
074
036 126
088 078
130
28.5
03
22
07
29
17
40
14
39
10
46
00
57
26
62
16
73
51
87
087
041 144
098 093
150
31.5
02
25
08
32
18
45
16
43
10
50
00
63
27
67
17
80
55
95
103
045 166
108 109
172
deviations.
A5
Reference Materials
4 Common Deviations of Shaft DimensionsJIS B 0401-2:1998

Unit: m
Shaft
diameter
mm
b9
c9
Over
To
incl.
003
140 060
165 085
020
0340045
014
02400280039
10800060108
01200160020
02
05006008
0
0304061014025
003
006
140 070
170 100
030
048060
020
03200380050
10800100108
01800220028
04
08009012
0
00405081218030
006
010
150 080
186 116
040
0620076
025
04000470061
10800130108
02200280035
05
09011014
0
0406091522038
010
014
014
018
150 095
193 138
050
0770093
032
05000590075
10800160108
02700340043
06
11014017
0
0508111827043
018
024
024
030
160 110
212 162
065
0980117
040
06100730092
10800200108
03300410053
07
13016020
0
0609132133052
030
040
170 120
232 182
040
050
180 130
242 192
080
1190142
050
07500890112
10800250108
04100500064
09
16020025
0
0711162539062
050
065
190 140
264 214
065
080
200 150
274 224
100
1460174
060
09001060134
10800300108
04900600076
10
18023029
0
0813193046074
080
100
220 170
307 257
100
120
240 180
327 267
120
1740207
072
10701260159
10800360108
05800710090
12
22027034
0
1015223554087
120
140
260 200
360 300
140
160
280 210
380 310
145
2080245
085
12501480185
10800430108
06800830106
14
26032039
0
1218254063100
160
180
310 230
410 330
180
200
340 240
455 355
200
225
380 260
495 375
170
2420285
100
14601720215
10800500108
07900960122
15
29035044
0
1420294672115
225
250
420 280
535 395
250
280
480 300
610 430
280
315
540 330
670 460
190
2710320
110
16201910240
10800560108
08801080137
17
33040049
0
1623325281130
315
355
600 360
740 500
355
400
680 400
820 540
210
2990350
125
18202140265
10800620108
09801190151
18
36043054
0
1825365789140
400
450
760 440
915 595
500
840 480
995 635
230
3270385
135
19802320290
10800680108
10801310165
20
40047060
0
2027406397155
450
d8
d9
e7
e8
e9
f6
f7
f8
g4
g5
g6
h4
h5
h6
h7
h8
h9
deviations.
A6
Reference Materials
Unit: m
Shaft
diameter
mm
js
Over
To
incl.
js4
js5
js6
js7
k4
k5
k6
m4
m5
m6
n6
p6
r6
s6
t6
u6
x6
003
01.5
020.
030.
050.
03
04
0
06
05
06
02
08
10
04
012
006
016
010
020
014
024
018
26
20
006
02.5
02.5
040.
060.
05
06
1
09
08
09
09
04
12
16
08
020
012
023
015
027
019
031
023
36
28
010
020.
030.
04.5
07.5
05
07
1
10
10
12
06
15
19
10
024
015
028
019
032
023
037
028
43
34
10
014
09
12
12
18
018
23
12
029
018
034
023
039
028
14
15
07
044
033
18
024
17
8
21
28
15
035
022
041
028
048
035
054
041
67
54
054
041
061
048
77
64
20
9
25
33
17
042
026
050
034
059
043
064
048
076
060
070
054
086
070
24
11
30
39
20
051
032
060
041
072
053
085
066
106
087
062
043
078
059
094
075
091
121
28
13
35
45
23
059
037
073
051
093
071
113
091
146
124
076
054
101
079
126
104
166
144
088
063
117
092
147
122
090
065
125
100
159
134
171
146
24
030
30
040
40
050
50
065
65
080
80
100
02.5
040.
05.5
090.
06
030.
04.5
06.5
10.5
08
12.5
09
03.5
05.5
080.
040.
06.5
09.5
150.
10
050.
07.5.
110.
17.5
13
11
2
15
13
2
18
15
2
21
18
3
25
14
16
19
23
100
120
120
140
140
160
160
180
093
068
133
108
180
200
106
077
151
122
200
225
109
080
159
130
225
250
113
084
169
140
250
280
280
315
315
355
355
400
400
450
450
500
060.
070.
080.
090.
100.
090.
100.
11.5
12.5
13.5
12.5
14.5
160.
180.
200.
200.
230.
15
18
260.
20
28.5
22
31.5
25
21
3
24
4
28
27
33
27
4
36
29
4
40
32
5
45
31
36
39
43
33
15
37
17
40
46
43
20
52
46
21
57
50
23
63
52
27
60
31
068
043
079
050
66
34
088
056
73
37
098
062
80
40
108
068
126
094
130
098
144
108
150
114
166
126
172
132
51
40
56
45
deviations.
A7
Reference Materials
5 Root Diameter for Metric Coarse ThreadsJIS B 0205:1997

Unit: mm
Thread
Thread
Reference
Inside diameter of inner thread
Root diameter2
1
Height
Outside Pitch
of
dia. d
P
thread
H1
Max. tolerance
Series
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
4H
5H
7
Min. M 1.4 or less M 1.4 or less
tolerance
5H
6H
M 1.6 or more M1.6 or more
Grade 1
Grade 2 Grade 3
M1
01.000 0.25
0.135
00.73 00.74 00.76 00.77 00.78 00.80 00.81 00.82 00.84
00.729
00.774
00.785
M1.1
01.100 0.25
0.135
00.83 00.84 00.86 00.87 00.88 00.90 00.91 00.92 00.94
00.829
00.874
00.885
M1.2
01.200 0.25
0.135
00.93 00.94 00.96 00.97 00.98 01.00 01.01 01.02 01.04
00.929
00.974
00.985
M1.4
01.400
0.3
0.162
01.08 01.09 01.11 01.12 01.14 01.16 01.17 01.19 01.21
01.075
00.128
01.142
M1.6
01.600 0.35
0.189
01.22 01.24 01.26 01.28 01.30 01.32 01.33 01.35 01.37
01.221
01.301
01.321
M1.8
01.800 0.35
0.189
01.42 01.44 01.46 01.48 01.50 01.52 01.53 01.55 01.57
01.421
01.501
01.521
M2
02.000
0.4
0.217
01.57 01.59 01.61 01.63 01.65 01.68 01.70 01.72 01.74
01.567
01.657
01.679
M2.2
02.200 0.45
0.244
01.71 01.74 01.76 01.79 01.81 01.83 01.86 01.88 01.91
01.713
01.813
01.838
M2.5
02.500 0.45
0.244
02.01 02.04 02.06 02.09 02.11 02.13 02.16 02.18 02.21
02.013
02.113
02.138
M30.5
03.000 0.50
0.271
02.46 02.49 02.51 02.54 02.57 02.59 02.62 02.65 02.68
02.459
02.571
02.599
02.639
M3.5
03.500 0.60
0.325
02.85 02.88 02.92 02.95 02.98 03.01 03.05 03.08 03.11
02.850
02.975
03.010
03.050
M40.7
04.000 0.70
0.379
03.24 03.28 03.32 03.36 03.39 03.43 03.47 03.51 03.55
03.242
03.382
03.422
03.466
M4.5
04.500 0.75
0.406
03.69 03.73 03.77 03.81 03.85 03.89 03.93 03.97 04.01
03.688
03.838
03.878
03.924
M50.8
05.000 0.80
0.433
04.13 04.18 04.22 04.26 04.31 04.35 04.39 04.44 04.48
04.134
04.294
04.334
04.384
M6
06.000 10.0
0.541
04.92 04.97 05.03 05.08 05.13 05.19 05.24 05.30 05.35
04.917
05.107
05.153
05.217
M7
07.000 100.
0.541
05.92 05.97 06.03 06.08 06.13 06.19 06.24 06.30 06.35
05.917
06.107
06.153
06.217
M8
08.000 1.25
0.677
06.65 06.71 06.78 06.85 06.92 06.99 07.05 07.12 07.19
06.647
06.859
06.912
06.982
M9
09.000 1.25
0.677
07.65 07.71 07.78 07.85 07.92 07.99 08.05 08.12 08.19
07.647
07.859
07.912
07.982
M10
10.000 1.50
0.812
08.38 08.46 08.54 08.62 08.70 08.78 08.86 08.94 09.03
08.376
08.612
08.676
08.751
M11
11.000 1.50
0.812
09.38 09.46 09.54 09.62 09.70 09.78 09.86 09.94 10.03
09.376
09.612
09.676
09.751
M12
12.000 1.75
0.947
10.10 10.20 10.30 10.40 10.50 10.60 10.70 10.80 10.90
10.106
10.371
10.441
10.531
M14
14.000 200.
1..083
11.80 11.90 12.10 12.20 12.30 12.40 12.50 12.60 12.70
11.835
12.135
12.210
12.310
M16
16.000 200.
1.083
13.80 13.90 14.10 14.20 14.30 14.40 14.50 14.60 14.70
13.835
14.135
14.210
14.310
M18
18.000 2.50
1.353
15.30 15.40 15.60 15.70 15.80 16.00 16.10 16.20 16.40
15.294
15.649
15.744
15.854
M20
20.000 2.50
1.353
17.30 17.40 17.60 17.70 17.80 18.00 18.10 18.20 18.40
17.294
17.649
17.744
17.854
M22
22.000 2.50
1.353
19.30 19.40 19.60 19.70 19.80 20.00 20.10 20.20 20.40
19.294
19.649
19.744
19.854
M24
24.000 300.
1.624
20.80 20.90 21.10 21.20 21.40 21.60 21.70 21.90 22.10
20.752
21.152
21.252
21.382
M27
27.000 300.
1.624
23.80 23.90 24.10 24.20 24.40 24.60 24.70 24.90 25.10
23.752
24.152
24.252
24.382
26.211
26.661
26.771
26.921
0
M30
30.000 3.50
1.894
26.20 26.40
26.6
26.80 27.00 27.20
NOTE1H10.541266P
2Root diameter d2 H1
Series
100
A8
27.3
27.50 27.70
Reference Materials
6 Dimensions of Counterbores and Bolt Holes for Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws JIS B 1176:1998
Unit: mm
H''
d1
d'
D'
d1
d'
D'
H'
Designation of threads
( d)
M3
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M18
M20
M22
M24
M27
M30
d1
30.
40.
50.
060.
080.
100.
12
13.5
15.5
17.5
200.
220.
240.
27
30
d'
3.4
4.5
5.5
06.6
090.
110.
14
160.
180.
200.
220.
240.
260.
30
33
5.5
70.
8.5
100.
130.
160.
18
210.
240.
270.
300.
330.
360.
40
45
(D' )
6.5
80.
9.5
110.
140.
17.5
20
230.
260.
290.
320.
350.
390.
43
48
30.
40.
50.
060.
080.
100.
12
140.
160.
180.
200.
220.
240.
27
30
(H' )
2.7
3.6
4.6
05.5
07.4
09.2
11
12.8
14.5
16.5
18.5
20.5
22.5
25
28
( H'')
3.3
4.4
5.4
06.5
08.6
10.8
13
15.2
17.5
19.5
21.5
23.5
25.5
29
32
NOTE: The diameter (d') of bolt hole in the table conforms to bolt hole diameter Grade 2 specified in JIS B 1001 - Diameter of bolt hole and counterbore.
A9
Reference Materials
7 Straight-sided Splines JIS B 1601:1996
d
mm
For light loads
For medium loads
Designation
B
mm
No. of grooves
D
mm
Designation
NdD
NdD
No. of grooves
D
mm
B
mm
11
13
16
18
06011014
06013016
06016020
06018022
06
06
06
06
014
016
020
022
030.
03.5
040.
050.
21
06021025
06
025
050.
23
26
28
06023026
06026030
06028032
06
06
06
026
030
032
06
06
07
06023028
06026032
06028034
06
06
06
028
032
034
060.
060.
070.
32
36
42
46
08032036
08036040
08042046
08046050
08
08
08
08
036
040
046
050
06
07
08
09
08032038
08036042
08042048
08046054
08
08
08
08
038
042
048
054
060.
070.
080.
090.
52
56
62
08052058
08056062
08062068
08
08
08
058
062
068
10
10
12
08052060
08056065
08062072
08
08
08
060
065
072
100.
100.
120.
72
82
92
10072078
10082088
10092098
10
10
10
078
088
098
12
12
14
10072082
10082092
10092102
10
10
10
082
092
102
120.
120.
140.
102
112
10102108
10112120
10
10
108
120
16
18
10102112
10112125
10
10
112
125
160.
180.
A10
Reference Materials
Tolerance and Fits

WidthB
When hub is When hub is
not hardened hardened
Hole
Sliding and
fixing
D9
F10
Minor
dia.
d
Major
dia.
D
H7
H11
Reference
Basis for selection of fit
For general applications, where fitting length is approximately twice
For sliding
f9
For fixing
e8
the minor dia. or more (long fit).

Where precision fit is not required.
h8
e8
f7
For general applicaions, where fitting length is not less than
a11
approximately twice the minor dia. (short fit).

Where precision fitting is required.
js7 (1) or
k7 (2)
Shaft
d9
f7
g6
Where precision fit is particularly required.
n7
h7
js7
For general applications.
p6
h6
js6
s6
js6
k6
s6 (1) or
u6 (2)
u6
m6 (1) or
k6 (2)
m6
For precision fit.
a11
m6
For firm fixing.
n6
For applications in which no removing is performed.
NOTES (1) Applicable where the width is 6 mm and under.

2Applicable where the width is over 6 mm.
8 The Surface Strength of Spline

The design concept of the spline surface strength is the
same as that of a key. Here is the formula for the allowable
transmission force (N) of spline.
Fzhl
where
Contact ratio of surface0.30.9

z Number of teeth

h Contact depth of teeth
(In the direction of tooth depth ( mm )

l Contact length of spline
(In the direcion of tooth trace ( mm )

Allowable surface stress of spline ( MPa )
Fixed 68.6 122.6
Sliding unloaded. 44.1 88.31
Sliding loaded. 29.4 or under1
The formula of allowable torque T (Nm) of spline with
respect to the surface strength :
Fde
T
2000
where de : Effective diameter of spline shaft mm
In designing a spline shafts, besides considering the surface
strength, the tortional and bending stresses of spline should
be taken into account.
A11
Reference Materials
9 Flat Keys and KeywaysJIS B 1301:1996
b1
b2
r2
t2
l
t1
b
c
r1
Keyway of shaft
Keyway of hole
00202
00303
00404
00505
00606
002 0000.
003 0.025
004
0000.
005
0.0300
006
020. 0000.
030. 0.025
040.
0000.
050.
0.030
060.
007
07.2 0000.
0707
0
0.036
0000.
00807 008
07.2
0.036
01008 010
080..
080. 0000.
090. 0.090
0000.
0000.
015
10.2 0.070
1510
0
0.043
0000.
01610 016
100. 0.090
01208
012
01409
014
01811
018
110.
02012
020
120.
02214
022
140.
0000.
h09
0.250000
0.40
h11
h10
0.400000
0.60
h11
h10
0.600000
0.80
01.4
02.5
01.8
03.0
02.3
03.5
02.8
017022
04.0
03.3
020025
04.0
03.3
022030
05.0
03.3
030038
05.0
03.3
038044
05.5
03.8
044050
05.0
05.3
06.0
04.3
0.2
050058
050200 018
056220 020
07.0
04.4
00.
058065
07.5
04.9
065075
063250 022
070280 024
09.0
05.4
075085
08.0
08.4
080090
09.0
05.4
085095
10.0
06.4
095110
11.0
07.4
110130
11.0
11.4
125140
12.0
08.4
130150
12.0
12.4
140160
13.0
09.4
150170
13.0
13.4
160180
008045 004
010056 005
014070 006
016080 007
028140 012
036160 014
040180 015
045180 016
0.029
0.012
0000.
0.042
0.030
0.0125
0.080000
0.16
0.0150
0.160000
0.25
0.015
0000.
0.051
0.036
0.018
0.250000
0000.
0.40
0.0215
0.043
0.061
v0.022
0.074
0000.
0.052
h10
h11
036
0000.
h10
038
0.026
0000.
040
0.088
0.062
042
h10
of t 2
01.0
01.8
0.004
0.031
0000.
1.000000
1.20
r2
Suitable
shaft dia. d
01.2
0.004
090360 032
100400 035
h11
and
P9 N9 JS9
h11
038 0000. 24.3 0.084

3824
0
0000.
04022 040 0.062 220. 0.130
0000.
042
26.3 0.084
4226
0
r1
of t1 and t 2
Tolerance Tolerance Tolerance
070280 025
080320 028
22.3 0.084
0000.
200. 0.130
b2
Tolerance
b1
Note
Basic dimenson
b2
Normal type
of t 1
b2
006020 002
006036 003
018090 008
022110 010
0.110
0000.
0000.
024
16.2 0.070
2416
0
0.052
140.
02514 025
0000.
02816 028
160.
0.110
180.
03218 032
035
3522
0
03620 036
0.160000
0.25
b1
and
Dimension of keyway
Basic dimenson
(h9)
Tight-fit type
of b1 and
Tolerance
Basic dimension
Basic dimension
Tolerance
Nominal
size of
key
bh
Basic dimenson
Unit: mm
Dimension of key
h
0.0180
0.0260
0.0310
0.400000
0.60
0.700000
1.000
006008
0.1
00.
008010
010012
012017
050055
04525
045
045
15.0
10.4
050
250. 0000.
280. 0.130
05028
050
17.0
11.4
05632
056
320.
056
20.0
12.4
06332
063
0.032
0000.
20.0
12.4
260290
070
0.106
0.074
22.0
14.4
290330
080
25.0
15.4
330380
09045
063 0000. 320.

070 0.074 360. 0000.
080
400. 0.160
090 0000. 450.
090
0.037
0000.
28.0
17.4
380440
10050
100 0.087 500.
100
0.124
0.087
31.0
19.5
440500
07036
08040
h11
1.600000
2.00
2.500000
3.00
A12
1.200000
1.60
0.0370
2.000000
0.0435
2.50
0.3
00.
170200
200230
230260
Reference Materials
10 Comparative Table for Gear Pitch and Module

in
mm
Module
m
Diametral
Pitch
mm
Module
m
Diametral
Pitch
Circular Pitch (C.P.)
in
1.
1.0053
1.0160
1.0472
1.0583
1.0639
1.0928
1.1400
1.1424
1.1545
3.1416
3.18
3.0922
3.
2.9685
2.9528
2.78
2.7559
2.34
2.7211
79.796
79.375
78.542
76.200
75.400
75.
73.025
70.
69.850
69.116
25.4000
25.2656
25.
24.2550
24.
23.8733
23.2444
22.2817
22.2339
22.
02.9568
03.
03.0691
03.1416
03.1750
03.1918
03.25
03.3249
03.3510
03.5
1.116
1.0472
1.0236
1.
0.9895
0.9843
0.9666
0.9449
0.1516
0.8976
26.988
26.599
26.
25.400
25.133
25.
24.552
24.
23.813
22.799
8.5904
8.4667
8.2761
8.0851
8.
7.9577
7.8153
7.6394
7.5798
7.2571
010.0531
010.16
010.6395
011.
011.2889
011.3995
012.
012.2764
012.5664
012.7000
1.1968
1.2276
1.25
1.2566
1.2700
1.3228
1.3299
1.3963
1.4111
1.4508
2.58
2.5591
2.5133
2.12
2.4738
2.38
2.3622
2.14
2.2264
2.1654
66.675
65.
63.837
63.500
62.835
60.325
60.
57.150
56.551
55.
21.2231
20.6902
20.3200
20.2127
20.
19.2019
19.0986
18.1914
18.
17.5071
03.5904
03.6271
03.6286
03.75
03.8666
03.9898
04.
04.1888
04.1998
04.2333
0.78
0.8661
0.8658
0.8378
0.1316
0.7874
0.7854
0.34
0.7480
0.7421
22.225
22.
21.991
21.280
20.638
20.
19.949
19.050
19.
18.849
7.0744
7.0023
7.
6.7733
6.5691
6.3662
6.3500
6.0638
6.0479
6.
1.4784
1.5
1.5708
1.5875
1.5959
1.6755
1.6933
1.75
1.7732
1.7952
2.18
2.0944
2.
1.9790
1.9685
1.78
1.8553
1.7952
1.7717
1.34
53.975
53.198
50.800
50.267
50.
47.625
47.125
45.598
45.
44.450
17.1806
16.9333
16.1701
16.
15.9155
15.1595
15.
14.5143
14.3240
14.1489
04.4332
04.5
04.5696
04.6182
04.6939
04.9873
05.
05.0265
05.0800
05.3198
0.7087
0.6981
01116
0.6803
0.6695
0.6299
0.6283
0.58
0.6184
0.5906
18.
17.733
17.463
17.280
17.
16.
15.959
15.875
15.707
15.
1.8143
1.9333
1.9538
1.9949
2.
2.0944
2.0999
2.1167
2.1855
2.2166
1.7316
1.58
1.6079
1.5748
1.5708
1.12
1.4961
1.4843
1.716
1.4173
43.983
41.275
40.841
40.
39.898
38.100
38.
37.701
36.513
36.
14.
13.1382
13.
12.7324
12.7000
12.1276
12.0958
12.
11.6223
11.4592
05.5
05.5851
05.6444
05.6998
06.
06.1382
06.2832
06.35
06.5
06.6497
0.5712
0.916
0.5566
0.5512
0.5236
0.5118
0.12
0.4948
0.4833
0.4724
2.25
2.2848
2.3091
2.3470
2.3936
2.4937
2.5
2.5133
2.5400
2.6456
1.3963
1.38
1.3606
1.3386
1.516
1.2598
1.2566
1.14
1.2369
1.316
35.465
34.925
34.559
34.
33.338
32.
31.919
31.750
31.417
30.163
11.2889
11.1170
11.
10.8225
10.6117
10.1859
10.1600
10.1063
10.
09.6010
07.
07.1808
07.2542
07.2571
07.9797
08.
08.3776
08.3997
08.4667
08.8663
2.6599
2.75
2.7925
2.8222
2.8499
1.1811
1.1424
1.18
1.1132
1.1024
30.
29.017
28.575
28.275
28.
09.5493
09.2364
09.0957
09.
08.9127
09.
09.2363
09.3878
09.9746
10.
Diametral
Pitch
mm
Module
m
.516
.3092
.2953
.2856
.2783
.2756
.2618
.2559
.14
.2474
7.938
7.854
7.5
7.254
7.069
7.
6.650
6.5
6.350
6.283
2.5266
2.5
2.3873
2.3091
2.25
2.2282
2.1167
2.0690
2.0213
2.
013.
013.2993
014.
014.5083
014.5143
015.
015.9593
016.
016.7552
016.9333
.2417
.2362
.2244
.2165
.2164
.2094
.1969
.1963
.316
.1855
6.138
6.
5.700
5.5
5.499
5.320
5.
4.987
4.763
4.712
1.9538
1.9099
1.8143
1.7507
1.75
1.6933
1.5915
1.5875
1.5160
1.5
5.7296
5.6444
5.5585
5.5
5.4113
5.0930
5.0800
5.0532
5.
4.7747
017.7326
018.
019.9492
020.
020.32
022.
022.7991
023.
024.
025.
.1772
.1745
.1575
.1571
.1546
.1428
.1378
.1366
.1309
.1257
4.5
4.433
4.
3.990
3.927
3.627
3.5
3.470
3.325
3.193
1.4324
1.4111
1.2732
1.2700
1.25
1.1545
1.1141
1.1043
1.0583
1.0160
14.508
14.288
14.138
14.
13.299
13.
12.700
12.568
12.276
12.
4.6182
4.5479
4.5
4.4563
4.2333
4.1380
4.0425
4.
3.9077
3.8197
025.1327
025.4
026.
026.5989
028.
029.
030.
031.4159
031.9187
032.
.18
.1237
.1208
.1181
.1122
.1083
.1047
.110
.0984
.0982
3.175
3.142
3.069
3.
2.850
2.751
2.660
2.540
2.5
2.494
1.0106
1.
0.9769
0.9549
0.9071
0.8759
0.8467
0.8035
0.7958
0.7938
0.4488
0.716
0.4331
0.4329
0.3937
0.3927
0.38
0.3740
0.3711
0.3543
11.399
11.113
11.
10.996
10.
09.975
09.525
09.5
09.426
09.3
3.6286
3.5372
3.5014
3.5
3.1831
3.1750
3.0319
3.0240
3.
2.8648
033.8663
034.
036.
038.
039.8683
040.
045.
050.
050.2955
050.8
.0928
.0924
.0873
.0827
.0787
.0785
.0698
.0628
.116
.0618
2.357
2.347
2.217
2.100
2.
1.995
1.773
1.596
1.588
1.570
0.75
0.7471
0.7056
0.6684
0.6366
0.6350
0.5644
0.5080
0.5053
0.5
0.3491
0.3401
0.3347
0.3150
0.3142
08.866
08.639
08.5
08.
07.980
2.8222
2.75
2.7056
2.5465
2.5400
053.1977
063.5000
079.8019
084.6667
127.0000
.0576
.0498
.0394
.0371
.0247
1.5
1.256
1.
0.942
0.628
0.4775
0.4
0.3183
0.3
0.2
A13
in
Reference Materials
3 Center HolesJIS B 1011:1987
60 Centre hole
Type A
Type B
D
D2
60, max.
120
(t)
D
D1
60, max.
(t)
D
60, max.
(t)
Type C
(a)
l
(l 1)
(l 2)
(l 3)
Unit: mm
d
Nominal
diameter
D1
0.50
01.06
01.60
01.60
010.
0.63
01.32
020.0
020.0
01.2
0.80
01.70
02.50
02.50
100.
02.12
03.15
03.15
1.25
02.65
040.0
1.60
03.35
050.0
200.
04.25
06.30
2.50
05.30
080.0
3.15
06.70
100.0
400.
08.50
5
00.
10.60
D2
l NOTE 1
b
Min. Max. Approx.
Informative note
l1
l2
l3
0.2
0.48
00.64
00.68
0.5
0.16
0.3
0.60
00.80
00.90
0.6
0.20
01.5
0.3
0.78
01.01
01.08
0.7
0.23
01.9
0.4
0.97
01.27
01.37
0.9
0.30
0400
02.2
0.6
1.21
01.60
01.81
1.1
0.39
050.0
02.8
0.6
1.52
01.99
02.12
1.4
0.47
6.30
03.3
0.8
1.95
02.54
02.75
1.8
0.59
080.0
04.1
0.9
2.42
03.20
03.32
2.2
0.78
100.0
04.9
10.
3.07
04.03
04.07
2.8
0.96
12.50
12.50
06.2
1.3
3.90
05.05
05.20
3.5
1.15
160.0
160.0
07.5
1.6
4.85
06.41
06.45
4.4
1.56
6.30
13.20
180.0
180.0
09.2
1.8
5.98
07.36
07.78
5.5
1.38
8
00.
170.0
22.40
22.40
11.5
20.
7.79
09.35
09.79
70.
1.56
100.0
21.20
280.0
280.0
14.2
2.2
9.70
11.66
11.90
8.7
1.96
NOTE 1: The value l shall not be less than the value t.

NOTE: The nominal diameters in parentheses should not be used whenever possible.
A14
Reference Materials
12 Permissible Machining Deviations in Dimensions

without Tolerance Indication
JIS B 0405:1991
14 Geometrical Characteristic Symbol
JIS B 0021:1998
Unit: mm
Coarse
Grade Fine Grade Medium
Grade
Grade
Grade 12Grade 14Grade 16
Div. of dimensions
From 0.5 up to
Over
3 up to
0.05
0.1
Over 120 up to 400
0.5
0.8
1.2
Over 400 up to 1000
0.30
0.8
20.
Over 1000 up to 2000
0.50
1.2
30.
30 up to 120
Properties
Straightness
Flatness
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.5
6 up to0 30
Over
Related to
form
0.10
0.15
0.20
Over
Accuracies
Roundness
Cylindricity
Profile of any line
Profile of any surface
Related to
orientation
Parallelism
Perpendicularity
Angularity
13 Permissible Deviations in Dimensions

without Tolerance Indication for Injection
Molded Products
In-house standard
Profile of any line

Unit: mm
Div. of dimensions
Tolerance
From 0.5 up to 3
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.40
Over 3
up to 6
Over 6
up to 10
Over 10
up to 18
Over 18
up to 30
Related to
position
Position
Concentricity
Coaxiality
Symmetry
Profile of any line
Related to
runout
Runout
Total runout
A15
Symbols
Reference Materials
15 Cylindrical Gears: ISO System of Accuracy Part 1
JIS B 1702-01: 1998
JIS B 1702-01: 1998 and JIS B1702-02: 1998 cancel and replace the former JIS B 1702: 1976 (Gear accuracy of spur gear and helical
gear). This revision was made to adjust to International Standard Organization (ISO) standards.
Shown here are tables, extracted from JIS B 1702-01 and 1702-02, concerning the gear accuracy.
To distinguish new standards from old ones, each of the grades under the new standards has the prefix "N".
Discrepancies between new and old standards
As some change in the classification has been made of module and reference diameter (reference pitch diameter, in old
standards), there may be some difficulties to find out what old grade in question corresponds to which new grade.
As a yardstick new accuracy grades are said to be equal to old accuracy grades plus 4. In certain cases, however, this yardstick
does not apply.
As the need arises, please refer to "JGMA/TR 0001 (2000): Comparison table between new and old accuracy grades".
Table 1 Single pitch deviation fpt
Reference
diameter
Module
d
mm
m
mm
005d200
0.5m20.
0.2m3.5
0.5m20.
0.2m3.5
3.5m60.
06m10.
0.5m20.
0.2m3.5
3.5m60.
0.6m10.
.10m16.
.16m25.
0.5m20.
0.2m3.5
3.5m60.
0.6m10.
.10m16.
.16m25.
0.5m20.
0.2m3.5
3.5m60.
0.6m10.
.10m16.
.16m25.
020d500
050d125
125d280
280d560
Accuracy grades
N4
N5
N6
N7
N8
N9
N10
N11
N12
19.0
21.0
20.0
22.0
24.0
28.0
21.0
23.0
26.0
30.0
35.0
44.0
24.0
26.0
28.0
32.0
38.0
47.0
27.0
29.0
31.0
35.0
41.0
50.0
26.0
29.0
28.0
31.0
34.0
40.0
30.0
33.0
36.0
42.0
50.0
63.0
34.0
36.0
40.0
45.0
53.0
66.0
38.0
41.0
44.0
49.0
58.0
70.0
37.0
41.0
40.0
44.0
48.0
56.0
43.0
47.0
52.0
59.0
71.0
89.0
48.0
51.0
56.0
64.0
75.0
93.0
54.0
57.0
62.0
70.0
81.0
99.0
053.0
059.0
056.0
062.0
068.0
079.0
061.0
066.0
073.0
084.0
100.0
125.0
067.0
073.0
079.0
090.0
107.0
132.0
076.0
081.0
088.0
099.0
115.0
140.0
fpt
m
3.3
3.7
3.5
3.9
4.3
4.9
3.8
4.1
4.6
5.0
6.5
8.0
4.2
4.6
5.0
5.5
6.5
8.0
4.7
5.0
5.5
6.0
7.0
9.0
04.7
05.0
05.0
05.5
06.0
07.0
05.5
06.0
06.5
07.5
09.0
11.0
06.0
06.5
07.0
08.0
09.5
12.0
06.5
07.0
08.0
08.5
10.0
12.0
06.5
07.5
07.0
07.5
08.5
10.0
07.5
08.5
09.0
10.0
13.0
16.0
08.5
09.0
10.0
11.0
13.0
16.0
09.5
10.0
11.0
12.0
14.0
18.0
09.5
10.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
14.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
15.0
18.0
22.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
16.0
19.0
23.0
13.0
14.0
16.0
17.0
20.0
25.0
A16
13.0
15.0
14.0
15.0
17.0
20.0
15.0
17.0
18.0
21.0
25.0
31.0
17.0
18.0
20.0
23.0
27.0
33.0
19.0
20.0
22.0
25.0
29.0
35.0
Reference Materials
Table 2 Total cumulative pitch deviationFp
Reference
diameter
Module
d
mm
m
mm
005d200
0.5m20.
0.2m3.5
0.5m20.
0.2m3.5
3.5m60.
06m10.
0.5m20.
0.2m3.5
3.5m60.
0.6m10.
.10m16.
.16m25.
0.5m20.
0.2m3.5
3.5m60.
0.6m10.
.10m16.
.16m25.
0.5m20.
0.2m3.5
3.5m60.
0.6m10.
.10m16.
.16m25.
020d500
050d125
125d280
280d560
Accuracy grades
N4
N5
N6
N7
N8
N9
N10
N11
N12
045.0
047.0
057.0
059.0
062.0
065.0
074.0
076.0
078.0
082.0
088.0
096.0
098.0
100.0
102.0
106.0
112.0
120.0
129.0
131.0
133.0
137.0
143.0
151.0
064.0
066.0
081.0
084.0
087.0
093.0
104.0
107.0
110.0
116.0
124.0
136.0
138.0
141.0
144.0
149.0
158.0
170.0
182.0
185.0
188.0
193.0
202.0
214.0
090.0
094.0
115.0
119.0
123.0
131.0
147.0
151.0
156.0
164.0
175.0
193.0
195.0
199.0
204.0
211.0
223.0
241.0
257.0
261.0
266.0
274.0
285.0
303.0
127.0
133.0
162.0
168.0
174.0
185.0
208.0
214.0
220.0
231.0
248.0
273.0
276.0
282.0
288.0
299.0
316.0
341.0
364.0
370.0
376.0
387.0
404.0
428.0
Fp
m
08.0
08.5
10.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
13.0
14.0
14.0
15.0
17.0
17.0
18.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
21.0
23.0
23.0
24.0
24.0
25.0
27.0
11.0
12.0
14.0
15.0
15.0
16.0
18.0
19.0
19.0
20.0
22.0
24.0
24.0
25.0
25.0
26.0
28.0
30.0
32.0
33.0
33.0
34.0
36.0
38.0
16.0
17.0
20.0
21.0
22.0
23.0
26.0
27.0
28.0
29.0
31.0
34.0
35.0
35.0
36.0
37.0
39.0
43.0
46.0
46.0
47.0
48.0
50.0
54.0
A17
23.0
23.0
29.0
30.0
31.0
33.0
37.0
38.0
39.0
41.0
44.0
48.0
49.0
50.0
51.0
53.0
56.0
60.0
64.0
65.0
66.0
68.0
71.0
76.0
032.0
033.0
041.0
042.0
044.0
046.0
052.0
053.0
055.0
058.0
062.0
068.0
069.0
070.0
072.0
075.0
079.0
085.0
091.0
092.0
094.0
097.0
101.0
107.0
Reference Materials
Table 3 Total profile deviationF
Reference
diameter
Module
d
mm
m
mm
005d200
0.5m20.
0.2m3.5
0.5m20.
0.2m3.5
3.5m60.
06m10.
0.5m20.
0.2m3.5
3.5m60.
0.6m10.
.10m16.
.16m25.
0.5m20.
0.2m3.5
3.5m60.
0.6m10.
.10m16.
.16m25.
0.5m20.
0.2m3.5
3.5m60.
0.6m10.
.10m16.
.16m25.
020d500
050d125
125d280
280d560
Accuracy grades
N4
N5
N6
N7
N8
N9
N10
N11
N12
18.0
26.0
21.0
29.0
35.0
43.0
23.0
31.0
38.0
46.0
56.0
68.0
28.0
36.0
42.0
50.0
60.0
72.0
33.0
41.0
48.0
56.0
66.0
78.0
026.0
037.0
029.0
040.0
050.0
061.0
033.0
044.0
054.0
065.0
079.0
096.0
039.0
050.0
060.0
071.0
085.0
102.0
047.0
058.0
067.0
079.0
093.0
110.0
037.0
053.0
041.0
057.0
070.0
087.0
047.0
063.0
076.0
092.0
112.0
136.0
055.0
071.0
084.0
101.0
121.0
144.0
066.0
082.0
095.0
112.0
132.0
155.0
052.0
075.0
058.0
081.0
099.0
123.0
066.0
089.0
108.0
131.0
159.0
192.0
078.0
101.0
119.0
143.0
171.0
204.0
094.0
116.0
135.0
158.0
186.0
219.0
F
m
03.2
04.7
03.6
05.0
06.0
07.5
04.1
05.5
06.5
08.0
10.0
12.0
04.9
06.5
07.5
09.0
11.0
13.0
06.0
07.5
08.5
10.0
12.0
14.0
04.6
06.5
05.0
07.0
09.0
11.0
06.0
08.0
09.5
12.0
14.0
17.0
07.0
09.0
11.0
13.0
15.0
18.0
08.5
10.0
12.0
14.0
16.0
19.0
06.5
09.5
07.5
10.0
12.0
15.0
08.5
11.0
13.0
16.0
20.0
24.0
10.0
13.0
15.0
18.0
21.0
25.0
12.0
15.0
17.0
20.0
23.0
27.0
09.0
13.0
10.0
14.0
18.0
22.0
12.0
16.0
19.0
23.0
28.0
34.0
14.0
18.0
21.0
25.0
30.0
36.0
17.0
21.0
24.0
28.0
33.0
39.0
A18
13.0
19.0
15.0
20.0
25.0
31.0
17.0
22.0
27.0
33.0
40.0
48.0
20.0
25.0
30.0
36.0
43.0
51.0
23.0
29.0
34.0
40.0
47.0
55.0
Reference Materials
Table 4 Total helix deviationFb
Reference
diameter
Facewidth
d
mm
b
mm
005d200
004b100
010b200
020b400
040b800
004b100.
010b200.
020b400
040b800
080b160.
004b100.
010b200
020b400
040b800
080b160
160b250
.250b400
004b100
010b200
020b400
040b800
080b160
160b250
.250b400
010b200
020b400
040b800
080b160
160b250
250b400
020d500
050d125
125d280
280d560
Accuracy grades
N4
N5
N6
N7
N8
N9
N10
N11
N12
24.0
28.0
31.0
37.0
25.0
29.0
32.0
38.0
46.0
27.0
30.0
34.0
39.0
47.0
56.0
65.0
29.0
32.0
36.0
41.0
49.0
58.0
67.0
34.0
38.0
44.0
52.0
60.0
70.0
35.0
39.0
45.0
52.0
36.0
40.0
46.0
54.0
65.0
38.0
42.0
48.0
56.0
67.0
79.0
92.0
40.0
45.0
50.0
58.0
69.0
82.0
95.0
48.0
54.0
62.0
73.0
85.0
98.0
049.0
055.0
063.0
074.0
051.0
057.0
065.0
076.0
092.0
053.0
060.0
068.0
079.0
094.0
112.0
130.0
057.0
063.0
071.0
082.0
098.0
116.0
134.0
068.0
076.0
087.0
103.0
121.0
139.0
069.0
078.0
089.0
105.0
072.0
081.0
092.0
107.0
130.0
076.0
084.0
095.0
111.0
133.0
158.0
184.0
081.0
090.0
101.0
117.0
139.0
164.0
190.0
097.0
108.0
124.0
146.0
171.0
197.0
Fb
m
04.3
04.9
05.5
06.5
04.5
05.0
05.5
06.5
08.0
04.7
05.5
06.0
07.0
08.5
10.0
12.0
05.0
05.5
06.5
07.5
08.5
10.0
12.0
06.0
06.5
07.5
09.0
11.0
12.0
06.0
07.0
08.0
09.5
06.5
07.0
08.0
09.5
11.0
06.5
07.5
08.5
10.0
12.0
14.0
16.0
07.0
08.0
09.0
10.0
12.0
14.0
17.0
08.5
09.5
11.0
13.0
15.0
17.0
08.5
09.5
11.0
13.0
09.0
10.0
11.0
13.0
16.0
09.5
11.0
12.0
14.0
17.0
20.0
23.0
10.0
11.0
13.0
15.0
17.0
20.0
24.0
12.0
13.0
15.0
18.0
21.0
25.0
A19
12.0
14.0
16.0
19.0
13.0
14.0
16.0
19.0
23.0
13.0
15.0
17.0
20.0
24.0
28.0
33.0
14.0
16.0
18.0
21.0
25.0
29.0
34.0
17.0
19.0
22.0
26.0
30.0
35.0
17.0
19.0
22.0
26.0
18.0
20.0
23.0
27.0
32.0
19.0
21.0
24.0
28.0
33.0
40.0
46.0
20.0
22.0
25.0
29.0
35.0
41.0
47.0
24.0
27.0
31.0
36.0
43.0
49.0
Reference Materials
Table 5 Total radial composite deviationFi''
Reference diameter
Normal module
d
mm
mn
mm
0.2mn00.5
0.5mn00.8
0.8mn01.0
1.0mn01.5
1.5mn02.5
2.5mn04.0
0.2mn00.5
0.5mn00.8
0.8mn01.0
1.0mn01.5
1.5mn02.5
2.5mn04.0
4.0mn06.0
6.0mn100.
0.2mn00.5
0.5mn00.8
0.8mn01.0
1.0mn01.5
1.5mn02.5
2.5mn04.0
4.0mn06.0
6.0mn100.
0.2mn00.5
0.5mn00.8
0.8mn01.0
1.0mn01.5
1.5mn02.5
2.5mn04.0
4.0mn06.0
6.0mn100.
0.2mn00.5
0.5mn00.8
0.8mn01.0
1.0mn01.5
1.5mn02.5
2.5mn04.0
4.0mn06.0
6.0mn100.
0.2mn00.5
0.5mn00.8
0.8mn01.0
1.0mn01.5
1.5mn02.5
2.5mn04.0
4.0mn06.0
6.0mn100.
005d200
020d500
050d125
125d280
280d560
560d1000
JIS B
1702-2
Accuracy grades
N4
07.5
08.0
09.0
100.
110.
140.
09.0
100.
110.
110.
130.
160.
200.
260.
120.
120.
130.
140.
150.
180.
220.
280.
150.
160.
160.
170.
190.
210.
250.
320.
190.
200.
210.
220.
230.
260.
300.
360.
250.
250.
260.
270.
280.
310.
350.
420.
N5
11
12
12
14
16
20
13
14
15
16
18
22
28
37
16
17
18
19
22
25
31
40
21
22
23
24
26
30
36
45
28
29
29
30
33
37
42
51
35
36
37
38
40
44
50
59
N6
15
16
18
19
22
28
19
20
21
23
26
31
39
52
23
25
26
27
31
36
44
57
30
31
33
34
37
43
51
64
39
40
42
43
46
52
60
73
50
51
52
54
57
62
70
83
A20
N7
N8
N9
N10
N11
N12
021
023
025
027
032
039
026
028
030
032
037
044
056
074
033
035
036
039
043
051
062
080
042
044
046
048
053
061
072
090
055
057
059
061
065
073
084
103
070
072
074
076
080
088
099
118
Fi''
m
030
033
035
038
045
056
037
040
042
045
052
063
079
104
046
049
052
055
061
072
088
144
060
063
065
068
075
086
102
127
078
081
083
086
092
104
119
145
099
102
104
107
114
125
141
166
042
046
050
054
063
079
052
056
060
064
073
089
111
147
066
070
073
077
086
102
124
161
085
089
092
097
106
121
144
180
110
114
117
122
131
146
169
205
140
144
148
152
161
177
199
235
060
066
070
076
089
112
074
080
085
091
103
126
157
209
093
098
103
109
122
144
176
227
120
126
131
137
149
172
203
255
156
161
166
172
185
207
239
290
198
204
209
215
228
250
281
333
085
093
100
108
126
158
105
113
120
128
146
178
222
295
131
139
146
154
173
204
248
321
170
178
185
193
211
243
287
360
220
228
235
243
262
293
337
410
280
288
295
304
322
353
398
471
120
131
141
153
179
223
148
160
169
181
207
251
314
417
185
197
206
218
244
288
351
454
240
252
261
273
299
343
406
509
311
323
332
344
370
414
477
580
396
408
417
429
455
499
562
665
Reference Materials
Table 6 shows the allowable runout appearing in JIS B 1702-21998 Appendix B (Reference material)
Table 6 RunoutFm
r
Reference
diameter
Normal module
d
mm
mn
mm
005d200
020d500
050d125
125d280
280d560
0.5mn02.0
2.0mn03.5
0.5mn02.0
2.0mn03.5
3.5mn06.0
6.0mn100.
0.5mn02.0
2.0mn03.5
3.5mn06.0
6.0mn100.
1000mn160 0
1600mn250 0
0.5mn02.0
2.0mn03.5
3.5mn06.0
6.0mn100.
1000mn160 0
1600mn250 0
0.5mn02.0
2.0mn03.5
3.5mn06.0
6.0mn100.
1000mn160 0
1600mn250 0
N4
N5
N6
Accuracy grades
N7
N8
N9
N10
N11
N12
051
053
065
067
070
074
083
086
088
092
099
109
110
113
115
120
126
136
146
148
150
155
161
171
072
075
092
095
099
105
118
121
125
131
140
154
156
159
163
169
179
193
206
209
213
219
228
242
102
106
130
134
139
148
167
171
176
185
198
218
221
225
231
239
252
272
291
296
301
310
323
343
Fr
m
06.5
06.5
08.0
08.5
08.5
09.5
100.
110.
110.
120.
120.
140.
140.
140.
140.
150.
160.
170.
180.
180.
190.
190.
200.
210.
09.0
09.5
110.
120.
120.
130.
150.
150.
160.
160.
180.
190.
200.
200.
200.
210.
220.
240.
260.
260.
270.
270.
290.
300.
13
13
16
17
17
19
21
21
22
23
25
27
28
28
29
30
32
34
36
37
38
39
40
43
A21
18
19
23
24
25
26
29
30
31
33
35
39
39
40
41
42
45
48
51
52
53
55
57
61
25
27
32
34
35
37
42
43
44
46
50
55
55
56
58
60
63
68
73
74
75
77
81
86
036
038
046
047
049
052
059
061
062
065
070
077
078
080
082
085
089
096
103
105
106
109
114
121
Reference Materials
16 Precision Standard for Bevel Gears
JIS B 1704: 1978
Over 1m to 1.6m of
Normal Module
017 018 019 021 023 026
Run Out Error
05
07
010 014 020 028
007 010 014 020 028 040
010 014 020 028 040 056
Single pitch error 06
07
007 007 008 009
007 007 008 008 009 010
007 008 008 009 010 011
Pitch variation
08
09
009 010 010 011
009 009 010 011 011 013
010 010 011 012 013 014
Total Composite
Error ()
25
26
028 030 032 034
027 029 030 032 035 039
030 032 034 036 040 044
Run Out Error
07
10
015 021 030 043
010 015 021 030 043 060
015 021 030 043 060 086
12
013 013 014 015
012 013 014 014 016 017
013 014 015 016 017 019
Pitch variation
15
16
016 017 018 020
016 017 018 019 020 022
017 018 019 021 023 025
Total Composite
Error ()
46
48
050 053 057 061
049 052 054 058 062 068
054 056 060 064 069 076
Run Out Error
11
15
022 031 045 063
015 022 031 045 063 089
022 031 045 063 089 125
Single pitch error
023 023 025 026 028 030
024 025 027 028 031 033
Pitch variation
029 030 032 034 036 039
031 033 035 037 040 043
Total Composite
Error ()
090 094 098 105 110 120
097 100 105 115 120 135
024 033 048 067 095 135
033 048 067 095 135 190
Single pitch error
041 042 044 046 049 052
043 045 047 050 055 057
Pitch variation
053 055 057 060 063 068
056 058 3061 065 069 075
Total Composite
Error ()
165 170 175 185 195 210
170 180 190 200 210 230
035 050 071 100 145 200
050 071 100 145 200 290
Run Out Error
Run Out Error
16
25
24
35
033 048 067 095
050 071 100 145
Over
Over 400 to 800 incl.
015 016 017 019 020 022
016 017 018 020
15
14
Over 25 to 50 incl.
Total Composite
Error ()
Over 12 to 25 incl.
005 006 006 007 008 008
005 005 006 006 007 007
005 005 006 006
05
Over 25 to 50 incl.
05
Over 12 to 25 incl.
Pitch variation
6 to 12 incl.
004 004 005 005 006 006
004 004 004 005 005 006
004 004 005 005
Over 25 to 50 incl.
04
6 to 12 incl.
Error
6 incl.
Over 12 to 25 incl.
Over
0
Over 1.6m to 2.5m of

Normal Module
Reference diametermm
3 to
Accuracy grades
Over 0.6m to 1m of
Normal Module
110 115 120 125 132 150
Pitch variation
5
Run Out Error
37
52
075 105 150 210
052 075 105 150 210 300
Pitch variation
6
Run Out Error
075 105 150 210 300 430

210 220 240 250 270 290
56
79
110 160 230 320
079 110 160 230 320 450
A22
110 160 230 320 450 640
Reference Materials
50 incl.
Over 25 to
Over 25 to
50 incl.
50 incl.
Over 25 to
005 006 006 007 007 008
006 006 007 007 008 009
Pitch variation
006 006 007 007 008 009 010
007 007 008 009 009 011
008 008 009 009 010 011
Total Composite
018 019 021 022 024 027 031
Error ()
021 022 024 026 029 032
024 025 027 029 032 035
Run Out Error
010 014 020 028 040 056 079
014 020 028 040 056 079
014 020 028 040 056 079
Single pitch error 008 008 009 010 010 012 013
009 010 010 011 012 014
010 011 011 012 013 015
010 011 012 012 014 015 017
012 012 013 014 016 018
013 014 015 016 017 019
Total Composite
032 033 036 038 042 046 051
Error ()
036 038 041 045 049 054
041 043 046 049 054 059
015 021 030 043 060 086 120
021 030 043 060 086 120
021 030 043 060 086 120
016 017 018 019 021 023
018 019 020 021 023 025
Pitch variation
018 019 020 022 024 026 029
021 022 023 025 027 030
023 024 026 027 030 032
Total Composite
057 059 063 067 072 079 088
Error ()
064 067 072 077 084 092
071 075 079 084 091 100
022 031 045 063 089 125 180
031 045 063 089 125 180
031 045 063 089 125 180
028 030 031 034 036 040
031 033 034 037 039 043
033 034 036 039 041 045 049
037 039 041 044 047 052
041 042 045 048 051 056
Total Composite
100 105 110 120 130 140 150
Error ()
115 120 125 135 145 160
125 130 140 145 155 170
033 048 067 095 135 190 270
048 067 095 135 190 270
048 067 095 135 190 270
050 052 054 058 062 068
054 056 059 062 067 072
059 061 065 067 072 077 084
065 067 071 075 081 088
071 073 077 081 087 100
Total Composite
180 185 200 210 220 240 260
Error ()
200 210 220 230 250 270
220 230 240 250 270 290
Run Out Error
050 071 100 145 200 290 400
071 100 145 200 290 400
071 100 145 200 290 400
Pitch variation
115 120 125 130 135 155 170
125 130 135 150 165 175
135 140 155 165 175 185
Run Out Error
075 105 150 210 300 430 600
105 150 210 300 430 600
105 150 210 300 430 600
Pitch variation
220 240 250 260 280 290 310
250 260 270 290 300 330
270 280 290 310 320 340
Runout
110 160 230 320 450 640 900
160 230 320 450 640 900
160 230 320 450 640 900
Run Out Error
250 360 500 720 1000 1450 2000
360 500 720 1000 1450 2000
360 500 720 1000 1450 2000
Pitch variation
Pitch variation
Run Out Error
Pitch variation
4
Over 6m to 10m of
Normal Module
Run Out Error
25 incl.
Error
Run Out Error
Over 4m to 6m of
Normal Module
Over 12 to
Accuracy grades
Over 2.5m to 4m of
Normal Module
6
7
A23
Reference Materials
17 Backlash Standard for Spur and Helical Gears
JIS B 1703: 1976
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
25
Unit: m
Amout of Tooth
Thinning
Transverse module
mm
Backlash Caluculation Chart (JIS Grade 0 and Grade 5)
1.5
to
3 incl.
Over 3
to
6 incl.
Over 6
to
12 incl.
Over 12
to
25 incl.
Over 25
to
50 incl.
Over 50
to
100 incl.
Over 100
to
200 incl.
Over 200
to
400 incl.
Over 400 Over 800 Over 1600

to
to
to
800 incl. 1600 incl. 3200 incl.
Gear accuracy gradesJIS

5
Min. value
15
20
25
30
Max. value 40 70 50 90 60 110 70 130
Min. value
25
25
35
Max. value
60 100 70 120 80 150
Min. value
30
35
Max. value
80 140 90 160
Min. value
40
Max. value
100 180
45
Min. value
110 190
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Calculation of Backlash
Min. value
Max. value
Accuracy grade JIS 0
Min. value
Normal module: 3
Max. value
Number of teeth: 25 / 50
Min. value
Max. value
Helix angle: 35
Min. value
3
Max. value
cos
35 = 3.66
Transverse module:
Min. value
Reference diameter of pinion:91.5
Max. value
Reference diameter of gear : 183.0
Min. value
Pinion
Max. value
Min. value 70mMax. value 170m
Min. value
Max. value
Gear
Min. value
Min. value 80mMax. value 200m
Max. value
Backlash
Min. value
Min. value 1 70080150m
Max. value
Max. value 170200370m
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
5
35
90 170
40
100 180
45
110 190
50
120 210
50
120 220
50
130 240
60
140 250
60
150 270
70
160 300
70
180 330
80
200 360
90
210 380
5
45
110 200
50
120 220
50
130 230
60
140 250
60
150 260
60
150 280
60
160 290
70
170 310
70
190 340
80
200 370
90
220 390
90
240 420
110
270 480
120
300 540
130
330 600
5
60
140 250
60
150 270
60
160 280
70
170 300
70
170 310
70
180 330
80
190 340
80
200 360
90
210 390
90
230 410
100
240 440
110
260 470
120
300 530
130
330 590
140
360 650
160
390 710
170
430 770
180
460 820
5
70
180 320
70
180 330
80
190 350
80
200 360
80
210 380
90
220 390
90
220 400
90
230 420
100
250 450
110
260 480
110
280 510
120
300 540
130
330 590
140
360 650
160
390 710
170
420 760
180
460 830
200
490 890
210
520 950
230
570 1030
90
230 410
90
240 420
100
240 440
100
250 450
100
260 470
110
270 480
110
280 500
120
290 530
120
310 560
130
320 580
140
340 610
150
370 670
160
410 730
180
440 790
190
470 850
200
500 910
210
540 960
230
570 1020
250
620 1110
120
300 540
120
310 550
130
310 570
130
320 580
130
330 590
140
350 620
150
360 650
150
380 680
160
400 710
170
430 770
180
460 830
200
490 890
210
530 950
220
560 1000
240
590 1060
250
620 1120
270
670 1210
150
380 690
160
390 700
160
400 720
170
420 750
170
430 780
180
450 810
190
460 840
200
500 900
210
530 950
220
560 1010
240
590 1070
250
630 1130
260
660 1190
280
690 1250
300
740 1330
Backlash Calculation Formula
W:Unit of tolerance
W3d00.65msm
where d0Reference diameter mm
msTransverse module (mm
NOTE 1Use 12.5W as the min. value under high
speed rotation.
JIS
0
1 NOTE1
2 NOTE1
3
4
5
6
7
8
A24
Min. value
10W
Max. value
25W.5
28W.5
31.5W
35.5W
40W.5
45W.5
50W.5
63W.5
90W.5
Reference Materials
18 Backlash Standard for Bevel Gears
JIS B 1705: 1973
Backlash Caluculation Chart (JIS Grade 0 and Grade 4)
Unit: m
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
25
Amout of Tooth
Thinning
Transverse module
mm
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
Min. value
Max. value
3
to
6 incl.
Over 6
to
12 incl.
Over 12
to
25 incl.
Over 25
to
50 incl.
Over 50
to
100 incl.
Over100
to
200 incl.
Over 200
to
400 incl.
Over 400 Over 800

to
to
800 incl. 1600 incl.
Gear accuracy gradesJIS

4
20
50 100
25
60 120
25
60 120
25
70 140
30
80 150
30
70 150
35
80 160
35
90 180
40
100 200
45
110 210
45
110 230
50
120 240
50
130 260
Calculation of
Backlash
Accuracy grade JIS 0
4
35
90 180
40
100 200
45
110 220
50
120 230
50
120 250
50
130 270
60
140 280
60
150 300
70
160 330
70
180 360
80
200 400
90
210 430
100
240 490
Module:3
Number of teeth:25 / 50
Reference diameter of pinion: 75mm
Reference diameter of gear: 150mm
Pinion
Min. value 60m
Max. value 150m
Gear
Min. value 70m
Max. value 180m
Backlash
Min. value 1 60070130m
Max. value 150180330m
4
45
110 230
50
120 240
50
130 260
60
140 280
60
150 290
60
150 310
60
160 320
70
170 340
70
190 370
80
200 410
90
220 440
90
240 470
110
270 540
120
300 600
130
330 670
150
360 730
4
60
140 280
60
150 300
60
160 310
70
170 330
70
170 350
70
180 360
80
190 380
80
200 400
90
210 430
90
230 460
100
240 490
110
260 530
120
300 590
130
330 660
140
360 720
160
390 790
170
430 850
180
460 920
200
490 980
210
540 1070
80
190 380
80
200 400
80
210 420
90
220 430
90
220 450
90
230 470
100
250 500
110
260 530
110
280 560
120
300 600
130
330 660
140
360 730
160
390 790
170
420 850
180
460 920
200
490 990
210
520 1050
230
570 1150
100
240 490
100
250 500
100
260 520
110
270 540
110
280 550
120
290 580
120
310 620
130
320 650
140
340 680
150
370 750
160
410 810
180
440 880
190
470 940
200
500 1010
210
540 1070
230
570 1140
250
620 1230
120
310 610
130
310 630
130
320 640
130
330 660
140
350 690
150
360 730
150
380 760
160
400 790
170
430 860
180
460 920
200
490 990
210
530 1050
220
560 1120
240
590 1180
250
620 1250
270
670 1340
Backlash Calculation Formula
W:Unit of tolerance
W3d00.65msm
where d0 Reference diameter(mm
ms Transverse module (mm
JIS
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
A25
Min. value
10W
Max. value
25W.5
30W.5
35.5W
42.5W
50W.5
60W.5
71W.5
Reference Materials
19 Tolerance of Center Distance for Spur and Helical Gears
JGMA 1101-01
Table 1 Tolerance of center distance fa
(2000)
Unit: m
Gear accuracy grades
Center distancemm
Over
or less
N3,N4
N5,N6
N7,N8
N9,N10
N11,N12
0005
0020
06
010
016
026
065
0020
0050
08
012
020
031
080
0050
0125
12
020
032
050
125
0125
0280
16
026
040
065
160
0280
0560
22
035
055
088
220
0560
1000
28
045
070
115
280
1000
1600
30
062
098
155
390
1600
2500
55
088
140
220
550
2500
4000
84
130
205
330
825
NOTE: It is acceptable to apply another accuracy grade to the tolerance of center distance as the need
arises.
20 Shaft Parallelism of Spur and Helical Gears
JGMA 1102-01 (2000)
Shaft b
A
S
H
Shaft a
Measuring Length
Shaft Offset Error
D
O
fy
Allowable Range
fx
Shaft Parallelism Error
A26
Reference Materials
Table 1 Allowable shaft parallelism error with respect to parallelism of axes per facewidth
Reference diameter
dmm
0005d2000
0020d5000
0050d1250
0125d2800
0280d5600
0560d1000
1000d1600
1600d2500
Facewidth
bmm
004b010
010b020
020b040
040b080
004b010
010b020
020b040
040b080
080b160
004b010
010b020
020b040
040b080
080b160
160b250
250b400
004b010
010b020
020b040
040b080
080b160
160b250
250b400
400b650
010b020
020b040
040b080
080b160
160b250
250b400
400b650
010b020
020b040
040b080
080b160
160b250
250b400
400b650
020b040
040b080
080b160
160b250
250b400
400b650
020b040
040b080
080b160
160b250
250b400
400b650
fx'
Unit: m
Accuracy grades
N4
04.3
04.9
05.5
06.5
04.5
05.0
05.5
06.5
08.0
04.7
05.5
06.0.
07.0
08.5
100.
120.
05.0
05.5
06.5
07.5
08.5
100.
120.
140.
06.0
06.5
07.5
09.0
110.
120.
140.
06.5
07.5
08.5
09.5
110.
130.
150.
08.0
09.0
100.
120.
130.
160.
08.5
09.5
110.
120.
140.
160.
N5
06.0
07.0
08.0
09.5
06.5
07.0
08.0
09.5
110.
06.5
07.5
08.5
100.
120.
140.
160.
07.0
08.0
09.0
100.
120.
140.
170.
200.
08.5
09.5
110.
130.
150.
170.
200.
09.5
100.
120.
140.
160.
180.
210.
110.
120.
140.
170.
190.
220.
120.
130.
150.
180.
200.
230.
N6
08.5
09.5
110.
130.
09.0
100.
110.
130.
160.
09.5
110.
120.
140.
170.
200.
230.
100.
110.
130.
150.
170.
200.
240.
280.
120.
130.
150.
180.
210.
250.
290.
130.
150.
170.
190.
220.
260.
300.
160.
180.
200.
240.
270.
310.
170.
190.
220.
250.
280.
320.
A27
N7
12
14
16
19
13
14
16
19
23
13
15
17
20
24
28
33
14
16
18
21
25
29
34
40
17
19
22
26
30
35
41
19
21
23
27
32
36
42
22
25
29
33
38
44
24
27
31
35
40
46
N8
17
19
22
26
18
20
23
27
32
19
21
24
28
33
40
46
20
22
25
29
35
41
47
56
24
27
31
36
43
49
58
26
29
33
39
45
51
60
31
35
41
47
54
62
34
38
43
50
56
65
N9
24
28
31
37
25
29
32
38
46
27
30
34
39
47
56
65
29
32
36
41
49
58
67
79
34
38
44
52
60
70
82
37
41
47
55
63
73
85
44
50
58
67
76
88
48
54
61
70
80
92
N10
035
039
045
052
036
040
046
054
065
038
042
048
056
067
079
092
040
045
050
058
069
082
095
112
048
054
062
073
085
098
115
053
058
066
077
090
103
120
063
071
082
094
107
124
068
076
087
099
112
130
N11
049
055
063
074
051
057
065
076
092
053
060
068
079
094
112
130
057
063
071
082
098
116
134
158
068
076
087
103
121
139
163
074
082
093
109
127
145
169
089
100
116
133
152
176
96
107
123
141
159
183
N12
069
078
089
105
072
081
092
107
130
076
084
095
111
133
158
184
081
090
101
117
139
164
190
224
097
108
124
146
171
197
231
105
116
132
154
179
205
239
126
141
164
189
215
249
136
152
174
199
225
259
Reference Materials
Table 2 Allowable shaft offset error with respect to parallelism of axes per facewidth
Reference diameter
dmm
0005d2000
0020d5000
0050d1250
0125d2800
0280d5600
0560d1000
1000d1600
1600d2500
Facewidth
bmm
004b0010
010b0020
020b0040
040b0080
004b0010
010b0020
020b0040
040b0080
080b0160
004b0010
010b0020
020b0040
040b0080
080b0160
160b0250
250b0400
004b0010
010b0020
020b0040
040b0080
080b0160
160b0250
250b0400
400b0650
010b0020
020b0040
040b0080
080b0160
160b0250
250b0400
400b0650
010b0020
020b0040
040b0080
080b0160
160b0250
250b0400
400b0650
020b0040
040b0080
080b0160
160b0250
250b0400
400b0650
650b1000
020b0040
040b0080
080b0160
160b0250
250b0400
400b0650
fy'
Unit: m
Accuracy grades
N4
1.1
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.1
1.3
1.4
1.7
2.0
1.2
1.3
1.5
1.7
2.1
2.5
2.9
1.3
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.0
3.5
1.5
1.7
1.9
2.3
2.7
3.1
3.6
1.6
1.8
2.1
2.4
2.8
3.2
3.7
2.0
2.2
2.6
2.9
3.4
3.9
4.5
2.1
2.4
2.7
3.1
3.5
4.0
N5
1.5
1.7
2.0
2.3
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.4
2.9
1.7
1.9
2.1
2.5
2.9
3.5
4.1
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.6
3.1
3.6
4.2
4.9
2.1
2.4
2.7
3.2
3.8
4.3
5.0
2.3
2.6
2.9
3.4
4.0
4.5
5.5
2.8
3.1
3.6
4.2
4.7
5.5
6.5
3.0
3.4
3.8
4.4
5.0
5.5
N6
2.2
2.4
2.8
3.3
2.2
2.5
2.9
3.4
4.1
2.4
2.6
3.0
3.5
4.2
4.9
6.0
2.5
2.8
3.2
3.6
4.3
5.0
6.0
7.0
3.0
3.4
3.9
4.6
5.5
6.0
7.0
3.3
3.6
4.1
4.8
5.5
6.5
7.5
3.9
4.4
5.0
6.0
6.5
8.0
9.0
4.3
4.7
5.5
6.0
7.0
8.0
A28
N7
03.1
03.4
03.9
04.6
03.2
03.6
04.1
04.8
05.5
03.3
03.7
04.2
04.9
06.0
07.0
08.0
03.6
04.0
04.5
05.0
06.0
07.0
08.0
100.
04.3
04.8
05.5
06.5
07.5
08.5
100.
04.7
05.0
06.0
07.0
08.0
09.0
110.
05.5
06.0
07.0
08.5
09.5
110.
130.
06.0
06.5
07.5
09.0
100.
110.
N8
04.3
04.9
05.5
06.5
04.5
05.0
05.5
06.5
08.0
04.7
05.5
06.0
07.0
08.5
100.
120.
05.0
05.5
06.5
07.5
08.5
100.
120.
140.
06.0
06.5
07.5
09.0
110.
120.
140.
06.5
07.5
08.5
09.5
110.
130.
150.
08.0
09.0
100.
120.
130.
160.
180.
8.50
9.50
110.
120.
140.
160.
N9
06.0
07.0
08.0
09.5
06.5
07.0
08.0
09.5
110.
06.5
07.5
08.0
100.
120.
140.
160.
07.0
08.0
09.0
100.
120.
140.
170.
200.
08.5
09.5
110.
130.
150.
170.
200.
09.5
100.
120.
140.
160.
180.
210.
110.
120.
150.
170.
190.
220.
260.
120.
130.
150.
180.
200.
230.
N10
08.5
09.5
110.
130.
09.0
100.
110.
130.
160.
09.0
110.
120.
140.
170.
200.
230.
100.
110.
130.
150.
170.
200.
240.
280.
120.
130.
150.
180.
210.
250.
290.
130.
150.
170.
190.
220.
260.
300.
160.
180.
200.
240.
270.
310.
360.
170.
190.
220.
250.
280.
320.
N11
12
14
16
19
13
14
16
19
23
13
15
17
20
24
28
33
14
16
18
21
25
29
34
40
17
19
22
26
30
35
41
19
21
23
27
32
36
42
22
25
29
33
38
44
51
24
27
31
35
40
46
N12
17
19
22
26
18
20
23
27
32
19
21
24
28
33
40
46
20
22
25
29
35
41
47
56
24
27
31
36
43
49
58
26
29
33
39
45
51
60
31
35
41
47
54
62
73
34
38
43
50
56
65

Q420 Handbook of Metric Gears

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Q420 Handbook of Metric Gears

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Quality Transmission Components

Handbook of Metric Gears Q420

Note: We reser ve the right to make changes & corrections

MXL Timing Belts (Neoprene)

All of the products listed in bold are available from this

Terms and Conditions of Sale

As used herein, "Seller" means Quality

Office hours are 9am 5pm, EST, Monday

SHIPMENT; RISK OF LOSS:

RETURNS; EXCHANGES; SHORTAGES:

Terms and Conditions of Sale

TECHNICAL & PRODUCT INFORMATION:

GOVERNING LAW; EXCLUSIVE

(a) unless Seller receives written notice of

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED

Part Number Index

PICTORIAL INDEX OF SPUR, HELICAL AND INTERNAL GEARS

MSGA(B) Ground Spur

SSY Steel Thin Face Spur

SSG Ground Spur Gears

SSAY Steel Hubless,

SSGS Ground Spur

SSAY/K Spur Gears with

SS Steel Spur Gears

SUS . SUSA Stainless

PS and PSA Plastic Spur

SUSL Stainless Steel

DS Injection Molded Spur

KHG Ground Helical

DSL Acetal Fairloc Hub

NSU Plastic Spur Gears

BSS Brass Spur Gears

SIR Ring Gears (Internal)

PU Plastic Spur Gears

SSR Steel Ring Gears

PICTORIAL INDEX OF RACKS AND CP RACKS

KRGD Ground Racks

SRGF Ground Racks

KRF Racks with

SRFD Racks with

SURFD Stainless Steel

BSR Brass Racks

SRO Round Racks

SROS Round Racks

KTSCP Tapered Pinions

CP RACKS & PINIONS

SSR Corner Racks

PR(F) Plastic Racks

SURO Stainless Steel

SUSCP CP Stainless Spur Gears

SIR Corner Racks

KRHG(F) Ground Helical

SROCP CP Round Racks

SUR(F) Stainless Steel

ARL Rack Guide Rails

SRH Helical Racks

SSCP CP Spur Gears

FRCP CP Metal Flexible

PICTORIAL INDEX OF MITER AND BEVEL GEARS

Nissei KSP Ground Spiral

MMSG Ground Spiral

SMSG Ground Spiral

MMSA(B) Finished Bore

SMS Spiral Miter Gears